Skip to main content

Full text of "Undergraduate catalog"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2009  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1992indi 


rr-- 


■"^  y\. 


"Tir 


*: 


rr 


"^ 


V. 


Undergraduate 

C  a  talog    1992-1993 


:''i 


Kigjip 


This  bulletin  contains  announcements  of  courses  for  the  academic  year  1992-93.  lUP  reserves  the 
right  to  repeal,  change,  or  amend  the  rules,  regulations,  and  courses  contained  in  this  bulletin  at 
any  time.  Tuition  and  fees  are  also  subject  to  change. 

According  to  lUP's  Mission  Statement.  "...The  university  community  must  be  supportive  of  and 
open  to  all  scholars  regardless  of  race,  religion,  creed,  age.  sex.  disability,  or  ethnic  heritage..." 
Full  participation  from  each  member  of  the  university  community  in  activities  that  support  this 
mission  is  encouraged.  Each  member  of  the  university  community  has  a  right  to  study  and  work 
in  an  en\ironment  free  from  an\  fomi  of  racial,  ethnic,  and  sexual  discrimination.  In  accordance 
with  federal  and  state  laws,  the  university  will  not  tolerate  racial  and  ethnic  discrimination. 

lUP  is  committed  to  providing  leadership  in  taking  affirmative  action  to  attain  equal  educational 
and  employment  rights  to  all  persons  without  regard  to  race,  religion,  national  origin,  ancestrv. 
sex.  ph\  sical  handicap,  or  affectional  or  lifestyle  preference.  This  policy  is  placed  in  this 
document  in  accordance  w  ith  state  and  federal  law  s  including  Titles  VI  and  VII  of  the  Civil 
Rights  Act  of  1964.  Title  IX  of  the  Educational  Amendments  of  1972.  and  Sections  503  and  504 
of  the  Rehabilitation  .^ct  of  1973  as  well  as  federal  and  state  executive  orders.  This  policy 
extends  to  disabled  veterans  and  veterans  of  the  Vietnam  era.  Please  direct  inquiries  concerning 
equal  opportunity  and  affinnative  action  to  the  follow  ing  administrators: 

Management  and  University  Concerns: 

Dr.  Cynthia  Cronk 

Director.  Human  Resources 

G-30  Sutton  Hall.  lUR  Indiana.  PA  15705 
Faculty  Concerns: 

Dr.  Sharon  Brown-McGowan 

Assistant  Pro\  ost 

204  Sutton  Hall.  lUR  Indiana.  PA  15705 
Student  Concerns: 

Ms.  Linda  Hall 

Assistant  Vice  President  for  Student  .-Xffairs 

2I5-A  Sutton  Hall,  lUR  Indiana,  PA  15705 


Photography:  John  Bender.  Jim  Wakefield 
Design:  Diane  Staszkiewicz 


Indiana  University 

of  Pennsylvania  Bulletin 

1992-93 
Undergraduate  Catalog 


lUP 

Indiana,  Pennsylvania  15705 


2-lndiaiia  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Table  of  Contents 


University  Calendar 3 

The  University 4 

The  Branch  Campuses 6 

Admission  and  Registration 7 

Finances 10 

Student  Programs  and  Services 20 

Academic  Policies 24 

Requirements  for  Graduation 34 

Academic  Affairs  Division  Areas 38 

The  College  of  Business 41 

The  College  of  Education 47 

The  College  of  Fine  Arts 54 

The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 60 

The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 70 

The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 91 

The  School  of  Continuing  Education 106 

Course  Descriptions 109 

Directory 179 


Tlw  UnivcrsitY-3 


University  Calendar 


Fall  Semester.  1992 

Spring  Semester. 

1993 

Summer  sessions,  1993  (tentative) 

Reaistralion 

Sepi  1 

Registration 

Jan  IS 

First  session  registration 

June  7 

Classes  begin 

Sept: 

Classes  start 

Jan  ly 

First  session  classes  begin/p.m. 

June  8 

Thanksgiving  recess  begins 

Spring  vacation  starts/p 

.m. 

Mar  1 2 

First  session  ends 

July  9 

al  end  of  niahl  classes 

No\  24 

Classes  resume  (8:00  a.m.) 

Mar  22 

Second  session  registration 

July  12 

Classes  resume  (8:00  a.m.) 

Nov  30 

Easter 

Apr  11 

Second  session  classes  begin/p.m. 

July  13 

Reading  Dav 

Dec  15 

No  classes 

Apr  12 

Second  session  ends 

Aug  13 

Final  e.\ams 

Dec  16-22 

Monday  classes  held 
Reading  Day 
Final  exams 
Commencement 

Apr  13 
May  5 
May  6-13 
May  15 

Map  Key 


Ackcrman  Hall  19) 

Adminislralive  Annex  (41) 

Alhlciic  Fields  (58) 

Brcezedalc(l2) 

Clark  Hall  1 101 

Cogswell  Hall(l9| 

Co-op  Recreation  Building  (59) 

Davis  Hall  (35) 

Etcher  Building  (44) 

Elkin  Hall  II  I) 

Esch  Hall(24| 

Fisher  Auditorium  (4) 

Flagstone  Theater  (18) 

Folger  Hall  (45) 

Foster  Hall  134) 

Gordon  Hall  1 16) 

Greenhouse  (42) 

Hadley  Lnion  Building  (60) 

Hill  House  1261 

Hosac  House  (30) 

Johnson  Hall  (27) 

John  Sutton  Hall  (I) 

Keith  Hall  (1 7) 

Langham  Hall  (39) 

Lawrence  Hall  (54) 

l.eonard  Hall  (7) 

Lrwis  House  (29) 

Mack  Hall  136) 

McElhane>  Hali(8) 

McFarland  House  (23) 

Memorial  Pteld  House  (52) 

Miller  Stadium  (S7) 

Oak  Grose  (2) 


Pechan  Health  Center  (56) 
Pierce  Military  Hall  (47) 
Pratt  Hall  121) 
R4P  Building  No    I  (48) 
R4P  Building  No  2(49) 
R&P  Parking  Lot  (63) 
Rcschini  House  (50) 
Richards  House  (31) 
Robertshaw  Building  (66) 
Robertshaw  Parking  Lot  (64) 
Scranton  Hall  (53) 
Shafer  Hall  155) 
Sprowls  Hall  (28) 
Stadium  Parking  Lot  (62) 
Stanley  House  1.32) 
Stapleton  Stahley  Library  13) 
Stewart  Hall  137) 
SlouKer  Hall  133) 
Slrighl  Hall  (201 
Stright  Parking  Lot  (61) 
Student  Union  Parking  (65) 
Jack  Cogeneration  Plant  (43) 
Tennis  Courts  (46) 
Turnbull  Hall  138) 
Lhler  Hall  (22) 
Wahr  Hall  (40) 
Wallace  Hall  (25) 
Waller  Hall  15) 
Walsh  Hall  IIS) 
Weyandt  Hall  1 14) 
Whitmyre  Hall  1 13) 
Wilson  Hall  (6) 
Zink  Hall  (3(1 


66 


4-Iiuliami  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  University 


A  University  Education 

As  an  institution  of  liigjier  learning.  lUP  is  a  community  of  scholars  of  both 
faculty  and  students,  committed  to  discover,  preserve,  and  impart  truth  in  all 
its  fonns,  Our  primary  concern  is  with  the  intellectual,  inoral.  cultural, 
physical,  social,  and  aesthetic  development  and  maturation  of  our  students.  To 
this  end  we  are  charged  with  providing  a  liberal  education  of  both  general  and 
specialized  studies  which  will  allow  our  students  to  liberate  themselves  from 
narrow  interests  and  prejudices,  to  broaden  their  intellectual  horizons  by 
increased  cultural  perspective,  to  develop  the  ability  to  think  logically, 
critically,  and  creatively,  and  to  communicate  their  judgments  clearly  and 
forcefully.  The  curriculum  involves  a  body  of  knowledge  about  the  universe 
and  about  people,  their  nature,  behavior,  and  values.  It  also  provides  an 
opportunity  to  gain  specialized  knowledge  as  a  preparation  for  graduate  study 
and  entry  into  professional  life.  Beyond  this  breadth  and  depth  of  knowledge, 
the  university  recognizes  that  such  an  education  is  only  a  beginning  and  hopes 
to  stimulate  its  students  to  pursue  continuous  development  in  the  areas  of 
huinan  knowledge,  to  seek  wisdom,  to  challenge  the  mysteries  of  life  and 
examine  its  ultimate  meaning,  and  to  become  useful  meinbers  of  society  by 
embracing  careers  which  will  touch  the  whole  community. 

Approved  by  the  University  Senate  in  May.  1979. 

History  of  the  University 

lUP  has  witnessed  a  history  rich  in  accomplishment.  Since  1875.  when  it 
served  only  22.'i  students  in  a  single  building,  it  has  experienced  continuous 
growth,  becoming  Pennsylvania's  fifth  largest  university.  The  current 
enrollment  is  over  14.000.  with  students  from  thirty-six  states  and  over  fifty- 
five  countries. 

The  first  building,  named  John  Sutton  Hall  in  honor  of  the  first  president  of 
the  Board  of  Trustees,  was  opened  for  students  on  May  17.  1875. 


In  April.  1920.  control  and  ownership  of  the  school  passed  to  the 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania.  In  May.  1927.  by  authority  of  the  General 
.Assembly,  the  State  Normal  School  became  a  college,  with  the  right  to  grant 
degrees.  The  name  was  then  changed  to  the  State  Teachers  College  at  Indiana. 
Pennsylvania.  In  1959.  the  legislature  approved  a  change  of  name  to  Indiana 
State  College;  in  the  1960s  there  followed  a  rapid  growth  in  the  liberal  arts 
program. 

In  December.  1965.  Indiana  was  redesignated  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania  and  given  the  authority  to  expand  its  curriculum  and  to  grant 
degrees  at  the  master's  level.  At  this  time  the  first  doctoral  program  was 
initiated. 

lUP  has  been  nationally  acclaimed  as  among  the  acadeinic  best.  Barron's 
publications  have  twice  listed  lUP  among  the  most  academically  competitive 
colleges  and  universities  in  the  nation.  In  1982.  the  consumer  magazine 
Clian;iinii  Times  identified  lUP  as  one  of  only  fifty  U.S.  colleges  and 
universities  with  high  academic  standards  but  tuition  and  fees  below  the 
national  average.  In  1985.  the  education  editor  of  the  New  York  Times 
included  lUP  as  one  of  221  "Best  Buy"  colleges  and  universities  in  the  nation 
in  Tlie  Best  Bkvs  in  College  Echiealiim.  Only  twelve  Pennsylvania  schools 
were  chosen.  Most  recently.  Money  magazine's  Money  Guide  ranked  the 
university  twenty-second  ainong  all  the  nation's  public  universities  (and 
number  one  in  Pennsylvania)  in  terms  of  educational  value.  lUP's  internship 
program  is  the  largest  in  Pennsylvania. 

Accreditation 

lUP  is  a  state-owned  institution  for  higher  education  and  a  member  of  the  State 
System  of  Higher  Education.  It  is  an  approved  and  fully  accredited  member  of 
the  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools,  the  National  Council  for 
Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education,  the  American  Home  Economics  Associ- 
ation, the  American  Chemical  Society,  the  American  Psychological  Association, 
the  National  League  for  Nursing,  the  American  Societ\  of  Safety  Engineers,  the 
Committee  on  .Mlied  Health  Education  and  .Accreditation,  the  National  Associa- 
tion of  Schools  of  Music,  the  National  Association  of  School  Psychologists,  and 
the  National  .Accrediting  Agency  for  Clinical  Sciences. 

Buildings  and  Grounds 

The  main  campus,  originally  consisting  of  twelve  acres  and  one  building,  is 
now  composed  of  a  total  of  204  acres  on  which  are  located  seventy-two  major 
buildings  owned  by  the  state  and  seven  athletic  fields.  Two  of  the  buildings. 
Breezedale  and  John  Sutton  Hall,  have  been  entered  in  the  National  Register 
of  Historic  Places.  The  Co-op  Recreational  Park,  located  a  few  miles  from  the 
campus,  consists  of  280  acres  and  several  buildings  including  a  lodge  and  ski 
hut.  The  wooded  hillsides  offer  opportunities  for  nature  study  and  such 
outdoor  recreational  activities  as  hiking,  skiing,  and  exercise  trails. 

Institute  for  Research  and  Community  Service 

In  September.  1989.  the  Institute  for  Research  and  Community  Service  was 
created  within  the  Research  Division  of  the  Graduate  School  to  replace  the 
Center  for  Coinmunity  Affairs  and  the  Institute  for  Applied  Research  and 
Public  Policy  Studies. 

The  Institute  for  Research  and  Community  Service  serves  as  the  primary 
outreach  office  of  the  university  to  link  community  effort  and  need  with  the 
diverse  resources  of  the  university  and  to  encourage  research  activities  among 
the  faculty.  Major  areas  of  responsibility  include:  1 )  To  expand  economic 
development  and  public  service  initiatives  within  the  university's  research 
mission:  2|  To  provide  a  coordinating  function  for  all  lUP  research  centers: 
and  }i)  To  provide  leadership  and  support  for  the  Applied  Research  Lab. 

A  wide  variety  of  services  is  offered  through  outreach  efforts  to  community 
leaders  in  government,  business,  education,  human  service,  and  health  care 
agencies  and  organizations.  Typical  services  include  policy  analysis  for  local 
goveminenls.  needs  assessments,  survey  research,  computer  projects,  software 
development,  digital  mapping,  land  use  and  site  studies,  and  archaeological 
services  including  Phase  1  and  II  surveys.  Through  affiliation  with  the 
Pennsylvania  State  Data  Center,  a  variety  of  specialized  census  and  economic 
data  reports  are  developed  upon  request. 

Staff  of  the  institute  includes  a  director,  assistant  director,  fiscal  assistant, 
graduate  assistant,  several  undergraduate  students,  and  numerous  faculty 
associates. 


I 


The  Univcr.siiv-5 


Information  Systems  and  Communications  Center 

The  Information  Systems  and  Communications  Center  (ISCCl.  establislied  in 
1963.  is  located  on  the  ground  tloor  ot  Stright  Hall.  The  ISCC  pro\  ides 
computational  support  lor  undergraduate  and  graduate  courses,  faculty  and 
student  research,  and  the  administrati\e  requirements  of  the  uni\ersit.\. 

The  primary  computing  capacity  of  the  center  is  provided  by  a  DEC 
VAXcluster  running  VMS  which  supports  both  timesharing  and  batch 
processing  ser\  ices.  .A  campus  network  pro\  ides  9600  baud  terminal  access. 
with  ethemel  connectivity  available  in  selected  locations.  IL'P  is  connected  to 
both  the  BITNET  and  Internet  w  ide  area  networks. 

Student  access  to  computing  is  provided,  for  the  most  part,  through  the  public 
computing  laboratories.  The  primary  public  labs  are  slralegicalh  placed 
around  campus  to  maximize  their  availability  and  impact.  Se\  eral  departments 
maintain  computing  facilities  that  are  of  a  focused  nature  and  which  are 
intended  to  support  specific  programs. 

Through  implementation  of  its  strategic  computing  plan,  w  hich  is  part  of  the 
university  long-range  planning  process,  the  university  is  committed  to 
providing  the  lev  el  of  computing  and  information  technology  necessary  for  a 
modem  institution  of  higher  education.  Guidance  in  this  area  is  provided  from 
both  an  .Academic  and  .Administrative  Computing  .Advisory  Committee. 
Undergraduate  and  Graduate  students  Me  represented  on  the  Academic 
Computing  .Adv  isory  Committee. 

Library  and  Media  Services 

Patnck  J.  Staplcton.  Jr..  Librarv .  the  central  library  for  lUP.  was  completed 
and  dedicated  in  1981.  It  adjoins  Rhodes  R.  Stablev  Library,  which  results  in  a 
combined  structure  of  156.000  square  feet.  The  Cogswell  Music  Library,  the 
University  Schtxil  Library,  and  the  branch  campus  libraries  at  .Annstrong 
Center  in  Kiltanning  and  in  Pun.xsutaw  ney  are  the  other  components  of  the 
lUP  library  system.  Twenty  library  faculty  members,  twenty-seven  support 
and  technical  staff  members,  and  nearly  two  hundred  students  are  employ  ed  in 
the  Libraries  and  Media  Resources  Division  of  the  university.  The  book 
collection  contains  in  excess  of  600.000  volumes;  there  are  4,.'i00  periodical 
subscriptions.  1.7  million  items  of  microforms.  9.VO0O  bound  periodicals,  and 
in  excess  of  24.000  volumes  of  governmental  publications.  (lUP  is  a 
designated  Select  Depository  for  federal  and  state  publications.)  The  libraries' 
media  holdings  in  all  formats  are  extensive.  Resources  are  supplemented 
through  membership  in  OCLC  for  interlibrary  loan,  the  Health  Sciences 
Consortium  (North  Carolina  I.  and  the  Laurel  Highlands  Consortium  and 
associate  membership  in  the  Center  for  Research  Libraries.  The  central  library- 
is  open  ninety-six  hours  a  week  during  regular  terms.  The  recently  renovated 
Cogsv^ell  Music  Library.  liKated  on  the  top  floor  of  Cogswell  Hall,  contains 
approximately  6.(XK)  books.  70.(MK)  scores,  and  lO.(MK)  recordings.  Holdings  of 
monumental  editions  are  substantial.  Sound  recordings  circulate  only  to 
faculty,  but  listening  stations  are  available  for  use  by  all  patrons.  The 
University  School  Library  s  6..'i00  volumes  support  the  curriculum  of  grades 
K-6  at  the  University  School.  The  Armstrong  County  campus  library  has  more 
than  22.(KK)  volumes,  and  the  recently  renovated  Punxsutawney  library 
contains  more  than  l.l.(KK)  books  as  well  as  150  periodicals  and  recordings  of 
music,  poetry,  and  drama. 

University  Senate 

Purpose 

The  purpose  of  the  University  Senate  is  to  provide  a  formal  means  through 
which  the  student  body,  faculty,  and  administration,  working  as  a  unified 
group,  shall  have  a  representative  share  in  the  governance  of  the  university. 

Nothing  relating  to  the  organization  and  administration  of  the  University 
Senate  shall  be  construed  so  as  to  limit  the  authority  of  the  Council  of  Trustees 
or  the  president  of  the  university  with  respect  to  the  administration  of  the 
university  as  prescribed  by  law. 

Composllion  and  Kleclive  Procedures 

The  University  Senate  shall  consist  of  a  number  of  faculty  double  the  number 
of  departments  of  the  university,  an  administrative  segment  one-third  the  si/e 
of  the  faculty  segment,  and  a  student  segment  one-half  the  si/e  of  the  faculty 
segment.  The  Senate  shall  also  include  one  Alumni  Association  representative 
and  four  representatives  from  staff.  Faculty,  administrative,  and  staff  members 
must  hold  full-lime  contracts  at  the  time  of  election  or  appointment,  and 
students  must  be  full-lime  and  in  giKKl  standing.  "Student"  refers  to  both  the 
undergraduate  and  graduate  student  bodies.  The  student  segment  shall  consist 
of  ten  times  as  many  undergraduate  students  as  graduate  studcnis.  each 


delegation  to  be  elected  by  its  representative  student  body.  Undergraduate 
students  shall  be  elected  under  the  auspices  of  the  recognized  student 
association  (as  defined  by  Pennsylvania  state  Act  19S2-1S8)  and  graduate 
students  through  elections  arranged  by  their  comparable  body.  In  both  cases, 
the  officiating  body  shall  call  for  and  accept  voluntary  nominations  for 
election  to  the  Senate.  Student  members  of  the  l^niv  ersitv  Senate  serve  on 
most  of  the  Senate  committees. 

The  Foundation  for  lUP 

The  Foundation  for  lUP  is  a  nonprofit  agency  established  in  1967  to  develop 
and  maintain  private  support  for  lUP.  It  is  governed  by  a  twenty-four-member 
Board  of  Directors.  The  offices  are  located  on  campus  in  John  Sutton  Hall. 

Funds  raised  through  contributions  from  alumni,  friends,  faculty  and  staff, 
corporations,  and  foundations  are  used  to  support  scholarships,  academic  and 
athletic  enrichment,  dcpanmental  programs,  and  other  priority  needs  of  the 
university.  In  1990-91  contributions  received  totaled  over  SI. 9  million,  and 
the  foundation's  endowments  are  valued  at  S2.8  million. 

Interim  University  Policy  on  Sexual  Harassment 

lUP  affirms  that  sexual  harassment  is  a  violation  of  basic  human  rights, 
inconsistent  with  the  purpose  and  principles  of  an  academic  community. 
Sexual  harassment  of  students  and  employees  is  unacceptable  conduct 
and  will  not  be  tolerated. 

Any  university  community  member  who  engages  in  sexual  harassment  is 
subject  to  the  disciplinary  process  appropriate  to  his/her  classification  as  an 
employee  or  student. 

The  right  to  confidentiality  of  all  parties  involved  in  a  sexual  harassment 
complaint  shall  be  strictly  adhered  to  insofar  as  it  does  not  interfere  w  ilh  the 
university 's  legal  obligation  to  investigate  allegations  of  misconduct  and  to 
take  appropriate  corrective  action. 

lUP  prohibits  retaliatory  action  against  individuals  filing  either  informal  or 
formal  complaints  of  sexual  harassment.  Nothing  contained  in  this  policy 
protects  an  individual  who  maliciously  makes  false  accusations.  While  seeking 
to  protect  those  whose  dignity  might  be  compromised,  it  must  be  emphasized 
that  false  accusations  of  sexual  harassment  will  not  be  tolerated. 

Definition:  Sexual  harassment  is  a  form  of  sex  discrimination  that  is 
reprehensible  and  unlawful.  Title  IX  of  the  education  amendments  of  1972 
prohibits  sex  discrimination  in  employment.  Sexual  harassment  is  defined  as: 

a.  making  unwelcome  sexual  advances 

b.  requesting  sexual  favors 

c.  verbal  or  physical  conduct  of  a  sexual  nature — which  submission  to  such 
conduct  is  made,  either  explicitly  or  implicitly,  a  tenn  or  condition  of  a 
person's  employment  or  education 

d.  verbal  or  physical  conduct  of  a  sexual  nature — which  has  ihc  purpose  or 
effect  of  unreasonably  interfering  with  an  individual's  academic,  personal, 
or  professional  perfonnance 

e.  verbal  or  physical  conduct  of  a  sexual  nature — which  has  the  purpose  or 
effect  of  unreasonably  creating  an  intimidating,  hostile,  or  offensive 
educational,  social,  or  work  environment 

f.  basing  employment  or  academic  decisions  upon  a  persons  submission  to 
or  rejection  of  verbal  or  physical  conduct  of  a  sexual  nature 

Sexual  harassment  occurs  in  a  variety  of  situations.  Many  of  these  situations 
have  two  circumstances  in  common: 

the  inappropriate  introduction  of  sexual  activities  into  rclalionships  of 

unequal  power 
•     an  element  of  coercion — so  that  compliance  with  requests  for  sexual 

favors  becomes  a  criterion  for  granting  employment  or  academic  benefits. 
Sexual  harassment  may  also  involve  relationships  among  equals.  In  these 
cases  repeated  sexual  advances  or  demeaning  verbal  behavior  have  a  harmful 
effect  on  one's  ability  to  study,  live,  or  work  within  the  academic  conmuiimy 

(Questions  regarding  the  .Sexual  Harassment  Policy  or  complaint  procedures 
may  be  directed  to  Ihc  Director  ot  Human  Resources.  G-.^O  Sulton  Hall.  lUP. 
Policy  approved  by  University  Senate.  May  1.  199(1;  peiuling  linal  approval  by 
Council  of  Trustees. 


6-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  Branch  Campuses 

Robert  H.  Doerr,  Director,  Armstrong  Branch 
Norman  T.  Storm,  Director,  Punxsutawney 
Branch 

lUP  operates  two  branch  campuses,  one  in  Punxsutawney,  twenty-eight  miles 
north  of  the  Indiana  campus,  and  one  in  Kittanning.  twenty-eight  miles  west  of 
the  Indiana  campus.  Tlie  first  branch  campus  was  established  in  1962  in 
Pun.xsutawney.  The  following  year  the  Armstrong  campus  in  Kittanning  was 
opened.  Over  200  students  are  enrolled  at  the  Punxsutawney  campus  and  550 
students  at  the  Annstrong  campus. 

Control  of  the  branch  campuses  is  directly  vested  with  the  lUP  administration 
and  Council  of  Trustees.  Advisory  boards  from  the  respective  areas  identify 
local  needs.  Both  branch  campuses  carry  full  accreditation  as  integral  parts  of 
the  undergraduate  programs  of  lUP.  This  means  that  courses  offered  at  the 
branch  campuses  are  of  the  same  quality  as  those  offered  at  the  Indiana 
campus. 

Programs  of  Study 

The  branch  campuses  of  lUP  offer  basic  liberal  studies  courses  for  most 
majors  in  the  various  undergraduate  colleges  of  the  university.  Students  may 
schedule  a  full  program  for  the  freshman  year  and  many  sophoniore-le\'el 
courses.  No  student  accepted  at  either  of  the  branch  campuses  is  eligible  for 
transfer  to  the  Indiana  campus  until  he/she  has  completed  two  semesters. 

Faculty  advisers  and  administrators  at  the  branch  campuses  are  available  to 
advise  students  on  their  instructional  programs  and  the  proper  time  for 
continuing  at  the  Indiana  campus,  whether  it  be  after  two.  three,  or  four 
semesters. 


Business  Associate  Degree  Program 

The  two-year  .Associate  of  Arts  degree  in  Business  is  based  upon  a  broad 
liberal  arts  program  as  well  as  professional  competencies  needed  in  the  field  of 
business.  The  program  is  offered  at  the  Armstrong  campus  and  the 
Punxsutawney  campus.  A  student  accepted  for  this  program  may  concentrate 
in  computer  and  office  information  systems.  Most  of  the  credits  earned  in  the 
two-year  program  may  apply  toward  a  four-year  degree  program  in  business. 

Criminology  Associate  Degree  Program 

.A  two-year  program  in  criminology  is  offered  only  at  the  Punxsutawney 
branch  campus  and  is  not  offered  at  the  Indiana  campus  of  lUP.  The  credits 
earned  in  the  tuo-year  program  will  apply  toward  the  four-year  degree 
program  in  criminology. 

Admission 

Any  prospective  student  who  wishes  to  attend  either  of  the  branch  campuses 
instead  of  the  Indiana  campus  may  apply  for  admission  by  requesting  an 
application  from  the  .Admissions  Office  or  from  the  director  of  either  branch 
campus.  Students  admitted  into  an  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  Program  must 
reapply  for  admission  if  they  choose  to  pursue  a  Bachelor's  degree  at  lUP.  The 
same  standards  and  requirements  used  for  admission  at  the  Indiana  campus  are 
applied  at  both  university  branch  campuses.  The  mailing  addresses  for  the 
respective  branch  campuses  follow: 


Armstrong  County  Branch  Campus 

lUP 

Kittanning.  P.A  16201 


Punxsutawney  Branch  Campus 

lUP 

Punxsutawney.  PA  15767 


Housing 

The  Punxsutawney  branch  campus  has  privately  owned  residence  halls  for 
students  living  beyond  commuting  distance,  while  the  Armstrong  County 
branch  campus  operates  university-owned  residence  halls.  Students  are  free  to 
choose  their  housing  from  all  available  sources,  which  include  the  residence 
halls  and  private  homes  or  apartments  in  the  community.  A  list  of  rooms  and 
apartments  is  available  in  each  campus  director's  office. 

Food  Service 

Each  branch  campus  has  its  own  dining  hall  u  ilhin  the  residence  hall.  Meals 
are  served  seven  days  a  week  during  the  time  the  university  is  in  session. 
Residence  hall  students  as  well  as  students  living  in  private  homes  and 
apartments  may  make  arrangements  to  take  meals  in  the  dining  halls.  The 
dining  service  is  operated  by  the  same  food  service  contractor  as  on  the  main 
campus. 

Rules  and  Regulations  Concerning  Student  Behavior 

Students  at  the  branch  campuses  arc  subject  to  the  same  rules  and  regu 
as  students  on  the  Indiana  campus. 


and  regulations 


Fees 

Branch  campus  students  pay  the  same  basic  fees  as  Indiana  campus  students 
except  for  the  health  fee.  The  health  fee  at  the  Annstrong  campus  is  $48  per 
semester,  while  Pun\sutawney  campus  students  do  not  pay  a  health  fee. 

Continuing  Education 

The  School  ol  Continuing  Education  plays  a  significant  role  in  programming 
community-university  studies  classes  (noncredit).  academic  workshops,  and 
institutes  in  the  Punxsutaw  ney  and  Kittanning  areas.  The  school  is  also 
responsive  to  the  needs  of  the  local  community  through  credit  and  noncredit 
activities. 


Admission  and  Reeistratioii-7 


Admission  and  Registration 

Admissions  Policy 

An\  graduate  of  an  accrediled  four-,\ear  high  school  or  holder  of  a  GED 
equivalency  diploma  is  qualified  to  apply  for  admission  to  lUP.  Prospective 
students  who  have  completed  the  third  year  of  high  school  may  file  an 
application  beginning  the  following  July  1.  Applications  filed  before 
completion  of  the  junior  year  will  be  returned  to  the  sender. 

Requests  for  application  papers  and  catalogs  should  he  addressed  to 
The  Admissions  Office 
ILP 

Indiana.  PA  15705 

.Admission  w  ill  be  based  on  college  quotas  at  lUP.  taking  into  consideration 
restrictions  in  some  curriculums.  The  .Admissions  Committee,  in  reviewing  the 
applications,  will  take  the  follov\ing  into  consideration:  academic  excellence. 
giving  equal  opportunity  to  all  students,  needs  and  welfare  of  the  students. 
high  school  grades.  S.-\T/.\CT  scores,  achievement  tests,  guidance  counselors' 
recommendations,  faculty  recommendations,  extracurricular  activities,  and 
other  pertinent  information  that  would  help  the  .Admissions  Cotnmittee. 

.Although  the  university  does  not  require  a  specific  number  of  high  school 
credits  in  certain  subject  matter  fields,  it  does  strongly  urge  all  applicants  to 
lake  the  usual  college  preparatory  program  in  high  school.  Applicants  should 
also  lake  all  available  work  offered  in  the  field  in  v\  hich  they  plan  to  major. 

.Applicants  are  expected  to  name  their  major  field  upon  application,  but  a 
change  in  major  can  be  made  during  the  freshman  y  ear  w  ithout  loss  of  credit. 
A  change  of  major  after  the  freshman  year  (restricted  areas  are  excluded) 
usually  entails  a  loss  of  credit  and  results  in  a  program  of  more  than  four  years 
to  satisfy  graduation  requirements. 

Applicants  to  the  departments  of  .An  and  Music  will  be  admitted  to  the 
university  by  the  .Admissions  Office,  subject  to  the  acceptance  by  the 
Department  of  Art  after  the  portfolio  review  and  by  the  Department  of  Music 
after  the  audition.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  contact  the 
depanmeni  chairperson  and  make  the  necessary  arrangements. 

Application  Fee 

.A  check  or  money  order  leash  will  not  be  accepted)  for  S20.  payable  to 
Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania,  must  accompany  each  application.  This 
fee  is  nonrefundable  and  will  be  used  to  meet  the  cost  of  filing  and  processing 
applications. 

The  application  form,  the  S20  application  fee.  and  the  official  high  school 
transcript  must  be  mailed  to  the  Accounts  Receivable  Office.  lUP.  Indiana.  PA 
15705. 

Freshman  .Applicants 

The  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 

All  persons  expecting  to  apply  for  admission  as  freshmen  should  plan  to  take 
the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  ("College  Boards  ")  on  or  before  the  November 
test  dale  of  the  senior  year  of  high  school.  The  Admissions  Committee 
recommends  that  the  applicant  first  take  the  test  in  the  spring  of  the  junior 
year,  because  the  application,  if  complete,  may  receive  early  consideration  in 
the  fall  of  the  senior  year.  If  the  applicant  has  an  excellent  high  school  record 
and  high  College  Board  scores,  the  application  for  admission  may  be  approved 
by  .November  .10  of  the  senior  year. 

Whether  or  not  the  applicant  lakes  the  College  Boards  in  the  junior  year,  it  is 
recommended  that  the  College  Boards  also  be  taken  no  later  than  the 
December  testing  dale  of  the  senior  year.  The  Admissions  Committee  gives 
the  applicant  the  benefit  of  the  highest  total  board  scores  from  all  Icsl  dales.  It 
is.  therefore,  in  many  instances,  to  the  applicant's  advantage  to  take  the  boards 
in  the  senior  year.  However,  the  committee  will  use  the  boards  completed  in 
the  junior  year  if  the  senior  boards  are  not  available  al  the  lime  admissions 
decisions  arc  being  made. 

The  applicant  should  arrange  to  lake  the  College  Boards  through  llic  high 
school  principal  or  guidance  counselor  or  by  writing  to  the  College  Rntrancc 
Examination  Board.  Box  .592.  Princeton.  NJ  0S54().  for  an  information 
pamphlet  and  Icsl  application.  lUP  will  accept  the  test  battery  of  the  American 
College  Testing  Program  (ACT)  in  lieu  of  College  Boards  (SAT). 


When  the  applicant  receives  the  information  and  test  application,  he/she 
should  fill  out  the  test  application  and  designate  lUP  as  one  of  the  schools 
he/she  desires  to  receive  a  copy  of  the  test  scores.  The  test  application  is  to  be 
returned  to  the  Princeton.  New  Jersey,  address. 

The  .Admission  Application 

-Applications  for  admission  will  be  available  after  June  1  follow ing  the 
student's  junior  year  of  high  school. 

The  applicant  may  fill  out  and  submit  the  application  and  accompanying  forms 
to  the  guidance  counselor  after  July  1  of  the  summer  following  completion  of 
the  junior  year.  The  deadline  for  applications  for  early  consideration  is 
October  15. 

The  application  deadline  depends  on  the  number  of  available  vacancies  in  the 
freshman  class  and  the  number  of  applications  received.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  submit  an  application  and  the  required  supportive  infonnation 
by  December  3 1 .  Students  who  have  an  outstanding  high  school  record  and 
apply  to  the  main  campus  after  December  3 1 .  therefore,  may  run  the  risk  of 
not  being  av\arded  admission  to  the  Indiana  campus  fall  program.  Deadlines 
for  the  branch  campuses  \  ary  from  year  to  y  ear.  depending  on  the  number  of 
applications  received  and  the  academic  quality  of  the  students  who  apply.  The 
university  resen'es  the  right  to  close  admissions  when  it  feels  that  it  has 
offered  a  sufficient  number  of  acceptances  to  academically  qualified  students. 

The  applicant  should  give  the  completed  application  form  and  the  $20 
application  fee  to  his/her  high  school  principal  or  guidance  counselor  for 
completion  of  the  high  school  record  portion  of  the  application.  The  principal 
or  counselor  must  then  mail  the  complete  packet  of  admissions  materials  to  the 
Accounts  Receivable  Office.  lUP,  Indiana.  PA  15705. 

The  student's  application  is  complete  when  the  Admissions  Committee 
receives  the  junior  College  Board  and/or  senior  College  Board  or  ACT  te.st 
results,  the  high  school  record,  the  completed  application  fomi.  and  the 
application  fee.  In  some  ca.ses  the  committee  may  request  additional 
information,  such  as  a  list  of  senior  year  subjects  or  a  senior  grade  report. 

This  university  uses  the  Social  Security  Number  (SSN)  as  the  basis  for  all 
student  recordkeeping.  .Although  disclosure  of  the  SSN  is  not  mandatory,  its 
use  will  facilitate  the  coordination  of  national  test  results,  financial  aid  awards, 
and  the  maintenance  of  accurate  records.  The  SSN  will  be  used  solely  for 
identification  and/or  record  keeping  purposes. 

Processing  the  Application 

( 1 )  The  .Admissions  Committee  reviews,  with  care  and  understanding,  each 
of  the  several  thousand  applications  that  are  submitted  each  year. 

(2)  Those  persons  who.  in  the  committee's  judgment,  satisfy  the  standards  for 
early  decision  will  receive  notification  by  November  30  of  their  senior 
year.  Decisions  on  most  applications  are  deferred  until  later  in  the  year. 
Final  action  on  a  completed  application  takes  from  eight  to  sixteen  weeks, 
depending  on  the  number  of  applications  that  must  be  processed.  This 
delay  is  necessary  if  each  application  is  to  be  examined  carefully. 
Applicants  who  are  not  given  early  decision  can  expect  a  decision  by 
January  3 1  of  their  senior  year. 

(3)  The  applicant  who  is  admitted  to  an  entering  class  is  required  to  visit  the 
campus  on  an  appointed  date  to  discuss  his/her  academic  and  career  plans 
with  the  college  dean  and  other  advisers.  The  date  of  this  appointmenl  for 
the  orientation  interview  accompanies  the  notice  of  acceptance. 

(4)  Attendance  at  the  orientation  interview  and  payment  of  the  $30 
orientation  fee  signifies  the  applicant's  interest  but  not  commitment  lo 
attend  RIP. 

(5)  Around  April  15.  a  $150  advance  payment  is  required  of  all  incoming 
freshmen.  This  advance  payment  will  be  credited  to  the  applicant's 
housing  charges  and  basic  fees.  Fifty  percent  of  the  $150  is  refundable  if 
the  applicant  cancels  admission  before  July  1.  Exceptions  to  the  rcliiiul 
policy  may  be  made  by  application  to  the  Admissions  Comniillcc  in  cases 
of  unusual  circumstances. 

Karlv  Adinissi(ms  IVouram 

I  he  Farly  Admissions  Program  permits  students  to  enroll  as  college  freshmen 
after  completing  the  junior  year  in  high  school.  Student  applications  for 
acceptance  must  originate  with  the  student's  high  school  guidance  counselor 
and  principal.  Admission  consideration  will  be  given  to  those  applications 
which  contain  a  statement  indicating  explicit  approval  by  the  high  school 
principal.  The  applicant  must  rank  in  approMinately  the  lop  tenth  of  his/lier 


8-liidiana  University  of  Pennsyhunia 


class  and  have  a  combined  SAT  score  of  approximately  1 150.  The  university 
Admissions  Committee  will  exercise  the  final  judgment  as  to  university 
acceptance  after  a  personal  interview  with  the  applicant.  The  university 
strongly  recommends  prior  summer  school  attendance  by  all  students  admitted 
through  the  Early  Admissions  Program. 

Transfer  Students 

A  student  who  has  been  attending  another  institution  of  higher  education  and 
wishes  to  transfer  to  lUP  must  submit  an  application  and  official  tran.scripts  of 
all  postsecondary  educational  work.  Transfer  students  are  not  required  to 
submit  their  high  school  transcript  or  SAT/.ACT  scores. 

Applications  will  be  accepted  for  consideration  for  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters  after  July  I  of  the  preceding  year.  The  application  deadline  depends 
on  the  number  of  available  vacancies  in  the  transfer  program  and  the  number 
of  applications  received.  Students  are  encouraged  to  submit  an  application. 
$20  application  fee.  and  the  required  supportive  information  by  Februarv  I  for 
the  fall  semester  and  November  I  for  the  spring  semester.  Students  who  have 
an  outstanding  college  academic  record  but  who  apply  after  the  above 
designated  dates  risk  not  being  awarded  admission  to  the  university  because  of 
space  limitations. 

A  nonrefundable  orientation  fee  of  S30  is  required  of  all  accepted  students. 
Attendance  at  a  Transfer  Orientation  Day  in  July/August  is  highly 
recommended.  If  a  waiver  of  attendance  at  summer  orientation  is  approved  by 
the  Admissions  Office,  the  student  will  schedule  courses  as  available  in  late 
registration  the  day  before  the  start  of  classes. 

The  evaluation  of  credits  from  other  institutions  of  higher  education  is  the 
responsibility  of  the  Office  of  Academic  Information  Systems  and  the 
academic  college  dean  who  has  jurisdiction  over  the  student's  desired  major. 
Normally,  courses  considered  for  transfer  are  only  those  taken  from 
institutions  which  are  accredited  by  the  six  regional  accrediting  agencies.  Each 
course  is  usually  evaluated  separately.  The  evaluation  nomially  includes  a 
review  of  the  description,  semester  hours,  and  grade  of  each  course  along  with 
the  applicability  of  the  course  to  the  student's  major  at  lUP.  However,  only 
credits  transfer,  not  grade-point  average.  It  has  been  the  policy  of  the 
university  that  only  courses  with  a  "C"  or  higher  grade  w  ill  be  accepted, 
except  for  two-year  associate  degree  graduates  of  state-supported  community 
colleges  in  Pennsylvania.  No  matter  how  many  credits  are  transferable,  the 
student  must  satisfy  all  of  the  degree  requirements  falling  into  the  categories 
of  ( I )  university  requirements.  (2)  college  requirements,  and  (3 1  department 
requirements. 

University  requirements:  Since  all  students  are  obliged  to  fulfill  a  basic 
program  in  Liberal  Studies  consisting  of  53-58  semester  credit  hours  and  there 
is  a  reasonable  degree  of  flexibility  in  the  Liberal  Studies  requirements,  the 
transfer  evaluator  and  the  college  deans  will  look  to  this  area  first  for 
applicable  credits  for  transfer.  Mo.st  introductory  courses  are  generally 
equivalent. 

Residency  requirements:  The  university  requires  that  at  least  forty-five  credits, 
generally  including  the  last  thirty  credits  in  a  student's  curriculum,  must  be 
earned  by  enrollment  in  courses  at  lUP.  It  should  also  be  noted  that  for 
community  college  graduates  a  maximum  of  sixty  credit  hours  is  transferable 
to  this  institution  for  the  purpose  of  fulfilling  a  specific  program  of  study. 
Excess  credits,  if  any,  may  be  transferred  but  cannot  be  used  for  fulfilling  the 
minimum  requirements  for  the  degree. 

Transfer  students,  to  remain  in  good  academic  standing,  must  meet  the  same 
quality-point  average  requirements  as  those  specified  for  all  other 
undergraduate  students.  See  section  entitled  "Criteria  Governing  Continuance 
at  lUP." 

The  university  accepts  credits  associated  w  ith  "D"  grades  only  when  they  are 
part  of  a  completed  Associate  Degree  earned  at  a  publicly  owned  community 
college  in  Pennsylvania.  These  "D"  grades  will  be  treated  in  the  same  manner 
as  those  earned  at  lUP.  This  articulation  policy  was  adopted  by  the  Board  of 
Stale  College  and  LIniversity  Directors  in  1973. 

Part-Time  Study  (Nondegree) 

Part-Time  Studies  Program — Undergraduate 

Part-lime  undergraduate  study  is  available  through  the  School  of  Continuing 
Education  to  any  high  school  graduate,  holder  of  a  GED  Equivalency 


Diploma,  or  adult  over  twenty-five  years  of  age.  No  SAT  scores  are  required. 
Note:  A  TOEFL  Score  is  required  as  part  of  the  application  for  an  individual 
whose  native  language  is  other  than  English.  Those  who  are  not  U.S.  citizens 
must  submit  a  notarized  copy  of  their  current  visa  and  1-94  card  or  alien 
resident  card. 

Applications  are  available  from  the  Part-time  Studies  Program  and  must  be 
submitted  with  documentation  directly  to  the  School  of  Continuing  Education 
by  August  15  for  the  fall  semester  and  December  15  for  the  spring  semester.  A 
$20  application  fee  is  required.  Applications  submitted  after  established  dates 
are  not  guaranteed  consideration. 

Transfer  students  may  also  apply  to  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  for 
part-time  study  and  must  submit  official  transcripts  for  all  previous  college 
work  attempted.  An  overall  2.0  GPA  is  required. 

A  student  in  the  Part-time  Studies  Program  is  limited  to  a  semester  enrollment 
of  no  more  than  1 1  credits  and  must  apply  for  formal  admission  to  a  degree 
program  before  30  ILIP  credits  have  been  earned.  Applications  for  degree 
candidacy  must  be  filed  by  the  midterm  point  of  the  fall  or  spring  semester 
preceding  candidacy.  Specific  requirements  for  grade-point  average  and  lUP 
credit  vary  by  degree  program.  The  minimum  credit  criteria  to  apply  for 
consideration  for  degree  candidacy  are  as  follows: 

High  School  Diploma  or  GED  1 5  lUP  Credits  2.0  GPA 

Veteran  I DD-2 1 4  required)  9  lUP  Credits  2.0  GPA 

Transfer  (with  12  or  more  credits)  9  lUP  Credits  2.0  GPA 

Transfer  (with  1 1  or  less  credits)  15  lUP  Credits  2.0  GPA 

Note:  .\  student  who  has  applied  and  has  been  admitted  by  the  Office  of 
Admissions  to  a  branch  campus  is  not  eligible  to  apply  to  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education. 

Program  for  Visiting  High  School  Students 

lUP  pennits  the  exceptional  high  school  student  to  preview  university  life  and 
earn  regular  college  credit  on  a  limited  nondegree  basis.  The  student  must 
have  completed  the  sophomore  year  with  a  minimum  of  a  "B"  average  and 
have  the  written  support  of  the  high  school  principal  or  guidance  counselor. 
The  parameters  of  the  student's  enrollment  are  defined  in  consultation  with 
appropriate  high  school  official  and  are  limited  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits 
per  semester.  For  further  information,  contact  the  School  of  Continuing 
Education. 

Post  Baccalaureate  Studies  (Undergraduate) 

The  Post  Baccalaureate  Studies  Program  provides  access  to  undergraduate 
courses  to  individuals  who  have  an  earned  baccalaureate  degree.  Students  may 
be  seeking  a  second  bachelor's  degree,  an  additional  teacher  certification,  or 
personal  enrichment.  Students  may  enroll  on  a  full  or  part-time  basis  based  on 
personal  preference  and  availability  of  coursework. 

Applications  are  available  from  the  School  of  Continuing  Education.  A 
completed  application  and  official  transcripts  of  all  previous  undergraduate 
coursework  must  be  submitted  for  review  by  August  15  for  fall  semester  and 
December  15  for  spring  semester.  Applications  not  submitted  by  established 
dates  are  not  guaranteed  consideration.  A  $20  application  fee  is  required.  The 
fee  is  waived  for  graduates  of  lUP. 

Second  Baccalaureate  Degree 

A  student  with  an  earned  baccalaureate  degree  who  wishes  to  complete  the 
requirements  for  a  second  or  subsequent  bachelor's  degree  must  make 
application  and  submit  official  transcripts  indicating  degree(s)  awarded.  The 
student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  thiily  additional  IL'P  credits  and  meet 
the  requirements  for  graduation  established  by  the  academic  department  and 
college  in  which  the  new  degree  is  to  be  earned. 

Teacher  Certification 

A  student  w  ith  an  earned  nonteaching  baccalaureate  degree  who  wishes  to 
complete  the  requirements  for  Instructional  Level  I  certification  must  apply  as 
a  second  bachelor's  degree  student.  A  minimum  cumulative  grade-point 
average  of  2.50  is  required  for  consideration  for  admission.  To  earn 
Instructional  Level  I  the  student  must  satisfactorily  complete  the  prescribed 
courses  in  an  lUP  degree  certification  program  at  a  minimum  cumulative 
grade-point  average  of  2.50  and  successfully  pass  the  National  Teacher 
Examination. 

A  currently  Pennsylvania-certified  teacher  who  wishes  to  add  a  new  area  of 


Admission  and  Rei'islralifm-9 


xnificalion  may  apply  to  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  under  the 
:ategon  teacher  certification.  Individuals  admitted  to  add  an  additional 
leacher  certification  will  follow  an  indi\  idually  planned  and  approved  course 
if  study. 

Immunization  Requirements 

Students  entering  effective  Fall.  14^1.  are  required  to  complete  a  Student 
Health  Form  documenting  immunization  status.  See  Health  Services 
infomiaiion  in  section  "Student  Programs  and  Services." 

Readmission  Policy  for  Students  Who  Withdraw  from  the 
University  \  oluntarily 

A  student  who  w  iihdreu  from  the  university  on  a  voluntary  basis  for  reasons 
af  health,  financial  difficulty,  etc..  and  who  wishes  to  reenter  must  notify,  in 
wnting.  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the  student  was  enrolled  at  the  lime 
of  his/her  withdrawal,  before  Jul>  1  for  the  fall  semester  (starting  in 
September)  or  before  November  1  for  the  spring  semester  (sianing  in 
January). 

The  Summer  Sessions 

The  summer  school  program  at  lUP  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  nianv 
students.  Courses,  workshops,  and  seminars  are  offered  in  the  liberal  arts,  in 
leacher  education,  and  in  other  fields  of  study. 

Continuing  university  students,  including  new K  admitted  freshmen,  who  wish 
lo  accelerate  their  program  of  studies  will  find  both  Liberal  Studies  and  special 
courses  in  all  fields  of  study.  Students  from  other  colleges  and  universities 
may  take  courses  at  lUP;  however,  they  are  advised  to  first  ensure  that  iheir 
home  institution  will  transfer  such  credits  earned  at  lUP. 

Teachers-in-service  will  find  courses  in  the  summer  program  lo  serve  a  \arieiy 
of  needs.  They  may  enroll  to  qualify  for  permanent  certification,  lake  refresher 
courses  in  their  field  of  specialization,  or  take  courses  for  the  puipo.se  of 
extending  their  certification  to  a  new  field. 


The  Summer  Sessions  Schedule,  which  contains  information  regarding 
courses  and  activities  offered  during  the  summer  sessions,  is  usually  available 
after  March  I  and  can  be  obtained  b>  contacting  the  Registrar's  Office.  Room 
G5,  Sutton  Hall  (412-357-2217),  or  the  Graduate  School,  Room  12S,  Strighl 
Hall  (412-357-2222). 

Attendance  at  summer  sessions  is  open  to  all  students  but  does  not  constitute 
admission  or  readmission  for  continuing  registration  in  the  fall  and/or  spring 
semesters.  Students  in  good  standing  who  desire  admission  must  obtain  an 
application  through  the  Office  of  Admissions  or  the  School  of  Continuing 
Education,  as  appropriate.  Students  who  desire  readmission  for  a  fall  semester 
must  apply  to  the  office  of  their  college  dean  by  the  preceding  July  1 . 

American  Language  Institute  (ALI) 

The  .American  Language  Institule  offers  intensive  programs  in  English  for 
international  students  and  \  isiiors  from  beginning  through  advanced  levels 
each  semester. 

The  English  for  Academic  Purposes  Program  (EAP)  is  for  applicants  seeking 
to  prepare  themselves  for  study  at  any  U.S.  college  or  university.  Depending 
on  proficiency,  enrollment  is  for  ten  weeks  of  intensive  study,  beginning  first 
summer  session,  including  twenty-five  hours  per  week  of  classroom 
instruction.  Students  completing  this  program  may  earn  three  semester  hours 
of  university  credit.  Students  may  apply  lo  lUP  for  conditional  admission, 
pending  completion  of  this  program.  The  .ALI  also  offers  two  shorter 
programs:  English  for  Specific  Purposes  (ESP)  for  graduate  students  entering 
specialized  fields  and  English  for  International  Visitors  (EIV)  for  visiting 
professionals  who  seek  improvement  in  English  proficiency  while 
experiencing  life  in  the  U.S. 

For  further  information  about  the  ALI  prograins,  contact  Assistant  Director, 
American  Language  Institute,  212  Eicher  Hall.  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705  USA; 
(412)357-2402. 


lO-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Finances 


*Tuition  (as  of  April,  1992) 

The  tuition  and  fees  set  forth  in  this  section  were  those  in  effect  in  April,  1992. 
The  fee  schedule  is  subject  to  change;  these  figures  are  to  be  considered 
simply  as  an  estimate.  You  may  request  a  current  fee  schedule  by  writing  to 
the  Admissions  Office.  lUP.  or  by  phoning  (412)  357-2230. 

The  tuition  for  all  full-time  in-state  students  is  $1,314  per  semester.  This 
covers  registration  and  the  keeping  of  student  records,  use  of  the  library, 
student  welfare,  and  laboratory  facilities.  An  additional  $  1 10  per  credit  will  be 
charged  for  undergraduate  credits  scheduled  in  excess  of  eighteen. 

Out-of-state  full-time  students  pay  a  tuition  of  $2,446  per  semester.  An 
additional  $204  per  credit  will  be  charged  for  credits  in  excess  of  eighteen. 
The  tuition  for  part-time  in-state  undergraduate  students  is  $1 10  per  semester 
hour.  A  part-time  undergraduate  student  is  one  taking  eleven  or  fewer 
semester  hours.  See  the  sections  on  Admission  and  Registration  and  on 
University  Policies  for  further  information  concerning  part-time  students. 

The  tuition  for  part-time  out-of-state  students  is  $204  per  semester  hour.  .An 
in-state  student  is  defined  as  one  who  is  a  bona  fide  resident  of  and  domiciled 
within  the  state  of  Pennsylvania  for  a  reasonable  period,  not  less  than  one 
year,  immediately  preceding  his  or  her  registration  for  a  term  or  semester  in 
any  state-supported  college  or  university  in  the  state  of  Pennsylvania.  A  minor 
will  generally  be  presumed  to  be  a  resident  of  the  place  of  his/her  parents'  or 
guardian's  domicile. 

The  establishment  of  domicile  is  primarily  a  matter  of  continued  residence  and 
intention.  Generally.  Pennsylvania  domicile  is  considered  to  be  established 
upon  the  completion  of  at  least  twelve  months  of  continuous  residence  within 
the  state  at  the  time  of  registration  for  courses. 

*The  university  reserves  the  right  to  change  its  fees  without  notice. 

*Other  Fees 

Audit  Fee  —  Full  standard  fees  will  be  assessed  for  each  course  audited, 
exception  being  persons  on  Social  Security  or  equivalent  retirement  benefit, 
who  will  be  given  remission  of  basic  fees  for  such  classes  where  space  is 
available. 

Orientation  Fee  —  A  nonrefundable  fee  of  $30  must  be  paid  by  each  student 
accepted  for  enrollment.  This  fee  will  be  used  to  cover  the  cost  incurred  by  the 
university  on  the  students'  behalf  during  Freshman  Orientation  Day  on 
campus  and  Fall  Freshman  Orientation.  Payment  of  this  fee  signifies  the 
student's  interest  but  not  commitment  to  attend  lUP. 

Testing  Fee  —  Each  entering  freshman  must  participate  in  placement  testing 
during  the  summer  immediately  preceding  the  student's  matriculation  on 
campus.  A  fee  of  $65  is  assessed  for  this  overnight,  two-day  experience  for 
students  admitted  to  the  main  campus.  Parents  pay  a  nominal  fee  for  their 
participation  in  the  accompanying  parent  orientation  program.  Branch  campus 
students  participate  in  a  summer  one-day  diagnostic  testing  experience  only 
with  a  fee  of  $40.  Students  receive  information  about  the  summer  testing 
program  prior  to  the  testing  date(s).  Fees  are  included  in  the  regular  billing  and 
are  nonrefundable.  Please  see  the  catalog  section  on  Orientation  for  further 
infomiation  about  this  Orientation  Phase  II  program. 

Health  Fee  —  The  student  health  fee  of  $52  per  semester  is  assessed  for  each 
full-time  undergraduate  or  graduate  student  at  the  main  campus.  All  students 
enrolled  in  summer  sessions  will  be  assessed  a  student  health  fee  of  $17  for 
each  of  the  two  sessions.  This  fee  covers  most  services  provided  by  the  lUP 
Health  Center.  Students  will  be  assessed  an  additional  amount,  upon  use.  for 
certain  medications  and  laboratory  tests.  Part-time  undergraduate  students 
taking  six  to  eleven  credit  hours  will  be  as.sessed  a  $26  per  semester  health 
service  fee  which  will  provide  limited  service.  Part-time  students  have  the 
option  of  paying  the  $52  per  semester  fee.  or  they  may  choose  the  Fee-for- 
Service  schedule  available  at  the  lUP  Health  Center.  Students  attending  the 
Armstrong  Campus  of  lUP  will  be  assessed  a  health  fee  of  $52  per  semester. 
There  is  no  health  fee  for  students  attending  the  Punxsutawney  Campus  of 
lUP. 

Educational  Services  Fee  —  All  students  are  charged  a  fee  to  support 
academic  equipment  and  library  resources.  For  full-time  students  the  fee  is 


$75  per  semester:  for  part-time  students  the  fee  is  $35  per  semester,  and  all 
students  are  charged  $35  per  summer  session. 

Housing  Fee  —  The  room  fee  for  students  living  in  university  residence  halls 
for  the  1992-93  academic  year  is  $788  per  semester  for  most  double- 
occupancy  rooms  and  $1,188  per  semester  for  most  single-occupancy  rooms. 
Most  resident  students  are  required  to  take  meals  in  university  dining  halls  and 
can  select  from  either  Plan  A  or  Plan  B.  The  exceptions  occur  in  university- 
owned  apartment-style  residence  halls. 

Meal  Fee  —  Meal  fees  that  went  into  effect  June.  1991.  are  as  follows: 
Plan  A  —    20  meals  per  week 

(breakfast,  lunch,  and  dinner,  Monday  through  Saturday, 

brunch  and  dinner  on  Sunday)  $587/sem 

Plan  B —     15  meals  per  week 

(breakfast,  lunch,  and  dinner,  Monday  through  Friday) 

$528/sem 
Plan  C —     10  meals  per  week 

(lunch  and  dinner,  Monday  through  Friday)  $440/sem 

Plan  D  —    5  meals  per  week 

(lunch  only,  Monday  through  Friday)  $217/seni 

PlanE—     Any  10  meals  $485/sem 

Student  Activity  Fee  —  An  activity  fee  is  collected  from  all  students  and 
administered  through  the  Student  Cooperative  Association  under  regulations 
approved  by  the  Council  of  Trustees.  This  fee  of  $87.50  per  semester  covers 
the  cost  of  student  activities  in  athletics,  lectures,  entertainment,  student 
publications,  etc..  and  is  payable  in  one  sum  for  the  .s'emester.  The  Student 
Activity  Fee  is  $35.50  for  part-time  students.  These  fees  apply  to  main  cainpus 
students  only.  Students  attending  the  Armstrong  or  Punxsutawney  Campuses 
pay  $84  per  semester  full-time  and  $32  part-time.  (These  fees  are  subject  to 
change  without  notice  during  the  academic  year.) 

Late  Registration  Fee  —  Students  who  desire  to  register  on  the  day  prior  to  the 
start  of  classes,  designated  by  the  university  as  the  Late  Registration  Day.  will 
be  assessed  a  Late  Registration  Fee  of  $50.  Students  who  register  for  classes 
after  completion  of  the  university's  Late  Registration  Day.  will  be  assessed  a 
Late  Registration  Fee  of  $100.  Exceptions  to  this  fee  may  be  granted  by  the 
provost  or  designee  for  students  admitted  late  to  the  university  for  reasons 
deemed  appropriate  by  the  provost. 

Bad  Check  Charge  —  Students  making  checks  payable  to  "Indiana  University 
of  Pennsylvania"  which  are  not  acceptable  to  the  bank  for  any  reason  will  be 
charged  $  10  for  each  bad  check  in  the  amount  of  $.01  to  $49.99  and  $20  for 
bad  checks  written  for  $50  or  more. 

Military  Science  Fee  —  An  activity  fee  of  $5  is  required  for  ROTC  cadets  to 
cover  the  cost  of  Cadet  Corps  functions.  This  fee  is  payable  directly  to  the 
military  science  department. 

Students  Studying  Abroad  —  Students  enrolled  in  the  studies  abroad  program 
will  pay  a  program  fee  per  semester  to  the  university.  All  other  fees  assessed 
by  the  foreign  institution  will  be  paid  directly  to  the  foreign  institution  by  the 
student. 

Med-Tech  Students  —  During  the  clinical  year  a  fee  may  be  levied  and 
collected  by  the  participating  hospital.  The  only  other  cost  to  these  students 
shall  be  an  administrative  fee  of  $150  to  be  collected  by  the  university.  Room 
and  board  shall  be  the  responsibility  of  the  student. 


Financial  Delinquency  Policy  —  Registration  is  not  in  fact  complete  until  a 
student  pays  the  fee  for  such  registration,  and  the  university  reserves  for  itself 
the  right  to  bar  such  a  sttident  from  classes.  When  it  has  been  determined 
during  the  course  of  a  semester  that  a  student's  account  has  become  delinquent 
from  accrued  charges,  the  Registrar's  Office  will  be  notified  of  this 
delinquency  and  advised  to  refrain  from  reporting  the  student's  grades  and 
from  issuing  any  transcripts  for  that  student's  work  until  the  delinquent 
account  has  been  satisfied.  Faculty  members  will  continue  to  submit  a  grade 
for  the  financially  delinquent  student:  however,  requests  from  students  will  not  I 
be  honored,  and  official  reports  will  be  released  by  the  Registrar's  Office  only 
after  the  student  has  cleared  his  or  her  account  or  has  established  a  payment 
plan  satisfactory  to  the  Accounts  Receivable  Office. 

Miscellaneous  Costs  —  In  some  courses  students  are  required  to  obtain 
supplies  and  materials  to  complete  course  projects.  In  many  courses,  a  student 
may  make  a  voluntary  contribution  to  a  cooperative  fund  established  for  the 


Fiiuiiiccs-1 1 


purpose  of  obtaining  these  supplies  and/or  sen'ices  at  a  lower  cost.  Examples 
are  art  courses,  field  trips,  etc. 


Estimated  Expenses  Per  Semester 

Instructional  Fee 

Housing 

Meals  ' 

Student  .Activitx  Fee 

Health  Fee 

Books  and  Supplies* 


'Miscellaneous  and  travel  expenses  would  be  in  addition  to  the  above. 

*Cost  of  books  and  supplies  ma\  varx  depending  on  major  and  class 
enrollment. 


In-State 

Oul-of-State 

S  1.314.00 

S  2.446.00 

788.00 

788.00 

587.00 

587.00 

87.50 

87.50 

52.00 

52.00 

500.00 

500.00 

S  3..^28.50 

S  4.460.50 

damages  w  ill  be  limited  to  the  fee.  if  any.  paid  by  the  student  for  the  copy  or 
copies  of  the  transcript.  In  no  case  is  the  university  responsible  for 
consequential  damages. 

Damage  Fee  —  Students  are  responsible  for  damages,  breakage,  loss,  or 
delayed  return  of  university  property. 

Billing  and  Payments 

.\l\  bills,  including  basic  fee  and  housing  fee.  are  payable  as  specified  on  the 
billing  notice;  students  have  several  options  for  payment  plans.  Checks  or 
money  orders,  in  the  exact  amount  of  the  billing  notice,  should  be  made 
payable  to  lUP  unless  otherwise  specified.  Book  Store  purchases  are  on  a  cash 
basis. 

It  is  desired  that  payments  lor  the  entire  semester  be  made  in  .'\ugusl  for  the 
first  semester  and  in  December  for  the  second  semester;  however,  for  a 
nominal  charge  an  installment  plan  is  available. 


Summer  Sessions  Fees 

Basic  Fee  —  The  basic  fee  for  students  enrolled  for  any  of  the  regular  summer 
sessions  is  SI  10  per  semester  hour  for  undergraduate  students. 

Housing  Fee  —  Room  rates  for  the  1992  summer  sessions  arc 

Double  occupancy  —  S53  per  week  (without  phone) 

Single  occupancy  —  S80  per  w  eek  I  u  ithout  phone ) 
Students  are  charged  for  each  session  according  to  the  number  of  weeks  they 
will  require  housing.  Resident  students  are  required  to  take  meals  in  university 
dining  halls  and  can  select  from  Plan  .A  or  Plan  B. 

Meal  Fee  —  Meal  rates  for  1991  summer  sessions  are 
Plan  A  —    20  meals  per  week  S39  per  week 

Plan  B —     15  meals  per  week  S35  per  week 

Plan  C —     10  meals  per  week  $30  per  week 

Plan  D  —    5  meals  per  w  eek  $  1 4  per  week 

Student  .Activity  Fee  —  For  each  of  the  two  summer  sessions,  this  fee  is 
S29.50.  payable  at  time  of  registration. 

Student  Health  Fee  —  Each  undergraduate  and  graduate  student  enrolled  in 
IL'P  summer  sessions  will  be  assessed  $  1 8  for  each  session  for  Student  Health 
Serxices. 

Special  Fees 

Degree  Fee  —  A  fee  of  S30  will  be  charged  each  candidate  for  a  degree 

at  the  time  of  approval  of  application  for  graduation.  This  fee  is  to  cover  costs 

of  preparing  diplomas  and  the  graduation  ceremony. 

Transcript  Fees  —  Applications  for  transcripts  must  be  made  only  in  writing 
10  the  registrar,  either  by  U.S.  mail  or  on  forms  available  at  the  transcript 
window  in  Sutton  Hall-Ground  Floor.  Such  requests  must  include 

(1 )  Your  full  name  and  Social  .Security  number  as  of  your  graduation  or 
termination  of  enrollment  at  lUP.  (Please  note  any  name  changes  since 
graduation.) 

(2)  Your  present  address. 

(3 1    Whether  you  arc  requesting  a  transcript  of  your  undergraduate  and/or 
graduate  work. 

(4»   Whether  you  graduated  or.  if  not.  when  you  were  enrolled. 

iSi   The  full  and  clearly  slated  namc(s)  and  addrcss(cs)  of  person(s)  to  whom 
you  wish  the  iranscripKs)  sent. 

The  transcript  fee  is  S3  for  each  copy  requested.  (Checks  or  money  orders 
should  be  made  out  to  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania.)  A  charge  of  $6 
will  be  assessed  for  express  transcript  service. 

Any  requests  which  are  not  accompanied  by  the  proper  fees  or  information 
will  be  relumed  to  the  senders  lor  mclusion  ol  them.  No  transcript  requests 
will  be  processed  without  the  payment  of  transcript  fees. 

Official  transcripts  (containing  signature  and  university  seal)  will  not  be  issued 
to  students  directly.  The  university  will  attempt  to  mail  official  transcripts 
within  a  reasonable  time.  However,  in  the  event  of  its  failure  to  do  so. 


Delinquent  Accounts 

Students  will  not  be  pemiilted  to  enroll  for  any  semester  nor  to  graduate  until 
all  bills  previously  incurred  have  been  paid;  nor  will  credit  be  certified  to  any 
other  institution  or  the  Department  of  Education  until  all  overdue  accounts 
have  been  paid.  A  late  payment  fee  of  $10  for  each  day  past  the  due  date  will 
be  assessed  lor  delinquent  accounts  up  to  a  maximum  of  S50. 

Undergraduate  students  desiring  to  leave  school  before  the  close  of  a  semester 
must  report  to  the  .'\dvising  and  Testing  Center  and  to  the  .Accounts 
Receivable  Office  to  settle  all  unpaid  accounts.  Graduate  students  report  to  the 
Graduate  School  dean. 

lUP  Refund  Policy 

The  university  must  engage  its  faculty,  assign  residence  hall  space,  and 
arrange  for  meal  contracts  in  advance  of  each  term  in  accordance  with  the 
number  of  students  who  expressed  their  intent  to  be  enrolled.  When  students 
withdraw  from  the  university,  they  create  vacancies  which  cannot  be  filled, 
and  financial  commitments  for  salaries  and  services  by  the  university  must  be 
honored.  The  refund  policy  at  lUP  applies  lo  all  students  enrolled  in  credit- 
producing  programs  at  the  university  either  full-time  or  part-time. 

Cancellation 

Students  who  have  made  prepayments  to  the  university,  are  unable  lo  attend 
classes,  and  notify  lUP  five  days  prior  to  the  start  of  classes  or  earlier  are 
entitled  to  full  refund  of  all  fees  paid,  less  applicable  advance  payment 
deposits.  To  be  eligible  for  such  a  refund,  the  student  must  notify  the 
university  treasurer  in  writing  five  days  prior  to  the  start  of  classes.  The 
university  treasurer  will  forward  lo  the  registrar  copies  of  cancellation  notices 
and  the  registrar  will  cancel  the  student's  registration  and  notify  the 
appropriate  university  offices.  Students  who  use  university  residence  halls 
and/or  food  service  the  week  prior  to  the  start  of  classes  and  cancel  will  forfeit 
an  amount  equal  to  one  week's  fee  for  such  services  plus  the  full  amount  of 
any  advance  deposit  payment. 

Total  Withdrawal  from  the  University 

Students  who  register  for  chisscs  ;uul  then  \\  ilhtlra\\  Uom  ihc  university  on  or 
after  the  fourth  day  preceding  the  start  of  classes  are  subject  lo  Ihc  following: 

A.  Undergraduate  students  withdrawing  from  the  university  must  process 
such  wilhdrawal  through  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center.  106  Pratt  Hall. 
Graduate  siudenls  must  withdraw  through  Ihe  Gradu;Ue  School  Office. 
Strighl  Hall.  The  official  wilhdrawal  date  will  he  established  by  Ihe 
Advising  and  Testing  Center  (undergr;iduatel  or  the  Graduate  School 
Office  (graduate). 

B.  Students  totally  withdrawing  from  courses,  upon  receiving  approval  from 
the  applicable  office  (Advising  and  Testing  Ccnicr  or  (iraduate  School), 
will  forfeit  a  portion  of  the  semester  charges  in  accordance  v\  iih  ihe 
following  schedule: 


Withdrawal  on  Caleiular 
Day  Basis 
4  days  prior  lo  the  start 
of  classes  through  14 
15  through  21 
22  through  2X 
29  through  35 
36  or  beyond 


Percentage  of  Student's  Total 
.Semester  Charges  to  be  Forfeited 

0% 

30% 

40% 

Mn 

100'}  (no  rediiclion  of  lees) 


I2-lndiana  Uiiiversiiy  of  Peiinsyhaiiia 


The  start  of  calendar  days  is  defined  as  the  first  day  of  classes  as  scheduled  on 
the  university  calendar. 

Refunds  for  students  receiving  financial  assistance  from  scholarships,  loans, 
and/or  grants  will  be  returned  to  the  source  of  aid  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  prescribed  by  the  funding  source. 

During  summer  sessions,  students  totally  withdrawing  from  the  university, 
upon  receiving  approval  from  the  applicable  office  (Advising  and  Testing 
Center  or  Graduate  School),  will  forfeit  a  portion  of  the  total  session  charges 
in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 


Calendar  Day 

of 
Withdrawal 
First  class  day  through 
fourth  calendar  day 
Fifth  calendar  day  and  bevond 


Percentage  of  Student's 

Total  Session  Charges 

to  be  Forfeited 

50% 

100% 


The  associate  provost  will  determine  the  official  start  of  classes  for  each 
semester  or  session.  Students  enrolled  in  credit-bearing  summer 
conferences,  institutes,  workshops,  or  tours  of  less  than  five  weeks" 
duration  will  be  granted  a  fifty  percent  refund  through  the  first  day  of  the  class 
(unless  a  no-refund  policy  is  required  by  the  sponsor). 

Individual  Course  Withdrawal 

A  student  may  cancel  an  individual  coursetsi  up  to  four  days  prior  to  the  first 
day  of  classes  by  notifying  the  registrar  in  w  riling.  If  a  student  cancels  a 
course(s)  prior  to  the  fourth  day  preceding  the  start  of  classes,  no  penalty  w  ill 
be  charged  and  the  student  will  receive  100  percent  refund  for  the  cour.se(s) 
cancelled.  No  refunds  will  be  made  to  full-time  students  who  withdraw  from 
individual  courses  after  the  fourth  day  preceding  the  first  day  of  classes. 

Individual  course  withdrawal  is  defined  as  a  reduction  in  class  load 
but  not  total  withdrawal  from  the  university.  E.xample:  a  student  who  registers 
for  three  courses  and  then  w ithdraws  from  one  or  two  classes  but  continues 
with  the  other  class  or  classes. 

Part-time  students  (undergraduate  students  who  register  for  less  than  twelve 
credits  and  graduate  students  who  register  for  less  than  nine  credit  hours)  will 
forfeit  a  portion  of  the  credit-hour  fee  in  accordance  with  the  following 
schedule: 


Calendar  Day  of 
Individual 
Course  Withdrawal 
Fourth  day  prior  to  the 
first  class  day  through  3.'i 
36  and  beyond 


Percentage  of  Student's 
Instructional  Fee  to  be  Forfeited 

50% 

100% 


Refunds  will  he  granted  only  for  instructional  fee.  No  refund  vvill  be  granted  to 
students  who  drop  and  add  like  number  of  credit  hours.  Refunds  will  be 
granted  to  students  for  individual  course  withdrawals  during  summer  sessions 
under  the  same  basis  as  outlined  under  the  heading  Total  Withdrawal. 

Termination  of  Residence  Hall  or  Dining  Service  Contract 

A.    Academic  Year  (Fall  and  Spring  Semesters) 
I.     Residence  Hall  Temiination 

Release  from  a  residence  hall  contract  is  on  a  replaceinent  basis 
except  under  those  conditions  outlined  in  the  contract.  Students  who 
request  in  w  riting  and  are  released  from  their  residence  hall  contract 
by  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  prior  to  the  fourth  day 
preceding  the  start  of  classes  will  be  assessed  no  forfeiture,  and  the 
student  will  receive  a  100  percent  refund  of  the  residence  hall  fee. 
less  applicable  advance  deposits.  Students  who  request  in  writing  to 
temiinate  their  university  residence  hall  contract  on  or  after  the 
fourth  day  preceding  the  first  day  of  classes  and  are  granted  a 
contract  release  from  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  will 
forfeit  one  week's  residence  hall  rental  for  each  week  or  portion 
thereof  the  student  is  assigned  to  a  university  residence  hall.  A 
week's  rental  charge  is  determined  by  dividing  the  semester's  fee  by 
the  number  of  weeks  in  the  semester.  The  specific  date  of  release  will 
be  determined  b\  the  Office  of  Housinu  and  Residence  Life. 


Dining  Service  Temiination 

Students  w  ho  are  released  from  their  dining  service  contract  by  the  Office 
of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  prior  to  the  fourth  day  preceding  the  start 
of  classes  will  be  assessed  no  forfeiture,  and  the  student  will  receive  a  IOC 
percent  refund  of  the  dining  service  fee.  less  applicable  advance  deposit. 
Students  who  request  in  writing  to  terminate  their  university  dining 
service  contract  on  or  after  the  fourth  day  preceding  the  first  day  of 
classes  and  are  granted  a  contract  release  from  the  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residence  Life  will  forfeit  a  portion  of  the  semester  charges  in 
accordance  with  the  followina  schedule: 


Date  of  Termination 

Percentaae 

From  Dining  Service 

of  Semester  Fee 

Contract 

to  be  Forfeited 

Fourth  day  prior  to  the  first  class 

day  through  ?5th  calendar  day 

50% 

,^6lh  calendar  day  and  beyond 

100% 

B.     Summer  Sessions 

Once  a  student  signs  a  contract  for  housing  and/or  dining  services,  he  or 
she  must  request  in  writing  and  obtain  a  release  from  that  contract  from 
the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  in  order  to  be  eligible  for  a 
refund  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Date  of  Termination  from  Percentage  of 

Residence  Halls  and/or  Session  Charges 

Dining  Service  to  be  Forfeited 

Check-in  date*  through  fourth 
calendar  day  of  classes  50% 

Fifth  calendar  day  and  beyond  100% 

*The  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  will  publish  the  date  students  are 
to  check  into  the  residence  halls  for  each  summer  session.  The  check-in  date  i: 
the  effective  date  of  the  student's  contract. 

Other  Provisions 

No  refunds  will  be  granted  unless  formal  withdrawal  procedure  has  been 
initiated  through  the  Adv  ising  and  Testing  Center  by  the  student  at  the  point  o 
withdrawal.  Written  and  dated  notice  is  required  by  the  student  or  the 
student's  family  in  special  circumstances,  such  as  sickness,  within  thirty  days 
of  the  student's  withdrawal. 

No  refunds  w  ill  be  granted  by  the  university  to  students  who  are  suspended  or 
expelled  from  classes,  residence  halls,  and/or  dining  service.  The  Accounts 
Receivable  Office.  Administrative  .Annex,  is  responsible  for  implementing  thi: 
refund  policy.  Students  who  w  Ish  to  appeal  the  decision  rendered  by  the 
Accounts  Receivable  Office  may  do  so  through  the  Treasurer  to  the  Vice 
President  for  Finance. 

Financial  Aid 

The  Financial  Aid  Office,  located  at  308  Pratt  Hall,  offers  financial 
infomiation  and  counseling  to  all  students  attending  lUP.  The  types  of 
financial  assistance  offered  by  the  Financial  Aid  Office  include  student 
employment,  loans,  grants,  and  scholarships.  In  most  cases,  a  Pennsylvania 
State  Grant  and  Federal  Student  Aid  Application  is  used  to  determine 
eligibility  for  these  programs. 

The  Financial  Aid  Office  of  lUP  is  providing  the  following  infomiation  in 
compliance  with  federal  guidelines  for  the  dissemination  of  financial  aid 
information. 

In  order  to  be  considered  for  financial  aid  administered  through  the  university 
a  Pennsylvania  State  Grant  and  Federal  Student  Aid  .Application  must  be 
submitted  to  PHEAA  in  Harrlsburg.  Students  will  be  awarded  assistance  base 
on  demonstrated  financial  need.  In  order  to  be  eligible  lor  continued  funding, 
the  applicant  must  remain  in  satisfactory  academic  standing  at  the  university, 
as  defined  in  the  .Academic  Standards  Policy,  and  meet  the  standards  of  the 
Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy. 

Title  IV  Financial  Assistance  Programs  include  the  following:  Pell  Grant. 
Federal  College  Work  Study  Program.  Supplemental  Educational  Opportunil 
Grant.  Perkins  Loan.  Guaranteed  Student  Loan.  Parent  Loan  for 
Undergraduate  Students.  Supplemental  Loan  for  Students.  Maintaining 
satisfactory  academic  progress  at  IL!P  for  Title  IV  assistance  purposes  is 
defined  as  being  in  compliance  with  both  the  university's  Acadeinic  Standan 
Policv  and  the  Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policv.  Inabilitv  to  meet  the 


Finances-13 


guidelines  of  these  two  policies  will  result  in  a  loss  o(  luiiding  Irom  all  Title 
I\'  programs. 

Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy 

The  Financial  Aid  Suflicient  Progress  Polics  applies  to  all  undergraduate 
students  enrolled  in  the  university. 

A.     Sufficient  Progress 

To  be  in  good  standing  on  a  sufficient  progress  basis,  a  student  must  have 
earned  at  least  75  percent  of  the  cumulativ  e  number  of  registered  credits 
at  lUP. 

I .    "Registered  credits'"  is  the  number  of  credits  for  which  a  student  is 
enrolled  at  the  end  of  the  Drop/.-\dd  period  I  for  a  student  who  was 
originalK  registered  and  charged  at  full-time  status,  and  v\ho  reduces 
during  Drop/.'Vdd  to  part-time  status,  the  registered  credits  w  ill  be 
calculated  as  twelve). 

Each  student  will  be  measured  for  sufficient  progress  annually  in  January 
after  fall  grade  processing.  This  evaluation  will  determine  if  the  student 
has  a  sufficient  percentage  of  credits  earned  in  order  to  be  eligible  for 
Title  IV  funding  for  the  next  financial  aid  award  year  (July  I  through 
June  30). 

B      Financial  Aid  Eligibility  Warning 

For  a  student  who  has  not  earned  at  least  75  percent  of  the  cumulative 
number  of  registered  credits  at  lUP.  a  one-time  Financial  Aid  Eligibility 
Warning  Period  w  ill  be  extended  in  order  for  deficiencies  to  be  corrected. 
This  extension  period  will  permit  the  student  to  receive  Title  IV  funding 
for  the  next  financial  aid  award  year  (July  1  through  June  .^Ol. 

C.  Financial  Aid  Suspension 

If  a  student  docs  not  meet  the  sufficient  percent  of  progress  evaluation 
after  the  Financial  Aid  Eligibility  Warning  Period,  then  all  Title  IV  aid  for 
that  student  will  be  suspended  in  the  next  financial  aid  award  year  (July  I 
through  June  M)).  A  student  who  is  in  this  financial  aid  suspension  status, 
however,  will  also  be  reviewed  at  the  end  of  the  spring  semester  and 
^ummer  terms  in  order  to  evaluate  whether  or  not  the  percentage  of 
progress  has  been  met  through  additional  coursework.  If  this 
improvement  to  75  percent  in  the  percentage  of  progress  is  achieved,  then 
the  students  Title  IV  financial  aid  suspension  will  be  rescinded  beginning 
w  iih  the  next  term  of  enrollment. 

D.  Appeal  Process 

For  students  who  have  experienced  unusual  circumstances  which  have  led 
to  a  lack  of  sufficient  percentage  of  progress,  such  as  medical 
emergencies  or  death  of  a  family  member,  a  w  ritten  appeal  may  be 
submitted  to  the  Financial  Aid  Appeals  Committee  for  consideration  of 
reinsiaiemeni  of  Title  IV  aid  eligibility. 

Students  who  are  notified  during  the  annual  January  review  period  that 
Ihcir  Title  IV  aid  will  be  suspended  in  the  next  financial  aid  award  year 
must  submit  a  written  appeal  to  the  Financial  Aid  Appeals  Committee 
before  June  i(>.  This  written  appeal  must  specifically  outline  the  reason(s) 
for  the  percentage  of  progress  deficiency  and  how  the  student  will  make 
up  this  deficiency.  For  students  who  miss  the  June  M)  deadline,  an  appeal 
lor  reinstatement  of  Title  IV  aid  for  the  spring  term  of  the  next  award  year 
will  be  accepted  for  review  if  received  before  November  .^0. 

.'\fter  reviewing  the  written  appeal  of  a  student  in  financial  aid 
suspension,  the  Financial  Aid  Appeals  Committee  may  decide  to  reinstate 
Title  IV  financial  aid  eligibility  lor  specific  periods  of  the  next  financial 
aid  award  year  if  the  student  had  justifiable  reasons  for  the  lack  of 
sufficient  progress.  All  appeal  letters  will  be  answered  in  writing  by  the 
Financial  Aid  Appeals  Committee  as  to  the  approval  or  denial  of  the 
requested  financial  aid  reinsiaiemeni  and  the  semesters  which  arc 
involved  with  the  decision. 

y      Reinstatement  of  Title  IV  Aid  Eligibility 

lor  a  siudenl  who  has  satisfactory  academic  progress  deficiencies, 
one  ol  the  following  musi  occur  in  order  for  that  student  to  receive  Title 
IV  assistance: 

1 .  The  student  can  reestablish  eligibility  for  Tilie  IV  assistance  by 
meeting  the  minimum  requirements  for  satisfactory  academic 
progress. 

2,  A  student  who  is  on  academic  probation  and/or  financial  aid 


eligibility  warning  will  be  eligible  to  receive  Title  IV  funding  while 
classified  in  one  or  both  of  these  categories. 
3.     In  the  case  of  a  student  svho  has  not  met  the  minimum  criteria  for 
satisfactory  academic  progress  due  to  unusual  or  mitigating 
circumstances  and  has  filed  an  appeal(s)  which  has  granted  the 
student  continuance  of  financial  aid  eligibility .  Title  IV  aid  funds 
may  be  reinstated. 

F.  Summer  Sessions 

Title  IV  Financial  Assistance  Programs  may  be  available  during  summer 
session  to  eligible  students.  Students  who  lack  sufficient  progress  only 
may  enhance  satisfactory  academic  progress  through  additional 
coursework  during  summer  sessions  and  receive  Title  IV  assistance. 
However,  all  students  attending  summer  sessions  must  have  a  cumulative 
quality-point  average  of  at  least  1 .5  in  order  to  receive  funds.  Exceptions 
may  be  granted  for  special  circumstances  by  obtaining  an  appeal  form 
from  the  financial  aid  office. 

G.  Time  Frame  for  Degree  Completion 

.All  students  must  complete  their  degree  requirements  within  an 
established  time  frame.  Since  enrollment  status  may  vary  from  semester 
to  semester,  the  maximum  time  frame  for  degree  completion  is  measured 
in  terms  of  credits  registered  at  lUP. 

Under  normal  circumstances,  an  undergraduate  student  should  complete 
the  requirements  for  a  bachelor's  degree  at  the  point  of  having  165 
registered  credits  at  lUP.  Since  75  percent  of  the  registered  credits  must 
be  earned  in  order  lo  be  maintaining  satisfactory  academic  progress.  124 
credits  (the  number  generally  required  for  graduation)  would  be  earned  at 
the  point  of  having  165  registered  credits. 

For  majors  with  graduation  requirements  in  excess  of  124  credits,  the 
maximum  number  of  registered  credits  would  increase  proportionally.  For 
example,  for  degrees  that  require  1 30  credits,  the  maximum  number  of 
registered  credits  at  lUP  is  173  credits. 

Students  who  exceed  these  credit  guidelines  due  to  loss  of  transfer  credits, 
change  of  major,  or  double  majors  will  be  screened  by  the  Financial  Aid 
Eligibility  Review  board  for  continuance. 

H.     Treatment  of  Audits.  Incompletes,  and  Other  Grades 

In  order  that  a  student  fully  understands  how  various  grades  and 
enrollments  inipaci  upon  the  calculation  of  satisfactory  academic 
progress,  the  following  information  is  provided: 

1 .  ."Xudits.  "S,"  and  "U"  Grades 

Because  course  audits,  "S",  and  "U"  grades  carry  no  credits,  they  are 
not  reviewed  or  counted  for  sufficient  progress  purposes. 

2.  Incompletes 

Grades  of  "I,"  "R,"  and  "*"  are  treated  as  credits  attempted/zero 
credits  earned/no  effect  on  QPA.  However,  these  grades  are  treated 
as  noncompleted  credits  and  have  an  impact  in  the  calculation  of  the 
percent  of  progress  measure.  (Nole:  The  "*"  is  an  administrative 
symbol  indicating  that  a  grade  was  not  submitted  at  the  time  of  grade 
processing.) 

3.  "F"  Repeat  wilh  Replacement 

An  "F"  repeal  with  replacement  is  treated  as  credits  atlenipled/credils 
earned/with  the  quality  points  of  the  new  grade  replacing  the  O.IIO  QP 
of  the  original  "1-"  grade.  An  "F"  repeat  has  a  positive  ellect  on  the 
QPA  but  represents  an  additional  number  of  credits  attempted  in 
regard  to  the  percent  t)f  progress  measure. 

4.  "D  "  Repeal  with  Replacement 

Repeated  classes  that  are  "D"  replacements  to  a  sludenl's  record  arc 
treated  as  credits  attempted/zero  credits  earned/wiih  the  quality 
points  of  the  new  grade  replacing  the  1 .0(1  QP  of  (lie  D  grade.  A  "D" 
repealed  with  leplaccmenl  may  improve  a  sludenl's  yPA  but 
represents  an  additional  number  of  credits  attempted  in  regard  lo  the 
percenl  of  progress  measure. 

5.  Repeats  with  Averaging 

Courses  llial  arc  repealed  wilh  averaging  count  as  credits 
allempled/cicdils  earned/with  (he  quality  points  for  the  class 
averaged  into  Ihc  QPA.  The  maximum  lime  frame  for  degree 
completion  may  be  inipaclcd  by  repeal  wilh  averaging  classes. 

6.  Withdrawals 

Grades  ol  "W."  "WP."  oi  "Wl"  are  Healed  as  ciedils  allemplcd//cro 
cicdils  earned/no  ellecl  on  (^I'A.  Any  lypc  ol  "W"  grade  is  Healed  as 


r  14-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


noncompleted  credits  in  the  calculation  of  the  student's  percent  of 
progress  standing. 

7.  Pass/Fail  Grades 

Pass  grades  are  treated  as  registered  credits/credits  earned/no  effect 
on  QPA.  Fail  grades  are  treated  as  registered  credits/zero  credits 
earned/with  zero  QP  averaged  into  the  calculation  of  QPA. 

8.  Noncredit  Courses 

Noncredit  classes,  such  as  those  with  Continuing  Education  Units 
(CEUs),  are  not  used  in  measuring  sufficient  progress,  since  these 
classes  cannot  be  applied  towards  degree  requirements  and  no 
financial  aid  may  be  recei\  ed  for  enrollment. 

9.  Institutional  Credits 

Institutional  credits  are  counted  as  registered  credits/credits 
completed.  The  QP  for  the  course  is  not  averaged  into  the  student's 
overall  QPA. 

10.  Cancelled  Semester 

All  registered  credits/credits  completed  are  calculated  in  the 
determination  of  percent  of  progress.  The  QPA  for  a  cancelled 
semester  is  not  averaged  into  the  overall  QP.A  of  the  student. 

The  appeal  process  regarding  financial  aid  decisions  is  through  the  vice 
president  for  Student  Affairs. 

Payment  of  financial  aid  awards  is  done  on  a  semester  basis.  All  financial 
aid.  w  ith  the  exception  of  private  scholarships,  w  ork-study.  and  the 
guaranteed  student  loans,  is  credited  to  the  student's  bill  in  advance.  The 
cost  of  attending  lUP  and  the  unisersity's  refund  policy  are  listed  in  this 
catalog.  Please  refer  to  the  inde.x  for  further  information.  .A  financial  aid 
fact  sheet  containing  specific  information  about  financial  aid  may  be 
obtained  at  the  Financial  Aid  Office.  In  addition,  the  director  and  assistant 
directors  of  Financial  .Aid  are  available  lor  student  consultation  from  8:00 
to  1 1:45  a.m.  and  1:00  to  4:15  p.m..  Monday  through  Friday.  The 
Financial  Aid  Office  recommends  that  students  with  questions  contact  the 
office  at  (412)357-2218. 

Forms  of  Financial  .Assistance 

Employment  pro\  ides  an  opportunity  for  students  to  earn  money  to  help 
finance  their  educational  expenses.  Students  may  be  employed  on  campus  for 
up  to  twenty  (20)  hours  per  week.  The  university  encourages  students  to 
participate  in  the  on-campus  student  employment  program,  since  studies  have 
demonstrated  that  part-time  employ  ment  provides  a  positi\e  stimulus  to 
students  in  their  adjustment  to  campus  life  and  the  maintenance  of  their 
academic  averages.  All  campus  employment  Is  administered  by  the  Financial 
Aid  Office. 

Loans  are  a  form  of  aid  for  which  repayment  must  begin  upon  termination  of 
the  student's  university  education. 

Grants  are  funds  w  hich  carry  no  obligation  for  repayment.  These  funds  are 
awarded  to  the  student  on  the  basis  of  financial  need. 

Scholarships  are  funds  w  hich  carry  no  obligation  for  repayment.  They  are  gifts 
awarded  to  the  student  on  the  basis  of  ability. 

Federal  aid  administered  through  the  university  is  available  for  both  the 
regular  academic  year  and  the  summer  sessions.  The  application  deadline  for 
upperclassmen  for  these  federal  aid  programs  is  normally  May  1  for  the 
follow  ing  academic  year.  Freshmen  may  apply  for  aid  upon  acceptance  to  the 
university.  For  the  summer  sessions,  the  application  deadline  is  also  May  1. 
Students  must  be  enrolled  at  least  half-time  (6  credits  for  undergraduates)  each 
semester  to  be  eligible  for  financial  aid  consideration. 

Kmployment 

Employment  programs  provide  an  opportunity  for  students  to  earn  money  to 
help  finance  their  educational  expenses.  Students  may  be  employed  at 
minimum  wage  on  campus  for  up  to  twenty  hours  per  week  when  classes 
are  in  session  and  forty  hours  per  week  during  vacation  periods. 

The  Financial  Wd  Office.  308  Pratt  Hall,  posts  known  available  jobs  on  the 
glass-enclosed  bulletin  board  outside  the  office.  Students  are  responsible  for 
finding  their  o«  n  jobs,  whether  under  the  Federal  College  Work-Study 
(CWSPl  Program  or  University  Employment  (UE). 

College  Work-Study  (CWSPl  —  The  College  Work-Study  Program  is  a  form 
of  federal  aid  awarded  on  the  basis  of  need  as  measured  by  the  Pennsylvania 
State  Grant  and  Federal  Student  .Aid  application.  A  CWSP  award  is  not  a 


guarantee  of  employ  ment.  CWSP  is  a  nonrepayable  source  of  aid  that  allow  s 
students  to  work  and  earn  money  performing  on-campus  jobs.  Money  earned 
from  CWSP  jobs  is  to  be  used  to  help  meet  educational  costs.  Students  are 
eligible  to  work  until  they  have  earned  the  amount  listed  on  their  award  letter. 

Uni\'ersit\  Employ  ment  ( L:E  l  —  Many  students  w  ho  are  not  eligible  for  CWSP 
find  on-campus  employment  through  lUPs  University  Employ  ment  Program. 
UE  does  not  require  an  application  and  is  not  based  on  financial  need. 

.AR.A  Food  Service  Employment  —  Students  interested  in  working  in  the 
dining  halls  (Folger  and  Foster),  the  Underground  Express.  Itza  Pizza,  the  Oak 
Room,  or  .ARA  Catering  should  inquire  about  jobs  from  the  managers  of  these 
dining  facilities. 

Loans 

Government-Sponsored  Loan  Programs 

Perkins  Loan  Program  —  The  application  for  the  Perkins  Loan  Program  is  the 
Pennsylvania  State  Grant  and  Federal  Student  .Aid  .Application.  The  loan  is 
awarded  to  students  on  the  basis  of  financial  need.  It  is  interest-free  and 
nonrepayable  until  six  months  after  termination  of  education,  at  which  time  it 
becomes  repayable  at  five  percent  interest  w  ith  a  minimum  S30  payment  per 
month  and  up  to  ten  years  to  repay. 

Stafford  Loan  (formerly  know  as  the  Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program)  — 
.Applications  for  the  Stafford  Loan  are  obtainable  from  lending  institutions. 
These  include  banks,  savings  and  loan  associations,  credit  unions,  etc. 
Through  this  program,  freshmen  and  sophomores  n'jay  borrow  up  to  S2,625 
per  year.  Juniors  and  seniors  may  borrow  up  to  S4.000  per  year.  The  loan  is 
interest-free  until  six  months  after  termination  of  education  and  is  then 
repayable  directly  to  the  lending  institution  at  eight  percent  simple  interest. 

Parent  Loans  for  Undergraduate  Students  (PLUS)  are  obtained  from  lending 
institutions  such  as  banks  and  credit  unions  and  administered  in  conjunction 
w  ith  the  federal  government.  Up  to  S4.000  per  academic  level  may  be 
borrowed  by  parents  w  ith  a  total  limit  of  S20.000  for  the  undergraduate  years. 
Up  to  S4,000  per  academic  level  may  be  borrowed  b\  independent  students 
with  a  total  of  S20.000  for  the  undergraduate  years.  For  all  borrowers, 
repayment  at  a  variable  interest  rate  not  to  exceed  twelve  percent  per  year 
starts  sixty  days  after  ihe  check  is  issued.  Applications  are  av  ailable  at 
participating  lending  institutions. 

PHEA.A-HELP  Loans  —  To  assist  students  who  are  ineligible  for  GSL  or  who 
need  additional  financing  to  pay  educational  costs.  PHEAA  has  established  the 
PHE.A.A-HELP  Loan  program.  .A  maximum  of  SI 0.000  (up  to  the  cost  of 
education)  per  academic  year  may  be  borrowed  by  qualified  students  and  their 
parents.  The  PHE.A.A-HELP  Loan  is  available  to  Pennsylvania  residents  and 
families  of  students  attending  Pennsylvania  institutions  of  higher  education. 
For  further  information,  write  or  call  toll-free:  PHEA.A.  P.O.  Box  2165. 
Harrisburg,  PA  17105-2165;  1-800-692-7392. 

University-Sponsored  Loan  Programs 

The  Financial  Aid  Office,  in  conjunction  w  ith  the  Student  Cooperative 
Association,  administers  the  University  Loan  Fund  in  behalf  of  lUP  students. 
Loans  are  available  to  assist  students  who  are  in  financial  need  and  have  a 
financial  aid  refund  coming  to  them.  The  maximum  loan  available  will  be 
$300  with  repayment  to  be  made  in  sixty  days.  No  interest  will  be  charged  for 
these  loans.  Loans  will  be  made  to  meet  educational  expenses  only. 
.Applications  for  the  University  Loan  and  additional  information  may  be 
obtained  at  the  Financial  .Aid  Office. 

The  University  Loan  Fund  encompasses  the  follow  ing  individual  loan 

accounts: 

Jennie  E.  .Ackerman  Loan  Fund  —  The  Jennie  E.  .Ackerman  Loan  Fund  was 
established  in  1962  in  memory  of  Jennie  E.  .Ackerman.  who  served  as 
supervisor  of  student  teachers  at  lUP  for  many  years. 

Roben  Bellis  Loan  Fund  —  This  loan  fund  has  been  established  at  lUP  by 
friends  and  relatives  of  Robert  G.  Bellis.  a  graduate  of  Indiana  Slate  College. 

Mary  Edna  Flega!  Loan  Fund  —  .A  loan  fund  has  been  established  by  Alpha 
Chapter  of  Delta  Kappa  Gamma  Society  International  in  memory  of  Mary 
Edna  Flegal.  who  graduated  from  Indiana  Normal  School  in  1899  and  served 
as  Director  of  Art.  Upperclass  students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education 
are  eligible  to  receive  these  funds. 


Fiiiaiices-15 


Colene  Cromer  Gershman  Loan  Fund  —  Family  and  friends  of  Colette 
Cromer  Gershman  established  this  fund  in  memor.  of  Colette  Cromer 
Gershman.  a  home  economics  education  graduate.  Lpperclass  students 
enrolled  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences  are  eligible  for 
the  loan. 

Margaret  Flegal  Harte  Loan  Fund  —  The  primar\  purpose  of  this  fund  is  to 
aid  students  who  are  in  lemporar\  need  of  assistance. 

Suzanne  Marshall  Hartman  Loan  Fund  —  A  loan  fund  has  been  established  by 
famil\  and  friends  of  Suzanne  M.  Hartman.  a  home  economics  graduate  of 
IL  P.  This  loan  is  granted  to  deser\  ing  students  in  their  sophomore,  junior,  and 
senior  years. 

John  Hays  Memorial  Fund  —  This  loan  fund  is  in  memory  of  Dr.  John  Hays 
of  IL'P's  educational  psychology  department.  Dr.  Hays  was  a  facult\  member 
at  lUP  lor  twenty -one  years. 

Oliver  W.  Helmrich  Memorial  Loan  Fund  —  The  Helmrich  Memorial  Loan 
Fund  was  established  by  family  and  friends  in  memory  of  Oliver  W.  Helmrich. 
an  ILP  faculty  member.  Eligibility  is  limited  to  seniors  and  graduate  students 
enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education. 

William  Henzelmann  Memorial  Fund  —  This  loan  provides  assistance  to 
junior  and  senior  students  enrolled  In  German  or  Russian  in  the  Department  of 
Foreign  Languages.  It  was  established  in  memory  of  William  J.  Henzelmann. 
a  faculty  member  in  German. 

Mary  Anne  Kolessar  Loan  Fund  —  Established  in  memory  of  Mary  Anne 
Kolessar.  a  consumer  ser\'ices  student  at  TUP.  the  fund  aids  students  majoring 
in  consumer  services  w  ho  are  in  temporary  need  of  funds. 

Jane  E.  Leonard  Memorial  Loan  Fund  —  The  loan  honors  Jane  E.  Leonard,  a 
faculty  member  at  Indiana  Normal  School  from  I87.S  to  1921. 

Mack  Loan  Fund  —  Established  by  the  Mack  family,  the  fund  provides 
assistance  to  worthy  students  with  financial  need. 

Rusty  Preisendefer  Memorial  Loan  Fund  —  This  fund  was  established  by 
Suzanne  Preisendefer  Brickner  in  memory  of  her  husband.  Lt.  Harold  A. 
Preisendefer.  who  was  killed  in  action  in  Vietnam. 

Rossie  Wagner  Sanford  Student  Loan  Fund  —  The  Pennsylvania  Federation 
of  Women's  Clubs  established  this  loan  fund  in  honor  of  Flossie  Wagner 
Sanford.  past  president  of  the  club  and  former  member  of  the  faculty. 


.Aetna  Life  and  Casuali)'  Scholarship  —  A  SlOO  award  is  presented  each 
semester  to  a  safety  management  major  under  this  scholarship  established  by 
the  Aetna  Life  and  Casually  Insurance  Company .  The  award  is  to  be  given  for 
academic  excellence  with  strong  consideration  for  women  and  minority 
students.  .Applications  should  be  made  to  the  chairperson,  safety  sciences 
department. 

.AFS  Scholarship  —  One  full-tuition  scholarship  will  be  offered  to  an  AFS 
student  for  one  year.  Letters  of  application  should  include  a  brief  description 
of  the  student's  .AFS  experience. 

■ALCOA  Scholarship  —  A  S 1 .000  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  a 
student  majoring  in  management  information  systems.  The  recipient  is 
selected  by  the  MIS  faculty.  Students  in  their  sophomore,  junior,  or  senior 
year  are  eligible  to  receive  these  funds. 

Grace  Johnson  Allman  Safety  Science  Scholarship  —  The  Allman  scholarship 
is  awarded  to  a  student  chosen  by  the  chairperson  of  the  safety  sciences 
department  who  is  worthy,  deserving,  and  a  credit  to  the  scholarship. 

APSCUF  Scholarships  —  The  lUP  APSCUF  Scholarships  are  awarded  to 
students  who  have  earned  between  twenty-nine  and  forty-six  credits  and  who 
have  shown  involvement  in  lUP  and  community  activities. 

ARA  Scholarship  —  Ten  SI, 000  scholarships  and  seventeen  meal  waivers  are 
awarded  each  year  to  sophomores  who  have  attained  at  least  a  3.5  grade-point 
average  and  who  demonstrate  need  as  determined  by  the  Pennsylvania  State 
Grant  .Application.  Meal  waivers  are  awarded  to  students  living  on  campus; 
cash  scholarships  are  presented  to  students  living  off  campus. 

J.  Donald  Bartolomucci  Scholarship  —  This  fund  awards  scholarships  to 
upperclass  students  in  the  College  of  Business  who  are  deemed  worthy  by  the 
Scholarship  Committee. 

Ella  C.  Bendix  Home  Economics  Scholarships  —  Bendix  Scholarships  are 
awarded  to  worthy  students  with  financial  need  who  are  juniors,  seniors,  or 
first-year  graduate  students.  Selection  is  made  by  the  Home  Economics 
Scholarship  Committee. 

Board  of  Governors  Scholarship  —  Up  to  thirty-five  full-tuition  scholarships 
are  awarded  each  year  to  academically  talented  minority  students  who  have 
scored  approximately  1000  on  SATs  and  who  are  in  the  top  twenty-five 
percent  of  their  high  school  class.  The  BOG  scholarships  are  renewable  for  a 
maximum  of  eight  fall/spring  semesters  for  recipients  who  maintain  a 
satisfactory  grade-point  average. 


Varsity  I  Loan  Fund  —  Established  by  the  Men's  Varsity  I  Club,  this  loan  is 
available  for  use  by  all  ILP  students.  Preference  is  given  to  freshmen. 

Norah  Zink  Loan  Fund  —  The  Zink  Loan  honors  Dr.  Norah  E.  Zink,  a  former 
geography  professor  at  ILP.  Foreign  students  in  their  sophomore,  junior,  or 
senior  year  are  eligible  to  receive  these  funds. 


Jemima  S.  Boyd  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  was  established  from  the 
estate  of  Grace  Noble  Lacock.  Each  year,  the  interest  from  the  account  is 
awarded  to  female  students  who  intend  to  teach  in  schools  in  Pennsylvania. 
The  scholarships,  ranging  from  $200  to  full  tuition,  are  granted  to  students 
who  will  be  entering  their  freshman  year  at  lUP.  Eligible  applicants  will  be 
invited  to  apply. 


Grants 

Pell  Grants  are  available  for  eligible  students.  Applications  for  and 
information  on  deadlines  for  this  program  arc  available  from  the  Financial  .Aid 
Office  or  high  school  counselors.  All  students  are  urged  to  apply  for  this  grant. 

Pennsylvania  Higher  Education  Assistance  Agency  Grants  (PHEAA)  are 
available  for  both  the  regular  academic  year  and  the  summer  sessions.  Contact 
the  Fmancial  Aid  Office  to  determine  the  application  deadlines  for  the 
PHEAA  Grant  Program. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  (SEOG)  arc  available  to 
eligible  students  who  demonstrate  exceptional  financial  need  as  detcnnined  by 
the  analysis  of  the  Pennsylvania  State  Grant  and  Federal  Student  Aid 
Application 

Scholarships 

The  Financial  Aid  fjffice  administers  various  scholarship  programs  in  behalf 
of  the  university  These  scholarships  have  been  established  through  the 
Foundation  for  ILP  and  the  university  by  alumni  and  friends  of  the  university 
to  rccogm/c  outstanding  students  and  assist  them  in  financing  their 
educational  expenses.  Unless  otherwise  noted,  no  application  is  required  for 
consideration. 


Branuin  Music  .Scholarship  Fund  —  Interest,  up  to  an  amounl  of  $  100.  will  be 
granted  as  a  single  scholarship  to  an  eligible  prospective  freshman  music 
major  whose  performing  area  Is  one  of  the  following:  violin,  viola,  cello,  or 
double  bass.  Selection  of  grantee  is  made  by  the  string  area  music  department 
faculty  and  awarded  for  the  second  semester.  Application  atid  inrorrnalum  are 
available  from  the  music  department. 

Israel  and  BIrdye  Brody  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  are  awarded  each  year  to 
juniors  who  are  permanent  residents  of  Indiana  County. 

Edward  N.  Brown  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  Is  awarded  to  an 
lUP  chemistry  major  who  has  completed  at  least  four  semesters  of  chemistry. 
Selection  is  made  by  the  Brown  Scholarship  Steering  Committee. 

George  M.  Burke  Memorial  Scholarship  —  A  four-year  scholarship  is 
awarded  lo  a  freshman  enrolled  In  the  College  of  Business  on  a  full-time  basis 
who  demonstrates  financial  need  and  who  is  a  pennanenl  resldenl  of 
Pennsylvania. 

M.  Vashtl  Burr  Memorial  Award  —  A  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  lo  an 
entering  student  who  is  deemed  by  the  faculty  to  be  most  deserving,  having  in 
mind  his  or  her  economic  need  and  the  excellence  of  his  or  her  industry  and 


16-lndiana  Uinversity  of  Pennsylvania 


scholarship.  This  award  is  given  through  the  generosity  of  WiUiam  V. 
Wliitlinglon.  Eligible  applicants  will  he  invited  to  apply. 

Howard  B.  Buterbaugh  Scholarship  Fund  —  A  gift  to  the  university  from  Dr. 
How  ard  Bulerbaugh's  estate,  the  scholarship  is  to  be  given  to  upperclass 
students  based  on  their  academic  performance. 


the  chairperson  of  the  theater  department  and  members  of  the  Financial  Aid 
Office  selecting  the  recipient. 

Michael  Gendich  Scholarships  for  Athletes  —  The  scholarships  are  awarded 
to  worthy  and  deserv ing  student  athletes  by  the  director  of  Intercollegiate 
Athletics. 


Clark  Scholarship  —  The  Lt.  Alpheus  Bell  Clark  Memorial  Scholarship  was 
established  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Steele  Clark  in  memory  of  their  son.  Scholarships 
are  awarded  each  year  to  young  men  or  women  who  are  seniors  in  the  univer- 
sity, who.  in  the  opinion  of  a  committee  chosen  by  the  president,  best  qualify 
for  the  honor  in  terms  of  academic  ability,  leadership,  and  ser\  ice  to  the 
university,  with  preference  going  to  veterans  or  sons  or  daughters  of  veterans. 

Beverly  Sue  Clark  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a 
junior  or  senior  preparing  for  a  career  in  teaching.  Preference  is  given  to 
residents  of  Indiana.  Cambria.  Westmoreland,  and  .-Xmistrong  counties  and  to 
survivors  of  casualties  of  the  1991  Persian  Gulf  War. 

Continuing  Education  Part-time  Scholarship  —  The  scholarships  are  awarded 
to  part-time  nontraditional  students  admitted  to  or  enrolled  in  degree-seeking 
programs  in  the  School  of  Continuing  Education.  Applications  arc  available  in 
the  Financial  Aid  Office  and  the  Pan-tiine  Studies  Program  Office  two  months 
before  the  beginning  of  each  semester. 

Dr.  Charles  L.  Cooper  Accounting  Scholarship  —  In  honor  of  a  retired 
professor,  accounting  firms  and  friends  of  Dr.  Cooper  have  established  a 
scholarship  to  be  aw  arded  to  a  senior  accounting  major.  To  be  eligible,  a 
student  must  complete  ninety  credits  (at  least  seventy-five  credits  completed  at 
lUP)  by  the  end  of  the  preceding  spring  semester  including  fifteen  credits  in 
accounting  and.  specifically,  intermediate  accounting  II  and  cost  accounting. 
Students  must  have  an  overall  3.5  average  and  complete  an  application  that 
includes  a  narrative  description  of  their  plans  for  the  future.  The  scholarship 
w  ill  not  e.vceed  the  amount  of  tuition,  fees,  room,  and  board. 

Jack  Crossan  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  —  Established  by  fellow  athletes, 
classmates,  and  friends,  this  scholarship  shall  be  awarded  at  the  discretion  and 
good  judgment  of  the  head  basketball  coach  to  a  basketball  player  of  good 
character  and  sound  academic  standing. 


Dr.  F.  Philip  Gorman  Scholarship  —  The  Gorman  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a 
junior  in  a  major  relating  to  the  health  profession.  The  recipient  must  have  a 
minimum  QPA  of  3.0  and  be  involved  in  university  activities.  Eligible 
candidates  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Gorell  Education  Fund  —  Established  by  the  Gorell  family,  these  scholarships 
are  awarded  to  music  students  with  exceptional  need, 

Margaret  Flegal  Harte  Scholarship  —  Margaret  Flegal  Hane  Scholarships 
ranging  from  3200  to  lull  tuition  are  awarded  to  top  students  of  each  freshman 
class  for  the  first  year.  Eligibility  is  based  on  academic  achievement  and 
financial  need.  Scholastic  achievement  is  measured  by  the  computation  of 
high  school  rank  and  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  scores.  Financial 
need  is  determined  through  the  Pennsylvania  State  (PHE.-\A|  Grant 
.Application.  Eligible  applicants  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Ann  Moon  Hayw  ard  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  w  ill  be  awarded  to  incoming 
music  majors  with  superior  vocal  potential  for  their  first  year. 

William  Heard  Scholarship  —  Established  as  a  meiriorial  by  friends  and 
colleagues  of  William  Heard,  formerly  a  professor  at  lUP.  the  William  Heard 
Scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  a  junior  chemistry  major  for  his/her  senior 
year.  The  recipient  is  selected  by  the  chemistry  department  steering  committee 
on  the  basis  of  contributions  to  the  department  and  the  university,  financial 
need,  academic  record,  and  interview.  Applications  are  available  each  spring 
in  the  chemistry  department  office. 

Dr.  Willard  W.  Hennemann.  Jr.  Memorial  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  are 
awarded  to  deserving  and  worthy  undergraduate  and/or  graduate  students  with 
a  strong  comniitmenl  in  the  field  of  mathematics  education  at  the  elementary 
or  middle  school  level.  Recipients  are  selected  by  a  committee  of  members  of 
the  mathematics  department. 


Roy  A.  Daugherty  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  will  be  given  to  worthy  first- 
year  students  w  iih  preference  given  to  sons  and  daughters  of  members  of 
Sigma  Phi  Epsilon  fraternity  who  attended  lUP  with  Mr.  Daugherty.  Eligible 
applicants  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Charles  Davis  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  a 
music  major  who  has  shown  outstanding  ability.  The  amount  of  the  award  will 
be  detemiined  by  the  funds  available  from  Phi  Mu  .^Ipha.  the  professional 
music  fraternity  at  lUP. 


Isolde  A.  Henninger  Endowment  for  Achievement  —  Friends  and  family 
members  have  established  the  endowment  to  provide  support  for  foreign 
language  students  and  the  Critical  Language  Program.  Foreign  language 
majors  who  have  demonstrated  significant  improvement  in  their  studies  are 
welcome  to  apply  in  the  German  department  to  Dr.  Harold  Sommer. 

Robert  L.  Hite  Scholarship  —  The  Hite  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  full-lime 
freshman  majoring  in  accounting,  finance,  or  management  from  specified 
counties  in  Pennsylvania  and  New  York. 


Eberly  Family  Scholarships  —  The  Eberly  family  supports  the  Foundation 
Distinguished  Achiever  Scholarship  Program  by  funding  a  recipient  from 
Fayette,  Greene,  Washington,  or  Westmoreland  counties.  The  Foundation 
Distinguished  Achiever  Scholarship  application  must  be  on  file  in  the 
Admissions  Office  bv  February  1 , 


H.  Eugene  Hulbert  Scholarship  —  The  H,  Eugene  Hulbert  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  junior  music  majors  each  year  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence 
and  financial  need.  The  recipient  is  selected  by  a  scholarship  committee. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  music  department  office  during  the  second 
week  of  classes  in  the  fall. 


Alexa  J.  Boyer  Enierick  Nursing  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  are  awarded  to 
outstanding  and  deserving  junior  and/or  senior  students  enrolled  in  the  nursing 
curriculum  at  I  UP.  Eligible  recipients  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

The  Natalie  S.  Fassett  Scholarship  Fund  —  This  fund  provides  scholarships  to 
worthy  students  who  may  be  in  need  of  financial  assistance.  Preference  will  be 
given  to  students  who  attended  Homer-Center  High  School. 

Foundation  Distinguished  Achiever  Scholarships  —  The  lUP  Foundation 
Distinguished  Achiever  Scholarships  were  established  to  honor  outstanding 
students  who  rank  in  the  lop  tenth  of  their  high  school  classes  and/or  who 
score  at  least  1 100  on  the  junior  SATs.  Consideration  is  given  to  school  and 
community  leadership,  entrepreneurship,  music,  art,  theater,  forensics.  and 
other  special  accomplishments.  The  scholarships  are  valued  at  SI  .000  per  year 
for  four  years.  .'Applications  and  further  infonnalion  are  available  through  the 
lUP  .^dmissions  Office. 

Thomas  V.  Frazier  Memorial  Scholarship  —  .A  senior  student  interested  in  the 
theater  arts  is  the  recipient  of  this  award.  The  student  may  be  a  drama  student 
or  just  active  in  off-stage  roles.  Financial  need  will  he  a  consideration,  with 


Patli  Hurley  Scholarship  —  A  four-year  scholarship  of  SI 50  per  year  is 
awarded  to  a  female  graduate  of  Indiana  Area  High  School  attending  the 
university,  based  upon  academic  achievement,  participation  in  school  activities 
and  economic  need.  This  memorial  scholarship  was  established  by  the  family 
and  friends  of  Patti  Hurley,  a  197 1  graduate  of  Indiana  Area  High  School  who 
was  killed  in  an  automobile  accident  two  weeks  after  high  school  graduation. 

Gloria  Bryan  Johnson  Memorial  Endow  menl  —  In  memory  of  wife  and 
mother,  Gloria  Bryan  Johnson,  Dr.  Hugh  Johnson  and  his  family  have 
established  a  memorial  scholarship  endowment  for  music  students.  The 
scholarship  committee  of  the  department  of  music  will  make  the  yearly 
selection  of  the  student. 

Sally  Johnson  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  —  This  scholarship  w  ill  go  to  a 
female  junior  student,  based  upon  her  outstanding  athletic  abilities. 
Information  and  applications  are  available  through  the  physical  education 
department. 

Junior  Miss  Scholarship  —  A  $500  scholarship  is  awarded  to  the  winner  of  U 
Indiana  County  Junior  Miss  Pageant  if  the  winner  applies  and  is  accepted  to  • 
lUP  on  a  full-time  basis. 


Finances- 1 7 


Kaufmann"s/T>ie  May  Department  Store  Scholarship  —  A  $2,000  scholarship 
is  awarded  to  a  student  for  the  senior  year  who  has  been  selected  to  intern  at 
the  store  for  the  summer  prior  to  the  senior  \  ear. 

Judy  Kovalchick  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  a 
graduate  of  St.  Mary 's  High  School  who  attends  lUP  for  the  freshman  year. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Guidance  Office  of  St.  Mary's  High  School. 

Eugene  E.  Lepley  Memorial  Scholarships  —  These  scholarships  are  awarded 
to  two  junior  or  senior  students  majoring  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  or 
Sports  Science. 

Dr.  Yu-Chen  Liu  Memorial  Endowment  —  An  endowment  has  been 
established  in  Dr.  Liu"s  memor\'  by  friends  and  family.  The  interest  earned  on 
the  endowment  w ill  be  used  to  sponsor  scholarships  for  Chinese-.American 
students.  The  Asian  Studies  Committee  will  make  the  selection  of  the 
scholarship  awardees. 

Joel  L.  Logan  Memorial  Scholarship  —  This  S500  scholarship  is  awarded 
each  year  to  a  senior  male  nursing  student  w  ho  demonstrates  financial  need. 
Preference  is  gi\en  to  a  student  who  exhibits  an  interest  in  psychiatric  nursing. 
■".Need"  is  measured  by  the  Pennsylvania  State  Grant  Application.  The 
scholarship  is  donated  by  Joan  and  Homer  Logan  in  memory  of  their  son.  a 
1977  lUP  graduate. 

Mary  Helen  Krouse  MacDonald  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  MacDonald 
scholarship  fund  was  established  to  encourage  and  reward  exceptionally  gifted 
students  enrolled  at  lUP  who  are  majoring  in  art.  The  scholarships  are  awarded 
to  winners  of  the  student  entries  in  the  juried  art  exhibitions  held  in  the 
Community  Arts  Center  of  Cambria  County  in  Johnstown.  Pennsylvania. 

Mathematics  Contest  Scholarship  —  Each  year  the  lUP  mathematics 
department  sponsors  a  contest  involving  students  from  area  high  schools.  A 
S200  scholarship  is  awarded  to  the  winning  school  to  be  used  by  a  student 
from  that  school  attending  lUP  as  a  math  major. 

The  McDonalds-Thomas  McCormick  Memorial  Scholarship  —  A  scholarship 
of  $1,000  per  year  is  awarded  to  a  graduate  of  an  Indiana  County  High  School 
who  majors  in  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management  at  lUP. 

McFarland  Scholarships  —  McFarland  scholarships  are  awarded  each  year  to 
honor  upperclassmen  who  have  earned  more  than  forty-five  but  less  than 
seventy-five  credits  at  lUP.  w  ho  ha\  e  grade-point  averages  of  at  least  3.80. 
and  who  have  made  special  contributions  to  the  university  and  community. 
The  $500  scholarships  are  awarded  in  the  spring  for  use  in  the  fall  and  spring 
of  the  junior  year.  No  application  is  required. 

Regis  McKnight  Scholarship  Fund  —  The  Regis  McKnight  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  male  high  school  graduates  excelling  in  athletics  as  a  tribute  to 
Regis  "Peck"  McKnight,  who  for  many  years  was  head  basketball  coach. 
Selection  of  recipients  will  be  made  by  the  athletic  director  and  the  head 
basketball  coach. 

Arvela  DeGaetano  McNaughton  Scholarship  —  A  scholarship  is  awarded  each 
year  to  a  graduate  of  the  Business  Department  of  Indiana  Area  .Senior  High 
School  who  enrolls  in  the  lUP  College  of  Business  as  a  full-time  freshman. 

John  W.  McNaul  Scholarship  —  Tlie  McNaul  memorial  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  a  graduating  senior  from  Somerset  High  School  who  will  attend 
ILP  as  a  full-time  student  and  who  demonstrates  financial  need. 

Alan  P.  Mewha  Memorial  Fund  —  This  scholarship  is  for  students  in  the 
geography  and  regional  planning  department;  grant  selection  will  be  made  by 
a  Ihrcc-membcr  geography  and  regional  planning  scholarship  committee.  The 
scholarships  are  unrestricted  as  to  use  or  purpose  and  llexible  in  the  amount 
awarded  and  lime  presented.  For  further  information,  contact  the  geography 
and  regional  planning  department. 

Benjamin  T.  Miller  Drawing  Award  —  To  memorialize  Benjamin  T.  Miller, 
colleagues,  students,  and  friends  have  established  the  Drawing  Award. 

Carol  L.  MiK)rhcad  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  an 
entering  freshman  who  will  major  in  primary  education.  Preference  will  be 
given  to  a  student  aspiring  to  leach  kindergarten. 

William  P  MiKjrhead  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  student 


studying  organ  in  the  Department  of  Music.  It  was  established  as  a  memorial 
to  Mrs.  William  P.  Moorhead. 

Arthur  G.  Morrell  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  Arthur  G.  Monell  Memorial 
Scholarship  is  a  cash  award  given  to  a  mathematics  major  completing  his/her 
junior  year  at  lUP  who  best  reflects  the  character  and  interests  of  Capt.  .Arthur 
G.  Morrell.  a  graduate  in  mathematics.  United  States  Marine  pilot,  and  lUP 
football  captain.  The  recipient  is  selected  by  the  Morrell  Scholarship 
Committee.  Students  may  apply  for  the  award  (applications  are  available  at  the 
mathematics  department  office)  or  he  nominated  by  a  mathematics  faculty 
member. 

Morris  Scholarship  —  The  Helen  Wood  Morris  scholarship  was  established  by 
Lt.  Col.  L.  M.  Morris  in  memory  of  his  wife,  a  graduate  of  the  university.  The 
scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a  student  selected  by  a  committee  named 
by  the  university.  The  student  chosen  must  be  in  the  highest  quarter  of  his/her 
class,  must  be  in  need  of  financial  assistance,  and  must  have  demonstrated 
worthiness  in  terms  of  character,  personality,  leadership,  and  ."Xmerican 
citizenship. 

Mary  Muldowney  Scholarship  —  A  scholarship  in  the  amount  of  $100  for  any 
junior  or  senior  student  majoring  in  music  with  an  emphasis  on  voice,  this 
award  is  governed  in  amount  and  number  of  scholarships  given  by  the  music 
department. 

G.  William  Musser  Schoktrship  —  The  Musser  scholarship  is  awarded  to  an 
incoming  freshman  majoring  in  pre-law.  It  is  renewable  for  four  years  if  the 
recipient  maintains  a  .^.0  average. 

Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  Scholarship  —  Established  by  an 
anonymous  donor,  the  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  scholarship  is 
awarded  each  year  to  a  freshman  who  has  graduated  from  Indiana  Area  High 
School  and  enrolls  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics. 
Eligible  applicants  to  lUP  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Jeannette  Nelson  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  an  Alpha  Phi 
student  selected  by  at  least  three  members  of  the  alumnae  chapter. 

Russel  C.  Nelson  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to  an 
upperclass  music  education  major  deemed  worthy  by  the  Music  Scholarship 
Committee.  Further  information  is  available  in  the  music  department  office. 


Louis  J.  Nocco  Scholarships  - 
members  of  the  football  team. 


These  are  awarded  to  deservina  and  talented 


Tom  Norman  Scholarship  —  This  award  is  available  to  a  soccer  player  in 
financial  need.  All  disbursements  will  be  controlled  by  the  soccer  coach  in  the 
amount  he  or  she  feels  necessary. 

Ethyl  V.  Oxiey.  Opal  T.  Rhodes,  and  Helen  C.  Mcrriman  Scholarships  — 
Each  year  the  Home  Economics  Alumni  Association  honors  three  former 
faculty  by  awarding  $200  scholarships.  The  Opal  T.  Rhodes  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  a  home  economics  education  major,  the  Ethyl  V.  OxIey 
scholarship  to  a  food  and  nutrition  major,  and  the  Helen  C.  Meniman 
scholarship  to  a  consumer  services  major.  Announcements  concerning 
applying  for  these  scholarships  arc  made  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology 
and  Health  Sciences  during  the  fall  semester. 

Carl  E.  Palchin  Scholarship  —  The  Patchin  scholarship  supports  the 
Foundation  Distinguished  Achiever  Scholarship  program  by  funding  a 
recipient  who  will  enroll  in  the  College  of  Business.  Foundation  Distinguished 
Achiever  Scholarship  applications  must  be  on  file  in  the  Admissions  Office  by 
February  I . 

Margaret  M.  Patton  Foundation  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  has  been 
established  at  lUP  to  assist  students  attending  the  university  who  are  worthy 
and  in  need  of  such  assistance.  Preference  will  be  given  to  students  attending 
the  Armstrong  Campus. 

Albert  Pechan  Scholarship  —  This  is  a  scholarship  lor  a  science  major.  The 
amount  of  the  award  depends  on  the  money  available  in  the  scholarship  fund. 
Selection  ol  a  recipieni  is  made  by  Ihe  science  department  faculty. 

I.enora  I'cchan  Scholarship        The  l.enoia  I'echan  scholarship  was  eslablished 
by  Ihe  laic  Dr.  Albert  K.  Pechan,  a  former  member  of  Ihe  Senate  of  Ihe 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  and  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  RIP,  to 
provide  funds  for  students  who  arc  members  of  the  Reserve  Officer  Training 


18-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Coq3s.  who  have  been  outstanding  students  in  the  ROTC.  and  whose  other 
academic  work  is  satisfactory.  First  priority  will  be  given  to  students  from 
Armstrong  County,  selected  by  the  officers  of  the  ROTC  and  the  Faculty 
Scholarship  and  Loan  Committee. 

Everett  and  Lavina  Petemian  Scholarship  —  A  four-year  scholarship  is 
awarded  every  four  years  to  a  business  education  or  management  information 
systems  major  who  has  graduated  from  an  Indiana  County  high  school. 

Edna  B.  Pierce  Memorial  Fund  —  An  Indiana  High  Area  School  student, 
accepted  at  lUP  and  enrolled  in  a  teacher  education  curriculum,  will  be 
awarded  a  one-year  scholarship. 

William  E.  Pierce  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  has  been  established  to 
award  a  one-year  grant  to  the  junior  ROTC  cadet  having  the  highest  standing 
in  his/her  sophomore  ROTC  class. 

Pittsburgh  Home  Economics  Teachers  Scholarship  Fund  —  An  award  of 
approximately  $500  annually  may  be  given  to  an  undergraduate  student 
majoring  in  a  program  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 
who  graduated  from  one  of  the  Pittsburgh  public  schools.  Preference  is  given 
to  students  majoring  in  home  economics  education  and  seniors,  but  the  award 
may  be  given  to  a  junior  or  a  sophomore  student  enrolled  in  any  human 
ecology  major  who  is  deserving  both  scholastically  and  financially.  Eligible 
students  should  apply  for  this  scholarship  through  the  dean  of  the  college. 

Ruth  Podbielski  Scholarships  —  These  are  awarded  to  worthy  women  athletes 
at  I  UP. 

Shelly  G.  Portman  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  Shelly  G.  Portman  memorial 
scholarship,  established  by  her  famil\',  will  be  awarded  each  year  to  juniors  ex- 
celling in  concert  dance.  Selection  will  be  made  by  the  director  of  concert  dance. 

The  John  J.  Prandy  Memorial  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  provides  sup- 
port to  a  worthy  and  deserv  ing  student  majoring  in  criminology  who  has 
achieved  junior  standing  and  has  expressed  interest  in  pursuing  a  career  in  law 
enforcement. 

Willis  E.  Pratt  Award  —  The  Savings  and  Trust  Company  of  Pennsylvania  has 
established  an  athletic  scholarship  in  the  name  of  the  late  Dr.  Willis  E.  Pratt, 
chancellor  emeritus  and  president  of  lUP  from  1948  to  196S.  It  will  be 
awarded  to  athletes  chosen  on  the  basis  of  scholastic  and  athletic  ability  and 
financial  need. 

The  Mildred  M.  Reigh  Memorial  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  provides 
encouragement  and  financial  assistance  to  students  pursuing  a  degree  in 
mathematics  education  or  elementary  education  with  a  inathematics 
concentration.  Recipients  must  have  reached  a  minimum  of  junior  standing, 
carry  at  least  a  3.0  grade-point  average,  and  participate  in  one  or  more 
organization  for  teachers  of  mathematics.  Selection  is  made  by  the 
mathematics  department. 

Frank  Ross  Memorial  Scholarship  —  Frank  Ross  memorial  scholarships  are 
Liwarded  each  year  to  upperclass  students  of  ceramics  w  ho  are  deemed  worthy 
by  the  Scholarship  Committee.  The  awards  are  presented  in  memory  of  a 
I'onner  ceramics  faculty  member. 


least  a  3.0  grade-point  average.  Preference  may  be  given  to  students  who 
originally  attended  the  Armstrong  branch  campus  of  lUP. 

The  Susan  E.  Shubra  Memorial  Scholarship  —  The  Susan  E.  Shubra  memorial 
scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  junior  or  senior  having  at  least  one  remaining  term 
to  be  completed  as  a  major  in  the  Department  of  Consumer  Services. 
Applicants  must  have  a  minimum  3.0  grade-point  average,  be  of  good 
character,  and  demonstrate  outstanding  achievement  in  academics  and 
leadership  in  university/community  services.  Selection  is  made  by  the 
Department  of  Consumer  Services. 

Ethel  Seavey  Simpson  Scholarship  —  The  Ethel  Seavey  Simpson  scholarships 
are  awarded  to  academically  talented  freshmen  at  lUP  who  demonstrate 
financial  need.  Eligible  applicants  will  be  invited  to  apply. 

Sam  Smith  Football  Scholarship  Fund  —  The  solicited  funds  are  to  be  used 
for  football  scholarships.  All  the  funds  are  to  be  distributed  as  scholarships  in 
accordance  with  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  university. 

Sons  of  Italy  Recreative  Club.  Inc..  Scholarships  —  Scholarships  of  $400  are 
awarded  to  graduates  of  Indiana  Area  High  School  and  Blairsville/Saltsburg 
High  School  who  enroll  as  full-time  students  at  lUP. 

Spadafora  Family  Endowment  —  Cecil  and  Ann  Spadafora  of  Indiana  and 
their  entire  family  have  established  a  scholarship  to  be  awarded  to  one  football 
player  each  year  who  has  graduated  from  an  Indiana  County  high  school,  a 
Mt.  Pleasant  high  school,  or  a  Bentworth  high  school.  The  student  will  be 
selected  by  a  committee  consisting  of  the  lUP  athletic  director,  head  football 
coach,  and  a  representative  of  the  family.  The  recipient  will  be  a  high  school 
graduate  excelling  in  athletics  and  a  credit  to  the  fund. 

Gregory  Spinelli  Memorial  Fund  —  This  fund  provides  a  meaningful  award 
and  recognition  for  students  with  exceptional  promise  and  commitment  to  a 
career  in  the  criminal  justice  system.  An  award  of  $100  will  be  inade  annually 
to  a  second-semester  senior  enrolled  in  the  lUP  criminology  department.  Greg 
Spinelli  was  an  F.B.I,  agent  killed  in  the  line  of  duty. 


Gerald  E.  Stossel  Football  Scholarship  - 
deserving  and  needy  student  athletes. 


-  Stossel  scholarships  are  awarded  to 


Student  Art  Scholarship  —  Students  of  the  department  of  art  and  art  education 
contribute  art  works  to  be  sold.  Funds  thus  received  permit  awards  of  $.50  to 
be  made  periodically.  Applications  for  these  awards  are  received  and  screened 
and  awards  are  made  by  a  coinmittee  of  art  students.  This  award  is  confined  to 
students  of  the  art  department. 

Michael  J.  Supinka.  Jr.  Memorial  Scholarship  —  Two  scholarships  are 
awarded  to  graduates  of  Homer-Center  High  School  who  have  demonstrated 
academic  excellence  and  leadership  qualities  and  enroll  at  lUP  as  full-time 
freshmen. 

The  Barbara  Thomas  Scholarship  Fund  —  This  fund  provides  support  to 
deserving  and  worthy  students  who  have  graduated  from  high  schools  in 
Clearfield  County.  Pennsylvania,  and  who  enroll  in  lUP  to  study  elementary 
education.  The  scholarship  is  renewable  providing  the  recipient  maintains  at 
least  a  2.5  grade-point  average. 


The  David  J.  Rovnan  Memorial  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  is  awarded 
each  year  to  an  lUP  student  who  is  a  member  of  the  staff  of  the  Penn. 
Selection  is  made  by  the  journalism  department. 

David  Schwartz  Memorial  Journalism  Scholarship  —  The  David  Schwartz 
memorial  scholarship  is  established  in  memory  of  David  Schwartz,  a  graduate 
of  lUP.  by  his  parents,  the  Indiana  Ga:etu\  the  journalism  department,  and 
fiiends  at  lUP.  The  scholarship  is  available  to  outstanding  students  majoring  in 
journalism.  Contact  the  journalism  department  for  further  information. 

Senior  Class  Scholarship  —  The  Senior  Class  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a 
student  who  has  earned  seventy-five  to  ninety  credits  at  the  end  of  the  first 
semester  of  the  junior  year,  has  a  QPA  of  at  least  3.5.  and  is  involved  w  ith 
campus  affairs,  organizations,  and  activities.  Eligible  students  will  be  invited 
to  apply. 

The  Patricia  Shields  Memorial  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  is  awarded 
each  year  to  a  full-time  student  who  has  achieved  junior  standing  and  carries  at 


The  Tomb  Family  Scholarships  —  These  scholarships  provide  support  to 
deserving  and  talented  students  enrolled  at  lUP. 

Howard  E.  Tompkins  Computer  Science  Scholarship  —  The  Tompkins 
scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  computer  science  major  entering  the  junior  year 
who  has  completed  at  least  nine  credits  of  coinputer  science. 

Murray  M.  Vamer  Scholarship  —  Murray  M.  Vamer  was  an  alumnus  and 
professor  at  lUP.  This  scholarship  has  been  established  by  his  friends  and 
family  as  a  fitting  memorial  to  a  dynamic  educator.  The  scholarship  is 
awarded  each  year  to  an  upperclass  (at  least  twenty-seven  credits  at  lUPl 
student  in  the  College  of  Business  who  is  a  permanent  resident  of  Indiana 
County.  The  recipient  must  be  academically  stable,  personable,  enthusiastic, 
and  motivated.  Applications  are  to  be  submitted  to  the  Financial  Aid  Office  by 
October  30.  Winners  will  be  announced  during  the  fall. 

Vaughn  Foundation  Scholarships  —  Two  $500  scholarships  are  awarded  each 
year.  One  recipient  is  .selected  by  athletics;  the  other  is  awarded  to  a  junior  or 


Fiiianccs-19 


senior  business  major  with  above-average  grades  w  ho  demonstrates  personal 
need.  A  letter  of  application  to  Charles  B.  Stevenson  in  the  College  of 
Business  initiates  consideration  for  the  second  scholarship. 

Corrine  Menk  Wahr  Scholarship  —  Awarded  to  the  top  students  of  each 
incoming  freshman  class,  this  scholarship  ranges  from  S200  to  full  tuition  for 
the  first  year  « ithout  regard  to  financial  need.  Scholarship  achievement  is 
established  by  the  compulation  of  high  school  rank  and  S.AT  scores.  Eligible 
applicants  will  he  in\  ited  to  apply . 


Saul  and  Louise  Wa.\ler  Memorial  Scholarships  - 
football  grants-in-aid. 


-  These  provide  funding  for 


West  Branch  Area  High  School  Scholarship  —  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to 
a  graduate  of  that  high  school  in  Clearfield  County.  Pennsy  Ivania  who 
demonstrates  tlnancial  need  and  positive  academic  achievements.  Applications 
are  made  through  the  Guidance  Office  of  the  West  Branch  Area  High  School. 

Zucchelli  Scholarship  Fund  —  This  SlOO  scholarship  will  be  awarded  to  a 
female  lUP  student  majoring  in  physical  education.  Information  and 
applications  are  available  through  the  health  and  physical  education 
department. 

Other  Resources 

■Athletic  Grants-in-.Aid  —  ILP  participates  in  intercollegiate  athletics  as  a 
Division  II  institution  and  awards  Athletic  Grants-in-Aid  in  accordance  with 
NCAA  rules  and  regulations.  Interested  students  should  contact  the  Athletic 
Director.  Memorial  Field  House.  lUP.  Indiana.  PA  l.'i7U5. 


Office  of  Vocational  Rehabilitation.  In  order  to  be  eligible,  students  must 
satisfy  the  ph\  sical  and  financial  requirements  of  the  agency.  For  further 
information  regarding  OVR.  students  should  contact  their  county  office  of 
\ocationa!  rehabilitation. 

Loan  Forgiveness  Programs 

SEA  —  Teachers  uho  earned  a  degree  in  198,^  or  later  with  mathematics  or 
science  certification,  who  will  or  are  teaching  such  subjects  full  time  in  a 
Pennsylvania  secondary  school  (grades  7-12).  and  who  borrowed  through  a 
student  loan  program  may  receive  forgi\'eness  of  a  portion  of  their  student 
loan  debt  for  each  year  they  fulfill  the  teaching  commitment.  For  further 
information,  contact  Mr.  Sam  Sobczak,  Coordinator  for  Teacher  Training 
Programs.  PHEAA.  P.O.  Box  8114,  Harrisburg,  PA  17105-81 14.  telephone 
(71 7)97.5-.';  ,^80. 

Act  1 15  —  The  Urban  and  Rural  Teacher  Loan  Forgiveness  Act  provides  new 
teachers  in  approved  school  districts  with  the  opportunity  to  apply  for  loan 
forgiveness  of  up  to  $2,500  per  year  of  teaching  to  a  maximum  of  $  1 0.000  of 
guaranteed  student  loans  obtained  through  PHEAA.  Further  information  is 
available  from  PHEAA.  Attn:  Urban  and  Rural  Loan  Forgiveness  Program. 
P.O.  Box  81 14.  Harrisburg.  PA  17105-81 14. 

Veterans  Benefits  —  In  addition  to  regular  sources  of  financial  aid.  veterans 
and  dependents  of  veterans  may  be  eligible  for  V.A.  benefits.  For  further 
information,  veterans  arc  urged  to  contact  the  Veterans  Counselor.  .^08  Pratt 
Hall.  lUP.  Indiana.  PA  1571)5. 


Residence  Assistants  —  Uppierclass  students  and  freshinen  at  the  end  of  their 
first  year  may  apply  to  become  residence  assistants  at  lUP.  Students  earn  a 
room  and  board  waiver,  as  well  as  a  small  stipend,  by  working  as  residence 
a.ssistants  in  lUP  residence  halls.  Application  timetables  and  deadlines  are 
advertised  in  the  Penii  and  posted  in  the  residence  halls  and  other  spots  around 
campus.  The  application  process  requires  references  and  individual  and  group 
interviews.  Residence  assistants  are  selected  on  the  basis  of  leadership  and 
interpersonal  skills  and  the  willingness  and  ability  to  perform  as  role  models. 
Residence  assistants  inust  have  and  maintain  a  2.2  quality-point  average.  For 
further  information,  please  contact  present  residence  assistants  or  residence 
directors  or  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life.  G14  Sutton  Hall.  lUP. 
Indiana.  PA  15705. 

Paul  Douglas  Teacher  Scholarship  —  Scholarships  of  up  to  1)5.000  per  year 
are  awarded  to  superior  students  who  will  pursue  teaching  careers.  Recipients 
must  teach  for  two  years  for  each  year  they  receive  the  scholarship. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of  Student  Teaching  and  must  be 
submitted  by  .May  1  for  the  following  year. 

Scholars  in  Education  Award  (SEA)  —  SEA  scholarships  are  available  to 
Pennsylvania  residents  who  intend  to  teach  mathematics  or  a  science  in 
Pennsylvania  high  schools.  Awards  are  SI. 500  per  year  at  lUP  and  are 
renewable  for  those  students  who  meet  established  renewal  criteria.  For  each 
year  that  a  student  receives  an  SEA  scholarship,  he  or  she  agrees  to  teach  in 
ihe  Pennsylvania  public  school  system.  Failure  to  meet  the  teaching 
commitment  results  in  the  award  becoming  a  loan  that  must  be  repaid  at 
twelve  percent  interest.  High  school  seniors  must  have  a  combined  SAT  score 
of  IfKX)  or  belter  (the  math  score  must  be  at  least  550)  and  a  B  (.^.0)  average  in 
science  and  math  and  must  rank  In  Ihe  top  fifth  of  their  high  school  classes. 
Applications  are  available  from  Pennsylvania  high  school  guidance  counselors 
and  from  the  f>ffice  of  Student  Teaching  and  must  be  filed  before  May  1 . 

Private  Scholarships  —  Various  service  clubs,  organizations,  churches. 
schools,  and  industries  offer  scholarships  to  students.  High  school  guidance 
offices  and  hometown  newspapers  are  often  excellent  sources  for  information 
concerning  private  scholarships. 

ROTC  Scholarships  —  One-,  two-,  and  three-year  scholarships  arc  available 
to  both  male  and  female  students  who  arc  enrolled  in  the  Reserve  Officer 
Training  Corps  program.  The  scholarships  pay  for  tuition,  fees,  and  books, 
plus  SKK)  per  month  for  ten  months  per  sch(K)l  year.  Inlcresled  students  may 
obtain  applications  and  criteria  information  by  contacting  the  ROTC 
depanmcnl  in  Pierce  Hall  al  lUP. 

Office  of  Vocational  Rehabilitation  Assistance  (OVR)  —  Students  who  have 
physical  or  learning  handicaps  may  receive  educational  benefits  through  Ihe 


20-lndiana  Unircrsitx  of  Pennsylvania 


Student  Programs  and  Services 

Orientation 

lUP  offers  a  three-phase  orientation  program  for  all  new  students.  Freshmen 
are  expected  to  participate  in  each  of  the  three  programs,  as  they  are  intended 
to  provide  information  and  programs  which  are  designed  to  insure  a  successful 
first-year  experience. 

Orientation  Phase  I:  Interview/Orientation  Day  occurs  during  the  late  fall  or 
spring  prior  to  students'  matriculation  on  cainpus.  During  this  day-long 
experience,  accepted  students  and  their  parents  visit  the  main  or  branch 
campuses,  participate  in  major  presentations  describing  academic  and  student 
life,  and  discuss  academic  program  offerings  w  ith  college  deans  and 
departmental  representatives.  This  is  an  opportunity  to  assist  students  as  they 
make  informed  choices  regarding  the  appropriateness  of  lUP  as  their 
undergraduate  college  of  choice. 

Orientation  Phase  11:  Summer  Preregistration  Placement  Testing/Advising 
Course  Selection  Program  occurs  during  the  summer  immediately  preceding 
students'  matriculation  on  campus.  This  experience  is  designed  to 
diagnostically  assess  academic  readiness  for  courses  integral  to  the  lUP 
curriculum,  including  English,  mathematics,  and  foreign  languages.  Students 
admitted  to  the  main  campus.  Summer/January .  or  the  Learning  Center 
program  participate  in  an  overnight,  two-day  experience  which  includes 
testing,  academic  advising,  and  orientation  to  university  curricular 
requirements  and  cocumcular  opportunities.  Students  who  are  admitted  as 
branch  campus  freshmen  participate  in  a  one-day  program.  Concurrent  parent 
orientation  programs  are  offered  for  the  parents  of  freshmen. 

Orientation  Phase  III:  Fall  Orientation  occurs  as  students  move  on  to  campus 
immediately  prior  to  the  beginning  of  fall  classes.  Phase  Three  is  designed  to 
assure  a  smooth  transition  from  the  home  environment  to  lUP's  campus 
community. 


lUP  views  this  three-phase  orientation  as  unique  and  extremely  important  to 
freshman  retention  and  satisfaction  with  the  university.  The  freshman  year  is 
critical  in  regard  to  academic  success.  During  this  time,  students  must 
simultaneously  develop  academic  competence  in  the  college  curriculum  and 
adjust  to  the  personal  decision-making  process  college  life  affords.  Each  of  the 
three  programs  is  designed  to  assist  in  this  important  college  adjustment 
process.  Freshmen  are  expected  to  participate  fully  in  these  three  programs. 

Residence  Life 

lUP  is  a  residential  campus.  Its  fourteen  residence  halls  and  two  apartment 
buildings  are  structured  on  a  geographical  basis  into  five  areas.  Each  area  is 
super\'ised  by  a  full-time  student  affairs  professional  w  ith  a  background  in 
student  development  and  counseling.  In  addition,  each  residence  hall  has  a 
residence  director  or  graduate  residence  director  to  handle  the  administrative 
and  supervisory  functions  of  the  building  including  responsibilities  for 
programming  and  policy  enforcement.  Each  residence  hall  also  has 
undergraduate  resident  assistants.  RAs.  who  are  responsible  for  helping 
students,  planning  programs,  carrying  out  administrative  tasks,  and  providing 
leadership  for  the  de\  elopment  of  a  community  among  the  approximately  thirty 
students  li\  ing  in  their  individual  section  of  the  residence  hall.  The  university's 
two  apartment  buildings  are  staffed  w  ith  a  professional  residence  director  and 
student  managers.  A  student  manager  is  similar  to  a  resident  assistant. 

Housing  available  to  students  includes 

University-owned  residence  halls  and  apartment  buildings 
Fraternity  houses 

Private  apartments  and  houses  , 

Privately  owned  residence  halls 

It  is  the  policy  of  lUP  to  offer  full,  equal,  and  nondiscriminatory  assistance  to 
all  students  without  regard  to  their  race,  color,  religion,  national  origin,  sex. 
ancestry,  sexual  orientation,  or  physical  ability  in  both  the  placement  in 
university  housing  and  in  the  furnishing  of  facilities  and  services  in  relation  to 
that  housing. 

Rooms  are  available  to  undergraduate  students  enrolled  at  lUP.  Each  year  the 
university  reviews  its  housing  policies  and  revises  them  according  to  its  needs 
for  the  coming  year.  The  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  is  responsible 
for  making  room  assignments,  contracting  for  dining  service,  providing 
information  and  services  related  to  off-campus  housing,  and  collecting  local 
address  and  telephone  data  for  the  Student  Directory.  The  Office  of  Housing 
and  Residence  Life  is  located  in  GI4  Sutton  Hall.  ext.  2696. 

University  Residence  Halls 

The  specific  programs  and  services  provided  within  the  residence  halls  are 
aimed  at  fostering  the  total  development  of  individuals  and  student  groups. 
Respect  for  the  learning  process  as  well  as  respect  for  self,  others,  and 
property  are  strongly  emphasized.  Students  are  encouraged  to  question  and 
explore  increasingly  complex  intellectual  and  personal  challenges  in  their 
efforts  to  give  meaning  and  direction  to  their  lives.  Staff  members  actively 
provide  support  and  challenge  students  as  they  assume  ownership  and  accept 
responsibility  for  their  actions  and  important  life  decisions.  The  residence 
halls  represent  and  reflect  the  daily  challenges  of  what  it  is  like  to  live  in  any 
community.  It  is  the  intention  of  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  to 
teach  students  those  skills  which  prepare  them  to  be  responsible  community 
members  so  that  when  they  leave  the  university,  they  will  be  contributing  and 
productive  citizens  in  the  larger  community  in  which  they  live. 

Because  residence  hall  living  is  seen  as  a  positive  educational  experience, 
first-year  students  are  encouraged  to  live  in  residence  halls  unless  they  are 
commuting  from  home.  In  an  effort  to  make  residence  hall  living  more 
responsive  to  individual  needs,  the  university  offers  two  separate  living 
arrangements:  single  sex  and  coed.  Students  are  encouraged  to  consider  these 
options  carefully  and  to  select  the  one  in  which  they  would  feel  most 
comfortable. 

Student  accommodations  are  based  on  double  occupancy.  Furnishings  include 
beds,  mattresses,  desks,  chairs,  mirrors,  and  dressers.  Students  should  bring 
their  ow n  blankets,  bedspreads,  towels,  study  lamps,  pillows,  and  mattress 
pads. 


All  lUP  residence  halls  are  equipped  with  study  lounges,  recreational 
equipment,  laundry  facilities,  and  locked  mailboxes.  In  addition,  computer 
terminals,  self-correcting  electric  typewriters,  and  other  specialized  equipnn 
are  located  in  each  area  for  student  use.  Each  student  has  a  card  key  for  his, 
building  which  provides  entry  after  the  closing  hours. 


i 


Sliideni  Programs  and  Sen'ices-2] 


lUP  also  operates  two  apartmenl  buildings,  providing  single  student  housing 
in  an  apannient-st>  le  setting.  The  university  provides  a  stove,  refrigerator, 
kitchen  table  and  chairs,  beds,  and  dressers  in  each  apartment.  Living  room 
furniture  is  not  provided  by  the  university . 

Application  for  Housing 

New  t1rsi-year  students  who  have  been  accepted  by  the  Admissions  Office  as 
residence  students  will  be  billed  for  an  advance  deposit  in  April,  one-half  of 
which  series  as  a  housing  prepayment.  .A  "Residence  Hall  Contract  for 
Housing  and  Dining  Ser\'ice"  will  accompany  that  mailing  and  must  be 
returned  to  WP  w  ith  the  deposit  payment. 

Continuing  students  may  apply  for  university  housing  for  each  year  in 
accordance  with  the  procedure  published  and  posted  in  January  by  the  Office 
of  Housing  and  Residence  Life. 

Readmitted  students  and  those  transferring  from  other  universities  should 
contact  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life  directly  for  housing 
applications  and/or  information. 

Dining  Services 

Dining  ser\  ice  is  available  to  all  students.  Students  residing  in  university 
residence  halls  are  required  to  have  a  meal  plan  and  may  choose  from  Plan  A 
or  B.  Students  residing  off  campus,  or  in  university  apartments,  may  choose 
Plans  A.  B.  C,  or  D.  Dining  service  is  contracted  each  year  with  the  Office  of 
Housina  and  Residence  Life. 


service  directly  with  the  telephone  company.  Touch-tone  line  service  is  not 
included  in  the  apartment  rental  fee. 

Automobiles 

Each  student,  faculty,  or  staff  member  who  parks  an  automobile  in  campus 
parking  areas  must  register  his  or  her  automobile  each  year  with  the  Campus 
Police.  Resident  students  are  not  pemiitted  to  bring  automobiles  or  motorbikes 
to  the  university  unless  they  receive  approval  from  the  Campus  Police  Office 
for  the  following  exceptions:  medical  reasons,  work  assignments  requiring  an 
automobile,  student  teaching,  or  academic  need  for  a  vehicle.  To  obtain  a 
resident  permit,  a  written  application  must  be  submitted  to  and  approved  by 
the  Parking  .\uthority  Review  Board.  Parking  rules  and  regulations  may  be 
obtained  at  the  Campus  Police  Office,  John  Sutton  Hall. 

Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 

Counselors,  psychologists,  and  student  development  specialists  offer  services 
and  programs  w  hich  facilitate  the  personal  and  emotional  growth  of  students. 
Confidential  counseling  is  available  on  an  individual  and  small-group  basis. 
The  opportunity  to  develop  skills  for  lifelong  learning  is  provided  through 
individual  programs,  workshops,  ongoing  groups,  and  computer-based 
instructional  packages.  Student  leadership  training,  new  student  orientation, 
women's  programs,  student  satisfaction  research,  and  individualized  programs 
for  special  populations  are  provided. 

The  center  is  open  from  X:00  a.m.  through  4:.i0  p.m.,  Monday  through  Friday. 
Students  may  call  }51-2b2i  to  arrange  for  an  appointment.  After  hours,  staff 
mav  be  contacted  for  emergencies  bv  callina  the  Health  Center  at  3.'i7-2550. 


Plan  A  —    20  meals  per  week 

(breakfast,  lunch,  and  dinner  Monday  through  Saturday, 

brunch  and  dinner  on  Sunday) 
Plan  B  —     15  meals  per  w  eek 

(breakfast,  lunch,  and  dinner  Monday  through  Friday) 
Plan  C —     10  meals  per  week 

(lunch  and  dinner  Monday  through  Friday) 
Plan  D  —    5  meals  per  week 

( lunch  only  Monday  through  Friday) 
Plan  E —     .Any  10  meals 

Students  and  guests  may  purchase  individual  meals  in  either  of  the  dining  halls 
at  the  current  casual  meal  rate.  Meals  can  also  he  purchased  at  1 1  an  on- 
campus  faculty/staff  dining  room  called  the  Oak  Room  or  2)  the  Underground 
E.xprcss,  both  of  which  are  located  in  the  lower  level  of  Foster  Hall;  .^)  Itza 
Pizza,  located  in  the  Underground  E.xpress;  and  4)  the  HUB  Rock  Cafe, 
located  in  the  Hadley  Union  Building. 

Insurance  for  Personal  Belongings 

Students  are  encouraged  to  carry  insurance  covering  the  loss  or  theft  of  money 
or  property  while  residing  in  a  residence  hall/apartment  housing.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  determine  coverage  available  through  their  parents' 
homeowners  policy  and  consider  a  rider  if  necessary  to  provide  the  appropriate 
coverage  while  at  college.  The  university  does  not  assume  responsiblity  for 
loss  to  students'  belongings. 

Student  Room  Refrigerators 

Residents  can  rent  refrigerators  for  their  rooms  on  a  one-  or  Iwo-semesier 
basis  from  the  Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life.  Students  directly  benefit 
from  this  program,  since  the  profits  are  used  to  upgrade  special  facilities  in  the 
residence  halls.  Residents  can  also  use  their  own  refrigerators  as  long  as  the 
unit  docs  not  draw  more  than  three  amps  of  electrical  current  and  not  does 
occupy  more  than  2,4  cubic  feet  of  space. 

Student  Koum  Telephone  Service 

Touch-tone  line  service  is  provided  for  each  permanent  student  room  in  the 
residence  halls  (but  not  In  the  apartments).  Students,  however,  are  responsible 
for  providing  their  own  telephone  instruments.  A  touch-lone  telephone  is 
Wrongly  recommended  in  order  that  students  will  be  able  to  use  expanded 
vrrvlccs  such  as  the  telephone  class  registration.  Rotary  or  simulated  touch- 
tone  telephones  will  permit  standard  services  only. 

Telephone  bills  arc  mailed  directly  to  residence  hall  rooms  each  month,  lull 
calls  and  telegram  charges  only  appear  on  the  bill.  Bmh/all  occupants  of  a 
room  arc  responsible  for  all  charges  made  to  their  Centrex  extension.  Payment 
it  made  directly  to  Bell  Telephone  of  Pennsylvania.  Students  residing  in  the 
apanmcnLs  (Campus  and  University  Towcrsj  make  arrangements  lor  telephone 


Learning  Center/ Act  101 

The  Learning  Center  provides  educational  support  services  for  all  lUP 
students  in  the  areas  of  reading,  writing,  mathematics,  biological  and  physical 
sciences,  foreign  languages,  social  sciences,  study  skills,  and  related  areas. 
These  services  are  provided  by  both  professional  and  undergraduate 
paraprofessional  staff.  Students  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  a  broad  array 
of  program  services  including  one-to-one  and  group  tutorials,  workshops,  and 
formal  classes.  The  main  Learning  Center  office  is  located  in  20.^  PratI  Hall. 
Further  information  can  be  obtained  by  calling  ,157-2729. 

The  Act  101  program,  created  as  a  result  of  the  Pennsylvania  Higher 
Education  Equal  Opportunity  Act  101  in  1971  by  the  legislature  of  the 
commonwealth,  focuses  on  servicing  lUP  students  in  order  to  make  the  ideal 
of  "equal  educational  opportunity"  a  reality  for  all  qualified  students.  Students 
matriculating  through  the  LC/AcI  101  program  are  provided  assistance  in  the 
areas  of  academic  tutoring,  career  counseling,  financial  aid  information, 
personal  counseling,  acadeinic  advising  related  to  cun-iculum  concerns,  the 
selection  of  an  appropriate  major,  and  course  scheduling.  The  main  Act  101 
office  is  located  in  20.1  Pratt  Hall.  Further  infonnation  can  be  obtained  by 
calling  357-2729. 

Health  Services 

The  University  Health  Service  operates  an  oulpaticnl  clinic  and  provides 
routine  health  care  to  students  while  classes  are  in  session.  The  outpatient 
clinic  is  staffed  with  physicians,  nurse  practitioners,  nurses,  and  educators.  On 
the  Indiana  Campus  the  University  Health  Service  is  located  at  the  Pcchan 
Health  Center,  at  the  corner  of  Maple  Street  and  PratI  Drive.  On  the 
Amisirong  County  Campus  the  satellite  health  center  is  located  in  Minteer 
Hall.  For  emergency  care  of  students  when  the  Health  Center  is  closed,  the 
local  hospital  emergency  room  is  available.  The  university  has  a  contract  to 
cover  the  cost  of  transporting  a  student  to  the  local  hospital  for  an  emergency, 
if  the  student's  health  insurance  policy  does  not  incluile  coverage  of 
ambulance  services. 

In  addition  to  primary  medical  care  including  minor  surgery,  some  laboratory 
tests,  allergy  injections,  and  dispensing  of  medications,  the  University  Health 
,Service  offers  a  self-care  cold  clinic,  evening  gynecology  clinic,  and  programs 
in  chemical  health,  health  education,  wellness,  and  nutrition  counseling.  Free 
Iransporlation  lo  area  medical  facilities  is  available  when  advance 
arrangements  are  made. 

Effective  Fall.  1991,  lUP  requires  documentation  of  dales  of  immunizations 
from  new  sludenls  for  the  following  vaccines:  measles,  mumps,  rubella, 
tetanus  loxoid-diphtheria.  and  polio.  Individuals  born  alter  195fi  should 
receive  a  second  measles  immunization  prior  to  entering  college.  Il  has  always 
been  imporlanl  to  update  diphtheria  and  tetanus  iinniunizalions  every  ten 


22-lndiaJia  Uiiiversily  of  Pennsylvania 


years.  The  documentation  must  be  included  on  the  Student  Health  Form  and 
can  lake  the  t'onn  of 

1 .  dates  of  vaccinations  b\  the  health  care  provider  «  ho  ga\  e  them  or 

2.  date  of  illness  with  the  disease  diagnosed  by  a  physician  or 

3.  serum  antibody  level  as  determined  b\  a  blood  test 

Students  will  receive  a  copy  of  the  Student  Health  Form  from  the  Health 
Ser\ice  after  they  receive  notification  of  admission  to  IL'P.  The  form  must  be 
returned  to  the  University  Health  Services  before  starting  classes.  If  a  student 
is  not  adequately  immunized  s/he  will  be  allowed  to  enroll  and  attend  classes 
during  the  first  semester  with  the  understanding  that  second  semester 
enrollment  shall  be  contingent  upon  obtaining  the  necessary  immunizations 
and  documentation  of  immunity. 

Students  pay  a  S5 1  per  semester  mandatory  student  health  fee  which  entitles 
them  to  unlimited  visits  at  the  Health  Center.  Nominal  fees  are  charged  for 
medications  dispensed,  laboratory  tests,  and  other  procedures. 

Student  Health  Insurance 

The  university  does  not  sponsor  a  group  student  health  insurance  plan. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  obtain  private  insurance  to  cover  the  costs  of 
hospital-related  expenses.  The  University  Health  Service  does  not  bill 
insurance  companies  for  ser\  ices.  How  ever,  students  receiv  e  a  copy  of  each 
visit  which  can  be  used  if  the  individual  chooses  to  bill  his^er  insurance 
compan\  directly. 


No  veteran  receiving  G.I.  benefits  mas  change  curriculum  without  clearance 
from  the  veterans  counselor.  All  veterans  must  maintain  normal  class 
progression  and  report  any  change  in  course  load  to  the  \eterans  counselor. 
Any  undergraduate  receiv  ing  benefits  from  the  Veterans  Administration  must 
carry  at  least  twelve  credit  hours  during  a  regular  semester  in  order  to  be 
considered  a  full-time  student  b\  the  V'eterans  Administration.  The  minimum 
full-time  requirement  for  a  graduate  student  is  nine  credit  hours. 

Children  of  a  deceased  or  disabled  \  eteran  w  hose  death  or  injury  was  due  to 
ser\  ice-related  causes  may  be  eligible  for  educational  assistance  from  the 
federal  government  under  Public  Law  634  (Dependents  Educational 
Assistance  Act).  Immedialeh  upon  acceptance  to  lUP.  men  and  women  who 
qualify  for  such  assist;ince  should  contact  the  \eterans  counselor  to  process 
their  application  for  payment. 

Guidelines  for  Student  Conduct 

lUP  is  an  academic  communitv  w  ithin  the  society  at  large.  .As  a  community,  it 
has  formulated  a  code  of  standards  and  expectations  w  hich  the  uni\  ersily 
considers  lo  be  consistent  with  its  purpose  as  an  educational  institution.  lUP 
reaffirms  the  principle  of  students'  freedom  coupled  w  ith  an  acceptance  of  full 
responsibility  for  one's  behavior  and  the  consequences  of  such  behavior.  As  a 
member  of  the  academic  community  and  of  the  larger  society,  a  student  retains 
the  rights,  protections,  guarantees,  and  responsibilities  which  are  held  by  all 
citizens. 


Services  for  Students  with  Disabilities 

Disabled  Student  Services  la  unit  of  the  .-Xdvising  and  Testing  Centerl  is  the 
primary  agent  for  the  provision  of  access  for  lUP  students  with  physical  and 
learning  disabilities.  Students  w  ith  disabilities  are  urged  to  register  w  ith  the 
office.  Services  provided  include  early  registration;  assistance  in  locating 
accessible  housing;  equipment  loan;  test  proctoring  and  reading;  notelaking; 
recording  of  books;  NCR  paper;  liaison  with  faculty.  OVR.  and  B\'S;  and 
general  advising  and  counseling.  Further  information  may  be  obtained  in  106 
Pratt  Hall  or  by  calling  (412)  357-4067. 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 

The  Speech  ;ind  Hearing  Clinic,  located  in  Davis  Hall,  offers  diagnosis  of 
speech  problems,  hearing  tests  and  evaluations,  and  a  regular  program  of 
therapy.  The  clinic  also  administers  the  speech  clearance  for  teacher  education 
programs. 

These  .services  are  made  available  without  charge  to  students  regularly 
enrolled  at  the  university  lo  give  the  necessary  assistance  to  allev  iate 
deficiencies  which  would  interfere  with  successful  performance  and  progress 
in  the  universitv  and  in  future  work.  Students  are  encouraged  to  use  the 
facilities  provided  for  them  and  may  of  their  own  mitiative  come  to  the  clinic 
for  help,  or  they  may  be  referred  by  an\  faculty  member  or  university  official. 


The  judicial  system  of  lUP  exists  to  review  all  alleged  academic  violations  as 
well  as  violations  of  university  regulations  and/or  fejleral.  state,  and  local 
ordinances.  The  primary  intent  of  this  educational  s\  stem  is  to  create  a 
positive  behavioral  change  in  the  students  while  also  protecting  the  rights  of 
the  members  of  the  university  community.  The  system  will  hold  the  students 
accountable  for  their  actions  when  regulations  or  statutes  have  been  violated. 
A  coinplete  statement  of  regulations  is  available  in  the  student  handbook. 

Post  Office 

The  Uni\ersit\  Post  Office  is  located  on  the  ground  lloorof  Folger  Hall,  at  the 
comer  of  Pratt  Drive  and  .Vlaple  Street.  .All  United  Stales  and  campus  mail  is 
picked  up  and  delivered  daily  lo  administrative  offices  and  residence  halls 
from  this  location.  .As  it  is  a  contract  station  of  the  Indiana.  Pennsylvania,  post 
office,  the  University  Post  Office  also  provides  a  window  service  for 
univ  ersily  personnel  for  all  postal  services  including  box  rentals. 

Student  Cooperative  Association 

The  Student  Cooperative  .Association  has  played  an  extremely  broad  role  in 
the  cocurricular  life  of  the  university  for  more  than  fifty  years.  All  students, 
faculty,  and  staff,  by  virtue  of  paying  the  .Aclivily  Fee.  are  members  of  the 
association.  Virtually  all  campuswide  activities  outside  the  instructional 
program  are  sponsored  wholly  or  in  part  by  the  association. 


Career  Services 

Career  serv  ices  arc  available  lo  students  who  are  graduating,  students  who  are 
enrolled  to  obtain  teacher  cerlificaiion.  students  who  have  been  accepted  as 
candidates  for  degrees  in  the  Graduate  School,  and  alumni.  .Additionally, 
career  counseling  is  provided  to  students  of  all  class  levels  as  well  as  alumni. 
In  ;tddition  to  career  counseling,  the  primar\  functions  of  the  office  are  to 
transmit  credentials  to  prospective  employers,  arrange  for  campus  interv  lews, 
prepare  a  current  file  of  job  opportunities,  maintain  an  extensive  librarv  of 
occupational  information,  conduct  follow-up  studies  of  graduates,  conduct 
group  counseling  and  orientation  meetings,  and  provide  general  assistance  in 
the  career  planning  and  job-seeking  process. 

The  Office  of  Career  Serxices  also  receives  and  makes  available  to  graduates 
and  undergraduates  information  concerning  summer  employment. 

Positions  are  not  guaranteed  by  the  university,  but  lUP's  record  of  placement 
is  one  of  the  very  best  in  Pennsylvania. 

Veterans 

.A  prospective  \eteran  student  should  contact  the  veterans  counselor  and 
submit  to  the  counselor  the  veteran's  certificate  for  Program  of  Education. 

Veterans  eligible  for  the  G.I.  Bill  should  report  to  the  office  of  the  veterans 
counselor  in  Pratt  Hall  prior  to  registration  for  a  semester  or  for  summer 
sessions  to  be  entered  or  continued  in  training  for  Veterans  Administration 
benefits  purposes. 


The  Activity  Fee  is  the  chief  source  of  income  for  the  associations  programs. 
The  student's  '"I-Card"  will  admit  him/her  free  of  charge  or  at  a  reduced  fee  to 
university  social,  cultural,  and  athletic  events.  Other  income  for  the 
association  comes  from  the  profits  of  the  Co-op  Store  and  income  from  events 
sponsored  b>  the  association. 

The  Student  Cooperative  .Association  operates  the  Hadley  Union  Building, 
which  houses  the  Co-op  Store,  and  the  Co-op  Recreational  Park.  The  Hadley 
Union  Building,  built  by  association  members  through  the  .Activity  Fee.  offers 
man\  facilities  for  use  by  the  university  community. 

The  Co-op  Recreational  Park  comprises  270  acres  of  wooded  hillsides  and 
fields.  Included  are  a  lodge  building  which  w  ill  accommodate  groups  of  up  to 
200  people,  a  ski  facility  w  ith  two  rope  tow  s.  toboggan  run,  cross-country 
skiing  and  nature  trails,  picnic  shelter,  and  garden  plots. 

Cocurricular  .Activities  and  Student  Organizations 

.As  participating  members  of  the  lUP  community .  students  occupy  a  respon- 
sible role  in  governance  of  the  campus.  Since  a  valuable  part  of  education  lies 
in  participation  in  groups  where  experience  in  leadership,  social  and  com- 
munity responsibility,  intellectual  curiosity,  and  religious  interests  can  be  met 
voluntary  participation  in  varied  organizations  is  available  and  encouraged. 

There  are  currently  more  than  1 80  active  student  organizations  at  lUP  advised 
by  facultv  or  staff  selected  b>  the  students.  Students  are  also  encouraged  to 
initiate  and  support  new  groups  which  reflect  interests  not  represented  b\ 
existine  oraanizations. 


I 


Stiidcii!  Prugninis  and Senices-23 


Student  Congress 

The  Student  Congress  is  the  representative  and  recognized  \oice  of  lUPs 
student  bod\.  The  Student  Congress  was  created  in  the  spring  of  1989  to  be  a 
uniTied  student  \oice  in  a  bicameral  (two-house I  arrangement.  Seats  are 
reserved  in  the  House  of  Representatives  for  each  of  the  eight  students  elected 
to  the  Student  Cooperative  Association's  Board  of  Directors.  The  Congress  is 
led  by  a  president  elected  at-large  in  a  spring  general  election;  the  president  is 
a  member  of  neither  the  House  nor  Senate.  The  sixty-four  member  House  is 
led  by  an  intemalh  elected  \  ice-president.  Its  primary  responsibility  lies  w  ith 
the  student  members  of  the  Co-op  Board  of  Directors  and  with  their  internal 
appointments  to  the  Co-op  Finance  Committee  which  allocates  the  5300.00(1 
supporting  recognized  organizations  and  acti\  ities  on  Ciunpus.  The  forty-two- 
member  Senate  is  also  led  by  an  internally  elected  \  ice-president.  This  vice- 
president  becomes  the  student  nominee  for  the  position  of  \  ice  chair  of  the 
University  Senate.  Each  student  senator  serves  as  a  member  of  the  University 
Senate,  which  is  also  composed  of  faculty  and  administration.  The  primary 
responsibilities  of  the  student  senators  lie  with  their  seats  on  University  Senate 
committees,  which  address  lUP  policy .  The  Student  Congress  meets  tw  ice 
monthly  as  an  assembly.  Every  student  enrolled  at  lUP  is  considered  a 
member  of  the  SC.  and  input  is  always  sought  and  valued. 

Residence  Hall  Association 

The  Residence  Hall  .Association  (RHA)  is  made  up  of  all  students  living  in 
university  residence  halls.  The  executive  body  of  RH.\  is  composed  of  elected 
representatives  from  each  residence  hall.  The  purpose  of  RHA  is  to  provide 
educational,  social,  and  community  sen  ice  programs  for  residents;  to  collect 
information  on  various  aspects  of  residence  hall  life;  and  to  assist  in 
fonmulaling  housing  policies  and  procedures. 

Activities 

L  nder  the  supervision  of  the  Office  of  Student  Activities  and  Organizations 
and  funded  for  the  most  part  by  the  Student  Cooperative  .Association.  lUP  has 
many  activities  which  are  orchestrated  by  students  and  which  offer 
entertainment  and  cultural  programs  for  the  entire  university  community. 
These  activities  provide  a  signitlcant  opportunity  for  students  to  become  more 
involved  w  ith  their  campus  as  well  as  to  experience  the  growth  and  personal 
development  which  involvement  provides. 

Organizations  and  activities  sponsoring  the  majority  of  lUP  events  include 
Activities  Board.  .Artist  Series.  Black  Cultural  Center.  Black  Emphasis 
Committee.  Ideas  and  Issues  Series.  Summer  Activities,  and  the  University 
Concert  Committee.  Participation  in  these  and  other  groups  is  strongly 
encouraged. 

Student  Publications 

The  Penn.  ILPs  campus  newspaper,  is  published  three  times  a  week  during 
the  fall  and  spring  semesters  by  students  w  ishing  to  gain  practical  newspaper 
experience.  Interested  students  are  advised  to  attend  organizational  meetings 
held  in  the  beginning  of  each  semester. 

The  Oak  Is  the  university  yearbook,  a  pictorial  and  written  review  of  the  year's 
activities.  Subscriptions  may  be  purchased  in  the  fall  oreariy  in  the  Spring 
Semester.  The  Penn  will  carry  notices  of  subscription  drives.  Applications  for 
staff  positions  may  be  obtained  from  the  Oak  office  or  from  the  adviser. 

The  Vniversiiy  Directory  is  distributed  early  in  the  fall  term  to  students  and 
faculty.  It  contains  a  listing  of  all  properly  registered  students  and  of  staff. 
faculty,  and  university  offices. 

The  Snidenr  Handhnok  is  distributed  to  all  students  free  of  charge.  It  includes 
rules  and  regulations,  the  extracurricular  program,  and  general  information  of 
interest  to  students. 

Athletics 

irank  (  icnetii,  Diretlur:  Mtrm  SItd/ik.  \ssi)ciale  Director:  \  ivian 
fuller,  \ssiiclale  Diri-diir;  Irank  (  iindlno.  Assistant  DIrtclor 

Head  Coaches:  Carl  Datls.  Basehall:  Kurt  Kanaskic.  Men's  Basketball; 
Jan  Kii;ir.  Women's  Kaskelhall:  Kd  lr\.  Men's  and  V\omen's  Cross 
(  ounlrv:  Irank  (  iunetti.  Koolhall:  hrtd  .loseph,  (iolf:  K.rika  Ri-nwick. 
Soflliall:  I- ranees  Nee.  Men's  and  Women's  Swimmin);  and  Diviny:  .lackie 
Albin/e.  V\ omen's  tennis;  Kd  try.  Men's  and  Women's  track  and  Held: 
Kim  .lohnson-Walker.  Women's  Volleyball. 


The  university's  men's  and  women's  athletic  teams  compete  at  the  Division  II 
level  of  the  National  Collegiate  .Athletic  .Association  and  in  the  Pennsylvania 
State  Athletic  Conference. 

Men's  sports  offered  in  the  fall  include  cross  country  and  football.  The  winter 
sports  include  basketball  and  sw  imming  and  diving.  The  spring  sports  are 
track  and  field,  golf,  and  baseball. 

Women's  fall  sports  are  tennis,  cross  country,  and  volleyball.  In  the  winter,  the 
sports  of  basketball  and  swimming  and  di\  ing  are  offered.  Spring  sports 
include  Softball  and  track  and  field. 

Intramurals 

.A  well-organized  and  varied  program  of  intramural  sports  and  athletic 
activities  is  conducted  for  both  men  and  women  and  on  a  coeducational  basis. 
Intramural  handbooks  are  available  from  the  intramural  director.  Room  101. 
Memorial  Field  House. 

Religious  Life 

The  religious  life  of  students  is  cared  for  through  the  activities  of  some  twelve 
organizations.  Tliree  of  these,  the  Newman  Center,  the  United  Campus 
Ministry .  and  the  Uutheran  Center,  maintain  private  facilities  near  the  campus. 
Others  affiliate  w  ith  and  meet  in  local  churches  for  worship  and  meetings. 

The  Advising  and  Testing  Center 

The  Advising  and  Testing  Center  is  available  to  provide  assistance  to  both 
students  and  faculty .  .Among  its  functions  are  implementing  the  summer  pre- 
registration  testing  program;  offering  career  planning  classes  and  computer- 
assisted  career  counseling  to  undecided  majors;  co-conducting  registration  for 
Summer-January .  transfer.  January  freshman,  and  branch  campus  students; 
processing  total  university  withdrawals;  ser\  ing  the  needs  of  students  with 
disabilities;  and  assisting  in  providing  advising  information  to  students  and 
advisers.  The  Advising  and  Testing  Center  may  be  contacted  at  357-4067  (106 
Pratt  Hall  I  for  further  infomiation. 


24-hidiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Academic  Policies 

Classification  of  Students 

In  order  to  be  classified  as  full-time,  undergraduate  students  attending  any 
regular  academic  year  semester  must  be  currenth  enrolled  in  at  least  twelve 
semester  hours  of  credit. 

In  the  lUP  summer  sessions,  a  student  must  be  currently  enrolled  in  at  least  six 
semester  hours  during  either  session  in  order  to  be  certified  as  a  full-time 
enrollee  for  either  of  those  scheduled  instructional  periods. 

Full-time  certification  for  students  enrolled  in  instructional  periods  which  do 
not  conform  to  the  regularlv  scheduled  academic  sessions  w  ill  be  based  upon 
the  number  of  enrolled  semester  hours  during  that  period  of  enrollment  (e.g.. 
one  semester  hour  in  one  week  of  instruction  would  equal  the  minimum  full- 
time  certification  standard!. 

For  purposes  of  designating  students  by  class,  the  following  credit-hour 

classification  ranges  are  used: 

Freshmen 28  semester  hours  or  less 

Sophomores 29-56  semester  hours 

Juniors 57-90  semester  hours 

Seniors 91  semester  hours  or  more 

Class  designations  are  based  on  credits  earned  rather  than  credits  attempted. 
Persons  holding  a  degree  and  w  orking  for  a  second  baccalaureate  degree  may 
be  classified  as  seniors. 

Normal  Semester  Hour  Loads 

A  normal  semester  hour  load  is  15-17  semester  hours.  A  student  who  wishes 
to  schedule  more  than  1 7.5  semester  hours  must  obtain  approx  al  from  the  dean 
of  the  college  in  which  he/she  is  registered;  approval  will  be  predicated  upon 
various  criteria  such  as  the  student's  demonstrated  competencies,  total 
courses,  and  specific  conditions.  The  signed  approval  form  must  be  submitted 
at  registration  or  drop/add  to  schedule  the  credit(s)  beyond  17.5.  When  taking 
nineteen  or  more  credits,  a  student  is  responsible  for  paying  a  per-credit  fee  at 
the  current  rate  for  each  credit  bevond  eighteen. 

Grades  and  Quality  Points 

In  the  grading  s>  stem,  the  follow  ing  grades  are  used  in  reporting  the  standing 
of  students  at  the  end  of  each  semester  or  summer  term:  A.  excellent:  B.  good: 
C.  average:  D.  passed:  F.  failed:  I.  incomplete:  R.  deferred:  P.  pass/fail 
(option).  Regarding  the  option  of  pass/fail  courses,  if  a  student  fails  the  course. 
he/she  will  be  awarded  an  F  and  the  terms  of  "failing"  a  course  will  prevail. 
The  grade  of  R  is  used  to  indicate  deferred  status  for  certain  types  of 
continuing  study  courses.  It  must  be  convened  within  one  calendar  year  after 
issuance. 

The  grade  of  I  is  used  to  record  work  which,  so  far  as  cov  ered.  is  of  passing 
grade  but  is  incomplete  because  of  personal  illness  or  other  unavoidable 
reason.  It  must  be  made  up  within  1 80  calendar  days  after  issuance  of  the 
grade.  The  grades  of  W.  WP.  and  \VF  are  used  to  designate  that  the  student 
has  voluntarily  withdrawn  from  a  course  within  a  specified  period  after  the 
beginning  of  anv  regular  semester.  The  W.  WP.  and  WT  grades  carrv  no 
credits  or  qualitv  points  for  the  courses  in  which  they  are  reported  but  do 
appear  on  the  student's  record. 

Shortiv  after  each  semester  or  summer  session,  a  full  grade  iiepon  is  mailed  to 

each  student  at  his  or  her  home  address. 

Qualitv  points  are  assigned  as  follows:  Grade  A.  four  quality  points  per 
semester  hour:  B.  three  quality  points  per  semester  hour:  C.  two  quality  points 
per  semester  hour;  D.  one  quality  point  per  semester  hour;  and  F.  no  quality 
points. 

Quality  points  are  not  counted  on  grades  from  other  schools,  and  a  student 
transferring  from  another  school  is  held  responsible  for  quality  points  only  on 
work  taken  in  this  university. 

Cumulative  Quality-Point  Average  is  determined  by  multiplying  the  credit 
hours  per  course  by  the  grade  in  quality  points  received  for  that  course, 
repeating  this  procedure  for  each  course  attempted,  totaling  the  credit  hour 
quality  points  thus  obtained,  and  dividing  by  the  total  number  of  credit  hours 
attempted. 


Institutional  Credits  are  associated  with  remedial  courses  which  are  numbered 
below  1 00.  Credits  from  institutional  credit  courses  do  not  apply  to  degree 
requirements  for  graduation  but  are  used  in  determining  enrollment  status  (full 
or  part  lime)  including  financial  aid  and  athletic  (NCAA)  eligibility. 

Course  Repeats 

The  semester  hours  for  a  course  repeated  after  January  1.  1974,  shall  be 
counted  onlv  once  for  all  attempts:  it  is  this  number  of  hours  that  will  be  used 
in  quality-point  average  (QP.A)  computation.  (In  the  case  where  a  course  is 
repeated  for  a  different  number  of  hours  of  credit  than  v\  hen  taken  initiallv .  the 
number  of  hours  corresponding  to  the  highest  grade  will  be  used  in  the  QP.A 
computations.)  It  should  be  noted  that  the  transcript  continues  to  carrv  the  full, 
unabridged  record,  with  no  deletion  of  repeated  courses  from  the  visual  record. 

The  total  quality  points  for  all  attempts  of  the  repeated  course  will  be  the 
number  assigned  for  the  highest  grade  earned. 

The  QPA  for  the  repeated  course  will  be  determined  by  dividing  the  number 
of  qualitv  points  bv  the  number  of  semester  hours  earned.  Onlv  courses  w  ith  a 
D  or  F  grade  mav  be  repeated  and  then  onlv  w  ith  the  approv  al  of  the  students 
adv  iser.  Onlv  six  repeat  attempts  mav  be  made  subsequent  to  the  adoption  of 
this  policy  during  a  baccalaureate  degree  program. 

A  course  taken  at  another  university  w  ill  not  be  applicable  to  lUP's  D/F 
Repeat  Policy,  and  if  credits  are  transferred  the>  w  ill  block  repeat  of  the 
course  at  lUP. 

To  repeat  a  course  in  which  a  grade  of  "D"  or  F'  was  received,  a  student  must 
file  a  D/F  repeat  form  prior  to  refieating  a  course.  The  D/F  Repeat  forms, 
available  in  departmental  offices,  must  be  filed  bv  the  specified  deadline  by 
validation  in  the  Scheduling  Center,  G-8C  Sutton. 

Pass-Fail  Policy 

The  purpose  of  pass-fail  is  to  permit  a  student  to  take  an  electiv  e  course  in  a 
field  of  personal  interest  w  here  he/she  mav  be  competing  w  ith  major  students 
in  the  department  in  w  hich  the  course  is  offered.  When  scheduled,  such  a 
course  shall  be  included  in  the  student's  normal  course  load  for  the  semester. 

A  student  may  take  courses  on  a  pass-fail  basis  to  a  total  of  fifteen  semester 
hours  throughout  his/her  university  career.  The  student  is  limited  to  one  pass- 
fail  course  in  any  giv  en  semester  during  the  sophomore,  junior,  and  senior 
years.  All  courses  in  the  student's  Liberal  Studies  program  and  in  his/her 
major  and  minor  fields  are  excluded  from  this  prerogative. 

The  student  must  declare  his/her  intent  to  choose  pass-fail  in  a  specific  course 
no  later  than  six  weeks  after  the  beginning  of  the  semester  or  the  equivalent 
limespan  in  a  summer  session.  Once  declared,  this  pass-fail  option  may  not  be 
revoked.  Instructors  will  not  be  notified  of  the  identitv  of  pass-fail  students  in 
their  courses;  identification  will  be  handled  b)  the  Computer  Center  through 
an  appropriate  coded  control. 

A  student  shall  be  given  academic  credit  w ithout  quality  points  for  a  course 
taken  pass-fail  upon  receiv  ing  a  passing  mark  in  the  course.  The  semester 
hours  successfully  completed  under  pass-fail  ("passed"),  within  the  overall 
fifteen  semester  hour  limitation,  shall  be  recorded  as  counting  towards  the 
total  semester  hours  earned  for  graduation  but  not  towards  the  semester-hours- 
attempted  data  used  in  calculation  of  the  cumulativ  e  qualitv  -point  average. 
However,  if  a  student  fails  a  pass/fail  course,  he/she  v.  ill  receive  the  "F"  grade 
and  the  corresponding  qualitv -point  average.  .An  F  earned  under  the  pass/fail 
option  may  be  repeated  only  under  the  graded  option  to  provide  the  quality 
points  to  correspond  to  the  "hours  attempted'  incurred  with  the  F. 

The  summer  sessions,  collectivelv  or  in  anv  combination,  shall  be  considered 
a  unit  similar  to  a  spring  or  fall  semester  for  pass-fail  purposes.  Hence,  a 
student  is  permitted  to  take  onlv  one  course  during  the  summer  on  a  pass-fail 
basis. 


Cancelled  Semester  Policy 

The  Cancelled  Semester  Policv  permits  students  returning  after  significant 
separation  from  the  uni\  ersity  to  delete  from  the  Cumulativ  e  Grade-Point 
.Average  (CGP.A )  calculation  the  results  of  one  particularly  unfortunate 
semester.  A  student  w  ho  has  not  been  enrolled  in  four  consecutive  semesters 
and  the  intervening  summer  sessions  may  applv  upon  application  for 
readmission  or  within  one  year  of  readmission  for  the  application  of  this 
policy  to  any  single  semester  completed  before  readmission.  [For  cancellatii 


1 


Academic  Policies-25 


purposes,  a  semester  is  defined  as  any  semester  of  enrollment,  whether  full  or 
part  time,  with  sessions  in  a  single  summer  together  constituting  one 
semester.]  All  grades — passing,  failing,  withdrawals — in  that  semester  must 
be  cancelled  from  the  CGPA.  There  is  no  abridgment  of  the  transcript;  the 
courses  and  grades  remain  visible  on  the  official  transcript.  Credit  toward 
graduation  remains  for  those  credits  associated  w  ith  passing  grades.  A  student 
may  never  cancel  more  than  one  semester  from  his/her  CGPA  under  this 
policy. 

Audit  Policy 

To  audit  an  undergraduate  course,  a  person  must  be  admilled  to  the  university 
and  have  met  course  prerequisites.  Students  w  ishing  lo  audit  a  course  for 
which  they  registered  at  registration  should  obtain  a  Course  Audit  Form  from 
the  department  chairperson  of  the  course.  To  audit  a  course  not  pre\  iously 
registered  for  at  registration,  students  must  first  process  an  "add"  for  the 
course  tiefore  filing  a  course  audit  form.  .All  audit  processing,  including 
revocation  of  previoush  requested  audit  classification,  must  be  completed 
during  the  regular  drop/add  period.  Copies  of  the  completed  form  are  returned 
to  the  Scheduling  Center,  to  the  department  chairperson,  and  to  the  student. 
.Audit  students  have  the  same  privileges  as  other  students  in  all  courscwork. 
There  is  no  limit  on  the  number  of  courses  which  may  be  audited. 

All  audited  courses  will  be  identified  as  such  on  the  student's  grade  report  and 
transcript.  Work  taken  on  an  audit  basis  will  not  be  graded  and  will  not  count 
toward  the  fulfillment  of  requirements  for  a  degree  to  be  a» arded  b\  lUP. 
Since  credit  hours  attempted  and  quality  points  w  ill  not  be  awarded  for  audited 
courses,  they  will  not  affect  the  students  qualitv-point  average  in  any  way 
whatsoever. 

Auditors  w  ill  pay  normal  tuition  and  such  other  fees  as  may  be  required  for  the 
course. 

Advanced  Placement  and  Credit/Exemption  Examinations 

Courses  taken  by  students  prior  to  admission  to  college  under  the  Advanced 
Placement  Program  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  may  be 
recognized  b\  the  award  of  college  credit  or  by  exemption  from  required 
subjects.  Those  w  ho  earn  a  grade  of  3.  4.  or  5  in  the  Advanced  Placemeni 
Examination  will  be  granted  credit  toward  the  number  of  credit  hours  required 
for  graduation. 

For  students  who  have  had  other  unusual  opportunities  for  instruction  or  have 
advanced  in  a  given  field,  an  opportunity  lo  gain  credit  and/or  exemption  from 
a  course  is  afforded  through  examinations.  The  University  Testing  Serv  ices 
Office  (302  Pratt  Hall  I  offers  credit  options  through  the  College  Level 
Examination  Program  (CLEP). 

Students  have  an  opportunity  to  gain  exemption  or  credit  through  successful 
completion  of  comprehensive  examinations  b\  requesting  from  the  academic 
department  an  exam  as  a  substitute  for  completing  all  the  usual  requirements 
of  the  course. 

A  siudeni  who  passes  an  exemption  examination  will  be  exempt  from  taking 
that  course  in  his/her  academic  program.  When  a  student  receives  credit  for  a 
course  by  examinalion,  the  credit  will  be  applied  to  graduation  requirements 
just  as  though  the  course  had  been  taken.  If  a  student  is  granted  exemption 
only  from  a  course,  he/she  will  be  permitted  to  take  a  free  elective  in  place  of 
that  course. 

This  enables  the  sludeni  to  further  specialize,  to  correct  weaknesses  outside 
his/her  major  field,  lo  build  his/her  knowledge  in  an  ancillary  area,  or  lo 
introduce  himself/herself  lo  an  entirely  different  area. 

Courses  for  which  credit  or  exemption  are  awarded  by  examinalion  will  not  be 
used  in  the  determination  of  quality-point  averages. 

Drop/Add 

All  changes  lo  a  student's  schedule  after  registration  utilize  the  drop/add 
pf(x.edure.  Drop/add  lakes  place  at  Ihe  beginning  of  each  semester  and  is  the 
prixjcdurc  which  allows  students  to  drop  a  course  without  lis  appearmg  on 
Ihcir  permanent  record.  A  change  from  one  section  lo  another  of  Ihe  same 
course  involves  both  Ihe  drf>p  and  add  phases.  Dales  of  drop/add  are  specified 
for  each  session.  Alter  receiving  approval  lo  cilher  drop  or  add  a  course 
•eclion  from  the  dcpanmeni  chairperson,  the  student  reports  Ui  a  designated 
«ilc  wiih  a  copy  ol  his/her  original  schedule  lo  validate  Ihe  drop/add  form.  The 
Mudenl  will  then  present  Ihe  validated  drop/add  slips  lo  the  course 


instructorfs).  Instructors  can  make  no  additions  or  deletions  to  class  lists 
w  ithout  validated  drop/add  slips.  Therefore,  a  student  w  ho  attends  a  class  and 
completes  course  requirements  w lihoul  processing  an  "add  "  slip  will  receive 
no  credit.  Likewise,  a  student  who  does  not  process  a  "drop"  slip  and  does  not 
fulfill  course  requirements  will  be  issued  a  failing  grade  for  the  course. 

Individual  Course  Withdrawal  Policy 

An  undergraduate  student  is  permitted  five  Individual  Course  Withdrawls  at 
lUP.  Exceptions  for  unusual  circumstances,  if  any.  will  be  by  letter  of  petition 
to  the  dean  of  the  student's  college,  w  ith  appropriate  documentation  of  the 
circumstances. 

For  all  individual  course  withdrawals,  the  student  must  complete  a  course 
withdrawal  form,  available  in  department  offices.  This  form  must  be  signed  by 
the  studenl.  his/her  ad\  iser.  and  the  instructor.  The  completed  fomi  must  be 
processed  through  the  office  of  ihe  dean  of  the  student's  college. 

Individual  course  w  ithdrawals  may  be  processed  only  during  the  first  two- 
thirds  of  the  term.  Instructors  are  required  to  inform  students  of  their  standing 
in  class  prior  to  this  time.  A  student  wishing  to  w  ithdraw  from  a  course  after 
the  deadline  may  request  a  waiver  by  filing  an  Emergency  Late  Course 
Withdraw  al  Request  through  the  office  of  the  dean  of  his/her  college. 
Approval  is  contingent  upon  documentation  of  exceptional  events  of  a 
catastrophic  nature  that  could  not  have  been  anticipated. 

Procedural  note:  This  policy  moves  course  w  ithdrawal  processing  to  the 
deans'  offices.  A  SOLAR  screen  will  be  developed  that  enables  the  deans  lo 
immediately  reject  w  ithdrawal  requests  of  students  w ho  are  already  at  the 
maximum  limit  of  five  and  to  process  the  rest  on-line.  The  policy  will  be 
implemented  when  the  appropriate  computerization  is  complete,  hopefully  in 
January.  1993.  Al  Ihe  lime  of  implementation,  each  continuing  student  will 
have  five  additional  individual  course  withdrawal  options,  without  regard  to 
the  number  of  his/her  previous  course  w  ithdraw  als.  See  prior  catalogs  for 
policy  in  effect  until  1992  policy  is  implemented. 

Total  University  Withdrawal  Policy 

.An  undergraduate  studenl  w  ho  does  nol  register  for  the  succeeding  semester 
or.  having  registered,  does  nol  appear  for  cla-sses  at  the  beginning  of  the 
succeeding  semester,  is  considered  to  have  withdrawn  from  the  university. 
Thereafter,  he/she  must  apply  for  readmission  as  prescribed  under  ""Admission 
and  Registration." 

Any  undergraduate  student  withdrawing  from  the  university  during  a  semester 
or  a  summer  session  must  secure  a  Withdrawal  Form  from  the  .Advising  and 
Testing  Center.  106  Prall  Hall  (357-4067).  The  student  w  ill  clear  the  form 
with  the  appropriate  offices  listed  in  the  fomi.  securing  their  signatures  as 
evidence  of  clearance.  (Students  seeking  medical  withdrawal  must  also 
provide  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center  with  a  physician's  corroboration  of  a 
medical  need  lo  withdraw.)  The  Withdrawal  Form  will  then  be  returned  to  the 
Advising  and  Testing  Center,  which  will  notify  the  appropriate  college  dean, 
campus  agencies,  and  insiruclors  ihal  an  official  withdrawal  has  been 
processed.  No  person  shall  be  considered  withdrawn  from  the  university 
within  a  semester  or  summer  session  unless  such  notice  is  received.  Grades  of 
Q  w ill  be  assigned  lo  all  registered  courses  in  the  semester/session  from  which 
Ihe  student  is  withdrawing. 

Class  Attendance 

Class  attendance  and  class  parlicipalion  beyond  mere  physical  presence  are 
essential  for  maximum  educalional  advantage  and  are  strongly  encouraged. 
Responslbilily  for  all  course  malerial  rests  entirely  w ith  the  student,  whether 
or  nol  he/she  attends  each  class.  Class  attendance,  per  se.  shall  not  be  used  as  a 
basis  for  awarding  or  altering  a  grade  in  a  course.  Tliis  applies  to  freshman 
through  senior  class  levels.  The  exceptions  lo  this  policy  apply  lo  siudenls 
enrolled  in  LC  courses.  ENKK).  MAKK).  and  elementary  foreign  languages 
(levels  1  and  11).  These  students  are  [K'nnilled  a  maximum  of  three  unexcused 
absences  during  ihe  seincsler.  At  Ihe  discrelion  of  the  individual  insiruclor. 
more  than  three  unexcused  absences  could  result  in  a  grade  penally,  up  lo  and 
including  failure  in  the  course.  Also  excluded  from  optional  class  attendance 
are  students  in  ihe  advanced  courses  of  ihe  ROTC  program. 

Course  grade  will  be  based  on  such  factors  as  class  preparation,  class 
participation,  skill  development,  effectiveness  of  oral  presenlalions  and/or 
wrillen  reports,  qui/  grades,  and  lesl  and  final  examinalion  scores.  It  is  the 
prerogative  of  the  insiruclor  lo  admimsier  unannounced  quizzes  as  part  of  Ihe 
student  evaluation  process  and  lo  pass  judgmeni  on  Ihe  merits  of  all  cases 


26-lndiana  Universin'  of  Pennsxlvania 


involving  late  class  submissions  and  class  requirements  missed  by  the 
students. 

All  students  are  required  to  attend  class  during  the  first  week  of  the  seinester 
in  order  to  stabilize  enrollments  and  class  rosters. 

Anticipated  Class  Absence  for  University  Representation 
and  Participation 

The  university  community  recognizes  the  values  of  student  participation  in 
cocurricular  and  extracurricular  activities  of  the  university.  lUP  has  fostered 
this  participation  with  an  infomial  policy  of  good  faith  accommodation  to 
meet  the  overlapping  demands  of  the  curricular  and  extracurricular 
commitments. 

The  underlying  spirit  of  good  faith  accommodation  ultimately  is  set  in  the 
faculty  member's  unabridged  right  to  determine  the  terms  of  variance,  if  any. 
from  the  established  course  syllabus — tests,  quizzes,  due  dates  for  papers  or 
other  assignments,  projects,  presentations,  and  all  other  course  operations. 

In  seeking  variance,  the  student  must  take  the  initiative  to  make  all 
arrangements  including  validation  of  participation  as  needed.  The  student 
should  generally  assume  that  papers  and  such  assignments  should  be 
completed  and  submitted  before  the  anticipated  class  absence.  Alternate 
arrangements  for  tests,  quizzes,  labs,  or  class  participation  activity  (panels, 
simulations,  presentations)  should  be  sought  sufficiently  in  advance  to  permit 
faculty/student  agreement  on  the  plan  for  completion,  whether  the  actual 
completion  is  rescheduled  to  be  prior  to  or  subsequent  to  the  anticipated 
absence. 

This  was  approved  by  University  Senate  .April  26.  1988.  and  Council  of 
Trustees  May  13.  WSS. 

Criteria  Governing  Continuance  at  lUP 

Continuance  at  lUP  is  determined  according  to  the  university's  Academic 
Standards  Policy  as  approved  by  University  Senate  December.  1987.  and 
Council  of  Trustees  in  February.  1988.  This  policy  became  effective  July  1. 
1988. 

Academic  Standards  Policy 

The  Academic  Standards  Policy  applies  to  all  undergraduate  degree  candidates 
of  the  university.  Academic  standards  for  students  enrolled  in  graduate  courses 
and  programs  will  be  defined  and  administered  through  the  Graduate  School. 
Academic  standards  for  participants  in  nondegree  programs  will  be  defined 
separately. 

Authority  to  administer  the  Academic  Standards  Policy  is  vested  in  the  dean  of 
the  college  which  has  jurisdiction  for  the  student's  primary  major.  That 
responsibility  may  be  assigned  to  an  appropriate  designee.  Students  officially 
advised  by  the  Learning  Center  are  reviewed  by  the  assistant  vice  president  for 
Student  Affairs. 

Academic  Good  Standing: 

Every  undergraduate  student  must  maintain  a  cumulative  2.00  GPA  to  be  in 
academic  good  standing.  There  are  two  review  periods:  January  and  May. 
Continuation  of  enrollment  is  permitted  under  defined  circumstances. 

1.  January  Re\  lew  Period: 

The  academic  standing  of  each  student  is  reviewed.  A  student  \^hose 
cumulative  GPA  is  below  2.00  is  considered  to  he  in  a  Probation  status. 

2.  May  Review  Period: 

The  academic  standing  of  each  student  is  reviewed.  A  student  must  have  a 
cumulative  GPA  of  2.00  to  be  in  good  academic  standing. 

a.  For  a  student  who  matriculated  during  the  preceding  summer  or 
September,  the  following  criteria  apply: 

•  if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  between  1.80  and  1.99.  the  student  is 
continued  on  probation. 

•  if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  below  1.80.  the  student  is  dismissed. 

b.  For  a  student  who  matriculated  through  the  Learning  Center/Act  101 
during  the  preceding  summer  or  September,  the  following  criteria 
apply: 

•  if  the  cumulative  GP.'\  is  between  1.80  and  1.99.  the  student  is 
continued  on  probation. 

•  if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  below  1.80.  and  the  student  is  in 
compliance  with  the  participation  requirements  of  the  Learning 


Center  program,  the  student  is  continued  on  probation. 

•  if  the  cuinulative  GPA  is  below  1 .80.  and  the  student  is  not  in 
compliance  with  the  participation  requirements  of  the  Learning 
Center  program,  the  student  is  dismissed. 

c.  For  a  student  w  ho  matriculated  in  the  immediately  preceding 
.semester,  the  following  criteria  apply: 

•  if  the  cumulative  GP.^  is  below  2.00.  the  student  is  continued  on 
probation. 

d.  For  all  other  contmuing  students,  the  following  criteria  apply: 

•  if  the  cumulative  GPA  is  below  2.00,  the  student  is  dismissed. 

Probation: 

1 .  Definition:  Probation  status  is  that  status  of  any  student  who  has  a 
cumulative  GPA  less  than  2.00  and  who  has  permission  to  enroll  in  the 
university. 

2.  Student  responsibilities: 

A  student  who  is  in  Probation  status  is  expected  to  meet  with  his/her 
adviser  prior  to  or  w  ithin  the  first  week  of  each  semester  to  review  curreni 
course  load  and  to  establish  a  plan  of  contact  for  the  semester.  It  is 
generally  anticipated  that  a  probation  student  will  develop  personal 
change  strategies  utilizing  appropriate  professional  resources  such  as 
adviser,  faculty.  Counseling  Center.  Learning  Center.  Career  Services, 
workshops,  tutoring  programs,  and  other  support  systems. 

3.  Additional  conditions: 

As  a  condition  of  deferral  of  dismissal,  a  dean  (or  designee)  may  include 
specific  conditions  designed  to  promote  improved  academic  performance, 

DismLssal: 

1.  A  student  who  docs  not  meet  minimum  academic  standards  is  subject  to 
automatic  dismissal  in  May.  Dismissal  is  the  normal  consequence  of 
cumulative  performance  below  the  academic  standards  as  published:  the 
office  of  the  dean  provides  confimiation  of  dismissal  status  and  additiona 
information. 

2.  Dismissal  in  May  includes  the  cancellation  of  previously  scheduled  fall 
classes  and  the  elimination  of  guarantees  associated  with  fall  housing  and 
dining  contracts. 

3.  Appeal  for  deferral  of  dismissal:  In  certain  cases  extenuating 
circumstances  may  exist  which  in  the  professional  judgment  of  the 
college  dean  or  designee  will  warrant  a  brief  extension  of  enrollment 
privilege  at  lUP.  A  student  should  understand  that  it  is  the  student's 
responsibility  to  anticipate,  to  initiate,  and  to  fully  document  and 
cooperate  in  all  aspects  of  the  process  of  appeal  in  a  timely  manner.  The 
student  must  file  in  the  office  of  the  dean  (or  designee)  the  completed 
application  for  appeal  w  ith  all  supporting  documentation  pertinent  to 
review  of  the  appeal.  All  material  must  be  filed  by  4:00  p.m..  June  15.  to 
be  considered  for  the  fall  semester. 

Readmission: 

1.      All  dismissed  students  seeking  readmission  must  make  application  for 
readmission  through  the  appropriate  college  office.  A  student  who  has 
been  dismissed  may  use  summer  sessions  at  lUP  in  support  of  the 
application  for  readmission.  The  application  will  detail  procedures 
including  deadlines  and  information  needed  for  consideration  of 
readmission  plan. 

.Sufficient  progress: 

The  lUP  Financial  Aid  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  Policy  requires 
sufficient  academic  progress  toward  a  degree  on  both  academic  good  standinj 
(GPA)  and  sufficient  progress  (percent  of  progress)  bases.  The  standard  of 
academic  good  standing  is  defined  within  the  university's  Academic  Standarj 
Policy.  The  standard  of  sufficient  progress  for  financial  aid  eligibility  is  the 
successful  completion  of  seventy-five  percent  (75  percent)  of  the  cumulative 
number  of  registered  credits  at  lUP.  "Registered  credits"  are  the  number  of 
credits  for  which  a  student  is  enrolled  at  the  end  of  the  Drop/Add  period.  (Fo 
a  student  who  was  originally  registered  and  charged  at  full-lime  status  and 
who  reduced  during  Drop/Add  to  part-time  status,  the  registered  credits  will ' 
calculated  as  twelve.) 

■A  student  who  meets  the  standard  of  academic  good  standing  of  the  Academi 
Standards  Policy  but  who  does  not  meet  the  standard  of  sufficient  quantitativ 
progress  may  continue  in  university  registration  but  without  financial  aid 
eligibility  for  the  federal  Title  IV  aid  programs. 


Academic  Policies-2  7 


A  full  slatement  of  requirements  for  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  for  Title 
IV'  Federal  Student  Assistance  is  available  through  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

All  courses  taken  at  lUP  become  a  part  of  the  student's  permanent  academic 
record.  The  record  shall  show  hours  attempted,  hours  earned,  and  quality 
points  earned. 

The  academic  standing  of  all  students  is  computed  on  the  basis  of  courses 
attempted  at  this  university  onl\.  Credit  is  granted  for  uork  completed  in  other 
institutions  in  accordance  «ith  the  stipulations  set  forth  under  ".Admission  and 
Registration. " 

Academic  Honors 

Bachelor  degree  candidates  w  ith  appropriate  academic  records  may  be 
sraduated  with  one  of  the  followins  distinctions: 


Sophomore  Screening  for  Junior  Status  Approval 

General  policy  at  lUP  permits  each  college  to  detemiine  its  own  scheme  for 
evaluating  the  development  and  progress  of  its  major  students.  However,  each 
college  is  expected  to  employ  some  effective  procedure  for  such  evaluation. 

Several  of  the  colleges  use  a  procedure  called  "Sophomore  Screening  for 
Junior  Status  .•\pproval"  with  the  follow  ing  required:  All  students  (in  such  a 
college)  enrolled  in  their  fourth  semester  or  who  will  complete  fifty-seven 
semester  hours  attempted  b\  the  end  of  the  current  semester  must  apply  for 
Junior  Status  approval  b\  filling  out  an  application  form  by  the  deadline  date 
designated  and  announced. 

All  students  should  check  with  their  faculty  advisers  to  determine  which 
colleges  use  "Junior  Status"  screening  procedure  and  the  criteria  for  Junior 
Status  Approval. 


Summa  cum  laude 

3.75-4.00  cumulative  quality-point  average 

Magna  cum  laude 

3.50-3.74  cumulative  quality-point  average 

Cum  laude 

3.25-3.49  cumulative  quality-point  average 

These  honors  are  calculated  using  all  undergraduate  credits  and  quality  points 
earned  at  lUP.  Honors  are  not  granted  lor  subsequent  degrees. 

Dean's  List  —  To  be  eligible  for  the  Dean's  List,  which  is  compiled  after  each 
semester,  an  undergraduate  student  must  be  carrying  a  minimum  of  twelve 
semester  hours  and  have  a  minimum  quality-point  average  of  3.25  (exclusive 
of  P/F  courses). 

Provost's  Scholar  —  Sophomores  and  juniors  who  have  a  cumulative  QPA  of 
3.50  and  above  at  mid-year  are  named  as  Provost's  Scholars  and  are 
recognized  at  an  annual  Honors  Convocation,  usualh  in  .April. 

Advisor}  Program 

A  group  of  selected  faculty  members  act  as  freshman  advisers  for  entering 
freshmen  in  their  departments.  In  some  curriculums  the  advisers  continue  w  ith 
Ihe  same  group  of  advisees  from  year  to  year.  In  other  curriculums  the 
freshman  advisers  remain  w  ith  their  advisee  groups  only  for  the  students'  first 
year:  under  this  program,  the  student  is  then  assigned  an  academic  adviser  for 
the  remaining  years  through  to  his/her  degree  in  his/her  chosen  field. 

Faculty  advisers  counsel  the  students  on  academic  achievement,  dropping 
courses,  changing  curriculum,  student  activities,  study  schedules,  and  personal 
problems.  The  adviser  receives  a  copy  of  the  student's  pennaneni  recorti  at  the 
beginning  of  the  academic  year. 

Changes  of  Curriculum 

A  student  must  indicate  his/her  desire  to  change  to  a  new  curriculum  in  the 
office  of  Ihe  dean  of  the  college  in  w  hich  Ihe  student  is  registered  if  the 
curriculum  change  desired  is  from  one  department  to  another  within  the  same 
college  (for  example,  change  from  a  mathematics  major  to  a  biology  major!  or 
in  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the  college  to  which  the  student  w  ishes  to  transfer 
if  Ihe  curriculum  change  is  from  one  college  to  another  ( for  example. 
lecondarv  education  major  to  biology  major).  In  either  case.  Ihe  student  will 
complete  an  application  form  that  is  available  in  the  dean's  office.  Before 
Kcking  a  curriculum  change,  it  is  advisable  thai  Ihe  student  consult  with  the 
chairpersons  of  both  the  "old"  and  "new  "  departmenls. 

When  a  student  changes  colleges,  ihe  dean  of  the  college  (or  dean's  agent)  into 
which  Ihe  transfer  is  sought  will  evaluate  Ihe  student's  credits  before 
approving  Ihe  transfer.  A  copy  of  the  evaluation  will  be  made  available  to  the 
tludeni  and  his/her  new  adviser  if  a  change  in  curriculum  is  effected. 

In  cases  involving  students  who  are  veterans,  the  dean  of  the  college  into 
which  transfer  is  sought  (or  dean's  agent)  shall  give  Ihe  veteran  a  slatement  of 
prospective  approval  and  the  effective  date  of  Ihe  proposed  changes.  This 
Maiemeni  shall  also  indicate  Ihe  amount  of  extended  training  lime  the  change 
of  curriculum  will  entail  and  the  amount  of  credit  loss,  if  any.  The  veteran 
shall  lake  this  statement  to  the  veteran's  counselor  al  least  one  month  prior  to 
the  effeclive  dale  of  Ihe  change.  No  transfer  of  curriculum  shall  be  made  by 
veterans  until  V.A.  approval  has  been  assured. 


Admission  to  Teacher  Education  and  Certification 

To  improve  the  quality  of  teacher  education,  there  is  an  evaluation  and 
advisement  of  each  student  at  four  stages: 

A.  Admission  to  the  Certification  Program 

Procc'iliirc 

By  the  end  of  the  early  registration  period  of  the  student's  second 
semester  in  teacher  education,  he  or  she  must  file  an  application  and 
personal  goals  essay  w  ith  the  major  academic  adviser.  The  adviser  will 
review,  recommend  approval  or  denial,  and  forward  the  application  to  the 
Dean's  Office,  College  of  Education.  Applications  will  be  reviewed 
immediately  after  posting  of  semester  grades. 

Rci/Kircmciits 

1 .  Completion  of  at  least  29  semester  hours.  Transfer  students  with 
sufficient  credits  must  complete  one  semester  ( 12sh  minimum)  at 
lUP  to  establish  a  GPA. 

2.  A  2.5  overall  grade-point  average. 

3.  Clearance  on  Act  34  (criminal  record  check). 

4.  Completion  of  initial  speech/hearing  screening  test. 

5.  Clearance  on  TB  testing. 

6.  Review  and  recommendation  by  the  major  academic  adviser  and/or 
departmental  committee  indicating  completion  of  specific 
departmental  requirements. 

Results 

If  the  requirements  are  met.  the  student  will  be  sent  a  letter  of  admission 
to  the  Teacher  Certification  Program  by  the  associate  dean.  College  of 
Education.  At  this  point,  the  student  may  consider  enrolling  in  the 
following  courses  froin  the  professional  education  core:  ED242  (Pre- 
Sludenl  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  1).  FE2(I2  (American  Education  in 
Theory  and  Practice),  EP2(I2  (Educational  Psychology);  and  CM30I 
(Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction). 

If  the  requirements  are  not  met,  the  student  will  not  be  permitted  to 
continue  work  in  professional  education  and  will  be  administratively 
removed  from  those  courses  in  the  professional  education  core  for  which 
Ihe  student  registered.  The  student  must  reapply  for  admission  to  teacher 
education.  This  can  be  done  at  any  point  al  which  the  studeni  believes  thai 
deficiencies  identified  have  been  corrected  and  meet  with  established 
requirements. 

B.  .'\dmission  lo  Junior  Standing 

PiDcciliirc 

The  studeni  must  file  an  application  u  ilh  the  office  of  the  dean.  College 
of  Education  by  Ihe  end  of  Ihe  registration  period  during  the  scmesler  in 
which  he  or  she  expects  to  satisfactorily  complele  at  least  fifly-seven 
semester  hours.  The  adviser  will  review,  recommend  approval  or  denial, 
and  forward  the  application  to  the  dean's  office.  College  of  Education, 

Rcciiiiivniciils 

1 .  Admitlcd  to  Teacher  Certification. 

2.  Completion  of  at  least  57  semester  lioins  which  may  include 
acccpled  iransler  credits. 

3.  A  miniinum  cumulalivc  gradc-poinl  average  of  2.5.  Transier  siudenls 
wilh  sufficient  cicdils  musi  complele  one  semester  ( I2sli  niinlnuini) 
at  lUPlo  establish  a  GPA. 

4.  CcimplelioM  cil  1;N  101  ni  equivalency  with  a  iiiinimuni  grade  ol  ( '. 


2S-fndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


5.  Completion  of  ED242  and  EP202  w ith  a  minimum  grade  of  C. 

6.  Final  speech/hearing  clearance  for  students  not  cleared  under  initial 
evaluation. 

7.  Submission  of  a  personally  planned  program  of  stud\  on  an  approved 
form. 

8.  Review  and  recommendation  by  the  major  academic  adviser  and/or 
departmental  committee  indicating  completion  of  specific 
departmental  requirements. 

Results 

If  the  requirements  are  met.  the  student  will  be  sent  a  letter  of  admission 
to  Junior  Standing  by  the  associate  dean.  College  of  Education.  .At  this 
point  the  student  may  take  the  junior-level  professional  educational 
courses  which  include  ED342  (Pre-StudenI  Teaching  Clinical  Experience 
II).  EP377  (Educational  Tests  and  Measurements!,  and  ED442  (School 
Law  )  and  courses  in  the  methods  of  teaching. 

If  the  requirements  are  not  met.  the  student  w  ill  receive  a  letter  from  the 
associate  dean.  College  of  Education,  at  the  end  of  the  semester  indicating 
that  he/she  has  not  achieved  Junior  Standing  and  may  not  take  the  junior- 
level  professional  education  courses.  .Any  of  the  junior  level  professional 
education  courses  scheduled  during  the  registration  process  w  ill  be 
administratively  remo\ed  from  the  student's  schedule.  Students  must 
reapply  for  Junior  Standing  when  they  believe  that  deficiencies  indicated 
in  the  denial  ha\e  been  remo\ed  from  their  academic  record. 

C.  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

ProceJiire 

The  student  must  file  an  application  w  ith  the  office  of  Student  Teaching 

and  Field  Experiences  at  least  one  semester  before  the  actual  experience. 

Requiremcnls 

1 .  Admission  to  Junior  Standing. 

2.  Satisfactory  completion  of  at  least  91  semester  hours  w  ith  a 
cumulative  grade-point  average  of  2..^  or  higher.  Transfer  students 
with  sufficient  credits  must  complete  one  semester  ( 12sh  minimum) 
at  lUP  to  establish  a  GPA. 

3.  Completion  of  the  Liberal  Studies  science  requirement  courses  w  ith  a 
minimum  grade  of  C  in  each. 

4.  Completion  of  the  Liberal  Studies  mathematics  requirement  course 
with  a  minimum  grade  of  C. 

5.  Completion  of  all  the  required  professional  education  core  courses 
with  a  minimum  grade  of  C  in  each.  These  include  CM.^01.  FE202. 
EP202.  ED242.  ED.U2.  EP.^77  (where  required),  and  methods 
course  in  major  area. 

6.  Affinnative  recommendation  by  the  students  major  departmental 
adviser  or  program  coordinator. 

7.  Completion  of  the  Special  Education  Competency  requirement  (pass 
Special  Education  competency  lest  or  pass  EX300:  Education  of  the 
Exceptional  in  the  Regular  Classroom). 

8.  Final  clearance  on  .Act  34  {criminal  record  checki.  (This  clearance  is 
good  for  one  year  and  is  required  of  all  persons  working  w  ith 
children  in  public  school  settings.) 

9.  Review  and  recommendation  by  the  major  academic  adviser  and/or 
departmental  committee  indicating  completion  of  specific 
departmental  requirements. 

Results 

If  the  requirements  are  met.  the  director  of  Student  Teaching  and  Field 
Experiences  w  ill  confirm  approv  al  by  letter  and  process  the  student 
teaching  placement.  It  is  the  students  responsibility  to  formally  register 
for  student  teaching  during  the  early  registration  process. 

If  the  requirements  are  not  met.  the  student  w  ill  be  informed  of  the  denial 
by  letter  and  administrali\'el\  removed  from  the  student  teaching 
placement.  The  student  may  not  register  for  smdent  leaching  until 
deficiencies  are  remo\ed  from  the  student's  academic  record. 

D.  Recommendation  for  Certification 

Prnccilwc 

Complete  application  for  the  Pennsyhania  Department  of  Education 

Certification  and  file  w  ith  the  office  of  Student  Teaching  and  Field 

Experiences  by  the  listed  dates  appropriate  to  the  anticipated  date  of 

graduation. 


Requirements 

1 .  A  minimum  grade  of  C  in  all  professional  education  courses  and  an 

overall  grade-point  average  of  2.5. 

2.  Review  and  recommendation  by  the  major  academic  adviser 
indicating  completion  of  all  depanmental  teacher  education 
requirements. 

3.  Completion  of  student  teaching  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C. 

4.  Successful  completion  of  the  NTE  Core  Battery  and  Nib  Specialty 
Area  tests. 

Appeal  Provision 

A  student  w  ho  believ  es  that  any  requirement  of  this  policy  has  been 
inequitably  applied  or  that  he/she  merits  special  consideration  may  appeal 
through  the  proper  channels:  academic  adviser,  chairperson.  College  of 
Education  dean  (or  designee!,  teacher  education  appeals  committee. 
Appeals  must  be  made  before  the  end  of  the  next  regular  academic 
semester  follow  ing  the  application. 

Every  effort  should  be  made  to  resolve  the  appeal  through  the  process  so 
described.  If.  at  the  conclusion,  the  student  is  still  in  disagreement  with  the 
findings,  the  student  may  request  review  before  a  special  Teacher 
Education  .Appeals  Committee.  The  committee  will  be  composed  of  three 
voting  members  representing  the  faculty,  cooperating  teachers,  and  students 
to  be  elected  each  year  by  the  Teacher  Education  Coordinating  Committee. 

To  initiate  an  appeal,  the  student  must  file  a  form  obtained  at  the  dean's 
office.  College  of  Education.  .Appeals  w  ill  be  heard  only  during  the 
regular  academic  semester.  The  student  w  ill  be  expected  to  submit  written 
documentation  of  his/her  complaint  about  the  process  of  review  for 
continuation  or  eligibility  in  the  teacher  education  program.  The 
committee  w  ill  re\  iew  the  materials  and  make  its  recommendation  to  the 
dean.  College  of  Education.  A  final  decision  rests  w  ith  the  dean  of  the 
college  who  is  the  certification  officer. 

End  Notes 

In  all  cases  where  adviser  action  is  required,  a  depanment  may  choose  to 

use  a  committee  or  other  departmentally  appro\ ed  process.  In  cases  where 

recommendations  are  supplied  by  someone  other  than  the  academic 

ad\  iser.  the  department  needs  to  place  a  copy  of  its  policy  and  procedures 

on  file  w  ith  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Education. 

Some  departments  have  additional  Junior  Standing  requirements  in  place. 
Departments  may  continue  to  apply  those  requirements  but  need  to  keep  2 
current  copy  of  these  requirements  on  file  w  ith  the  dean  of  the  College  of 
Education. 

The  policy  as  here  stated  applies  to  all  students  applying  to  Teacher 
Cenificalion  Programs  on  or  after  September  1 .  1 988.  and  includes 
updated  procedures  and  editorial  revisions  as  submitted  to  the  University 
Senate  in  .May.  1990.  and  May.  1992. 

Internship/Cooperative  Education 

Many  depanmenis  of  the  university  have  developed  internship/cooperative 
education  programs  which  allow  a  student  to  participate  in  university- 
supenised  work  experiences  for  \ariable  academic  credit.  Internships/co-ops 
are  viewed  as  an  integral  pan  of  a  student's  academic  preparation.  An 
intemship/co-op  gives  the  student  an  opportunity  to  apply  theoretical  and 
philosophical  tenets  of  a  discipline  in  a  practical  job  experience  related  to  the 
student's  academic  program. 

Students  may  apply  for  an  internship  if  they  ha\  e  completed  57  semester  hoiB 
and  have  at  least  a  2.0  QP.A.  Internship  sites  are  normally  located  within  a 
500-mile  radius  of  the  campus.  Overseas  placements  are  located  near  an  lUP 
center.  Internships  are  a\ailable  in  state  and  federal  offices;  businesses  at  the 
local,  state,  and  national  level:  state-related  agencies:  corporations:  and 
foundations. 

Students  may  apply  for  a  co-op  if  they  have  completed  30  semester  hours  i 
have  at  least  a  2.0  QPA.  Two  experiences  are  required.  Sites  are  national ; 
international.  Placements  parallel  those  of  the  internship  program. 

Students  who  are  eligible  for  financial  aid  may  receive  federal  and  state 
funding  while  participating  in  an  internship.  Students  must  apply  to  the 
Relating  Experience  to  Academic  Learning  Program  (REAL I. 

Because  internships  are  viewed  as  an  integral  part  of  the  student's  academid 


AcaJcniic  PoUcies-29 


program,  students  who  are  interested  in  specific  internship  programs  should 
consult  with  the  internship  adviser  in  the  department  of  their  major. 

For  general  information  about  university  internships,  placement  options,  and 
RE.-\L  and  WCL.A  experiences,  the  student  should  consult  the  director  of 
Experiential  Education  and  the  Employment  section  of  the  Financial  .Aid 
information  in  this  catalog. 

Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps 

The  L  nited  States  .Army  established  a  unit  of  the  Reserve  Officers  Training 
Corps  at  the  university  in  X'i^O.  In  fulfilling  the  university 's  three-credit 
Liberal  Studies  requirement  in  Health  and  Wellness  for  graduation,  students 
may  take  four  credits  of  Military  Science  and  receive  lull  credit  for  the  Health 
and  Physical  Education  requirement.  Enrollment  in  the  four-credit  ROTC 
option  incurs  no  military  obligation  whatsoever  and  allow  s  the  student  the 
option  of  competing  for  a  three-y  ear  ROTC  Scholarship. 

Upon  graduation  from  the  university  and  successful  completion  of  the 
Adv  anced  Course  ROTC  program,  the  student  w  ill  receive  a  commission  as  a 
second  lieutenant  and  serve  from  three  months  to  three  years  on  active  duty, 
depending  on  active  Army  requirements.  As  an  alternative  to  active  duty,  the 
indiv  idual  may  either  be  chosen  or  \  olunleer  to  complete  his/her  serv  ice 
obligation  with  the  .Army  Reserve  or  .National  Guard. 

Students  seeking  advanced  degrees  can  be  granted  an  educational  delay  by  the 
Army  following  completion  of  their  baccalaureate  degrees.  Upon  completion 
of  the  advanced  degree,  students  then  enter  aciiv  e  duty  or  Army 
Reserve/National  Guard  duty. 

Prior  Learning  .Assessment  Programs 

lUP  offers  several  methods  for  earning  university  credit  for  college-level 
learning  gained  through  «  ork  and  life  experience.  Through  the  Office  of 
Career  Services,  the  College  Level  Examination  Program  iCLEP)  offers 
standardized  examinations  in  general  and  specific  subjects.  In  addition. 
departmental  examinations  are  also  available  in  specific  areas  on  a  limited 
basis. 

Where  examinations  are  not  available,  portfolio  assessment  may  provide  the 
student  w  ith  the  opportunity  to  present  evidence  of  learning  for  evaluation  by 
a  university  faculty  member.  Through  portfolio  assessment,  work  and  life 
experiences  are  evaluated  to  determine  their  appropriateness  and  applicability 
for  university  credit.  Credits  earned  through  prior  learning  assessment  may  not 
be  applied  towards  university  residency  requirements.  In  addition,  no  more 
than  one-half  of  a  major  may  be  earned  by  CLEP.  depanmental  examination, 
and  ponfolio  assessment.  Contact  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  for 
specific  details. 

Policy  on  Prior  Learning  Assessment 

IL  P  has  authorized  a  policy  tor  assessment  of  prior  learning  that  look  place 
outside  traditional  classrooms  in  a  procedure  known  as  Portfolio  Assessment. 
It  is  particularly  designed  for  adults  with  extensive  documentable  knowledge 
from  work  experience,  travel,  independent  study,  or  other  oul-of-class 
experiences. 

Purtfulio  Evaluation:  Principles 

1.  Credit  awarded  through  ponfolio  evaluation  must  conform  to  specific 
course  titles  listed  in  the  ILP  catalog.  Credit  awards  for  general  broad 
ireas  (block  credit)  will  not  be  permitted. 

2.  In  order  to  request  a  ponfolio  evaluation,  the  student  must  be  currently 
enrolled  at  ILP.  Credit  awarded  must  be  intended  for  use  as  pan  of  a 
degree  or  cenification  program. 

3.  Each  department  will  delerminc  the  maximum  number  of  credits  to  be 
av(,arded  for  prior  learning  lor  lis  major.  In  no  case  will  more  than  one- 

ulf  ol  the  major  be  earned  through  CLEP,  challenge  examinations,  and 
■  'iher  forms  of  prior  learning  assessment. 

4.  Credits  earned  through  ponfolio  assessment  may  not  apply  as  residency 
credit. 

5.  Credit  earned  through  ponfolio  a.sscssment  may  be  awarded  only  as 
regular  course  credit. 

ft.     If  a  related  examination  Is  available  through  CLEP  or  if  a  challenge 


examination  has  prev  iously  been  established  for  the  course,  a  portfolio 
assessment  of  those  credits  will  not  be  accepted. 

7.  .Acceptance  of  portfolio  assessment  credits  by  the  department  will  be 
indicated  b\  the  signature  of  the  chairperson  of  the  department  offering 
the  course.  The  dean  of  the  appropriate  lUP  college  and  the  dean  of  the 
School  of  Continuing  Education  must  also  indicate  approval. 

8.  Students  may  qualify  solely  tor  undergraduate  credit — not  graduate 
credit. 

9.  The  title  of  the  course,  the  semester  hours,  as  well  as  the  indication  that 
credit  was  earned  through  .Assessment  of  Prior  Learning,  will  be  recorded 
on  the  academic  record.  .An  appropriate  code  to  retlecl  a  satisfactory 
grade  w  ill  be  assigned  if  the  portfolio  is  acceptable. 

Portfolio  Evaluation:  Procedures 

1 .  Student  meets  with  assistant  dean  for  Credit  Programs  in  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education  to  determine  the  feasibility  of  earning  credit 
through  ponfolio  evaluation.  Standard  outlines  of  related  courses  are 
provided  to  student. 

2.  Preliiiiinan  .Application  Form  —  Student  must  prov  ide  a  resume  and 
answer  ihe  following  questions: 

a.  What  have  \ou  learned  that  relates  lo  this  course? 

b.  Where  and  when  have  you  learned  il? 

c.  What  documentation  do  you  have  that  supports  the  claim'.' 

.^.      A  handbook  to  assist  students  in  compiling  a  portfolio  will  be 

printed.  It  will  show  how  lo  relate  lo  the  written  portfolio  learning 
gained  through  work  experience,  independent  study,  and  other 
experiences.  Evidence  of  learning  through  documentation  of 
experience,  completion  of  a  project,  and  w  rilten  examination  will  be 
explained.  If  there  is  sufficient  demand,  a  workshop  will  be 
conducted  to  assist  sludenls. 

4.  Fees 

.Application  Fee  per  .Assessment:  .Sl.'i.OO 

Assessment  Fee:  one  half  the  current  rate  of  tuition  per  credit  for  each 

credit  requested;  to  be  paid  when  portfolio  is  submitted  for  evaluation. 

5.  The  application  will  be  submitted  to  the  assistant  dean  lor  Credit 
Programs.  Upon  approval,  the  chairperson  of  the  deparlmenl  offering  Ihe 
course  will  be  requested  to  suggest  the  name  of  a  faculty  member  to  the 
dean  of  the  college  for  approval. 

6.  The  faculty  member  w  ill  meet  with  the  student  lo  detennine  the  technique 
of  assessment  or  a  combination  of  techniques  lo  be  used,  including 
interview  s.  documentation,  observation  of  perfoniiance.  examination,  etc. 

7.  After  the  portfolio  has  been  prepared  by  Ihc  student,  it  will  be  submitted 
to  Ihe  dean  of  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  for  review,  then 
forwarded  to  the  appointed  facullv  inemher  for  ;issessmenl. 

8.  The  faculty  member  will  evaluate  the  portfolio,  then  make  a  recommenda- 
tion for  or  against  the  award  of  credil  and  the  amouni  of  credit  in  the  form 
of  a  Idler,  which  must  be  approved  and  countersigned  by  Ihe  chairperson 
of  Ihe  department  offering  the  course.  The  portfolio  will  be  forwarded  lo 
the  dean  of  the  college  which  oversees  Ihc  student's  curriculum  to  approve 
and  verify  that  the  course  will  be  accepted  as  part  of  the  sludeiil 's  program. 
Finally,  the  ponfolio  is  sent  to  the  assistant  dean  of  the  School  of  Continu- 
ing Kducalion.  who  will  notify  Ihe  siudenl  and  the  registrar. 

9.  The  registrar  will  list  the  course  title,  credil.  and  :in  indicalion  Ih.il  credit 
was  earned  through  .Assessment  of  Prior  Learning.  .An  appropriate  code  to 
reflect  a  satisfactory  (S)  grade  will  he  assigned  if  Ihe  portfolio  is 
acceptable. 

Academic  Integrity  Policy 

A.     Inuoikiclion 

lUP  is  an  academic  community  vvilhin  Ihc  society  al  large.  All  members 
within  Ihis  comniunily  are  cxpeclcd  lo  accept  Ihe  responsibilily  for 
academic  inlegrity  and  honesty.  Academic  dishonesty  seriously  erodes  Ihc 
quality  of  educational  pursuits  and  is  unacceplable  al  lUP.  The  following 
policies  and  procedures  have  been  eslablislied  lo  preserve  Ihe  ac:idemic 
integrity  of  Ihe  university  community,  while  also  providing  a  process  ihal 
prolccis  the  rights  of  sludenls  who  allegedly  violate  these  policies. 


'  30-lndiana  University  of  Peiinsylrania 


B.  Types  of  Violations 

Academic  dishonesty  includes  but  is  not  limited  to  the  following: 

1.  Providing  or  receiving  unauthorized  assistance  in  coursework.  lab 
work,  or  during  examinations  or  quizzes. 

2.  Using  unauthorized  materials  or  devices,  such  as  crib  notes,  during 
examinations  or  quizzes. 

3.  Plagiarizing  term  papers,  essays,  reports,  speeches  and  oral 
presentations,  take-home  examinations,  computer  projects,  and  other 
academic  exercises  by  misrepresenting  or  passing  off  the  ideas, 
words,  formulas,  or  data  of  another  as  one's  own.  Examples  include 
but  are  not  limited  lo:  incorporating  verbatim  or  nearly  verbatim 
portions  of  other  sources  into  assignments  without  using  quotation 
marks  and  specifying  the  sources  of  the  material;  incorporating  ideas 
from  other  sources  into  assignments  without  acknowledging  the 
source  of  the  ideas. 

4.  Possessing  course  examination  materials  before  the  administration  of 
the  exam,  without  the  prior  knowledge  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

5.  Intentionally  evading  lUP  academic  policies  and  procedures:  for 
example  improperly  processing  course  w  ithdrawals,  grade  changes, 
or  other  academic  procedures. 

6.  Falsifying  information,  including  forging  signatures  on  various  forms 
and  documents,  or  altering  or  adding  answers  on  academic  exercises 
or  exams  after  work  has  been  graded. 

7.  Computer  dishonesty,  including:  tampering  with  or  making 
unauthorized  change  to  another  person's  or  the  university's  computer 
system,  illegally  copying  computer  soflw  are,  any  use  of  another 
person's  computer  account,  unauthorized  activity  involving  another 
individual's  personal  computer  system  or  any  system  belonging  to 
the  university,  and  other  unauthorized  use  or  violations  involving 
computer  use. 

8.  Noncompliance:  failure  to  follow  through  with  sanction(.s)  imposed 
as  a  result  of  an  academic  violation. 

C.  Procedures 

Charges  of  academic  dishonesty  may  be  brought  by  faculty  members  or 
administrators.  Students  who  observe  or  become  aware  of  an  incident  of 
academic  dishonesty  by  another  student  are  strongly  encouraged  to  report 
it  to  a  university  official.  Saiictionts)  may  not  he  imposed  upon  a  student 
believed  to  have  engaged  in  academic  dishonesty  without  following  one 
of  the  processes  outlined  in  this  policy. 

A  faculty  member  or  administrator  who  believes  that  a  student  has 
violated  an  academic  policy  may  elect  any  of  the  following  procedures  to 
resolve  the  matter: 

1.  Option  I:  Informal  Resolution: 

a.    The  faculty  member  or  administrator  and  student  may  meet 
informally  w  ithin  five  class  days  of  the  observation  or  discovery 
of  the  incident  and  agree  to  resolve  the  issue  without  submitting 
any  formal  documentation.  It  is  recommended  that  the  faculty 
member  or  administrator  coinplete  a  statement  that  summarizes 
the  conference  which  led  to  the  resolution.  This  factual  statement 
should  be  signed  by  both  parties  and  copies  provided  to  the 
student  and  the  faculty  member  or  administrator.  If  agreement 
cannot  be  reached,  or  at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty  member,  a 
more  formal  process  as  outlined  in  this  policy  may  be  initiated. 

2.  Option  II:  Resolution  by  Documented  Agreement 

a.  The  faculty  member  or  administrator  may  schedule  a  conference 
w  ith  the  student  in  an  attempt  to  agree  on  the  facts  of  the  case 
and  to  reach  a  mutually  agreeable  resolution.  This  meeting  must 
be  scheduled/requested  within  five  class  days  of  the  observation 
or  discovery  of  the  alleged  violation  or  of  the  failure  of  resolution 
by  Option  1.  If  an  agreement  is  reached,  the  faculty  member  or 
administrator  must  complete  a  Documented  Agreement  Form 
outlining  the  agreement  and  have  it  signed  by  both  parties. 
Copies  are  distributed  to  the  student,  the  faculty  member  or 
administrator  filing  the  agreement,  and  the  assistant  to  the  vice 
president  for  Student  Affairs.  The  form  must  be  filed  within  five 
class  days  of  the  conference. 

b.  Once  the  agreement  has  been  reached  and  the  form  is  filed,  the 
matter  is  closed.  By  signing  off  on  the  agreement,  the  student 
is  waiving  the  right  to  appeal  the  sanctions  agreed  upon  in  the 
conference.  If  the  student  fails  to  fulfill  the  w  ritten  agreement, 
the  faculty  member  or  administrator  may  file  an  academic 
dishonesty  referral  against  the  student  for  noncompliance. 

c.  If  a  docuinented  agreement  resolution  is  reached,  no  formal 


academic  violation  report  is  filed.  If  this  is  the  student's  first 
offense,  the  resolution  agreement  reinains  part  of  the  student's 
internal  university  record  and  is  maintained  on  file  as  indicated  in 
the  recordkeeping  section  of  this  policy  (See  section  F.2). 
d.    If  a  documented  agreement  is  not  reached,  the  faculty  member  or 
administrator  should  initiate  the  formal  adjudication  process  by 
filing  an  academic  dishonesty  referral  form  with  the  assistant  to 
the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  within  five  class  days  of  the 
conference  v.  ith  the  student. 

3.      Option  111:  Resolution  by  Fomial  Adjudication 

A  faculty  member  or  administrator  should  pursue  formal  resolution 
of  academic  violations  if: 

•  he/she  cannot  reach  or  chooses  not  to  attempt  a  mutually 
agreeable  resolution  with  the  student  regarding  the  facts  of  the 
case  or  sanctions  to  be  imposed, 

•  he/she  believes  that  suspension  or  expulsion  is  an  appropriate 
sanction  due  to  the  severity  of  the  violation,  or 

•  the  faculty  member  or  administrator  is  aware  that  the  student  has 
previously  violated  this  policy. 

a.  The  faculty  member  or  administrator  should  file  an  academic 
dishonesty  referral  form  with  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president 
for  Student  Affairs  within  five  class  days  of  the  observation  or 
discovery  of  the  violation,  or  within  five  class  days  of  the 
documented  agreement  resolution  conference  if  an  agreement 
could  not  be  reached.  In  any  case,  the  referral  must  be  filed  no 
more  than  ten  class  days  from  the  obse.rvation  or  discover)'  of  the 
incident. 

b.  This  referral  must  describe  in  detail  the  alleged  violation  and  the 
recommended  sanctions  if  the  student  is  found  to  have  violated 
the  policy.  Upon  receipt  of  the  academic  dishonesty  referral,  the 
assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  will  review  the 
allegation  and  determine  if  the  student  has  a  previous  violation.  II 
the  student  has  no  previous  violation,  the  assistant  to  the  vice 
president  for  Student  Affairs  will  notify  the  student  of  the 
allegation  and  instruct  him/her  to  follow  the  adjudication 
procedures  outlined  in  this  section  (C.3).  If  the  student  does  have 
a  previous  violation,  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Studeni 
Affairs  will  instruct  the  student  to  follow  adjudication  procedures 
outlined  under  the  Multiple  Violations  section  (D.3)  of  this 
policy. 

c.  Within  five  class  days  of  receiving  notification  of  the  allegation 
(first  offense),  the  student  must  request  that  the  department  chair 
schedule  a  hearing  to  review  the  facts  surrounding  the  allegation 
and  recommended  sanctions  if  the  student  is  found  to  have 
committed  a  violation.  This  hearing  will  invohe  the  student,  the 
chair,  and  the  faculty  member;  the  chair  may  invite  others  if 
mutually  agreeable.  Guidelines  for  academic  dishonesty  hearings 
parallel  those  for  judicial  hearings  found  in  the  lUP  judicial 
system  policy.  Refer  to  "General  Guidelines  for  Judicial 
Hearings"  in  the  judicial  system  infonnation  in  The  Sliuli'iif 
Hainlhiiok. 

d.  If  the  student  fails  to  contact  the  department  chair  within  the  five 
class  days  to  schedule  the  hearing,  the  sanction  recommended  b) 
the  person  filing  the  referral  will  automatically  be  imposed.  If  th 
student  fails  to  appear  when  a  hearing  has  been  scheduled,  the 
hearing  will  be  held  in  the  student's  absence  and  the  department 
chair  « ill  render  a  decision  based  upon  factual  information 
presented  by  the  faculty  member. 

e.  Follow  ing  the  hearing,  the  department  chair  w  ill  render  a 
decision  based  on  the  information  presented  at  the  hearing. 
Within  five  class  days  of  the  hearing,  the  department  chair  will 
forward  a  written  report  summarizing  the  hearing  that  includes 
the  outcome,  the  factual  basis  for  the  decisions  reached,  the 
sanction(s)to  be  issued,  and  appeal  procedures.  Copies  of  this 
report  will  be  sent  to  the  student,  the  faculty  member  or 
administrator,  and  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student 
Affairs.  The  chair  will  retain  a  copy  for  departmental  files. 

f.  In  the  event  that  a  chairperson  cannot  or  will  not  fulfill  the  abov 
role,  or  in  the  event  that  the  person  filing  the  referral  is  an 
administrator  or  department  chair,  the  assistant  to  the  vice 
president  for  Studeni  Affairs  will  determine  the  appropriate 
individual  to  fulfill  the  chair's  role  and  inform  the  student. 


Sanctions 

1 .      The  following  sanctions  may  be  agreed  upon  by  the  student  and 


i 


Academic  Policics-31 


faculty  member  or  administrator  through  intomial  resokiiion  or 
documented  agreement.  The\  may  also  be  imposed  by  the 
department  chair,  hearing  officer,  or  the  University  Judicial  Board 
through  formal  adjudication. 

a.  Single  Grade  Redudion:  Reduction  of  grade  or  failure  on  project, 
examination,  quiz,  or  other  academic  evercise  on  which  student  is 
alleged  to  have  cheated.  (Requires  the  approval  of  the  instructor 
of  record. ) 

b.  Course  Grade  Reduction:  Reduction  of  course  grade  or  failure  in 
the  course.  I  Requires  approval  of  the  instructor  of  record.  1 

c.  Constructive  or  Educational  Task;  .A  task  which  requires  the 
student  to  examine  his/lier  dishonest  behavior  and  which  may 
benefit  the  student,  campus,  or  communily. 

d.  Letter  of  Warning:  A  warning  letter  may  be  issued  indicating  that 
the  student  has  been  found  in  violation  of  an  academic  policy  and 
that  failure  to  comply  w  ith  policies  in  the  future  may  result  in 
further  disciplinary  action  to  be  handled  as  a  second  offense.  The 
letter  of  warning  w  ill  remain  in  effect  for  a  period  of  lime  as 
specified  by  the  individual  or  board  hearing  the  case. 

e.  Disciplinary  Probation:  disciplinary  probation,  which  is  for  a 
period  of  lime  specified  by  the  indi\  idual  or  board  hearing  the 
case,  is  an  indication  that  a  student's  status  at  the  university  is 
seriously  jeopardized.  During  the  probationary  period,  if  the 
studem  is  found  in  violation  of  another  lUP  policy,  a  more 
serious  sanction  v.M  be  levied,  including  possible  suspension 
from  the  university. 

f.  Other:  Sanctions  deemed  appropriate  and  tailored  to  a  specific 
violation  as  determined  by  the  faculty  member  or  administrator. 
Any  reasonable  sanction  or  combination  of  sanctions  for  a  given 
violation  may  be  agreed  upon  by  the  student  and  faculty  member 
or  administrator  through  informal  resolution  or  documented 
agreement.  They  may  also  be  imposed  by  the  department  chair. 
hearing  officer,  or  the  University  Judicial  Board  through  formal 
adjudication. 

2.  Suspension  and  Expulsion 

The  sanction  of  suspension  can  only  be  imposed  on  a  student  through 
direct  action  of  the  University  Judicial  Board  or  by  recommendation 
of  the  faculty  member  or  administrator  or  department  chair  to  the 
assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs.  Expulsion  can  be 
recommended  by  a  faculty  member,  department  chair  or 
administrator,  but  can  only  be  imposed  by  the  vice  president  for 
Student  Affairs. 

a.  Suspension:  A  student  may  be  suspended  from  the  university  for 
a  specified  period  of  time,  not  to  be  less  than  the  remainder  of  the 
current  semester.  Suspension  requires  that  a  student  remove 
him/herself  from  university  premises,  not  attend  classes  or  social 
activities,  and  not  be  present  on  university  or  Student 
Cooperative  Association  property  during  the  period  of 
suspension.  Suspension  can  be  recommended  to  the  assistant  to 
the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  by  the  department  chair 
after  the  hearing  w  ith  the  student  and  faculty  member  or 
administrator  or  imposed  by  the  University  Judicial  Board,  a 
special  interim  board,  or  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs. 

b.  Expulsion:  Expulsion  may  be  considered  under  any  of  the 
following  circumstances:  when  there  is  a  very  serious  violation  of 
the  academic  integrity  policy;  when  a  student  is  proven  to  have 
violated  the  academic  integrity  policy  on  more  than  one  occasion: 
or  when  a  student  appears  before  the  board  after  already  having 
been  suspended.  If  expulsion  is  dccined  the  appropriate  sanction 
by  the  department  chair  or  administrator,  the  University  Judicial 
Board,  or  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs,  a 
recommendation  may  be  made  to  the  vice  president  for  Student 
Affairs  that  the  student  be  expelled  from  the  institution 
Expulsion  from  the  institution  is  permanent. 

3.  Multiple  Violations 

a.  Students  found  in  violation  of  this  policy  through  resolution  by 
documented  agreement  or  through  formal  adjudication  will  be 
informed  by  the  assistant  lo  (he  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs 
that  subsequent  violations  may  result  in  additional  sanctions, 
including  possible  suspension  or  expulsion  from  the  university. 

b.  If  a  student  is  found  lo  have  violated  academic  policies  a  second 
lime,  the  assistant  lo  ihe  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  will 
notify  Ihe  student  Ihal  he/she  will  be  required  lo  appear  before  the 
University  Judicial  Board  or  special  interim  board.  The  faculty 


member  oi  adniinislralor  w  ho  filed  the  second  referral  will  be 
asked  10  present  information  concerning  the  alleged  violation  to 
the  board. 

c.  The  board  will  review  all  material  and  hear  all  the  information 
pertinent  lo  the  second  violation.  If  the  student  is  found  in 
violation  of  the  policy  a  second  time,  the  board  will  then  review 
all  material  from  the  student's  previous  academic  violation  to 
determine  appropriate  sanction(s). 

d.  The  sludenl  may  appeal  the  decision  or  the  sanction(s)  to  Ihe  vice 
president  for  Student  Affairs  using  procedures  outlined  in  the 
Appeals  section  (E.l )  of  this  policy.  The  vice  president  may  deny 
or  uphold  the  appeal,  or  direct  the  appeal  lo  be  heard  by  a  special 
interim  board  or  the  University  Judicial  Board. 

E.     Appeals 

Cases  of  academic  dishonesty  that  are  resolved  through  informal 
resolution  or  documented  agreement  cannot  be  appealed,  as  the  facts  of 
the  case,  the  decision,  and  sanction(s)  have  been  agreed  lo  by  the  student 
and  the  individual  making  the  charge.  These  appeal  procedures  apply  to 
cases  resolved  through  fomial  adjudication. 

1 .  If  after  receiving  the  department  chair's  report  on  the  outcome  of  the 
hearing,  the  sludenl  disagrees  either  with  the  decision,  the  sanction  or 
both,  he/she  may  appeal  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs 
within  five  class  days  of  receiving  the  report.  This  appeal  must  be  in 
writing  and  must  describe  in  detail  the  grounds  for  the  appeal.  These 
reasons  may  include  the  following: 

a.  Denial  of  a  fair  and  reasonable  hearing 

b.  New  evidence  (applies  when  there  is  an  acceptable  reason  why 
the  information  was  not  presented  at  the  original  hearing) 

c.  Excessively  harsh  sanctions 

2.  If  the  student  does  not  appeal  within  the  five-class-day  period,  the 
recommended  sanction  w  ill  be  automatically  imposed.  The  faculty 
member  may  also  appeal  a  decision  of  the  department  chair.  The 
appeal  procedures  are  the  same  as  tho.se  previously  outlined  for  the 
student. 

3.  The  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  may  deny  or  uphold  the  appeal 
or  direct  the  appeal  to  be  heard  by  a  hearing  officer,  a  special  interim 
board,  or  the  University  Judicial  Board,  The  hearing  officer  or  the 
UJB  may  either  accept,  modify,  or  reduce  the  recommended 
sanction. 

4.  Within  five  class  days  of  the  appeal  hearing,  the  hearing  officer/UJB 
must  submit  a  written  report  of  the  decision  to  the  student,  faculty 
member,  department  chair,  and  the  vice  presidenl  for  Student  Affairs. 
The  decision  of  the  hearing  officer/UJB  is  deemed  final  and  will  be 
implemented  by  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs. 

5.  Appeals  lo  the  sanction  of  expulsion  must  be  submitted  lo  ihe  Office 
of  the  President.  If  necessary,  the  president  will  consult  with  legal 
counsel  in  these  cases. 

P.     Records  and  Recordkeeping 

1 .  Records  of  Informal  Resolution 

Although  no  official  forms  are  filed  at  this  level  of  resolution,  it  is 
strongly  recommended  lhal  a  faculty  member  or  adniinislralor  who 
reaches  an  informal  agicemenl  with  a  student  puts  the  agreement  in 
wriiing,  gives  the  student  a  copy,  and  keeps  a  copy  for  hi.s/her  files. 

2.  Records  of  Resolution  by  Documented  Agreement 

The  records  of  ilocumenled  agreement  resolution  forms  are 
maintained  by  Ihe  assistant  lo  the  vice  presidenl  for  Student  Affairs. 
They  are  not  considered  formal  disciplinary  records  uiilil  and  unless 
the  student  is  found  in  violation  of  Ihis  policy  a  second  lime.  They 
are  internal  university  records  used  for  nioniloring  sludcnts  for 
niulliple  violations  only.  If  a  second  documenled  agreement  form  is 
filed  or  a  sludenl  is  found  in  violalion  of  the  policy  Ihrough  formal 
adjudicalion.  Ihe  sludenl  will  then  have  a  formal  disciplinary  record 
which  includes  records  of  bolh  violalions.  This  formal  record  is 
mainlained  according  lo  the  lUP  judicial  sysicni  recordkeeping 
policies. 
y.      Records  of  Formal  Adjudication 

Records  of  acadcnnc  dishonesly  cases  resolved  Ihrough  formal 
adjudication  are  kept  on  file  in  the  Office  of  Ihe  Assistant  lo  the  Vice 
Presidenl  for  Sludenl  Affairs,  They  are  mainlained  as  formal 
disciplinary  records  in  accordance  with  lUP  judicial  system 
recordkeeping  policies. 

G.    Operational  Noles 

1 .      In  cases  where  a  violation  is  alleged  at  or  near  Ihe  end  ol  Ihe 


32-lncliana  University  of  Peimsyhania 


semester  and  resolution  by  informal  resolution,  documented 
agreement,  or  formal  adjudication  cannot  be  completed  before  grades 
are  submitted,  the  faculty  member  should  submit  a  grade  of 
"Incomplete"  (Ii  for  the  student.  The  "1"  grade  «ill  remain  on  the 
student's  record  until  the  case  has  been  resolved.  Once  the  case  has 
been  resohed.  the  "I"  grade  w  ill  be  replaced  with  the  appropriate 
grade. 

2.  If  the  violation  is  alleged  during  the  semester  when  classes  are  in 
session,  the  accused  student  should  continue  attending  all  classes  and 
continue  to  complete  course  requirements  during  the  resolution  of  the 
academic  dishonest)  case. 

3.  The  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  ma\  extend 
any  deadline  which  cannot  be  met  for  what  he/she  deems  legitimate 
reason. 

The  various  forms  described  in  this  policy  are  available  from  the  assistant  to 
the  \  ice  president  for  Student  .Affairs.  2 15A  Sutton  Hall,  deans'  offices,  or 
from  the  department  chairs.  Questions  concerning  the  Academic  Integrity 
Policy  can  be  directed  to  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs. 
21.SA  Sutton  Hall. 

."Approved  University  Senate  5/5/92 

Night  Exam  Policy 

W\  tests,  examinations,  and  quizzes  should  normally  be  administered  during 
the  prescribed  course  hours.  Only  in  this  way  can  the  essential  contracted 
nature  of  the  time  arrangements  between  student  and  professor  be  preserved 
and.  at  the  same  time,  proper  provisions  be  made  for  the  man\  extracurricular 
and  personal  activities  invoh  ing  students  and  faculty  alike.  Deviations  to 
allow  night  exams  for  \'alid  educational  reasons,  w  ithin  the  guidelines  listed 
below,  must  be  approved  by  the  department  and  the  dean. 

Guidelines: 

1 .  Night  exams  can  only  be  scheduled  on  Moiidav  through  Thursday 
evenings  within  the  6:00  p.m. -10:00  p.m.  time  period. 

2.  Appropriate  physical  facilities  must  be  arranged  for  in  advance  without 
encroachment  upon  other  authorized  university  functions. 

3.  If  night  exams  are  to  be  given,  the  day  of  the  week  on  w  hich  the\  w  ill  be 
given  must  be  listed  in  the  Undergraduate  Course  Schedule  at  the  time  of 
preregistration. 

4.  No  night  exam  can  take  precedence  over  a  regularly  scheduled  class. 

5.  Arrangements  for  nonpuniiive  make-up  exams  at  a  mutually  agreeable 
time  must  be  a\  ailable  for  students  that  cannot  attend  the  night  exam. 

6.  For  each  hour  of  night  exams,  an  hour  of  regularly  scheduled  class  time 
w  ill  be  cancelled.  Such  cancellations  are  prohibited  during  any  period  of 
two  class  da\  s  immediateh'  preceding  and  any  period  of  two  class  days 
immediately  follow  ing  holiday  and/or  vacation  (recessl  periods  and 
semester  terminations,  appearing  in  the  published  academic  calendar. 

University  Policy  on  Semester  Course  Syllabi 

Each  facultN  member  shall  prepare  and  distribute,  w  itlnout  charge,  to  each 
student  w  ithin  one  w  eek  of  the  first  meeting  of  the  class  a  Semester  Course 
Syllabus.  The  semester  course  syllabus  will  be  consistent  with  course  content 
and  catalog  description,  which  was  approved  by  the  Curriculum  Committee  of 
the  University  Senate  for  the  initial  course  offering  or  revision. 

The  semester  course  syllabus  is  a  vehicle  of  communication  to  promote 
student  academic  planning  and  to  avoid  misunderstandings  of  course  plan  and 
requirements. 

It  is  recommended  that  each  syllabus  include: 

a.  the  faculty  member's  name,  office  location,  telephone  number,  and 
office  hours 

b.  an  outline  of  the  course  content,  objectives,  and  prerequisites,  as 
appropriate 

c.  information  about  the  required  textbook(s)  with  title,  author,  and 
edition,  and  any  other  required  materials 

d.  information  on  the  determination  of  grades,  including  the  weight. 
types  and  scheduling  of  evaluations,  other  planned  requirements,  and 
expectation  for  class  panicipation 


e.     statement  of  policies  and/or  penalties  for  make-up  exams  and  late 
submission  of  assignments 

IL'P  Student  Grade  Appeal  Policy 

Grade  Review  Policy 

If  a  student  disagrees  w  ith  the  evaluation  of  his/her  work  by  the  instructor  but 
has  no  basis  for  a  charge  of  "discrimination"  or  "capricious  evaluation."  the 
student  should  discuss  the  matter  directl\  w  ith  the  instructor,  and  if 
unsatisfied,  w  ith  the  department  chairperson,  and  if  still  unsatisfied,  with  the 
dean  of  the  college  in  w  hich  the  course  w  as  offered.  In  such  cases,  the 
decision  of  the  instructor  shall  be  final. 

If  a  student  believes  that  an  improper  grade  has  been  assigned,  an  appeal  ma\ 
be  filed  on  the  follow  ing  grounds: 

1.  Discrimination:  On  the  basis  of  race,  religion,  national  origin,  sex.  age. 
ancestrv .  handicapped  status,  affectional  or  lifestyle  preference,  or 
political  affiliation. 

2.  Capricious  Evaluation:  Significant  and  unwarranted  deviation  fixjm 
grading  procedures  and  course  outlines  set  at  the  beginning  of  the  course 
(ordinarily  in  a  written  statement  during  the  first  w  eek  of  the  course )  or 
grade  assigned  arbitrarilv  on  the  basis  of  whim  or  impulse.  The  student 
may  not  claim  capriciousness  if  he  or  she  disagrees  w  ith  the  subjective 
professional  evaluation  of  the  instructor. 

Procedures  of  .\ppeal 

Lexel  I:  Informal  Resolution 

Everv-  effort  should  be  made  to  resolve  the  disagreement  at  Level  I.  The 
student  must  first  seek  a  resolution  to  the  disagreement  with  the  instructor 
either  in  person  or  in  writing.  If  the  student  is  not  satisfied  with  the  results,  the 
student  must  then  speak  w  ith  the  chairperson  of  the  department  that  offers  the 
course.  If  still  unsatisfied,  the  student  must  discuss  the  matter  w  ith  the  dean  of 
the  college  in  w  hich  the  course  is  offered.  .A  Student  Congress  member  ma\ 
accompany  and  ad\  ise  the  student  during  the  Lev  el  I  procedures.  Onl\  after  all 
attempts  for  resolution  at  Level  I  have  been  exhausted  may  the  student  initiate 
Level  II. 

Level  II:  Appeal  Screening 

.\.    Composition:  Each  year  there  shall  be  appointed  a  Grade  .Appeals 

Committee  to  determine  the  existence  of  the  substantive  basis  for  appeal. 
The  committee  vk  ill  be  composed  of  seven  voting  members:  three  faculty 
members  appointed  by  .APSCUF.  three  members  elected  b\  and  from  the 
Senate  Academic  Committee  (one  facultv .  one  administrator,  one 
student),  and  one  student  appointed  by  the  Student  Congress.  A  quorum 
consists  of  a  majoritv  of  the  comminee.  To  take  action,  a  majority  of 
those  present  must  be  faculty. 

B.  Procedure  to  Initiate  Appeal:  To  initiate  Level  11  of  the  appeal,  the 
student  must  file  an  appeal  form  with  the  Provost's  Office.  This  form 
must  be  filed  w  ithin  sixty  (60)  calendar  days  of  the  beginning  of  the 
semester  immediately  following  the  semester  in  which  the  grade  was 
received.  The  Provost's  Office  ma\  extend  the  sixt>-day  limit  onl>  in 
unusual  circumstances  when  equitv  demands  it  and  when  the  student's 
0V4  n  procrastination  or  misunderstanding  did  not  substantially  contribute 
to  the  delay.  [Note:  Grade  appeals  will  not  generally  be  processed  during 
the  summer.  Therefore,  the  appeal  of  anv  grade  receiv  ed  in  the  spring  or 
summer  sessions  normallv  will  be  processed  in  the  fall.  .A  review  will  be 
scheduled  in  the  summer  only  when  the  student's  academic  eligibility  is 
jeopardized  bv  the  grade  in  question  or  when  the  student  is  a  graduating 
senior.]  The  Provosts  Office  w  ill  notifv  the  appropriate  dean,  departmen 
chairperson,  facultv  member,  and  the  Student  Congress  president  of  the 
student's  initiation  of  the  Level  II  process. 

C.  Procedure  to  Process  .Appeal:  The  student  will  be  expected  to  submit 
w  ritten  documentation  of  his./her  complaint  and  the  facultv  member  will 
be  expected  to  submit  in  writing  the  course  grading  procedure  and  any 
other  pertinent  information.  .Appeals  based  on  discrimination  w  ill  be 
reviewed  according  to  current  standards  of  nondiscriminatory  action. 
Appeals  based  on  capriciousness  will  be  re\  iewed  in  light  of  the  faculty 
member's  atmounced  evaluation  and  grading  system.  The  committee  wU 
review  the  materials  to  den\  or  confirm  appeal  continuance.  Denial  of 
appeal  continuance  must  be  by  a  negati\  e  v  ote  of  four  members  of  the 
committee.  This  committee  will  inform  the  Provost's  Office  of  its 


Academic  Policies-Si 


findings.  Within  five  (5)  class  days  of  the  receipt  of  the  committee's 
report,  the  provost  or  designee  will  notitS  the  student  and  the  faculty 
member  of  the  fmdings.  If  the  basis  for  appeal  is  determined  to  be 
substanti\  e.  the  provost  or  designee  » ill  schedule  a  Grade  Revievi  Panel 
» ithin  fifteen  ( 15 1  class  days  to  be  convened  prior  to  the  conclusion  of  the 
semester. 

Le\el  111:  Appeal  Review 

.A.    Composition:  The  Grade  Review  Panel  will  consist  of  five  voting 

members:  one  academic  dean  or  associate  dean  and  four  faculty  members. 
Four-fifths  of  the  \ oling  members  will  be  a  quorum.  The  Student 
Congress  .Academic  .Affairs  Committee  chairperson  may  ad\  ise  as 
^        requested  b>  the  student.  The  affirmative  action  officer  will  ad\  ise  in 
appeals  based  on  discrimination.  The  panel  » ill  be  constituted  from  the 
Grade  Review  Pool  b\  random  selection.  The  panel  chairperson  will  be 
elected  b\  and  from  the  panel  before  each  rev  iew. 

B.  Membership:  The  Grade  Review  Pool  w  ill  be  established  in  the  spring 
term  to  ser\e  for  the  following  academic  sear.  The  pool  and  rotational 
order  within  the  pool  will  be  established  by  the  Provost's  Office.  .A  pool 
of  three  deans  or  associate  deans  and  twehe  full-time  faculty  members 

w  ill  be  maintained.  In  establishing  the  membership  for  each  rev  iew  panel, 
prior  to  each  review  the  names  of  those  designated  as  primary  members 
of  the  specific  panel  and  a\ ailable  as  alternates  will  be  supplied  to  all 
parties  involved.  A  panel  member  ma\  request  (to  the  provost  or 
designee)  disqualification  due  to  a  conflict  of  interest.  The  student  and  the 
faculty  member  may  eliminate  names  in  proportion  to  the  composition  of 
the  panel.  Each  may  eliminate  only  one  dean/associate  dean  and  four 
faculty.  The  instructor  and  the  student  will  be  supplied  a  list  of  all 
primary  and  secondary  pool  members.  The  opportunity  to  disqualify 
panel  members  will  take  place  only  once.  Resulting  vacancies  will  be 
filled  from  the  appropriate  pool  of  alternates  so  that  the  panel  will  be 
composed  of  one  dean/associate  dean  and  four  faculty.  If  through  self- 
disqualification  and  challenges  a  panel  cannot  be  constituted  from  the 
pool,  then  the  Office  of  the  Provost  will  supplement  the  pool  using 
appropriate  random  selection  methods. 

C.  Procedure: 

1 .  Both  the  student  and  the  instructor  will  have  the  right  to  appear 
before  the  panel,  present  w  itnesses.  and  offer  evidence.  In  addition  to 
those  specified  in  Level  111.  Section  .A.  each  may  also  bring  one 
observer,  w  ith  whom  they  may  consult  but  who  may  not  participate 
in  the  review. 

2.  The  panel  shall  determine  its  rules  of  order  for  internal  operation. 
.After  hearing  the  evidence  brought  forth,  the  panel  w  ill  privately 
deliberate  and  render  a  decision.  If  the  grade  appeal  is  upheld,  the 
panel  w  ill  constitute  a  committee  of  three  appropriate  faculty 
(ordinarily  faculty  from  the  department  in  which  the  course  is 
offered)  who  will  review  the  student's  work  and  determine  the 
appropriate  grade  or  suitable  remedy.  The  panel  will  incorporate  this 
information  in  the  determination  which  it  then  forwards  to  the 
Provost's  Office  for  implementation.  (The  panel  may  recommend  or 
the  department  may  deem  it  appropriate  that  the  grades  of  other 
studenLs  in  the  class  also  be  reviewed.) 

-      The  written  report  sent  to  the  Provost's  Office  will  state  whether  the 
student's  appeal  is  upheld  or  denied;  if  upheld,  the  committee's 
evaluation  and  remedy  will  be  included.  All  documents  supponing 
the  report  will  be  sealed  and  kept  only  as  long  as  necessary  to  insure 
the  appropriate  action  is  taken  (normally  one  year)  before  being 
dcsiroved  or  returned  to  the  individual  presenting  the  evidence. 

Implementalion 

A.    Faculty  Compensation:  If  a  Review  Panel  (hearing!  is  scheduled  at  a  time 
in  the  summer  when  any  faculty  member  involved  is  not  under  contract, 
the  faculty  member  will  be  compen.sated  under  terms  mutually  agreed 
upon  at  Mcci-and-Discuss. 

B     Continuing  Rights:  This  appeal  docs  not  supplant  any  legal  rights 

ilfordcd  by  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  and/or  the  Government 
■I  the  Lnited  Stales.  Nothing  in  this  policy  abrogates  or  modifies  any 
provisions  of  or  rights  under  the  Collective  Bargaining  Agreement. 

C.     Intended  Purpose:  The  grade  appeal  procedures  are  designed  simply  as  a 
means  to  resolve  differences  between  students  and  faculty  related  to 
grading.  Under  no  circumstances  should  the  results  of  a  grade  appeal  be 
used  for  disciplinary  action  or  personnel. 


D.     *  Amendment:  Amendments  may  be  implemented  upon  concurrence  by 
University  Senate.  APSCLT  Representative  Council,  and  Meet-and- 
Discuss. 

*Note:  In  the  amendment  process  above,  specification  of  University  Senate 
implies  the  Council  of  Trustees'  role  in  approving  Senate  actions  and 
recognizes  the  Council  of  Trustees'  final  action  to  change  policy. 

This  policy  replaces  the  policy  originally  effective  at  the  beginning  of  the 
Spring  Semester.  1986.  Approved:  University  Senate,  May  2.  1989;  Council  of 
Trustees.  May  19.  1989. 

Computer  Software  Policy 

It  is  the  policy  of  lUP  that  contractually  protected  and/or  copyrighted 
computer  software  shall  not  be  improperly  copied,  distributed,  or  used  b\  its 
employees,  students,  or  affiliated  organizations.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  each 
member  of  the  university  community  to  adhere  to  this  policy  and  to  enforce  it 
with  regard  to  those  they  supervise.  If  any  member  of  the  community  has  a 
question  regarding  the  propriety  of  using  software,  s^e  is  responsible  for 
contacting  his/her  supervisor  for  direction.  The  supers  isor  may  in  turn  refer 
the  questions  to  the  director  of  .Academic  Computing  of  the  ISCC  for  a 
decision  on  w  hat  constitutes  proper  use.  The  full  text  of  the  policy  adopted  by 
University  Senate  and  Council  of  Trustees  in  May.  1988.  is  available  in  the 
computer  laboratories  and  from  the  director  of  .Academic  Computing. 


34-liidiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Requirements  for  Graduation 

Undergraduate  students  at  lUP  ma\  pursue  programs  of  study  in  an\  one  of 
the  six  undergraduate  colleges:  the  College  of  Business,  the  College  of 
Education,  the  College  of  Fine  .^rts.  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  and 
Health  Sciences,  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  or  the 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics.  A  student  may  earn  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  ."Vrts.  Bachelor  of  Science.  Bachelor  of  Fine  .Arts,  or  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education.  To  do  so.  the  student  must  satisfy  all  of  the 
degree  requirements,  which  fall  into  three  categories:  1 1  uni\ersity 
requirements:  2)  college  requirements;  ?•)  department  requirements. 
Requirements  of  the  latter  tw  o  categories  may  be  found  under  the  college  and 
the  department  in  »  hich  the  student  is  pursuing  a  program  of  study . 

University  requirements  for  graduation  in  all  curriculums  consist  of  Liberal 
Studies  requirements,  residency  requirements,  and  the  semester  hour  and 
cumulative  quality-point  average  requirements. 

Exception:  Students  who  enrolled  in  a  degree  program  prior  to  June  1.  1989. 
are  not  subject  to  Liberal  Studies  requirements;  they  will  complete  degree 
requirements  including  the  General  Education  components  outlined  in  earlier 
editions  of  the  Undergraduate  Catalog.  Transfer  students  entering  the 
university  between  June  1.  1989.andJune  I.  1991  were  assigned  either  to 
General  Education  or  Liberal  Studies  at  the  time  their  transcripts  were 
evaluated.  All  transfer  students  admitted  after  June  I.  1991.  are  subject  to  the 
Liberal  Studies  requirements. 

.Academic  Life  during  the  Freshman  Year 

During  the  Summer  Orientation  (Phase  II.  as  described  in  (he  section  on 
Orientation),  students  meet  with  faculty  advisers  to  plan  a  program  of  courses 
for  their  fu^st  year.  This  careful  planning  considers  students'  individual 
preferences,  the  results  of  placement  testing,  and  degree  program  requirements. 

With  a  typical  freshman  academic  schedule,  students  progress  both  in  the 
universilywide  Liberal  Studies  program  and  in  their  intended  majors. 

Three  Liberal  Studies  courses  are  designed  especially  for  freshmen,  and  all 
students  are  expected  to  complete  these  courses  during  their  first  year.  The 
three  are  EN  101  College  Writing.  HI  1 95  History:  The  Modem  Era,  and  one 
course  from  a  list  of  Fine  .Arts  selections. 


perception,  and  aesthetic  sensitivity:  (2)  the  acquisition  of  a  body  of  knowledge 

or  understanding  essential  to  an  educated  person:  and  (3 )  an  understanding  of 
the  phy  sical.  as  well  as  the  intellectual,  nature  of  human  beings. 

Liberal  Studies  Requirements 

Note:  Specific  courses  may  be  required  or  recommended  by  colleges  or  major 
departments;  see  degree  program  outlines  for  specifications. 

.Additional  courses  may  be  added  to  some  categories  during  the  next  academic 
year:  an  updated  listing  is  printed  in  each  semesters  schedule  of 
undergraduate  course  offerinas. 


Learning  Skills: 
English  Composition 


Two  Courses 


7sh 


EN  101        College  Wntmg 

EN202       Research  Writing  (sophomore  standing) 


Learning  Skills: 
Mathematics 


One  Course  from  List 


3-4sh 


M.AIOI       Foundations  of  Mathematics 

M.AI02       Finite  Mathematics 

M.AIIO       Elementary  Functions 

MA  121       Calculus  I  for  Natural  and  Social  Sciences  and  Business 

MAI2?      Calculus  I  for  Physics  and  Chemistry 

MA  1 27      Calculus  I 

MAI31       Elements  of  Math  I  (restricted  to 

designated  majors) 
MA  1 52      Elements  of  Math  II  (restricted  to 

designated  majors ) 
MA217      Probability  and  Statistics 
BE  1 1 1        Business  Mathematics  (restricted  to  designated  majors) 


Humanities 


Three  Courses* 


9sh 


■"One  course  in  history,  one  in  literature,  and  one  in  philosophy  or  religious 
studies. 


Historv: 
HI  19.5' 


Histon ;  The  Modem  Era 


College  Writing  enhances  skills  in  written  expression  that  are  essential  to 
success  at  the  university.  History :  The  Modem  Era  builds  critical  thinking 
skills  and  provides  a  foundation  of  know  ledge  for  subsequent  courses. 
Whichever  fine  arts  course  is  chosen  encourages  an  appreciative  participation 
in  campus  cultural  life. 

Professors  teaching  these  courses  work  cooperatively  with  each  other  and  w  ith 
Student  Affairs  Division  staff  to  integrate  class  work  w  ith  campus  lectures  and 
arts  events.  Study  skills  development  and  tutoring  services  are  also  provided 
as  necessary. 

Semester  Hour  and  Cumulative  Quality-Point  Average 
Requirement 

Each  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  124  semester  hours  to  graduate, 
including  5.3  hours  in  Liberal  Studies  (all  on  a  passing  basis),  and  must  have  a 
2.0  (  "C"  grade)  cumulative  quality-point  average  and  a  2.0  ("C")  average  in 
his/her  major  and/or  minor  field. 


Literature: 

EN12I  Humanities:  Literature 

FL12I  Introduction  to  Literature  (taught  in  English) 

EN210  Literary  Analysis  (English  and  Communication  majors) 

Philosophy  or  Religious  Studies: 

PHIOI  General  Logic 

PH 1 20  Introduction  to  Philosophy 

PH221  Introduction  to  Svmbolic  Logic 

PH222  Ethics 

PH223  Philosophy  of  .An 

RSlOO  Introduction  to  Religion 

RS250  Understanding  the  Bible 

RS290  Christianitv 


Fine  .Arts 


One  Course  from  List 


AHIOI       Introduction  to  .Art 
MHIOI       Introduction  to  Music 
TH 1 0 1        Introduction  to  Theater 


3sh 


Liberal  Studies 

.All  students  must  lultill  the  requirements  of  the  university's  Liberal  Studies 
program.  This  involves  a  minimum  of  53  semester  hours  divided  among 
Learning  Skills.  Knowledge  .Areas,  and  Synthesis.  The  number  of  semester 
hours  may  rise  slightly  depending  on  student  choices.  Different  colleges  and 
sometimes  departments  within  colleges  may  ha\e  specific  variations  as  to  how 
these  Liberal  Studies  requirements  are  to  be  met. 

Liberal  Studies  provides  the  broad  \  ision  and  understanding  that  enable 
indiv  iduals  to  enjoy  full,  rich  lives  and  to  play  constructive  roles  in  their 
communities.  The  goals  for  Liberal  Studies  include  ( 1 )  the  development  of 
important  modes  of  thinking  and  intellectual  skills:  critical  thinking,  literacy . 
understanding  numerical  data,  historical  consciousness,  scientific  inquiry,  ethical 


Natural  Science 


One  Option 


8-lOsh 


Option  1:     Two-semester  Laboratory  Course  Sequence  Ssh 

Two  courses  with  laboratories  i4sh  each),  paired  together  in  a 
sequence,  from  the  natural  science  laboratory  course  list. 


Natural  Science  Laboratory  Sequences: 
BII03  and  104  General  Biology  I  and  II 
CHIOI  and  102  College  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CHI  1 1  and  1 12  General  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CHI  13  and  1 14  Concepts  in  Chemistry 

Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry 
GSIOI/102-103/ia4  Earth  Science  I  and  II  with  labs 

(either  order) 


Reqiiiiemenis  for  Gradiialion-35 


GSI2I/I2:  or  123  Physical  Geology  with  lab 

and  GS131/132  or  133  Historical  Geology  with  lab 
PYl  11/121  and  1 12/122  Physics  1  and  II  with  labs '' 
PY131/141  and  132/142  Physics  1  and  II  with  labs  (calculus) 
SCIO?  and  106  Physical  Science  1  and  II  (either  order) 


102.  Veterans  are  given  four  credits  toward  these  requirements  by  validating 
two  vears  active  duty  via  form  DD214. 


g 
8 

lOsh 


Option  II:  One  Laboratory  plus  Two  Nonlaboratory  Courses 

One  course  with  laboratory  (4sh)  from  the  natural  science 
laboratory  course  list  followed  by  two  courses  (3sh  each)  from 
natural  science  nonlaboratory  course  list.  One  of  the  nonlaboratory 
courses  ma\  be  counted  aaain  amons  the  Liberal  Studies  Electives 


Natural  Science  Laboratory  Courses: 

BIIO?        General  Biology  I 

CHlOl       College  Chemistry  I 

CHI  1 1        General  Chemisin  I 

CHI  13       Concepts  in  Chemistry 

GSlOl/102  Earth  Science  I  with  lab 

GS103/1(U  Earth  Science  II  with  lab 

GS 12 1/122  or  123  Physical  Geology  with  lab 

PVl  11/121  Physics  I 

PV131/141  Physics  I  (calculus) 

PY151/161  Medical  Physics 

SC105        Physical  Science  I 

SCI 06        Physical  Science  II 

Natural  Science  Nonlaboratory  Courses: 

BI114  Environmental  Science 

BI115  Biotic  Diversity  of  North  America(I) 

BI160  Biology  of  .Aging 

GSlOl  EarthSciencel  " 

GSI03  Earth  Science  II 

GSllO  General  .Astronomy 

GS12I  Physical  Geology  ' 

GS  1 3 1  Historical  Geology 

GS141  Intrtxluction  to  Ocean  Science 

GS  1 5 1  .Age  of  Dinosaurs 

GS22I  Physical  Resources  of  the  Earth 

PYlOl  Energy  and  the  Environment 

PYl  11  Physics  I 

PYl  12  Physics  II 

PY131  Physics  I  (calculus) 

PYl 32  Physics  II  (calculus) 

PY151  .Medical  Physics 


( 1 )  Pending  Senate  approval 
Social  Sciences 


Health  and  VN  ellness         One  Course 


HP  1 43 

FN  143 


Health  and  Wellness 
Nutrition  and  Wellness 


Three  Courses  from  List*        9sh 


*No  course  prefix  may  be  used  more  than  once 

AN  110  Contemporary  Anthropology  ( I )  3 

AN211  Cultural  Anthropology  ( I )  3 

AN2 1 3  World  Archaeology  3 

CRIOI  Crime  and  Justice  Systems  3 

EClOl  Basic  Economics  3 

ECI2I  Principles  of  Economics  1  3 

GElOl  Intro  to  Geography:  Human  Environment  Interaction  3 

GE102  Geography  of  U.S.  and  Canada  3 

GE103  Introduction  to  Human  Geography  3 

GE104  Geography  of  Son- Western  World  ( I )  3 

PS  101  World  Politics  ( 1 )  3 

PSllI  American  Politics  3 

PC  101  General  Psychology  3 

SO  I. SI  Principles  of  Sociology  3 

S023 1  Contemporary  Social  Problems  3 
( I )  Also  fulfills  requirement  for  non- Western  course 


3sh 

3 
3 


An  aliemale  method  of  fulfilling  this  requirement  is  the  completion  of  one 
year  of  Military  Scicnce/ROTC:  MS  101  American  Military  History  (1650- 
1^20)  and  Lab  (2sh)  and  MSI02  American  Military  History  ( 1920-presenl) 
and  Lab  (2sh).  The  courses  MS203  and  204  may  be  substituted  for  MSIOl  and 


Liberal  Studies 
Electives 


Three  Courses  from  List* 


9sh 


*Al  least  one  course  must  be  numbered  200  or  higher 

*No  course  carry  ing  the  student's  major  prefix  may  be  used 

*No  course  prefix  may  be  used  more  than  once,  except  for  intermediate-level 

foreign  language  prefixes  (FR.  GM.  SP.  L.A.  and  GK)  which  may  be  used 

twice. 

Courses  listed  as  nonlaboratory  natural  sciences  may  be  used  as  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

Many  Non-Western  Cultures  courses  may  be  used  as  Liberal  Studies 
Electives.  as  noted. 


The  following  courses  are  also  approved: 

.AH205  .Ancient  to  Medieval  .An 

.AH206  Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art 

.AH21I  Modem  Art 

.AH222  Art  in  America 

BE  10 1  Microbased  Computer  Literacy 

(identical  to  CO  10 l.IM  101) 

CO  101  Microbased  Computer  Literacy 

(identical  to  BE  10  l.IM  101) 

CS 101  Personal  and  Family  Management 

CS315  Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance 

EC  1 22  Principles  of  Economics  II 

FN145  Introduction  to  Nutrition 

FR201  College  French  I  (2) 

FR202  College  French  II  (2) 

FR203  Accelerated  College  French 

FR301  Portraits  of  Women  in  French  Novels 

GE230  Cultural  Geography 

GE231  Economic  Geography 

GE253  Geography  of  Europe 

GM251  German  111(2) 

GM252  German  IV  (2) 

HE218  Child  Development 

HE224  Marriage  and  Family  Relations 

HI210  Ancient  Ci\  ilizations  of  Mediterranean  and  Near  East 

HI212  Ancient  and  Medieval  Europe 

HI214  Themes  in  American  History 

HI.305  Renaissance  and  Reformation 

HI363  Thought  and  Culture  in  Early  America 

HI364  Thought  and  Culture  in  Modem  America 

HI366  African-American  Women 

IM 1 0 1  Microbased  Computer  Literacy 

(identical  to  BE  101,  CO  101) 

LA20I  Intemiediate  Latin  (2) 

MA  121  Calculus  1(1) 

MA  122  Calculus  II 

MA  1 23  Calculus  1(1) 

MA  1 24  Calculus  II 

MA  I. "12  Elements  of  Mathematics  11  (1 ) 

(specified  majors  only) 

MA214  Probability  and  Statistics 

MA216  Probability  and  Statistics 

MA217  Probability  and  Statistics  (1) 

MH30I  Music  His'iory  1 

MH302  Music  History  11 

PC310  Development  Psychology 

PC321  Abnomial  Psychology 

PC330  Social  Psychology 

PC378  Death  and  Dying 

PH232  Philosophical  Perspectives  on  Love  and  Marriage 

PH321  Symbolic  Logic  II 

PH323  Political  Philosophy 

PH324  History  of  Philosophy  I 

PH325  History  of  Philosophy  II 

PH326  Phenomenology  and  Existentialism 

PH327  American  Philosophy  linaclivel 

PH32y  Philosophy  of  Religion 

PH3.30  Philosophy  of  Science 


3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
6 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 

4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
3 

3 
4 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 


36-liuliaini  University  of  Peimsylvania 


PH400  Ethics  and  Public  Policy 

PH403  Justice  and  Human  Rights 

PH420  Metaph\sics 

PH42I  Theon  of  Knowledge 

PH450  Philosophy  of  Law 

PH460  Philosophy  of  Language 

PS346  Political  Sociology 

RS200  Religion  and  CuUure 

RS:iO  World  Scriptures 

RS260  American  Religious  Development 

RS312  Archaeology  and  the  Bible 

RS410  History  of  Christian  Thought  I 

RS440  History  of  Christian  Thought  II 

S0237  World  Societies  and  World  Systems 

S0332  Racial  and  Ethnic  Minorities 

SO340  SociologN  of  Industry 

S0354  Sexual  Inequality  in  Human  Societies 

S0445  Social  Stratit"ication 

S0458  Political  Sociology 

[same  as  PS346  Political  Sociology] 

SP20 1  Intermediate  Spanish  ( 2 1 

SP2I I  Intensi\e  Intermediate  Spanish  [formerly  SP20I  j 


( 1 )    also  fulfills  Liberal  Studies  Social  Science  requirement 
(2l    also  fulfills  Liberal  Studies  Elective  requirement 


Synthesis 


One  Course 


3sh 


( 1 )  Students  may  use  this  course  to  fulfill  either  the  Learning  Skills: 
Mathematics  requirement  or  a  Liberal  Studies  Elective  requirement,  but 
not  both. 

(2)  Higher-level  language  courses  may  be  substituted  by  students 
demonstrating  such  ability  on  placement  tests. 


Non-Western 
Cultures 


One  Course  from  List 


3sh* 


*Students  must  fulfill  this  requirement  by  completing  one  course  from  the  list: 
most  of  these  courses  will  at  the  same  time  fulfill  other  requirements  set  by 
Liberal  Studies  or  in  some  cases  by  a  college  or  department. 

AN  1 10       Contemporary  Anthropology  (1 )  3 

AN211        Cultural  .Anthropology  ( I )  3 

AN271       Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa  (2)  [same  as  S027 1 1  3 

AN272       Cultural  Area  Studies:  China  (2)  [same  as  S0272]  3 

AN273       Cultural  .Area  Studies:  Southeast  .Asia  [same  as  S0273]  3 

.AN350       Anthropolog)  of  Women  (2)  3 

.AN365       Native  North  .American  Religions  [same  as  RS365]  3 

EC339        Economic  Development  1  3 

EC350       Comparative  Economic  SysleiTis  (2)  3 

GE104       Geography  of  Non-Weslem  World  1 1 )  3 

GE252        Geography  of  Latin  America  (2 1  3 

GE255       Geography  of  Africa  (2)  3 

GE2.'i6       Geography  of  East  Asia  (2)  3 

GE257       Geography  of  South  and  Southeast  Asia  (2)  3 

HI330        History  of  the  Islamic  Civilization  (2)  3 

HI331         ModeiTiMiddleEa,st(2l  3 

1S281         Special  Topics  in  Non-Western  Studies  (2)  3 

PS  101        World  Politics  1 1 1  3 

PS382        Political  Systems:  .Africa  (2)  3 

RSI  10        WorldRerigions(2)  3 

RS3II        Eastern  Philosophy  (2)  3 

RS360        .African  Religions  (2)  3 

RS365        Native  North  American  Religions  (2)  [same  as  AN3651  3 

RS370        Religions  ofChina  and  Japan  (2)  3 

RS375        Religions  of  India  (2 1  3 

RS380        Islam  (2)  3 

50271  Cultural  .Area  Studies:  Africa  (2)  [same  as  AN271]  3 

50272  Cultural  Area  Studies:  China  (2)  [same  as  AN272]  3 

50273  Cultural  .Area  Studies:  Southeast  Asia  (2)  3 
[same  as  .AN273] 

SP344        20th  Century  Spanish  American  Culture  3 

and  Civilization  (2)  [taught  in  Spanish| 

SP364         Survey  of  Spanish  American  Literature  (2)  3 

[taught  in  Spanish] 
Note:  This  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  certain  Study  Abroad  programs  in 
non-Western  culture  areas  or  by  completion  of  level  II  or  higher  in  non- 
Western  languages  offered  through  the  Critical  Languages  Program. 
Additional  information  is  in  the  respecti\  e  catalog  sections.  Further 
infomialion  is  available  in  the  Center  for  International  Studies. 


LS  499       Senior  Synthesis  (required  of  all  students)  3 

Prerequisite:  73  or  more  semester  hours  earned 

This  course  helps  students  understand  and  handle  complex 
intellectual  and  social  issues  from  multiple  perspectives.  A 
selection  of  topics  is  available  each  semester  and  summer  session. 
Students  should  schedule  the  course  during  the  senior  year,  or  at 
least  no  earlier  than  the  last  half  of  the  junior  year. 

Writing  Across  the  Curriculum 
Minimum  of  Two  "W"  Courses 

All  students  must  include  among  the  total  courses  required  for  graduation  a 
minimum  of  two  designated  writing-intensive  courses.  One  of  these  courses 
must  be  in  the  students  primary  major:  the  other(s)  may  be  in  Liberal  Studies, 
college  or  major  requirements,  or  free  electives.  Such  courses,  which  involve 
extensive  use  of  w  riting  as  part  of  the  learning  experience,  are  identified  w  ith 
a  /V\7  in  each  semesters  Schedule  of  Undergraduate  Course  Offerings. 

Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements 

Tlie  miniinum  total  semester  hour  requirement  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  at 
IL'P  is  124.  Students  who  enroll  in  degree  programs  that  require  more  than 
124.  or  w  ho  seek  the  added  benefit  of  a  double  major,  minor,  or  specialized 
program,  or  who  change  majors  should  plan  their  sequence  of  courses 
carefully  w  ith  an  adviser.  Such  students  should  be  alert  to  the  possibility  that 
the\  may  need  to  carry  a  heavier  than  a\  erage  class  load  in  order  to  complete 
the  degree  in  eight  semesters.  In  some  situations,  summer  work  or  an  extra 
semester  may  be  necessary.  The  need  to  enroll  in  remedial  or  other  preparator\ 
coursew  ork  or  to  repeat  courses  may  also  affect  progress  toward  a  degree. 

Residency  Requirement 

.All  students  receiv  ing  an  initial  lUP  baccalaureate  degree  are  required  to 
complete  forty-five  semester  hours  in  lUP  courses.  .At  least  fifteen  semester 
hours  in  lUP  courses  are  required  to  fulfill  an  lUP  major  and  a  minimum  of 
six  semester  hours  for  a  minor.  Normally,  the  student  w  ill  complete  the  final 
thirty  semester  hours  in  residence  in  IL'P  courses,  unless  specific  approval  has 
been  secured  from  the  dean  of  the  student's  college.  Exception  to  the  above 
requirements  for  courses  to  be  earned  in  residence  at  IL'P  may  be  granted  by 
the  college  deans  based  upon  the  appropriateness  and  academic  integrity  of  the 
courses  in  question.  This  approval  is  generally  sought  as  part  of  the  process  for 
prior  approval  of  off-campus  coursework. 

Pre-Approval  for  Transfer  Coursework 

Students  enrolled  at  IL'P  who  w  ish  to  take  coursework  at  another  institution 
(either  during  the  summer  or  regular  semesters  I  must  complete  an  Application 
for  Coursework  Outside  IL'P  prior  to  taking  the  coursels).  Only  the  credits 
from  the  course(s)  transfer,  not  the  grade;  therefore,  students  cannot  use 
outside  coursework  for  IL'P's  repeat  policy.  Only  the  credits  for  which 
students  receive  the  grade  of  A.  B.  or  C  will  transfer.  If  P/F  is  the  only  grading 
option  available,  there  must  be  a  narrative  evaluation  from  the  faculty  member 
certifving  that  the  work  was  of  C  level  or  better.  No  more  than  sixty  credits 
total  may  be  earned  at  a  junior  or  communitv  college  for  application  toward  an 
IL'P  degree.  If  the  courses  are  being  taken  w  ithin  the  student's  last  thirty 
credits,  the  courses  must  be  taken  at  IL'P  unless  the  student's  residency 
requirement  is  waived  by  the  college  dean.  Courses  without  prior  approval  ate 
taken  at  the  risk  of  the  student:  there  is  no  obligation  on  the  part  of  any  officer 
of  this  university  to  accept  or  transfer  such  credit. 

Forms  for  approval  of  off-campus  coursework  are  available  in  the  Office  of 
Academic  Information  Systems.  Full  directions  on  the  form  outline  the  steps 
involving  the  transfer  evaluation,  student's  adviser,  and  college  dean,  or 
designee.  .After  completing  off-campus  coursework.  students  should  have  the 
institution  at  w hich  the  work  was  taken  send  a  final  official  transcript  directly 
to  Transfer  Evaluation  Sen  ices,  349  Sutton  Hall,  ILP.  Indiana.  P.A  15705. 
Copies  of  transcripts  issued  to  or  hand  carried  b>  students  will  not  be  accepted. 

Eligibility  and  Application  for  Graduation 

Commencement  ceremonies  are  held  annually  at  IL'P  at  the  conclusion  of  the 
spring  semester  during  the  month  of  Max .  Only  students  w  ho  ha\  e  completed  i 
all  requirements  for  graduation  b\  the  end  of  the  spring  semester  are  eligible 
to  participate  in  the  commencement  exercises.  Students  who  have  w  ithdrawn 
from  courses  or  have  elected  to  take  incompletes  or  have  failed  courses  during 


Requirements  for  Gnuiuation-37 


the  spring  semester  and  thus  have  not  met  the  requirements  for  graduation  ma> 
not  participate  in  commencement  exercises  until  those  requirements  have  been 
fulfilled.  Students  completing  requirements  in  August  or  December  are 
included  on  the  graduation  list  the  following  Mas  and  may  panicipate  in 
commencement  at  that  lime. 

Students  are  responsible  for  knov\  ing  and  fulfilling  the  requirements  for 
graduation  in  their  degree  program.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to 
complete  a  form  to  apply  for  graduation  and  submit  it  to  the  office  of  the  dean 
of  his/her  college  early  in  the  term  prior  to  graduation. 

Certification  for  graduation  is  not  final  until  approved  by  the  dean  of  the 
college  in  which  the  student  is  enrolled.  Diplomas  will  not  be  issued  until  all 
bills  and  obligations  have  been  satisfied,  including  the  degree  fee,  and  final 
certification  for  graduation  has  been  issued  b\  the  student's  college  dean. 

Non-Native  Students:  English  Language  Requirements 

Non-native  students  of  English,  either  inlemaiional  students  or  those  from  the 
U.S.  for  whom  English  Is  not  iheir  first  learned  language,  are  required  to  take 
an  ESL  Screening/Placement  Test  prior  to  registration  in  the  first  semester 
attending  IL'P.  The  test  is  administered  prior  to  registration  in  both  the  fall  and 
spring  semesters.  Results  of  this  test  are  used  to  determine  for  which  English 
course  (ENIOO/ESL.  ENIOl/ESL.  EN2(I2/ESL.  EN121/ESL)  a  newly 
admitted  non-native  student  must  register.  In  addition,  any  currently  enrolled 
non-native  student  can  take  the  regularly  scheduled  test  to  determine 
registration  for  non-ESL  English  courses.  For  funher  information,  contact  Dr. 
Dan  Tannacilo.  212  Eicher  Hall;  telephone  (412)357-7081. 


Undergraduate  Catalog  Applicability  Timeframe 

The  uni\ersit\  reserves  the  right  to  modify  degree  requirements  through 
established  governance  channels.  However,  the  general  policy  has  been 
established  that  the  following  timeframe  regulations  form  the  basis  for 
application  of  the  university's  undergraduate  degree  requirements: 

1.  A  student  who  has  been  in  continuous  registration  (fall  and  spring 
semesters)  or  who  has  inierruption(s)  of  less  than  two  calendar  years  is 
governed  by  the  requirements  outlined  in  the  catalog  in  effect  at  the  time 
of  entrance  into  a  degree  program  (major). 

a.  .A  student  who  changes  major  will  be  governed  by  the  requirements 
of  the  major  and/or  college  at  the  time  of  acceptance  into  the  new 
major,  w  iihout  change  of  Liberal  Studies  requirements  except  as 
specified  by  the  new  major. 

b.  A  student  entering  through  the  nondegree  program  is  governed  by 
the  requirements  in  effect  at  the  time  degree  candidacy  is  awarded. 

c.  A  part-time  student  may  be  covered  by  these  prov  isions  of 
continuous  registration  to  a  maximum  of  ten  years. 

2.  A  student  whose  education  is  interrupted  b\  two  or  more  calendar  years 
will  be  governed  by  the  requirements  in  effect  at  the  time  of  readmission 
to  the  university.  The  readmission  may  carry  specific 
requirements/substitutions  necessary  to  prov  ide  for  program  integrity. 

3.  The  applicability  of  coursework  completed  more  than  ten  years  prior  to 
the  degree  date  is  subject  to  review  by  the  dean  or  designee  for  evaluation 
on  a  course-bv-course  basis. 


38-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  Library  faculty  offers  individual  and  group  assistance  in  using  the 
Library  "s  resources.  Libran,  ser\  ices  include  access  to  both  local  and  national 
data  bases,  media  equipment  and  production  support,  and  classes  in 
bibliographic  instruction. 

The  Library  faculty  offers  a  one-credit  course  in  the  use  of  libraries.  LB151: 
Introduction  to  Librar\  Resources. 


Academic  Affairs  Division 
Areas 

Hilda  Richards,  Provost 
Mark  J.  Staszkiewicz,  Associate  Provost 
Sharon  Brown-McGowan.  Assistant  Provost 
Alphonse  Novels,  Assistant  Provost 

The  Academic  Affairs  areas  below  provide  instruction  in  several  disciplines 
that  are  not  specific  to  one  of  the  uni\  ersily's  distinct  colleges.  They  offer 
serN  ices  and  instruction  under  the  direction  of  the  Provost's  Office. 

The  University  Libraries 

Larry  .A.  Kroah.  Director:  Walter  R.  Laude.  Chairperson; 
Brown.  Conneil.  Hooks.  Janicki.  Jen.  Kaufman,  Kirby, 
Knupp.  Lucas.  McDevitt.  Rahkonen.  Shively.  Steiner. 
Zorich:  and  professors  emeriti  LaFranchi  and  U  addell 

The  Libraries  and  Media  Resources  Department  serves  the  informational  and 
research  needs  of  students  and  facult\  by  prox  iding  a  w  ide  variet\  of  academic 
resources  which  include  books,  periodicals,  micro  materials,  media,  and 
computer  data  base.  The  Library  is  committed  to  pro\  iding  greater  access  to 
an  ever-increasing  \  olume  of  information  using  such  ad\  ancements  as 
interactive  \  ideo.  satellite  teleconferencing,  microcomputer-based 
technologies,  and  a  stale-of-the-art  online  public  access  catalog,  in  addition  to 
more  traditional  means. 


Military  Science 


Ltc  Timothy  P.  Gilbert.  Chairperson:  Maj  Scott 
Ferderber.  Cpt  Martin  Fair.  Cpt  \Mlllam  .A.  Lipke,  Jr., 
Cpt  Walter  Lord.  Cpt  Mark  R.  McCrary.  Cpt  Edgardo  -\. 
Vega.  Sgm  Garland  Hill.  Msg  George  Zaun.  Sfc  Nlichael 
Camechias.  Sfc  Kenneth  Bartlett.  Sgt  Randy  Johnson.  Dae 
Donna  S.  Rankin 

IL  P  is  an  authorized  Senior  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps  (ROTO  unit. 
The  ROTC  program  offers  to  both  men  and  women  the  opponunit\  to  learn 
and  practice  leadership  and  managerial  techniques  that  \v  ill  pro\  e  beneficial  to 
all  life's  future  endea\ors;  to  obtain  credits  which  coiml  toward  graduation; 
and.  to  those  who  choose  to  complete  ihe  total  program,  to  obtain  a 
commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  the  U.S.  .-^miy. 

Regular  ROTC  classes  for  two  semesters  satisfy  the  mandator)  Liberal  Studies 
requirement  for  Health  and  Wellness  classes. 


Enrollment 

The  program  is  di\  ided  into  two  phases:  the  Basic  Course  (freshman  and 
sophomore  >earsi  and  the  .Advanced  Course  (junior  and  senior  years). 

Regular  Basic  Course 

The  first  two  \  ears  of  military  science  pro\  ide  a  background  of  the  historical 
role  of  military  forces  as  well  as  current  national  miliian.  objectives.  In 
addition,  basic  leadership  is  de\eloped  and  cenain  skills  are  taught,  such  as 
adventure  training,  survival  training,  map  reading,  self  defense,  rappelling.  and 
marksmanship.  Enrollment  in  an\  of  the  freshman-  or  sophomore-level  ROTC 
courses  (MS  101.  102,  20.^,  or  204)  in  no  way  obligates  or  commits  the  student 
to  an\  military  sen  ice  or  an\  further  ROTC  courses.  These  courses  are  offered 
on  the  same  basis  as  other  academic  courses  at  lUP  w  iih  the  privilege  of 
withdrawing  at  any  lime. 

Advanced  Course 

The  last  1» o  >ears  constitute  the  Advanced  Course  of  instruction  for  men  and 
women  w ho  desire  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  ihe  .Arm)  of  ihe 
Lniied  Slates  (eilher  the  .Army  Reserve.  National  Guard,  or.  for  selected 
scudents.  the  Regular  Ami)  ).  This  phase  is  composed  of  studies  in  advanced 
leadership  and  management,  tactics,  miliian.  law.  and  psychological, 
physiological,  and  social  factors  which  affect  human  beha\  ior.  Modem 
instructional  and  training  techniques  are  also  co\ered.  Practical  application  is 
the  rale,  and  students  have  the  opportunil\  to  practice  and  polish  Iheir  skills. 
Participation  in  the  .Advanced  Course  w  ill  earn  the  student  approximately 
S2.500.  between  SlOO-a-monih  subsistence  and  pay  for  summer  camp  (S1.800 
is  not  taxable).  For  continuation  in  ROTC  during  the  junior  and  senior  years, 
the  student  must  have  a  2.0  grade-poini  average  in  (he  student's  academic 
area,  have  successfully  completed  requirements  for  the  ROTC  Basic  Course, 
pass  a  phvsical  examination,  and  be  accepted  by  the  Professor  of  Militarv 
Science  (PMS).  The  L  .S.  knny  requirements  for  commissioning  include  a 
course  in  w  rillen  communications  and  in  human  behav  ior.  IL'P  students 
normally  fulfill  these  requirements  w  iih  EN  101  and  E.N202  and  w  iih  a  course 
in  psychology,  anthropolog) .  sociologv .  or  certain  major  courses  in  human 
beha\  ior.  .Adv  anced  course  students  must  agree  in  writing  to  complete  the 
junior  and  senior  \ ears,  since  lhe\  will  receive  S 1 00-a-month  subsistence 
during  these  academic  years. 

Requirements  for  Enrollment 

The  general  requirements  for  enrollment  in  .Ad\  anced  ROTC  are  that  the 
student  be  accepted  b\  the  uni\  ersity  as  a  regular  enrolled  student,  be  a  citizen 
of  the  United  Slates,  be  physicall>  qualified,  and  be  nol  less  than  seventeen 
years  of  age  but  less  than  ihirt>  at  anticipated  graduation  date.  N'elerans  and 
Junior  ROTC  graduates  ma\  receive  exemption  from  the  ROTC  Basic  Coun 
as  approved  by  the  Professor  of  Military  Science. 


Academic  Affairs  Division  Aieas-J9 


What  ROTC  Offers 

Equipment.  ROTC  lexthooks.  and  uniforms  are  issued  without  cost  to  enrolled 
students. 

Credit  is  given  for  successful  completion  of  the  three-semester-hour  Health 
and  Wellness  Liberal  Studies  requirement  for  graduation. 

Students  formalK  enrolled  in  the  .Advanced  Course  (MS.^05.  .^06,  407.  and 
408)  are  paid  a  subsistence  allowance  (SlOO  a  month!  during  the  academic 
year. 

Training  is  given  in  other  practical  skills  such  as  self-defense,  adventure 
training,  rappelling.  marksmanship,  orienteering,  first  aid  techniques,  and 
water  safety. 

Opportunities  are  available  to  examine  the  military  profession  in  detail.  This 
includes  the  Regular  .Army.  National  Guard,  and  .Army  Reser\  e. 

If  students  so  desire  and  are  accepted  into  the  Advanced  Course,  they  will 
receive  commissions  as  second  lieutenants  upon  graduation  from  the 
university  and  serve  either  three  years'  continuous  active  duty  or  two  to  three 
months"  active  duty  for  training,  with  the  remaining  obligation  sen  ed  in  the 
.■\rm\  Resene  or  National  Guard. 


Program  in  Military  Science 

Required  courses:  20 

MSIOI     .American  Military  History  (1650-1920)  2sh(l) 

N!SI02    .American  Military  History  (1920-Present)  2sh(l) 

MS203    Fundamentals  of  Tactical  Operations.  Techniques 

of  Leadership,  and  Weapons  Characteristics  2sh(2l 

MS204    National  Security  and  Fundamentals  of  Military 

Topography  2sh(2) 

MS305    Fundamentals  of  Leadership  and  Modem 

Learning/Teaching  Relationship  3sh 

MS306    Study  of  .Advanced  Leader  Planning  and  Execution 

of  Modem  Combat  Operations  3sh 

MS407    Management  of  the  Military  Complex  to  Include 

Fundamentals  of  Military  and  Intemational  Law  3sh 

MS-M)8  Seminar  in  Military  Analysis  and  Management  3sh 

( 1 )  .MS  1 0 1  - 1 02  may  substitute  for  the  Liberal  Studies  requirement  in  Health 
and  Wellness. 

(2)  MS203-204  are  available  as  free  electives  to  all  students  w  ithout  any 
militarv  obligation. 


Women 's  Studies  Program 

Maureen  C.  .McHugh.  Director 

The  Women's  Studies  minor  is  designed  to  examine  the  status  and  experiences 
of  women  from  a  mullidisciplinary  perspective.  The  courses  use  a  variety  of 
methods  and  disciplinary  perspectives  to  explore  the  impact  of  gender  and  of 
historical  and  contemporary  images  of  women  on  the  experiences  on  the 
individual.  Students  are  encouraged  to  challenge  traditional  theories  and 
research  regarding  women,  and  to  develop  a  critical,  mullidisciplinary. 
multicultural,  and  gendered  view  of  the  world.  Courses  taught  within  the 
minor  typically  involve  the  students  through  innovative,  experiential 
classrrxim  exercises  and  written  assignments.  Courses  in  Women's  Studies 
address  social  equity  issues  and  encourage  students  to  perceive  themselves  as 
capable  of  transforming  society. 

A  minor  in  women's  studies  indicates  to  the  prospective  employer  an 
awareness  of  and  sensitivity  to  gender  issues.  This  awareness  may  be  needed 
in  the  following  positions:  personnel  specialist,  affirmative  action  officer. 
criMs  intervention  specialist,  family  and  youth  services  provider,  legal 
advocate.  A  minor  in  women's  studies  can  contribute  to  success  in  a  variety  of 
fields  including  communication,  counseling,  criminology,  education,  health, 
journalism,  law.  politics,  psychology,  and  applied  s(Kiology. 


Minor  —  Women's  Studies 

Required  course: 

WS2()(I  Introduction  to  Women': 


Studies 


Controlled  electives:  one  course  from  at  least  three  of 
the  follow  ing  four  course  groupings 

Group  A:  Philosophy  and  History 
HI36y      Women  in  America 
HL390      Women  in  World  Culture 
PH232     Philosophical  Perspectives  on  Love. 

Marriage,  and  Divorce 
HI366      .African-.Anierican  Women 

Group  B:  Ans  and  Literature 

EN481     Introduction  to  Literature  by  Women 

EN481     Language.  Gender,  and  Society 

FR301      Portraits  of  Women  in  the  French  Novel 

Group  C:  Social  Sciences 

AN350  Anthropology  of  Women 
PC4 1 1  Psychology  of  Women 
S0427  Spouse  .Abuse 
S0354  Sexual  Inequality 
CR390  Women  and  Crime 

Group  D:  Health  and  Science 

HP431)  The  .American  Woman  and  Sport 
PC379  Psychology  of  Human  Sexuality 
HP481  Gender.  Lifcstslcs.  and  Health 


3sh 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


15 
3 


12 


The  Learning  Center 

Carolyn  Wilkie,  Director  and  Chairperson;  Carranza, 
Green,  Lipsky,  Masiello,  Stratton,  Victor,  Winsfead 

The  Learning  Center,  a  unit  of  the  Student  Affairs  Division,  provides  various 
academic  support  services.  Courses  are  offered  which  develop  learning  skills 
to  enhance  academic  success.  Courses  in  two  levels  of  remedial  mathematics 
and  a  course  in  reading  are  offered  for  institutional  credit;  institutional  credit 
counts  in  determining  full-time  enrollment  status  hut  not  in  determining 
credits  applicable  for  degree  eligibility  at  graduation. 

Learning  Center  faculty  members  also  offer  three  one-credit  courses  in 
conjunction  with  the  College  of  Education  in  Educational  Planning  (ED1501. 
Leaming  Strategies  (ED160).  and  Career  Exploration  (ED170). 

In  addition,  the  Leaming  Center  provides  administration  of  the  university's 
Act  101  Program.  For  information  about  additional  services  sec  Leaming 
Center/Act  101  in  the  catalog  section  "Student  Programs  and  Services." 


Office  for  International  Services 

Karen  Chickos,  Interim  Director 

Patrick  A.  Carone,  Foreign  Student  Adviser 

Study  Abroad.  International  Student  Exchange,  and  Study  Tours 

The  Office  for  International  Services  offers  many  important  opportunities 
beyond  the  required  curriculum.  For  exainple.  there  are  programs  enabling  the 
student  to  travel  and  study  abroad.  The  university  regularly  sponsors  summer 
study  lours  as  well  as  programs  of  study,  ranging  in  length  from  three  weeks 
to  a  full  semester,  in  England.  France.  Germany.  Spain.  Hungary.  Cyprus. 
Egypt,  Nigeria.  India.  China,  and  Mexico.  A  variety  of  programs  enable  the 
student  to  spend  a  year  abroad.  The  office  in  cooperation  w  ith  Georgetow  n 
University  in  Washington.  D,C..  administers  lUP's  participation  in  the 
International  Student  Exchange  Program  (ISKP).  This  program  enables  lUP 
students  to  choose  from  more  than  .^00  universities  around  the  world  so  that 
the  speciali/ed  interests  of  any  student  can  be  accommodated  quite  readily. 
Students  may  also  exchange  with  one  of  the  seventy  I'.S.  universities 
participating  in  the  National  Student  Exchange  coordmatcd  by  the  ('enter  lor 
International  Studies. 


I'he  Liberal  Studies  non-Western  cultures  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by 
certain  credit-bearing  study  abroad.  Established  lUP-sponsored  group  study 


40-lndiana  Universily  of  Pennsylvania 


opportunities  in  China,  Cyprus.  Hungary.  India.  Mexico,  and  Nigeria  are 
approved  to  satisfy  the  requirement.  Students  may  also  arrange  in  advance  to 
receive  Liberal  Studies  non-Western  credit  for  ISEP-sponsored  or  individually 
designed  study  abroad. 

For  information  and  application  procedures,  contact  Ms.  Karen  Chickos. 
interim  director.  Office  of  International  Services. 

The  Harrisburg  Internship  Semester 
(T.H.I.S.) 

Experiential  Education  Office 

The  Harrisburg  Internship  Semester  (T.H.I.S.)  is  available  to  an  exceptional 
student  from  any  lUP  major,  for  the  fall  or  spring  semester.  The  program 
provides  a  semester-long  experience  at  the  policymaking  level  in  the  executive 
or  legislative  branches  of  state  government  as  well  as  independent  boards, 
agencies,  or  commissions.  Students  will  earn  fifteen  credits  and  have  their 
tuition,  room,  and  board  paid  by  the  State  System  of  Higher  Education 
ISSHE). 

Requirements  for  eligibility  are  fifty-seven  or  more  earned  credits  and  an 
overall  QPA  of  at  least  3.0.  Applicants  must  also  submit  a  sample  of  their 
writing  skills  which  must  be  a  copy  of  an  lUP  writing  assignment  that  has 
been  graded  by  an  instructor. 

T.H.I.S.  consists  of  an  internship  w  ith  a  research  project  for  tw  elve  credits  and 
an  academic  seminar  for  three  credits.  The  program  is  directed  by  a  SSHE 
faculty  member  elected  to  direct  the  program  in  Harrisburg.  The  faculty 
member  w ill  be  the  site  supervisor  and  leach  the  seminar  course.  Grades  and 
credits  will  be  recorded  on  the  students"  academic  progress  reports  at  lUP.  See 
the  course  descriptions  under  UN480  and  UN49.^. 


Housing  is  arranged  at  the  Polyclinic  Hospital  in  its  nursing  residence  hall. 
Meals  are  available  in  the  hospital  dining  room  or  elsewhere.  A  stipend  is 
included  to  cover  local  bus  transportation  from  the  residence  hall  to  the 
Capitol.  Students  must  pay  lUP  tuition,  room,  and  board  in  the  first  place  and 
then  be  reimbursed  via  a  biweekly  paycheck  during  the  semester.  Students 
must  pay  their  own  transportation  costs  between  their  home  and  Harrisburg. 

T.H.I.S.  is  offered  through  the  Experiential  Education  Office  in  conjunction 
with  the  academic  department  of  the  successful  candidate.  Applications  are 
submitted  to  the  Experiential  Education  Office.  Stouffer  Hall.  Deadline  for 
submission  for  fall  is  June  1:  the  spring  semester  deadline  is  November  15. 

The  lUP  Culinary  School  at 
Punxsutawney 

Kevin  Duffv,  Director;  Beurker,  Pacifico,  Rupert,  Wutsch 

The  Culinary  School  at  Punxsutawney  offers  a  unique  educational  experience 
by  combining  competency/performance  based  instruction  w  ith  a  semester  of 
practical  application  during  an  extemship.  This  distinctive  association  between 
a  hands-on  discipline,  fundamental  culinary  theory,  and  on-the-job  work 
experience,  provides  each  student  with  the  necessary  skills  and  knowledge  to 
begin  a  successful  career  in  the  field  of  Culinary  Arts. 

A  sequential  modular  based  curriculum  allows  students  to  work  at  their  own 
pace  while  fulfilling  the  requirements  for  the  various  instructional  levels.  This 
program  leads  to  a  certificate  in  Culinary  Arts.  This  contemporary  approach  to 
learning  w  ill  enable  students  to  achieve  elevated  levels  of  proficiency  in  both 
culinary  techniques  as  well  as  business  management  skills  while  they  advance 
through  this  occupational  training  program. 


The  College  ofBiisines.s~fl 


Entering  lUP  studenls  not  initially  admitted  to  the  College  of  Business  must 
apply  individually  for  change  of  major,  which  will  be  granted  only  to  those 
who  have  completed  at  least  twenty-four  credits  at  lUP  and  have  achieved  no 
less  than  a  2.4  grade-point  average  at  lUP. 

Enrollment  in  all  College  of  Business  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  is 
restricted  to  students  w  ith  junior  or  senior  standing.  .Ml  students,  regardless  of 
major  or  program  affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in 
order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 

.•\  student  may  not  pursue  coursework  in  the  College  of  Business  with  the 
expectation  of  graduating  from  the  College  of  Business  unless  he/she  has  been 
accepted  as  a  degree  candidate  in  the  College  of  Business. 

College  of  Business  students  may.  in  consultation  w  ith  their  advisers,  plan 
their  program  of  study  to  obtain  a  minor  in  an  area  of  business  specialization 
other  than  their  major  or  a  related  area  outside  of  the  College  of  Business. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  Degree 

lUP's  College  of  Business  seeks  to  serve  the  needs  of  its  students  and  the 
needs  of  business,  industry,  and  education  through  its  diverse  programs. 
Know  n  for  fifty  years  for  excellence  in  Business  Education.  lUP's  program  in 
Distributive  Education  prepares  teacher-coordinators  for  secondary  schools 
offering  programs  in  marketing,  distribution,  and  cooperative  work 
experience.  These  two  degree  areas  (Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  w  ith  a 
Business  Education  major  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  w  ith  a 
Marketing  Education  major)  are  designed  to  prepare  teachers  for 
comprehensive  high  schools,  area  vocational-technical  schools,  and 
community  colleges. 

Associate  of  Arts  Degree 

Students  who  desire  a  two-year  program  that  prepares  them  to  enter  the 
business  world  may  elect  to  pursue  the  .Associate  of  Arts  degree  program 
specializing  in  Computer  and  Office  Information  Systems.  The  .Associate  of 
Arts  degree  is  available  only  on  the  ."Xmistrong  County  and  Punxsutawney 
campuses.  Admission  to  the  Associate  Degree  program  in  accounting  has  been 
suspended.  See  Department  of  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education  for 
further  information. 


The  College  of  Business 

Robert  C.  Camp,  Dean 
V.  K.  Unni,  Associate  Dean 

Departments  within  the  College  of  Business  include  Accounting.  Finance  and 
Legal  Studies.  Management.  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision 
Sciences.  Marketing,  and  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  offered  in  Accounting.  Finance. 
Management  Information  Systems.  Management.  Marketing.  Office 
Administration,  and  Human  Resource  Management.  The  Office  Systems  and 
Busmess  Education  Department  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
degree  with  a  Business  Education  major  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
degree  with  a  Marketing  and  Distributive  Education  major.  There  is  also  a 
Iwo-ycar  Associate  of  Arts  degree  in  Business  with  a  concentration  in 
Computers  and  Office  Information  Systems  offered  at  the  Armstrong  and 
Punxsutawney  campuses. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

For  those  pursuing  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  lUP's  training  will  provide 
a  broad  liberal  background  in  the  behavioral  sciences;  a  keen  perception  of  the 
socioeconomic  world  in  which  we  live  and  work:  a  foundation  of  general 
professional  education  for  personally  fruitful  and  siKially  useful  careers  in  the 
varied  fields  of  business;  and  opportunity  to  obtain  the  specialized  knowledge 
and  skills  essential  lo  future  occupational  growth  and  advancement.  There  are 
jcven  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees  offered  in  business — Accounting.  Finance, 
Human  Resource  Management,  Management.  Management  Information 
Systems.  Marketing,  and  Office  Administration.  Each  area  provides  for  a 
variety  of  business  and  business-related  courses  which  are  designed  lo  enrich 
ihc  student's  understanding  of  the  modem  business  system. 


Accounting  Department 

Dean  Eiteman,  Chairperson;  Anderson.  Bradwick,  Burner. 
W.  Davis,  Ghobashy.  Hyder,  Kline,  Lindh,  Plivelic,  Ponko, 
Pressly,  Robbins,  VVoan,  Yerep;  and  professor  emeritus 
Cooper 

The  Accounting  Department  provides  the  training  necessary  for  one  to  enter 
the  fields  of  public  accounting,  accounting  in  business  or  industry,  and 
governmental  accounting. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Accounting 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 21 

Social  .Science:  EC12I.PCI0I 

Liberal  Studies  elective:  MA214.  EC122,  BE/CO/IM  101, 
no  courses  with  AG  prefix 

Collece:  Business  Admlnistralion  Core 

Required  courses: 

AD.32I  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Principles  of  Accounting  I  3sh 

AG202  Principles  of  Accounting  II  3sh 

BL235  Introduction  lo  Business  Law  3sh 

FI3I0  Finance!  3sh 

1M3(K)  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MG3I0  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MG3.30  Production  and  Management  Operations  3sh 

MG4'>.'i  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QB2l.'i  Business  Statistics  3sh 


.S4-.'i6 


33 


42-lndianu  Uiurcisity  of  Pciinsyhania 


Major:  Accounting  ( 1 ) 
Required  courses: 

AG301     Intermediate  Accounting  I 

AG302    Intermediate  Accounting  II 

AG311     Cost  Accounting 

AG401    Advanced  Principles  of  Accounting 

AG412    Advanced  Cost  Accounting 

AG42 1    Federal  Taxes 

AG431  Auditing 
Controlled  electives: 

Two  courses  from  this  list:  (2) 

AG422.  AG435.  AG44 1 .  AG45 1 .  AG  46 1 .  AG  47 1 ,  BL336 

Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


27 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

6sh 


0 
8-10 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 

(1)  A  2.50  average  is  required  in  all  300  and  400  level  accounting  (AG) 
courses  in  order  to  graduate  with  a  major  in  accounting. 

(2)  Controlled  elective  changes  pending  Senate  approval. 


Finance  and  Legal  Studies 

Terry  T.  Ray,  Chairperson;  Affaneh,  Ames,  Boldin, 
Dyhala,  McCaffrey,  Roberts,  Strock,  Troxell,  Walia, 
Welker 


Finance  Major 

The  finance  major,  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  is  designed  to 
educate  those  students  who  arc  interested  in  the  financial  management  of  the 
firm. 

The  objective  of  the  finance  area  is  to  prepare  students  to  deal  with  financial 
problem  solving  in  the  areas  of  financial  management  and  investment  analysis. 
Graduates  should  be  knowledgeable  of  the  basic  theory  of  Finance  so  as  to 
apply  il  to  the  rapidly  changing  field. 

Legal  Studies  Major 

Legal  studies  offers  a  variety  of  law  and  law-related  courses  with  a  special 
emphais  on  business  applications.  Legal  studies  provides  the  student  with  a 
solid,  legally  oriented  background  necessary  lo  a  career  in  business  or  as 
preparation  for  pursuit  of  a  law  or  law-related  career. 


Bachelor  Of  Science — Finance 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Social  Science:  EC  121.  PCI 01 

Liberal  Studies  elective:  MA214,  EC122.  no  cour.ses  with  FI  prefix 


54-56 


College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  courses: 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications 

AG201  Principles  of  Accounting  I 

AG202  Principles  of  Accounting  II 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law 

FI310  Finance  I 

IM300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

MG310  Principles  of  Management 

MG330  Production  and  Management  Operations 

MG495  Business  Policy 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing 

QB215  Business  Statistics 

Major:  Finance 
Required  courses: 

EC325     Monetary  Economics  I 
FI320      Finance  II 
FI322       Life  Insurance 


33 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


27 


FI324      Principles  of  Investments 
FI420       Investment  Analysis 
F1422       Seminar  in  Finance 
Controlled  electives:  three  courses  froin  the  following: 
AG421,  EC326,  EC334,  EC345,  EC356.  FI312.  FI385. 
FI410.  1M25I,QB3S0 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


9sh 

0 
S-10 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    1 24 


Pre-Law  Minor  in  College  of  Business 

The  pre-law  minor  is  intended  for  the  student  who  is  a  business  major 
concentrating  in  one  of  the  business  areas  and  interested  in  law  as  a  career. 
The  minor  consists  of  twenty-one  semester  hours  selected  by  the  students  from 
a  predetemiined  list  of  courses  spread  over  five  areas  of  Humanities  and 
Social  Sciences.  The  goals  of  the  pre-law  minor  are  academic 
accomplishment,  guidance,  and  advisement.  Interested  business  students 
should  contact  the  pre-law  adviser  in  the  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Department. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Business/Pre-Law  (1) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Social  Science:  EC121,PC101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  M.A214,  EC  1 22,  no  courses  with  major  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  courses: 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

BL235  Introduction  lo  Business  Law  3sh 

FI310  Finance  3sh 

lM3n()  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MG3K)  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MG330  Production  and  Management  Operations  3sh 

MG4y5  Business  Policy  "  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

Major:  One  Major  in  Business  Administration  Areasd  ) 
Accounting  Major 
Finance  Major 

Human  Resources  Management  Major 
Management  Major/Industrial  Management  Track 
Management  Major/General  Management  Track 
Management  Major/Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Track 
Management  Information  Systems  Major 
Marketing  Major 
Office  Systems  Major 

Pre-Law  Interdisciplinary  Minor  for  Business 

Seven  courses,  with  at  least  one  course  from  six  areas 
Criminologv:  CR210,  CR2(iO,  CR357 
Economics:  EC  12 1,  EC  122,  EC332 
English:  EN213,  EN220,  EN310 
History:  HI32(1,  H1321,  H1346 
Philosophy:  PHIOI,  PH222,  PH450 
Political  Science:  PS358,  PS359,  PS36I 


54-56 


9-21 


Free  Electives: 


0-1 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:   1 24- 1 25 


(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Rcquncments"  ini 

catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 
( 1 )    This  program  is  the  generic  outline  for  the  pre-law  minor  with  any  of  the 

listed  College  of  Business  majors. 


The  CoUefie  of  Business— 13 


Management  Department 

Manmohan  D.  Chaubev.  Chairperson;  Ali.  Anderson, 
Falcone,  Gibbs,  Orife,  Osborne.  G.  Ryan,  J.  Ryan,  Soni; 
and  professors  emeriti  McGovern,  Stevenson 

Graduales  holding  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Management  or  Human 
Resource  Management  find  employment  opportunities  in  both  the  public  and 
pri\ale  sectors.  In  the  IWOs  opportunities  are  expected  to  be  especially 
plentiful  in  the  services  sector  (e.g..  retailing,  health  care,  food  services. 
rmancial.  and  transportation!. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Management  program  offers  three  concentrations: 
one  in  Industrial  Management,  one  in  General  Management,  and  one  in 
Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Management.  Students  in  the  Industrial 
Management  concentration  are  uell  grounded  in  both  management  theory  and 
application,  but  their  focus  is  more  upon  production/operations/industrial 
management.  The  concentration  in  General  Management  is  distinguished  from 
Industrial  Management  by  its  louer  degree  of  structure  or  specificity.  The 
greater  fiexibilit)  of  this  major  can  be  useful  to  the  student  who  wishes  to 
design  a  customised  management  specialization  (e.g.,  fine  arts  management). 
Students  taking  the  Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Management 
concentration  » ill  focus  on  creation  and  operation  of  a  small  business.  This 
concentration  might  also  be  desirable  for  graduates  who  w  ill  be  working  in 
small  businesses  where  the  manager  often  must  wear  several  hats. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Human  Resource  Management  prepares 
individuals  in  both  the  general/theoretical  and  specific/applied  aspects  of 
managing  human  resources  and  labor  relations  in  organizations. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Management 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
vMth  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 21 

Social  Science:  ECI2I.PC1I)1 

Liberal  Studies  elective:  MA214.  ECI22.  BE/CO/IMIOI 
no  courses  with  MG  prefix 

i  College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  courses: 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Principlesof  Accounting  I  3sh 

AG202  Principles  of  Accounting  II  3sh 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

FI310  Finance  I  3sh 

IM3f)0  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MG3I0  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MG330  Production  and  Management  Operations  3sh 

MG49.'i  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principlesof  Marketing  3sh 

OB2I5  Business  Statistics  3sh 


54-56 


33 


Major:  One  Concentration 

Industrial  Management  Concentration 
Required  courses: 

AG3(X)    Managerial  Accounting  3sh(  I ) 

MG3(K)   Human  Resources  Management  3sh 

.V1G42K   Seminar  in  Management  3sh 

Controlled  eleclives: 

One  course  from  list :  CO  1 1 0  or  FS35 1  3sh 

Two  courses  from  two  areas  on  list:  MG402  or  LR4K(). 

MG4()I  or  MG4(H).  AG3 1 1  fish(  1 ) 

Three  courses  from  list  or  additional  eleclives  from 

above:  BL3.3A.  EC37I.  EC372.  EN3IOor  JN.326,  FI32(). 

MA3I7.  MG4I0.  MG4XI.  MG490.  MG49.3(3sh  max). 

MK420.OB380.  SAini  9sh 

General  Management  Concentration 

Required  courses: 

ACi3fKl    Managerial  Accounting  3sh(  1 ) 

Mfi3(K)    Human  Resource  Management  3sh 

MG42X   Seminar  in  Management  3sh 

Controlled  electivcs: 

Two  Advanced  Business  electives: 


300/400  level  courses  6sh(2) 
Two  Advanced  Economics  electives: 

300/400  level  courses  6sh 

Two  other  advanced  electives:  300/400  level  courses  6sh 

Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Management  Concentration 
Required  courses: 

AG300    Managerial  .^counting  3sh 

MG275    Introduction  to  Entrepreneurship  3sh 

MG325    Small  Business  Management  3sh 

MG403    Small  Business  Planning  3sh 

MG492   Internship  6sh 

Major  Area  Restricted  Electives  9sh 


Other  Requirements: 


Free  Electives: 


8-10 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    1 24 


( 1 )  AG30I :  Intermediate  Accounting  I  may  be  substituted  to  use  as 
prerequisite  for  AG3 1 1 :  Cost  Accounting. 

(2)  Only  one  MG  and/or  one  AG  course  may  be  included  in  this  category. 
(3 1    Note  prerequisites  for  controlled  electives  in  planning  sequence. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Human  Resources  Management 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Social  Science:  EC121,PC101 

Liberal  Studies  elective:  MA214,  EC122.  BE/CO/IMIOI. 
no  courses  with  MG  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core  33 

Required  courses: 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG201  Principles  of  Accounting  I  3sh 

AG202  Principles  of  Accounting  II  3sh 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

FI310  Finance  I  3sh 

IM300  Infonnation  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MG310  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MG330  Production  and  Management  Operations  3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QB2I5  Business  Statistics  3sh 


Major:  Human  Resource  Management  30 

Required  courses: 

AG300    Managerial  Accounting  3sh(l) 

MG300    Human  Resources  Management  3sh 

MG428    Seminar  in  Management  3sh 

MG400    Wage  and  Salary  Adminisiialion  3sh 

27  Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  EC33()  or  PC420  3sh 

One  course  from  list:  MG40I  or  MG402  3sh 

Three  courses  from  list:  9sh(2) 

EC.37I.  EC.372.  EC373.  EN3I0,  EN312.  JN326.  LR426. 
LR4X0.  MG31  1.  MG41().  MG493l3sh  max).  EC330  or  PC371. 
PC420  ( if  not  above).  SO340 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

X-IO 

Total  Degree  Requirements:    1 24 


1 1 )    AG3()1 :  Intermediate  Accounting  I  may  be  subsiiiuleil  lo  use  as 

prerequisite  for  AG3 1 1 :  Cost  Accounting. 
(2)    Note  prerequisites  for  controlled  electives  in  planning  sequence. 


44-lndianu  University  of  Pennsylvuiiia 


Management  Information  Systems 
and  Decision  Sciences  Department 

Carl  C.  Chen,  Chairperson;  Albohali,  Burky,  Halapin, 
McFerron,  Nahouraii,  Shildt,  Solak;  and  professor 
emeritus  Spencer 

The  Managemenl  Infomialion  Systems  major  prepares  students  for  careers  in 
the  business  computer  and  information  systems  profession.  Computer 
programming  languages,  software  engineering,  systems  analysis,  design 
concepts,  computer  architecture,  data  base  management  systems, 
microcomputer  applications,  and  computer  networks  are  integrated  with  other 
business  disciplines  to  prepare  students  to  develop  and  maintain  business 
information  systems.  The  major  also  incorporates  an  emphasis  on  managerial 
and  end-user  concerns  related  to  modem  information  systems. 

Decision  Sciences  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  of  statistical  and 
other  quantitative  techniques  that  will  help  decision  making  in  business.  The 
techniques  include  mathematical  programming,  forecasting,  inventory  control, 
simulation,  queuing  theory,  stochastic  process,  and  network  models. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Management  Information  Systems 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics;  MA121 

Social  Science:  EC  121.  PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA214,  ECI22.  BE/CO  101  no  courses  with  IM 
prefix 


College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  courses: 

AD321  Business  and  hiteqiersonal  Communications 

AG201  Principles  of  Accounting  I 

AG202  Principles  of  .Accounting  II 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law 

F1310  Finance  I 

IM300  Infomiation  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

MG310  Principles  of  Management 

MG330  Production  and  Management  Operations 

MG495  Business  Policy 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing 

QB215  Business  Statistics 

Major:  Management  Information  Systems 
Required  courses: 

CO220    .Applied  Computer  Programming 
IM350     Business  Systems  Technology 
IM370     Advanced  COBOL  Application  Programming 
1M450     Data  Base  Theory  and  Application 
IM451      Systems  Analysis 
IM470     Systems  Design 
Controlled  electives: 

Al  least  one  course  from  list: 

COl  10.  250.  300,  310.  320,  345.  370 
Two  courses  from  list:  1M382.  IM480,  IM48 1 ,  QB380 
or  above  CO  courses 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


33 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


27 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

fish(  I ) 


0 


-10 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 

( 1 )    One  course  from  AG300,  AG30 1 ,  or  AG3 1 1  may  be  substituted. 

Marketing  Department 

Krish  Krishnan,  Chairperson;  Batra,  Bebko,  Garg,  Sciulli, 
Soergel,  Taiani,  Weiers 


The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Marketing  program  is  designed  to  offer  its  majors 
solid  grounding  for  entry  into  either  line  or  staff  marketing  positions.  Line 
positions  are  the  most  common  and  typically  involve  personal  selling  positions 
with  either  goods  producers,  services  producers,  or  goods  distributors 
(wholesalers  and  retailers).  The  graduate  who  is  additionally  qualified  by 
exceptional  experience  or  training  may  succeed  in  entering  directly  into  upper 
line  marketing  management  in  a  brand-  or  product -manager  position.  Staff 
positions  might  include  marketing  research,  advertising  and  public  relations, 
or  customer  services. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Marketing 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics;  MA  121 

Social  Science:  EC121.  PClOl 

Liberal  Studies  elective;  MA214.  EC122.  BE/CO/IMlOl, 
no  courses  with  MK  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  courses: 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications 

AG201  Principles  of  Accounting  1 

AG202  Principles  of  Accounting  II 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law 

F1310  Finance  I 

IM300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

MG310  Principles  of  Management 

MG330  Production  and  Managemenl  Operations 

MG4'-)5  Business  Policy 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing 

QB2I5  Business  Statistics 

Major:  Marketing 
Required  courses: 

AG300    Managerial  Accounting 

MK321    Consumer  Behavior 

MK42()   Marketing  Management 

MK421    Marketing  Research 

MK422   Seminar  in  Marketing  3 

EC —     Advanced  Economics  Eiective:3 
00/400-level  course 
Controlled  electives: 

Three  courses  from  list; 

DE332.  DE333,  EC331,  EC345,  MK430,  MK431,  MK432 

MK493(3shmax) 

Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


54-56 


33 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
sh 

3sh 


ysh 
MK433, 


0 
8-10 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124  i 


Office  Systems  and  Business 
Education  Department 

Sharon  Steigmann.  Chairperson;  Bianco,  Brandenburg, 
Demand,  Mahan,  Moore,  Moreau,  Morris,  Overton- 
Parker,  Rowell;  and  professors  emeriti  Beaumont, 
Patterson  Cordera,  Stoner,  Thomas,  and  Woomer 

This  department  offers  three  four-year  programs  and  a  two-year  associate 
degree  program.  The  associate  degree  is  offered  at  the  Armstrong  and 
Punxsutawney  campuses  only.  The  department  offers  the  following  degrees: 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  Business  Education  major.  Bachelor 
of  Science  with  a  major  in  Office  Systems,  and  a  two-year  Associate  of  .Arts 
degree  in  Computer  and  Office  Infomiation  Systems.  The  program  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Education  with  a  Marketing  and  Distributive  Education  major  is 
currently  on  inactive  status.  No  new  students  are  being  admitted  to  this  major.i 
but  they  may  elect  to  take  these  certifications  in  the  regular  business  education 
program. 


The  Collc'f^e  of  Business— (5 


The  Business  Education  major  interested  in  leaching  in  higli  schools  and 
vocational-technical  schools  has  a  choice  in  the  follow  ing  certification  areas: 
accounting,  data  processing,  secretarial,  office  technologies,  marketing,  and 
distributive  education.  Students  must  select  two  or  more  areas  of  certification. 
One  of  the  two  areas  must  be  Office  Technologies  except  that  Distributive 
Education  students  must  take  Marketing  as  the  second  area. 

The  Office  Systems  program  prepares  students  for  careers  such  as  office 
managers.  super\  isors.  records  managers,  telecommunications 
consulliuits/managers.  PC  analysts,  microcomputer  user  coordinators,  and 
office  systems  analy  sts.  Students  w ho  want  a  t\\o-\ear  program  that  prepares 
them  for  entering  careers  in  business  and  go\  ernmenl  ma\  select  an  associate 
degree  program  at  the  .Armstrong  and  Punxsutawney  campuses  only.  (A  track 
in  computer  office  infomiation  systems  is  available  at  the  centers.)  Some  but 
not  all  courses  taken  toward  this  degree  would  apply  to  a  four-year  program. 

Business  Education  Major  (B.S.  in  Education) 

The  IL'P  Business  Education  program  is  accredited  by  the  National  Council 
for  .Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education  (NCATE).  The  program  leads  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  and  to  certification  in 
Pennsylvania  as  a  business  education  teacher. 

A  student  must  appK  to  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Education  to  receive  an 
initial  cenificate  to  teach  in  Pennsylvania's  public  schools.  Cenification  to  be 
a  business  education  teacher  Is  approved  by  the  dean  of  the  College  of 
Education  when  a  student  has  met  all  the  requirements  In  professional 
education.  Liberal  Studies,  and  business  education  major  courses.  Students 
must  attain  a  2.5  overall  average  in  order  to  student  teach.  The  candidate  for 
cenification  must  also  complete  successfully  the  core  battery  and 
specialization  sections  of  the  National  Teachers'  Examination. 

The  curriculum  in  Business  Education  prepares  students  for  a  professional 
career  in  teaching  office  occupations.  The  six  fields  of  certification  available 
are  accounting,  data  processing,  office  technologies,  marketing,  distributive 
education,  and  secretarial.  Students  may  pursue  the  work  of  the  entire 
curriculum  or  they  may  elect  to  pursue  work  according  to  their  aptitudes  as 
follows: 

1.  The  complete  program  leads  to  certification  in  all  of  the  high  school 
business  subjects.  Those  who  possess  aptitudes  that  indicate  success  in 
accounting,  data  processing,  marketing,  distributive  education,  office 
technologies,  and  secretarial  may  pursue  the  complete  program  if  they 
wish.  However,  more  than  four  years  would  be  required  in  order  to 
complete  all  of  the  certifications. 

2.  The  accounting  field  includes  all  courses  in  the  curriculum  listed  under 
that  heading  and  meets  the  requirements  for  certification  in  accounting. 
Additionally,  office  technologies  must  be  taken  as  a  second  certification 
area. 

3.  The  secretarial  field  includes  all  courses  in  the  curriculum  listed  under 
that  heading  and  meets  the  requirements  for  certification  in  secretarial 
subjects.  Additionally,  office  technologies  must  be  taken  as  a  second 
certification  area. 

4.  The  data  processing  field  includes  all  courses  in  the  curriculum  listed 
under  that  heading  and  meets  the  requirements  for  cenification  in  data 
pr<x;essing.  Additionally,  office  technologies  must  be  taken  as  a  second 
cenification  area. 

5.  The  marketing  certification  area  includes  all  courses  in  the  curriculum 
listed  under  that  heading  and  meets  the  requirements  for  cenification  in 
marketing.  Additionally,  office  technologies  must  be  taken  as  a  second 
cenification  area. 

6.  Students  who  plan  to  get  cenification  in  the  distributive  education  area 
must  take  marketing  as  a  second  area. 

Practical  Business  Experience 

Before  graduation,  each  student  must  document  completion  of  500  hours  of 
iccretarial  practice,  accounting  practice,  data  processing,  clerical  practice,  or 
*ork-rclated  experience.  This  experience  should  be  in  the  field  or  fields  in 
*hich  the  student  is  contemplating  cenification  and  can  be  acquired  during 
xummcr  vacations  and  in  offices  on  the  campus  during  the  regular  school  term. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Business  Education  (*) 

l-ihiral  Studies:  As  outluied  in  Liberal  Studies  section  5.1-55 

*ilh  the  lollowing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  BE  I II 

S<Kial  Science:  ECI2I.  PCIOI 

Liberal  .Studies  elcclivcs;  ECI22.  MA214.  CO/IMIOI 


College: 

Profession. 
BE.MI 
BE.M2 
CM.Wl 
ED242 
ED.M2 
ED44I 
ED442 
EP202 
FE202 
EX300 


Major: 


30 


il  Education  Sequence 
Methods  and  Eval  in  Business  Education  1 
Methods  and  E\  al  in  Business  Education  II 
Technologv'  for  Learning  and  Instruction  .^ 
Pre-student  Teaching  Experience  I 
Pre-sludent  Teaching  Experience  II 
Student  Teaching 
School  Law 

Educational  Psychology 
American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 
Education  of  the  Exceptional  in  the  Regular 
Classroom  (or  pass  examination) 


Required  courses;  Business  Education  Core 

ADIOl     Introduction  to  Business 

AD32I     Business  and  Inteipersonal  Communications 

AG20I     Accounting  Principles  I 

AG202    Accounting  Principles  II 

BL235     Introduction  to  Business  Law 

BL337     Consumer  Law 

IM300     Infomiation  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

MK320   Principles  of  Marketing 
Controlled  electives: 

Areas  of  Certification 


3sh 

l-.3sh 

sh 

Ish 

Ish 

I2sh 

Ish 

3sh 

3sh 

0-3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

I8sh 


42 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

0 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:  125-127 


(*)  See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

(#)  See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements"  in 
catalog  .section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Office  Systems  Major  (Bachelor  of  Science  Degree) 

The  office  systems  program  is  an  intensive  study  of  office  systems 
emphasizing  the  decision-making  aspect  of  office  functions  and  the  systems 
approach.  The  program  includes  in-depth  experiences  required  for  an 
understanding  of  the  total  office  system  and  its  relationship  to  the  total 
business  and  economic  system.  Graduates  will  be  able  to  pursue  careers  such 
as  office  managers/supervisors,  records  managers,  telecommunications 
consultants/managers.  PC  analysts,  microcomputer  user  coordinators,  and 
office  systems  analysts. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Office  Systems 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 21 

Social  Science:  ECI2I.PCI(11 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA2I4.  i:C122,  BE/CO/IMIOI 
no  courses  with  OS  prefix 

Colltge: 

Required  courses:  Business  Administration  Core 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Comntunicalions 

AG20I  Accounting  Principles  I 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law 

FI3I0  Finance 

IM300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

MG3 10  Principles  of  Management 

MG330  Production  and  Managcmciil  Operations 

M<i4')5  Business  Policy 

MK32()  Principles  of  Marketing 

0B2 1 5  Business  Statistics 

Major: 

Required  courses: 


53-56 


33 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


27 


46-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


IM25 1  Business  Systems  Analysis  and  Design 

OS30I  Advanced  Microcomputer  Applications 

0S3 1 3  Office  Systems  Technology 

05315  Records  Administration 

OS400  Telecommunications 

OS412  Administrative  Office  Services 

OS430  Office  Systems 

Business  Electives 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
6sh 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


(1)0-1 

7-11 

Total  Degree  Requirements:    1 24 


( 1 )    Student  must  pass  BE  1 34  with  a  "C"  or  better  or  pass  an  exemption 
exam. 


Associate  of  Arts  Degree 

This  A. A.  degree  program  is  available  only  at  the  Armstrong  and 
Punxsutawney  campuses.  Offering  specialization  in  computer  and  office 
information  systems  (COIS),  the  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  in  Business  is 
designed  to  be  a  two-year  curriculum  with  these  objectives: 

1 .  To  provide  business  occupational  education  with  the  opportunity  for 
specialization  in  COIS. 

2.  To  enable  the  student  to  enter  COIS  positions  in  business  and 
government. 

3.  To  enable  the  student  to  upgrade  hisAier  skills  and  knowledge  to  qualify 
for  higher  positions  in  business  and  government. 


Minor  in  Business  Administration  for  Non-Business 
Majors 

The  College  of  Business  offers,  as  a  joint  effort  of  its  departments,  a  twenty- 
one  credit  hour  minor  for  non-business  majors.  The  program  is  designed  to 
give  non-business  majors  a  general  background  in  business  with  twelve  credits 
of  prescribed  Liberal  Studies  courses  and  twenty-one  credits  of  required 
business  courses. 

Prescribed  Liberal  Studies: 

Social  Science:  EC12I 

Mathematics:  MA214  or  MA217 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BE/CO/IMIOl.  EC122 


Required  Business  Courses: 

AG2(I1     Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202    Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

FI310      Finance  I  3sh 

MG310   Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MK320   Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

Two  of  the  following  with  advisement 

AD321    Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

BL235     Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

IM300     Infonnation  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 


15 


Associate  of  Arts — Business 

Liberal  Studies:  as  follows: 
English:  ENIOl 

Humanities  or  Fine  Arts:  one  course  from  lists 
Social  Science:  EC  1 0 1  or  EC  1 2 1 ,  PC  1 0 1 

Major:  Business  (Associate)  Core 
Required  courses: 

ADIOI  Introduction  to  Business 

AD221  Business  Technical  Writing 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  1 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II 

BEl  1 1  Foundations  of  Business  Math 

BEI3I  Keyboarding  and  Document  Fomiatting 

BE2.'iO  Electronic  Office  Procedures 

BL233  Introduction  to  Business  Law 

FI220  Essentials  of  Finance 

IM300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

IM245  Introduction  to  Microcomputers 


4sh 
3sh 
6sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


13 


32 


Other  Requirements:  Computer  and  Office  Specialization: 
BE273     Word  Processing  Applications 
^2.5 1      Business  Systems  Analysis  and  Design 
IM255     Business  Applications  in  COBOL 
IM260     Business  Computer  Application  Project 

Free  Electives: 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


Other  Requirements: 


Total  Degree  Requirements:      60 


Business  Minors  for  College  of  Business  Students 

Minors  in  Accounting,  Finance,  Human  Resources  Management. 
Management,  Management  Information  Systems,  and  Marketing  are  offered 
only  for  students  who  are  majoring  in  one  of  the  other  majors  in  the  College  of 
Business  and  assume  the  common  thirty-six-credit  Business  core. 


The  College  of  Educaiion—i? 


The  College  of  Education 

John  W.  Butzow,  Dean 

Arturo  L.  Iriarte,  Associate  Dean 

Alberta  Dorsey,  Interim  Director  of  Student 

Teaching  and  Certification  Programs 

The  departmenis  ot  ihc  College  of  Education  offer  programs  leading  lo  Ihe 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education,  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts,  the  degree  of  Master  of  Education. 
and  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  and  doctoral  programs  leading  lo  the 
degrees  of  Doctor  of  Education  in  Elementary  Education  and  Doctor  of 
Education  in  School  Psychology.  Appropriately,  all  teacher  education  and 
puhlic  education  professional  programs  completed  in  the  College  of  Education 
lead  to  certification  for  public  school  teaching  or  super\'ision  in  the 
Cummonwcallh  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  programs  in  teacher  preparation  at  lUP  enable  Ihe  educator  to  become 
responsible  for  the  planning,  organization,  and  evaluation  of  an  instructional 
program  within  the  framework  of  a  school  setting.  The  teacher  brings  lo  this 
selling  a  broad  background  of  liberal  studies,  an  acceptable  degree  of  mastery 
in  a  specialized  field,  and  an  understanding  of  Ihe  processes  of  human  growth 
and  learning.  In  this  role  the  teacher  creates,  manages,  and  maintains  an 
educational  environment  appropriate  to  the  needs  of  the  students  lo  be  served. 
The  teacher  uses  siK'ial.  physical,  cognitive,  and  psychological  data  available 
on  the  individual  student  lo  plan,  execute,  and  evaluate  the  instruclional 
program.  The  teacher  assumes  a  high  degree  of  personal  and  professional 
responsibility  in  developing  a  philosophy  of  education  in  the  development  and 
management  of  a  plan  for  professional  growth.  In  support  of  this  ellorl  the 
■"    ■(•  prepares  sch(M)l  counselors,  schrxil  psychologists,  elementary  and 
lar>  principals,  and  specialists  in  Communications  Media.  Fiarly 
■  iiii.lliiMxl,  and  Special  Education, 


The  program  of  teacher  preparation  will  provide  an  opportunity  to  gain 
expertise  in  the  following  generic  competencies: 

1 .  .An  understanding  of  the  theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of  human 
growth  and  development. 

2.  Knowledge  of  and  experience  with  effective  teaching-learning 
techniques. 

3.  Utilization  of  learning  resources  and  evaluation  of  teaching  and  learning 
effectively. 

4.  Effective  classroom  management  techniques  and  recognition  and 
response  to  differing  behavioral  patterns. 

5.  .An  understanding  of  the  historical  and  philosophical  bases  of  American 
education  and  a  belief  that  professional  development  is  a  lifelong  process. 

Summary  of  Certification  Programs  Offered 

Early  Childhood  Education  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Elementary  Education  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Master  of  Education 
Doctor  of  Education 
Secondary  Education 

English  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Biology  Master  of  Education 

Chemistry 

Earth  and  Space  Science 

General  Science 

Mathematics 

Physics 

Comprehensive  Social  Studies 

French 

German 

Spanish 

Art  Education 

Business  Education 

Home  Economics  Education 

Music  Education 

Health  and  Physical  Education 


Special  Education 

Education  of  Menta 
Handicapped 


Iv/Phvsicallv 


Hearing  Impaired 
Rehabilitation  Education 
Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 


Vocational  Education 


For  details  see  College  of  Fine 

Arts 

For  details  see  College  of 

Business 

For  details  see  College  of  Human 

Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

For  details  see  College  of  Fine 

Arts 

For  details  see  College  of  Human 

Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Master  of  Education 

Master  of  .Science 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Bachelor  of  Science 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Master  of  Education 

Master  of  Science 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 


Graduate  Programs  (sec  Graduate  School  Catalog) 

Adult/Community  Education  Master  of  Arts 

Counselor  Education  Master  of  Education 

Educational  Psychology  Master  of  Education 

Reading  Specialist  Master  of  Education 

Student  Personnel  Services  Master  of  Arts 


Certification  (see  Graduate  School  Catalog) 
Guidance  Supervisor 
Reailing  Specialist 
School  Psychohigist 


Instruclional  Media  Specialist 
Elementary/Secondary  Principals 
Special  Education  Supervisor 


Degree  Requirements 

All  degree  candidates  in  ihe  College  of  Education  (except  for  Ihree  special 
programs)  must  complete  satisfactorily  a  minimum  of  124  semester  hours  in 
three  categories:  Liberal  Sludies.  a  specialized  major  field,  and  professional 
education.  Major  requirements  in  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons, 
lilenienlary  Education,  Early  Childhood  Education,  and  Secondary  Education 
arc  also  under  study  and  are  expected  to  change  as  part  ol  a  collegewide 
revision  of  teacher  ediicalion  programs.  Check  with  assigned  adviser  about 
changes. 


48-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Liberal  Studies  -  52-55  semester  hours,  described  under  Requirements  tor 
Graduation. 


Specialized  major  field  ■ 
offerings. 


requirements  listed  under  department 


Professional  Education  -  30  semester  hours,  as  follows: 
P202        Educational  Psychology 
P377       Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 
E202       American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 
CM30I    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 
D242       Pre-student  Teaching  Experience  1 
D342       Pre-student  Teaching  Experience  11 
D442       School  Law 

Methods  Course  -  (Teaching  of ) 

One  semester  student  leachina 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
Ish 
3sh 
12sh 


Admission  to  Teacher  Education  Programs 

All  students  in  teacher  education  programs  must  achieve  a  2.5  QPA  by  the 
time  they  complete  their  twenty-ninth  semester  hour.  Students  who  do  not 
achieve  and  maintain  this  level  of  achievement  will  be  unable  to  take 
coursework  in  the  teacher  education  core.  Further  details  on  these  program 
requirements  are  given  in  the  section  on  Academic  Policies,  Admission  to 
Teacher  Education. 

Student  Teaching 

Student  teachmg  is  designed  to  be  a  learning  experience  for  our  teacher 
interns.  The  student  teacher  intern  is  learning  to  teach  under  the  supervision  of 
a  full-time  master  teacher  in  an  oft-campus  center.  A  university  supervisor  is 
assigned  to  work  with  individual  student  teachers  and  cooperating  master 
teachers.  To  gain  admission  to  student  teaching,  applicants  must  have 
achieved  a  minimum  cumulative  quality  -point  average  of  2.5  as  well  as  a  2.5 
in  both  their  subject  area  or  major  and  in  all  professional  education  courses. 

Certification 

To  be  recommended  for  certification  in  their  respective  areas,  applicants  must 
have  a  cumulative  2.5  average  in  all  university  coursework.  a  2.5  average  in 
their  subject  area  or  major,  at  least  a  2.5  average  in  their  professional 
education  courses,  and  have  met  all  other  program  requirements.  Students 
must  show  evidence  of  having  achieved  competency  in  Special  Education 
(refer  to  section  on  academic  policy  for  details). 

Commonwealth  Requirements  for  Teacher  Certification 

(except  Vocational  Instructional  Certification.  See  section  on  Vocational 
Personnel  Preparation.) 

Cenification  standards  for  commonwealth  public  school  teachers  are 
established  by  the  Department  of  Education  and  the  State  Board  of  Education. 
The  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  majoring  must 
verify  to  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Education  that  all  qualifications  are  met. 
The  dean  of  the  college  is  authorized  to  determine  final  approval  for 
certification. 

Applicants  for  certification  are  required  by  state  law  to  be  of  good  mental  and 
physical  health  and  not  addicted  to  narcotic  drugs  in  any  form. 

The  Instructional  1  cenificate  is  issued  to  the  beginning  teacher  upon 
graduation  from  the  College  of  Education.  All  candidates  for  the  Instructional 
1  cenificate  must  successfully  pass  the  National  Teacher  Exam,  general 
knowledge  battery  and  selected  specialty  areas.  lUP  is  a  designated  test  site; 
registration  for  the  NTE  is  through  the  University  Testing  Services  in  the 
Career  Services  office.  With  the  completion  of  an  additional  twenty-four 
semester  hours  of  collegiate  and/or  inserv  ice  courses  and  successful  teaching 
experience,  students  may  acquire  the  Instructional  II  cenificate  leading  to 
permanent  certification  to  teach  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  University  Clinics 

Two  clinics/centers  under  the  supervision  of  the  College  of  Education  offer 
diagnostic  testing  and  remedial  service  and  instruction  in  the  following  areas: 

The  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  provides  diagnosis  of  speech  problems, 
hearing  tests  and  evaluations,  and  a  regular  program  of  therapy.  Regularly 
enrolled  students  at  the  university  may  avail  themselves  of  these  services 
without  charge. 


The  Child  Study  Center  pro\  ides  psychological  assessment  and  parent 
consultation  for  children  and  adolescents  with  learning  and/or  behavior 
problems. 

Center  for  Educational  Studies 

The  center  pro\  ides  opportunity  for  innovative  research  and  development 
activity  in  the  college.  Educational  experimentations  and  faculty  research 
opportunities  provide  opportunity  for  the  latest  educational  theories  and 
processes  to  be  tested. 

Graduate  Programs 

Information  descriptive  of  M.Ed..  Ed.D..  and  Teaching  Internship  programs 
may  be  found  in  the  current  issue  of  the  Graduate  School  catalog. 


The  University  School 

Marilyn  Howe,  Director;  Beisel,  Hechtman,  Johnson, 
Mambo,  Marlin;  and  professors  emeriti  Davis,  Fleming, 
Lingenfelter,  Martin,  Tobin,  and  Walthour 

The  University  School  prov  ides  a  program  of  instruction  from  kindergarten 
through  sixth  grade.  The  University  School  provides  professional  laboratory 
experiences  and  research  activities  for  faculty  and  students.  Research  and 
experimental  activities  are  scheduled  with  the  director  of  the  University 
School.  In  sum.  University  School  provides  lUP  students  a  unique  opportunity 
to  observe  the  most  advanced  learning  styles  and  demonstrations  for  teaching 
in  the  year  2000. 


Center  for  Vocational  Personnel 
Preparation 

Thomas  W.  O'Brien,  Director 

Vocational-Technical  Professional 
Studies 

Sandra  J.  Durbin,  Chairperson;  Debow,  Downs,  Dolecki, 
Dunn,  Durbin,  Jakubowski,  Hunley,  Johnson,  Keith, 
Mieike,  Spewock,  Sylves,  Whisner 

The  Vocational-Technical  Professional  Studies  program  offers  curriculums  to 
prepare  both  preserv ice  and  inservice  teachers,  supenisors.  and  administrators 
in  vocational-technical  areas  for  secondary  schools,  area  vocational-technical 
schools,  and  postsecondary  schools  including  community  colleges,  and 
persons  within  industry  serving  as  instructors  and  coordinators  of  training 
programs.  The  program  serves  both  undergraduate  and  graduate  students. 

The  curriculum  in  the  B.S.  in  Education  degree  program  in  vocational- 
technical  education  is  designed  to  prepare  teachers  for  secondary  schools,  area 
vocational-technical  schools,  and  postsecondary  schools  including  community 
colleges  and  w  ithin  industry  as  instructors  and  coordinators  of  training  pro- 
grams. A  student  enrolling  in  the  vocational  education  curriculum  may 
specialize  in  areas  related  to  interest  and/or  previous  work  experience.  Gradu- 
ates have  a  wide  selection  of  employment  opportunities  because  of  a  rapid 
growth  in  vocational/technical  offerings  in  both  the  public  and  private  sectors. 

A  program  leading  to  Pennsylvania  professional  certification  as  a  secondary 
school  vocational-technical  teacher  is  also  offered.  Certification  to  teach 
vocational-technical  education  in  the  commonwealth's  secondary  schools  is 
issued  to  individuals  who  meet  statutory  requirements,  demonstrate 
occupational/technical  proficiency  on  a  nationally  standardized  occupational 
competency  examination,  and  complete  sixty  credit  hours  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education-approved  university  program.  In  the  lUP  program,  a 
plan  of  studies  will  be  tailored  to  each  student's  unique  background  (i.e.. 
electrical,  electronics,  data  processing,  drafting,  welding,  dental,  etc.)  and 
professional  needs. 


The  College  of  Educaiion—t9 


Certification  to  serve  as  a  cooperative  education  teacher-coordinator  in  the 
commonwealth's  secondary'  schools  can  be  earned  b\  completing  a  program  of 
studies.  Tailored  to  each  student's  individual  background  and  professional 
needs,  the  program  prepares  individuals  for  managing  industrial  cooperative 
training  and  school-lo-w  ork  transitional  experiences.  For  persons  holding  a 
valid  Pennsj i\  ania  Instructional  Cenificate.  the  program  of  studies  will  be 
individualized  ba.sed  upon  educational  credits  earned. 

The  degree  program  is  124  semester  hours,  the  vocational  technical  education 
ceitificale  program  is  60-62  semester  hours,  and  the  cooperative  education 
leacher/coordinator  certificate  program  is  66-68  semester  hours. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Vocational-Technical 
Education 

Liberal  Studies:  .^s  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  3-?5 

w  ilh  the  follow  ing  specifications: 

Social  Science^  PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  eleclives;  no  courses  with  VO  prefix 

College:  6 

Professional  Educational  Sequence: 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

E202       American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 


Certificate  as  Secondary  School  Cooperative  Education 
Teacher/Coordinator 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  follows:  21-23 

Mathematics:  M.A  101  3sh 

English:  ENlOl  3-4sh 

Humanities:  one  course  from  lists  3sh 

Fine  Arts:  one  course  from  list  3sh 

Natural  Science:  one  course,  lab  or  non-lab  3-4sh 

Social  Science:  PC  101  3sh 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  one  course,  no  courses  with  3sh 
VO  prefix 

College:  b 

Professional  Educational  Sequence: 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major:  39 

Required  courses: 

vol 00    Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I  9sh 

VO400    Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  II  9sh 

VO402    Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Pedagogical  Prep  15sh 

VO450    Technical  Prep  of  the  Vocational  Professional  3sh 

EN310     Public  Speaking  3sh 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

01 00       Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  1 

0400  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  11 

Other  Requirements: 

Vocational  Technical 

O450       Technical  Preparation  of  the  Vocational 

Professional 
N310       Public  Speaking 

0401  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Technical 
Preparation 

0402  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Pedagogical 
Preparation 

Other  as  approved 

Free  Electives: 


Free  Electi>es: 


I5sh 
15sh 


24sh 

3sh 
3-l2sh 

3-l.'ish 


27 


6-8 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 


Certificate — Vocational-Technical  Education 

Liberal  Studies:  As  follows:  21-23 

.Mathematics:  MA  10 1 
English:  ENIOI 

Humanities:  one  course  from  lists 
Fine  Arts:  one  course  from  list 
Natural  Science:  one  course,  lab  or  non-lab 
Social  Science:  PCI 01 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  one  course,  no  course  with 
VO  prefix 


3sh 
3-4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3-4sh 
3sh 
3sh 


College: 

Professional  Educational  Sequence: 
EP2()2      Educational  Psychology 
FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

.Major: 

Required  courses: 

VOIOO  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I 
VO400  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  II 
EN3I0    Public  Speaking 


3sh 
3sh 


I.Ssh 

l.-ish 

3sh 


33 


Fret  Klettiies: 


Total  (  ertificatiiin  Kcquircments:       60-62 


Total  Certification  Requirements:         66-68 


Communications  Media  Department 

Kurt  P.  Dudt,  Chairperson;  Ausel,  Handler,  Juliette, 
Kanjarusoke,  Kornfeld.  Lamberski,  Leidman-(jolub, 
Start,  Willis,  Wilson;  and  professors  emeriti  Klingensmith, 
Maclsaac,  Murray,  Sargent,  and  Young 

The  department  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Communications  Media  and 
two  minors,  one  in  Comnuinicalions  Media,  and  one  in  Educational 
Technology.  The  department  also  serves  preser\  ice  teachers  and  other  students 
who  are  required  to  complete  the  basic  course  in  Technology  for  Learning  and 
Instruction.  CM30I. 

The  philosophy  of  the  Communications  Media  Department  is  to  prepare 
generalists  in  the  area  of  Communications.  Our  students  can  choose  from  one 
of  three  tracks  « ithin  the  department,  depending  on  their  career  interests: 
Product  Development.  Electronic  Media,  or  Training  and  Development. 
Regardless  of  the  sequence  chosen,  students  may  select  courses  outside  of 
their  sequence  in  order  to  broaden  their  skills. 

The  faculty  within  the  department  offers  a  wide  variety  of  experience  in  all 
areas  of  Communications  Media.  With  the  combination  of  classroom  work  and 
the  optional  internship  program,  departmental  graduates  are  competitive  for 
positions  in  various  areas.  Students  graduating  from  this  major  have  obtained 
positions  in  such  areas  as  radio,  television,  cable  television,  public  relations, 
advertising  agencies,  medical  media  centers,  and  corporate  media  centers, 

The  department  has  two  minors,  one  in  Communications  Media  and  one  in 
Educational  Technology.  The  minor  in  Communications  Media  is  an  cighteen- 
credil  program  designed  to  complement  any  major.  The  minor  in  Educational 
Technology  is  a  Iwenty-four-credit  program  designed  for  students  In  the 
College  of  Education  who  are  completing  a  teaching  degree. 

Students  changing  majors  from  other  academic  departments  w  ithin  the 
university  are  required  to  have  a  2, .5  grade-point  average  befoic  transfer  w  ill 
be  approved. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Communications  Media 

Liberal  Sliidies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  .Simlies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Natural  .Science:  laboratory  sequence  required  (CiS  101/102- 
I0.V104  recommended) 

Social  .Science:  PCIOl 

Liberal  Studies  eleclives:  COIOI.  no  courses  with  CM  prefix 


.14-55 


50-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


College: 

EP202 
EP388 


Educational  Psychology  or 

Interpersonal  Effectiveness  and  Communication 


3sh 


Major:  42-45 

Required  courses: 

CM  101    Survey  of  Communications  Media  3sh 

CM102    Basic  Technology  Ish 

CM103    Basic  Communications  Research  Ish 

CM200    Images  3sh 

CM395   Career  Planning  in  Communication  Ish 

Controlled  electives:  According  to  Track 

Product  Development:  CM303  (required),  CM271.  440. 

444.  449,  451  (strongly  recommended).  CM390,  441, 

445.  450.  472.  473,  474,  475.  476,  477,  478.  480, 

490  (also  recommended!  33sh 

Electronic  Media:  CM403  (required).  404.  405.  451. 

460  (strongly  recommended).  CM452.  453.  454.  456.  480. 

455.  390.  490  (also  recommended)  36sh 

Training  and  Development:  CM330.  335(  required). 

CM271.  303.  403.  404.  430.  435,  440,  449,  451  (strongly 

recommended).  CM390.  480.  490.  495  (also  recommended) 

36sh 

Other  Requirements:  15-18 

Out-of-College  Requirement  (adviser  approval)  by  Track 

Product  Development  Track  18sh 

Electronic  Media  Track  I5sh 

Training  and  Development  Track  5sh 

Free  Electives:  6-7 


Educational  Psychology  Department 

William  F.  Barker,  Chairperson;  Briscoe,  Hoellein, 
Levinson,  Quirk,  Rafoth,  Rattan;  and  professors  emeriti 
DeFabo,  Meadowcroft,  Shank,  and  Yanuzzi 

The  department  services  undergraduate  and  graduate  students.  Undergraduate 
students  may  declare  a  minor  in  Educational  Psychology  by  making 
application  to  the  department  chairperson.  Fifteen  semester  hours  from  the 
courses  are  required  for  the  minor  in  educational  psychology. 

The  department  also  offers  the  M.Ed,  in  Educational  Psychology  as  well  as  a 
post-master's  certification  and  a  Doctor  of  Education  in  School  Psychology. 
Refer  to  the  current  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  details. 


Foundations  of  Education 
Department 

David  E.  Rotigel,  Chairperson;  Merryman,  Penta, 
Thibadeau;  and  professor  emeritus  Chu 

Graduate  courses  offered  by  this  department  include  Comparative.  Historical. 
Philosophical,  and  Social  Foundations  of  Education;  Curriculum 
Development;  Professional  Negotiations  in  Education:  and  International 
Education  Studies  Program.  For  specific  information  concerning  these 
courses,  see  the  current  edition  of  the  Graduate  School  Catalog. 


Total  Degree  Requirements:      24 


Minor — Communications  Media 

Required  courses: 

CMlOl    Survey  of  Communications  Media 
CM —     Electives  in  Communication  Media 


3sh 
I5sh 


Minor — Educational  Technology 

Required  courses: 

CMIOl    Survey  of  Communications  Media 
CM460   Alternative  S>  stems  of  Communication 
COlOl     Microbased  Computer  Literacy 
CM —      Electives  in  Communications  Media 


3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

15sh 


18 


24 


Counselor  Education  Department 

Robert  I.  Witchel,  Chairperson;  Culp,  Dean.  Ferro, 
Fontaine,  Thomas,  Worzbyt;  and  professors  emeriti 
Mahler,  Pesci,  Saylor.  Spinelli,  Washburn,  and  Wilson 

The  undergraduate  courses  offered  by  the  Counselor  Education  Department 
are  available  as  electives  for  undergraduates  who  wish  to  increase  their 
interpersonal  relationship  skills  and  for  school  personnel  seeking  a  broad 
understanding  of  helping  roles  in  the  school  setting. 

The  Adult/Community  Education  and  Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education 
programs  are  also  offered  as  graduate  degrees  in  this  department. 


Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Department 

Edwina  B.  Void,  Chairperson;  Bieger,  Cole  Slaughter. 
Corbett,  DeCicco,  Dorsey,  Elliott,  Fennimore,  Gerlach, 
Hartman,  Jalongo,  King,  Kupetz,  McFeely,  Mikkelsen, 
Millward,  Tvviest,  L.  Void,  Williams,  Willis;  and  professors 
emeriti  (Jlott,  Lore,  Lott,  Mott,  Reilly,  Rizzo,  and 
Walthour 

Elementary  Education  Program 

The  Elementary  Education  program  is  designed  to  provide  learning 
experiences  which  will  assist  students  in  developing  into  highly  competent  and 
effective  teachers  in  grades  K-6.  Students  are  able  to  expand  their  knowledge 
through  coursework  and  field  experiences  which  embody  content,  knowledge 
of  liberal  studies,  pedagogy,  curriculum,  human  development  and  learning, 
and  a  historical  and  philosophical  basis  to  undergird  one's  professional 
behavior.  (Effective  Fall.  1991:  A  2.5  cumulative  QPA  is  required  to  apply  for 
teacher  certification,  to  take  major  courses  in  the  department,  to  apply  for 
Junior  Standing,  and  to  student  teach.] 

Early  Childhood  Education  Program 

The  Early  Childhood  Education  Program  prepares  students  to  select  from 
among  a  variety  of  techniques  and  strategies  those  which  appropriately  expand 
children's  cognitive,  social,  emotional,  and  physical  development.  Through 
lectures,  research,  and  on-site  experiences  with  young  children,  students  are 
able  to  expand  their  ow  n  knowledge  of  and  attitudes  tow  ard  education  of 
young  children  N-3rd  grade. 

Students  must  meet  the  Requirements  Leading  to  Teacher  Certification  as 
outlined  in  the  .Academic  Policies  section  of  this  catalog. 

Graduate  Programs 

Programs  leading  to  the  M.Ed,  and  Ed.D.  degrees  are  described  in  the  current 
issue  of  the  Graduate  School  Catalog,  Internships  and  assistantships  are 
available. 


The  College  oj  Educatiim-5 1 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence 


CM301 

Technologv  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

3sh 

ED242 

Pre-studeni  Teaching  I 

Ish 

ED34: 

Pre-studenl  Teaching  II 

Ish 

ED441 

Student  Teaching 

12sh 

ED442 

School  Law 

Ish 

ED499 

Multicultural  Education 

2sh 

EP202 

Educational  Psychology 

3sh 

EP377 

Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

3sh 

FE202 

American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

3sh 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

F.I. 2 11 

Music  for  the  Elementary  Grades 

2sh 

EL2I3 

Art  for  the  Elementary  Grades 

2sh 

EL2I5 

Child  Development 

3sh 

EL221 

Children's  Literature 

3sh 

Fl  ■>■>■' 

Teaching  of  Reading  1 

3sh 

EL3I2 

Teaching  of  Elementary  Science 

2sh 

EL313 

Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School 

3sh 

EL314 

Teaching  of  Health  and  Physical  Education 

2sh 

EL356 

Pedagogy  I 

3sh 

EL357 

Pedagogy  11 

3sh 

EL41! 

Teaching  of  Social  Studies 

3sh 

EL423 

Language  Arts  Across  the  Curriculum 

3sh 

Free  Electives:  (31 


53 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Elementary 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

«ith  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA  15 1 

Natural  Science:  SC  101.  102.  103.  and  104(11 
Social  Science:  GEIOI-GEKU  (one  course).  PClOl 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  152  (2).  no  courses  v^ith  EL  prefix 


29 


32 


Total  Degree  Requirements:     1 25 


(*)     See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies.  ".Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

( 1 )  This  sequence  of  10  credits  fulfills  the  Liberal  Studies  natural  science 
requirement  and  one  Liberal  Studies  elective  (3crl. 

(2)  For  students  who  lest  out  of  MA  1 52.  consult  your  adviser  for  suggested 
math  courses, 

(3)  Students  must  pass  Competency  Exam  in  Special  Education  or  pass 
EX30O. 


EE31I  Integrated  Curriculum  II  3sh 

EE312  Aesthetic  Experiences  for  Young  Children  3sh 

EE315  Play  as  Cognitive  and  Affective  Development  3sh 

EL215  Child  Development  3sh 

EL353  Preschool  Education  3sh 

EL45 1  Teaching  Primary  Reading  3sh 

EX300  Education  of  the  Exceptional  Child  3sh 

EX464  Preschool  Education  of  the  Handicapped  3sh 

HE426  Techniques  of  Parent  Education  3sh 

M.A450  Preschool  and  Primarv  Math  3sh 


Free  Electives: 


4-5 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 


(*)     See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 

.Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 
( 1 1     Pending  Senate  revision 
(2 1     Requirement  revisions  pending 


Foreign  Languages  and  International  Studies  Program  for 
Elementary  Teaching  (FLISET)(1) 

Required  courses:  22(2) 

SP201      Intermediate  Spanish  4sh 

SP221      Intermediate  Conversation  3sh 

SP32 1      Advanced  Conversation  3sh 

SP290      Intensive  Spanish  for  Elementary  Teaching  3sh 
SP390     Teaching  of  Elementary  Content  Through  the 

Spanish  Language  3sh 

SP404      Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  3sh 


Controlled  elective:  one  course 
SP230,  SP342.  SP344 


3sh 


Other  Requirements: 

Students  should  take  either  GE252  or  PS387  as  their  non-western  course. 
Study/internship  in  Jalapa.  Mexico,  for  six  to  eight  weeks  the 
summer  folknving  junior  year. 
Student  teaching  experience  in  immersion  classroom. 

( 1 )  Program  is  open  to  elementary  education  majors  w  ishing  to  develop  an 
academic  specialty  which  will  prepare  them  to  teach  in  elementary 
programs  where  content  teaching  in  the  foreign  language  is  the  objective. 
A  student  must  attain  a  minimum  level  of  Intermediate  High  speaking 
proficiency  on  the  ACTFL/ETS  scale. 

(2)  Credit  reduction  pending  Senate  approval,  ba.sed  on  prior  curriculum 
changes. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Early  Childhood 

Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

wiih  the  lollowmg  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  151 

Natural  Sciences:  SCIOl .  102.  103.  and  KM  ( I ) 

Social  Science:  GEIOI  orGE103.  PCIOI 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  EE  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence  ( 1 ) 

C.M.301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242  Pre-sludent  Teaching  I 

ED342  Prc-sludcnt  Teaching  II 

ED44I  Student  Teaching 

ED442  Praclicurn  and  Sch<«)l  Law 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

FE2()2  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major: 

Required  courscs:(2) 

EE22()  Language  and  Literature 

RE3 10  Integrated  Curriculum  I 


.54-55 


3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
I2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 


29 


36 


Special  Education  and  Clinical 
Services  Department 

Clarice  K.  Reber,  Chairperson;  Bormann,  Chapman, 
Fiddler,  Marshak,  Mease,  Munro,  Newell,  Noll,  Nowell, 
Shane,  Turton,  Yagel;  and  professors  emeriti  M.  Bahn, 
Morris,  and  Scanlon 

This  department  offers  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  in  any 
one  of  lour  majors.  Each  of  the  four  majors  follows  a  prescribed  sequence  ol 
courses.  Students  may  elect  to  major  in  any  one  of  the  following  fields: 

A.  Education  of  Mentally/Physically  Handicapped 

B.  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 

C.  Rehabilitation 

1).       l!(iiK:iliciii  of  lleaniig  Impaiicd 

The  following  grade  policy  applies  to  all  four  undergraduate  programs  of 
study  in  the  Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical  .Services.  Individual 
sludcnts  may  appeal  any  aspect  of  the  policy  by  making  a  formal  written 
request  to  the  Departmental  Appeals  Committee. 

I .       No  more  than  one  "D  '  in  major  courses  will  he  accepted  toward 
graduation  and  certification. 


52-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


2.       No  "D"  is  permined  as  the  final  recorded  grade  in  any  of  the  following 
courses. 

ED42 1 :  Student  Teaching 

ED44 1 :  Student  Teaching 

EH308:  Language  for  the  Hearing  Impaired 

EX450:  Methods  and  Curricular  Planning  for  Mildly 

and  Moderately  Handicapped 

RH322:  Rehabilitation  Case  Studx  and  Interpretation 

RH488:  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation 

RH493:  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation 

SHI  22:  Phonetics 

SH320:  Speech  Clinic 

A.  Education  of  Mentally/Physically  Handicapped 

Completion  of  the  sequence  of  study  in  this  major  leads  to  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education  comprehensiv  e  certification  as  a  teacher  of  the 
mentally  and/or  ph\  sically  handicapped.  Students  will  be  prepared  to  teach 
mentally  retarded,  physically  handicapped,  emotionally  disturbed,  socially 
maladjusted,  learning  disabled,  and  neurologically  impaired.  This  program 
also  pro\  ides  an  opportunity  for  students  to  seek  career  opportunities  in  the 
areas  of  welfare  and  mental  health  and  » ith  pri\ ate  agencies.  Student  teaching 
experiences  are  provided  with  the  mentally  retarded  and  one  of  the  other 
handicaps.  The  program  also  provides  a  foundation  for  pursuing  additional 
ssork  at  the  sraduate  le\  el. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Education  of  Mentally 
and  or  Physically  Handicapped  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  NL-\I5I 

Social  Science:  PCIOI 

Natural  Science:  laboratory  science  required  (SCI05-106 
recommended ) 

Liberal  Studies  eleclives:  no  courses  with  EX  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM30I  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  1  Ish 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  11  Ish 

ED42 1  Student  Teaching  of  the  Mentally  Handicapped  6sh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  of  the  Ph\sicall\  Handicapped  6sh 

ED442  School  Law        ~                ■          -  ^^ 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE202  .American  liducation  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

EX  1 20    Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons  3sh 

EX220    T\ pical  and  .Atvpical  Growth  and  Development  3sh 

EX2-tO    Teaching  Math  for  the  Mentally  and  3sh 

Physically  Handicapped 
EX251     Methods  of  Teaching  Reading  3sh 

EX34I     Educating  Socially  and  Emotionally  Maladjusted         3sh 
EX343    Content  Subject  .Areas  for  Menially  and/or  3sh 

Physically  Handicapped 
EX353    Reading  and  Other  Language  .Arts  for  Mentally  3sh 

and/or  Ph\  sically  Handicapped 
EX370    .Assessment  of  the  Mentally  and/or  3sh 

Physically  Handicapped 
EX430    Physical  Disabilities  and  Psychological  3sh 

Handicaps 
EX450    Methods  and  Curriculum  Planning  for  the  Mildly         3sh 

and  Moderatelv  Handicapped 
E\454    The  Brain  Injured  and  the  Learning  Disabled  3sh 

EX457     Severe/Profound  Retardation  and  3sh 

Multiple  Disabilities 
EX490    Ethical  and  Professional  Behavior  Ish 

SH254    Classroom  Management  of  Language  Disordei^  3sh 

HP372     Health  and  Ph\  sical  Education  for  2sh 

Special  Populations 
Controlled  electives: 
One  course  from  list:  AT330  or  MLi335  3sh 


27 


45 


Free  Eleclives:  ED499  recommended 

(#)    Total  Degree  Requirements:      I26-12~ 

(*)     See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies.  '".Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

(#)     See  ad\  isory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements"" 
in  catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


B.  Speech-Language  Pathology  and  .\udiology 

Completion  of  the  sequence  of  courses  in  Speech  Pathology  and  .Audiology 
serves  as  a  pre-professional  program  for  students  planning  to  become 
practicing  speech-language  pathologists  or  audiologists.  Students  entering  the 
undergraduate  program  should  be  aware  that  national  certification  and  slate 
licensure  are  based  in  the  master's  program.  Students  w  ill  need  to  project  a 
QP.A  of  3.0  to  qualify  for  admission  to  most  graduate  schools. 

Smdents  may  elect  to  prepare  for  certification  in  Speech-Language  Impaired 
from  the  Pennsylv  ania  Department  of  Education.  Other  vvori;  env  ironments 
such  as  hospitals,  community  clinics,  public  health  programs,  and  lehabilitation 
settings  tend  to  require  the  Certificate  of  Clinical  Competence  from  the  .Ameri- 
can Speech-Language-Hearing  .Association,  which  requires  a  masters  degree. 

The  University  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  serves  as  the  laboratory  for  the 
undergraduate  clinical  praciicum  required  as  a  prerequisite  for  student 
teaching.  Prior  to  the  registration  for  the  clinical  praeiicum  course  (SH320). 
the  student  must  complete  the  following  hours  of  observation  through 
enrollment  in  ED242  and  ED342: 

.A.    25  hours  of  observ  ation  in  Speech-Language  Pathology  Superv  ised  b\  an 
lUP  faculty  member  w  ho  holds  a  Certificate  of  Clinical  Competence  in 
Speech. 

B.     20  hours  of  classroom  obsen  ation 

1.  Five  hours  in  regular  education  classrooms.  K-3. 

2.  Five  hours  in  special  education  classrooms. 

3.  Five  hours  in  regular  education  classrooms  w  ith  integrated  special 
students. 

4.  Five  hours  in  community  facilities  such  as  pteschools.  sheltered 
workshops,  etc.  Services  in  this  category  should  be  of  a 
noneducational.  nonspeech  pathology  type. 

I'pon  completion  of  the  observations  (ED242  and  ED342)  and  practicum 
(SH320).  the  student  is  placed  in  a  school  environment  for  the  one-semester 
student  leaching  experience. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Speech-Language 
Pathology  and  .\udiology  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlmed  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  M.A217  recommended 

Social  Science:  PClOl 

Natural  Science:  laboratory  science  sequence  required  (BI 103-104 
recommended) 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  SH  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  I  1  sh 

ED342    Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED44I     Smdent  Teaching  I2sh 

ED442    School  Law       "  Ish 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh(  1 ) 

FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

SH3 1 2     Organization  and  .Administration  of  Speech  and  3sh 
HearinE  Programs 


30 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

EX362     Psy  chology  of  Reading  in  Language  Processing  3sh 

SH  1 1 1     Fundamentals  of  Speech  and  Hearing  3sh 

SHI  22     Phonetics  ~  .'sh 

SH222     Introduction  to  .Audiolosv  3sh 


39 


The  Collei;e  of  Ediication-53 


SH234     Language  Development  3sh 

SH242     Introduction  to  Speech  Science  3sh 

SH25 1     Anatomy  and  Ph\  siologv  of  the  Speech  3sh 

and  Hearing  Mechanism 

SH306     Articulation  and  Language  Disorders  3sh 

SH308     Stuttering  and  Voice  Disorders  3sh 

SH311     Aural  Rehabihtation  3sh 

SH314    Assessment  of  Speech  and  Language  Disorders  3sh 

SH320    Speech  Clinic  '     ^  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  EX  1 20  or  EX300  3sh 


Free  Electives:  ED499  recommended 


0-1 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 


(*)     See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

( 1 )     An  option  allow  s  enrollment  in  M.A2 1 7  for  the  required  mathematics 
course  or.  if  the  student  elects  another  mathematics  course,  to  substitute 
MA2I7  for  EP377.  The  student  who  enrolls  in  MA217  to  fulfill  the 
Liberal  Studies  requirement  must  register  for  MA417  or  EP377. 


C.  Rehabilitation 

Completion  of  this  program  leads  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  w  ith 
a  specialization  in  rehabilitation.  The  program  is  designed  for  students  seeking 
career  opportunities  w  ith  health  and  welfare  agencies  and  institutions  and  also 
pros  ides  a  foundation  for  pursuing  additional  work  at  the  graduate  level. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Rehabilitation 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA2I7 

Natural  Science:  Laboratorj'  Science  sequence  required 

Social  Science:  PCIOl.  So'lSI 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  PC32I.  no  courses  with  RH  prefix 

.Major:  48 

Required  courses: 

RH200  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  3sh 

RH2II  .Medical  Aspects  of  Rehabilitation  3sh 

RH220  Neurological  Basis  of  Disability  3sh 

RH3 1 2  Psychological  Basis  of  Disability  3sh 

RH32I  Principles  and  .Methods  of  Rehabilitation  3sh 

RH322  Rehabilitation  Case  Study  and  Interpretation  3sh 

RH36(J  Rehabilitation  Counseling:  Strategies  3sh 

RH4I0  Vocational  Assessment  in  Rehabilitation  3sh 

RH4I2  Occupational  Aspects  of  Rehabilitation  3sh 

RH422  Current  Topics  in  Rehabilitation  3sh 

RH460  Advanced  Rehabilitation  Counseling  3sh 

RH484  Directed  Rehabililalion  .Activities  3sh 

RH488  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  6sh 

RH493  Field  Training  in  Rehabililalion  6sh 

Other  Requirements:  6-7 

Required  course: 

EX  1 20    Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons  3sh 

Controlled  elective:  3-4sh 

BII55      Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  4sh 

HP22I     Human  Structure  and  Function  3sh 


Free  Eieclises: 


14-16 


Total  Degree  Requiremenl.s:     124 


D.  Kducation  of  Hearing  Impaired 

Completion  of  ihc  sequence  ol  courses  in  f-.ducalion  of  Hearing  Impaired  leads 
to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Education  and  Pennsylvania  rx-parlmcnl  of 
Education  certification  as  a  teacher  of  the  hearing  impaired.  Students  are  pro- 
vided with  Ihc  basic  skills  to  teach  in  special  classes  for  hard-of-hcaring  or 
deaf  individuals. 


Students  enrolled  in  this  sequence  of  study  are  prepared  to  assume  positions  as 
itinerant  hearing  therapists  and  classroom  teachers  for  individuals  ranging 
from  preschoolers  to  adults.  Work  settings  may  include  public  schools, 
continuing  education  programs,  and  home  training  situations. 

Obsen  ation.  clinical  experience,  and  practicum  are  required  prior  to  placement 
in  a  school  environment  for  the  student  teaching  experience.  The  student  will 
complete  the  following  .50  hours  of  observation  through  enrollment  In  ED242. 
.A.      20  hours  of  observ  ation  of  itinerant  and  self-contained  classrooms  for  the 
hearing  impaired. 

B.  10  hours  of  observation  in  regular  education  classrooms. 

C.  15  hours  of  observation  In  special  education  classrooms. 

D.  5  hours  of  observation  in  a  noneducalional  setting.  The  student  will 
complete  50  hours  of  individual  clinical  experience  through  enrollmenl 
in  EH330  and  25  hours  of  school-based  practicum  through  enrollment  in 
ED342. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Education  of  Hearing 
Impaired  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA15I 

Social  Science:  PCIOl 

Natural  Science:  Laboratory  Science  Sequence  Required 

Liberal  Studies  electives;  no  courses  with  EH  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM30I  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242  Pre-studeni  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II 

ED421  Student  Teaching-Hearing  Impaired  (PrI-Elem) 

ED44I  Student  Teaching-Hearing  Impaired  (Jr-Sr  H.S.) 

ED442  School  Law 

EH360  General  Methodology  for  Education  of  Hearing 

Impaired 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

EH  1 14     Inlroductlon  to  Hearing  Impaired 

EH  1 1 5     Inlroductlon  to  Sign  Language 

EH244    Intennedlatc  Sign  Language 

EH307    Speech  for  the  Hearing  Impaired 

EH308     Language  for  Hearing  Impaired 

EH330    Hearing  Practicum 

EH33I     Advanced  Sign  Language 

EH365     Parent-Preschool  Programs  for  Hearing  Impaired 

EXI20     Inlroducllon  to  Exceptional  Persons 

EX25 1     Methods  of  Teaching  Reading 

SH222     Inlroducllon  lo  Audlology 

SH234     Language  Development 

SH242     IniRHluciion  to  Speech  Science 

SH31 1     Aural  Rehabililalion 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from:  EX220  or  EL2I5  or  HE218 


30 


3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
6sh 
6sh 
Ish 
3sh 

3sh 

3.sh(l) 

3sh 


38 


3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


Free  Electives: 


1-2 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    1 24 


(*)     Sec  requiremcnls  leading  lo  teacher  certification  In  Ihc  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies.  ".Admission  lo  Teacher  Education." 

(I  I      MA2I7  Probability  and  Slalisiics  may  suhsiiuilc  for  EP377  but  may  not 
replace  MA  15 1. 


54-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts 

John  Hajdu  Heyer,  Dean 
Marjorie  E.  Arnett,  Assistant  Dean 

The  College  of  Fine  Aris  offers  professional  programs  in  an.  music,  and 
theater  and  awards  the  Bachelor  of  .Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Fine  .Arts  degrees. 
Programs  leading  to  certification  to  teach  are  offered  in  cooperation  with  the 
College  of  Education  and  lead  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  degree. 

There  are  four  ohjecti\  es  for  the  College  of  Fine  .Arts: 

1 )  to  pro\ide  special  academic  programs  for  majors  in  the  arts 

2)  to  provide  service  courses  for  other  departmental  majors 

3)  to  offer  all  university  students  general  courses  in  the  arts 

4)  to  make  cultural  programs  in  the  arts  available  lo  the  university,  the 
surrounding  community,  and  the  local  region 

There  are  no  additional  college  requirements  for  graduation  beyond  the 
uni\  ersiiy  and  departmental  requirements  listed  in  other  sections  of  this 
catalog. 


General  Fine  Arts  Major 

A  general  fine  arts  major  program  is  available  for  those  students  desiring  to 

take  coursew  ork  in  art,  dance,  interior  design,  media,  music,  and  theater.  This 
program  is  offered  in  conjunction  w  ith  the  College  of  Education  and  the 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences.  This  interdisciplinary 
program,  including  an  opportunity  for  an  internship  (F.A49.i).  is  coordinated 
through  the  Office  of  the  Dean.  College  of  Fine  .Arts,  where  additional 
information  is  available. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — General  Fine  Arts 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications:  | 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  F.A  prefix  1 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

Courses  must  come  from  three  departments,  one  of  which 
must  be  .Art.  Music,  or  Theater. 

Controlled  electives: 

Art:  .Art  Education  (AE).  .Art  History  (.AH).  .An  Studio  (.AR) 

Music:  Music  (MU).  Music  History  (MB),  or  .Applied  Music  (AM) 

Theater:  .Any  Theater  (THt  courses 

Consumer  Services:  Interior  Design  courses  (CS) 

Communications  Media:  .Any  courses  (CM) 

Health  and  Phy  sical  Education:  Dance  (HP)  courses 

Other  Requirements: 

.At  least  one-third  (12)  of  the  major  credits  must  be  in 
courses  numbered  in  the  300s  and  400s. 
No  course  that  is  used  to  fulfill  Liberal  Studies  requirements 
may  be  used  again  to  meet  major  requirements. 


36 


Free  Electives: 


33-35 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 


Department  of  Art 


.Anthony  G.  DeFurio,  Chairperson:  .\li.  Battiglini,  Ben- 
Zvi.  Burwell.  Clark.  Clay,  Hamilton.  Hedman.  Johnson, 
Lacey.  Mercede.  Nestor,  J.  Slenker.  R.  Slenker,  Weiland; 
and  professors  emeriti  Balsiger,  Cronauer,  Dongilla. 
Dropcho.  Innes.  Kipp.  McVitty.  Seelhorst,  Vislosky,  and 
Wert 

The  Department  of  .Art  offers  both  general  and  special  courses  in  art,  directed 
toward  the  development  of  the  student's  creative  and  expressive  abilities. 
Degrees  offered  are  the  Bachelor  of  .Ans  w  ith  tracks  in  either  .Art  History  or 
.An  Studio,  the  Bachelor  of  Fine  .Arts  in  .An  Studio,  and  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Education  in  .An  Education.  The  degree  in  art  education  provides 
certification  for  teaching  an  in  grades  K- 1 2  in  the  schools  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  Department  of  .Art  offers  a  cooperative  program  w  ith  the  .Art  Institute  of 
Pittsburgh.  Students  interested  in  commercial  art.  w  ith  departmental  approval, 
may  earn  credit  tow  ard  their  major  at  the  .Art  Institute. 

All  art  majors  are  obligated  to  fulfill  the  university  requirements  for  Liberal 
Studies.  The  Department  of  .Art  expects  that  art  majors  will  maintain  a  2.5 
average  in  major  courses,  and  this  w  ill  be  a  prerequisite  to  student  teaching. 

A  minor  in  art  is  available,  consisting  of  at  least  1 5  semester  hours  in  art 
courses  approved  by  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  .An. 


Acceptance  bv  the  Department  of  .Art  as  a  major  requires  the  submission  of  a 

portfolio  and  approval  of  the  portfolio  committee.  Detailed 

nformat 

ion  will  be 

sent  to  the  applicant  upon  request. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Art/Historv  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  .Arts:  MHIOl  orTHlOl 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  w  ith  .AH  prefix 

Major: 

Foundation  Required: 

1.^ 

AR  1 00    Arts  of  the  20th  Century 

3sh 

ARllI     Drawing 

3sh 

AR  1 1 2    Fundamentals  of  Draw  ing  and  Design 

3sh 

AR1I3    Design 

3sh 

1 

The  College  of  Fine  Arls-55 


AR1I4  Color  and  Two-DimensionaJ  Design  3sh 
An  Histon  Required:  30 

AH205  Ancient  to  Medieval  Art  3sh 

AH206  Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art  3sh 

AH2I1  Modem  Art  3sh 

AH222  Art  in  America  3sh 

AH407  Medie\  al  .\n  3sh 

AH408  Italian  Renaissance  3sh 

AH409  Baroque  and  Rococo  Art  3sh 

AH412  Classical  An  3sh 

AH4I3  SeniorSeminar  (To  be  taken  during  senior  year)  3sh 

AH4I6  Nonhem  Renaissance  An  3sh 

FreeElectivesill:  24-26 

AH406    Ancient  Migrator\  An  3sh 

AH424    An  of  the  East  3sh 

AH426    Pre-Columbian  An  3sh 

AH492    Internship  3-12sh 

Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 

'  1  ■    It  is  recommended  that  the  student  of  an  histor\  make  judicious  choices 
of  elective  courses  in  consultation  with  the  major  adviser.  Students  may 
consider  additional  foundation  or  advanced  studio  electives.  advanced  an 
history,  and  related  academic  electives.  Course  selection  in  a  foreign 
language  is  strongly  recommended. 


Bachelor  of  .\rts — .\rt/Studio 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  50-52 

» ith  the  follow  ing  specifications: 

Fine  .Ans:  Fulfilled  by  An  History  counted  in  major 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  AH206:  no  courses  w  ith  AR  prefix 

Major: 

Foundation  required:  15 

AR  1  (X)    Ans  of  the  20th  Century  3sh 

ARIIl     Drawing  3sh 

ARII2    Fundamentals  of  Drawing  and  Design  3sh 

ARII3    Design  3sh 

AR  1 1 4    Color  and  Two-Dimensional  Design  3sh 

Foundation  electives  (Select  5  of  the  following  8  courses):  15 

AR2I1     Painting  3sh 

.AR2I3    Wood/Fumiture  Design  3sh 

AR2I4    Ceramics  3sh 

AR2I5    Sculpture  3sh 

AR2I6    Basic  Metal  Techniques  3sh 

AR2I7    Pnntmaking  3sh 

AR2I8    Graphic  Design  3sh 

AR2I9    Fibers  3sh 

An  History  required:  9 

AH205    Ancient  to  Medieval  An  3sh 

AH206    Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art  *sh(  I ) 

AH2II     Modem  An  3sh(2) 

AH4I3    Senior  Seminar  (To  be  taken  during  senior  year)  3sh 

Advanced  Studio  required:(3)  21 

Advanced  Studio  courses  to  be  selected  from  list: 

AR32I.  AR45I.  AR452.  AR453.  AR454.  AR455.  AR457. 
AR459.  AR460.  AR48I.  AR493  (4 1 


Free  Kleclives: 


12-14 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    1 24 


( 1 )  Credits  counted  under  Liberal  Studies  electives. 

(2)  AH222:  An  in  .America  may  be  substituted  for  AH2I 1. 

(3)  Students  must  complete  3  credits  within  an  advanced  studio  before 
permission  will  be  granted  to  enroll  in  Ihc  6-credil  component  of  the 
advanced  level.  Permission  of  the  instructor  is  a  prerequisite  to  all  6- 
crcdil  advanced  studios. 

(4|   Inclusion  of  internship  credits  toward  any  portion  of  fulfillment  of  degree 
requirements  must  be  approved  by  the  departmental  chair  and  student's 
major  adviser.  Approval  must  be  obtained  in  writing  prior  to  cnrollnicni. 


Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts — Studio 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  50-52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  .Arts:  Fulfilled  b\  .An  History  counted  in  major 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  .AH206.  no  courses  with  .AR  elective 


Major: 

Foundation  required: 

ARIOO    Arts  of  the  20th  Century 

Drawing 

Fundamentals  of  Draw  ing  and  Design 

Design 

Color  and  Two-Dimensional  Design 
Foundation  electives  (Select  5  of  the  following  8  courses): 
.AR211     Painting 

Wood/Fumiture  Design 

Ceramics 

Sculpture 

Basic  Metal  Techniques 

Printmaking 

Graphic  Design 

Fibers 
An  History  required: 

AH205    .Ancient  to  Medieval  .Art 
AH206    Renaissance  to  Baroque  .Art 
AH2 1 1    Modem  Art 
.AH413    SeniorSeminar 
Advanced  Studio  required:  (3) 

Primary  Advanced  Studio  Concentration 

Minor  Advanced  Studio  Concentration 

Courses  from  list:  AR321,  AR451.  AR452.  AR453. 

AR454,  AR455,  AR457.  AR459.  AR460.  AR4S1. 


15 


ARM  I 
AR112 
ARil3 
.ARIU 


.AR2I3 
AR214 
AR2I5 
AR2I6 
AR2I7 
AR218 
.AR219 


15 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

I 

3sh 
*sh(l) 
3sh(2) 
3sh 

I8sh 
9sh 

AR493  (4) 


Free  electives: 


6-8 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:  1 25- 1 27 


( 1 )  Credits  counted  under  Liberal  Studies  electives. 

(2)  AH222:  An  in  .America  may  be  substituted  for  AH2 1 1 . 

(3)  The  foundation-level  course  must  be  successfully  completed  before  a 
student  will  be  pemiitted  to  enroll  in  the  6-credit  component  of  that 
specific  studio  course.  Permission  of  the  instructor  is  a  prerequisite  to  all 
6-credit  advanced  studios. 

(4)  Inclusion  of  intemship  credits  toward  any  portion  of  fulfillmcnl  of  degree 
requirements  must  he  approved  by  the  departmental  chair  and  student's 
major  adviser.  Approval  must  be  obtained  in  w  riling  prior  to  enrollment. 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements  "  in 
catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Art  Education  (*) 
Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  Fulfilled  by  .Art  Historv  counted  in  major. 

Social  Science:  PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  .AH206.  no  courses  w  ith  AR  prefix 


50-52 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM.3()I  Technology  for  Leaming  and  Instruclion 

ED42 1  Student  Teaching  Elementary 

ED44I  Student  Teaching  Secondary 

ED242  Pre-siudcnt  Teaching  I 

ED.342  Pre-studeni  Teaching  II 

ED442  School  Law 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

FE302  History/Philosophy  of  American  Education 

.Major: 

Foundation  required: 

ARIOO  Arts  of  Ihc  20th  Century 

ARIIl  Drawing 

AR  1 1 2  Fundamentals  of  Drawing  and  Design 

ARII3  Design 


3sh 
6sh 
6sh 
Ish 
Ish 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


15 


56-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


AR1I4    Color  and  Two-Dimensional  Design  3sh 

Foundation  eleclives  (Select  ?  of  the  following  8  courses):  15 

AR211     Painting  3sh 

AR213    Wood/Furniture  Design  3sh 

AR214    Ceramics  3sh 

AR215    Sculpture  3sh 

AR216    Basic  Metal  Techniques  3sh 

AR217    Printmaking  3sh 

AR218    Graphic  De"sign  3sh 

AR219    Fibers  3sh 

Art  Education  required:  9 

AE315     Sur\'ey  in  Art  Education  3sh 

AE317    Art  Education  Methodology:  Elementary  3sh 

AE318    Art  Education  Methodology:  Secondary  3sh 

Art  History  required:  9 

AH20?    Ancient  to  Medieval  Art  3sh 

AH206    Renaissance  10  Baroque  An  *sh(l) 

AH211     Modem  Art  3sh(2) 

AH413    Senior  Seminar  3sh 

Controlled  electives:  12 

Additional  courses  from  lists:  (3) 

Advanced  Studio:  AR321.  AR451.  AR452.  AR4?3.  AR454.  AR455. 

AR457,  AR459,  AR460 

Advanced  An  History:  AH219.  AH222.  AH406,  AH40S.  AH409. 

AH412.  AH416.  AH424.  AH426 

Art  Education  elective:  AE330 


Free  Electives: 


(#)Total  Degree  Requirements:  1 34- 1 36 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

( 1 )  Credits  counted  under  Liberal  Studies  eleclives. 

(2)  AH222:  Art  in  .America  may  be  substituted  for  .\\\1\  1. 

(3)  Courses  can  only  be  taken  following  successful  completion  of  the 
foundation  prerequisite  course. 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements"  in 
catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Department  of  Music 


Calvin  E.  Weber,  Chairperson:  Adams,  Bird.  Borst, 
Casavant,  Dearing,  Dickinson,  Dietz,  Fry.  Godt,  Intiii, 
Johnson,  KaufTman.  Kuehn,  Lloyd,  Luchsinger.  Malitsky, 
Mantel.  OInistead,  Perkins,  Perlongo,  Sartori,  Scandrett. 
Stamp,  Staples,  Teti,  Thorell,  VanSteenkist,  Vouklizas. 
Wheatley;  and  professors  emeriti  Becker,  Davis,  DiCicco, 
Perkins,  Stitt,  and  Wildeboor 

The  Department  of  Music  has  a  three-fold  mission:  ( I )  professional 
preparation  of  music  educators  and  performers.  (2)  liberal  studies  for  the 
university,  and  (3)  programs  of  music  for  the  community.  Degrees  offered 
include  the  Bachelor  of  .Arts.  Bachelor  of  Fine  .Arts,  and  Bachelor  of  Science 
In  Education. 

.Admission  to  the  Music  Department  requires  satisfactory  completion  of  an 
audition  in  addition  to  the  university  general  requirements.  Detailed 
Information  u ill  be  sent  to  the  applicant  upon  request. 

A  student  wishing  to  minor  in  music  must  elect  a  minimum  of  fifteen  semester 
hours  in  music  courses  as  approved  by  the  department  chairperson. 
The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  music  has  been  designed  to 
give  the  student  a  general  experience  in  music.  The  student  seeking  this  degree 
has  the  choice  of  four  tracks:  Music  History/Literature.  Music  Tlieory/ 
Composition.  Performance,  or  Jazz  Studies. 

The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Music  (equivalent  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Music  Degree)  is  a  special  program  w  ith  a  major  in  one  of  twenty- 
one  areas  of  performance.  The  student  in  this  program  prepares  to  pursue  a 
career  as  a  professional  performing  musician. 


The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  v.\\\\  a  music 
major  leads  to  certification  to  teach  in  the  schools  of  Pennsylvania. 

Special  Requirements 

1 .  Each  student  must  declare  a  primary  performing  medium.  Those  who 
elect  voice  as  their  primary  Instrument  normally  elect  piano  as  a 
secondary  instrument;  those  who  elect  piano  as  their  primary  instrument 
normally  elect  voice  as  their  secondary  instrument.  Performance  juries  are 
held  at  the  end  of  each  semester.  Students  are  expected  to  complete  the 
requirements  for  their  performing  area  and  level.  Piano  proficiency  is 
required  in  all  degree  programs. 

2.  Ensemble  participation  of  5  hours  a  week  is  required  each  semester. 
Students  may  fulfill  this  departmental  requirement  by  participation  In 
either  one-credit  or  zero-credit  ensemble! si.  In  meeting  the  degree 
requirements  of  7-8  semester  hours  of  ensemble  credit,  enrollment  in 
credit-bearing  ensembles  is  flexible  across  semesters. 

3.  Students  must  register  for  MU475  (Music  Labi  and  attend  ( 1 )  all 
department  and  area  recitals  and  (2)  eight  campus  recitals  and  concerts 
each  semester. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Music/History  and  Literature  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  5 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MH 101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  HI305.  no  courses  with  MH  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

MUlll    Theory  Skills  I 
MUI12   Theory' Skills  II 
MU1I5   Theory  I 
MUI16  Theory  II 
MU21I    Theorv  Skills  III 
MU212   Theorv  Skills  IV 
MU215   Theory  III 
MU2I6   Theory  IV 
MH301    Music  Historv  1 
MH3()2   Music  History  II 

Controlled  electives: 

Five  courses  from  this  list: 


41 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


15sh 


MH320.  321.  322.  323.  324. 


325.326.420,421 

Other  Requirements: 

Music  Ensembles  (MU 120- 136) 
Music  Electives 
Jury  Clearance  in  piano  C 

Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475.  S  grade. 
8  semesters) 


15 


8sh 
7sh 
Osh 

Osh 


Free  Eleclives: 


13-15 
Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Music/Jazz  Studies  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  follow ing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  .VIA  101  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MHIOI 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  H1.305,  MH103.  no  courses 
with  MU  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 
MUlll  Theory  Ski 
MUI12 
MUII5 
MU116 
MU213 
MU214 


56 


,1 


Theon  Skills  II 

Theory  I 

Theory  II 

Jazz  Theory  Skills  I 

Jazz  Theory  Skills  II 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 


The  College  of  Fine  Arls-57 


MU222  JazzTheooI 

MU2:3  JazzTheonll 

ML'224  Jazz  Impro\  isation  I 

MU225  Jazz  Improvisation  II 

MU3 1 1    Fundamenlals  of  Conducting 

MU318   Jazz  Orchestration  I 

MU319   Jazz  Orchestration  II 
Controlled  electives: 

Applied  Music  I  thru  VIII: 

Private  lessons  in  performance  area-2sh  each  of  eight 
semesters 
Major  related: 

MH30I    Music  Historv' I 

MH302   Music  Histor>  II 

Other  Requirements: 

ML  1 35        Jazz  Ensemble — 8  semesters 

Jur\  Clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument  (if  any) 

and  piano  C 
Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  IMU475.  S  grade. 
8  semesters  i 


Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 
( I )    MH20I  -202  Jazz  History  III  ma>  be  substituted. 


3sh 

Major: 

3sh 

Required  courses: 

3sh 

MLlll 

Theory  Skills  I 

2sh 

3sh 

MUI12 

Theory  Skills  II 

2sh 

2sh 

MU11.5 

Theory  I 

3sh 

3sh 

MUI16 

Theop,  II 

3sh 

3sh 

MU2I1 

Theory  Skills  111 

2sh 

MU2I2 

Theory  Skills  IV 

2sh 

6sh 

MU2I5 

Theory  111 

3sh 

MU2I6 

Theory  IV 

3sh 

MU2I7 

Key  board  Harmony  1 

Ish 

MU2I8 

Key  hoard  Harmony  II 

Ish 

3sh(l) 

MU306 

Counterpoint  1 

2sh 

3sh( 1 ) 

MU31.5 

Theory  V 

3sh 

MU4I1 

Composition  1 

2sh 

S 

MU4I2 

Composition  11 

2sh 

8sh 

MU413 

Composition  111 

2sh 

MU414 

Composition  IV 

2sh 

Osh 

Controlled 

electives: 

One  from  list:  MU304.  MU307. 

MU309 

2sh 

Osh 

Applied 

Music  I-VII:  Private  lessons  in  performance  area — 

2sh  each  of  seven  semesters 

14sh 

5-7 

Major  related: 

MH302 

Music  History  II 

3sh 

54 


Bachelor  of  .Arts — Music/Music  Performance  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  .MA  1 01  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MHIOI 

Liberal  Studies  electives:HI305,  MH301.  no  courses 
with  MU  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

MLlll    Theory  Skills  I 

MLI12  Theorv  Skills  II 

MLI15   Theory  I 

ML  1 16   Theory  II 

MU21I    Theory  Skills  III 

MU212   Theory  Skills  IV 

ML215   Theory  III 

.V1L216  Theory  IV 
Controlled  electives: 

Applied  Music  I  thru  VIII:  private  lessons  in  performance 

area — 2sh  each  of  eight  semesters 
Major  related: 

MHI03   Perspectives  in  Jazz 

MH302   Music  History  II 

Other  Requirements: 

Music  ensembles  (.ML  1 20- 1 36) 

Music  electives.  with  adviser  approval 

Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument  (if  any). 

and  piano  (if  not  major  or  minor  instrument) 
Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475.  S  grade. 

8  semesters) 


.53-.55 


Free  Electives: 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Music/Theory  and  Composition  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

*iih  the  lolliming  specifications: 

Malhcmalics:  MA  101  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MHIOI 

i  heral  Studies  electives:  HI305.  MH.30I ,  no  courses 
*iih  ML  prefix 


Other  Requirements: 

Music  ensembles  (MU  120- 136)  8sh 

Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument  (if  any). 

and  piano  B  Osh 

Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475.  S  grade. 

8  semesters)  Osh 


Free  Electives: 


7-9 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 


Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts — Music  Performance 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 


2sh 

with  the  following  specifications: 

2sh 

Mathematics:  M.'XIOI  recommended 

3sh 

FineAns:  MHIOI 

3sh 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  HI3()5. 

MH301.  no  courses  with  MU  prefix 

2sh 

2sh 

Major: 

3sh 

Required  courses: 

3sh 

MUlll    Theory  Skills  I 
MU1I2    Theory  Skillsll 
ML'115    Theory  1 

2sh 
2sh 
3sh 

6sh 

MU1I6  Theory  11 
MU2II    Theorv  Skills  111 

3sh 
2sh 

3sh 

MU212   Theory  Skills  IV 

2sh 

3sh 

14 

MU215  Theorv  111 
MU216  Theory  IV 
Controlled  electives: 

3sh 
3sh 

8sh 

Applied  Music  I  thru  VIll:  private  lessons 

in  performance 

6sh 

area — 4  sh  each  of  8 
Major  related: 

semesters 

32sh 

Osh 
Osh 

MH.302   Music  History  II 

Other  Requirements: 

Music  ensembles  (MU  120- 1 36) 

3sh 

8sh 

13 

■15 

Music  electives 

I2sh(l) 

53-55 


55 


20 


Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument  (if  any). 

and  piano  C  (unless  major  or  minor)  Osh 

Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475.  S  grade. 

8  semesters)  Osh 

Junior  and  Senior  Recitals  Osh 


Free  Electives: 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:  1 28  1 30 


( I )    Majors  with  piano  or  organ  performance  specialization  must  elect  MU2 1 7 
and  MU2I8:  Keyboard  Harmony  I  and  II.  Ish  each. 


58-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements"  in 
catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Music  Education  (■ 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MHIOl 

Social  Science:  PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  HI305,  MH301,  no  courses 
with  MU  prefix 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED421  Student  Teaching  Elementary  Level  6sh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  Secondary  Level  6sh 

ED442  School  Law       ^                '  Ish 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MU33 1  Elementary  Methods  3sh 

MU333  Secondary  Methods  3sh 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

MUlll    Theory  Skills  I  2sh 

MU112  Theory  Skills  II  2sh 

MU115   Theory  I  3sh 

MU116   Theory  II  3sh 

MU2I1    Theory  Skills  III  2sh 

MU212   Theory  Skills  IV  2sh 

MU215   Theory  III  3sh 

MU216   Theory  IV  3sh 

MU  1 5 1  - 1 52  Class  Voice  I  and  II  2sh(l ) 

MU  1 53- 1 54  Class  Piano  I  and  1 1  2sh(  2 ) 

MUI55   Class  Strings  I  Ish 

MUI57   Class  Percussion  1  Ish 

MUI59   Class  Brass  I  Ish 

MU  1 6 1    Class  Woodwinds  I  1  sh 

MU3I1    Fundamentals  of  Conducting  2sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  from  list:  MU3I2  or  MU313  2sh 
Applied  Music  I  thru  VII:  private  lesson  in  performance 

area — 2sh  each  of  seven  semesters  I4sh 

Major  related: 

MH302    Music  History  II  3sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Music  Ensembles  (MU  120- 136)  7sh 

Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument  (if  any) 

and  piano  C  (unless  major  or  minor)  Osh 

Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475.  S  grade. 

7  semesters)  Osh 

Free  Electives: 


53-55 


30 


49 


(#1  Total  Degree  Requirements:   139-141 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

(1)  For  majors  with  voice  as  performance  specialization,  any  three  of  the 
following  may  be  substituted:  MU351.  353.  354,  406. 

(2)  Private  piano  I  and  II  (AMI01.15I)  may  be  substituted. 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements"  in 
catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Department  of  Theater 

Donald  G.  Eisen,  Chairperson;  Ault,  Blackledge,  Bowes, 
McCreary,  Simpson,  Wheat;  and  professor  emeritus  Ensley 

The  Department  of  Theater  has  as  its  mission  to  provide  for  students  of  the 
university  the  opportunity  for  the  study  of  theater  arts  as  a  part  of  a  liberal  and 
humanistic  education.  To  fulfill  this  mission  the  department  offers  courses  in 
the  history  and  theory  of  drama,  performance,  and  technical  theater/design  at 
both  introductory  and  advanced  levels. 

The  department  offers  production  opportunities  as  a  practical  extension  of  the 
academic  program  during  the  regular  academic  year  and  summers  and  through 
off-campus  internships  with  professional  theater  companies. 

The  Theater  Department  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree,  a  Bachelor  of  Fine 
Arts  degree,  and  a  minor  in  theater.  Students  may  include  theater  courses  as  an 
option  in  the  General  Fine  Arts  degree  offered  through  the  College  of  Fine 
Arts.  Those  wishing  to  teach  theater  in  the  secondary  schools  may  enroll  in 
communications  education  with  a  concentration  in  theater  which  leads  to  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  and  certification.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in 
Theater  provides  for  the  study  of  theater  within  a  broad  liberal  education.  The 
Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Theater  provides  intensive  study  in  theater  arts 
leading  to  advanced  professional  training  or  entry-level  professional 
employment.  Students  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  B.F.A.  program  in  their 
fourth  semester  and  will  be  expected  to  provide  portfolio  or  audition.  A  minor 
in  theater  consists  of  fifteen  semester  hours  and  coul'ses  approved  by  the 
chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Theater. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Theater 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  AHlOl  orMHlOl 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  TH  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

THIIO     Script  Analysis  3.sh 

TH115     Principles  of  Theatre  Design  and  Architecture  3sh 

TH20I     Theatre  Historv  I               "  3sh 

TH202    Theatre  History  II  3sh 

TH30 1/302  Tragic  Mask  or  Comic  Mask  3.sh 

TH310    Theatre  Criticism  3sh 

Any  three  of  the  following: 

TH120    Stagecraft  1  3sh 

TH122    Costume  Workshop  3sh 

TH22I     Basic  Lighting  3sh 

TH223     Makeup  3sh 

Any  three  of  the  following: 

TH  1 30    Stage  Voice  \  3sh 

TH13I     Stage  Movement  I  3sh 

TH240    Acting  I  3sh 

TH350    Directing  3sh 

Other  Requirements: 

TH486    Practicum  for  Production 

( minimum  of  6  semesters)  4sh 


53-55 


36 


Free  Electives: 


29-3 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    II 


Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts — Theater  Arts  ! 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Libera!  Studies  section  53-5 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  AHlOl  orMHlOl 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  TH  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

THIIO     Script  Analysis 

TH  1 1 5     Principles  of  Theatre  Design  and  Architecture 


3sh 
3sh 


The  College  of  Fine  Ans-59 


TH201 

Theatre  History  1 

TH202 

Theatre  History  II 

TH301/302  Tragic  Mask  or  Comic  Mask 

TH3I0 

Theatre  Criticism 

Choose  an\ 

three  of  the  follow  ing: 

TH120 

Staaecrafi  I 

TH122 

Costume  Workshop 

TH221 

Basic  Lighting 

TH223 

Makeup 

Choose  an\ 

three  of  the  followina: 

THI30 

Stage  Voice  1 

TH 1 3 1 

Stage  Mo\  ement  I 

TH:40 

Act  ins  I 

TH350 

Directing 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Other  Requirements: 

BFA  required  courses:  Choose  one  from  each  group 

A.  TH220. 320. 321.322  '  3sh 

B.  TH330. 331.340  3sh 

C.  TH30 1.302  3sh 
Additional  requirements: 

TH486    (Minimum  of  6  semesters  at  .5  to  1  sh  each)  6sh 

TH.399     Internship  0-6sh 

Controlled  electives:  6-l2sh 

From  list:  TH  120.  122.  130.  131.220.221.223. 

240.  320.  32 1 .  322.  330.  33 1 .  350.  48 1 .  482.  483. 

484.  489 


Free  Electives: 


6-8 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 


60-lndianu  University  i>J  Pennsylvania 


The  College  of  Human 
Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

Hal  E.  Wingard,  Dean 

Carleen  C.  Zoni,  Associate  Dean 

The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences  is  composed  of  seven 
academic  departments:  Consumer  Services.  Food  and  Nutrition,  Health  and 
Physical  Education.  Home  Economics  Education.  Hotel.  Restaurant  and 
Institutional  Management,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health  Professions,  and  Safety 
Sciences.  Each  department  provides  theoretical,  laboratory,  and  practical 
experiences  for  students  and  prepares  them  for  selected  careers. 

All  faculty  members  of  the  college  hold  advanced  academic  degrees  in  their 
area  of  expertise.  They  have  extensive  experience  as  teachers  and  advisers  and 
have  had  experience  working  in  a  variety  of  career  fields. 

Students  can  study  in  the  following  academic  areas:  Child 
Development/Family  Relations.  Community  Services.  Consumer  Affairs. 
Dietetics.  Fashion  Merchandising,  Food  and  Nutrition  Science,  Food  Service 
Management,  Health  and  Physical  Education.  Home  Economics  Education. 
Interior  Design/Housing.  Medical  Technology.  Nursing.  Nutrition  Education. 
Physical  Education  and  Sport  Science.  Respiratory  Care,  and  Safety  Sciences. 

The  college's  goals  are  to  emphasize  human  development  and  family 
relations;  positive  health  in  growth  and  development  through  nutritional, 
physical,  and  emotional  fitness;  prevention  of  illness:  restoration  of  optimal 
health  after  illness;  occupational  safety  and  health;  teacher  education; 
consumerism;  commercial  and  residential  design;  merchandising  and  buying 
of  apparel  and  home  furnishings;  and  management  within  the  hospitality 
industry. 


Courses  in  natural  sciences  are  required  of  all  academic  majors,  and  students 
are  encouraged  to  become  involved  in  research  activities  and  computer 
utilization. 

The  college  offers  a  variety  of  opportunities  to  extend  the  students' 
educational  experience  through  honorary  and  service  organizations;  field  and 
clinical  experiences;  internships;  workshops;  preprofessional  organizations; 
and  sports  and  recreational  activities. 


Consumer  Services  Department 

Donna  L.  Streifthau,  Chairperson;  Harley,  Heckroth, 
Kesner,  Lynn,  Schmitt,  Swinker,  Viggiano,  Wernsman; 
and  professors  emeritae  Cramer  and  Wood 

The  Consumer  Services  Department  offers  students  an  academic  program 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Consumer  Affairs;  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Fashion  Merchandising;  and  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Interior  Design  and  Housing.  These  majors  prepare  men  and  women  for 
positions  emphasizing  consumer  concerns  in  business  and  the  community.  The 
majors  also  provide  preparation  for  students  who  wish  to  pursue  graduate 
study  in  the  areas  of  clothing,  textiles,  consumer  economics,  housing, 
equipment,  interior  design,  and  community  service. 

The  department  offers  courses  in  the  subject  matter  dreas  of  clothing,  textiles, 
fashion  merchandising,  housing,  interior  design,  residential  equipment, 
consumer  electronics,  consuiner  and  family  economics,  and  personal  and 
family  management.  The  faculty  are  interested  in  the  growth  of  students  and 
work  closely  with  them  to  individualize  programs  to  meet  the  students'  career 
goals. 

Students  are  encouraged  to  develop  their  individual  potential  through  the 
application  of  knowledge  gained  in  the  classroom  to  job  situations  and 
departmental,  campus,  and  community  activities.  Students  may  elect  an 
internship  which  provides  the  opportunity  to  apply  academic  knowledge  to  an 
on-the-job  situation.  Cooperative  courses  may  be  elected  whereby  students 
have  an  on-going  practical  professional  experience.  Students  may  elect  a  study 
tour  to  gain  an  understanding  of  business  procedures  and/or  consumer 
problems  in  various  areas  of  the  world.  Faculty  advisers  work  closely  with 
students  in  planning  and  integrating  the  academic  program  with  enriching 
experiences  outside  the  classroom. 

Consumer  Affairs 

The  Consumer  Affairs  major  prepares  individuals  for  professional  positions  in 
government,  business,  and  the  community.  This  option  concentrates  on 
consumer  economic  behavior  and  consumer  protection  and  their  relationship 
to  the  fair  exchange  and  consumption  of  products  and  services.  The  increased 
interest  in  consumer  concerns  has  resulted  in  creating  and  expanding  positions 
for  persons  with  an  understanding  of  consumer  needs,  business  operations,  and 
regulatory  agencies.  The  interdisciplinary  approach  provides  the  necessary 
knowledge  and  skills  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  such  positions. 

Community  Services  Track 

Students  can  elect  a  community  services  track  which  offers  a  broader  selection 
of  Human  Ecology  courses.  Electives  may  be  concentrated  in  particular 
Human  Ecology  areas.  A  concentration  of  courses  is  elected  in  a  field  of  study 
outside  home  economics,  such  as  sociology  or  psychology.  Graduates  may  be 
employed  by  the  Extension  Service  or  by  various  governmental  and  social 
agencies. 

Fashion  Merchandising 

The  Fashion  Merchandising  major  prepares  men  and  women  for  promotion 
and  management  positions  in  the  field  of  retail  merchandising  related  to 
apparel  and  home  furnishings.  Graduates  are  prepared  for  employment  by 
business  organizations  producing  or  selling  clothing,  textiles,  home 
furnishings,  equipment,  or  other  consumer  products. 

A  Visiting  Student  Program  with  the  Fashion  Institute  of  Technology  (F.l.T. ) 
in  New  York  City  is  available  to  qualified  Consumer  Services  students. 
Students  who  are  approved  by  lUP  and  accepted  by  F.l.T.  are  able  to  receive 
both  a  bachelor's  degree  (lUP)  and  an  associate  degree  (F.I.T.).  The  student's 
senior  year  is  spent  at  F.l.T.  pursuing  concentrated  coursework  in  one  of  the 


The  CoUi'iiC  of  Human  Ecolof^y  and  Health  Scic'ii(es-6I 


following  areas:  advertising  and  communications,  fashion  design,  textile 
design,  textile  development  and  marketing,  advertising  design,  .ind  apparel 
production  management. 

Interior  Design/Housing 

The  Interior  Design/Hou^ing  major  prepares  individuals  to  identify,  research. 
and  seek  creative  solutions  relative  to  the  needs  of  the  proximate  environment 
which  can  be  fulfilled  hs  the  design  of  one's  surroundings.  Graduates  are 
prepared  for  positions  w  ilh  companies  producing  items  for  the  home;  with 
residential,  contract,  and  business  design  firms:  w  ith  architectural  and 
planning  firms;  as  in-house  designers  for  business  firms  and  public 
institutions:  w  ith  retailers  of  furnishings  and  decorative  arts;  and  with  HL'D. 
manufactured  housing  companies,  and  private  housing  complexes. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Consumer  Affairs 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  m  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAlOl  or  higher 

Natural  Science:  CH 101- 102 

Social  Science:  EC  1 0 1 .  PC  1 0 1 .  SO  1 3 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  w  iih  CS  prefix 

.Major: 

Required  courses: 

CSIOI     Personal  and  Family  Management 

CS  1 2 1     Introduction  to  Consumer  Services 

CS2I3     Residential  .Appliances  and  Consumer  Electronics 

CS2I6     Clothing  and  Culture 

CS303     Visual  Merchandising 

CS3I2     Housing  and  Culture 

CS3I4     Textiles 

CS3I5     Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance 

CS4I3     Problems  in  Consumer  Economics 

CS421      Senior  Seminar 

CS4I6     Problems  in  Family  Finance 

FN212     Nutrition 

JN12(I     Joumalisiic  Writing 
Controlled  electives: 

Three  courses  from  list:  CSl  12,  CS212.  CS2I7. 

CS.303.  CS3 1 8.  CS354.  CS433.  CS46 1 .  FN2 1 1 . 

FN2I2.  FN259.  FN3I3.  FN358.  FN362 

Other  Requirements: 

Outside  concenlralion: 
Required: 

BL23.'>     Introduction  lo  Business  Law 

BL3-36    Law  of  Business  Organizations 

BL337     Consumer  Law 
Controlled  electives:  Three  courses  from  list; 

AD32I.  MG.30(),  MK320.  MK32I.  MK433 

Free  Electives: 


54-55 


3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3.sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

6sh( I ) 


18 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

9sh( 1 ) 

y-10 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 
(I  I   Substitutions  may  be  approved  by  department. 


Bachelor  of  .Science — Consumer  Services/Community 
Services  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-5.') 

with  the  following  spctificalions: 

Mathematics:  MAIOI  or  higher 

Natural  Science:  CH  101- 102 

Social  Science:  ECl 01.  PC  10 1.  SOI5 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  course  with  CS  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

AR 1 20    Principles  of  Design 

CSIOI     Personal  and  Family  Management 

CSl 21      Inlrixluclion  lo  Consumer  .Services 


32 


2sh 
3sh 

Ish 


CS2 1 6  Clothing  and  Culture 
CS3 1 2  Housins  and  Culture 
CS314     Textiles 

CS3 1 5     Consumer  Economics/Family  Finance 
CS42 1      Senior  Seminar 
FN2I2     Nutrition 

HE224     Marriage  and  Family  Relations 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  CS  1 12  or  CS212 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


Other  Requirements:  24 

Human  Ecology  requirements: 

FN  1.50  Foods  3sh 

HE2 1 X  Child  Development  3sh 

Outside  concentration:  18sh 

Six  courses  from  list:  AN21 1.  AN319.  PC374.  PC290. 

PC322.  PC3I0,  PC31 1.  PC320,  PC321.  PC3.W,  PC.^61,  PC373. 

PC3I2.  S0231.  S0332.  S0333.  S033(i.  S03.W,  S0357,  S0435, 

SW238. 


Free  Electives: 


13-14 
Total  Degree  Requirements:    1 24 


Bachelor  of  Science — Fashion  Merchandising 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAlOl  or  higher 

Natural  .Science;  CHI 01 -1 02 

Social  Science;  PCIOl.  EClOl.  S015I 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  course  with  CS  prefix 


41-42 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

CS121      Introduction  to  Consumer  Services  Ish 

CS216     Clothing  and  Culture  3sh 

CS314     Textiles  3sh 

CS315     Consumer  Economics/Family  Finance  3sh 

CS350     Apparel  Industry  I  3sh 

CS42I     Senior  Seminar  2sh 

CS450     Apparel  Industry  II  3sh 

CS456     Historic  Costume  3sh 

JN120     Journalistic  Writing  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  CS  1 1 2  or  CS2 1 2  3sh 
CoursesfromCS212.  CS213.  ARlLUir  120,  CS2I7,           14-13sh 
CS.W3.  CS354.  CS433.  CS433,  CS455, 
CS4ft5.  EP303 


Other  Requirements:  18 

Outside  concentration: 
Required  course: 

AG201     Principles  of  Accounting  I  3sh 

Controlled  electives:  I5sh(l) 

Five  courses  from  list:  ADIOI  or  MG360,  BL235. 

AD321,  BL3.36,  BL337.  AG2()2.  AG.^01.  AG.W2.  DE332, 

DE333,  EC122,  OB215.  1M30(I.  FT310.  1M251.  MG.300, 

MG410,  MK320,  MK321,  MK420,  MK422,  MK4.30, 

MK433 

Free  Electives:  9- 1 1 

Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 

(1)     Subslilulions  may  be  approved  by  deparlmcnt. 


CS2I3     Rcsidenlial  Appliances  and  Consumer  Electronics        3sh 


Bachelor  of  Science — Interior  Design/Housing 

Liberal  Studies:  As  nulhiifil  in  l,ilK-r:il  Slmlics  scclinn 
Willi  the  lollowiiig  spectlicalions; 

Malhemalics;  MAlOl  or  higher 

Fine  Arts;  All  101 

Natural  .Science;  CH  101 -102 

Social  Science;  EC  1  (I  I .  PC  1 0 1 ,  SO  1 5 1 


54-55 


62-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Liberal  Studies  electives:  AH205  or  AH206.  no  courses 
with  CS  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

CS  1 2 1      Introduction  to  Consumer  Ser\'ices 

CS2 1 3     Residential  Appliances  and  Consumer  Electronics 

CS217     Interior  Design 

CS3 1 2     Housing  and  Culture 

CS314     Textiles 

CS3 15     Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance 

CS357     Interior  Design  Studio 

CS42I     Senior  Seminar 

CS465     Interior  Lighting 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  AR 1 1 3  or  AR 1 20 

Courses  from  list:  CSIOI.  CS303.  CS31 1.  CS318, 

CS354.  CS433.  CS462.  CS463.  CS464.  CS481 

Other  Requirements: 

Outside  concentration:  Six  courses  from  lists 
Business:  ADIOI  or  MG360.  AD321.  FI382.  AG201. 
DE331.  DE332.  DE333.  IM300.  FS242.  MG300. 
MK320.  MK433 

Art:  ARIOO.  ARl  1 1.  ARl  12.  AR21 1.  AR213,  AR214. 
AR215.  AR216.  AR217.  AR218.  AR219.  AR321.  AR4?1 


41 


Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 

3-2sh 
14-15sh 


I8sh 


Free  Electives: 


10-11 
Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 


Food  and  Nutrition  Department 

Joanne  B.  Steiner,  Chairperson;  Cessna,  Dahlheimer, 
Johnson,  Moore-Armitage;  and  professor  emerita  Minnick 

The  Food  and  Nutrition  Department  offers  degree  programs  in  dietetics,  food 
and  nutrition  science,  and  nutrition  education.  These  curriculums  prepare 
students  as  professionals  for  a  diversity  of  career  opportunities  in  health  care, 
food  service,  the  food  industry,  and  food  and  nutrition  research. 

In  addition,  the  department  provides  Liberal  Studies  courses  which  are 
available  to  all  university  students.  These  include  FN  140/141  (or  143,  when 
approved)  Nutrition  and  Wellness,  an  option  in  the  university's  Liberal 
Studies  requirements  for  Health  and  Wellness;  FN  \45:  Introduction  to 
Nutrition,  a  Liberal  Studies  elective;  and  LS499:  Human  Food  Consumption 
Patterns,  a  svnthesis  course. 


Dietetics 

The  dietetics  program  meets  the  didactic  academic  requirements  approved  by 
the  American  Dietetic  Association.  Students  are  prepared  for  careers  in 
clinical  dietetics,  dietary  food  service  management  in  health  care  facilities, 
administrative  dietetics,  and  community  nutrition.  Other  exciting  career 
opportunities  exist  in  the  areas  of  technical  sales,  consumer  education, 
government  agencies,  health  and  fitness  centers,  corporate  wellness,  and 
private  practice. 

Food  and  Nutrition  Science 

Food  and  Nutrition  Science  provides  a  student  with  a  background  in  the  basic 
sciences  that  gives  a  solid  foundation  for  theoretical  and  applied  food  science 
and  nutrition.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  laboratory  work  in  nutrition  and  food 
composition.  The  prograin  meets  the  needs  of  students  motivated  in  the 
biological-physical  sciences  who  wish,  with  graduate  education,  to  enter 
careers  in  food/nutrition  research,  nutrition  service  professions,  medical 
science,  and  education. 

Nutrition  Minor 

This  minor  sequence  is  recommended  for  students  majoring  in  the  related 
health  disciplines  such  as  child  development,  home  economics  education, 
nursing  and  allied  health,  and  health  and  physical  education.  Students  electing 
a  minor  in  nutrition  must  complete  16  credit  hours  of  coursework  from  the 
courses  listed  below \  Students  must  note  that  the  completion  of  this  minor 


neither  meets  the  requirements  for  practice  as  a  credentialed  nutritionist  nor 
satisfies  the  academic  requirements  of  the  .'\merican  Dietetic  Association  for  a 
registered  dietitian.  For  additional  infonnation  about  these  careers,  contact  the 
Food  and  Nutrition  Department. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Dietetics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  CHlOl-102 

Social  Science:  EClOl.  PCIOI.  S015i 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  BE  lOI,  COlOl,  or  IM  101;  HE  218  or 
PC  3 1 0,  no  courses  with  FN  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

FNllO  Careers  in  Food  and  Nutrition  Ish 

FN  150  Foods  Lecture  3sh 

FN  151  Foods  Labratory  Ish 

FN2I2  Nutrition  3sh 

FN213  Life  Cycle  Nutrition  3sh 

FN355  Nutrition  in  Disease  I  3sh 

FN362  Experimental  Foods  3sh 

FN364  Methods  of  Teaching  3sh 

FN402  Community  Nutrition  3sh 

FN430  Professional  Topics  in  Food  and  Nutrition  3sh 

FN455  Nutrition  in  Disease  II  3sh 

FN458  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  3sh 

FN463  Nutrition  Counseling  3sh 

FN470  Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns  3sh 

FN484  Senior  Seminar  Ish 

Other  Requirements: 

Food  Service  Requirements: 

HR259    Hospitality  Purchasing  3sh 

HR313    Food  Systems  I  4sh 

HR356    Human  Resources  in  Hospitality  Management  3sh 

HR408     Institutions  Management  3sh 

Additional  Sciences: 

BI105      Cell  Biology  4sh 

BI155      Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  4sh 

BI232      Fundamentals  of  Microbiology  3sh 

CH255     Biochemistrv  and  Nutrition  3sh 


54-5; 


Free  Electives  (minimum): 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    1 2 


Bachelor  of  Science — Food  and  Nutrition  Science 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  55-; 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Matheinatics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

Social  Science:  EClOI,  PClOl,  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA217,  no  courses  with  FN  prefix 


College: 

Human  Ecology  requirements: 

One  course  from  list:  HE2 18  or  HE224 

One  course  from  list:  CS213.  CS315,  orCSlOl 


Major: 

Required  courses: 
FN  150  Foods 
FN212 
FN362 
FN458 
FN462 
FN464 
FN470 
FN484 


Nutrition 

Experimental  Foods 

Advanced  Human  Nutrition 

Advanced  Experimental  Foods 

Food  and  Nutrition  Research  Methods 

Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns 

Senior  Seminar 


3sh 
3sh 


4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 


Controlled  electives: 


The  Collei>c  of  Human  Ecology  ami  Health  Sciences-<)3 


Three  courses  from  list: 

FN213.  FN355(  1 1.  FN444.  F\447.  F\455(  \ ).  FN482 

Other  Requirements: 

Science  sequence: 

BI150      Human  Anatomy 

BI151      Human  Physiology 

BI232      Fundamentals  of  Microbiology 

CH231     Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH35 1     Biochemistry 

PYllI     Physics  1  Lecture 

PY121     Ph'vsicslLab 


9sh 


3sh(2) 

4sh(2) 

3sh(2) 

4sh 

4sh 

3sh 

Ish 


Free  Electives:  (3( 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 


1 1 )    FN355  and  FN4?5  must  be  completed  as  a  sequence,  if  elected. 

(2)   Alternate  Biology  sequence  recommended  for  graduate  study  preparation: 

81105.81151.  Bi36l. 
(3 1    To  meet  .American  Dietetic  .Association  requirements:  FN355,  FN364. 

F\402.  FN455.  HR2.'i'J.  HR313.  HR3.56.  HR.\58  (22sh  total). 


Nutrition  Minor 

FN2I2  Nutrition 

FN2 1 3  Life  Cy  cle  Nutrition 

FN245  Sports  .Nutrition 

FN355  .Nutrition  in  Disease  I 

FN470  Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns 

FN357  Special  Problems  in  Food    i>r 

FN4I0  Nutrition  in  .Aaina 


3sh 
3sh 
Ish 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


Health  and  Physical  Education 
Department 

James  (i.  Mill,  Chairperson:  Aierstock,  Beck,  Black, 
Blacksmith.  Blair,  Celtnieks.  Clark,  Cortazzo,  Davis, 
Dickie,  Eltz,  (iro\e,  Hornfeck,  Johnson,  Liscinsky. 
Lommock,  .Montgomery,  Moore,  Neal,  Sledzik,  Sloniger, 
Sutton,  Thompson 

The  Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  provides  the  follow  ing 
services: 

(1)  instruction  in  health  and  wellness  courses  as  part  of  the  university's 
Liberal  Studies  requirement 

(2)  instruction  in  health  and  physical  education  courses  as  part  of  the 
university's  general  education  requirements  and  activity  course  electives 

(3)  an  undergraduate  major  in  health  and  physical  education  that  leads  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Education  with  potential  certification  to 
leach  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania 

(4)  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Physical  Education  and  Spon 

(5)  Endorsement  program  in  Driver  Education — Safe  Living 

Required  Program — Liberal  .Studies 

rhc  Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  through  its  Health  and 
Wellness  course  in  the  Liberal  Studies  program  seeks  lo  enhance  the  overall 
well-being  of  students  through  instruction  planned  lo  promote  and  maintain 
desirable  levels  of  physical,  mental,  emotional,  and  social  well-being.  .Self- 
re^piinsihiliiy  in  the  following  dimensions  of  wellness  is  emphasized: 
nutritional  awareness,  stress  awareness  and  management,  exercise  and  fitness, 
substance  use  and  abuse,  and  sexually  transmitted  diseascs/AIDS.  The 
imponancc  of  reducing  risk  factors  for  chronic  degenerative  disease  and 
rrutueing  lifestyle  factors  for  promotion  of  health  is  presented  with 

■ilion  for  both  the  present  and  future.  Informal  ion  is  provided  during 
kclures  and  enhanced  by  a  variety  of  practical  learning  experiences 
•  give  students  opportunities  for  self-assessment  and  personal  application 

subject  matter. 


In  addition,  the  department  offers  a  variety  of  one-credit  activity  courses 
focusing  on  physical  fitness  and  the  development  of  skills  essential  for 
recreation  and  lifetime  sports.  Instruction  is  offered  in  many  activities 
including  aerobic  dance,  archery,  backpacking,  badminton,  bowling,  canoeing, 
contemporary  modern  dance,  downhill  skiing,  fencing,  golf  resistive  exercise, 
rock  climbing,  sailing,  scuba,  swimming,  tennis,  volleyball,  and  others. 
The  university's  Liberal  Studies  requirements,  in  effect  since  fall.  1989. 
require  that  each  student  successfully  complete  HP143:  Health  and  Wellness 
or  its  alternate.  FN  143:  Nutrition  and  Wellness.  Students  may  also  elect  to 
take  four  semester  hours  of  the  ROTC  program  (MS  10 1-102)  as  an  alternate  lo 
the  wellness  courses.  Activity  courses  will  continue  to  be  offered,  although 
they  are  no  longer  required.  It  is  encouraged  and  recommended  that  students 
choose  these  courses  as  elective  credits. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  (Physical  Education  and  Sport) 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Physical  Education  and  Sport  provides 
greater  emphasis  on  subject  matter/content  and  less  on  pedagogy.  Students 
who  select  this  emphasis  area  generally  apply  iheir  knowledge  in  fields  of 
exercise  science,  community  and  corporate  fitness,  cardiac  rehabilitation,  pre- 
physical  therapy,  and/or  executive  fitness  programming.  Requirements  for  the 
degree  in  Physical  Education  and  Sport  include:  I)  the  university's  Liberal 
Studies  requirements;  2)  31  credit  hours  in  the  HPE  Core;  and  3)  19  credits 
from  the  Physical  Education  and  Sport  requirements. 

In  addition,  the  Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  has  developed 
two  programs  approved  by  the  National  YMCA  Physical  Education  Office  to 
provide  for  the  professional  preparation  of  YMCA  aquatic  directors  and 
physical  directors.  Both  prograins  emphasize  high  standards  and  are  vitally 
concerned  w  ith  the  major  objectives  of  YMCA  physical  education. 
Specialized  "Y"  courses  are  offered  through  the  lUP  Aquatic  School,  the 
annual  Middle  Atlantic  Region  Aquatic  Institute  held  at  lUPeach  spring,  and 
through  other  special  YMCA  programs  conducted  on  the  lUP  campus  and 
sponsored  in  cooperation  with  the  Middle  .Atlantic  Region  Physical  Education 
Program. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  (Health  and  Physical 
Education) 

Requirements  lor  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  major 
in  Health  and  Physical  Education  include  the  university's  Liberal  Studies 
requirements.  Professional  Education  requirements,  and  the  Health  and 
Physical  Education  core  requirement  l3Ssh).  Upon  completion  of  the  degree 
program,  the  student  is  qualified  for  an  Instructional  I  Cenificate  in  Health  and 
Physical  Education,  issued  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  in 
Harrisburg.  This  certificate  is  valid  for  teaching  health  and  physical  education 
in  grades  K  through  12  for  three  years  in  the  public  schools  of  Pennsylvania. 
Major  students  may  utilize  free  electives  to  specialize  in  the  areas  of  aquatics 
or  dance. 

Health  and  Physical  Education  Core 

The  Health  and  Physical  Education  curriculum  identifies  a  required  core  of 
studies  which  emphasizes  a  body  of  knowledge  relevant  to  the  study  of 
professional  health  and  physical  education,  as  well  as  the  study  of  physical 
education  and  sport.  Courses  contained  in  the  core  are  those  which  are 
intended  to  teach  students  to  identify  and  solve  problems  by  applying  relevant 
knowledge  and  also  to  engage  in  self-directed  learning. 

Candidates  for  the  degree  program  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  must 
demonstrate  acceptable  cognitive  and  psychomotor  qualifications  as  well  as 
desirable  character  and  personality  traits.  The  professional  program  seeks  to 
foster  those  qualities  of  individual  character  and  competence  that  are  inherent 
in  personal  and  professional  maturity.  These  competencies  are  evaluated  at  the 
end  of  the  sophomore  year.  The  student  is  either  granted  Advanced  Standing 
in  the  department  or  restricted  in  scheduling  advanced  courses  for  not  less  than 
one  probationary  semester.  Continuation  in  the  major  program  is  based  upon 
atlainmenl  of  department  Advanced  Standing. 

Driver  Education — Safe  Living  7-12 

Candidates  lor  the  driver  education  cerlilicalion  must  possess,  or  be  a 
candidate  for.  a  valid  Pennsylvania  certificate  in  any  area  of  certification.  A 
student  must  currently  complete  the  four  courses  IIP251.  HP252.  HP353.  and 
1I1M54.  Sludenls  must  request  the  certificate  in  driver  education-safe  living  7- 
I  2  when  they  apply  for  graduation.  For  sluilents  who  have  already  graduated, 
contact  the  office  ol  the  dean.  College  ot  l:tlucatioii.  lor  correct  procctiiiic. 


64-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Aquatics  School  Course  Offerings 

Each  summer  the  department  offers  the  annual  Aquatics  School  for  eight 
consecutive  days.  Students  must  be  seventeen  years  of  age  or  older  and 
possess  the  necessary  aquatic  prerequisites.  A  fee  will  be  charged  which  will 
include  room,  three  meals  a  day,  use  of  equipment,  accident  insurance, 
transportation  to  and  from  the  lake,  and  special  one-night  programs. 
Certification  will  be  granted  by  the  American  Red  Cross.  National  YMCA. 
Professional  Association  of  Diving  Instructors,  and  the  American  Heart 
Association  upon  completion  of  courses.  All  courses  may  be  taken  for  college 
credit,  if  the  student  is  eligible  and  pays  the  additional  tuition  fee.  For  more 
information,  contact  the  aquatic  director.  Courses  offered  exclusively  as  a  pari 
of  the  Aquatics  School  are  HP267.  HP26S.  HP269.  HP270.  HP:71.  HP272. 
HP273,  HP274,  HP276,  HP277.  HP279.  and  HP2S0.  Courses  offered  during 
the  academic  year  as  well  as  in  summer  school  include  HP242.  HP261, 
HP265.  and  HP266. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Physical  Education  and  Sport 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  exceptions: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 0 1  or  MA  1 1 0  or  MA2 1 7 

Health  and  Wellness:  FN143  or  MSlOl-102 

Natural  Science:  CHlOl-102 

Social  Science:  PCI01,SO151 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  FN145.  CO/BE/IM  101.  no  courses  with  HP 
prefix 


Major 

Core  Requirements: 

HP142     Foundations  of  Health  and  Physical  Education 

Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 

Motor  Development 

Human  Structure  and  Function 

Biomechanics 

Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergency  Health  Care 

Aquatics 

Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical  Education 

Physiology  of  Exercise 

Adapted  Physical  Education 

Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health  and 

Physical  Education 

Seminar  in  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Professional  Requirements: 

HP319     Preprofessional  Experience  I 

Athletic  Training  1 

Athletic  Training  Lab  I 

Physiological  Basis  of  Strength 

Exercise  Prescription 

Physical  Fitness/Appraisal  Guidance 

Physical  Activity  and  Stress  Management 
Controlled  Electives:  ( 1 ) 
HP408     Guided  Research 

Physical  Activity  and  Aging 

Health  Science  Instruction 

Independent  Study 

Internship  6- 

Human  Physiology 

Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 
Nutrition  Minor  Acceptable  as  Controlled  Elective: 
CH255     Biochemistry  and  Nutrition 

Nutrition 

Nutrition  in  Disease  I 

Nutrition  in  Disease  11 

Advanced  Human  Nutrition 

Nutrition  Counseling 


HP200 
HP2I0 
HP221 
HP246 
HP251 
HP263 
HP341 
HP343 
HP344 
HP441 

HP442 


HP345 
HP346 
HP375 
HP410 
HP41I 
HP412 


HP4I3 

HP246 

HP482 

HP493 

BII-'51 

BI155 


FN212 
FN355 
FN455 
FN458 
FN463 


3sh 
Ish 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

Ish 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
12sh 
4sh 
4sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


6-12 


18 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Health  and  Physical 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  5' 

with  the  following  exceptions: 

Mathematics:  MAIOI  or  MAI  10  or  MA217 

Health  and  Wellness:  FNI43.MSI01-I02 

Natural  Science:  BI103-104 

Social  Science:  PClOl,  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  FNI45,  PC378,  or  approved  alternative 


Major 

Core  Requirements: 

HP  142     Foundations  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  3sh 

HP200     Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity  Ish 

HP210     Motor  Development  2sh 

HP221     Human  Structure  and  Function  3sh 

HP246     Biomechanics  3sh 
54                     HP251     Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergency  Health  Care      3sh 

HP263     Aquatics  Ish 

HP341     Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  3sh 

HP343     Physiology  of  Exercise  3sh 

HP344     Adapted  Physical  Education  3sh 

HP44I     Psychosociallmplications  for  Health  3sh 

and  Physical  Education 

HP442     Seminar  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  3sh 

Professional  Requirements  Health  and  Physical'Education: 

HP21I     Dance,  Rhythmic  Activities  &  Gymnastics  3sh 

31                      HP212     Team  Sports  3sh 

HP213     Individual,  Dual  Sports  &  Adventure  Activities  3sh 

HP318     Preprofessional  Experience  I  Ish 
HP321     Methods  for  Elementary  Health  and  Physical 

Education  3sh 

HP325     School  and  Community  Health  3sh 

HP426     Health  Science  Instruction  3sh 

HP450     Curriculum  in  Human  Sexuality  3sh 

Professional  Education  Requirements: 

CM301    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342    Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED421     Student  Teaching  6sh 

ED441     Student  Teaching  6sh 

|g                     ED442    School  Law  Ish 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

7-14 


(#1  Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(*)  See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  o 
Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

(#1  See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Competition  of  Degree  Requirements" 
catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Certification — Driver  Education-Safe  Living 

Certification  in  Driver  Education-Safe  Living  may  be  added  to  a  valid 
Pennsylvania  Instructional  Certificate  with  the  completion  of  the  following 
courses: 

HP251  Accident  Causation  and  Prevention  3sh 

HP252  Introduction  to  the  Driving  Task  3sh 

HP353         Driving  Education  Program  Management  3sh 

HP354         Application  of  Driver  Ed.  Instructional  Modes  3sh 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    1 24 

(1 )    Nutrition  minor  mav  substitute  for  Controlled  Electives 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences-b5 


Home  Economics  Education 
Department 

Linda  S.  Nelson.  Chairperson;  Bell.  Browning.  Gordon, 
Groves:  and  professors  emeritae  Gallati.  Hovis,  Kazmer. 
and  Rhodes 

A  number  of  career  opportunities  await  the  person  who  completes  either  the 
Home  Economics  Education  program  or  Child  Development  and  Family 
Relations  program. 

The  Home  Economics  Education  major  prepares  students  for  the  leaching  ol 
home  economics-related  subjects  in  the  public  schools.  Coursework  is 
required  in  all  areas  of  home  economics,  including  child  development  and 
family  relations,  consumer  economics,  clothing,  foods,  and  housing/Interior 
design.  Professional  education  courses  are  also  required.  The  program  is 
currently  being  restructured.  Questions  about  enrollmenl  should  be  addressed 
to  the  department  chair  at  ?.'i7-256?. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Home  Economics 

Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Natural  Scienc^:  CHlOl-102 

Social  Science:  PCIOI.  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  CS3 15,  no  courses  w  ith  HE  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

ED242  Pre-studenl  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I 

ED342  Pre-sludenl  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II 

ED431  Student  Teaching  in  Home  Economics 

ED441  Student  Teaching 

ED442  School  Law 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

HE250  Introduction  to  Teaching  Vocational  Home 

Economics  Education 

HE350  Teaching  Family  Life  Education 

HE450  Teaching  Vocational  Home  Economics 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

CSIOI     Personal  and  Family  Management 

CS 1 1 2     Fundamentals  of  Clothing  Construction 

CS217     Interior  Design 

CS3I2     Housing  and  Culture 

CS314     Textiles 

FM50    Foods 

FN212     Nutrition 

HE2I8    Child  Development 

HE220    Teaching  in  Child  Development  Centers 

HE224     Marriage  and  Family  Relations 
Conlrollcd  electives: 

One  from  list:  CS212.  CS453.  CS454 

One  from  list:  CS2I3  or  CS4I3 

One  from  list:  HR3I3  or  FN.362 

One  from  list:  HE424  or  HE463 

Other  Requirements  (select  onel: 

Bl  I  ."i^      Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 
BI232      Fundamentals  of  Microbiology 


54 


33 


Ish 
Ish 
6sh 
fish 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


44-45 


3sh 

3sh 

3sh( I ) 

3sh 

3sh 

4sh 

3sh 

3sh 

4sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3-4sh 

3sh 


3-4 


4sh 
3sh 


Free  Klectlves: 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:      1 34- 1  Mi 


(#)   See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requiremenis"  in 

catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 
( 1)    Prerequisite  for  CS217  is  AR120:  Principles  of  Design  (2sh). 


Child  Development/Family  Relations  Major 

The  Child  De\clopnicnI/Famil\  Relations  program  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree.  Primary  objectives  of  the  program  are  to  prepare  professionals 
to  administer  and  teach  in  programs  that  entail  aspects  of  child  development 
and  fainlly  relationships:  to  teach  at  the  adult  level:  or  to  supervise  and  direct 
professional,  paraprofessional.  and  volunteer  staffs  in  federal,  state,  or  local 
family  supportive  agencies.  The  program  also  prosides  preparation  for 
students  who  want  to  pursue  graduate  study  in  child  dcNelopment  or  family 
studies.  Majors  select  one  of  three  tracks:  I )  Child  Development.  2 1  Family 
Relations,  or  3)  Child  Dcvelopment/F;tmil>  Relations.  Students  in  the  Child 
Development/Family  Relations  track  may  secure,  w  ith  a  dual  major, 
certification  In  Earlv  Childhood  Education. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Child  Development/Family  Relations 

Liberal  Studies:  .\s  outlined  In  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  the  tollowing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101.  110.  121  or  217(1 1 

Natural  Science:  CHIOI-102 

Social  Science:  ANl  10.  PC101.SOI51 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  w  ith  HE  prefix 


College: 

Human  Ecology  Requirements: 
FN212     Nutrition 
CS3I5     Consumer  Economics  and  Famih  Finance 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

HE2I8    Child  Development 

HE220    Teaching  in  Child  Development  Centers 

HE224    Marriage  and  Family  Relations 

HE317     Infant  Development 

HE426    Techniques  of  Parent  Education 

HE463     Family  and  the  Community 
Controlled  electives:  (one  track) 
Track  A:  Child  Development 

HE32I     Preschool  Education  (Developmental 
Programming! 

HE4 1 8     Advanced  Childhood  Development 

HE420     Practicum 

HE422     Early  Childhood  Education 
Track  B:  Family  Relations 

HE324     Family  Dynamics 

HE424     Family  Issues 

HE493     Internship 
Track  C:  Child  Development/Family  Relations 

HE32I     Preschool  Education  (Developmental 
Programmingl 

HE324     Family  Dynamics 

HE4I8     Advanced  Child  Development 

HE422    Early  Childhood  Education 

HE424    Family  Issues 

Other  Kcquirements: 

Outside  courses: 

CM3()I     Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 
BI 155      Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 
EP202     Educational  Psychology 

Krec  Electives: 


6 


3sh 

3sh 


3 1 -.14 


3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 

3sh 
6sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
6sh 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
4sh 
3sh 


10 


18-23 


Tolal  Degree  Requirements:    124 

( 1 1    Elcmeiils  111  M:itli  I  or  II  (MAI5I  or  152)  is  not  acccpl.ibic. 


(•)    Sec  requirements  leading  to  teacher  ccnificalion  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 


ana  L-'niveisily  of  PcniisylvuJiiu 


Department  of  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and 
Institutional  Management 

Thomas  Van  Dyke,  Chairperson;  Baker,  Cauffiel, 
Gressley,  Marshall,  Miller;  and  Professor  Emeritus  Woods 

The  department  offers  students  an  academic  preparation  leading  to  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  Degree  in  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management. 
Students  take  general  courses  in  business,  chemistry,  biology,  computer,  and 
foreign  language.  They  then  elect  to  major  in  either  food  service  management 
or  lodging  management. 

The  food  service  management  track  prepares  men  and  women  for  management 
positions  in  restaurants,  corporate  food  services,  entertainment  or  recreation 
food  service,  health  care,  or  other  institutional  and  contract  food  service. 

The  lodging  management  track  prepares  women  and  men  for  management 
positions  within  hotels,  resorts,  and  other  lodging  operations.  Emphasis  is  on 
the  study  of  housekeeping,  rooms,  and  sales  departments  but  also  includes 
food  production  and  service. 

Both  programs  require  the  student  to  complete  880  hours  of  hospitality 
industry  work  experience  before  graduation.  The  first  440  hours  are  completed 
during  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  in  any  type  of  hospitality  position 
selected  by  the  student  and  must  be  completed  before  the  internship  is 
.scheduled.  The  second  440  hours  are  completed  during  an  internship.  The 
internship  is  supervised  by  a  faculty  member  who  assists  the  student  in 
developing  the  learning  package  to  be  achieved  during  the  inlernship  and  who 
advises  the  intern  on  university,  department,  and  site  requirements. 

Professional-type  uniforms  are  prescribed  as  part  of  the  dress  code  for 
departmental  majors  in  all  food  production  classes. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 
Management 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  CHI 01 -102 

Social  Science:  EC  1 2 1 ,  PC  1 0 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  CO/IM/BEIOl 


MK.^20   Principles  of  Marketing 
PL —      Foreign  Languages 

Free  Electives: 


3sh 
3-9sh(3) 


0-11 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

HRlOl     Introduction  to  Hospitality 

Foods 

Foods  Lab 

Hospitality  Purchasing 

Food  Systems  I 

Human  Resources  in  the  Hospitality  Industry 

Cost  Management 

Institutions  Management 

Seminar  in  Hospitality  Management 

Food  Systems  II 

Internship 
Controlled  electives:  One  track  required 
Food  Service  Management  Tr;ick: 
FN  145     Introduction  to  Nutrition 

Food  and  Beverage  Management 

Food  Service  Equipment  and  Facilities  Design 

Catering  and  Banquet  Management 
Lodging  Management  Track: 

HR 1 1 5     Introduction  to  Tourism 

Hotel  Systems  Management 

Hotel  Design  and  Maintenance 

Hotel  Sales  and  Services 

Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 


35 


FN  150 
FN15I 
HR259 
HR313 
HR356 
HR40I 
HR408 
HR4II 
HR413 
HR493 


HR306 
HR358 
HR406 


HR360 
HR365 
HR420 
IM300 


3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
6sh( I ) 


*sh(2 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Other  Requirements: 

AG201     Accounting  Principles  I 
BI232      Fundamentals  of  Microbiology 
BL235     Introduction  to  Business  Law 


15-20 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 


111 


(2) 
(3) 


Each  student  must  complete  880  hours  of  work  experience,  of  which  440 

hours  must  be  through  supervised  experiences  in  HR493.  See  department 

internship  coordinator  for  detailed  infomiation. 

Credit  counted  in  Liberal  Studies  electives. 

Each  student  must  have  foreign  language  proficiency  of  either: 

A.  Intermediate-level  -  SP2oi'/FR202/GM252  OR 

B.  Successful  completion  of  two  semesters  of  one  language. 
Intermediate-level  courses  may  be  used  as  Liberal  Studies  elective. 


Department  of  Nursing  and  Allied 
Health  Professions 

Jodell  Kuzneski,  Chairperson;  Allen,  Beck,  Bellak,  Berg, 
Black,  Blair,  Cunningham,  Edwards,  Gerwick,  Holt, 
Nickerson,  Polansky,  Rossiter.  Sadler,  Settlemyer, 
Smatlak,  Snyder,  Szwarc,  Thistlethwaite,  Twal,  Walz, 
Zuraikat;  and  professors  emeritae  Hart,  Kresak,  and 
Murray 

The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences  offers  a  curriculum 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nursing.  Students  are  admitted  tc 
the  nursing  major  as  freshmen.  Upon  completion  of  the  program,  the  graduate 
is  prepared  to  write  the  examination  for  licensure  as  a  registered  nurse  in 
Pennsylvania  and  other  stales.  The  program  is  fully  accredited  by  the  Naliona 
League  for  Nursing. 

The  nursing  curriculum  has  as  its  primary  goal  the  development  of  competent 
professional  nurses  who  are  liberally  educated,  clinically  competent,  and 
aware  of  their  social  responsibilities  as  members  of  the  health  professions.  Th 
program  is  designed  to  provide  a  broad  background  in  general  education, 
coupled  with  the  specialized  knowledge  and  skills  required  for  professional 
nursing.  Additionally,  the  curriculum  prepares  the  nurse  to  practice  within  the 
professional  code  of  nursing  ethics,  to  function  effectively  as  a  member  of  the 
health  c;ire  professions,  and  to  utilize  scientific  principles  in  planning  and 
implementing  health  care.  The  nursing  program  emphasizes  concepts  in  healtl 
promotion  and  maintenance  and  restoration  of  wellness  for  people  of  all  ages. 
The  first  three  semesters  are  devoted  mainly  to  Liberal  Studies  and  science 
courses  considered  essential  to  the  nursing  major.  The  first  clinical  nursing 
courses  begin  in  the  fourth  semester.  Clinical  experiences  in  patient  care  are 
provided  in  acute  and  long-temi  care  facilities  as  well  as  community  health 
agencies  throughout  the  last  five  semesters.  Men  and  women  are  eligible  to 
enroll  in  the  nursing  program.  Detailed  infomiation  is  available  in  the 
department  office  regarding  health  screening  requirements,  professional 
uniform  requirements,  liability  insurance  needs,  and  transportation 
requireinenls. 

Registered  Nurse  students  are  enrolled  in  the  basic  baccalaureate  program  in 
nursing.  They  will  have  an  upper-division  major  in  Nursing  and  will  fulfill  al 
degree  requirements  set  by  the  university  and  the  Nursing  Department.  The 
Registered  Nurse  student  may  be  awarded  advanced  standing,  based  on  prior 
work  completed  at  an  accredited  college  or  university  and  on  exemption  test- 
in  nursing  at  a  given  point  in  the  curriculum. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Nursing 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217(1 1 

Natural  .Science:  CH 101 -102 

Social  Science:  PCIOI.  SOI51 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  PYI51/I61,  PC3I0,  no  courses 
with  NU  prefix 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  ami  Health  Scierwes-67 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

NL'280  Introduction  to  Nursing 

NL285  Introduction  to  Clinical 

NL'300  Nursing  Seminar  I 

NU302  CoreT 

Nt303  Clinical  Lab  I 

NU304  Corel! 

NU305  Clinical  Lab  II 

NU3I0  Nursing  Seminar  U 

NU322  Maintenance  ;md  Restoration  of  Wellness  I 

NU323  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  II 

NU400  Nursing  Seminar  III 

NU402  Core  III 

NL'403  Clinical  Lab  III 

NU404  Core  IV 

NU405  Clinical  Lab  IV 

NL'410  Nursing  Seminar  IV 

NU422  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  III 

NU423  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  IV 

NU430  Nursing  Research 

Other  Requirements: 

Science  sequence: 

BII05  CellBiolo2v 


BII50 

Human  Anatomv 

BII5I 

Human  Phvsioloav 

BI24I 

General  Microbiology 

FN2I2 

Nutrition 

PC32I 

Abnormal  Psychology 

F 

ree  Electives: 

3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
2sh 
5sh 
2sh 
5sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
2sh 
5sh 
2sh 
5sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


53  Liberal  Studies  electives:  one  course  from;  CO  101.  PC378. 

BI265(  I ).  other  course  as  approved  by  adviser 
Synthesis:  not  required 

Major:  62 

Required  courses: 

Completed  in  junior  and  senior  years  at  Western  Pennsylvania 

Hospital  in  Pittsburgh 

RT32fi     Respirator)  Care  Clinical  Practice  I  3sh 

RT327     Phannacologv  3sh 

RT328     Introduction  to  Respiratorv  Care  4sh 

RT329     Respiratory  Care  Instrumentation  4sh 

RT330     Cardiopulmonar)  Resuscitation  2sh 

RT331     Introduction  to  Ventilator  Management  Ish 

RT333     Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  II  4sh 

RT334     Respiratory  Care  Instrumentation  and  4sh 

Application 

RT335     Nursing  Arts  3sh 

RT336     Cardiopulmonary  Evaluation  and  Clinical  4sh 

Correlation 

RT337     Introduction  to  Pulmonary  Functions  Ish 

RT426     Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  III  5sh 

20  RT427     Applied  Pulmonar>  Ph>siology  4sh 

RT428     Essentials  of  ECG  Interpretation  2sh 

RT429     Design  and  Function  of  Respiratory  Care  Dept  2sh 

RT430     Pulmonary  Function  Studies  2sh 

RT431     Pediatric  Respiratory  Care  Ish 

RT433     Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  IV  5sh 

RT434     Pediatrics  and  Selected  Topics  3sh 

RT436     Respiratory  Care  Teaching  2sh 

RT437     Methods  in  Critical  Care  2sh 

0  RT438     Cardiopulmonary  Rehabilitation  Ish 


(#) 


III 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:      1 28- 1 29 

See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements"  in 
catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 

The  Pennsylvania  State  Board  of  Nursing  requires  two  units  of  high  school 
mathematics  (one  of  which  is  algebra)  for  admission  to  the  nursing  major. 


Other  Requirements: 

Science  courses: 

B1105      Cell  Biology 
BI1?0      Human  Anatomy 
BI151       Human  Physiology 
BI241      General  Microbiology 
PY151      Medical  Physics  Lecture 
PY161      Medical  Phvsics  Lab 


18 


4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 


Allied  Health  Professions  Programs 

Helen  C.  Cunningham,  Coordinator 
Respiratory  Care 

Respiratory  therapists  assist  physicians  in  the  care  of  patients  who  have 
respiratory  system  problems  or  illness  that  relates  to  breathing.  Their  assistance 
includes  administering  gaseous  drugs  and  executing  therapeutic  procedures. 
Included  are  the  operation  and  maintenance  of  specialized  equipment. 

The  program  leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Respiratory  Care.  Pre- 
sented jointly  by  ILP  and  the  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital  in  Pittsburgh,  ihe 
program  offers  intensive  theoretical  and  applied  knowledge  to  produce  liighU 
skilled  graduates  who  are  prepared  to  enter  the  profession  as  therapists  or  insinictors. 

Two  academic  years  of  university  studies,  followed  by  two  academic  years  of 
hospital  studies  and  clinical  practice,  constitute  the  program.  Incoming 
students  must  maintain  a  QPA  of  2.25  in  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  to 
be  considered  for  admission  into  the  clinical  years  in  Respiratory  Care. 
However,  since  admission  to  the  hospital  is  competitive,  lUP  cannot  guarantee 
admission  into  the  hospital  program. 


Free  Electives: 


Bachelor  of  Science — Respiratory  Care 

Liberal  .Studies:  As  follows: 
Composition:  ENIOI,  EN202 
Humanities:  three  courses,  one  in  each  area  (PH222 

recommended) 
Fine  Arts:  one  course 
Mathematics:  MA  1 10  or  higher  level 
Natural  Science:  CHlOI-102 

Social  Sciences:  PC  101.  SO  1 5 1,  non- Western  course 
Health  and  Wellness/ROTC:  H&W  recommended 


45 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:    1 25 


( 1 )    Pending  approval  of  course  as  Liberal  Studies  elective. 
(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements"  in 
catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Medical  Technology 

Medical  Technology  encompasses  the  study  of  analytical  and  diagnostic 
procedures  used  in  clinical  laboratories  and  in  medical  research.  Medical 
technologists  perform  a  variety  of  laboratory  tests  upon  which  the  physician 
depends  for  accurate  diagnosis,  prognosis,  and  proper  treatment  tif  the  patient. 
The  program  of  studies,  presented  jointly  by  U'Pand  accredited  medical 
technology  programs  in  hospitals,  prepares  the  student  to  enter  the  profession. 
Upon  completion  of  the  four-year  program,  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Medical  Technology  is  granted.  The  program  also  prepares  the  siudenl  for 
graduate  and  professional  schools. 

II ;P  maintains  short  and  long-term  affiliations  with  selected  hospital  schools. 
The  Allieil  Health  Professions  coordinator  provides  student  counseling  and 
maintains  a  liaison  with  hospital  schools.  However,  since  admission  lo  any 
hospital  program  is  on  a  competitive  basis.  ILIP  cannot  guarantee  adiiiission 
into  any  hospital  program. 

The  following  programs  niainlaiii  poi  inanenl  agiceinenis  of  affiliations  with 
HIP:  Abinglon  Memorial  Hospital.  Ahinglon:  Alloona  Hospital,  Alloona;  Cone- 
tnaugh  Valley  Memorial  Hospilal.  Johnstown;  llarrisbuig  Hospital,  Ihinishuig; 
Lancaster  General  Hospilal,  Lancaster;  l.anobe  Area  Hospilal.  Lalrobe;  Poly- 
clinic Medical  Cenler.  llarrisbuig;  Rolling  Hills  Hospital.  I'lkins  Park;  St. 
Viiicenl  lleallh  (enter,  l-jie;  and  Weslern  Pennsylvania  Hospilal,  Pittsburgh, 
Other  temporary  alfiliations  are  negotiated  for  the  convenience  of  the  student. 


68-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Completion  of  academic  studies  at  lUP  and  of  one  year  of  clinical  experience 
qualifies  the  student  to  take  a  national  certification  examination.  Successful 
results  on  this  examination  lead  to  certification  as  a  professionally  qualified 
medical  technologist. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Medical  Technology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  follows  45 

Composition:  EN  101,  EN2I12 
Humanities:  three  courses  —  one  in  each  area  (PH222 

recommended ) 
Fine  Arts:  one  course 
Mathematics:  MAI  10  or  higher  level 
Natural  Science:  PYI 1 1/121  and  112/122 
Social  Sciences:  three  courses 
Health  and  Wellness/ROTC:  H&W  recommended 
Liberal  Studies  electives  or  synthesis:  one  course 

Major:  32 

Required  courses:  ( 1 ) 

MT  494  Clinical  Microbiology  8sh 

MT495  Clinical  Chemistry  lOsh 

MT496  Clinical  Hematology/Coagulation  6sh 

MT497  Clinical  linmunohematology  4sh 

MT498  Clinical  Immunology/Serology  2sh 

MX  499  Clinical  Seminar  2sh 

Other  Requirements:  Science  sequence  45 

Required  courses: 

BI105       Cell  Biology  4sh 

Bn20        Animal  Biology  5sh 

BI361        Microbiology  3sh 

BI364       Immunology  3sh 

CH 11 1  - 1 1 2  General  Chemistry  I  and  II  8sh 

CH23 1-232  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  11  8sh 

CH323      Analytical  Methods  4sh 

CH351      Biochemistry  4sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Two  courses  from  list:  BI263,  352.  360.  472.  476  6sh 

Free  Electives:  4 

BI151        Human  Physiology  strongly  recommended 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:     1 26 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements"  m 
catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 

( 1 )   These  courses  are  offered  by  our  affiliating  hospital-based  clinical 

programs.  These  areas  of  study  are  consistent  with  requirements  of  the 
Committee  for  Allied  Health  Education  .Accreditation  (CAHEA).  All  six 
of  these  areas  of  study  are  completed  during  the  final  twelve  months  of 
the  degree  program  at  one  of  the  altlliating  hospitals. 


Gerontology  Certification  Program 

The  Gerontology  Certificate  program  provides  an  interdisciplinary  approach  to 
the  systematic  study  of  the  aging  and  is  designed  to  be  combined  w  ith  any 
undergraduate  major  at  lUP.  The  21 -credit-hour  program  entails  three  core 
courses,  three  elective  courses,  and  an  internship  that  will  provide  experiential 
learning  in  an  agency  or  program  serving  older  adults.  Many  courses  fulfill  the 
requirements  for  the  Liberal  Studies  program.  Applications  are  available  at 
222  Zink  Hall.  For  information  call  357-"7647. 


Core  Courses:  (3  required) 

HP  481    Health  A,spects  of  Aging 

or 
BI  160     Biology  of  Aging 
PC  312    Adult  Development  and  Aging 
SO  357    Sociology  of  Aging 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Controlled  Electives: 

AN322.  AN340.  AN444.  CS3I5.  FN410.  HE324.  HE456.  HP413. 
MG300.  MG31 1.  NU616.  PC376.  PC378,  PH400.  PH405. 
RH312,  SA380,  S0322.  S0336,  S0342.  S0345,  S0459. 


Other  Requirements: 

XX  493   Internship 

Other  Courses: 

GN481    Special  Topics 
GN  482  Independent  Study 


3sh 


var  1  to  3sh 
var  1  to  3sh 


Total  Requirements:      21 


Safety  Sciences  Department 

Robert  D.  Soule,  Chairperson;  Chekanski,  Christensen, 
Engler,  McClay,  McClosky,  Pacalo,  Reed 

The  department  offers  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Safety  Sciences 
with  specialization  in  occupational  safety  and  health.  General  industrial  safety 
and  mine  safety  tracks  are  offered  within  this  curriculum. 

The  degree  in  Safety  Sciences  prepares  the  student  for  professional,  administra- 
tive, managerial,  and  supervisory  positions  in  industry,  manufacturing,  insur- 
ance, transportation,  utility,  government,  construction,  trade  service  industries, 
and  others.  There  remains  an  acute  need  in  Pennsylvania  and  the  nation  for 
university-educated  occupational  safety  and  health  professionals.  The 
curriculum  includes  a  major  of  36  .semester  hours  in  Safety  Sciences  and  an 
additional  1 8  semester  hours  in  related  professional  courses.  A  variety  of 
elective  courses  are  available  in  both  the  major  and  professional  course  fields 
that  enable  students  to  strengthen  their  primary  interest  areas. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Safety  Sciences/Industrial  Safety 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  55-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Natural  Science:  CHIOl-102 

Social  Science:  PCI 01.  SOI 5 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  EC  122.  M.A122.  MA2I7.  no  course 
with  SA  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses:  Industrial  Safely  Track 

SAIOI     Introduction  to  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  3sh 

SAI 1 1      Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  I  3sh 

SA2 1 1     Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  II  3sh 

SA301     Health  Hazard  Identification  3sh 

SA303     Controlof  Health  Hazards  3sh 

SA3I1     Industrial  Fire  Protection  3sh 

SA402     Health  Hazard  Evaluation  3sh 

SA412     Evaluation  of  Safety  Programs  3sh 

SA493     Internship  6sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  SA345  or  SA347  3sh 

One  additional  SA  elective  3sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Additional  Science  and  Math 

PY 1 1 1      Physics  I  Lecture  3sh 

PYI  12     Physics  II  Lecture  3sh 

PY12I      Physics  I  Lab  Ish 

PYI 22     Physics  II  Lab  Ish 

BI155      Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  4sh 

Behavioral  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  MG3 1  1 .  PC37 1 .  PC420,  or  SO340  3sh 

Computer  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  COIOI  or  IM300  3sh 

Professional  courses: 

MG330   Productions  and  Operations  Management  3sh 

HP242     Emergency  Health  Care  1  sh 

Technical  Writing  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  EN322  or  EN220  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Three  professional  courses  approved  by  student's  adviser  9sh 


36 


34 


\ 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences-f)9 


Free  Electives: 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:      1 25  1 26 


(#)   See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requircmcnis"  in 
catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Safety  Sciences/Mine  Safety  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  55-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA12I 

Natural  Science:  CH 10 1 -102 

Social  Science:  PCIOI.  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  EC  122.  MA  122.  MA217.  no  courses 
with  S.A  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses:  Mining  Safet\  Track 

SA102     Introduction  to  Mine  Safety  and  Health 
SAl  1 1     Principles  of  Industrial  Safely  1 
SA2I I     Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  II 
SA23I     Principles  of  Mine  Safety  I 
S.A232     Principles  of  Mine  Safet\  II 
SA30I     Health  Hazard  Identification 
SA40I     Mine  Ventilation 
SA402     Health  Hazard  E\alualion 
SA41 2     Evaluation  of  Safety  Programs 
SA493     Internship 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  SA345  or  SA347 

Other  Requirements: 

Additional  Science  and  Math 
PYIII  Physics  I  Lecture 
PYI12     Ph'vsics  II  Lecture 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
6sh 

3sh 


3sh 
3sh 


36 


34 


P'il21      Physics  I  Lab  Ish 

PY122     Physics  II  Lab  Ish 

BI155      Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  4sh 

Behavioral  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  MG3 1 1 .  PC37 1 ,  PC420.  or  SO340  3sh 

Computer  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  CO  1 01  or  IM300  3sh 

Professional  courses: 

MG330   Productions  and  Operations  Management  3sh 

HP242     Emergenc>  Health  Care  Ish 

Technical  Writing  elective: 

One  course  from  list:  EN322  or  EN220  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Three  professional  courses  approved  by  student's  adviser  9s 


Free  Electives: 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:      1 25- 1 26 


(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements"  in 
catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


IS 


Minor — Safety  Sciences 

Required  courses: 

SAIOl      Introduction  to  Occupational  Safety  3sh(l) 

and  Health 

SAl  1 1      Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  I  3sh(2) 

SA3()1     Health  Hazard  Identification  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Three  SA  courses  approved  by  department  chairperson  9sh 


{ 1 )    SAl 02  Introduction  to  Mine  Safely  and  Health  may  be  an  alternative  for 

SAIOl. 
(2)    SA2 1 1  Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  II  may  be  an  alleniativc  lor  SA  1 1  I . 


70-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


The  College  of  Humanities 
and  Social  Sciences 

Brenda  L.  Carter,  Associate  Dean  and  Interim 
Dean 

The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  has  as  ils  objective  the 
providing  of  a  liberal  education  as  the  basis  of  the  student's  preparation  for  a 
satisfying  career.  In  a  dvnamic  society  such  as  America's,  a  broad  liberal 
education  accompanying  career  preparation  is  virtuallv  a  necessity.  The 
college  maintains  an  emphasis  upon  fundamental  understanding  and 
application  of  the  basic  principles  of  our  cultural  heritage,  combined  with 
development  of  a  thorough  background  of  knowledge  in  the  student's  specific 
area  of  interest.  It  seeks  to  promote  in  students  critical  and  objective  thinking, 
analytical  skill,  and  a  keen  awareness  of  their  responsibilities  to  society  as  it 
prepares  them  for  their  chosen  field. 


The  college's  programs  of  study  are 

.Anthropology 

Criminology 

Economics 

English 

Foreign  Languages  and 

International  Trade 

French 

Geography 

German 

Government  and  Public  Service 

Historv 


Industrial  and  Labor 

Relations 

International  Studies 

Journalism 

Law  School  Preparation 

Philosophy 

Political  Science 

Regional  Planning 

Religious  Studies 

Sociology 

Spanish 


Degrees 

The  departments  of  Criminology.  Economics.  English.  French.  Geography  and 
Regional  Planning.  German.  History.  Journalism.  Philosophy  and  Religious 
Studies.  Political  Science.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages,  and  Sociology- 
Anthropology  offer  work  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree.  The  Bachelor 
of  Science  is  offered  in  Regional  Planning.  In  addition,  the  .Associate  of  Arts 
degree  is  offered  by  the  Criminology  Department  at  the  Punxsutawney  cam- 
pus. Se\  eral  departments  offer  Master  of  Arts  or  Master  of  Science  degrees  in 
the  university's  Graduate  School.  The  English  and  Criminology  departments 
offer  graduate  programs  leading  to  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree.  Informa- 
tion about  these  programs  should  be  obtained  from  the  Graduate  School. 

Degree  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  university's  Liberal  Studies  requirements,  all  students 
seeking  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences  must  complete  the  requirements  for  a  major  as  established  by  the 
department  through  which  they  wish  to  specialize.  Statements  of  these 
requirements,  and  for  those  minoring  in  a  specific  field,  appear  in  the 
department  sections  that  follow .  .A  double  major  or  minor  ma\  encompass  a 
discipline  outside  as  well  as  w  ithin  the  college  but  should  be  selected  only 
w  iih  adviser  approval.  .As  a  general  principle,  there  is  considerable  latitude  in 
course  choice  for  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  majors;  for  specifically 
required  courses,  substitutions  in  an\  program  must  have  the  written  approval 
of  the  student's  department  chairperson  or  the  college  dean.  The  intermediate- 
level  foreign  language  requirement  (a description  follows!  applies  without 
exception  to  all  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  four-year  degree  programs. 

College  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  colleges  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  and  Natural  Sci- 
ences and  Mathematics  must  pass  the  intermediate-level  language  sequence  as 
a  college  requirement  for  graduation.  Lower  level  language  courses  count  as 
free  electives  only.  Upper  level  language  courses  may  be  applied  to  Liberal 
Studies  elective  requirements.  Please  see  the  catalog  requirements  for  gradua- 
tion to  identify  these  courses.  Self-instruction  in  Critical  Languages  fulfills  the 
Liberal  Studies  requirement  only  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sci- 
ences. Generally,  the  student  should  schedule  based  on  previous  course  work. 

Individual  placement  will  be  determined  during  placement  testing  and 
registration  prior  to  the  first  semester  or  summer  session  at  lUP.  Students 
whose  placement  testing  demonstrates  possession  of  competence  equivalent  to 
the  intermediate  level  are  considered  to  have  fulfilled  this  requirement. 

Any  foreign  student,  registered  as  such  at  lUP.  whose  acquired  native 
language  is  other  than  English  and  who  demonstrates  an  acceptable 
proficiency  in  English,  is  exempt  from  the  foreign  language  requirement  for  a 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  degree  if  the  department  he/she  is  majoring  in 
does  not  require  a  specific  language. 

Critical  Language  Program 

This  is  a  self-instructional  course  for  the  study  of  languages  not  taught  in  the 
classroom.  The  students  are  provided  w  ith  texts,  cassettes,  and  the  services  of 
a  native  speaker.  Professional  teachers  of  language  from  other  universities  w  ill 
test  performance.  Students  interested  must  contact  the  coordinator  at  least  one 
semester  before  taking  the  course.  Each  course  is  worth  3sh. 

The  following  languages  are  available  for  study:  Arabic,  Chinese,  Dutch. 
Modem  Greek,  Modem  Hebrew .  Classical  Hebrew ,  Hindi.  Hungarian.  Italian. 
Japanese.  Korean.  Persian.  Polish.  Portuguese.  Russian.  Serbo-Croatian. 
Swahili.  Swedish.  Tagalog.  Thai.  Turkish,  and  Vietnamese.  Sequence  numbers 
CL49I  through  CL494  will  be  used  to  designate  blocks  1  through  IV. 
respectively,  of  the  critical  languages. 

The  Liberal  Studies  non-Westem  cultures  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by 
completing  level  II  or  higher  of  a  Critical  Language  if  the  language  is  non- 
Westem  and  if  the  course  of  study  includes  sufficient  cultural  context. 

For  information,  contact  Dr.  Victor  S.  Drescher.  director  of  Critical  Languages. 
Foreign  Study  Programs 

College  majors  may  be  Interested  in  the  \  arious  Foreign  Studv  Programs  and 
Tours.  Credits  obtained  through  such  arrangements  nomialh  are  applicable 
toward  a  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  degree.  Also  of  interest  are  the  col- 
lege's credit-awarding  programs  at  Valladolid  (Spain).  Duisburg  (Germany), 
and  Nancy  (France),  as  well  as  the  Summer  Study  in  Jalapa  (Mexico)  Pro- 
gram. For  information,  contact  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Humanities  and 
Social  Sciences. 


The  College  of  Hiinuiiiities  and  Social  Scienccs-7 1 


lUP  al  Valladolid:  Through  the  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  Department. 
the  uni\'ei^ity  has  offered  a  spring  semester  of  stud\  at  the  Univ  ersit\  of 
Valladolid.  Spain,  for  the  past  seventeen  years.  The  participants  live  in  private 
homes.  For  details  and  brochures,  contact  Dr.  Cruz  Mendizabal.  Department 
of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages,  or  the  dean's  office. 

lUP  at  Duisburg:  IL'P  has  a  study  abroad  program  at  the  University  of 
Duisburg.  West  Germany .  The  program  is  open  to  German  majors  and  other 
students  ha\  ing  specific  interest  in  a  foreign  study  experience.  Students  must 
register  for  FLIOO  and  pay  a  foreign  exchange  fee  for  each  semester  in  the 
program.  For  further  information,  contact  the  deans  office. 

lUP  at  Nancy:  IL'P  has  established  a  study  program  « ith  the  L  niversity  of 
Nancy.  France.  Two  separate  study  programs  are  available.  Program  A  is 
intended  for  those  participants  who  have  studied  advanced  French  courses  and 
for  French  majors.  Program  B  is  designed  primarily  for  the  nonniajor  or  for 
the  student  who  wishes  to  enroll  for  just  one  semester.  Participants  in  the 
Nancy  program  must  register  for  FL  100  and  pay  a  foreign  exchange  fee  for 
each  semester  in  the  program.  For  details,  contact  the  dean's  office. 

IL'P  -  Mexico  Summer  Program  -  The  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Department  sponsors  a  program  of  study  in  Spanish  language  in  Mexico.  The 
program  is  located  at  Jalapa  in  the  state  of  Veracruz,  and  the  cost  of  the 
program  includes  transportation,  complete  room  and  board,  insurance,  tuition. 
etc.  The  student  may  earn  up  to  6  hours  of  undergraduate  or  graduate  credit. 
Internship  opportunities  are  available  for  students  w  ith  fluency  in  Spanish.  For 
a  detailed  bn>chure.  please  contact  the  director.  Foreign  Languages  Study 
.\broad  Programs. 

Preprofessional  Programs 

The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  offers  a  preprofessional 
program  in  prelaw  that  prepares  the  student  for  application  to  a  professional 
school.  This  is  grounded  in  Scxial  Sciences  and  Humanities  and  Business 
departmenKsl — Pre-law  in  Business.  Criminology.  Economics.  English. 
History.  Philosophy,  or  Political  Science.  .\\\  programs  are  designed  to  lead  to 
a  baccalaureate  degree  and  prepare  students  for  professional  school. 

Counsev^ork  in  the  pre-law  program  centers  upon  a  carefully  developed 
interdisciplinary  minor.  For  detailed  guidance  in  pre-law.  students  should 
consult  with  the  associate  dean  of  Humanities  and  Social  .Sciences  and/or  the 
pre-law  adviser  in  their  major  department. 

Internship  Programs 

Humanitle^  and  ScKial  Science  departments  have  established  programs  under 
which  students  engage  in  off-campus  superv  ised  work  experience  lor  credit. 
IL'P  students  have  worked  in  Harrisburg  as  aides  to  state  legislators,  w  iih  the 
Governor's  Justice  Commission  and  the  LtKal  Government  Commission,  and 
with  the  Investigations  Division.  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Justice.  Others 
have  worked  at  correctional  institutions  in  Pittsburgh.  Greensburg.  and 
Warrendale.  as  peer  group  counselors  on  the  local  campus,  as  an  assistant  to 
the  Pennsylvania  state  Republican  chairperson,  as  on-sile  guides  at  the  United 
Nations,  as  workers  on  an  Israeli  kibbutz,  and  as  student  aides  for  the  Depart- 
ment of  Education.  Puerto  Rico.  Other  students  have  worked  in  the  Pittsburgh 
federal  probation  office.  Many  students  have  worked  with  major  political 
parties  and  candidates  at  the  local  and  state  levels.  Al  the  county  level,  they 
have  been  attached  to  the  offices  of  the  county  planner,  the  Common  Pleas 
Court,  coroner,  treasurer,  commissioners,  and  borough  manager.  Students 
have  also  worked  in  the  Washington  offices  of  Pennsylvania  congressmen  and 
In  many  federal  and  inlemalional  organizations  in  Washington  as  well. 
Opportunities  for  internships  in  other  countries  exist.  For  more  information 
about  specific  internship  programs,  students  should  consult  w  ith  the  chair- 
person of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  majoring  or  the  dean's  office. 

Minor  In  Asian  Studies 

The  .Asian  Studies  Minor  is  an  interdisciplinary  program  drawing  on  courses 
in  the  departments  of  An.  Geography  and  Regional  Planning.  History.  Phil- 
osophy and  Religious  Studies.  Political  .Science,  and  .Sociology/Anthropology. 
This  program  seeks  to  prepare  people  for  membership  in  the  world  com- 
munity, to  increase  an  awareness  and  understanding  of  Asian  peoples  and 
cultures,  to  aid  in  understanding  ourselves  through  understanding  others,  and 
to  add  skills  and  know  ledge  to  those  seeking  jobs. 

By  specialized  advising,  the  student  may  tailor  selections  to  meet  individual  inter- 
eus.  For  further  information,  contact  Dr.  Thomas  CiiKxlrich  In  the  history  depart- 
ment or  Dr   Tian-Min  Lin  in  the  philosophy  ;ind  religious  studies  department. 


Required  courses:  15  credits  from  the  following: 

AH424  Art  of  the  East                             '  3sh 

GE256  Geography  of  East  Asia  3sh 

GE257  Geography  of  South  and  Southeast  .Asia  .Ish 

HI33 1  History  of  the  Modem  Middle  East  3sh 

HI330  History  of  the  Islamic  Civilization  3sh 

HI335  History  of  the  Far  East  3sh 

PH31I  Eastern  Philosophy  3sh 

RS3I2  Biblical  History  and  Palestinian  .Archaeology  3sh 

PS383  Political  Systems:  Asia  3sh 

PS384  Political  Systems:  Middle  East  3sh 

Minor  in  Comparative  Literature 

Students  electing  a  minor  in  Comparative  Literature  must  complete  15  credit 
hours  of  work  in  Comparative  Literature  courses,  listed  below,  although 
EN345.  Classical  Literature,  may  be  substituted  for  three  of  those  credits.  The 
minor  hours  may  not  exceed  a  total  of  9  in  either  department  (EN-FL).  In 
addition,  the  student  will  be  expected  to  have  completed  the  second-year 
sequence  of  a  foreign  language,  or  its  equivalent,  in  order  to  qualify  for  the 
minor.  Since  only  one  course  will  be  offered  in  any  single  semester,  students 
who  enroll  in  the  minor  should  be  aware  that  they  will  need  five  regular 
semesters  to  complete  the  sequence. 


Required  courses:  15  credits  from  the  following: 

EN/FL39 1     Selected  Works  from  the  Medieval  Period 
EN/FL392     Renaissance/Baroque/Classical 
EN/FL393     Romanticism 
EN/FL394     Nineteenth-Century  European  Novel 

in  Translation 
EN/FL395     Selected  Writers  from  20th-century  Europe 
EN/FL396     The  Literature  of  Emerging  Nations 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


For  more  intbmiation.  contact  Dr.  Janet  Goebel  in  the  English  department  or 
Dr.  Foster  Jones  in  the  French  department. 


Criminology  Department 

Imogene  Moyer,  Chairperson;  Austin,  Berg,  Began, 
Cohen,  Gibbs,  Hanrahan,  lovanni,  Martin.  McCauley, 
McNabb,  Melodini,  Mutchnick,  J.  Thomas,  Wegener, 
Wilson,  Zimmerman 

The  Deparlment  ol  Criminology  offers  men  and  w  omen  w  ho  seek  a  career  in 
the  criminology  field  a  broad  liberal  arts  education  supported  by  a  professional 
education  program.  The  degree  offered  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  w  ith  a 
major  in  Criminology,  under  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences; 
also  available  are  a  Two-year  .Academic  Diploma,  an  Associate  of  Arts  degree, 
and  a  minor  in  Criminology. 

The  program  in  Criminology  has  a  five-fold  objective: 

1 .  The  education  of  students  for  employment  and  leadership  in  the 
expanding  field  of  criminology 

2.  The  education  of  presently  employed  criminal  justice  personnel  who 
recogni/e  the  need  for  raising  their  educational  level 

3.  The  instruction  of  students  who  w  ish  to  acquire  an  understanding  ol  the 
processes  of  criminal  justice  as  a  cultural  part  of  their  higher  education 

4.  The  instruction  of  students  who  w  ish  to  prepare  for  graduate  siiidy  and 
research  in  criminology 

5.  A  curriculum  that  provides  an  excellent  foundation  lor  students 
preparing  for  a  career  in  law 

Nearly  every  level  of  government  oilers  opportunities  for  professional  careers 
in  criminology.  Employmenl  opporlunilies  normally  exist  in  more  than  filly 
federal  agencies,  including  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation,  U.S.  .Secret 
.Service.  Bureau  of  Narcotics.  Intelligence  Division  I  IRS).  Inspection  Service 
(IRS),  Alcohol  Tobacco  Tax  Division  (IRS).  State  Department  .Security. 
Atomic  Energy  Commission,  and  military  investigalivc  branches.  Both  men 
and  women  will  find  employment  opportunities  in  parole  and  probation  work 
for  federal,  state,  and  local  govcnimcnts  and  inslilulional  careers  concerned 
with  the  custody  and  ireatmenl  of  juveniles  and  adiilis  al  all  levels  of 


72-Indiana  Universiry  ofPennsyhania 


go\emment.  In  addition.  man\  police  departments  have  specialized  units 
dealing  with  juveniles.  conimunit\  relations,  training,  and  research.  There  are 
a  wide  variety  of  opportunities  in  traffic  administration  and  investigative  and 
securit\  activities  in  the  commercial  and  industrial  fields. 

Career  opportunities  are  a\  ailable  also  in  research  and  teaching  at  the  college 
and  university  level  and  in  research  divisions  of  agencies  in  the  field  of 
administration  of  justice. 

Students  w  ho  w  ish  to  change  their  major  to  Criminology  or  Pre-Law 
Criminology  must  have  an  overall  Q.P..-\.  of  2.."^  in  order  to  declare  the  major 
and  to  be  accepted  formallv  b\  the  department. 

Independent  Study  and  Individualized  Instruction  are  available  b\  permission. 
To  grant  permission,  the  department  requires: 

(a)  Independent  Stud\ :  Students  must  have  a  minimum  Q.P.A.  of  2.5  in  both 
the  major  and  overall  course  work.  Students  must  also  have  completed 
80  semester  hours  including  eighteen  hours  of  Criminology  courses. 
Nine  (9)  of  the  18  hours  of  Criminology  credits  must  be  required 
courses.  Internship  credits  do  not  count  toward  the  eighteen  Criminology 
credits. 

(b)  Individualized  Instruction:  Students  must  have  completed  94  semester 
hours  including  24  hours  of  Criminology  courses.  Internship  credits  do 
not  count  toward  the  required  twenty-four  Criminology  credits. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Criminology 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications; 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  w  ith  CR  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

CR  1 02     Sur\  e\  of  Criminology 

CR2I0    Criminal  Law 

CR300    Theories  of  Complex  Criminal  Justice 
Organizations 

CR.306    Research  Methods 

CR4()0    Theoretical  Criminolog\ 

CR40 1     Contemporary  Issues 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  CR4I6.  451.  470.  491 
Five  additional  Criminology  courses 


53-55 


0-6 


Free  Electives:  O) 


27-35 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


( 1 )  IntermediateTev  el  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  No  more  than  6sh  of  CR49,^:  Internship  ma\  be  applied  to  36sh 
minimum  in  major. 

(3)  Students  selecting  a  minor  may  apply  no  more  than  15sh  outside  College 
of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  without  special  approval. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Criminology/Pre-Law 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
w  ith  the  follow  ing  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  w  ith  CR  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

CR  1 02    Sur\  e\  of  Criminology 
CR2I0    Criminal  Law 


53-55 


0-6 


36 


CR300     Theories  of  Complex  Criminal  Justice 
Organizations 

CR306    Research  Methods 

CR357     Law.  Social  Control,  and  Society 

CR400    Theoretical  Criminolog\ 

CR401     Contemporary  Issues 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  CR4I6.  451.  470.  491 
Five  additional  Criminology  courses 

Other  Requirements:  Prelaw  interdisciplinary  minor 

Se\  en  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 
Business:  BL235.  .■\G20I,  .AG202 
Economics:  EC  1 21.  EC  122.  EC332 
English:  EN213.  EN220.  EN310 
Historv:  HI320.  HI.^21.  HI346 
Philosophy:  PHIOI.  PH222.  PH450 
Political  Science:  PS3.>8.  PS359.  PS36I 

Free  Electives:  |3| 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
I5sh(2) 


6-21 


6-23 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electi\es. 

(2)  No  more  than  6sh  of  CR493:  Internship  may  be  applied  to  36sh 
minimum  in  major. 

(3)  Students  selecting  a  minor  may  apply  no  more  than  15sh  outside  College 
of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  w  ithoul  special  approval. 


.Associate  of  Arts  in  Criminology  (offered  only  at 
Punxsutawney) 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  follows:  33 


English:  ENI0I.EN202 

7sh 

Mathematics:  MAIOI  or  substitute 

3sh 

36 

Humanities:  one  course  from  lists 

3sh 

Fine  Arts:  one  course  from  list 

3sh 

3sh 

Natural  Science:  laboratorv  science  sequence  required 

8sh 

3sh 

Social  Science:  PC  1 0 1 .  PS  1 1 1 .  SO  1 5 1  9sh 

3sh 

Major: 

3sh 

Required  courses: 

3sh 

CR  1 0 1     Crime  and  Justice  Systems 

3sh 

3sh 

CR  1 02    Sur\  ey  of  Criminology 

3sh 

CR2I0    Criminal  Law 

3sh 

3sh 

CR270    Juvenile  Justice  Svstem 

3sh 

5sh(2) 

CR283    Police  Patrol  Management 

3sh 

CR29 1     Theory  and  Techniques  of  Interv  lew  ing 

3sh 

18 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


Total  Degree  Requirements:        6( 


Minor  in  Criminology 
Minor:!  1) 

Required  courses: 

CR102     Survey  of  Criminology 
CR210    Criminal  Law 
CR300    Complex  Organization 
CR306     Research  Methods 
CR400    Theoretical  Criminology 
CR40I     Contemporar\  Issues 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


( I )     Must  have  formal  criniinolog\'  department  approv  al  to  be  admitted  to 
minor  in  Criminology 


3sh 
3sh 


The  C()llei;e  of  Hiimauities  and  Social  Sciences-73 


Economics  Department 

Donald  A.  Walker,  Chairperson;  Asamoah,  Cross.  Dyal. 
Gar\  in.  Holt,  Huff.  Karatjas,  Martel,  Radakovic.  Radell. 
Stonebraker,  Ware 

The  Departmenl  of  Economics  offers  programs  lo  meet  the  needs  of  IL'P 
students  in  three  general  areas:  a  program  that  prepares  students  majoring  in 
economics  for  graduate  school  or  immediate  emplo\  iiieni;  a  program  that 
prepares  students  to  teach  Economics  on  the  high  school  level:  and  a  pre-law 
program  for  Economics  majors  who  w  ish  to  go  to  la«  school. 

The  program  for  Economics  majors  is  designed  for  those  who  intend  to  pursue 
careers  as  economists  in  education,  government,  industrv .  finance,  or 
commerce.  The  economist  in  todays  world  occupies  an  increasingly  important 
position,  and  great  opportunity  exists  for  qualified  people. 

Degrees  offered  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Economics  and  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Education  w  ith  a  major  in  Social  Sciences,  concentrating  in 
Economics. 

The  Department  of  Economics  offers  se\eral  concentrations  in  particular 
aspects  of  Economics.  The  concentrations  are  designed  to  equip  students  w  ith 
the  education  and  skills  that  w  ill  enable  them  to  obtain  a  position  in 
gov  emmenl  or  private  business  upon  completion  of  the  undergraduate  degree. 
The  department  pro\  ides  verification  that  students  ha\e  completed  a 
concentration,  and  they  may  also  ha\  e  the  information  recorded  on  their 
transcripts.  These  concentrations  are  not  restricted  lo  Economics  majors.  The 
concentrations  available  at  present  are 

Competition  and  Public  Policy 

Economics  of  Go\  emmenl  Affairs 

International  Economics 

Labor  Economics 

Managerial  Economics 

Monetary  Economics 

Quantitative  Economics 
Detailed  information  regarding  these  concentrations  may  be  obtained  from  the 
department  chairperson. 

Economics  101:  Basic  Economics  may  be  taken  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the 
Social  Sciences  segment  of  the  university's  Liberal  Studies  requirement. 
Economics  101  cannot  be  programmed  by  Economics  majors  or  minors,  by 
students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Business,  or  by  students  in  the  College  of 
Education  who  arc  contemplating  teaching  social  science  on  the  high  school 
level.  Instead.  Economics  121 :  Principles  of  Economics  I  should  be  taken  by 
these  students,  since  it  serves  as  a  foundation  for  many  advanced  Economics 
courses.  Students  can  receive  credit  toward  graduation  for  either  EC  101  or 
ECI2I  but  not  both.  The  depanment  will  accept  either  EC121  or  EC122  for 
Liberal  Studies  credit  as  a  substitute  for  EClOl.  The  department  will  accept 
either  EClOl  or  ECI2I  as  a  Liberal  Studies  Social  Science  course  and  will 
accept  EC  1 22  as  a  Liberal  Studies  Elective  course.  In  no  case  will  EC  122 
satisfy  both  the  Liberal  Studies  Social  Science  requirement  and  the  Liberal 
Studies  Elective  requirement. 

Students  majoring  in  other  fields  are  welcome  to  choose  Economics  courses 
among  the  upper-division  eleclives.  These  courses  are  designed  to  aid  the 
student  m  developing  sophisticated  insights  into  economic  issues  and  are 
valuable  in  many  ways,  regardless  of  the  student's  ultimate  vocation.  It  is 
recommended  that  Economics  majors  take  a  minor  in  one  of  the  other  Social 
Sciences,  in  Business,  or  in  Mathematics.  A  minor  in  Mathematics  is  sironglv 
recommended  for  those  whose  future  may  include  graduate  work  in 
Economics. 

The  Department  of  Economics  also  houses  the  Center  for  Economic 
Education.  The  center  is  a  nonprofit,  nonpartisan  organization  affiliated  with 
both  the  Pennsylvania  Council  on  Economic  Education  (PCEE)  and  the 
national  Joint  Council  on  Economic  Education  (JCEE).  Its  mission  is  to 
upgrade  the  quality  of  economic  education  in  kindergarten  through  twelfth 
grade.  The  Center  for  Economic  Etiucation  performs  the  follow  ing  functions: 
teacher  training,  consulting  services,  research,  materials  developnienl.  and 
programs  in  economic  education  for  adults.  Drs.  Nicholas  Karatjas  and  Arthur 
H.  Martel  are  c(vdircctors  of  the  center. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Economics 

Liberal  -Studies:  .'^s  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  follow  ing  specifications: 

Social  Science:  EC121 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  EC  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Lev  el  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

EC  1 2 1     Principles  of  Economics  I 

EC  1 22     Principles  of  Economics  11 

EC305     Math  for  Economists  1 

EC355     Statistics  for  Economists 

EC42 1     Macro  Analysis 

EC422     Micro  Analysis 
Controlled  electives: 
Four  other  EC  courses 

Free  Electives: 


53-.i6 


0-6 


*sh 
3sh 
3sh(2) 

3sh(3) 

3sh 

3sh 

12sh 


35-44 
Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 


( 1 1      Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

( 2 )  MA  1 2 1 .  MA  1 23  or  MA  1 27  may  be  substituted  for  EC305. 

(3)  MA2I4.  MA2I7  or  MA363  may  be  substituted  for  EC355. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Economics/Pre-law 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  with  the 
folloviing  specifications: 

Social  Science:  EC  121 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  EC  prefi,\ 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

EC12I      Principles  of  Economics  I 

EC  1 22     Principles  of  Economics  II 

EC305     Math  for  Economists  I 

EC355     Statistics  for  Economists 

EC421     Macro  Analysis 

EC422     Micro  Analysis 
Controlled  electives: 

Four  other  EC  courses 

Other  Requirements:  Pre-law  interdisciplinary  minor 
Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 

Business:  BL23.S.  .AG201.  AG202 

Criminology:  CR210.  CR260.  CR357 

English:  EN213.  EN220.  EN3I0 

lliClory:  HI32(1.  HI321.  Hl.^4fi 

Philosophy:  PHIOI.  PH222.  PH450 

Political  Science:  PS358.  PS359.  PS361 


53-56 


0-6 


27 


*sh 
3sh 

3sh(2) 
3sh(3) 
3sh 
3sh 

12sh 


6-21 


Free  Electives: 


14-.13 
Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


( 1 1     Inlenncdiale-lcvel  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  MA  1 2 1 .  MA  1 23.  or  MA  1 27  may  be  suhsliluled  for  EC.W5. 

(3)  MA2I4.  MA2I7,  or  MA.163  may  be  substituted  for  EC.353. 


Bachelor  of  .Science  in  Kducation — .Social  Science 
Kducalion/Kconoiiiics  Track  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  lollowing  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PCIOI.  I'SI  1  I.  AN  1 10  or  AN2I I  ( I ) 

Mathematics:  MAI  lOor  MA217  or  MAI2I 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  GE2.30.  S0237 


74-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301    Technology  for  Learning  and  Inslruclion 

ED242     Pre-student  Teaching  1 

ED342     Pre-student  Teaching  11 

ED44I     Student  Teaching 

ED442     School  Law 

ED455    Teaching  of  Social  Science  in  the  Secondary 

School 
EP202     Educational  Psychology 
EP377     Educational  Test  and  Measurement 
FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major: 

Required  Economics  courses:  (2) 

EC121  Principles  of  Economics  I 
EC122  Principles  of  Economics  II 
Controlled  Economics  electives: 

LIpper-level  Economics  courses  including  at  least 
one  writing-intensive  course  and  at  least  one 
course  from  each  of  the  follow  ing  three  groups: 
International  courses:  EC339.  EC345.  EC350.  EC351 
Macroeconomic  courses:  EC325.  EC343.  EC421 
Microeconomic  courses:  EC283.  EC330.  EC331.  EC332 
EC333.  EC335.  EC336.  EC373.  EC383 

Other  Requirements: 

Required  Social  Science  distribution 
HI203  U.S.  History  for  Historians 

GE 

PS280  or  PS285  Comparative  Governments 
Additional  Social  Science  courses 

Free  Electives: 


30 


English  Department 


3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
12sh 
Ish 

3.sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 

15sh 


21 


15-18 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
9sh(3) 

0-4 


(*) 

(1) 
(2) 


(3) 


(4) 


(5) 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 

See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 

Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

Credit  for  EC121  is  counted  in  the  Liberal  Studies  requirements. 

Students  in  the  program  who  wish  to  go  to  graduate  school  in  Economics 

will  need  courses  in  economics  quantitative  methods  and  additional 

mathematics  courses. 

In  addition  to  the  above  required  Social  Science  courses,  nine  additional 

credits  in  a  Social  Science  of  student's  choice  will  constitute  a  minor. 

Certain  History  or  Political  Science  courses  may  be  selected  that  also 

fulfill  the  third  Liberal  Studies  elective  course  above. 

The  coursework  in  each  alternative  possible  minor  is  described  below, 

with  the  understanding  that  all  courses  not  specifically  named  must  be  at 

the  200  level  or  higher: 

1.  Geography:  GE230  Cultural  Geography  (3shl.  12  additional  sh  in 
Geography. 

2.  History:  HI195  History:  Modem  Era  (3sh),  H1203  U.S.  History  for 
Historians  (3sh).  9  additional  sh  in  History. 

3.  Political  Science:  PSl  1 1  American  Politics.  PS280  Comparative 
Government  I  or  PS2X5  Comparative  Government  II  (3sh),  9 
additional  sh  in  Political  Science. 

4.  Sociology/Anthropology:  S0237  World  Systems  in  World  Societies 
(3sh).  12  additional  sh  in  Sociology. 

All  students  who  begin  the  Economics  Social  Science  Education 
certification  program  after  May  30,  1992.  will  follow  this  program.  The 
requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  as  specified  in  the 
admission  to  the  teacher  education  process  are  applicable  to  students  in 
this  program. 


Minor  in  Economics 

Minor: 

Required  courses: 

EC  1 2 1  Principles  of  Economics  I 
EC  1 22  Principles  of  Economics  II 
Three  courses  from  EC200  or  higher 


15 


3sh 
3sh 
9sh 


James  Gray,  Chairperson;  Aghbar,  Alvine,  Bencich, 
Berlin,  Bower,  Cahalan,  Chow,  Collins-Stockton,  Cook, 
Curey,  Dandurand,  Downing,  Emerick,  Fritz,  Gatti, 
Gebhard,  Goebel,  Grubb,  Haldeman,  Hartwell,  Hayward, 
Heny,  B.  Hudson,  S.  Hudson,  Hurlbert,  R.G.  Johnson, 
Kilwein-Guevara,  Kraszewski,  Krupnik,  McAndrew,  D. 
McClure,  S.  McClure,  McManmon,  Rodriguez-Milanes, 
Murphy,  Nania,  Rafoth,  Ray,  B.  Roffman,  R.  Roffman, 
Ruffner,  R.  Shafer,  Slater,  Smits,  Swigart,  Tannacito,  R.L. 
Thomas,  Vella,  Waddell,  Williamson,  T.K.  Wilson, 
Woodworth,  Yarup,  Zalazar;  and  professors  emeriti 
Anderson,  Beck,  J.  Bright,  L.  Bright,  Brown,  Craig,  Davis, 
Freund,  Grayburn,  Hazley,  Hull,  Lucker,  Miller,  Rider, 
Roumm,  Seacrist,  Seinfelt,  Smith,  and  Watta 

For  individuals  who  want  both  a  sound  education  and  a  program  that  prepares 
them  for  today's  changing  and  highly  competitive  job  market,  the  English 
department  at  lUP  offers  a  variety  of  practical  programs. 


Training  in  reading  and  writing  is  central  to  all  courses  of  study  in  the  field  of 
English.  All  English  majors  are  expected  to  develop  their  language  skills  to  a 
professional  level  of  competence,  because  these  skills  are  in  such  short  supply 
and  great  demand  today. 


Course  choices  depend  upon  the  student's  career  goals.  Those  who  plan  to 
teach  may  choose  English  Education.  The  program  has  been  highly  successful 
in  placing  graduates  in  the  teaching  field  and  is  currently  undergoing  revision 
to  rellect  new  research  in  the  teaching  of  literature  and  composition. 

For  those  who  are  planning  a  career  in  law  or  ancillary  fields,  the  English  Pre- 
Law  program  is  challenging  and  el'feclive.  .And  for  those  who  want  a  flexible, 
interdisciplinary  orientation,  English  Humanities  offers  a  variety  of  traditional 
and  nontradilional  areas  of  specialization,  permitting  each  student  to  tailor  a  , 
prograin  to  suit  his  or  her  needs. 

The  department  offers  the  following  degrees:  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  English  and 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  English  Education. 

English  Humanities 

The  English  department  B.A.  Humanities  curriculum  emphasizes  several  of 
the  traditional  concerns  of  English  literary  study  in  nontraditional  ways. 
Specifically,  the  student  satisfies  the  literature  requirements  by  taking 
preliminary  courses  which  survey  English  and  American  literature  and  then 
choosing  particular  courses  from  each  of  five  categories,  each  category 
reflecting  a  specific  focus. 

One  category  focuses  upon  literature  as  a  "mode  of  awareness."  a  philosophic 
emphasis,  and  offers  such  courses  as  "The  Metaphoric  Perspective."  "Symbol 
and  Allegory."  "The  Oral  Tradition. "  etc. 

A  second  category  views  literature  from  an  historical  perspective  and  offers 
such  courses  as  "The  Puritan  Mind  in  England  and  America,"  "The 
Renaissance. "  and  "Romanticism." 

A  third  category  examines  literature  from  a  psychological  point  of  view 
through  such  courses  as  "Myth  in  Literature."  "Hero  and  Anti-Hero." 
and  "The  Literature  of  Alienation." 

The  fourth  category  deals  with  social  considerations  of  perennial  importance 
and  offers  such  courses  as  "War  in  Literature."  "Poverty  and  Class."  and  "Mai 
in  the  Natural  World." 

The  fifth  category  examines  the  literary  output  of  a  single  major  author: 
Chaucer,  Shakespeare.  Milton,  or  a  major  American  author  or  authors. 

Courses  from  other  areas  (Critical.  Creative  and  Technical  Writing.  Speech. 
Film.  Language,  and  Communication  Studies)  complement  the  literature 
program  selected  by  the  student  with  his  or  her  adviser's  assistance. 


The  College  ofHuninnities  and  Social  Scienees-7S 


Since  the  major  can  be  completed  vv  ith  36  hours  of  coursework,  students 
have  30-36  hours,  depending  on  their  foreign  language  status,  of  unspecified 
courseworli.  The\  should  plan  carefulls  « ith  their  adviser  as  to  how  these 
credits  might  best  be  earned,  relevant  to  future  goals. 

Education  Program 

The  English  depanment  offers  a  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  English  Education.  Graduates  are  prepared  to  teach  in  middle,  junior 
high,  and  senior  high  schools.  Job  opportunities  in  these  areas  have  risen 
significantly  in  the  past  (ev.  \ears. 

The  English  Education  majors  receive  all  of  the  usual  professional  training, 
including  practical  experience  in  methods  courses  and  student  teaching,  but 
the>  are  also  graduated  with  a  thorough  preparation  in  the  subject  matter  areas 
of  literature,  language,  and  composition.  Although  most  students  choosing  an 
English  Education  major  will  be  fitted  both  b\  training  and  desire  for  the 
secondary  school  classroom,  those  who  opt  not  to  teach  will  find  that  their 
speaking  and  writing  skills  can  be  useful  to  the  media,  go\ emmental  services. 
and  industries. 

Program  requirements  are  available  at  the  English  department  office. 
Requirements  include  a  ponfolio  of  written  work,  faculty  evaluations,  and  an 
annual  review  of  progress. 

Pre-Law  English 

One  can  hardly  imagme  a  successful  lawyer  who  does  not  possess  excellent 
skills  in  writing  and  speaking  and  who  is  not  able  to  analyze  a  problem  and 
explain  its  solution  in  clear,  logical  terms.  Pre-Law  English  prepares  the 
student  especially  well  in  these  areas  and  provides  the  skills  and  knowledge 
needed  to  do  well  in  the  law  school  admissions  examination. 


EN213     American  Literature:  Beginnings  to  Present  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list  A:  EN3.S0,  351.  352,  353  3sh 

One  course  from  list  B:  EN360.  36 1 .  362.  363  3sh 

One  course  from  list  C:  EN370.  37 1 .  372.  373  3sh 

One  course  from  list  D:  EN380.  38 1 ,  382.  383  3sh 

One  course  from  list  E:  EN208.  209.  310.  31 1  3sh 

312.  313.  329.  330.  331.  3.^2.  333.  334 
One  course  from  list  F:  EN220.  221.  320.  321.  322  3sh 

One  course  from  list  G:  EN  340.  341 .  M2.  343  3sh 

Two  courses  from  list  H:  Any  two  Special  Topics  courses 

(EN  48 1 )  or  any  two  courses  from  Lists  A  through  G 

above,  or  a  combination  of  one  Special  Topics  (EN 

481 )  and  one  course  from  Lists  A  through  G  above. 

or  the  Senior  Seminar  (EN  480)  in  combination  with 

either  any  Special  Topics  (EN  48 1 )  or  any  course 

from  Lists  A  through  G  above.  6sh(2 1 

Other  Requirements: 

Comprehensive  Examination  at  conclusion  of  senior  year 


Free  Electives: 


27-35 


Total  Degree  Requirements:        124 


(1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  Any  EN48 1  course  must  have  prior  approval  from  department  chair  if  it 
is  to  apply  to  the  student's  major. 


In  addition,  the  English  department  offers  at  regular  intervals  a  section  of 
Advanced  Composition  designed  to  fit  the  needs  of  pre-law  students.  Many 
graduates  have  had  successful  internship  experiences  in  the  offices  of 
practicing  attorneys  and  government  agencies. 

Minor  in  Engli.sh  Department 

To  minor  in  English.  15  semester  hours  in  English  are  required  beyond  the 
Liberal  Studies  requirement  of  ENIOI.  EN12I.  and  EN2()2. 

English  as  a  Second  Language  (ESL)  Program 
The  English  department's  English  as  a  Second  Language  curriculum  consists 
of  a  sequence  of  courses;  EN  L50.  lOO(ESL).  lOKESL).  I02(ESL).  and 
201(ESL|.  in  which  a  special  curriculum,  materials,  and  methods  of 
instruction  are  used  to  allow  non-native  students  of  English  the  opportunity  to 
gain  complete  language  proficiency  for  academic  success  and  personal 
understanding  of  the  second  culture. 

These  ESL  courses  and  sections  satisfy  the  same  university  and  college 
requirements  as  the  non-ESL  course  equivalents.  Only  non-native  students  are 
permitted  to  enroll  in  English  course  sections  designated  "ESL."  Placement  of 
all  non-native  students  in  the  ESL  courses  and  sections  is  dctcmiined  by  the 
results  of  the  English  department  ESL  Screening/Placement  Test. 

The  W  riting  Center 

In  conjunction  with  the  Learning  Center,  the  English  department  maintains  a 
writing  center,  which  all  students  are  encouraged  to  use.  Instructors  may 
recommend  students  to  the  center,  or  students  may  seek  help  on  their  own. 
Call  the  English  depanment  for  information  on  hours  of  operation. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — English 

LilH-ral  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  with 
the  fiillowmg  specifications: 

Humanities — Literature:  EN2I0 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  EN  prefix 

Cdllene: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

EN2 1 1     English  Literature  to  the  Restoration 

EN2I2     English  Literature  from  the  Restoration  to  1900 


53-55 


0-6 


36 


3sh 
3sh 


Bachelor  of  Arts — English/Pre-law 

Liberal  .Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  .section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities — Literature:  EN210 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  EN  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major:  36 

Required  courses: 

EN2I1     English  Literature  to  the  Restoration  3sh 

EN2I2     English  Literature  from  the  Restoration  to  1900         3sh 
EN213     American  Literature:  Beginnings  to  Present  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list  A:  EN350.  35 1 .  352.  353  3sh 

One  course  from  list  B:  EN360.  361 ,  362,  363  3sh 

One  course  from  list  C:  EN370.  37 1 .  372,  373  3sh 

One  course  from  list  D:  EN380,  38 1 ,  382,  383  3sh 

One  course  from  list  E:  EN208.  235.  310.  311  3sh 

3 12,313,  329,  330,  33 1 ,  323.  333.  .3.34 
One  course  from  list  F:  EN220,  22 1 ,  222,  223,  3sh 

321,324 
One  course  from  list  G:  EN340,  341,  342,  343  3sh 

Twd  courses  from  list  H:  Any  two  Special  Topics  courses 

( EN48 1 )  or  any  two  courses  from  Lists  A  through  G 

above,  or  a  combination  of  one  Special  Topics  (EN 

48 1 1  and  one  course  from  Lists  A  through  G  above, 

or  the  Senior  Seminar  (EN480)  in  combination  with 

either  any  Special  Topics  (EN48I ),  or  any  course 

from  Lists  A  through  G  above.  6sh(2) 

Other  Requirements:  Pie-lavv  interdisciplinary  minor  3-21 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 

Business:  BL2.^5.  AG20I.  AG202 

Criminology:  CR2I0.  CR260.  CR357 

Economics:  F,CI21,  EC  1 22,  EC332 

History:  HI320.  H1321,  HI.Wi 

Philosophy:PIIIOI.  PH222.  PH4.50 

Political  .Science:  PS358.  PS359,  PS36I 
('(iiiiprehenslvc  Ivxaniinalion  al  conclusion  of  senior  year 

Kree  Klcctivcs:  6-26 


I 


^76-lndiana  University  ofPeiinsyhania 


1 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 

( 1 )  Intermediale-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  elective. 

(2)  Any  EN481  course  must  have  prior  approval  from  department  chair  if 
it  is  to  apply  to  the  student's  major. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — English  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities — Literature:  EN210 

Fine  Arts:  TH 101 

Social  Science:  PCI 01 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  Intemiediate-Level  Foreign  Language, 
no  courses  with  EN  prefix 

College:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  1  Ish 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED441  Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442  School  Law  Ish 

ED452  Teaching  of  English  in  the  Secondary  School  3sh 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major:  40 

Required  courses: 

EN213    American  Literature  3sh 

EN218    Literature  of  Adolescence  3sh 

EN220     Advanced  Composition  1  3sh 

EN314     Speech  and  Communication  in  the 

Secondary  English  Classroom  3sh 

EN323     Teaching  Literature  and  Reading 

in  the  Secondarj  School  3sh 

EN324    Teaching  and  Evaluating  Writing  3sh 

EN329    History  of  the  English  Language  Ish 

EN330    Structure  of  English  3sh 

EN341     Shakespeare  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Choose  one  Genre  course:  EN214,  215,  216.  217  3.sh 

Choose  one  British  Literature  Survey:  EN2 1 1 ,  2 1 2  3sh 

Choose  one  Theme  course:  EN372.  38 1 ,  348  3.sh 

Choose  two  additional  courses  from  list:  6sh 

EN208,  211,212,  214,  215,  216,  217,  221. 

320,  322,  332,  333,  3.36,  348.  372.  381 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  2-4 

Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 

(*)     See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 


French  Department 


Robert  L.  Whitmer,  Chairperson;  Henry,  Jones,  Liscinsky, 
McCreary,  Op  de  Beeck;  and  professor  emeritus  Fisel 

The  Department  of  French  offers  a  varied  curriculum  designed  to  provide  not 
only  basic  language  instruction  but  also  the  more  advanced  competencies 
needed  by  language  specialists  and  students  hoping  to  take  advantage  of  an 
international  study  experience.  For  the  French  major,  the  department  has  three 
degree  programs:  B.S.  in  Education  (K-121,  B.A.  in  Liberal  Arts,  and  the  B.A. 
in  French  for  International  Trade.  The  latter  degree  program  provides  solid 
undergraduate  training  preparatory  to  an  M.B..^.  in  International  Marketing 
and  Finance. 


Students  majoring  in  French  will  acquire  proficiency  in  all  phases  of  the 
language  and  enter  more  deeply  into  the  history,  culture,  and  literature  of 
Francophone  countries.  They  will  also  gain  some  knowledge  of  the  linguistic 
development  of  the  language  throughout  the  centuries.  French  majors 
generally  find  employment  in  government  work,  librarianship.  journalism, 
foreign  trade,  airlines,  tourism,  business,  and  teaching.  Students  choosing 
careers  as  teachers  will  find  the  close  supervision  and  advanced  methodology 
offered  by  the  department  a  distinct  asset. 

College  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  and  in  the 
departments  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  must  pass 
the  intermediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language  (FR201-FR202  or  FR203I  or 
demonstrate  that  they  have  somehow  acquired  the  equivalent  proficiency 
level.  Students  from  the  other  colleges  may  choose  to  take  French  (201  and 
202  or  the  accelerated  203)  to  fulfill  a  Liberal  Studies  elective.  Any  student 
who  chooses  French  has  an  option  to  enroll  in  the  traditional,  three-credits- 
per-semester  courses  or  the  accelerated,  six-credit  track. 

Placement/Exemption 

The  student  with  no  previous  French  study  will  take  FRIOI  (four  credits)  as  a 
prerequisite.  Students  with  previous  French  study  will  be  placed  into  the 
appropriate  course  level  by  means  of  a  written  departmental  exam 
administered  in  the  summer  for  entering  freshmen  and  during  the  first  week  of 
each  term  for  other  students.  No  student  judged  to  be  a  native  speaker  of 
French  will  be  allowed  to  enroll  in  any  course  below  the  300  level,  with  the 
exception  of  FR254. 

French  for  Elementary  Education 

A  student  in  Elementary  Education  may  elect  a  concentration  of  18  semester 

hours  of  French,  consisting  of  the  follow  ing: 

FR20 1-202  "  "  6sh 

FR22 1-222  4sh 

FR35I-.352  6sh 

FR32 1-322  2sh 

A  student  in  Elementary  Education  interested  in  bilingual  elementary  teaching 
may.  through  special  scheduling  arrangements,  increase  the  concentration  in 
French  to  include  foreign  study  and  foreign  child-centered  internship 
experience. 

Study  Abroad  -  Nancy,  France 

iUP  has  established  a  study  abroad  center  in  Nancy.  France.  All  majors  are 
encouraged  to  participate  in  the  Study  Abroad  Program,  especially  those 
.seeking  the  International  Trade  Degree.  Students  have  an  option  to  participate 
in  a  full  year  or  one  semester  program  (spring).  Both  a  six-week  and  three- 
week  summer  session  have  been  added  to  the  options  available.  Nonmajors 
may  be  accepted  into  any  of  the  programs  but  must  enter  the  language  courses 
offered  in  the  Cours  pour  etrangers  (Courses  for  Foreign  Students).  All  credits; 
are  evaluated  by  the  department  as  transfer  credits.  For  further  information 
regarding  the  cost  and  application  procedures,  contact  the  office  of  the  dean  ol 
the  college. 

Internships 

The  Department  of  French,  through  contacts  with  certain  French  companies 
and  through  its  affiliation  with  the  ICN  (Institut  Commercial  de  Nancy),  is 
able  to  place  summer  interns  in  Paris  and  other  sites  in  France.  The  internship 
(generally  six  to  twelve  credits)  is  viewed  as  a  highly  desirable  culminating 
experience  follow  ing  study  in  Nancy.  For  further  information,  contact  the 
office  of  the  dean  of  the  colleae  at  least  six  months  m  advance. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — French 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  w  ith  FR  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

FR201     College  French  I 
FR202     College  French  II 


53-5 


3sh( I ) 
3sh(l) 


The  College  ofHuniaiiilies  and  Social  Sciences-?? 


FR22 1     French  Conversation  III  2sh 

FR222     French  Conversation  IV  2sh 

FR321      Advanced  Conversation  1  Ish 

FR?22     Advanced  Conversation  II  Ish 

FR35 1      Ad\  anced  French  Language  I  3sh 

FR352     Advanced  French  Language  II  3sh 

FR36I     Development  ot  French  Culture  and  Literature  I  3sh 

FR362     Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  II  3<h 
Controlled  electives: 

Other  French  elecli\  es:  1 2sh 


CM3()1  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED441  Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442  School  Law        "  I  sh 

ED453  Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  in  the  Secondary       3sh(3) 

School 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theorv  and  Practice  3sh 


Free  Electives:  33-35 

Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 
(1)     FR203  Accelerated  College  French  will  substitute  for  these  courses. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — French  for  International  Trade 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  with  the 

following  specifications:  54-56 

Mathematics:  MAI 21 

Social  Science:  EC  121.  PS  10 1.  PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  M.A214.  no  courses  with  FR  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

FR201      College  French  1 

FR202     College  French  II 

FR22I      French  Conversation  III 

FR222     French  Conversation  IV 

FR254     Civilization  of  Modem  France 

FR32I      Advanced  Conversation  1 

FR322     Advanced  Conversation  II 

FR35 1     Advanced  French  Language  I 

FR352     Advanced  French  Language  II 

FR354     Business  French 

FR361      Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  1 

FR362     Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  11 
Controlled  electives: 

Two  additional  FR  electives  (advanced  levels) 


33 


36 


Other  Requirements:  Business  Sequence: 

.■\D32I  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  1 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  11 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law 

EC  122  Principles  of  Economics  II 

FI3I()  Finance  I 

IM3(X)  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

MG3I I  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations 

MG360  .Management  and  Production  Concepts 

MK320  Principles  of  .Marketing 

yB2 1 5  Business  Statistics 


3sh( 1 ) 

3sh(l) 

2sh 

2sh 

3sh 

Ish 

Ish 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

6sh(2) 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


33 


Free  Kletiitcs: 


Total  Degree  Requirements:      1 24- 1 25 


(1 )  FR203  Accelerated  College  French  will  substitute  for  these  courses. 

(2)  Most  students  earn  additional  language  credits  (up  lo  IS)  in 
semester  or  year  abroad. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Kducation — K-12  French 
Education  (*) 

l.iheral  Studies:  ,\s  iiuthiiud  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
With  the  following  specificallons: 

Social  Science:  PCIOI 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  FR  preHji 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 


53-55 


30 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

FR20I     College  French  I  3sh(l) 

FR202     College  French  11(2)  3sh(  I ) 

FR221     French  Conversation  111  2sh 

FR222     French  Conversation  IV  2sh 

FR321      Advanced  Conversation  I  Ish 

FR322     Advanced  Conversation  11  Ish 

FR35 1      Advanced  French  Language  1  3sh 

FR352     Advanced  French  Language  11  3sh 

FR361      Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  I  3sh 

FR362     Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  II  3sh 
Controlled  electives: 

Other  FR  electives  9sh 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  6-8 

Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 


(«) 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 


See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 

Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

FR203  Accelerated  College  French  will  substitute  for  these  courses. 

FR253  may  be  substituted  for  FR202. 

ED453  offered  only  in  fall  semester. 


Minor — French  21 

Required  courses: 

FR201  -202    College  French  I  and  II  6sh 

FR221-222     French  Conversation  III  and  IV  4sh 

FR351-352     Advanced  French  Language  1  and  II  6sh 

FR321-322     Advanced  Conversation  I  and  II  2sh 

FR361  Development  of  French  Culture  and  Lit  1  3sh 


Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Department 

Robert  B.  Begg,  Chairperson;  Bencloski,  Buckwalter, 
Forbes,  Masilela,  Miller,  R.  Sechrist,  Shirej,  Tepper, 
Zacur;  and  professors  emeriti  (Jault,  Kulkarni,  Payne, 
and  Weber 

Geography  has  several  traditions  of  study.  Two  of  the  more  important 
traditions  are  ihc  study  of  relationships  between  humans  and  environnicnl  or 
the  ecological  tradition  and  the  study  of  spatial  organi/aliim.  w  Inch  involves 
the  way  people  uses  space  on  Ihc  earth's  surface.  In  both  traditions  the  focus  is 
on  understanding  regions  of  the  world  and  the  inter;ictions  within  and  between 
them,  (jeographers  make  imporlant  contributions  lo  (he  understanding  of  all 
aspects  of  man's  use  of  and  impaci  on  the  earth's  surface. 

Regional  Planning  involves  preparing  for  the  future.  The  demands  and  effects 
of  a  large  and  growing  population  require  that  land  use.  resource  use, 
scttlenicnl  patterns,  transportation  systems,  and  economic  activity  be  planned. 
Regional  planning  is  concerned  with  the  social,  localional.  and  environnicinal 
aspects  of  these  phuniing  decisions.  In  the  lOOOs.  ccononiic  devclopnicJU  has 
become  an  inipiMtain  locus. 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning  arc  in  the  same  deparlmcnl  because 
"Planning  is  the  art  of  which  geography  is  the  science."  Employment 
opportunities  for  geographers  and  regional  planners  are  good.  Students  will 
find  a  wide  variety  of  posiiinns  in  government,  business,  industry,  planning. 


78-lmUcma  University  of  Petmsyhania 


and  education  available.  Environmenlal  and  locational  knowledge  gained  in 

the  department's  programs  provide  skills  needed  in  the  job  market.  Students 
interested  in  obtaining  additional  career  information  should  \isit  the 
departmental  office  in  Room  2.  Leonard  Hall. 

Three  degree  programs  are  offered  by  the  department: 
( 1 1     Bachelor  of  -\ns  in  Geographx 

(2)  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Regional  Planning 

(3)  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Social  Science  Education  with  a 
concentration  in  geography 

A  minor  in  geography  is  appropriate  for  majors  in  all  other  fields  of  the  natural 
and  social  sciences.  Students  of  business  also  find  this  minor  relevant.  .A 
minor  consists  of  a  minimum  of  fifteen  semester  hours  in  geography.  .A 
student  may  elect  an\  combination  of  courses  for  the  minor.  The  department 
suggests  that  students  take  the  core  program  if  they  anticipate  doing  graduate 
v^ork  in  geographv .  Students  might  also  consider  concentrating  in  one  of  the 
areas  of  the  field,  such  as  physical/environmental,  human/cultural,  research 
and  techniques,  or  regional  geography. 


Bachelor  of  .\rts — Geography 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  M.-\217  recommended 

Natural  Science:  GSlOl/102,  I0.V1O4  orGS121/l22.  131/132 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  COIOI/I.MIOI/BEIOI.  no  courses  with  GE  prefix 


Other  Requirements: 

Interdisciplinary  minor  i21sh)  or 
Minor  in  approved  field  ( 15-21sh) 
Internship  (GE498)  strongly  recommended 


Free  Electives: 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

GE230    Cultural  Geography 

GE24 1     Physical  Geography 

GE3 1 2    Research  in  Geography  and  Plarming 

GE4I 1     Geography:  Thought  and  Philosophy 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  GE25 1  -257 

One  course  from  GE3 13-314 

Six  courses  ( 1 8crl  from  any  other  GE  courses 

Free  Electi>es: 


0-6 


36 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

Igsh 


27-34 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 

( 1 )     Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Regional  Planning 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

w  ith  the  follow  ing  specifications: 

.Mathematics:  M.A217  recommended 

Natural  Science:  GSlOI/102.  103/104.  or  GSI21/I22.  131/132 

Social  Science:  PSI 1 1  recommended.  EC121 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  CO  1 0 1  /IM 1 0 1  /BE  1 0 1 .  no  courses  with  GE  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Lev  el  ( 1 1 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

GE3I2    Research  in  Geography  and  Planning  3sh 

GE360    Introduction  to  Planning  3sh 

GE361     Planning:  Basic  Study  and  Analysis  3sh 
GE462    Planning:  De\  elopment.  Principles,  and  Theory         3sh 

GE463     Planning:  Design  3sh 

GE464    Land  Use  Policv  3sh 

Controlled  electi\es: 

One  course  from  GE3 1 3-3 1 4  3sh 
Three  courses  from  GE230.  231.  241.  331.  335.  336. 

.Ml.  342  9sh 

Two  courses  from  GE313  or  314.  332,  415. 440  6sh 


0-6 


36 


( 1 )     Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Science 
Education  Geography  Track  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  follow mg  specifications: 

Social  Science' GE102.PCI01.EC121 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  EC  122.  S02.^".  and  AN271  or  272 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242    Pre-studem  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342    Pre-siudent  Teaching  II  Ish 

EI>44I     Student  Teaching  I2sh 

ED442    School  Uw        "                             '  Ish 

ED455    Teaching  of  Social  Sciences  in  the  Secondary  3sh 

School 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE202     .American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 


Major: 

Required  courses 

GE230    Cultural  Geography 

or 
GEI03    Human  Geography 
GE24 1     Phy  sical  Geography 
Controlled  Electives 

.At  least  one  course  ftnm  each  of  the  following  three  groups: 

Environmental  Geography : 

GE340    Geography  of  Fresh  Water  Resources 

GE34I     Climatology  I 

GE342    Physiography 

GE440    Consen  ation:  Environmenlal  .Analysis 

Human  Geography : 

GE23 1     Economic  Geography 

Population  Geography 

Urban  Geography 

Trade  and  Transportation 

Political  Geography 

Social  Geography 

Historical  Geography 

Geography  of  .American  Indians 
Philosophy .  Tools,  and  Techniques: 
GE2I3    Canography  I 

Research  in  Geography 

.Map  and  Photo  Interpretation 

Geography :  Thought 

Remote  Sensing 
Two  of  the  follov*  ing  regional  geography  courses: 
GE25I     Geography  of  Pennsylvania 

Geographv  of  Latin  .America 

Geography  of  Europe 

Geography  of  LSSR 

Geographv  of  .Africa 

Geographv  of  East  Asia 

Geography  of  South  and  Southeast  Asia 


GE33I 
GE332 
GE333 
GE334 
GE336 
GE337 
GE43I 


GE3I2 
GE3I4 
GE411 
GE4I5 


GE252 
GE253 
GE254 
GE255 
GE256 
GE257 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Geography  Electives 

Social  science  distiibution  requirements: 
The  following  courses  are  required: 
PS280     Comparativ  e  Government  I 
HI203     U.S.  History  for  Historians 
Plus  one  of  the  follow  ing  options: 


6sh 

3sh 

3sh 

9-12sh 


The  College  of  Humaniiits  and  Social  Sciences-79 


1 )  6  additional  hours  in  one  social  science  Held 

(hislorj  recommended)  and  three  semester  hours  in  another. 
or 

2)  9-12  additional  hours  in  one  social  science  field 

(histor>  recommended  I.  sufficient  to  meet  the  requirements 
for  a  minor. 

Uther  Requirements: 

Free  Electives:  1 1 1 


222.  321.  322.  This  achievement  will  be  noted  on  the  student's  transcript  and 
thus  provide  more  career  nexibility. 


0 
0-14 


/(*) 


(2) 


(21  Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 

See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 

Academic  Policies.  ".Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

If  certain  courses  are  chosen  for  Social  Sciences  major,  they  may 

also  fulfill  Liberal  Studies  requirements  and  permit  additional 

free  electives. 

Students  who  do  not  pass  a  special  education  competency  e.\am  must 

take  EX.^00;  this  will  increase  graduation  requirements  to  1 26  credits. 


German  Department 


.Jacob  L  .  \  oelker.  Chairperson:  Brode,  Ready,  Sommer. 
Sulli\an 

The  Department  of  German  offers  three  degree  programs:  the  B..^.  in  German, 
the  B..A.  in  German  for  International  Trade,  and  the  B.S.  in  Education  in 
Secondary  German  Education. 

While  majoring  in  the  German  department,  students  will  acquire  proficiency  in 
all  pha-ses  of  the  language  and  dev  elop  an  understanding  and  appreciation  of  the 
history,  culture,  and  literature  of  the  German-speaking  countries.  They  will  also 
gain  knowledge  of  the  linguistic  development  of  the  language  throughout  the 
centuries.  German  majors  may  look  forward  to  rewarding  careers  in  teaching. 
government,  journalism,  foreign  trade,  tourism,  business,  and  librarianship. 

The  degree  program  in  German  for  International  Trade  provides  an  excellent 
way  to  combine  language  proficiency  and  cultural  awareness  in  German  w  iih 
professional  training  in  business.  With  this  undergraduate  background, 
students  may  enter  MB. .A.  degree  programs  and  pursue  careers  in 
international  business  and  trade.  Study  abroad  for  one  or  two  semesters  is 
strongly  urged  and  is  an  integral  part  of  the  program.  Qualified  students  may 
also  choose  to  participate  in  internship  programs  with  German-based 
corporations  and  financial  institutions. 

College  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  depanment  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics  and  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and  ScK'ial  Sciences  must  pass 
the  intermediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language  (G.M2.'>I  and  GM2.'>2l  or 
demonstrate  by  the  CLEPexam  in  German  that  they  have  acquired  the 
equivalent  proficiency  level.  Students  from  the  other  colleges  may  elect  to 
lake  two  courses  in  German  at  the  intermediate  ( Ill/I V )  level  toward  fulfilling 
the  requirement  for  Liberal  Studies  electives.  Any  student  w  ho  chooses 
German  can  meet  the  requirement  through  enrollment  in  the  traditional,  the 
accelerated,  or  the  intensive  six-credit  track  ( DILM ).  w  hich  provides 
maximum  opportunity  for  conversational  practice  in  small  groups  under  the 
direction  of  trained  assistants. 

Study  Abroad 

The  IX-panmcnl  of  German  encourages  all  students  who  study  Gennan  at  lUP 
10  consider  study  abroad  for  one  or  two  semesters.  German  majors  are  strongly 
urged  to  study  two  semesters  or  one  academic  year  at  a  German  university.  To 
provide  this  opportunity  at  a  relatively  mixlest  cost,  the  university  has 
arranged  an  exchange  of  students  between  Duisburg  University  and  lUP.  By 
I  panicipuling  in  this  or  other  approved  programs,  students  can  earn  from 
twelve  to  fourteen  hours  per  semester,  f-or  lurther  information  regarding  the 
cost  and  application  procedures,  contact  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the  college. 

I  Minor  in  (ierman 

Siii.nls  Luinplciing  eighteen  credits  beyond  GM  \52  will  be  recognized  as 
t:  minored  in  fierman.  Nine  of  the  twelve  credits  must  be  taken  at  the 
:i.vcl  with  only  three  credits  from  the  conversation  sequence.  GM22I. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — German 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  coiu^es  with  GM  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  language  (included  in  major) 


53-55 


ajor: 

36 

Required  courses: 

GM221    Conversation  111 

2sh 

GM222   Conversation  IV 

2sh 

GM32I    Advanced  Conversation  I 

Ish 

GM322    .Advanced  Conversation  II 

Ish 

GM25I    German  III 

3sh 

GM232   German  IV 

3sh(l) 

GM35 1    Ad\  anced  German  I 

3sh 

GM352   .Advanced  German  11 

3sh 

GM36 1    Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  I 

3sh 

GVI362   Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literative  II 

3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Other  GM  electives  (advanced  levels) 

9  or 

I2sh 

her  Requirements: 

0 

ee  Electives: 

33-35 

Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 
( 1 1     GM253  or  GM254  mav  be  substituted  for  GM252. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — German  for  International  Trade 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 21 

Social  Science:  ECI2I 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA2I4.  no  courses  with  GM  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  language  (included  in  majorl 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

GM22I    Conversation  III  2sh 

GM222   Conversation  IV  2sh 

GM321    Advanced  Conversation  I  Ish 

GM322   Advanced  Conversation  II  Ish 

GM251    German  III  3sh 

GM252   German  IV  3sh 

GM233   Intermediate  Composition  and  Conversation  3sh 

GM254   Business  Gennan  3sh 

GM35 1    Advanced  German  I  3sh 

GM352  Advanced  German  II  3sh 
GM36I  Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  I  3sh 
GM362   Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  II     3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Two  additional  GM  electives  (advanced  levels)  6sh(l) 

Other  Requirements:  Business  Sequence: 

BL235     Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

AD32I     Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3sh 

AG20I     Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202    Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

ECI22     Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

QB2I5    Business  Statistics  3sh 

IM.3()0     Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

FI3I0      Finance  I  3sh 

MG3II    Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3.sh 

MG36()   Management  and  Production  Concepts  3sh 

MK32()   Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 


54-56 


36 


33 


I 


■80-lndiaiia  Universily  of  Pennsylvania 


Free  Electives: 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 


0-1 

124 


(1)     Most  students  eani  additional  language  credits  (usually  12-I4)in 
semester  study  abroad. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Secondary  German 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications; 

Social  Science:  PCIOl 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  GM  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM30I    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242     Pre-student  Teaching  I 

ED342     Pre-student  Teaching  II 

ED44I     Student  Teaching 

ED442     School  Law 

ED453    Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  in 

the  Secondary  School 
EP2()2      Educational  Psychology 
EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 
FE2(12     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

GM221    Conversation  111 

GM222   Conversation  IV 

GM32I    Advanced  Conversation  I 

GM322   Advanced  Conversation  II 

GM25I    German  III 

GM252   German  IV 

GM35 1    Advanced  German  I 

GM352   Advanced  German  II 

GM36I    Development  of  Geniian  Culture  and 
Literature  I 

GM362   Development  of  German  Culture  and 
Literature  II 
Controlled  electives; 

Other  GM  electives 

Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


9sh 


30 


3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
12sh 
Ish 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


2sh 
2sh 
Ish 
Ish 

3sh 
3sh( 1 ) 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


33 


0 
6-8 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 

(*1     See  requireinents  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 

Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 
( I )     GM253  may  be  substituted  for  or  taken  in  addition  to  GM252. 


The  history  student  will  find  that  the  program  is  excellent  preparation  for 
government  service,  for  pre-law  training,  for  broad  business  opponunities.  for 
work  in  varied  fields  of  journalism,  for  archival  positions,  and  for  teaching. 
Not  only  the  story  of  the  people  of  the  United  States  but  also  that  of  other 
peoples  is  covered,  in  the  belief  thai  historical  understanding  is  essential  for 
the  future  of  mankind. 

Requirements  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  History  are  thirty-three 
semester  hours  in  history.  Requirements  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education  w  ith  a  major  in  Social  Studies,  concentrating  on  history,  are  a 
miniinum  of  fifteen  semester  hours  in  history  within  the  forty-two  semester 
hours  required  for  social  science  certification.  The  requirement  for  a  minor  in 
history  is  fifteen  semester  hours.  For  all  history  programs,  courses  in  history  m 
Liberal  Studies  are  applicable.  Although  there  are  no  prerequisites  to  history 
courses,  all  programs  should  be  planned  with  an  adviser.  Every  major  and 
concentrate  in  history  will  be  advised  by  history  department  staff  members. 

Admission  to  History  4S2  and  483.  initiation  in  the  local  chapters  of  Phi  Alpha 
Theta  and  Pi  Gamma  Mu.  participation  in  study  tours  and  study  abroad 
programs,  and  other  activities  should  be  investigated  by  every  history  student. 
The  department  is  committed  to  the  idea  of  a  broad  education. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — History 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  HI  prefix 
Humanities-History:  Fulfilled  by  required  courses  in  major 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

HI2l)0      Introduction  to  History 

HI2I)1      Western  Civilization  before  1600 

HI202      Western  Civilization  since  1600 

H1203      U.S.  History  for  Historians 
Controlled  Electives: 

HI  480    Senior  Seminar  (2) 

Non-Western  HI  course:  Latin  America, 
Africa,  or  .Asia 

Five  additional  history  courses 

Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


50-52 


0-6 


33 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
15sh 


0 
33-41 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 

( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  | 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  This  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  completing  the  departmental 
honors  program,  or  internship,  or  graduate  seminar  with  a  concluding 
paper  in  all  cases. 


History  Department 


Neil  B.  Lehman,  Chairperson;  Bailey.  Cashdollar,  Fricke, 
Gallanar,  Goodrich,  Harris,  Kadlubowski,  King,  Landon, 
Lamer,  Marcus,  Miller,  Rife,  Smith,  Vogel,  Wiley;  and 
professors  emeriti  Cord,  Ferguson,  Gelbach,  Mastro, 
Mervine,  Moore,  and  Wahl 

Programs  in  history  are  designed  to  give  both  those  who  major  in  history  in 
the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  and  those  who  concentrate  in 
history  in  the  College  of  Education  an  opportunity  to  study  in  soine  depth  the 
past  story  of  peoples  and  their  world.  Degrees  offered  b\  the  history  depart- 
ment are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  History  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Edu- 
cation with  a  major  in  Social  Studies,  concentrating  in  history.  The  first 
program  is  under  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  and  the 
second  is  under  the  College  of  Education. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — History/Pre-law 

Liberal  Studies:  ,As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

v\  ith  the  follow  ing  specifications; 

Liberal  Studies  electives;  no  courses  with  HI  prefix 
Humanities-History;  Fulfilled  by  required  courses  in  major 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I ) 

Major: 

Required  courses; 

HI200      Introduction  to  History 
H120I      Western  Civilization  before  1600 
HI2()2      Western  Civilization  since  1600 
HI203      U.S.  History  for  Historians 
HI2(I0      Introduction  to  History 

Controlled  electives: 

HI480     Senior  Seminar  (2) 


50-5: 


0-' 


3.sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


The  Collci;e  ofHimuiiiilics  and  Social  Siiciues-NI 


3-21 


Non-Weslem  HI  course;  Latin  America. 

Africa,  or  Asia  3sh 

Five  additional  histor>  courses  15sh 

Other  Requirements:  Pre-lau  Interdisciplinary  Minor 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 
Business:  BL2.^5.  AG201.  AG202 
Criminology:  CR210.  CR260.  CR357 
Economics:  EC  121.  EC  1 22.  EC332 
English:  EN213.  E\220.  E.N3H1 
Philosophy:  PHIOI.  PH222.  PH4.<i() 
Political  Science:  PS35S.  PS3.>y.  PS3ftl 

Free  Electives:  12-32 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


(I) 


Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electi\  es. 
(2)     This  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  completing  the  departmental 

honors  program,  mlemship.  or  graduate  seminar  with  a  concluding  paper 
in  all  cases. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Science 

Education/History  Track  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

«ith  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities-History :  Fulfilled  by  required  courses  in  major 

Social  Science:  PC  101.  EC  1 21.  and  ANl  10 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  EC  122.  GE230.  and  either  S0237  or 

S0332  or  any  LS  elective:  no  courses  with  HI  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM30I    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242     Pre-sludent  Teaching  I 

ED.342     Pre-sludent  Teaching  II 

ED441     Student  Teaching 

ED442     School  Law 

ErMS.*!    Teaching  of  Social  Sciences  in  the  Secondary 

School 
EP202     Educational  Psychology 
EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 
FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major: 

Required  History  courses: 

HI2(K)     Introduction  to  History 
HI20I      Western  Civilization  before  16tH) 
H1202      Western  Civilization  since  IfiOO 
HI203      United  Stales  History  for  Historians 
HI480      Senior  Seminar  in  History 
Controlled  History  elective: 

One  course  from  the  fields  of  Middle  East.  Africa. 
Asia,  or  Latin  America  al  the  .3(K)  level  or  higher 
History  elcclivcs: 

Three  history  courses  at  the  3(X)  level  or  higher, 
one  to  be  from  United  States  history 

Required  Social  Science  distribution 

fiE3(K)-level  or  higher 

PSlll      American  Politics 

PS2S0     Comparative  Government  I:  Wcslcm  Political 

Systems  «;• 
PS28.S     Comparative  Government  II:  Non-Wcslem 

Political  Systems 
S023I     Contemporary  Social  Problems 


Free  Klectives: 


51-52 


30 


3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
12sh 
Ish 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 


9sh 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


27 


9-12 


3sh 
3sh( 1 ) 


3-7 


(*)     See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 

Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 
( 1 )     If  S0237  or  S0332  are  not  taken  as  Liberal  Studies  electives. 

Note:  This  program  replaces  the  pre\  ious  secondary  social  studies/history 
teacher  cerlificalion  program,  effective  Summer.  1991.  Students  completing 
current  programs  may  elect  to  (al  remain  in  tho.se  programs,  or  (bl  change  lo 
this  plan  described  above. 


Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Department 

James  F.  Byers,  Chairperson;  Gates,  Gaylor,  McPherson, 
Morand,  Sedwick 

The  Department  of  Induslnul  and  Labor  Relations  offers  a  graduate  program 
within  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Master  of  .Arts  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations.  The  forty-two-semester-hour 
program  consists  of  a  required  core  of  twenty-seven  semester  hours,  including 
an  elective  thesis  and  elective  course  offerings  totaling  fifteen  semester  hours. 
Internships  are  available  and  strongly  encouraged. 

The  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  program  is  multidisciplinary.  combining 
analytical  and  human  relations  skills  with  knowledge  drawn  from  social 
sciences  and  business  disciplines.  The  degree  is  designed  to  prepare 
professional  industrial  and  labor  relations  practitioners  in  public  and  private 
management,  unions,  neutral  agencies,  government  agencies,  and  arbitration 
panels.  It  has  as  a  special  emphasis  labor  relations  in  the  public  sector. 

While  the  department  docs  not  offer  coursework  leading  to  an  undergraduate 
major  or  degree,  it  does  offer  several  undergraduate  courses  which  are  open  to 
students  of  any  major  or  college. 


Total  Decree  Requirements:       1 24 


82-lndiana  University  ofPcnmylvaiiia 


Journalism  Department 

Patricia  Heilman,  Chairperson;  DeGeorge,  Jesick,  Russell, 
Truby;  and  professor  emeritus  Furgiuele 

Students  interested  in  a  career  in  news-editorial  or  public  relations  fields,  with 
opportunities  in  such  related  areas  as  advertising,  desktop  publishing,  and 
marketing,  should  enjoy  this  innovative,  flexible  program.  The  journalism 
major  combines  journalism  elective  courses,  the  student's  choice  of  a  variety 
of  courses  from  other  university  departments,  plus  internships  which  provide 
on-the-job  e.xperience. 

The  lUP  iournalism  major  is  flexible  for  the  individual  student,  who  decides, 
with  an  adviser,  what  directions  his  or  her  education  will  take  for  a  inass 
communication  career.  The  two  sequences  offered  are  News-Editorial  and 
Public  Relations. 


With  the  assistance  of  an  adviser,  a  student  may  develop  a  program  by 
choosing  from  the  following  electives.  Eleclives  shown  here  have  pre- 
authorization.  Any  other  elective  requires  adviser  approval  in  writing. 
Art:  AR2 1 8.  AR4?5 

Busmess:  ADIOI.  AD321.  DE333,  MG300.  MG401 
Marketing:  MK320.  MK32I.  MK420.  MK42I.  MK433 
Communications  Media:  CM271.  CM404.  CM440.  CM445,  CM451 
English:  EN20S.  EN220.  EN22I.  EN3I0.  EN3I1.  EN322 
Hisnory:  HI369,  H1346.  HI362.  H1363.  HI364 
Philosophy:  PHIOl.  PH222.  PH323 
Political  Science:  PS  1 1 1.  PS251.  PS280,  PS285.  PS35I.  PS353. 

PS354.  PS.359.  PS370.  PS37I.  PS356.  PS361,  PS362 
Computer  Science:  COIOI 
Educational  Psychology:  EP304 
Criminology:  CR10l.'cRI02,  CR29.«i 
Economics:  EC24I.  EC283.  EC332.  EC333 
Psychology:  PC3I0.  PC320.  PC330.  PC37I.  PC420 
Sociology:  S023I.  S0332.  S0339.  SO340.  S0455 


A  student  wishing  to  enter  the  program  becomes  a  journalism  major  in  the 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences.  Then,  the  student  chooses  an 
individual  program  within  a  large  group  of  elective  journalism  courses,  plus  a 
much  larger  group  of  courses  from  various  other  areas  of  the  university. 

A  student  who  completes  the  major  graduates  with  a  B.A.  in  journalism. 
Because  journalism  itself  covers  all  areas  of  life,  the  journalism  major  covers 
many  areas  of  study  preparation.  There  are  only  four  required  courses,  so  the 
student  is  free  to  mold  the  program  to  his/her  own  special  interests  through 
both  major  and  free  electives. 

The  journalism  major  will  use  journalism  courses  to  fulfill  the  minimum  of 
thirty  hours  required  for  the  major.  M\  journalism  majors  must  complete  the 
intermediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language.  This  may  be  done  in  one  of  three 
ways:  by  examination,  by  earning  credit  in  third  and  fourth  semesters  of  a 
foreign  language,  or  by  completing  four  semesters  of  a  new  language.  If  the 
last  procedure  is  used,  the  two  beginning  foreign  language  courses  may  be 
applied  as  free  electives  to  the  total  number  of  credits  needed  for  graduation. 

Course  Sequence 

The  journalism  faculty  offers  the  following  operational  policy  for  its  course 
sequence  and  prerequisites.  The  basic  idea  is  for  students  to  take  Level  I 
courses  prior  to  Level  II  courses,  etc.  We  ask  that  special  attention  be  given  to 
course  prerequisites  to  avoid  scheduling  students  without  proper  experience 
into  courses.  We  do  retain  flexibility  of  waiving  sequence  and  prerequisites  in 
individual  cases. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Journalism 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  JN  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

JN105     Journalism  and  the  Mass  Media 
JN106     Basic  Journalistic  Skills 
JN120     Journalistic  Writing 
JN328     News  Reporting 
Controlled  electives: 
Other  JN  courses 


53-5; 


0-1 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

i8sh(2) 


Other  Requirements: 

Department  recommends  a  planned  program  of  dual  major,  minor(s). 
or  electives  with  special  consideration  of  the  preapproved 
courses  listed.  (3)  {4| 


Free  Electives: 


33-4 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 


12 


Level  1 

JNI05 


JNI06 
JNI20 

Level  II 

JN337 
JN32I 

JN343 
JN344 

JN327 
JN338 

Level  III 

JN346 
JN348 
JN323 
JN390 
JN394 


Journalism  and  Mass  Media  (required  for  all  journalism  majors) 
If  they  have  the  prerequisites  and  if  enrollment  pennits,  nonmajors 
are  welcome  in  JNI05. 

Basic  Journalistic  Skills  (required  for  all  journalism  majors) 
Journalistic  Writing  (required  for  all  journalism  majors) 


Editing 
Feature  Writing 

History  of  the  American  Press 
Issues  and  Problems 

Layout,  Design,  and  Production 
News  Analysis 


Advanced  Reporting 
Editorial  Page 
Management 
Public  Relations  II 
Document  Desisn  II 


JN326 

Public  Relations  1 

JN328 

News  Reporting  (all 

majors) 

JN345 

Sports  Journalism 

JN349 

Public  Affairs 

Reporting 

JN393 

Document  Design  I 

JN391 

Presentation  Making 

JN347 

Journalism  Law 

JN482 

Independent  Study 

JN493 

Internship 

JN350 

Advertising  Writing 

JN392 

Problem  Solving  in  PR 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studii 
electives. 

(2)  Maximum  of  6  credits  Internship  applied  to  major. 

(3)  Students  may  take  no  more  than  15sh  outside  the  College  of 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  without  prior  approval  of  adviser. 

(4)  Majors  in  the  public  relations  sequence  should  make  every  effort 
to  schedule  MK320.  MK433.  and  AD32I. 


Minor — ^Journalism  (implementation  date:  Fall.  1993) 
Minor: 

Required  Courses: 

JNI05     Journalism  and  Mass  Media  3sh  ( 1 ) 

JNI06      Basic  Journalistic  .Skills  3sh(l) 

JNI20     Journalistic  Writing  3sh(l) 

Three  additional  journalism  courses  9sh 

Total  (2) 

( 1 )  The  above  three  courses  are  to  be  taken  in  sequence. 

(2)  Internship  credits  do  not  apply  toward  the  18-credit  minor. 


18sf 


Minor  Courses  or  Free  Electives 

■A  number  of  departments  cooperate  to  make  journalism  study  at  lUP  a  very 
broad  experience.  These  courses  may  be  considered  for  dual  major,  a  minor 
program(s),  or  as  electives. 


The  College  of  Humanilies  and  Social  Scieiurs~S3 


Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Department 

Joel  D.  MIecko.  Chairperson:  Begres,  Boone,  Bouffard, 
Caraway,  Chan.  Ferrara,  Lin,  Montgomery,  Schaub, 
Smith.  Yirenkyi;  and  professors  emeriti  Hermann  and 
Kannwisher 

Philosophy 

The  program  in  philoioph\  is  designed  to  pro\  ide  the  student  w  itli  a  capacity 
for  thinking  clearly,  a  critical  attitude,  and  the  ability  to  reason  theoretically. 

The  major  offers  the  background  required  for  graduate  work  in  philosophy. 
Those  whose  primary  interests  are  in  other  disciplines  will  find  philosophy 
courses  which  relate  directly  to  their  fields  on  a  theoretical  level.  Both  the 
minor  and  double  major  are  especially  desirable  for  their  reflective  benefits 
and  because  of  the  essentially  interdisciplinary  nature  of  philosophy. 

Individually  Designed  Philosophy  Minor 

As  a  minor,  philosophy  has  much  to  offer  in  helping  individuals  of  various 
backgrounds  better  understand  the  fundamental  assumptions  of  their 
disciplines.  For  that  reason,  the  minor  in  Philosophy  w  ill  be  individually 
designed  to  meet  special  career  needs  and  personal  interests.  Selection  of 
courses  will  be  accomplished  through  discussions  with  and  approval  of  the 
department  adviser.  The  minimum  requirement  for  a  minor  is  15  semester 
hours  with  the  restrictions  on  the  major  applying  to  the  minor  also.  Students 
must  expect  careful  planning  in  any  program  approved.  For  further 
explanation  and  suggestions,  see  departmental  adviser. 

Liberal  Studies  Offerings 

The  Philosophy  program's  Liberal  Studies  courses  are  all  introductory  in 
nature;  none  of  them  presupposes  any  philosophical  background.  The  student 
may  choose  from  the  following:  PHIOI.  General  Logic:  PHI 20.  Introduction 
to  Philosophy;  PH22I.  Introduction  to  Symbolic  Logic;  PH222.  Ethics: 
PH223.  Philosophy  of  Art. 

Pre-Law  Program 

The  Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies  participates  in  the 
University  Pre-Law  Minor  Program  whereby  a  student  majors  in  one  of 
several  academic  disciplines  including  philosophy  and  also  meets  the  pre-law 
minor  requirements.  Students  interested  in  the  philosophy  niajor/pre-law 
minor  should  consult  the  departmental  pre-law  adviser.  Philosophy  courses 
included  in  the  pre-law  minor  program  are  as  follows:  PH 101 .  General  Logic; 
PH222.  Ethics;  and  PHa.-iO.  Philosophy  of  Law. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Philosophy 

Liberal  .Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  PH  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I ) 


53-55 


0-6 


.Major: 

30 

Required  courses: 

PH324     History  of  Philosophy  1:  Ancient 

and  Medieval 

3sh 

PH325     History  of  Philosophy  11:  Renaissance 

3sh 

and  Modem 

PH405     Justice  and  Human  Rights 

3sh 

PH420     Metaphysics 

3sh 

PH42 1     Theory  of  Knowledge 

3sh 

<  onlrollcd  electives: 

One  course  from:  PHIOI  or  PH22I 

3sh 

Four  other  PH  courses  (with  rcslrictions) 

I2sh( 

2) 

Other  Requlremenls: 

0 

Free  Klective^: 

3.3-41 

( 1 )  Intemiediale-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  No  more  than  three  100-200  level  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the 
the  major.  Only  PH  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the  major. 
Unless  otherwise  indicated  in  the  Course  Descriptions,  all  300-400 
level  courses  require  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission  of 

the  instructor.  This  prerequisite  applies  both  to  Philosophy 
majors  and  to  majors  in  any  other  discipline. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Philosophy/Pre-law 

Liberal  Studies:  -As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  w  ith  PH  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

PH324     History  of  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval 

PH325     History  of  Philosophy  II:  Renaissance  and 
Modem 

PH405     Justice  and  Human  Rights 

PH420     Metaphysics 

PH42 1     Theory  of  Knowledge 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from:  PHIOI  or  PH22I 

Four  other  PH  courses  (with  restrictions) 

Other  Requirements:  Pre-law  Interdisciplinary  Sequence 
Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 
Business:  BL235.  AG20I.  AG202 
Criminology:  CR201 .  CR260,  CR357 
Economics:  EC  1 2 1 .  EC  1 22.  EC332 
English:  EN213,  EN220.  EN3I0 
His'tory:  H1320.  H132I.  HI346 
Political  Science:  PS358.  PS359,  PS36I 

Free  Electives: 


53-55 


0-6 


30 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

I2sh(2) 


6-21 


12-29 


Total  Decree  Requirements:       1 24 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 

( 1 1     Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)     No  more  than  three  100-200  level  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the 
major.  Only  PH  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the  major.  Unless 
otherwise  indicated  in  the  Course  Descriptions,  all  300-400  level 
courses  require  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  This  prerequisite  applies  both  to  Philosophy  majors 
and  lo  majors  in  any  other  discipline. 


Religious  Studies 

The  Program  in  Religious  Studies  is  designed  to  provide  a  balanced, 
nonsectarian.  cross-cultural  approach  leading  to  a  better  understanding  of  the 
phenomenon  of  religion  in  human  experience.  It  emphasi/es  an 
interdisciplinary  approach  by  a)  requiring  religion-related  courses  outside 
Religious  Studies  and  by  bi  encouraging  the  minor  or  a  double  major,  rather 
than  a  single  major  in  Religious  Studies. 

The  program  is  valuable  for  those  planning  careers  in  religious  education, 
religious  journalism,  or  religious  broadcasting.  The  program  also  provides  an 
excellent  background  for  graduates  planning  lo  enter  Catholic.  Jewish,  or 
Protestant  seminaries.  Additionally.  Religious  Studies  is  a  good  complement 
to  majors  in  such  fields  as  Anthropology.  English.  Fine  Arts.  History. 
Iiilernational  Studies.  Music.  Philosophy.  Political  Science,  Psychology,  and 
Sociology.  Religious  Studies  is  one  significant  way  to  integrate  course  studies 
within  the  university  cunlculum. 

In  addition  to  the  twenty-four  semester  hours  of  Religious  Studies  courses  in  the 
major,  six  semester  hours  must  he  taken  from  a  number  ol  courses  offered  by 
other  departments  which  complement  those  offereil  in  Religious  Studies.  Oppor- 
tunity for  interdisciplinary  and  cross-cultural  study  is  implicit  in  the  study  of  reli- 
gious themes — and  is  required  in  the  Religious  Studies  Program  at  lUP. 


84-lndianu  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Minor 

The  requirements  for  a  Minor  in  Religious  Studies  are  15sh: 

a)  I2sh  must  be  taken  from  the  Rehgious  Studies  offerings,  which  include 
certain  required  courses  (see  below). 

b)  .''sh  must  be  taken  outside  the  Religious  Studies  offering  but  in  "religion- 
related"  courses.  Consult  adviser  in  Religious  Studies  for  choices. 

Liberal  Studies  Offerings 

The  Religious  Studies  program's  Liberal  Studies  courses  are  all  introductor)' 
in  nature;  none  presupposes  any  Religious  Studies  background.  The  student 
mav  choose  from  the  following:  RSIOO.  Introduction  to  Religion;  RS230. 
Understanding  the  Bible;  RS290.  Christianity. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Religious  Studies 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications; 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  RS  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Controlled  electives:! 2) 

One  course  from  list  A;  RSlOn  or  RSI  10 

One  course  from  list  B:  RS21(1  or  RS250 

One  course  from  list  C:  RS37(1  or  RS375 

One  course  from  list  D:  RS.3S().  RS410,  or  RS440 

Four  additional  RS  courses(3) 

Two  courses  from  religion-related  cour.ses(3) 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


53-55 


0-6 


30 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
12sh 
6sh 


0 
33-41 


(2) 
(3) 


Total  Degree  Requirements:        1 24 

Intennediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  the  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

Other  courses  may  be  approved  in  consultation  with  adviser. 
Consult  Religious  Studies  adviser. 


Minor — Religious  Studies 

RSlOOor  110 

RS370  or  375 

RS3X0or410or440 

Elective  in  Religious  Studies!  I ) 

Religion-related  course!  1 1 

( 1 )     Consult  Religious  Studies  adviser. 


Political  Science  Department 

John  F.  Sitton,  Chairperson;  Carone,  Carranza, 
Chambers,  Dejene,  Keene,  Morris,  Palmer,  Piatt;  and 
professors  emeriti  Chaszar,  Heiges,  Lee,  and  Smith 

Political  scientists  focus  upon  political  systems,  including  the  effect  of  environ- 
ment on  the  system,  inputs,  the  decision-making  agencies  which  render  binding 
public  policies,  and  system  outputs.  Approaches  to  the  study  of  government 
and  politics  include  the  normative  approach,  in  which  philosophical  attention 
centers  on  values  by  asking  the  question  "What  ought  to  be?"  and  the  behav- 
ioral approach,  in  which  an  attempt  is  made  to  develop  verifiable  theories 
through  scientific  methods  by  asking  the  questions  "How"  and  "Why?" 

Students  majoring  in  political  science  have  employment  opportunities  in  federal, 
state,  and  local  governments  and  with  private  civic  groups,  interest  groups,  and 
political  groups.  Students  who  go  on  to  graduate  work  find  appointments  at 
higher  levels  and  in  college  teaching.  Students  graduating  in  political  science, 
as  in  any  of  the  social  sciences,  are  in  demand  by  employers  in  business  and 
industry.  Students  completing  the  Political  Science  Internship  Program  have 


experienced  considerable  success  in  finding  employment  upon  graduation.  The 
political  science  major  is  also  especially  suitable  for  the  pre-law  student. 

Degrees  offered  by  the  political  science  department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in 
Political  Science,  in  Government  and  Public  Ser\'ice.  and  in  Political  Science 
Pre-Law.  An  interdisciplinary  major  and  a  minor  in  International  Studies  are 
spon.sored  by  the  Political  Science  Department.  The  department  also  offers  a 
minor  in  political  science. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Political  Science 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  follow  ing  specifications: 

Social  Science;  PSl  1 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives;  no  courses  with  PS  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level(l) 


53-55 


0-6 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

PSIOI      World  Politics  3sh(2) 

PS  1 1 1      American  Politics  *sh(3) 

Controlled  electives;  30sh 

At  least  one  course  in  three  of  first  four  areas: 
American  Studies;  PS251.  300.  346.  350.  351.  353. 

354.  355.  356.  357.  358.  359 
Political  Theory;  PS360.  361.  362 
Public  Policy  and  Administration:  PS25().  370.  371.  444 
International  Studies:  PS280.  282.  283.  285.  320.  321. 

380.  382.  383.  384.  385.  386.  387.  388.  389  (4) 
General  Political  Science;  PS300  (strongly  recommended) 

PS377.  480.  48 1 .  482,  485.  493 


33 


Other  Requirements: 

Second  major,  minor,  or  concentration  as  approved  by  adviser  with 
maximum  of  15  credits  outside  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences  unless  specifically  approved 

Free  Electives: 


15-27 


3-23 


3sh 

(2) 

3sh 

(3) 

3sh 

(41 

3sh 

3sh 

Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 

Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 

Studies  electives. 

PSIOI  satisfies  non-Western  requirement. 

Credit  for  PSl  1 1  is  counted  in  the  Liberal  Studies  requirements. 

PS280  and/or  PS285  recommended  as  prerequisite  to  PS380 

throuah  PS389. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Political  Science/Pre-Law 

Liberal  Studies:  .^s  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  lollowmg  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PSl  1 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  PS  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intenncdiate  LeveK  1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses; 

PSIOI      World  Politics 
PSl  11      American  Politics 
Controlled  electives: 

At  least  one  course  in  three  of  first  four  areas; 
American  Studies;  PS251.  300.  346.  350.  351.  353. 

354.  355.  356.  357.  358.  359 
Political  Theory;  PS360.  361.  362 
Public  Policv  and  Administration:  PS250,  370.  371.  444 
Internationa!  Studies:  PS280.  282.  283.  285.  320.  32 1 . 

380.  382.  383.  384.  385.  386.  387.  388.  389  (4) 
General  Political  Science:  PS300  (strongly  recommended). 

PS377.  480.  48 1 .  482.  485.  493 


53-.55 


0-6 


33 


3sh(2) 
*sh(3) 
30sh 


The  Colle:^c  of  Humanities  ami  Social  Sciences-H5 


Other  Requirements:  Prelaw  interdisciplinan.  minor 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas 
Business:  BU35.  AG201.  AG202 
Criminolog\ :  CR210.  CR260.  CR357 
Economics:  ECi:i.  EC122.  EC332 
English:  EN2I3.  EN220.  EN3I0 
Hislor\:  HI32n.  HI321 .  HI346 
Philosophy:  PHlOl,  PH222.  PH450 

Free  Electives: 


15-21  Major: 

Required  courses: 

PS  101      World  Politics 
PSIII      American  Politics 
Interdisciplinary  Sequence: 
Cultural  specialization  sequence 

Other  Requirements: 

12-26  Free  Electives: 


33 


3sh 

*sh(2) 

I5sh(3) 

l.'ish(4) 

0(51 

30-38 

Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 

1 1 )     Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  PSIOI  satisfies  non- Western  requirement. 

(3)  Credit  for  PSI 1 1  is  counted  in  the  Liberal  Studies  requirements. 

(4)  PS280  and/or  PS2S5  recommended  as  prerequisite  to  PS3S0 
throuah  PS389. 


Bachelor  of  .Art.s — Government  and  Public  Service 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  \\.\  2 1 7 

Social  Science:  EC  1 2 1.  PC  101.  SOI  5 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  CO  101.  no  courses  with  PS  prefi,\ 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  LeveK  1 1 

Major:  39 

Required  courses: 

PSI  11      American  Politics  3sh 

PS250     Public  Policy  3sh 

PS251      Stale  and  Local  Political  Systems  3sh 

PS300     Research  and  .Methods  in  Political  Science  3sh 

PS370      Introduction  to  Public  Administration  3sh 

PS37I      Issues  in  Public  .Administration  3sh 

PC3.30     Social  Psychology  3sh 

EC335     Public  Finance  3.sh(2) 

EC3.36    State  and  Local  Finance  3sh(2) 

S0458     Political  Sociology  3sh(3) 

Controlled  electives:  9sh 
Three  courses  from  list:  PS350.  351.  352.  353.  354.  355. 
358.  377.  444.  48 1 .  482.  485.  493 


Other  Requirements: 

One  course  from  communications  areas 

(English.  Journalism.  Communications  Media)  as 

approved  by  adviser 
Interdisciplinary  minor 

Government  Management 

Personnel  Administration 

Financial  Administration 

Planning 


3sh 


ISsh 


Free  Electives: 


3-11 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


(I I     Inicrmcdialc-lcvcl  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  the  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  Approved  substitutes  for  EC335  and  EC336:  EC283,  332.  333.  373. 

(3)  Approved  substitutes  for  .S0458:  S0335.  345.  303. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Political  Science/International  .Studies 


Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  m  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  loll(»wmg  specilicalions: 

S<K.ialSciencc:PSIII 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  PS  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Inlermedialc  l^veK  I ) 


53-.55 


0-6 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 

( 1 1      Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives.  Only  courses  300  level  and  beyond  may  count  in  the  cultural 
specialization  sequence. 

(2)  Credit  for  PSI  1 1  is  included  with  Liberal  Studies. 

(3)  The  interdisciplinary  sequence  includes  an  introductory  or  comparative 
international  course  from  each  of  five  social  science  disciplines: 
anthropology,  economics,  geography,  history,  political  science,  and 
sociology.  Selection  depends  on  goaKsl  of  major  and  should  be  planned 
in  consultation  with  the  International  Studies  adviser. 

(4)  The  specialization  sequence  focuses  on  one  area  or  culture  and  three 
disciplines:  econiomic  systems,  political  systems,  language,  literature, 
history,  geography.  Currently  three  specializations  are  offered:  Latin 
America,  the  Far  East  and  Soviet  Studies.  Consult  with  adviser  for 
planning  course  selection. 

(5)  Majors  are  strongly  encouraged  to  take  advantage  of  the  stud)  abroad 
opportunities  available  throuogh  lUP  department  programs  and  exchange 
opportunities  available  through  the  Center  for  International  Studies. 


Minor — Political  Science 
Minor 

Required  courses: 

PS  101      World  Politics 
PS  1 1  1      American  Politics 

Controlled  electives: 

Three  additional  PS  courses 


15 


3sh 
3sh 

9sh 


Minor — International  Studies 

Minor  IS 

Required  courses: 

PSIOI      World  Politics 
PS  1 1  I      .American  Politics 
Controlled  electives: 

Interdisciplinary  sequence  (see  major) 

( I )     Credit  counted  with  Liberal  Studies  Social  Sciences. 


3sh 

*sh( 1 ) 

1 5sh 


Sociology -A  nthropology  Department 

Thomas  Nowak,  Chairperson;  Ackerman,  Chaiken, 
Conelly,  (Jarcia,  (londolf,  (irant,  Holt/,  Hunter, 
Kruckman,  Maracle,  P.  Neusius,  S.  Neusius,  Olin-Fahle, 
Ravvleinh,  Reynolds,  Sanderson,  Snvder;  and  professors 
emeriti  Lanham  and  Newhill 

The  Dcparlmcnt  ol  Sociology-.Anthropology  provides  opportunity  for  studies  in 
sociology  and  anthropology.  Students  can  pursue  academic  and  applied  careers 
in  sociology  and  aiuhropology  (e.g..  Clinical  Sociology,  Applied  Social  Re- 
search, Cultural  Resource  Management.  Archaeology).  Each  discipline  conccn- 
Irales  upon  human  social  life  but  emphasizes  different  aspects  of  thai  life.  The 
discipline  of  sociology  focuses  primarily  upon  the  analysis  of  modern  industrial 
societies  by  examining  their  basic  patterns  of  social  organization,  (he  changes 
produced  within  these  patterns,  and  the  impact  of  these  pallcrns  on  the  thought 
and  action  of  human  beings.  Anthropology  emphasizes  the  study  of  human 
biological  and  cultural  evolulion  within  its  lour  subfields:  sociocultural 
anthropology,  physical  anthropology,  linguistics,  and  archaeology.  Majors  in 
sociology  may  select  from  one  of  Ihiee  concenlialions  or  "tracks:"  general 
sociology,  clinical  sociology,  and  applied  research.  Those  students  selecting 


86-Indiana  University  of  Peimsylrania 


anthropology  as  a  major  may  choose  from  the  following:  general  anthropology, 
archaeology,  applied  anthropology.  Detailed  descriptions  of  each  option  may  be 
obtained  from  the  department  office. 

The  degree  tracks  offered  by  the  department  are  relevant  to  a  variety  of  careers 
and  lifetime  undertakings.  Majors  have  employment  opportunities  in  profes- 
sional service,  government,  or  national  or  international  research  orgiinizations. 
Those  v\  ho  go  on  to  do  graduate  work  find  appointments  at  higher  levels  and  in 
college  teaching.  Students  graduating  in  sociology  and  anthropology,  as  in  any 
of  the  social  sciences,  are  in  demand  by  employers  in  business  and  industry. 
Majors  who  choose  an  applied  sociological  or  anthropological  track  are  success- 
ful in  finding  employment  in  research  or  counseling  within  a  diverse  set  of 
organizations  in  various  capacities  (e.g..  social  service  worker,  juvenile  counse- 
lor, medical  .sociologist,  gerontologist.  etc.).  Students  in  archaeology  also  may 
apply  their  knowledge  of  historic  preservation  in  private  sector  employment. 
Those  students  obtaining  applied  anthropology  skills  have  many  employment 
opportunities  in  cross-cultural  settings. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — General  Anthropology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-54 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Social  Science:  S0151  (recommended) 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  COIOI  (recommended). 
no  courses  with  AN  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

AN2I1    Cultural  Anthropology  3sh 

AN222    Biological  Anthropology  3sh 

AN233    Language  and  Culture  3sh 

AN244    Basic  Archaeology  3sh 

AN456    Field  Research  Methods  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  theory  course: 

AN480    Anthropology  Seminar  or  3sh 

S0447     Modem  Sociological  Theory  (2) 

Three  courses  in  Topical  Area  Ethnography  such  as:  9sh 

AN27I     Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa 

AN272    Cultural  Area  Study:  China 

AN273    Cultural  .Area  Studies:  Southeast  Asia 

AN314    Native  Americans 

Two  additional  ."^N  electives  (300  or  400  level)  6sh 


0-6 


33 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

37-38 

Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 


( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  S0447.  Modem  Sociological  Theory  may  be  taken  only  with  approval  of 
the  adviser. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Anthropology/Archaeology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  tbilow  ing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA2I7 

Natural  Science:  GSI21/122-13I/132  (recommended) 

Social  Science:  S0151  (recommended) 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  COIOI  (recommended). 

no  courses  with  AN  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intemiediate  Level  ( 1 ) 


53-54 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

AN211    Cultural  Anthropology 


0-6 


36 


AN222    Biological  Anthropology  3sh 

AN233    Language  and  Culture  3sh 

AN244    Basic  Archaeology  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 
Three  methods  courses: 

AN317    Archaeological  Research  Design  and  Analysis  3sh 

AN320    Archaeological  Field  School  (2)  6sh 

AN415    Cultural  Resource  Management  3sh 

One  theory  course: 

AN480    Anthropology  Seminar  (!/■  3sh 

S0447     Modem  Sociological  Theory  (3) 
Two  area  courses  such  as: 

AN315    North  American  .Archaeology  or  3sh 

AN213    World  Archaeology 

AN314    Native  .Americans  (ir  3sh 

AN27 1/272/273  CuUure  Area  Study 
One  topical  course  such  as: 

AN401    Sociocultural  Change  ())•  3sh 

AN420    Cultural  Ecology 

Other  Requirements: 


Free  Electives:  (2)(4) 


0 

37-38 
Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 


( 1 )  Intemiediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  For  approval  by  adviser,  an  equivalent  field  school  of  another 
university  must  have  a  lab  component. 

(3)  S0447.  Modem  Sociological  Theory  may  be  taken  only  with  approval  of 
the  advisor. 

(4)  ,A  minor  in  Goeoscience.  Geography.  History,  or  other  approved  field  is 
recommended.  An  intemship  (AN493)  also  is  recommended.  Your 
adviser  should  be  consulted. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Anthropology/Applied  Anthropology 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-54 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  M.A2I7 

Social  Science:  S015I  (recommended) 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  COIOI.  no  courses  with  AN  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

AN211     Cultural  Anthropology 

AN222    Biological  Anthropology 

AN233    Language  and  Culture 

AN244    Basic  Archaeology 
Controlled  electives: 

Two  methods  courses: 

AN360    Applied  Anthropology 

AN456    Field  Research  Methods 

One  theory  course: 

AN480    Anthropology  Seininar  itr 

S0447     Modem  Social  lheory(2) 

One  area  course: 

AN314    Native  Americans  or 

AN27 1/272/273  Culture  Area  Study 

Two  additional  AN  electives  (300  or  400  level) 

Intemship  in  .Anthropology  (3) 

Other  Requirements:  (recommended) 
EN322    Technical  Writing 
S023 1     Contemporary  Social  Problems 
S0457     Computer  Use  in  Sociology 


0-6 


36 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


3sh 

6sh 
6sh 


Free  Electives: 


3sh 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 


34-3.' 

% 


The  Collciic  of  Humaniiies  and  Social  Scieiices-87 


( 1 )  Inlermediale-level  Foreign  Language  nia>  he  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  S0447:  Modem  Social  Theor>  may  be  taken  onl\  with  pemiission  of 
the  adviser. 

(3)  Internship  is  highly  recommended  but  may  be  replaced  by  6sh  ot 
pragmatic  skill  cour.es  upon  approval  of  adviser. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Sociology/General  Sociology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

«  uh  the  follow  ing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  M.A2 1 7  recommended 
,    Social  Science:  SO  15 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  SO  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

SOI 5 1     Principles  of  Sociology 
S0231     Contemporary  Social  Problems 
S0447     Modem  Sociological  Theory 
S0455     Social  Research  Methods 
Controlled  electives: 

Social  Institutions:  S0336.  340.  341.  348.  352.  421, 

458. 459 
Social  Structures  and  Processes:  AN319.  SO302,  303. 

334.  338.  339.  345.  405.  435 
Social  Problems:  S0231.  251.  332,  333.  335.  354.  357. 

427.  428 
Cross-cultural  Studies:  .AN21 1.  312.  316.  444.  S0233. 

237.314.322.337,342.371 
Theory  and  Research:  AN3 1 7.  32 1 .  SO30 1 .  443.  449.  456. 

457 


0-6 


*sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
18sh(2l 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electl\es: 


0 

36-44 

Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 


( 1 )  Inlermediale-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  It  is  suggested  that  students  who  wish  a  broad  education  in 
sociology  lake  at  least  one  course  in  each  of  the  substantive  areas. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Sociology/Clinical  Sociology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  ,As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  lollowing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217  recommended 

Social  Science:  SOI5I  required.  AN  1 10  and  PC  10 1  recommended 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  SO  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I ) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

SOI5I     Principles  of  Sociology  *sh 

SO-301     Clinical  Sociological  Theory  3sh 

SO.V)2     Clinical  Sociological  Practice  3sh 

SO.W3     Social  and  Cultural  Change  3sh 

S0447     .Mtxiem  Sociological  Theory  3sh 

S0455     SiKial  Research  Methods  3sh 

S0493     Internship  in  .Sociology  1 2sh 

'    inlrolled  electives:  One  substantive  area  (2)  l.5sh(3) 

Medical  S(x:iology:  AN444  or  .S0.342.  and  4  courses 

from  list:  AN222.  444.  BII5I  or  1.55,  EC3.3.5, 

FN2I2,  PC.32I.  .378.  .S0231.  3.16.  342.  .157.  4.S9 
Gerontology:  PC378  or  S0357.  and  4  courses  from 

list:  AN444.  EC335.  GE360,  PC312.  378. 

S023I.  251.  .336.  .342.  .352.  .3.57 
Juvenile  Delinquency:  CR45I  or  S0333,  and  4 


42 


courses  from  list:  CR102,  270,  361,  370,  451, 

GE432,  H1374,  S023 1.  332.  333.  336,  3.19,  345,  435 
Interpersonal  and  Family  Sociology:  S0322  or  336  or 

345,  and  4  courses  fromTist:  HE2 1 8.  224.  PC3 1 1 , 

321.  330.  S0251.  322.  335.  336.  339.  345.  354,  427, 

428,  435 
Labor  and  Industry:  SO340  or  348.  and  4  courses 

from  list:  EC3.10.  350.  371.  372.  373.  HI373. 

LR426.  480.  PC420.  S023 1 .  303.  340.  348.  435.  443. 

458 
Comniunitv  Development:  S0339.  and  4  courses 

from  list:  AN271.  272,  314,  EC336,  383.  FN402. 

GE331.  332.  360.  PS25I.  354.  S0231.  333.  336.  338, 

339,341,3.54 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

21-29 

Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


53-55 


( 1 1      Intemiediale-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 

Studies  electives. 
(2)     Students  may  create  their  own  substantive  area  with  the  approval 

of  the  department  chairperson. 
(3j     At  least  two  courses  in  any  substantive  area  must  be  SO 

(Sociology)  courses. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Sociology/Applied  Social  Research 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA2I7 

Social  Science:  S0151  required.  .ANl  10  recommended 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  COlOl .  no  courses  with  SO  prefix 


College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intemiediate  Level  (1 ) 

Major:  42 

Required  courses: 

S0151      Principles  of  Sociology  *sh 

S0447     Modem  Sociological  Theory  3sh 

50455  Social  Research  Methods  3sh 

50456  Field  Research  Methods  3sh 

50457  Computer  Use  in  Sociology  3sh 

50458  Political  Sociology  3sh 
S0471     Internship  in  Sociology                                            I2sh 

Controlled  electives:  One  substantive  area(2)  I5sh(3) 

Medical  Sociology:  AN444  or  S0342.  and  4  courses 

from  list':  AN222,  444,  BI151  or  155,  EC335. 

FN2 1 2.  GE360,  PC32 1 ,  378.  S023 1 .  335.  336.  342. 

357.  4.59 
Gerontology:  PC378  or  S0357,  and  4  courses  from 

list:  AN444.  EC3.35.  360.  GE360,  PC312,  378,  S0231. 

251,336,  .142,  352.  357,  378 
Juvenile  Delinquency:  CR451  or  S0333,  and  4  courses 

liom  list:  CRI02,  270,  .161.  370.  451.  GE432. 

HI174,  ,S0231.  332.  333,  336.  339,  .145,  435 
Inlcrpersonal  and  Family  Sociology:  S0322  or  335 

or  .146,  and  4  courses  from  list:  AN319.  HE2I8. 

224.  PC3 11.321,  330.  S025 1 .  322.  334.  335.  336. 

337,  3.19,  .145,  354,  427,  428,  4.15 
Labor  and  Industry:  SO340  or  348.  and  4  courses 

from  list:  F,C330,  350,  371,  372,  373.  HI373. 

LR426.  480.  PC420.  PS352,  .S023I.  .103.  334.  340, 

348,  435.  443,  458 
C'uinTnunily  Development:  S0339,  and  4  courses 

from  list:  AN271.  272,  314.  EC3.16,  383,  FN402. 

GE33 1 ,  332.  360,  PS25 1 ,  354.  S023 1 ,  333.  336. 

3.38,  3.19.  .14 1 ,  3.54 

Other  Requirements:  0 


88-lndianu  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

21-29 

Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


( 1 )  InleiTnediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  elective. 

(2)  Students  may  create  their  own  substantive  area  with  the  approval 
olthe  department  chaiiperson. 

(3)  At  least  two  courses  in  any  substantive  area  must  be  SO 
(Sociology)  courses. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Sciences 
Education/Anthropology  Concentration  (*) 

Ijjberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science'  AN  1 10.  SOI 5 1.  PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  EC  122.  GE230.  no  courses  with  AN  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence  ( 1 ) 

CM301    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242     Pre-student  Teaching  1 

ED342     Pre-student  Teaching  II 

ED441     Student  Teaching 

ED442     School  Law 

ED4.'i.')    Teaching  of  Social  Sciences  in  Secondary 

School 
EP202     Educational  Psychology 
EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurement 
FE202      American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 


53-.'i5 


30 


Major: 

Required  Anthropology  courses 
AN211     Cultural  Anthropology 
AN222    Biological  Anthropology 
AN233    Language  and  Culture 
AN244    Basic  Archaeology 
Two  areal  ethnography  courses 

(AN27'i.  AN272.  AN273.  or  AN314) 
Two  additional  .Anthropology  courses 

numbered  300  or  above 
History  Distributional  Requirements 

Any  two  History  courses  which  focus  on  the  U.S. 
Any  Non-Western  or  World  History  course 
Required  Social  Science  Distribution: 

PS280  or  PS285 

GE104.  GE252,  GE255.  GE256.  or  GE2.*i7 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives:  (2) 


3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
I2sh 
Ish 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

6sh 

6sh 

6sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


21 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 


0 

0-17 
124 


(*)     See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

1 1 )     Students  who  do  not  pass  a  special  education  competency  test  must  take 
EX300;  this  will  reduce  free  electives. 

(2)     If  certain  courses  are  chosen  for  Social  Sciences  major,  they  may  also 
fulfill  Liberal  Studies  requirements  and  permit  additional  free  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Sciences 
Education/Sociology  Concentration  (*) 


Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science':  PCIOI.  SO  151.  ECl 21 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  EC  122.  GE230.  PS346. 
no  courses  with  SO  prefix 

College: 


.'i3-.'i.'i 


30 


Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM30I    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242    Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342     Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED441     Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442     School  Law  Ish 

ED455    Teaching  of  Social  Sciences  in  Secondary  3sh 

School 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurement  3sh 

FE202     American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major: 

Required  Sociology  or  related  courses 

SO  1.51     Principles  of  Sociology  3sh 

S0231     Contemporary  Social  Problems  3sh 

S0447     Modem  Sociological  Theory  3sh 

S0455     Social  Research  Methods  3sh 

AN211     Cultural  Anthropology  3sh 

Controlled  Electives 

One  course  recommended  from  each  of  the  following 

3  areas  of  Sociology: 
Social  Structures  and  Processes:  S0336.  340.  341.  348.  352. 

421.458.459 
Social  Problems:  S0231.  251.  332.  333.  3.35.  3.54.  357.  427.  428 
Theory  and  Research:  AN317.  321;  SO301,  443.  449.  456.  457 

History  Distributional  Requirements 

Any  two  history  Courses  which  focus  on  the  U.S.  6sh 

Any  Non-Western  or  World  History  Course  3sh 

Required  Social  Science  Distribution 

GE20()  level  or  higher  3sh 

PS280orPS285  "  3sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives:  ( 1 ) 


36 


12 


C 

3-4 


(2 )  Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 

(*)     See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  .section  or 
Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

( 1 )  Students  who  do  not  pass  a  special  education  competency  test  must  take 
EX30();  this  will  reduce  their  free  electives  to  Ish. 

(2)  S015I  Principles  of  Sociology  is  counted  as  part  of  the  54-56sh  Liberal 
Studies  requirements. 


Minor — Anthropology 

Required  course: 

AN  110    Contemporary  Anthropology  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Four  additional  courses  in  Anthropology  1 2sh 


Minor — Sociology 

Required  course: 


S0151     Principles  of  Sociology 

3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  list:  S023I.  S0447.  S0455 

3sh 

Three  additional  courses  in  Sociology 

9sh 

Minor — Applied  Social  Research 

1 

Required  courses: 

S0455     Social  Research  Methods 

3sh 

S0456     Field  Research  Methods 

3sh 

S0457     Computer  Use  in  Sociology 

3sh 

S0458     Political  Sociology 

3sh 

Controlled  elective: 

Any  research  course  in  College  of  Humanities 

and  Social 

Sciences,  as  approved  by  department  chairperson 

3sh 

Optional  internship: 

AN493  or  S0493 

6sh 

The  Collt'iic  ofHiiniunilles  iiiul Social Scien(es-89 


Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Department 

Peter  Broad.  Chairperson;  Carranza.  Drescher,  Foltz, 
Glisan.  Hernandez,  MendizabaU  Miltz,  Smith,  Spieker, 
Thornton.  Torres-Rosado,  Young 

Tlic  Depanment  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  offers  a  varied  curriculum 
designed  to  provide  not  onl>  basic  language  instruction  in  Spanish.  Greek,  and 
Latin  but  also  the  more  advanced  competencies  needed  by  language  specialists 
jnd  students  hoping  to  take  advantage  of  an  international  study  experience.  For 
the  undergraduate  Sp;inish  major,  the  department  has  three  degree  programs: 
the  B.S.  in  Education,  the  B..\.  in  Spanish,  and  the  B.A.  in  Spanish  for  Inter- 
national Trade.  The  latter  degree  program  provides  solid  undergraduate  degree 
iraming  preparatory  to  an  M.B..-\.  in  International  Management. 

Students  majoring  in  Spanish  will  acquire  proficiency  in  all  phases  of  the  lan- 
guage and  enter  more  deeply  into  the  history,  culture,  and  literature  of  Spanish- 
speaking  countries.  Spanish  majors  generally  find  employment  in  government 
v^■ork.  librarianship.  journalism,  foreign  trade,  airlines,  tourism,  business,  and 
leaching.  Students  choosing  careers  as  secondary  school  teachers  will  find  the 
close  super\  ision  and  ad\  anced  methodology  offered  by  the  department  a 
distinct  asset. 

College  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  and  College  of 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  who  must  pass  an  intennediatc-level 
language  course  requirement  for  graduation,  may  choose  any  one  of  the  four 
languages  offered:  French.  German.  Latin,  and  Spanish.  Those  choosing  the 
Spanish  or  Latin  options  will  fulfill  the  requirement  by  successfully  complet- 
ing SP  201  or  SP  21 1  or  t.\  2(11.  Self-instruction  in  Critical  Languages  fulfills 
the  requirement  only  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences.  The 
.student  with  no  previous  foreign  language  study  will  take  SP1()1-102  or 
SPI 1 1  or  LA  101 -102  as  a  prerequisite:  the  credits  will  not  be  applicable  to 
any  college  or  department  requirements  (except  for  students  in  HRIM  who 
may  fulfill  their  six-hour  language  requirement  with  SPI  II  or  21 1  or  with  two 
four-hour  courses)  but  may  be  counted  as  general  electives  in  the  total  re- 
quired for  graduation.  Students  in  the  other  colleges  may  choose  to  take  one  of 
the  languages  offered  (at  the  intermediate  level)  in  fulfilling  the  requirements 
of  Liberal  Studies  eleclives. 

Students  with  previous  Spanish  study  in  high  school  will  be  placed  into  the 
appropriate  course  levels  by  means  of  a  written  departmental  exam,  admini- 
stered prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  semester.  In  addition,  as  deemed  necessary 
in  individual  cases,  students  may  be  required  to  take  an  oral  proficiency  test 
with  one  or  more  faculty  members  in  the  Spanish  depanment.  F.ach  student's 
individual  requirements  and  the  judgment  of  the  classroom  mstructors  will 
also  be  considered  in  placement.  No  student  judged  to  be  a  native  speaker  of 
Spanish  will  be  allowed  to  enroll  in  any  course  below  the  .lOO-level. 

Spanish  for  Klementarv  Education 

A  student  in  Elementary  Education  may  elect  a  concentration  of  m  semester 

hours  of  Spanish,  consisting  of  the  following: 

SP20I      or  cquivalcnl  4sh 

SP22I      Intermediate  Conversation  .^sh 

SP230      Intermediate  Composition  .^sh 

SP26f)     Introduction  to  Literature  .^sh 

SP321      Advanced  Conversation  .Ish 

SP404      Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  3sh 


internships  cannot  be  considered.  Students  enrolled  in  the  Spanish  for 
International  Trade  program  are  strongly  urged  to  do  an  internship  in  order  to 
gain  credibility  in  the  field  of  international  business.  Internships  are  available 
in  banking,  government,  social  work,  communications,  education,  marketing, 
and  many  other  fields,  .\nanging  an  internship  abroad  takes  considerable 
long-range  planning,  and  anyone  interested  should  contact  the  Spanish 
Department  at  least  three  months  in  advance. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Spanish 

Liberal  .Studies:  As  outlined  in  the  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  eleclives:  no  courses  with  SP  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

SP201      or  equivalent  4sh 

SP22 1      Intermediate  Conversation  3sh 

SP230      Intennediate  Composition  3sh 

SP260      Introduction  to  Literature  3sh 

SP321      Advanced  Conversation  3sh 

SP34        Hispanic  Civilization  through  the  19th  Century  3sh 

SP342/344  20th  C.  Spain/2()th  C.  Spanish-America  3sh 

SP404     Advanced  Grammar  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

At  least  one  course  from  those  numbered  410-431  3sh 

Any  other  nine  (9)  credits  in  courses  342  or  above  9sh 


53-55 


37 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

32-34 

Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Spanish  for  International  Trade 


Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 2 1 

Social  Science:  EC  12 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  GE252.  MA2I4.  no  course  with  SP  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major) 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

SP201      or  equivalent  4sh 

SP222     Intermediate  Conversation  (Business)  3sh 

SP230      Intennediate  Composition  3sh 

SP260      Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature  3sh 

SP32I      Advanced  Conversation  3sh 

SP340      Hispanic  Civilization  through  the  l'>ih  Cenliu-y  3sh 

SP4()4     Advanced  Grammar  3sh 

SP.342/344  20th  C.  Spain/20th  C.  Spanish-America  3sh 

SP3.'i4      Commercial  Spanish  3sh 


54-.';6 


34 


Study  Abroad  and  Internships 

Slud>  .Abroad:  The  university  has  established  study  abroad  centers  in  both 
Spain  and  Mexico.  The  program  in  Valladolid.  Spain,  is  a  second-semester- 
only  program,  whereas  the  one  in  Mexico  is  a  summer  program.  All  majors 
arc  encourage<l  to  participate  in  study  abroad;  nonniajors  are  also  accepted  into 
these  programs.  The  eighteen  hours  in  Spain  or  six  hours  in  Mexico  are 
applicable  to  a  major  or  a  minor  in  Spanish.  Students  interested  in  more 
information  should  contact  the  Spanish  department. 

Intern<ihip)i:  Internships  in  Spain  and  Mexico  are  available  through  the 
department.  All  internships  lake  place  during  the  summer  and  vary  from  six 
weeks  to  two  months  in  duration.  Internship  is  a  credit-bearing  course.  SP493. 
and  all  interns  are  enrolled  in  the  first  session  ol  summer  school.  Noncrcdil 


Controlled  Electives: 

Other  Spanish  Electives 

Other  Requirements:  Business  Sequence 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Comnuniicalions 

AG20I  Accounting  Principles  1 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  11 

BL23.'i  liitnuluclion  to  Business  Law 

EC122  Principles  of  I'conomics  II 

FI310  l-niance  I 

IM.^dO  Informations  Systems:  Theory  anil  Practice 

MC;3I0  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations 

MG330  Management  and  Production  Concepts 


6sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3.sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


36 


90-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MG495    Business  Policy 
1V1K320   Principles  of  Marketing 
QB215     Business  Statistics 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Free  Electives: 


Total  Degree  Requirements      1 24- 1 26 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Secondary  Spanish 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PC  10 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  SP  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242  Pre-Studeni  Teaching  1  ^ 

ED342  Pre-Studeni  Teaching  II 

ED44I  Student  Teaching 

ED442  School  Law 

ED453  Teaching  of  PL  in  Secondary  School 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

SP201  or  equivalent 

SP22I  Intermediate  Conversation 


3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
I2sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


4sh 
3sh 


30 


34 


SP230  Intermediate  Composition 

SP260  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature 

SP32I  Advanced  Conversation 

SP34()  Hispanic  Civilization 

SP342/344  20th  C.  Spain/20th  C.  Spanish-America 

SP353  Phonetics  and  Phonemics 

SP404  Ad\anced  Grammar 


Controlled  Electives: 

Anv  other  six  (6)  credits 


from  SP  300  or  above 


Free  Electives:  (recommended) 

ED49y     Multicultural/Multiethnic  Education 

EX3I)0     Eduacation  of  Exceptional  in  Regular  Classroom 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


6sh 


2sh 
3sh 


6-8 


Total  Degree  Requirements       1 24 

*)     See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 


Minor — Spanish 

Required  courses: 

SP20 1  or  equivalent  4sh 

SP22 1  Intermediate  Conversation  3sh 

SP230  Intermediate  Composition  3sh 

SP26()  Introduction  to  Literature  ,  3sh 

SP32 1  .Advanced  Conversation  3sh 

SP342/344  20th  C.  Spain/20th  C.  Spanish-America  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course:  SP340.  SP342.  SP344.  SP362.  SP364.  or  SP3.'i3        3sh 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathemaiics-91 


I 


The  College  of  Natural 
Sciences  and  Mathematics 

V\  illiam  (i.  Cale,  Dean 

One  ol  ihe  characierisiics  ol  ihe  twcmleth  century  is  the  marked  change  in  the 
relation  of  citizens  to  their  environment.  Space  probes,  orbiting  sateMites.  and 
productive  research  on  the  structure  and  synthesis  of  living  matter  have 
brought  to  the  forefront  for  reexamination  such  time-honored  queries  as. 
"What  is  the  nature  of  the  universe?"  or  "Can  people  control  their  natural 
environment?"  or  "Hovi'  did  life  begin?"  Correct  answers  to  these  and  other 
questions,  coupled  with  proper  application  of  this  know  ledge  for  humankinds 
betterment,  must  be  a  significant  part  of  the  goal  of  educated  people 
ever>  where. 

The  objectives  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  are  to 
acquaint  Ihe  student  with  the  kinds  of  problems  which  lend  themselves  to 
possible  solutions  through  the  use  of  science;  to  intrixluce  different  scientific 
techniques  through  significant  illustrative  experiences:  to  give  a  sense  of 
perspective  in  the  development  of  science:  and  to  develop  an  understanding  of 
the  basic  community  of  all  scientific  disciplines. 

Degrees 

The  departments  of  Biology.  Chemistry.  Computer  Science,  and  Physics  offer 
work  leading  to  either  a  Bachelor  of  Science  or  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree, 
depending  upon  the  specific  course  program  pursued.  The  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  is  awarded  for  successful  work  in  the  departments  of  f  ieoscience  and 
Mathematics.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  awarded  by  the  Department  of 
P%ychr)logy-  A  Bachelor  of  .Sciences  degree  is  also  awarded  in  Natural 
Sciences 


Several  departments  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
sponsor  Master  of  .Arts  or  Master  of  Science  degrees  in  the  university's 
Graduate  School.  The  Department  of  Psychology  offers  the  Doctor  of  Clinical 
Psychology  degree.  Infomialion  on  these  programs  should  be  obtained  from 
the  Graduate  School. 

Degree  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  university's  Liberal  Studies  requirements,  all  students 
seeking  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics  must  complete  the  requirements  for  a  major  as  established  by  the 
depanmenl  through  which  they  wish  to  specialize.  Statements  of  these 
requirements  and  for  minoring  in  a  specific  field  appear  in  the  department 
sections  that  follow .  A  double  major  or  minor  may  encompass  a  discipline 
outside  as  well  as  within  the  college  but  should  be  selected  only  with  adviser 
approval.  As  a  general  principle,  there  is  considerable  latitude  in  course  choice 
for  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  majors:  for  specifically  required 
courses,  substitution  in  any  program  must  have  the  written  approval  of  the 
student's  department  chairperson  or  the  college  dean.  The  intermediate  series 
foreign  language  requirement  (a  description  follous)  applies  without 
exception  to  all  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  degrees. 

The  Foreign  Language  Requirement 

Unless  otherwise  indicated,  each  department  adheres  to  the  following  foreign 
language  requirement: 

A  candidate  for  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must 
demonstrate  a  proficiency  in  a  foreign  language  equivalent  to  that  attained 
upon  completion  of  two  years  of  college  instruction  in  that  language.  This 
requirement  may  be  met  by 

a.  successful  completion  of  the  intermediate  level  in  a  specific  language:  or 

b.  successful  completion  of  an  exemption  or  credit  examination  in  lieu  of  the 
above. 

Any  foreign  student,  registered  as  such  at  lUP.  whose  acquired  native 
language  is  other  than  English  and  who  demonstrates  an  acceptable 
proficiency  in  English,  is  exempt  from  the  foreign  language  requirement  for  a 
Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  degree  if  the  department  he/she  is  majoring 
in  does  not  require  a  specific  language  not  thus  covered. 

Preprofessional  Programs 

The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  offers  preprofessional 
programs  for  the  preparation  of  students  for  acceptance  by  a  professional 
school:  pre-dental.  pre-medical  (including  osteopathic  medicine),  and  pre- 
veterinary  medicine.  In  addition,  the  college  offers  a  major  in  the  Natural 
Sciences  for  those  students  whose  goal  is  pharmacy  or  pharmacology, 
optometry .  podiatry,  or  sitnilar  professional  field.  All  programs  are  so 
designed  that,  should  work  at  a  professional  school  not  ensue,  the  student  may 
earn  an  IL'P  baccalaureate  degree,  provided  he/she  has  been  faithful  to  faculty 
advisement. 

The  preprofessional  health  programs  in  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
presuppose  that  the  student  has  an  excellent  background  in  Ihe  high  school 
sciences  and  mathematics  or  will  prove  to  be  an  excellent  college  student. 
Because  admission  standards  at  most  professional  schools  are  very  high, 
students  desiring  preprofessional  preparation  for  any  of  these  fields  will  find  it 
advantageous  to  major  in  the  basic  department  discipline,  making  known  to 
the  department  chairperson  their  eventual  goal  but  delaying  explicit  affiliation 
with  the  preprofessional  program  until  they  have  established  themselves 
academically  at  the  college  level.  Commitment  to  any  preprolessional  program 
should  be  made  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  student's  fourth  semester. 

Students  interested  in  the  related  health  fields  (dentistry,  pharmacy,  optometry, 
physical  therapy,  podiatry,  etc.)  should  consult  with  the  college's  natural 
sciences  coordinator  during  their  first  semester  of  lUP  attendance  or  as  soon 
thereafter  as  possible. 

C()()perati\e  Programs 

lUP  has  been  fortunate  to  enter  into  cooperative  agreements  with  a  number  of 
outstanding  institutions  to  provide  significant  career  opportunities  to  our 
students.  These  formal  agreements  provide  for  accelerated  graduate  or 
professional  degree  programs  or  carefully  planned  and  coordinated 
undergraduate  programming  with  the  cooperating  institution.  Programs  are 
intended  to  assure  acceptance  of  properly  qualified  stuilents  by  the  cooperating 
professional  schools.  Additional  information  concerning  the  specific  programs 
can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  academic  department  in  this  catalog. 


92-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Engineering  I  See  Department  of  Physics) 

Drexel  Uni\  ersit\  -  the  program  combines  the  opportunit\-  for  two  years  of 
study  at  lUP  w  ith  the  remaining  three  \  ears  of  study  as  part  of  the  Drexel  plan 
of  cooperati\e  education.  A  student  completing  this  program  will  receive  a 
bachelor's  degree  in  engineering  from  Drexel  Uni\ersii> . 

University  of  Pittsburgh  -  the  program  will  allow  the  student  to  enroll  at  lUP 
for  the  first  three  years  of  college  and  conclude  degree  work  b>  enrolling  in  an 
engineering  program  ai  the  Uni\ersitv  of  Pittsburgh  for  the  last  two  \ ears.  The 
student  w  ill  earn  a  B.S.  degree  in  Natural  Science  from  IL'P  and  the 
appropriate  engineering  degree  from  the  L  ni\  ersity  of  Pittsburgh:  see  the 
Natural  Science  section  for  lUP  degree  requirements. 

Family  Medicine  (See  Depanmeni  of  Biolog\  I 

Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Thomas  Jefferson  Uni\'ersity  -  the  program  is 

designed  to  increase  the  opponunities  for  lUP  smdents  to  be  admitted  to 

Jefferson  Medical  College  in  the  Famil>  Medicine  Program  designed  to 

provide  physicians  to  rural  communities  in  Permsyhania  where  there  is  a 

shortage. 

Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies  (See  Department  of  Biology) 
Duke  Universitv  -  the  program  is  designed  to  coordinate  the  education  of 
students  from  IL  P  w  iih  the  graduate  programs  in  forestry  and  en\  ironmenial 
manaaement  offered  at  Duke  Universitv. 


Biology  Department 


.Allan  T.  .Andrew.  Chairperson:  .\lico.  .Ash-Johnson, 
Baker.  Browe.  Butler.  Charnego.  Ciskowski.  Dietrich. 
Ferrence.  Forbes.  Gendron.  Hulse.  Humphreys.  Kesner. 
Linzey.  Lord.  Luciano.  Nastase.  Newell.  Peard.  Peterson, 
Pickering,  Pistole.  Prezant.  Schrock.  Simmons.  Winstead; 
and  professors  emeriti  Hoffmaster.  Liegey.  Moore,  and 
Stapleton 

Degrees  offered  by  the  biology  department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Biologv .  the  Bachelor  of  .Arts  in  Biology,  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
En\  ironmental  Health,  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a 
Biology  major.  The  first  three  degree  programs  are  under  the  College  of 
Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and  the  fourth  is  under  the  College  of 
Education.  The  department  also  offers  a  Biology  minor. 

The  program  leading  to  a  B.S.  in  Biologv  is  designed  to  provide  maximum 
depth  in  the  sciences  and  mathematics  w  ith  minimum  elective  opponunity. 
Students  w  ho  plan  to  anend  graduate  school  or  professional  schools  such  as 
those  in  human  or  veterinarv  medicine  most  often  choose  this  program  of 
studies. 


Podiatry  (See  Natural  Science) 

PennsN  1\  ania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  -  the  program  is  designed  to 

accelerate  the  professional  training  of  lUP  students  in  the  field  of  podiatry. 

Optometry  (See  Natural  Sciences) 

PennsN  h  ania  College  of  Optometn  -  the  program  is  designed  to  accelerate  the 

professional  training  of  IL'P  students  in  the  field  of  optometrv'. 

Marine  Science  Consortium 

College  majors  ma\  be  interested  in  the  programs  available  through  the 
Marine  Science  Consortium.  The  Marine  Science  Consortium  was  established 
in  1968  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  teaching  and  research  in  the  marine 
sciences.  The  participating  institutions  include  IL'P  and  thirteen  other  colleges 
and  universities.  .Although  no  separate  major  in  the  Marine  Sciences  exists, 
elective  courses  may  be  taken  and  credited  low  ard  undergraduate  curriculums 
in  Biology.  Geology.  Geography,  and  Earth  Science.  The  Marine  Science 
Consortium  offers  fi\ e  three-week  sessions  during  the  summer  at  the  N.AS.\- 
Wallops  Island  Station.  Virginia.  .N'ormallv .  several  research  cruises  are 
offered  each  summer. 

Students  must  register  for  credit  and  pa\  credit  fees  to  a  participating 
institution.  Room  and  board  fees  are  paid  to  the  consortium.  .Applications  for 
all  summer  sessions  must  be  submitted  to  the  institutional  director  by  .April  1. 
Students  must  be  accepted  b>  the  consortium  before  registering  at  a 
participating  institution.  See  section  on  Marine  Science  Consortium  for  a 
listing  of  courses.  For  brochure,  summer  bulletin,  and  application  forms, 
contact  Dr.  Ra>  L.  Winstead.  Biolog\.  or  Dr.  Darlene  S.  Richardson. 
Geoscience.  who  are  the  ILP  directors  and  assist  students  in  program 
planning. 

Internship  Programs 

Se\  eral  depanments  ha\  e  established  programs  under  which  students  engage 
in  an  off-campus  supervised  work  experience  for  credit. 

For  more  information  about  specific  Internship  programs,  students  should 
consult  with  the  chairperson  of  the  depanment  in  which  the  student  is 
majoring.  Low-income  students  eligible  for  internships  may  receive  federal- 
state  funding. 


The  program  leading  to  a  B..A.  in  Biology  is  designed  to  reduce  the 
requirement  in  sciences  and  mathematics  and  allow  for  greater  electi%  e  choice 
from  di\  erse  fields.  Unspecialized  career  plans  can  be  best  accommodated 
« ith  this  program. 

The  Environmental  Health  program  is  a  preparation  for  emplov'ment  in  local, 
state,  and  federal  agencies  and  industry .  Betw  een  the  junior  and  senior  year, 
each  student  should  sen  e  an  internship  w  ith  a  governmental  agency  or  an 
industrial  concern. 

The  program  leading  to  the  B.S.  in  Education  with  a  Biology  major  is 
designed  to  prepare  for  certification  in  public  school  teaching. 

Note:  The  biology  department  cooperates  in  programs  with  Jefferson  Medical 
College.  Duke  L'niversity  School  of  Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies,  and 
Marine  Science  Consortium.  Inc. 

Duke  Cooperative  College  Program  in  Forestry  and 
En\  ironmental  Studies 

The  Cooperative  College  program  « ith  the  Duke  Unix  ersity  School  of 
Forestrx  and  Environmental  Studies  is  designed  to  coordinate  the 
undergraduate  education  of  students  at  IL'P  w  ith  graduate  programs  in  the 
areas  of  resources  and  environment  offered  at  Duke.  Lndergraduale  majors  in 
one  of  the  natural  sciences,  mathematics,  economics,  business,  or  political 
science  are  suited  to  the  program.  Preparation  for  the  Duke  program  should 
include  at  least  one  >ear  each  of  biologv  w  ith  work  in  botany,  economics  vvith 
a  significant  component  of  microeconomics,  and  mathematics  which  should 
include  calculus,  computer  science,  and  statistics.  Applicants  to  the  Duke 
program  who  haxe  completed  courses  in  ecology,  chemistrv.  geology,  physics 
and  a  foreign  language  or  additional  courses  in  biologv.  economics,  and 
mathematics  w  ill  be  gi\  en  preferential  consideration.  Students  are  accepted  in 
either  of  two  degree  programs  at  Duke:  the  Master  of  Forestry  (M.F. )  or 
Master  of  Enviroimiental  Management  (M.E.M.). 

Students  ma\  be  accepted  into  the  Duke  graduate  program  after  three  years  of 
high-quality  undergraduate  study  at  IL'P  or  upon  completion  of  the 
baccalaureate.  Students  who  qualifv  after  three  \ears  viill  have  completed 
most  of  the  undergraduate  degree  requirements  at  IL'P  except  for  total  hours. 
Courses  at  Duke  will  be  applied  to  the  bachelor's  degree  at  IL'P.  Dr.  Gould  F. 
Schrock.  Department  of  Biologv .  is  the  facultv  adviser  at  lUP  and  assists 
students  in  program  planning. 

Jefferson  Medical  College-IL  P 
Physician  Shortage  .Area  Program 

.A  cooperali\e  FamiK  Sledicine  Ph\  sician  Education  Program  has  been 
established  by  IL'P  and  Jefferson  .Medical  College  of  Thomas  Jefferson 
L'ni\ersit\  in  Philadelphia  for  the  purpose  of  impro\  ing  the  distribution  of 
ph\  sicians  in  Pennsylvania.  The  program  is  designed  to  increase  the 
opportunities  for  \oung  women  and  men  to  practice  famil>  medicine  in  the 
rural  communities  of  Pennsylvania  w  here  there  is  a  shortage  of  physicians. 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Malhenuitics-93 


The  program  at  Jefferson  Medical  College  w  ill  admil  approximately  four 
graduates  of  ILP  and  twenty  graduates  of  other  colleges  each  year.  Students 
from  ILP  \v  ill  be  admitted  onl\  if  properly  qualified  according  to  the 
admission  standards  and  policies  of  Jefferson  Medical  College.  Applications 
are  reviewed  b\  the  Joint  lUP-Jefferson  Subcommittee  and  recommendations 
made  to  the  Jefferson  Committee  on  .Admissions. 

Admission  to  Jefferson  Medical  College 

.A  strong  preparation  in  the  sciences  and  mathematics  basic  to  medical  school 
studies  is  required.  .A  variety  of  college  course  formats  and  combinations, 
including  biology,  general  and  organic  chemistry,  and  physics  is  a  minimum. 
Courses  taken  to  meet  the  basic  requirements  should  be  rigorous  and,  in 
general,  comparable  to  courses  accepted  for  concentration  in  these  disciplines. 
Courses  taken  should  be  supplemented  b\  laboratory  experiences.  Students 
may  take  upper-level  science  courses  out  of  educational  interest  or  to  fulfill 
Ihe  requirements  of  their  major.  Taking  additional  science  courses  that  cover 
material  taught  within  the  medical  school  curriculum  is  not  helpful  to  gain 
admission. 

Breadth  of  education  is  expected.  Pursuit  of  some  discipline  in  depth  is 
encouraged.  .A  successful  medical  student  must  actively  acquire,  synthesize. 
apply,  and  communicate  information.  These  are  skills  which  can  be  developed 
through  a  great  variety  of  academic  disciplines.  Studies  in  the  huinanities  and 
the  social  and  behavioral  sciences  and  development  of  effective  writing  skills 
are  strongly  suggested.  .Additional  requirements  for  admission  can  be  found  in 
"Information  for  Prospective  Students."  published  by  Jefferson  Medical 
College. 

StudenLs  who  qualify  for  the  Physician  Shortage  Area  Program  (PSAP)  must 
certify  their  intentions  to  adhere  to  the  follovv  ing  plan  of  education  and 
practice:  (al  complete  the  family  medicine  curriculum  during  their  four  years 
of  medical  education  at  Jefferson  -Vledical  College,  including  a  six-week 
clerkship  in  a  rural  area;  (b)  complete  a  three-year  family  medicine  residency; 
and  (CI  agree  to  practice  family  medicine  in  an  underser^ed  area.  Preference 
will  be  given  to  Pennsylvania  residents  who  are  interested  in  this  program. 
with  highest  priority  given  to  those  who  actually  live,  at  the  time  of 
application,  in  the  underserved  area  in  which  they  hope  to  practice.  (The  pre- 
medical  adviser  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  will  assist 
students  in  program  planning.! 

In  the  programs  of  study  that  follow,  no  more  than  six  semester  hours  in 
aggregate  from  internships,  independent  study,  and  special  topics  may  be 
counted  toward  biology  course  requirements.  Credits  beyond  six  earned  from 
these  sources  are  counted  as  seneral  electives. 


(2)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Biology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  .MA  1 21 

Natural  Science:  CHI  HI  12 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  w  iih  BI  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

BIU).";      Cell  Biology 

BIIKI      Plant  Biology 

BI  1 20      Animal  Biology 

BI26.1      Genetics 

IJI4K0      Biology  Seminar 

iitrolled  electives: 

Biology  electives  (major  courses  only) 

Other  Requirements: 

(  hcmisirv  sequence 

CH2.'  I     Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH.I.SI     Biochemistry 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Levek2) 


.■is-se 


27 


4sh 
5sh 
5sh 
3sh 
Ish 

9sh( 1 ) 


S-14 


4sh 

4sh 

0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


27-.14 


Total  Decree  Requirements:       1 24 


(I)    No  more  than  6sh  total  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics, 
Internship  applies  to  major;  excess  applied  as  free  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Biology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
v\ith  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  NL-\12I 

Natural  Science:  PY 1 1 1/1 2 1  - 1 1 2/1 22 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  M.AI22  OR  M.-\216.  no  courses  with  BI 
prefix 


.S6-57 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

BIIO.S      Cell  Biology 

BIIIO      Plant  Biology 

BI120     Animal  Biology 

BI263      Genetics 

BI480      Biology  Seminar 
Controlled  electives: 

Biology  electives  (major  courses  only) 

Other  Requirements: 

Chemistrv  sequence 
CHlli 
CH112 
CH23I 
CH232 
CH.351 


33 


4sh 
5sh 
.Ssh 
3sh 
Ish 

15sh(l) 


20-26 


General  Chemistry  I 
General  Chemistrv  II 
Organic  Chemistry  1 
Organic  Chemistrv  11 
Biochemistry 


Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level(2) 


4sh 

4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


8-18 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


( 1 )  No  more  than  fish  total  from  Independent  Study.  Special  Topics,  or 
Internship  applies  to  major:  excess  applied  as  free  electives. 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Biology  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

.Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  .Science:  PYl  1 1/121-1 12/122 

Social  Science:  PCIOl 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  w  iih  BI  prefix 

College:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  I  Ish 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  II  1  sh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442  School  Law        '  Ish 

ED45I  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  Schools  3sh 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measures  3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major:  30 

Required  courses: 

Bll()3      General  Biology  I  4sh 

BII()4      General  Biology  U  4sh 

BIllO      Plant  Biology  5sh 

BI120      Animal  Biology  5sh 

BI361      Microbiology  3sh 

BI480      Biology  .Seminar  Ish 

Controlled  electives: 

Biology  electives:  (major  courses  only)  BI  105,  Ksh(  1 ) 

BI263.  and  BI362  recommended 

Other  Keqiiiremenls:  16 

Chemistry  sequence: 


94-liidiana  Uiiivcrsiiy  nf  Fciiiisyluiiiia 


CHI  11 
CH112 
CH231 
CH351 

Free  Electives: 


General  Chemislry  I 
General  Chemistry  II 
Organic  Chemistry  1 
Biochemistry 


4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:      1 30- 1 3 1 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

( 1 )    No  more  than  6sh  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics.  Internship 
applies  to  major;  excess  applied  as  free  electives. 

{#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements"  in 
catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Environmental  Health 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  PYl  11/121-1 12/122 

Social  Science:  PSlll 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA2 16.  no  courses  with  BI  prefix 


56-57 


Major: 

Required 

-ourses: 

BI105 

Cell  Biology 

BIllU 

Plant  Biology 

BI120 

Animal  Biology 

BI241 

General  Microbiology 

BI362 

Ecology 

313 10 

Applied  Entomology  and  Zoonoses 

BI321 

Environmental  Protection  I 

BI322 

Environmental  Protection  11 

BI4S0 

Biology  Seminar 

BI498 

Internship  or  Alternate  Experience 

36 


4sh 
5sh 
5sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
Ish 
6sh(2) 


Other  Requirements: 

Required  courses: 

CH 1 1 1  General  Chemistry  I 
CHI  12  General  Chemistry  II 
CH231  Organic  Chemistry  I 
SAlOl     Introduction  to  Occupational  Safety  and  Health 

Management 
SA301     Nature  and  Effects  of  Occupational  Health 

Hazards 
SA302     Measurements  and  Evaluation  of  Occupational 

Health  Hazards 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (I ) 


21-27 


4sh 
4sh 

4sh 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


4-1 1 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  No  more  than  6sh  total  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics,  or 
Internship  applies  to  major;  excess  applied  as  free  electives. 


Minor — Biology 

Minor: 

Option  A:  Required  courses 

BI103-104  General  Biology  I  and  11 

Additional  Bl  major  courses 
Option  B:  Required  courses 

BII05      Cell  Biology 

Additional  BI  major  courses 

Other  Requirements: 

Must  have  permission  of  biology  department  chairperson 


17 


8sh 

ysh( I ) 

4sh 
13sh 


Biochemistry  Program 

Richard  A.  Hartline,  Program  Coordinator;  Dietrich, 
Harding,  Biology  and  Chemistry  faculties. 

The  B.S.  in  Biochemistry  is  a  four-year  degree  curriculum  offered  as  a 
cooperative  program  by  the  Biology  and  Chemistry  departments. 

The  curriculum  leading  to  a  B.S.  in  Biochemistry  begins  with  foundation 
courses  in  biology,  chemistry,  mathematics,  and  physics  in  the  first  two  years. 
Specialization  in  biochemistry  commences  in  the  third  year  with  courses  in 
biochemistry,  genetics,  physical  chemistry.  Special  Topics  in  Biochemistry, 
and  Biochemistry  Seminar. 

A  unique  feature  of  this  undergraduate  program  is  that  Biochemistry  research 
is  a  requirement.  After  consultation  with  faculty,  the  students  will  define  a 
problem  and  devise  an  experimental  plan  through  library  research.  Laboratory 
research  will  be  done  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  Biology  or  Chemistry 
faculty  member.  Finally,  the  student  w  ill  report  on  the  results  of  the  research 
in  both  written  and  oral  forms. 

The  B.S.  in  Biochemistry  Program  is  intended  for  those  students  whose 
interests  lie  in  a  most  exciting  field  of  modern  science.  Graduates  of  this 
program  can  expect  to  be  qualified  to  enter  graduate  programs  in  biology  and 
chemistry,  professional  schools  in  the  health  sciences,  and  positions  in 
industrial  and  government  research  laboratories  and  in  industrial  production 
facilities.  ' 


Bachelor  of  Science — Biochemistry 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  the  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA  123 
Natural  Science:  PY131/141-132/142 

Liberal  Studies  elective:  MA  1 24.  no  courses  with  BC  prefix:  one 
course  must  be  200-level  or  higher. 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

BI105      Cell  Biology 


56-59 


BI263      Genetics 

B1361      Microbiology 

B1401      Laboratory  Methods  in  Biology 

and  Biotechnology 
BC301/31 1  Biochemistry  I  and  Lab 
BC302/3 12  Biochemistry  II  and  Lab 
BC480     Biochemistry  Seminar  I 
BC481     Special  Topics  in  Biochemistry 
BC4S2     Independent  Research  in 

Biochemistry 
BC490    Biochemistry  Seminar  11 
CHI  13    Concepts  in  Chemistry 
CHI  14    Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry 
CH23 1     Organic  Chemistry  I 
CH232    Organic  Chemistry  II 
CH323    Analytical  Methods 
CH340    Physical  Chemistry 

Controlled  Electives: 

Advanced  Biology  course  chosen  from: 
BI331.  BI350,'bI352,  B1364,  or  BI453 
Either  MA216  or  CO  110 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Lcvel(2) 


4sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

4sh 

4sh 

Ish(l) 

3sh 

2sh 

Ish(l) 

4sh 

4sh 

4sh 

4sh 

4sh 

3sh 


3sh 
3-4sh 
0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


6-1: 


7-1 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       12 


( 1 )  1  sh  each  semester  of  senior  year 

(2)  Intennediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


( 1 )    With  approval  of  department  chairperson 


The  Collciic  ofNalunil  Sciences  ami  Mtitliemiillcs-95 


Chemistry  Department 

Nei!  J.  Asting,  Chairperson:  Ballas,  Bordas,  Christodouleas, 
Coleman.  Costa,  Crumm.  Elcesser,  Fazio,  Ford.  Harding, 
Hartline.  Kolaczkowski.  Long,  McKelvey,  Patsiga. 
Scroxton.  Svtv,  \  arughese.  Wood.  VVoolcock,  Zambotti: 
and  professors  emeriti  Bordas,  Marks,  Tackett,  and  Wunz 

Degrees  offered  b\  the  Department  of  Chemistrs  are  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Chemislr\ .  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Chemistr\ .  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education  w  ith  a  Chemistry  major.  The  first  two  degree  programs  are  under 
the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and  the  third  is  under  the 
'College  of  Education.  The  department  also  offers  a  Chemistry  minor. 

The  B.S.  in  Chemistry  is  a  professional  degree  and  is  accredited  by  the 
.American  Chemical  Societ\ .  The  student  completing  this  major  should  be 
qualified  to  assume  a  position  in  industry  or  government  as  a  chemist  or  to 
appl\  for  admission  to  graduate  school  to  pursue  advanced  studies  leading  to 
the  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  degree.  The  student  considering  going  to  a  professional 
school  who  also  wishes  to  complete  this  degree  should  elect  appropriate 
courses  as  required  by  the  professional  school  in  addition  to  the  courses 
required  here.  Those  students  who  are  particularly  interested  in  biocheinistry 
should  elect  a  few  selected  biology  courses. 

The  curriculum  leading  to  the  B.A.  in  Chemistry  is  designed  to  allow  for  the 
workable  union  of  nonscience  areas  with  chemistry  in  such  a  way  as  to  retain 
the  fundamental  science  and  mathematics  requirements  needed  for  a  career  in 
chemistry.  A  careful  selection  of  electives  will  qualify  the  student  for  entrance 
into  many  fields  in  which  there  is  an  acute  need  for  educated  people  and.  ai  the 
same  time,  satisfy  the  entrance  requirements  of  various  professional  and 
graduate  schools. 

Some  possible  and  useful  combinations  between  chemistry  and  other  disci- 
plines would  include  chemistry-biology,  chemistry-business  adminislralion. 
chemistry-computer  science,  chemistry-criminology,  chemistry-government. 
chemistry -pre-dental.  chemistry-pre-lau .  chemistry-pre-medicine.  and  chem- 
istry-English (technical  writing  I.  The  student  must  arrange  a  practical 
sequence  of  non-chemistry  courses  in  consort  with  his/lier  adviser  and  the 
department  chairperson  concerned.  A  student  seeking  a  career  in  forensic 
science  should  major  in  chemistry.  The  department  also  offers  pre-medical 
programs  in  both  the  B.S.  and  B.A.  curriculums.  These  programs  prepare  the 
student  to  satisfy  the  entrance  requirements  of  medical  schools. 

The  curriculum  leading  to  the  B.S.  in  Education  w  ith  a  Chemistry  major  is 
designed  to  prepare  the  student  to  teach  chemistry  at  the  secondary  school 
level.  Upon  completion  of  the  specified  coursework  and  the  requirements  for 
teacher  cenificalion  processes,  the  student  is  eligible  for  Pennsylvania 
certification  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education. 


Free  Electives: 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Chemistry 
Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  .MA  1 2 1  or  MA  1 2.1 

Natural  Science:  PYI 1 1/121-1 12/122  or  PYI.M/I4I-I.12/I42 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  1 22  OR  MA  1 24.  no  courses  with  CH 
prefix 


.'i6-.'i7 


Majfir: 

Required  courses: 

CH  1 1 .1  Concepts  in  Chemistry 

CH  1 14  Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry 

CH2.11  Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH2.12  Organic  Chemistry  II 

CH.12I  Quantitative  Analysis 

CH.122  Instrumental  Analysis 

CH.'»41  Physical  Chemistry  1 

CH.W1  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 

Other  Requirements: 

Planned  program  in  complementary  field 

Iviser  approval)  with  6sh  in  .1(K)/4(X)  level  courses  (2) 
leign  I.anguage  Intermediate  Level 


29 


4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
Ish 

l.'i-2l 
I.Ssh(l) 

()-6sh 


17-24 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 


( I )    Recommended  fields:  Biology.  Business.  Computer  Science. 

Criminology.  Dietetics.  Economics.  English.  Foreign  Language. 

Geoscience.  Mathematics.  Physics.  Political  Science.  Psychology. 
(21    Chemistry  Pre-Med  program  requires:  BIIO?.  B1I20.  B126.1.  81.^31. 
(3)    hitermediate-level  Foreign  language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 

electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Chemistry 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 23 

Natural  Sciences:  PY131/14I-132/142 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA124,  no  courses  with  CH  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

CH  1 1 3    Concepts  in  Chemistry 

CH  1 14    Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry 

CH231     Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH232    Organic  Chemistry  II 

CH30I     Chemistry  Seminar 

CH321     Quantitative  Analysis 

CH322    Instrumental  Analysis 

CH34I     Physical  Chemistrv  I 

CH342     Physical  Chemistry  II 

CH343     Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 

CH344    Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II 

CH410    Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

CH41 1     Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry 
Controlled  electives: 
Additional  Chemistry  electives  from  list: 

CH302.  CH303,  CH33 1 .  CH335.  CH3.'i  I ,  CH376.  CH4 1 2, 

CH42I,CH441.CH498 

Other  Requirements: 

Additional  math:  CO  1 10  and  one  additional  course 

from  MAI71.  MA227.  MA241.  MA342 
Pre-Med  program  (2) 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level(3) 


56-.'i7 


44 


4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
Ish 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
Ish 
3sh 

6sh(l) 


7-14 


7-8sh 


0-(ish 


Free  Electives:  (4) 


9-17 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


( 1 )  CH498  {2sh)  required  for  American  Chemical  Society  certification 

(2)  Chemistry/Pro-Med  program  requires  BIKL'i,  BII20.  BI2fi3,  BI33I. 
B13.'i2.  andCH3.'il. 

(3)  Interniediate-lcvcl  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(4)  Pre-med  requires  Biology  sequence  IXsh. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Kducation — Chemistry  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlineil  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-?i7 

with  (he  lollowing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 21 

Natural  Science:  PYI  I  1/121-1  12/122 

Social  .Science:  PC  1 01 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  1 22.  no  courses  with  CH  prefix 


College: 

Professional  education  sequence: 

CM3()I  Technology  for  Learning  and  Inslruclion  3sh 

ED242  Pie-studenl  Teaching  Climcal  Experience  1  Ish 

ED342  Pre-studenl  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II  Ish 

ED42 1  Student  Teaching  1 2sh 

ED442  School  Law  1  sh 

ED4.'il  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  3sh 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measures  3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 


30 


96-liidiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


^ 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

CHI  13    Concepts  in  Chemistry 

CHI  14    Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry 

CH231     Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH232    Organic  Chemistry  II 

CH32I     Quantitative  Analysis 

CH322     Instrumental  Analysis 

CH341     Physical  Chemistry  I 

CH343     Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 

CH498     Problems  in  Chemistry 

Controlled  electives: 

One  additional  chemistry  course  from  list; 
CH342.  CH351.CH4ir 

Other  Requirements: 

BIIO?      Cell  Biology 


33-35 


4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
Ish 
l-2sh 

3-4sh 


4sh 


Free  Electives: 


0-1 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:      1 24- 1 26 


(*)  See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 

(#)  See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements"  in 
catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Minor — Chemistry 

Minor:  20 

Required  courses: 

CHI  11     General  Chemistry  1  4sh 

CHI  12    General  Chemistry  II  4sh 

CH231     Organic  Chemistry  1  4sh 

CH232    Organic  Chemistry  II  4sh 

One  chemistry  elective  from  CH321.  CH323.  CH3.^1  4sh 


Computer  Science  Department 

Gary  L.  Buterbaugh,  Chairperson;  Cross.  Cunningham, 
Maple,  McKelvey,  Micco,  Oblitey,  Shubra,  Sweeney, 
Watts,  Wolfe;  and  professor  emeritus  Tompkins 

The  programs  in  Computer  Science  at  ILIP  lead  to  the  B.S.  or  B..^.  degree  and 
are  designed  primarily  to  prepare  graduates  for  productive  work  in  highly 
computer-dependent  areas  of  business,  govemment,  and  industry.  In  recent 
sears,  majors  graduating  from  the  program  have  attained  their  first  jobs  in 
business  applications,  programming  and  systems  analysis,  computer  software 
development,  scientific  and  applied  mathematical  programming,  other 
computer-related  areas,  and  graduate  school. 

In  a  rapidly  developing  field  such  as  Computer  Science,  it  is  important  that  the 
graduate's  education  be  broad  and  fundamental  so  that  new  trends  can  more 
readily  be  followed.  Our  goal  is  to  balance  fundanientality  and  breadth  with 
sufficient  supervised  practice  so  that  our  graduates  are  productive  at  the  time 
they  graduate  but  ready  and  willing  to  change  with  the  field. 

Most  applied  computer  scientists  work  in  cooperation  w  ith  professionals 
trained  in  other  areas  and  w  ith  managers.  Hence,  the  ability  to  work  and 
communicate  with  others  of  different  educational  backgrounds  is  an  important 
characteristic.  To  that  end.  we  encourage  Computer  Science  majors  to  take  a 
strong  minor  (or  area  concentration)  in  a  second  area  of  interest.  Some 
students  may  wish  to  double  major.  Majors  in  other  disciplines  at  lUP  are  also 
welcome  to  take  Computer  Science  courses  for  w  hich  they  are  qualified  or  a 
Computer  Science  minor. 

Students  majoring  in  Computer  Science  should  set  their  goals  beyond  simple 
programming  and  should  be  preparing 

1.  to  program  well,  both  in  design  and  implementation  phases,  and 
document  what  they  have  programmed 

2.  to  anah  ze  real-world  problems  in  preparation  for  program  design  and 
implementation 

3.  to  manage  activities  that  are  strongi)  computer  dependent 


to  improve  the  tools  that  programmers  and  systems  analysts  u.se,  i.e.,  to 
develop 

a.  better  machine  systems 

b.  better  software  systems 

c.  better  languages  for  communicating  w  ith  machines 

d.  better  methods  for  solving  intractable  problems 

to  teach  about  computers  at  college  or  high  school  level 

to  advance  the  fundamental  theory  of  digital  infoniiation  processors. 


5?-58 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Computer  Science 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
w  ith  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121  or  MA  123 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA216or  MA214  or  MA217, 
no  courses  with  CO  prefi.x 


Major: 

Required  Courses 

CO  105    Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science  3sh 

COllO    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  3sh 

CO220    Applied  Computer  Programming  3sh 

CO300    Assembly  Language  Programming  3sh 

CO310    Data  Structures  3sh 

C0315     Large  File  Organization  and  Access  3sh 

CO380    Seminar  on  the  Computer  Profession  Ish 

CO4S0    Seminar  on  Technical  Topics  '  Ish 

Controlled  Electives:  Select  9sh(  1 ) 

CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

C0319    Software  Engineering  Concepts  3sh 

CO320    Software  Engineering  Practice  3sh 

C0345    Data  Communications  3sh 

C0355    Computer  Graphics  3sh 

CO360    IBM  Job  Control  Language  Ish 

C0362    UNIX  and  C  "     ^  3sh 

C048I     Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science  (as  I-4sh 

approved  for  majors) 
C0485    Independent  Study  l-4sh 

C0493    Internship  in  Conputer  Science  12sh(2) 

Upper  Level  Electives  by  Categories  6sh(3) 

Computer  Architecture:  CO410 
Theory  of  Languages:  C0419.  CO420,  C0424.  CO460 
Systems  Programming:  CO430.  C0432 
Numerical  Methods:  C045() 
Artifical  Intelligence:  CO405 
Data  Base  Management:  C0441 

Other  Requirements: 

Additional  Writing: 

EN322    Technical  Writing  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  0-6sh(4) 

Additional  Mathematics:  3-13sh(5) 

MA  123   Calculus  for  Physics  and  Chemistry 

( MA  1 2 1  and  MA  1 22  or  MA  1 27  may  be  substituted) 
MA216   Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences 

(MA363  and  MA364.  MA2I4  and  MA4I7.  or  MA217  and 
MA417  may  be  substituted) 
MA2I9   Discrete  Mathematics 


35 


6-22 


Free  Electives 


9-28 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 


(3l 


(4) 


Select  at  least  9sh  from  the  list  of  controlled  electives  and/or  the  list  of 

upper-level  electives.  Note:  Only  4sh  of  C0493  may  be  counted  toward 

these  9sh. 

C0493  may  be  selected  in  either  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year  oi 

the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year.  If  C0493  is  selected  and  approved. 

CO380  may  be  taken  in  the  immediately  preceding  semester. 

Select  at  least  two  (2)  additional  courses,  from  at  least  two  (2)  different 

categories,  from  the  list  of  upper-level  electives. 

Foreign  Language  intermediate-level  courses  are  counted  as  Liberal 

Studies  electives. 

Any  of  the  Mathematics  options  satisfy  both  the  Learning  Skill 

requirement,  and  one  course  may  be  counted  as  a  Liberal  Studies  elective' 


The  College  ofNaiunil  Sciences  and  Maihematics-97 


The  3-credit  minimum  applies  to  students  who  take  MA  123  and  MA216. 
The  1 3-credit  maximum  applies  to  students  who  lake  the  MA  1 2 1  - 1 22 
calculus  option  and  the  MA363-364  statistics  option. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Computer  Science/Applied 
Computer  Science  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-58 

» ith  the  follow  ing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 2 1  or  MA  1 23  or  MA  1 27 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA216  or  MA214or  MA2I7.  no  courses  with 
CO  prefix 


Major: 

Required  Courses 

CO  1 05    Fundamental 


38 


coiiu 

CO220 
CO300 
C03IO 
C03I5 
C03I9 
CO380 
C0441 
CO480 


C0345 
C0355 
CO360 
C0362 
C0481 

C0485 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
Ish 

3sh(l) 
12sh(2) 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
l-4sh 

l-4sh 


of  Computer  Science 

Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming 

Applied  Computer  Programming 

AssembK  Language  Programming 

Data  Structures 

Large  File  Organization  and  Access 

Software  Engineering  Concepts 

Seminar  on  the  Computer  Profession 

Data  Base  Management 

Seminar  on  Technical  Topics 
Select  one  ( 1 )  of  the  follow  ing  two  courses: 
CO320    Software  Engineering  Practice 
C0493    Internship  in  Computer  Science 
Controlled  Electives:  Select  6sh(3) 

CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods 

Data  Communications 

Computer  Graphics 

IBM  Job  Control  Language 

UNIX  and  C 

Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science  (only 

sections  approved  for  majors) 

Independent  Study 
Upper  Level  Electives  by  Categories:  Select  3sh(4) 
Computer  Architecture:  CO4I0 

Theory  of  Languages:  C04I9.  C042().  C0424.  CO460 
Systems  Programming:  CO430.  C0432 
Numerical  Methods:  CO450 
Aftifical  Intelligence:  CO405 


Other  Requirements: 

Additional  Writing: 

EN322    Technical  Writing 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level 
Additional  Mathematics: 

MA  1 23  Calculus  I  for  Physics  and  Chemistry 

( MA  1 2 1  and  MA  1 22  or  MA  1 27  may  be  substituted  I 
MA2I6   Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences 

(MA363  and  MA364.  MA214  and  MA4I7,  or  MA217  and 
MA4I7  may  be  substituted) 
MA2I9   Discrete  Mathematics 
■mplete  a  minor  from  one  of  the  following  areas: 

a)  From  any  department  in  the  College 
of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

b)  From  designated  Business  courses 

c)  From  designated  Economics  courses 

d)  From  designated  Geography  courses 


6-22 


3sh 

0-6sh(5) 
3- I 3sh(6) 


6-18 


6-18sh 
I8sh 
I5sh 
I5sh 


Kree  F^lectives: 


0-20 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


( 1 )  Credit  for  both  CO320.  Software  Engineering  Practice,  and  CC)493. 
Internship  in  Computer  Science,  may  be  counted  toward  the  degree  but 
only  one  will  be  counted  toward  the  major  requirements. 

(2)  C0493  may  be  selected  in  either  the  second  semester  of  ihe  junior  year  or 
the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year.  If  C0493  is  selected  and  approved. 
CO3K0  may  be  taken  in  Ihe  immediately  preceding  semester. 

(3)  Select  at  least  6sh  from  the  list  of  controlled  electives  and/or  the  list  of 
upper  level  eleclivcs. 


(4)  Select  at  least  one  ( 1 )  additional  course  from  the  list  of  upper  level 
electives. 

(5)  Foreign  Language  intennediate-level  courses  are  counted  as  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(6)  Any  of  the  Mathematics  options  satisfy  both  the  Learning  Skill 
requirement,  and  one  course  may  be  counted  as  a  Liberal  Studies  elective. 
The  3-credit  minimum  applies  to  students  who  take  M.-M23  and  M.'\2I6. 
The  13-credil  maximum  applies  to  students  who  take  the  M.'\I2I-I22 
calculus  option  and  the  M.-\363-364  statistics  option. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Computer  Science/Languages  and 
Systems  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  stated  in  Liberal  Studies  Requirements  54-58 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  M,'\123 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  1 24.  no  course  w  ith  CO  prefix 


h 
h 
h 
h 
h 
h 
h 
h 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 


Major: 

Required  Courses 

CO  1 05     Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science  3sh 

Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming 

Applied  Computer  Programming 

Assembly  Language  Programming 

Data  Structures 

Large  File  Organization  and  Access 

Software  Engineering  Concepts 

Seminar  on  the  Computer  Profession 

Processor  .'Xrchilecture  and  Micro  Programming 

Modem  Programming  Languages 

Introduction  to  Operating  Systems 

Seminar  on  Technical  Topics 
Controlled  Electives:  Select  9sh(  1 ) 

CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

Software  Engineering  Practice  3; 

Data  Communications  3 

Computer  Graphics 

IBM  Job  Control  Language 

UNIX  and  C 

.Artificial  Intelligence 

Software  Development  and  .\da 

Compiler  Construction  3sh 

Introduction  to  Systems  Programming  3sh 

Data  Base  Management  3sh 

Applied  Numerical  Methods  3 

Theory  of  Computation  3 

Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science  (as  l-4sh 

approved  for  majors ) 

Independent  Study  I  -4sh 

Internship  in  Computer  Science  1 2sh(  3 ) 


40 


COIIO 
CO220 
CO300 
CO310 
C0315 
C0319 
CO380 
CO410 
CO420 
C0432 
CO480 


CO320 
C0345 
C0355 
CO360 
C0362 
CO405 
C04I9 
C0424 
CO430 
C0441 
CO450 
CO460 
C0481 

C0485 
C0493 


h(2) 
h 


3sh 
Ish 


3sh 
3sh 


Other  Requirements:  13-21 

Additional  Writing: 

EN322  Technical  Writing  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Inlermedlale  Level  0-ftsh(4) 

Mathematics:  A  minor  in  mathematics  including  the  10-12sh(5) 

following  courses 
MA  123   Calculus  I  for  Physics  and  Chemistry 

( 1 27  may  be  substituted) 
MA  1 24   Calculus  II  for  Physics  and  Chcmlslry 

(MA12S  may  be  substituted) 
MAI 7 1    Inlroducllon  to  Linear  Algebra 
MA2I6    Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences 

(MA363  and  MA.164.  MA2I4  and  MA417.  or  MA217  and 
MA417  may  be  substituted) 
MA2I9   Discrete  Mathematics 


Free  Eleclivcs: 


5-23 


Tola!  Decree  Requirements:       1 24 


( 1 )  Select  at  least  9sh  from  the  list  of  cnnlrollcil  eleclivcs.  Note:  Only  4sli  of 
C0493  may  be  counted  toward  these  9sh, 

(2)  Credit  for  both  CO320.  .Software  Engineering  Practice,  and  ('0493. 
Internship  in  Compiilcr  Science,  may  be  counted  toward  the  degree  but 
only  one  will  be  counted  loward  llic  iiuijor  requirements. 


98-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


(3 1   C0493  may  be  selected  in  either  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year  or 
the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year.  If  C0493  is  selected  and  approved. 
CO380  may  be  taken  in  the  immediately  preceding  semester. 

(4)  Foreign  Language  intemiediate-level  courses  are  counted  as  Liberal 
Studies  eleclives. 

(5)  Credit  for  MA  1 23/1 27  and  MA  1 24/1 28  counted  in  Liberal  Studies. 


Minor — Computer  Science 

Minor: 

Required  courses: 
CO  electives 


15 


I5sh(l) 


( 1 )  No  more  than  si.x  credits  may  be  from  courses  numbered  205  or  louer. 

(2)  COlOl  (see  minor  adviser  for  suggestions)  Microbased  Computer 
Literacy  is  an  appropriate  entry  course  for  minors  or  for  students  who 
wish  to  take  onlv  one  course. 


Geoscience  Department 

Frank  W.  Hall  II.  Chairperson;  Cercone,  Clark,  Park, 
Richardson,  Sutton,  Taylor;  and  professor  emeritus  Prince 

The  geoscience  department  provides  curriculums  in  areas  of  natural  science 
dealing  with  and  related  to  the  earth  and  its  environment  by  offering  courses  in 
astronomy,  geology,  meteorology,  and  oceanography. 

In  addition  to  on-campus  instruction,  opportunities  exist  for  summer 
coursework  and  research  in  geology  and  oceanography  at  the  Marine  Science 
Consortium  located  at  Wallops  Island.  Virginia. 

Degrees  offered  by  the  Department  of  Geoscience  are  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Geology,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Environmental  Geoscience.  and  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  w  ith  a  major  in  Earth  and  Space  Science  or 
with  a  major  in  General  Science.  The  first  two  degree  programs  are  under  the 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and  the  last  two  are  under  the 
College  of  Education. 

The  department  also  will  act  in  an  advisory  capacity  for  students  enrolled  in 
the  B.S.  in  Natural  Science  with  concentrations  in  Astronomy.  Meteorology, 
or  Oceanography.  These  degree  programs  are  designed  lo  prepare  students  for 
graduate  work  in  the  aforementioned  disciplines. 

The  B.S.  degree  in  Geology  is,  in  a  sense,  a  dual-purpose  degree  program.  Not 
only  is  it  designed  to  graduate  well-trained,  competent  geologists,  able  to 
compete  for  positions  as  professional  geologists  in  the  job  market:  it  is  also 
designed  to  provide  the  student  with  the  necessary  allied  science  and 
mathematics  background  to  enable  the  good  student  to  qualify  for  admission 
to  the  graduate  school  of  his/her  choice  in  Geology. 

The  B.S.  degree  in  Environmental  Geoscience  offers  the  student  a  broad-based 
science  background.  In  addition  lo  a  firm  foundation  in  Geology-Geoscience 
courses,  the  student  will  also  acquire  a  background  in  Biology  and  Chemistry. 
This  will  provide  thorough  training  for  the  rapidly  growing  field  of 
Environmental  Geoscience.  both  for  students  who  plan  to  pursue  postgraduate 
training  in  this  field  and  for  those  who  plan  to  enter  directly  into  jobs  in 
federal  and  state  agencies  and  private  consulting  firms. 

The  department  recognizes  as  one  of  its  functions  the  role  of  serving  the  field 
of  public  education  by  the  preparation  of  qualified  and  certified  teachers  of 
earth  and  space  science.  Also,  because  of  the  interdisciplinary  nature  of  both 
the  department  and  the  requirements  for  preparing  general  science  teachers, 
the  department  administers  the  program  designed  to  lead  to  general  science 
certification  and  includes  majors  of  that  category  as  department  members. 

Minor  in  Geology 

The  minor  in  Geology  consists  of  17  semester  hours.  Required  are  GS121 
Physical  Geology/GS123.  Intensive  Physical  Geology  Lab  and  GSI3I 
Historical  Geology/GS133  Intensive  Historical  Geology  Lab.  Three  upper- 
level  (300  or  higher)  courses  in  geology  (total  9  credits)  will  make  up  the 
remaining  requirements  for  the  minor  in  Geology  totaling  17  credits. 


Minor  in  Geoscience 

The  requirement  for  the  minor  in  Geoscience  will  be  16  semester  hours  of 
geoscience.  taken  within  the  following  framework.  Students  must  complete 
one  course  in  each  discipline  within  the  department:  Astronomy,  three 
semester  hours;  Geology,  four  semester  hours  (not  GSI22  or  132): 
Meteorology,  three  semester  hours:  Oceanography,  three  semester  hours,  for  a 
total  of  thirteen  semester  hours.  The  additional  three  semester  hours  can  be 
taken  in  any  one  of  the  aforementioned  disciplines.  Liberal  Studies 
nonlaboratory  courses.  GSI 10.  141.  150,  151,  and  221,  will  not  be  acceptable 
toward  the  minor  in  Geoscience. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Geology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

w  ith  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 21 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA122.  no  courses  with  GS  elective 

Major: 

Required  courses:  ( I ) 

GS  1 2 1     Physical  Geology 

GSI 23     Intensive  Physical  Geology  Laboratory 

GS  1 3 1      Historical  Geology 

GSI 33     Intensive  Historical  Geology  Laboratory 

GS321     Mineralogy 

GS322     Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology  ■' 

GS325     Structural  Field  Geology  1 

GS330     Paleontology 

GS362     Plate  Tecto'^nics 

GS41I     Sedimentary  Petrology 

GS480    Geoscience  Seminar 
Controlled  electives: 

Courses  from  list:  GS3I0.  326.  327.  331.  332.  335. 

336.  412.  420.  432,  440,  441,  481.  482.  493 

Other  Requirements: 

.Additional  Science: 
PY 1 1 1     Physics  I  Lee 


56-57 


36 


3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 


9sh(2) 


11-17 


PY1I2     Physics  II  Lee 

PYI2I     Physics  1  Lab 

PY122     Physics  II  Lab 
One  astronomv/nieteorology/oceanography  course  from  list: 

GS34I.  GS342.  GS-%1,  or  GS37r 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (3) 


3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
3sh 

0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


14-21 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


( 1 )  Summer  Field  Camp  in  geology  (5-9sh)  is  strongly  recommended. 

(2)  A  maximum  of  six  credits  from  approved  summer  field  camp  may  apply 
to  controlled  electives. 

(3)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Minor — Geology 

Minor:  17 

Required  courses: 

GSI2I     Physical  Geology  3sh 

GSI 23     Intensive  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  Ish 

GS131     Historical  Geology  3sh 

GS133     Intensive  Historical  Geology  Laboratory  Lsh 

Three  upper-level  (300  or  higher)  courses  in  Geology  9sh 


Bachelor  of  Science — Environmental  Geo.science 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-5'( 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 2 1 

Natural  .Science:  CHI  1 1— CHI  12 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  1 22.  no  courses  with  GS  prefix 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematks-99 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

GS121 

Physical  Geology 

GS123 

Intensi\e  Ph\sicai  Geology  Laboratory 

GSI31 

Historical  Geology 

OS  133 

Intensive  Historical  Geology  Laboratory 

GS310 

En\  ironmental  Geolooy 

GS325 

Structural  Field  Geology  I 

GS331 

Hydrogeology 

GS332 

Geochemistry 

GS480 

Geoscience  Seminar 

21 


3sh 
Ish 
3sli 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 


Other  Requirements: 

Biology  sequence: 

mm      Cell  Biology 

BII 10  or  120  Plant  or  Animal  Biology 

BI321      Environmental  Protection  1 

B136I      Microbiology 
Chemistry  sequence: 

CH23 1     Organic  Chemistry 

CH323    Analytical  Methods 
Controlled  electives: 

BI272      Consery  ation  of  Plant/Animal  Resources 

B1322      Enyironmental  Protection  II 

B1362      Ecology 

CH232    Organic  Chemistry  II 

CH340    Physical  Chemistry  for  Biological  Sciences 

COl  10    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming 

CO220    Applied  Computer  Programming 

CO250    Introduction  to  Numeric  Methods 

CO310    Data  Structures 

GE314    Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation 

GE4I5    Remote  Sensing 

GS321     Mineralogy 

GS326    Structural  Field  Geology  II 

GS432     Coal  Geology 

GS440    Subsurface  Geology 

PYm/121  Physics  I  Lecture  and  Lab 

PYl  12/122  Physics  II  Lecture  and  Lab 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2) 


31-38 


4sh 
5sh 
3sh 
3sh 

4sh 

4sh 
8-9sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

4sh 

4sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

4sh( I ) 

4sh 
0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


S-16 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


'  1 1    Students  vsho  plan  to  pursue  an  advanced  degree  in  environmental 
geoscience  are  strongly  advised  to  take  the  physics  sequence  as  their 
controlled  electives. 

(2)   Inlermediale-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Minor — Geoscience 
Minor: 

Required  courses: 

One  course  from  each  of  the  following: 

Astronomy  (not  GSI 10) 

I        Geology  (not  GS 122  or  132) 
Meteorology 
Oceanography 
Additional  3sh  from  one  of  the  above  Fields  (3(X)  level 
or  higher) 


16 


3sh 
4sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Farth  and  Space 
Science  (*) 

Liberal  .Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  Idlliiwing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 21 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

Social  Science:  PCIOI 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  CO  101.  no  courses  with  GS  prefix 


.S.S-.Vi 


Coliege: 

Professional  Education  .Sequence 

CM.IOl    Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 
ED242    Prc-siudcnt  Teaching  I 


30 


ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  U  Ish 

ED4.'i|  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  Schools  3sh 

ED44I  Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442  School  Law        '  1  sh 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

BI3II  Environmental  Biology  4sh 

GSI2I  Physical  Geology  3sh 

GSI 23  Intensive  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  Ish 

GSI3I  Historical  Geology  3sh 

GSI 33  Intensive  Historical  Geology  Laboratory  Ish 

GS34I  Solar  System                      "                    '  3sh 

GS342  Stellar  Astronomy  3sh 

GS350  Operation  of  the  Planetarium  Ish 

GS36I  Oceanography  3sh 

GS37 1  Meteorology  I  3sh 

PYl  1 1  Physics  I  Lee  3sh 

PYl  12  Physics  II  Lee  3sh 

PYI2I  Physics  I  Lab  Ish 

PYI22  Physics  II  Lab  Ish 

Controlled  electives: 

Geology  electives  (not  GSI  10,  141 )  6sh 


39 


Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


0 

0 

Total  Degree  Requirements:      1 24- 1 25 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — General  Science 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  .55-36 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  M.AI2I 

Natural  .Science:  CHI  1 1-1 12 

Social  Science:  PCIOI 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  COIOI,  no  courses  with  prefix  of 
chosen  track  in  major 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

CM30I    Instructional  Media  3sh 

ED242     Pre-student  Teaching  I  I  sh 

ED.342     Pre-student  Teaching  11  Ish 

ED45 1     Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  Schools  3sh 

ED44I     Student  Teaching  I2sh 

ED442     School  Law  I  sh 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE202     Amciican  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

BII 03      General  Biology  I  4sh 

BII 04      General  Biology  11  4sh 

GSIOI      Earth  Science:  Geology  and  Oceanography  3sh 
GSI 02     Earth  Science:  Geology  and  Oceanography  Lab          Ish 

GSI03     Earth  Science:  Meteorology  aiul  Astronomy  .^sli 
GSI 04     Earth  Science:  Meteorology  and  Astronomy  Lab        Ish 

I'Y  I  I  I      Physics  1  Lee                       '  3sli 

I'VI12     Physics  II  Lee  ,Mi 

PYI2I     Physics  I  Lab  Ish 

PYl 22     Physics  II  Lab  Kh 

Controlled  electives:  One  track  1 2sh 
Biology  track:  BII  10 or  120,  272,  4S0.  Bl  elective 
Chemistry  track:  CH23I,  321.  322  or  .Ml  or  351 
Geoscience  track:  GS34 1  or  342.  1 2 1 .  36 1 ,  37 1 


30 


36 


3sh 

Ish 


100— Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Physics  track:  PY222.  23 1 .  242,  33  H  I ) 
One  additional  science  course 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


0 

2-3 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 

(•)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 

Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education. " 
( I )    Note:  If  Physics  track  is  elected.  M.A  1 23  and  M.A  1 24  are  required. 


Mathematics  Department 

Gerald  M.  Buriok.  Chairperson;  .\larcon.  .Anderson. 
Angelo,  Balenovich,  Bertness,  Broughton.  Burkett, 
Busovicki,  \.  Davis,  Donley,  Dubovsky,  Duncan.  Early. 
Feldman.  D.  Frank.  Gorman,  Maderer,  Massey.  R. 
McBride.  Mitchell,  Morgan.  J.  Myers.  Negangard.  Ray, 
Reber.  Rettig.  D.  Shafer.  Shawer.  Shepler.  Speakman. 
Steelman.  Stempien.  G.  Stoudt.  R.  Stoudt.  M.  W  oodard; 
and  professors  emeriti  .\rms.  Gibson.  Hoyt.  McBride. 
Morrell.  Mueller.  Oakes,  E.  Smith.  W.  Smith,  StilMell.  and 
Willison 

The  mathematics  department  prepares  students  for  work  in  industry',  graduate 
school  mathematics,  and  teaching.  Degrees  offered  b\  the  department  are  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Mathematics,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  .Applied 
Mathematics,  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  Mathematics 
major.  The  first  tw  o  degree  programs  are  offered  w  ithin  the  College  of  Natural 
Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and  the  third  is  w  ith  the  College  of  Education.  The 
department  also  offers  a  minor  in  Mathematics  and  a  minor  in  .Applied  Statis- 
tics. The  program  for  a  mathematics  major  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences 
and  Mathematics  is  two-phased.  .A  student  ma\  pursue  a  degree  in  .Applied 
Mathematics  or  Mathematics.  Those  completing  a  degree  in  Mathematics  w  ill 
be  prepared  to  continue  their  studies  in  mathematics  in  graduate  school, 
though  some  may  enter  business,  industp. .  or  government  ser\  ice.  Those 
students  receiving  a  degree  in  Applied  Mathematics  w  ill  be  primarily  prepared 
to  enter  business,  industry .  or  government  ser\  ice  in  an  area  where  mathe- 
matics or  computer  science  is  used  or  to  continue  their  studies  in  applied 
mathematics  or  computer  science  in  graduate  school.  This  student  would  not 
be  expected  to  continue  graduate  studies  in  pure  mathematics. 

The  program  leading  to  the  B.S.  in  Education  with  a  Mathematics  major 
prepares  the  student  for  teaching  mathematics  in  junior  or  senior  high  school. 
Many  graduates.  howe\  er.  continue  their  formal  education  in  mathematics  at 
the  graduate  level  or  work  in  government  or  industry. 

Elementary  education  majors  may  elect  to  take  a  concentration  of  at  least 
fifteen  hours  in  mathematics.  The  program  of  courses  for  this  concentration  is 
as  follows:  in  addition  to  M.AI51  and  M.A1?2.  select  nine  hours  from  the 
following  courses:  MA3I7.  MA420.  MA450.  MA456.  MA4.'i7.  M.A458. 
.MA459,  MA471.  or  MA483. 

Minor  in  Mathematics 

The  minor  in  Mathematics  consists  of  a  minimum  of  seventeen  (17)  semester 
hours  in  mathematics.  The  minor  is  Mathematics  may  offer  preparation  for 
advanced  study  in  areas  such  as  Economics.  Computer  Science.  Physics,  and 
other  natural  sciences.  .Any  student  who  is  required  to  take  a  year  of  calculus 
should  consider  this  minor. 

Minor  in  Applied  Statistics 

The  minor  in  .Applied  Statistics  may  be  of  interest  to  students  who  are  required 
to  take  a  calculus  course  and  a  course  in  probability  and  statistics.  This 
Includes,  but  is  not  limited  to.  students  in  the  College  of  Business.  Safety 
Science  majors,  and  Computer  Science  majors. 

.A  cumulative  QP.A  of  at  least  2.0  in  M.A  courses  is  required  for  a  minor  in 
Mathematics  or  .Applied  Statistics.  The  Mathematics  Department  will  not  certify 
a  minor  for  a  transfer  student  unless  at  lea.st  tw  o  ( 2 1  of  the  courses  counting  for 
the  minor  have  been  completed  in  the  IL'P  Mathematics  Department. 


Bachelor  of  Science — .\pplied  Mathematics 
Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

w  ith  the  follow  ing  specifications; 
Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 
Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  MA  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

MA  127   Calculus  I 

MA  128   Calculus  II 

M.A  1 7 1    Introduction  to  Linear  .Algebra 

MA227   Calculus  III 

M.A27I    Introduction  to  .Algebraic  Structures 
Controlled  electives: 

Two  courses  from  list: 

MA371. 421.  422.  423.  424.  427.  476.  477 

Additional  MA  credit  from  major  courses 

Other  Requirements: 

Computer  Science: 

CO  1 1 0    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming 
CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods 
CO450    Applied  Numerical  Methods 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Free  Electives: 


50-52 


36 


4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 

6sh 

12sh(2) 


9-1: 


3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

0-6sh 


21-29 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 

( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  A  student  mav  select  courses  to  fulfill  requirements  for  specialized  track. 

a.  Actuarial/Statistics:  MA363.  364.  42 1 .  422.  446.  465 

b.  Scientific/Engineering:  MA24 1 .  342.  363.  364.  37 1 .  423.  445.  446 

c.  Math  Analyst:  MA24I .  342.  363.  364.  37 1 .  445.  or  446. 476.  CO 
minor. 


Bachelor  of  Science — .Mathematics 

Liberal  .Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  w  ith  M.A  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

MA  127  Calculus!  4sh 

MA  1 28   Calculus  II  4sh 

M.A  1 7 1    Introduction  to  Linear  .Algebra  3sh 

MA227   Calculus  III  "  4sh 

M.A27 1    Introduction  to  Algebraic  Structures  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Four  courses  from  list:  12sh 

MA37 1 .  42 1 .  422.  423.  424. 427.  476.  477 
Additional  M.A  credits  from  major  courses  6sh 

Other  Requirements: 

CO  110        Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I )  0-6sh 


50-52 


36 


Free  Electives: 


3-9 


27-35 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 


( I )   Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Mathematics  Education 

(*) 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  50-52 

w  ith  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Malhemalks-lOl 


Social  Science:  PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  no  courses  with  MA  prefix 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301    TechnologN  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242     Pre-student  Teaching  1  Ish 

ED342     Pre-siudeni  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED44I     Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442    School  Law        '  Ish 

ED456    Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Secondar>  Schools  3sh 

EP202     Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377     Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE202     American  Education  in  Theor\  and  Practice  3sh 


30 


Natural  Science 

John  Fox.  Coordinator 

The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Natural  Science  is 
designed  to  prepare  students  for  \  arious  professional  schools — optometry, 
podiatry ,  phamiacy .  and  dentistry .  The  natural  science  major  is  not 
recommended  for  medical  school  preparation.  There  are  se\eral  tracks  in  the 
Natural  Science  program  that  prepare  students  for  careers  or  further  study  in 
astronomy .  meteorology .  or  oceanography .  The  degree  Is  offered  b\  the 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics:  contact  the  college  office  for 
further  information  and  direction  to  the  appropriate  faculty  advisers  for 
Natural  Science  programs. 


Major:  35-39 

Required  courses: 

MAI  17   Principles  of  Math  3sh 

MA17I    Intrixluction  to  Linear  Algebra  3sh 

MA27I    Introduction  to  .-Silgebraic  Structures  3sh 

MA353  Theory  of  Numbers  3sh 

MA355   Foundations  of  Geometry  I  3sh 

MA350   History  of  Mathematics  2sh 

MA460  Computers/Calculators  in  Secondary  School  3sh 

MA45 2/433/454  Math  Seminar  '  Ish 

One  Calculus  sequence:  ( A  or  B I 

A.  MA  127   Calculus  I  4sh(l) 
MA  128   Calculus  II  4sh 
MA227  Calculus  III  4sh 

B.  .MA  123  Calculus  I  for  Physics/Chemistry  4sh 
MA  1 24   Calculus  II  for  Physics/Chemistry  4sh 

One  Statistics  sequence:  [A  or  Bl 

A.  MA363   Mathematical  Statistics  I  3sh(I) 
MA364    Mathematical  Statistics  II  3sh 

B.  MA216   Probability/Statistics  for  Natural  Science  4sh 

Other  Requirements:  3 

CO205    Proarainmina  Lanauaees  for  Secondary  Schools  3sh 


Free  Electives: 


0-6 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 


Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science 

Liberal  Studies:  .•Xs  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  43-44 

\sith  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  included  in  major 

Natural  Science:  included  in  major 

Liberal  Studies  electiv  es:  no  courses  w  ith  SC  prefix 

Synthesis:  not  required  for  three-year  students 

Writing  Intensive:  one  course  required  for  three-year  students 

Major:  45-46 

Controlled  electives: 

BI  courses  I4sh 

CH  courses  I6sh 
PY  courses  8sh 

MA/CO  courses  7-8sh 

Other  Requirements:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Free  Electives:  28-36 

Total  Degree  Requirements:    1 24 

( 1 )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 
Academic  Policies.  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education." 
If  neither  Option  A  has  been  chosen,  then  one  of  MA37I.  MA42I. 
MA476.  MA445  is  required. 


Minor — .Applied  Statistics 

The  mmor  m  .Applied  Statistics  consists  of  seventeen  ( 17)  semester  hours  in 
Mathematics  selected  as  follows: 

(a)  Introductory  calculus  course:  MAI2I.  MA  1 23.  or  MA  1 27 

(b)  Iniroductor)' statistics  course:  MA2I4.  MA2I6.  or  MA2I7 

(c)  MA4I7 

(d)  MA4I8 

The  remaining  hours  may  be  chosen  from  the  following: 

la)     a  second  calculus  course:  MAI22.  MAI24,or  MAI28 

(b)  MAI7I 

(c )  Any  course  for  mathematics  majors  approved  by  the  Applied 
Statistics  Adviser. 


Minor — Mathematics 

Required  courses:  I7sh 

MAI2I  and  122  or 

MA  1 23  and  124 
'  iinirollcd  electives  yshi  I ) 

Other  courses  for  math  majors,  including  M A2 1 6  and  M A2 1  y 

The  following  courses  are  excluded:  MAKK).  MA  101,  MA  102.  MAMO. 
MAI  17.  MA2I4.  MA217.  MA4I7.  and  MA4IK 


Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science/Pre- Astronomy 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 23 

Natural  .Science  CHI  1  l-l  12 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  1 24.  no  courses  with  GS  prefix 


Major: 

Required  courses: 

PYI31  Physics  l-C  Lee 

PYI32  Physics  ll-C  Lcc 

PY141  Physics  I-C  Lab 

PYI42  Physics  II-C  Lab 

PY222  Mechanics  I 

PY223  Mechanics  II 

PY242  Optics 

PY322  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I 

PY323  Electricity  and  Magnetism  II 

GSI21  Physical  Geology 

GSI23  Intensive  Physical  Geology  Lab 

GSI3I  Historical  Geology 

GSI33  Intensive  Historical  Geology  Lab 

GS34I  Solar  System 

GS342  Stellar  Astronomy 

Other  Requirements: 

CO  I  10  Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming 

CO250  Introduction  to  Numerical  .Methods 

MA24I  Differential  Equations 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I ) 


3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 


33 


y-15 


3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

0-6sh 


102-liidiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Free  Electives: 


19-26 
Total  Degree  Requirements:    1 24 


( 1 )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science/Pre-Engineering 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 23 

Humanities/Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies:  PH222 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-112 

Social  Science:  ECI21,  PSIOl  or  1 1 1 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  1 24,  no  courses  with  SC  prefix 

Synthesis:  not  required  for  three-year  students 

Writing  Intensive:  one  course  required  for  three-year  students 

Major:  33-35 

Required  courses: 

COIIO    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  3sh 

CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

MAI71    Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra  3sh 

MA24I    Differential  Equations  3sh 

MA342   Advanced  Calculus  for  Applications  4sh 

PYI3I     Physics  I-C  Lecture  3sh 

PY132     Physics  II-C  Lecture  Ish 

PY141      Physics  I-C  Lab  (or  PY12I  Lab)  Ish 

PY142     Physics  II-C  Lab  Ish 

PY331     Modern  Physics  (2)  3sh 

Controlled  electives:  One  package,  depending  on  program 

Chemical  Engineering: 

CH23I     Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH232    Organic  Chemistry  II  4sh 

Civil  Engineering: 

MA216   Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences  4sh 

Technical  elective  3-4sh 

Electrical  Engineering: 

MA2I6    Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences  4sh 

Technical  elective  3-4sh 

Industrial  Engineering: 

MA2I6    Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences  4sh 

Technical  elective  3-4sh 

Materials  Science  and  Engineering: 

CH23I     Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH232    Organic  Chemistry  II  4sh 
Mechanical  Engineering: 

Technical  electives  6-8sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I ) 


Free  electives: 

Other  Requirements: 

Two  years  at  University  of  Pittsburgh  School  of  Engineering(2) 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements      159-161 

( 1 1    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  A  2.5  GPA  is  required  for  transfer  to  the  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

(3)  For  curriculum  information  about  the  cooperative  program  in  engineering 
with  Drexel  University,  refer  to  the  catalog  section  for  the  Physics 
Department, 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements"  in 
catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science/Pre-Meteorology  or 
Oceanography  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 


Mathematics:  MA  1 23 

Natural  Science:  CHI  1 1- 1 12 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  1 24.  no  courses  with  GS  prefix 

Major:  43-46 

Required  courses: 

CH321     Quantitative  Analysis  4sh 

CH34I     Physical  Chemistry  4sh 

PY13I     Physics  I-C  Lee  3sh 

PYI32     Physics  II-C  Lee  3sh 

PY14I     Physics  I-C  Lab  Ish 

PYI42     Physics  II-C  Lab  Ish 

PY222     Mechanics  I  2sh 

PY233     Mechanics  II  2sh 

PY342     Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  sequence  from  list:  BI 103- 104  or  Bl  105- 120  8-9sh 

One  sequence  froin  list:  GS36I-362  or  GS37 1-372  6sh 

One  sequence  from  list:  GS12I  and  123-131  and  133  6-8sh 
orGS34l-342 

Other  Requirements: 

.Additional  math/computer  sequence: 

COIIO    Problem  Solvmg  and  Structured  Programming  3sh 

CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

MA24I    Differential  Equations  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I )  0-6sh 


9-15 


Free  Electives: 


6-16 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


( 1 )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science/Pre-Optometry 
Track 


Liberal  .Studies:  ."As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  12 1 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

Social  Sciences:  PC  101.  non-Western  course 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  M,A2I6  or  217,  no  courses  with  SC  prefix 

Synthesis;  not  required  for  three-year  students 

Writing  Intensive:  one  course  required  for  three-year  students 


50-54 


BI104 

0-6 

B124I 

CH231 

CH232 

9 

PYlll 

PY121 

about  64 

PY112 

PY122 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

BI103      General  Biology  I 
General  Biology  II 
General  Microbiology 
Organic  Chemistry  I 
Organic  Chemistry  II 
Physics  I  Lecture 
Physics  I  Lab 
Physics  II  Lecture 
Physics  II  Lab 

Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 


4sh(2) 

4sh(2) 

3sh 

4sh 

4sh 

3sh 

Lsh 

3,sh 

Ish 


0-6 


Free  Electives:  34-47 

MA122    Calculus  11  tor  Nat  and  SocSci  and  Bus  4sh(3) 

Electives  to  meet  minimum  of  90  lUP  credits  0-l3sh(4) 

Credits  from  work  at  Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry       -34sh(5) 

Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 

( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  Cell  Biology  (BI105)  may  be  substituted  for  General  Biology  I;  Animal 
Biology  (BI120)  may  be  substituted  for  General  Biology  II. 

(3)  Required  for  many  schools  of  optometry:  recommended  for  PCO. 

(4)  Additional  electives  if  needed  to  meet  minimum  of  90  lUP  credits  may  be 
selected  from  the  followine  suggestions:  BI150:  Human  Anatomy.  B1I.5I: 


The  College  ofNaliirul  Sciences  and  Malhewatics-103 


Human  Physiology.  BI265:  Genetics.  CH35 1:  Biochemistry.  EClOl : 
Basic  Economics.  CD121:  Principles  of  Economics.  PC3.'>4: 
Developmenlal  Psychology. 

Students  complete  '■Xlsh  at  IIP  and  upon  complelion  of  additional  v\  ork  at 
Pennsy  l\  ania  College  of  Optometry  credits  are  transferred  to  meet  the  min- 
imum of  124sh  for  the  lUPdearee.  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Natural  Science. 


Physics  Department 


Dennis  >Vhits<)n.  Chairperson:  Fox.  Freeman,  Gaggini, 
Hershman.  Matol.\ak.  Matous,  Numan.  Ramsey,  Roberts, 
Tahvar.  \Mjekumar;  and  professors  emeriti  Berry, 
Buck«alter.  McNamara.  Riban,  and  VVaddell 


other  Requirements:  22-28 

Additional  mathematics  and  computer  science: 

COllO    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  .^sh 

MA241    Differential  Equations  3sh 

MA342    Advanced  Mathematics  for  .^Applications  4sh 

Additional  natural  science  sequence  6sh 

Additional  social  or  natural  science  sequence  (advanced)  (ish 

Foreign  Language  Intennediale  Level  ( 1 )  (l-(Ssh 


Free  Eleclives: 


11-18 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 


( 1 )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


The  goal  of  the  Department  of  Physics  is  to  prepare  fully  qualified  individuals 
for  productive  careers  in  physics.  Three  degrees  are  offered  within  the  College 
of  Natural  Sciences  and  .Mathematics:  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Physics,  the 
Bachelor  of  .Arts  in  Physics,  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  .Applied  Physics. 
These  programs  offer  adequate  preparation  for  graduate  studv  in  physics  or  for 
research  in  industrial  technology.  The  applied  physics  degree  provides  a 
strong  technical  background  for  work  in  solid  state  electronics  and  for 
interdisciplinary  research  in  the  areas  of  computer  science,  chemistrv.  biology. 
and  geology.  .\  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Education  with  a  major  in 
Physics  is  offered  through  the  College  of  Education.  A  two-year  pre- 
engineering  program  is  offered  in  cooperation  with  Drexel  University  wherein 
students  transfer  to  Drexel  after  two  years.  The  department  also  offers  a  minor 
in  Physics,  as  well  as  general  science  courses  which  satisfy  the  Natural 
Science  requirements  of  the  Liberal  Studies  program. 

Minor  in  Physics 

To  minor  m  Ph\  sics.  a  student  must  successfully  complete  fifteen  semester 
hours  in  Phv  sics  w  hich  must  consist  of  at  least  three  courses  at  the  200  level  or 
higher.  PY 150  may  be  substituted  with  the  permission  of  the  chairperson. 

Cooperative  Pre-Engineering  (Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical, 
Materials,  Mechanical)  Program  with  Drexel  University 

Common  to  all  pre-engineering  programs  are  the  following  science  and 
mathematics  requirements:    PYLSI/Ul.  PY132/142.  PY322.  PY.^42. 
*MA123.  'MA  1 24.  .MAI7I.  MA24I.  *CHI  1 1.  *CH  1 1 2  I  *or  appropriate 
substitute). 

Further  requirements  depend  on  the  particular  engineering  program  chosen. 
Complete  information  regarding  a  specific  program  may  be  obtained  from  the 
physics  department.  For  information  on  the  Cooperative  Pre-Engineering 
program  with  the  University  of  Pittsburgh,  see  the  catalog  section  lor  Natural 
Science  and  the  program  outline  for  "Bachelor  of  Science  in  Natural 
Sciencc/Prc-Engineering." 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Physics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  .Sfi-.SV 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 23 

Natural  Science:  PYI3I/I4I-I.32/I42 

Liberal  Studies  eleclives:  MA  1 24.  no  courses  with  PY  prefix 

Major:  28 

Required  courses: 

PYI3I     Physics  l-C  Lee  *sh 

PYI32     Physics  Il-C  Lcc  *sh 

PYI4I     Physics  l-C  Lab  *sh 

l'YI42     Physics  Il-C  Lab  *sh 

PY222     .Mechanics  I  2sh 

l'Y223     Mechanics  II  2sh 

PY23I     Electronics  4sh 

PY322     Electricity  and  .Magnetism  I  2sh 

PY323     Electricity  and  Magnetism  II  2sh 

PY33I     Modem  Physics  .3sh 

PY3.'i()     Inlcnncdiale  Experimental  Physics  I  3sh 

PY35I     Inlermcdiale  Experimental  Physics  II  3.sh 

PY473     Quantum  Mechanics  I  4sh 

'  ^ntrollcd  eleclives: 

One  additional  PY  majors  course  3sh 


Bachelor  of  Science — Physics 

Liberal  Studies:  .\s  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science:  PY  131/141-132/142 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  1 24.  no  courses  with  PY  prefix 


Major: 

Requircil  courses: 

PY  1 3 1 

Phvsics  I-C  Lee 

*sh 

V\\^2 

Phvsics  II-C  Lee 

*sh 

P>  141 

Phvsics  I-C  Lab 

*sh 

PYI42 

Phvsics  II-C  Lab 

*sh 

PY222 

Mechanics  I 

2sh 

PY223 

Mechanics  II 

2sh 

PY231 

Electronics 

4sh 

PY242 

Optics 

3sh 

PY322 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  1 

2sh 

PY323 

Elcclricitv  and  Magnetism  11 

2sh 

PY331 

Modem  Physics 

3sh 

PY342 

Tliennal  and  Statistical  Physics 

3sh 

PY350 

Intermediate  Experimental  Phvsics  I 

3sh 

PY351 

Intermediate  Experimental  Phvsics  II 

3sh 

PY473 

Quantum  Mechanics  1 

4sh 

Controlled 

electives: 

One  course  from  list:  PY472  or  PY4y() 

3sh 

One  additional  PY  majors  course 

3sh 

56-57 


37 


Other  Requirements: 

Additional  .Mathematics: 

COI 10  Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  3sh 

MA241    Differential  Equations  3sh 

MA342    Advanced  Mathematics  for  .Applications  4sh 

One  from  list:  CO250.  MA  1 7 1 .  M A3fi3.  MA42 1 .  M A423  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Inlciincdiatc  Level  ( 1 1  0-(ish 


13-19 


Free  Flectives: 


11-18 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       1 24 


( 1 1    Intemiediale-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  includeil  in  Liberal  Sludies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Applied  Physics 

Liberal  Sludies:  As  oullined  in  Liberal  Sludies  section  56-57 

with  llic  liillowing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  .Science:  CHI  1 1 -I  12  (replaced  by  Clll  13-1  14  lor 
Chemistry  track) 

Liberal  Sludies  eleclives:  MA  124.  no  courses  with  PY  |)rclix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

PY131     Physics  l-C  Lee  3sh 

PY132     Physics  Il-C  Lcc  3sh 

PYI4I      Physics  l-C  Lab  Ish 

PYI42     Physics  lie- lab  Ish 


28 


104-liullana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PYI50  Computer  Application  to  Physics  Laboratories  3sh 

PY222  Mechanics  I  '  2sh 

PY231  Electronics  4sh 

PY242  Optics  3sh 

PY322  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I  2sh 

PY33 1  Modem  Physics  3sh 

PY352  Applied  Physics  Laboratory  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  9-15 

MA241    Differential  Equations  3sh 

CO  110    Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  3sh 

CO250    Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 )  0-6sh 

Controlled  electives:  According  to  Track  23-27 

Solid  State  Electronics  Track:  CO300.  MA342.  PY323.  24 

PY342.  PY353.  PY432.  PY47?.  PY476 
Computer  Science  Track:  PY342.  PY3?3.  PY432.  PY475.  27 

PY476.  CO300.  CO310.  CO410.  CO450 
Chemistry  Track:  MA342.  CH23 1 .  CH232.  CH323.  CH341 .  24 

CH342.  CH343 
Biology  Track:  BI105.  CH231.  BI120.  CH323.  CH3.'il.  27 

Two  biology  electives  from  the  following:  BI263. 

BL361,BI472,  BI350.  BI401 
Geology  Track:  GS 1 2 1.  GS 1 22,  GSl 3 l.GS  132  23 

Five  Geoscience  electives  from  the  following: 

GS321.  GS325.  GS326.  GS362.  GS412.  GS440,  GS481 

Free  Electives:  3-8 

Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 

( 1 )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Physics  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

Social  Sciences:  PCIOI 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  MA  124.  no  courses  with  PY  prefix 

College:  30 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM30I  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  1  Ish 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  II  Ish 

ED441  Student  Teaching     '  12sh 

ED442  School  Law        "  Ish 

ED45 1  Teaching  of  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  3sh 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major:  28 

Required  courses: 

PYI3I     Physics  I-C  Lee  3sh 

PY132     Physics  II-C  Lee  3sh 

PYI41     Physics  I-C  Lab  Ish 

PY142     Physics  II-C  Lab  Ish 

PY222     Mechanics  I  2sh 

PY23I     Electronics  4sh 

PY242     Optics  3sh 

PY322     Electricity  and  Magnetism  I  2sh 

PY33I     Modem  Physics  "                                                    3sh 

PY350     Intemiediate  Experimental  Physics  I  3sh 

Controlled  electives: 

Physics  electives  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  14 

Additional  Math  and  computer  courses: 

COlOl     Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science  or  3sh 


COl  10    Problem  Solving  and  Stmctured  Programming 

MA241    Differential  Equations  3sh 

MA342   Advanced  Mathematics  for  Applications  4sh 

One  biology  course  approved  by  adviser  4sh 


Free  Electives:  ( 1 1 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:      128-129 


(*)   See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  the  catalog  section  on 

Academic  Policies,  ".•\dmission  to  Teacher  Education." 
( 1 )   Selection  of  approved  Liberal  Studies  courses  to  meet  computer  science 

and  biology  requirements  may  reduce  total  hours  to  124  and  still  permit 

free  electives. 
(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements"  in 

catalog  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Psychology  Department 

Carl  W.  Schneider,  Chairperson;  Anderson,  Berman, 
Goodwin,  Grover,  Hansen,  Kaniastv,  Magee,  Marquette, 
McHugh,  Patton.  Pavloski,  Rich.  Rittle,  Robertson,  Stires, 
Sussmann,  Thornton,  VandeCreek,  Walz,  Zanich,  Zimny 

The  program  in  psychology  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  .\fts  degree  and  is  designed 
to  give  the  student  an  understanding  of  the  methods  and  major  findings  in  the 
science  of  behav  ior  and  mental  processes.  The  major  offers  the  background 
required  for  graduate  work  in  psychology  and  also  preparation  for  such  related 
fields  as  social  work,  personnel  work,  advertising,  medicine,  law.  and 
theology.  The  department  also  offers  a  minor  in  psychology. 

An  honors  program  has  been  developed  to  enrich  the  education  of  qualified 
psychology  majors  and  assist  such  students  in  gaining  entrance  to  graduate 
school  by  providing  classroom  and  research  experiences  which  w  ill  prepare 
them  for  work  at  the  graduate  level. 

A  track  in  applied  psychology  was  developed  which  offers  students  a  firm 
background  in  the  science  of  psychology,  preparation  for  nonclinical 
applications  of  psychology  to  the  solution  of  human  and  social  problems  in 
private  and  public  organizations,  and  preparation  for  graduate  study  in  the 
applied  area  of  psychology.  The  core  for  the  track  is  the  same  as  for  the 
psychology  major:  coursework  in  applied  psychology  is  provided  by  enrolling 
in  appropriate  psychology  electives  and  a  carefully  designed  concentration  of 
courses  outside  the  department. 

All  ps\  chology  majors  are  required  to  lake  a  minor  or  a  concentration  in 
another  discipline. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Psychology 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  BI 103- 1 04  recommended 

Social  Science:  PCIOI 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  CO  101.  no  courses  with  PC  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

PC290     Research  Design  and  Analysis  I  4sh 

PC291      Research  Design  and  .Analysis  11  4sh 

Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  each  of  these  six  core  areas: 

A.  Developmental  Psychology:  PC3 1 0.  3 1 1 .  3 1 2  3sh 

B.  Individual  Differences:  PC320.  321.322  3sh 

C.  Social/Environmental:  PC330. 331  3sh 

D.  Cognition/Learning:  PC340.. 34 1.342  4sh 

E.  Biological  Bases  of  Behavior:  PC350.  352  4sh 

F.  Melatheoretical  Perspectives  in  Psychology: 

PC410. 411  '  '  3sh 

Other  PC  electives  bevond  PC  1 0 1  5sh 


54-55 


33 


I  he  Collcjic  ofNalurat  Sciences  and  Mathenuilics-105 


Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Le\  el  ( I ) 

Minor/concentration: 
Free  F.lcctives: 


0-6 


15 


15-, 


Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 

( 1 )    Iniermediale-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
eleclives. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Psvchology/Applied  Psychology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics;  MA217 

Natural  Science:  BII03-I04  recommended 

Social  Science:  PCIOl.  EC12I 

Liberal  Studies  electives:  CO  101.  no  courses  with  PC  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 

PC290     Research  Design  and  Analysis  I 

PC29I      Research  Design  and  Analysis  II 

PC420     Psychology  of  Organizations 

PC42 1      Psychology  of  W  ork 

PC493     Practicum 
Controlled  electives: 

One  course  from  each  of  these  five  core  areas: 

A.  Developmental  Psychology:  PC310,  311.312 

B.  Individual  Differences:  PC320.  321.  322 

C.  Social/Environmental:  PC330.  331 

D.  Cognition/Learning:  PC340.  PC34I .  PC342 

E.  Biological  Bases  oT  Behavior:  PC350.  352 

F.  Metatheorelical  Perspectives  in  Psychology: 
PC410.411 


Other  Requirements: 

Outside  concentration 

ECI22     Principles  of  Economics  II 


37 


4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh(2) 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
4sh 


3sh 


15-21 


EC330    Labor  Economics 

LR480     Principles  and  Practices  of  Collective 
Bargaining 
2  courses,  as  approved  bv  adviser  (3) 
Foreign  Lanauaae  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 


3sh 

3sh 

6sh 

0-6sh 


Free  Electives: 


11-18 
Total  Degree  Requirements:       124 


( 1 )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 

electives. 
|2|    Depanment  recommends  at  least  6  credits  of  PC493:  Practicum. 
(3)    Department  highly  recommends  PC424:  Planned  Organizational  Change 

and  recommends  one  course  from  business  or  another  applied  area. 


Minor — Psychology 

Required  courses: 

PClOl     General  Psychology 
PC280     Psychological  Inquiry 

or 
PC290     Research  Design  and  Analysis  I 

Four  other  PC  electives  bevond  PC  101 


20 


3sh(l) 
3sh 

4sh(2) 
I2sli(3) 


( 1 )  Meets  Liberal  Studies  Requirement 

(2)  Prerequisite  MA2 17 

(3)  Selected  in  consultation  « ith  the  director  of  the  undergraduate  program 


3sh 


Minor — Psychological  Science 

Required  courses: 

PC  101     General  Psychology 
PC290     Research  Design  and  Analysis  1 
One  course  from  core  areas  A.  B,  or  C 
One  course  from  core  areas  D  or  E 
One  PC  elective 

( 1 )  Meets  Liberal  Studies  Requirement 

(2)  Prerequisite  MA2 1 7 


17-lS 
3sh(l) 
4sh(2) 
3sh 
4sh 
3-4sh 


106-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvwiia 


The  School  of  Continuing 
Education 

Nicholas  E.  Kolb,  Dean 

The  mission  of  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  is  to  ser\'e  the  lifelong 
educational  needs  of  nontraditional  students,  working  adults,  professional 
organizations,  local  and  slate  agencies,  and  the  citizens  of  the  commonwealth 
by  providing  access  to  the  academic  and  human  resources  of  lUP. 

The  School  of  Continuing  Education  was  created  b_\  the  ILP  Board  of 
Trustees  in  May.  1966.  Today,  the  school  comprises  the  Division  of  Credit 
Programs,  the  Division  of  Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs,  the  Highway 
Safety  Center,  and  the  Criminal  Justice  Training  Center.  The  school  is 
characterized  by  its  commitment  to  academic  excellence  and  high-quality 
programs.  The  school  maintains  a  dynamic  environment  which  fosters 
innovation  and  experimentation  in  order  to  continually  improve  programs  and 
respond  to  the  ever-changing  needs  of  society. 


Division  of  Credit  Programs 

Edward  W.  Nardi,  Assistant  Dean 

The  Division  of  Credit  Programs  offers  a  variety  of  opportunities  for  the  adult 
and  nontraditional  learner  to  access  the  academic  resources  of  lUP  on  a  part- 
time  basis.  Courses  may  be  selected  from  day  or  evening  offerings. 

The  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  in  General  Studies  is  designed  for  the 
nontraditional  or  adult  learner  who  seeks  to  acquire  a  broad  base  of  knowledge 
in  the  liberal  arts.  This  program  consists  of  the  core  of  Liberal  Studies 


requirements  of  the  lUP  bachelor's  degree  programs  plus  nine  to  twelve 
credits  of  electives.  The  student  is  encouraged  to  develop  a  plan  of  study  with 
his  or  her  academic  adviser  which  will  bring  focus  to  the  individual's  interest 
in  a  particular  area  or  subject.  No  more  than  thirty  credits  ma\  be  transferred 
into  this  degree  program  from  other  colleges. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  General  Studies  is  designed  for  the  mature 

adult  student,  who  under  faculty  advisement  can  explore  and  develop  an 
indi\  idualized  plan  of  study  which  does  not  approach  any  existing  lUP  major. 
This  self-designed  plan  of  study  must  be  based  on  a  specific  theme  which 
incorporates  basic  and  applied  coursework  w  ithin  a  theoretical  framework 
culminating  in  a  senior-year  independent  research  project.  .At  the  time  of 
application  for  degree  candidacy  through  the  School  of  Continuing  Education 
or  transfer  from  another  major,  the  student  must  submit  a  plan  of  studj  w  hich 
contains  the  proposed  theme,  rationale,  and  courses  needed  to  satisfy  the 
Special  Interest  Area.  A  faculty  member  will  be  assigned  to  assist  with  the 
plan  of  study  prior  to  acceptance  to  degree  candidacy.  Students  other  than 
School  of  Continuing  Education  students  must  have  completed  4.'>sh  before  a 
request  for  transfer  will  be  honored. 

The  student's  plan  of  study,  which  is  designed  to  fulfill  the  Special  Interest 
Area,  must  be  approved  by  the  student's  adviser  and  the  dean  of  the  School  of 
Continuins!  Education. 


Associate  of  Arts — General  Studies 
Liberal  Studies:  as  outlined  in  the  Liberal  Studies  ' 
Section  with  the  following  specifications  and  modifications: 

Learning  Skills  10-1  Ish 

Humanities  9sh 

Fine  .Arts  ish 

Natural  Science  7-8sh 

Social  Science  9sh 

Health  and  Wellness/ROTC  3-4sh 

Controlled  Liberal  Studies  Electives  9sh 


50-53 


Free  Electives 


9-i; 


Total  Degree  Requirements:      62 


Bachelor  of  Science — General  Studies 
Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 


53-54 


General  .\rea  of  Study  24 

Choose  at  least  6sh  from  three  of  the  four  areas  listed  below.  At  least  12sh 
must  be  300-level  or  above.  Courses  should  relate  to  theme  developed  in 
Special  Interest  .Area. 

Human  Behavior  and  Development  Area 

Anthropology  Psychology 

Health  Sociology 

Home  Economics 


Social  and  Political  Systems  Area 
Economics 

Geography  and  Regional 
Planning 
History 

Arts.  Letters,  and  Culture  Area 
Art 

Communications  Media 
English 
French 
Genu an 
Journalism 


Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Political  Science 
Social  Sciences 


Music 
Philosophy 
Religious  Studies 
Spanish 
Theatre 


Science.  Mathematics,  and  Technology  Area 

Biology  Geoscience 

CheiTiistry  Mathematics 

Computer  Science  Physics 

Special  Interest  Area  (3)  21 

With  approval  of  adviser,  student  may  select,  from  an\  department  listed 
above,  courses  which  focus  on  a  particular  need  or  interest.  .At  least  1 2sh  muv 


The  School  ofConlimtiiVi  Educalion-107 


be  3{X)-level  or  above.  The  program  musi  include  either  one  research  course 
which  provides  opponunities  for  extensive  writing  or  an  independent  study 
project.  Some  courses  will  not  be  available  to  General  Studies  majors. 


Electives 

At  least  6sh  must  be  300-level  or  above 


23-26 


Total  Degree  Requirements:    124 

( 1 1    Individually  planned  theme  may  not  duplicate  any  existing  degree 

programs  which  are  otherwise  available  at  IL'P.  nor  may  they  be  used  to 
circumvent  specific  requirements  within  an  existing  major. 

(2)  No  more  than  .^0  semester  hours  taken  in  any  one  department  will  count 
y      toward  graduation. 

(3)  In  application  of  university  policies,  the  Special  Interest  Area  is 
considered  as  the  major.  Specifically,  in  order  to  graduate,  students  must 
be  in  academic  good  standing  and  attain  a  2.00  grade  point  average  in  the 
Special  Interest  Area. 


Part-time  Studies  Program  (Nondegree) 

The  Part-time  Studies  Program  is  designed  to  otter  the  adult  and 
nontraditional  learner  the  opportunity  to  begin  or  renew  a  college  education  at 
ILP.  Through  this  program  an  individual  may  enroll  in  undergraduate  credit 
courses  to  pursue  personal  interests,  acquire  new  skills,  or  work  toward  t'oniial 
admission  to  degree  candidacy .  Credit  earned  in  this  program  may  be  applied 
to  a  degree  upon  formal  admission  to  an  ILIP  degree  program. 

Postbaccalaureate  Program 

The  Postbaccalaureate  Program  is  designed  to  provide  access  to  undergraduate 
courses  to  individuals  who  have  an  earned  baccalaureate  degree.  Students  may 
be  seeking  a  second  bachelor's  degree,  permanent  teacher  certification,  or 
personal  enrichment.  Postbaccalaureate  students  may  attend  lUPon  a  part- 
time  or  full-lime  basis, 

Off-Campus  Studies  Program 

The  Olf-Campus  Studies  Program  is  designed  to  support  the  efforts  of  lUP 
and  its  faculty  to  offer  academic  programs  and  credit  courses  to  specific 
groups  of  individuals  through  the  on-site  delivery  of  university  courses.  The 
Master  of  Education  in  Elementary  Education  and  the  Master  of  Science  in 
Adult  and  Community  Education  are  offered  in  the  Pittsburgh  area.  The 
Master  of  Science  in  Safely  Sciences  is  offered  in  Harrisbuig  at  the  SSHE 
University  Center.  In  addition,  undergraduate  courses  are  available  at  the  lUP 
Bedford  County  Center  and  periodically  at  various  other  olT-campus  locations 
throughout  the  commonwealth. 

Adult  Advisement  Services 

Adult  .Advisement  Services  provides  the  part-time,  nontraditional,  and  adult 
learner  access  to  academic  exploration  and  planning  through  individual 
conferences  and  workshops.  Seminars  are  ollercd  throughout  the  year  to 
provide  the  opportunity  for  adult  learners  to  become  acquainted  with  ihe  many 
resources  of  the  university. 


Division  of  Conferences  and 
Noncredit  Programs 

To  be  appointed.  Director 

TIk  division  offers  a  v^idc  variety  of  noncredit  programs  in  an  ctlort 
to  meet  community  needs  in  the  areas  of  public  service,  professional 
development,  and  personal  enrichment. 

Ktisiness,  Industry,  and  I-abor 

s  and  workshops  arc  oflcred  in  the  following  areas:  Ciiinpuler  Literacy, 
ement  IX-vclopmcnl,  Small  Business  IX'velopmcnt.  Certified  Public 
iniani  Scries,  and  Contract  Training.  Certificate  programs  include  Real 
and  Paralegal,  Courses  may  be  offered  at  I  UP  or  at  the 
il)U.sincss/lndustry  site,  as  preferred. 


Community-University  Studies 

Noncredit  courses  and  workshops  are  offered  in  Indiana,  Kitlanning,  and 
Punxsutawney.  Personal  growth  and  enrichment  topics  include  creative 
leisure,  self-improvement,  fitness,  culinary  arts,  languages,  money  and 
finances,  art/music/lilcrature,  Elderhostel,  and  Mornings  with  the  Professors, 
There  are  no  exams,  no  grades,  and  no  pressure.  The  program  is  provided  as  a 
service  to  the  community. 

Special  Programs 

The  education  and  training  needs  of  health  and  human  service  professionals 
are  met  through  course  offerings,  one-day  workshops,  seminars,  and  confer- 
ences. .Additionally,  Youth  Experience  in  Summer  (YES)  provides  educational 
enrichment  lor  youth  in  elementary  through  high  school  grades. 

Conferences 

The  division  facilitates  conferences  offered  by  academic  departments  and 
hosts  off-campus  groups  and  organizations  during  the  summer  months.  The 
conference  staff  also  provides  consulting  services  and  coordinates  conferences 
throughout  the  state  for  lUP  and  other  organizations. 


Highway  Safety  Center 

Richard  J.  Hornfeck,  Director 

lUP's  Highway  Safety  Center  attempts  to  address  the  highway  safety 
needs  of  the  commonwealth  through  a  variety  of  programs  and  activities. 
The  Highway  Safety  Center  programs  encompass  activity  in  five  major  areas: 
I )  research,  surveys,  and  studies,  2)  education  (teaching),  3)  training  and 
conferences,  4)  field  and  extension  .services,  and  5)  traffic  safety 
communications  and  infonnation  exchange. 

Teacher  Certification  in  Driver  Education 

Through  cooperative  effort  with  lUP's  Department  of  Health  and  Physical 
Education,  the  Highway  Safety  Center  coordinates  and  directs  lUP's  Teacher 
Certification  Piogiam  in  Driver  Education. 

lUP  Regional  Highway  Safety  Project 

The  lUP  Regional  Highway  Safety  Project  is  a  federally  funded  program 
contracted  with  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Transportation's  Center  for 
Highway  Safety.  Originating  at  lUP  in  January.  1987.  under  the  title  of  the 
Indiana  County  Seat  Belt  Program,  its  purpose  was  to  increase  public 
awareness  and  the  usage  of  occupant  restraints.  The  program  expanded  its 
emphasis  and  territory  in  14X9  and  now  includes  the  counties  of  Armstrong. 
Jefferson,  and  Clearfield.  Programs  for  corporations,  schools,  civic  groups, 
law  enforcement  agencies,  etc..  include  topics  such  as  occupant  safety,  bicycle 
safety,  pedestrian  safety,  safe  driving  characteristics,  and  Dill.  The  project 
also  serves  as  a  resource  to  other  community  safety  groups  by  providing 
printed  materials,  audiovisual  aids,  crash-car  dummy  costumes,  and  the  "Seat 
Belt  Convinccr."  A  Car  Seat  foaner  Program  also  provides  car  seals  to 
residents  in  Indiana  County. 

Driver  Training  Programs 

From  basic  driver  education  programs  for  beginning  drivers  to  truck  driver 
training  to  advanced  driver  training  programs  in  emergency  driving 
techniques,  the  Highway  Safely  Center  provides  a  cadre  of  courses  all 
designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  siiulenl. 

Emergency  Services  Training 

This  is  a  large  diversified  program  area  designed  to  meet  the  training  needs  of 
ambulance,  fire,  and  police  personnel  in  the  areas  of  emergency  medical 
services  and  rescue. 

Motorcycle  Safety  Program 

MSP  is  a  statewide  nioUircydc  riding  program  liiiideil  li\  llic  IViinsylvaiiia 
Department  of  Transponalion  to  help  reduce  the  rising  number  of  serious 
motorcycle  accidents.  MSP  w;is  designed  to  oiler  all  riders — holh  novice  and 
experienced — the  opportunity  to  learn  how  to  handle  a  motorcycle  coned ly. 
safely,  and  with  confidence  in  all  riding  situalions. 


lOH-lndiana  Universily  of  Peniisylvaniu 


Traffic  Accident  Investigation 

Traffic  Accident  Investigation  programs  are  available  for  safety  directors, 
insurance  adjusters,  and  police  personnel.  Courses  range  from  basic 
investigation  up  to  and  including  accident  reconstruction. 


Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 

Gary  M.  Welsh,  Director 

The  Criminal  Justice  Training  Center's  role  in  both  the  university  and  the 
community  is  to  provide  high-quality  education  and  training  programs  for  the 
continuing  professionalism  of  the  criminal  justice  system. 

These  programs  include  seminars  for  in-service  personnel  in  fulfillment  of 
mandatory  continuing  education  requirements.  They  are  conducted  on  an  "as 
needed"  basis  covering  an  unlimited  range  of  topics,  such  as  vehicle  and 
criminal  law  updates,  search  and  seizure,  accident  investigation,  alcohol 
enforcement,  and  driver  proficiency.  Grant-funded  programs  may  be  written 
and  conducted  in  the  above  programs.  Special  programs  arc  provided  to  offer 
the  basic  4S0-hour  academy  training  required  for  law  enforcement  service 
under  Mandatory  Act  120.  Training  under  the  Lethal  Weapons  Act  I.I.') 
provides  the  basic  requirements  and  mandatory  recertificalion  for  aniied 
.security  personnel. 


Course  Descriplions-1 09 


Course  Descriptions 

Credii  designation  al  righl  of  title  is  e\pressed  in  (c)  class  hours  per  week.  (I) 
lab  or  (dl  discussion  section  hours  per  week,  and  (sh)  semester  liours  ot  credit 
per  semester. 

AD:  Administrative  Services 

Department  of  Office  Systems  and  Business 

Education 

College  of  Business 

Note:  .Ml  courses  at  the  .>0(l  and  4(10  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  .All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a 
given  course. 

AD  101  Introduction  to  Business  .^c-01  3sh 

Overview  of  the  principles,  practices,  and  methods  common  to  most  business 
firms  in  a  private  enterprise  system.  (Not  open  to  juniors  and  seniors  in 
Business) 

.AD  221  Business  Technical  Writing  3c-()l  3sh 

Prerequisite:  EM  01 

Application  of  business  and  technical  writing  styles,  letters,  memos,  reports. 
prtK'edures.  and  manuals  are  some  areas  of  concern.  Emphasis  on  clear. 
concise  writing  style.  (Branch  campus  course  only.  May  not  be  used  as  a 
substitute  for  AD321) 

AD  321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications         3c-01-.3sh 
Prerequisite:  E\I01.EN202 

Study  of  communication  theory  and  principles  as  applied  to  business  situations 
and  practices;  development  of  communication  skills  in  areas  of 
communication  such  as  speaking,  writing,  listening,  and  nonverbally 
communicating.  Emphasis  on  building  effective  interpersonal  relations  in  a 
business  environment. 

.AD  481  Special  Topics  in  Administrative  Services,  3c-()l-3sh 

Business  Education,  or  Distributive  Education 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of 
Business 

AD  4H2  Independent  Study  in  Administrative  Services,         var-3sh 

Business  Education,  or  Distribuli\e  Education 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of 

Business 

AE:  Art  Education 
Department  of  Art 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

AE  315  Survey  of  Art  Education  3c-01-3sh 

A  seminar  to  introduce  the  art  education  major  to  the  principles  and  practices 
jf  leaching  visual  arts  K  through  12.  Meld  experiences,  pre-student  teaching 
icliviiies.  introduction  to  literature,  and  history  and  philosophies  of  art 
:xlucation  emphasized.  (Prerequisite  to  student  teaching)  Fall  only. 

AE  316  Art  Education  Vlatcrials  and  Practicum  lc-31-3sh 

An  an  education  studio  which  will  be  an  iiivesiigalion  and  exploration  of 
ypical  art  materials,  including  sources  and  resources  of  supplies,  equipment. 
•c«)urcc  personnel,  and  visual  media  for  a  full  range  of  multimedia  and  visual 
:xperiences.  The  studio  endeavors  will  be  followed  by  a  practicum  utilizing 
ihc  above  sources  in  teaching  situations  with  children,  youth,  and  adults. 
jPrcrcquisite  to  student  teaching)  Fall  only. 

M:  317  \rl  Education  Melhodoloy>  al  Ihe  Ic  31-3sh 

Klfmentary  l.nel 

!ies  children's  artistic  development,  art  programs,  planning,  motivation. 

.iluation.  Weekly  leaching  experience  is  an  integral  part  of  the  course. 
Prerequisite  lo  iludcnl  leaching)  Fall  only. 


AE  318  Art  Education  Methodology  at  the  lc-3l-3sh 

Secondary  Level 

Relationship  of  an  education  to  the  total  secondary  curriculum  is  studied  to 
determine  goals  of  junior-senior  high  school  art.  The  adolescent  creative 
products  are  analyzed  to  help  the  prospective  art  teacher  to  identify  w  ith 
problems  of  students.  (Prerequisite  to  student  teaching)  Spring  only. 

AE  330  Art  for  the  Mentally  and  Physically  lc-3l-3sh 

Handicapped 

The  materials  and  processes  of  arts  and  crafts  are  studied  for  opportunities 
they  offer  in  the  training,  therapy,  and  education  of  the  mentally  deficient, 
physically  impaired,  emotionally  disturbed,  and  multiple  impaired  child  or 
adult. 

AG:  Accounting 
Department  of  Accounting 
College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a 
given  course. 

AG  201  Accounting  Principles  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  status  (29sh)  or  permission  of  department 
chaiipcrson 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  accounting  cycle  in  service  and  merchandising 
concerns  using  the  single  proprietorship  form  of  business  organization:  covers 
use  of  special  journals  and  subsidiary  ledgers  in  the  accounting  system  as  well 
as  accounting  and  internal  control  procedures  for  cash,  receivables,  inventory, 
and  plant  and  equipment. 

AG  202  Accounting  Principles  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  AG20I.  sophomore  status 
Covers  accounting  principles  and  procedures  for  payroll,  partnerships, 
corporations,  long-tenn  liabilities  and  investments,  and  manufacturing  firms 
with  a  general  accounting  system.  Introduces  the  student  to  cost  accounting 
systems,  financial  statements  analysis,  budgeting,  and  use  of  accounting 
information  in  making  managerial  decisions. 

AG  299  Cooperative  Education  I  Oc-01-2sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  S.'i  credits  with  a  minmium  GP.A  of  2.0  including 
at  least  a  "C"  in  AG  201.  AG  202.  and  IM  241.  anil  approval  of  the 
cooperative  adviser 

The  initial  experience  in  a  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  theory 
with  practical  application  through  job-related  experiences.  Students  are 
actively  employed  in  the  accounting  area  in  business,  industry,  government, 
and  a  variety  of  organizations  and  agencies  with  a  work  focus  which  relates  to 
their  academic  training  and  career  objectives  in  accounting.  The  student  is 
expected  to  complete  subsequently  AG  3yy  or  an  internship. 

.A(;  300  Managerial  Accounting  .3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG202  (not  open  to  accounting  majorsi 

Emphasizes  the  use  of  accounting  information  in  performing  Ihe  managerial 
functions  of  planning,  control,  decision  making,  and  performance  evaluation. 
Note:  Accounting  majors  will  not  be  granted  degree  credit  for  ACi30(). 

A(i  301  Intermediate  Accounting  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  A(i2()2 

All  overview  of  the  foundalion  of  accounting  theory  dealing  with  application 
of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  as  promulgated  in  professional 
pronouncements  to  the  reporting  process  and  lo  accounting  for  various  asset 
items  in  the  financial  sialeiiienls. 

A(;  .102  Intorinediale  Accounting  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  ,'\(i  202 

Application  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  to  various  areas  such 
as  accounting  for  corporations,  long-term  investments  in  securities,  bonds, 
pension  costs,  leases,  etc. 

A(;  31 1  Cost  Accounting  3c-()l-3.sh 

Prerequisite:  200  GPA  in  AG.^OI 

Cost  accounting  methods  and  procedures  including  cost  accumulation  under 
job  order  cost  system  and  process  cost  system,  cost  allocation,  budgeting,  and 


BK^' 


Indiana  Uniycrsity  nf  Pennsylvania 


accounting  for  spoilage,  joint,  and  by-products.  The  planning  and  control 
aspect  of  cost  accounting  is  emphasized. 

AG  399  Cooperative  Education  II  Oc-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG  299:  completion  of  85  credits  with  an  overall  GPA  of  2.0;  a 
GPA  of  2.3  in  AG  301,  AG  302.  and  AG  31 1  with  at  least  a  "C"  in  each 
course;  and  approval  of  the  cooperative  adviser 
The  subsequent  course  in  cooperative  education  designed  to  combine 
classroom  theory  with  practical  application  through  job-related  experiences. 
Cooperative  Education  students  are  actively  employed  in  the  accounting  area 
in  business,  industry,  government,  and  a  variety  of  organizations  and  agencies 
with  a  work  focus  which  relates  to  their  academic  training  and  career 
objectives  in  accounting. 

AG  401  Advanced  Accounting  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG302 

Study  of  accounting  issues  of  specialized  nature  including  partnerships, 
organization  and  liquidation,  agency  and  branch  accounting,  accounting  for 
business  combinations,  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements, 
accounting  for  government  and  not-for-profit  entities,  accounting  for  estates 
and  trusts,  and  receivership  accounting. 

AG  412  Advanced  Cost  Accounting  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  AG3 1 1 

Study  of  budgets,  standard  costs,  direct  and  absorption  costings,  analysis  of 
cost  variances,  and  extensive  analysis  of  various  cost  control  and  profit 
planning  programs. 

AG  421  Federal  Taxes  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  AG202 

Acquaints  the  student  with  Federal  Income  Tax  Laws  as  they  apply  to 
individual  taxpayers  and  partnerships. 

A(j  422  Federal  Taxation  of  Corporations,  3c-0!-3sh 

Partnerships,  Estates,  and  Trusts 

Prerequisites:  AG42I  and  AG302 

Advanced  course  in  federal  income  taxation  as  it  applies  to  taxpayers  other 
than  individuals.  Covers  the  lax  treatment  of  those  property  transfers  subject  to 
federal  and  state  gift  and  death  taxes.  The  lax  planning  aspect  of  the  various 
course  topics  as  well  as  tax  research  methodology  are  also  discussed. 

AG  431  Auditing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG302 

Study  of  auditing  theory  and  practical  application  of  auditing  standards  and 
procedures  to  the  review,  testing,  and  evaluation  of  accounting  controls  and  to 
the  verification  of  transactions  and  balances  to  express  an  opmion  in  an  audit 
report  on  the  fairness  of  financial  statements'  presentation. 

AG  435  Internal  Auditing  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG43I 

This  course  covers  four  issues:  foundations  for  internal  auditing,  administering 
internal  auditing  activities,  operational  areas,  and  special  relationships  and 
evaluation  for  internal  auditing. 

AG  441  Accounting  For  Government  and  Nonprofit  3c-OI-3sh 

Organizations 

Prerequisite:  AG302 

Presents  the  views  of  authoritative  professional  organizations  as  to  desirable 
standards  of  accounting  and  reporting  for  governmental  and  nonprofit  entities. 
Topics  include  budgeting  and  budgetary  accounts,  accounting  for  various 
funds,  the  general  fixed  assets  group  of  accounts,  the  financial  reporting 
process,  and  application  of  the  principles  of  fund  accounting  in  specific  areas. 

A(j  451  Seminar  in  Accounting  Standards  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG302 

Study  of  professional  standards  having  authoritative  support  in  the  field  of 
accounting.  APB  opinions.  FASB  interpretations,  and  SEC  Accounting  Series 
Releases  are  discussed. 

AG  461  Accounting  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG3()2.  AG3I  I.  IM241 

Study  of  concepts,  principles,  and  procedures  of  accounting  system  design, 
installation,  implementation,  auditing,  and  maintenance  in  relating  to  system 
objectives,  information  requirements,  constraints,  system  elements,  and 
considerations  on  a  computerized  basis. 


AG  482  Independent  Study  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of 

Business 

Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a 

concentrated  area  of  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

AG  488  Internship  in  Accounting  (Industrial  and 

Government)  6sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of 
Business.  Overall  GPA  of  2.75  and  GPA  in  accounting  courses  of  3.0 
Practical  experiences,  generally  totaling  400  hours,  in  an  industrial  or 
government  accounting  setting. 

AG  493  Internship  in  Accounting  (Public)  6sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chaiiperson  and  dean.  College  of 
Business.  Overall  GPA  of  3.00  and  GPA  in  accounting  courses  of  3.0 
Practical  experiences,  generally  totaling  400  hours,  with  a  public  accounting 
firm, 

AH:  Art  History 
Department  of  Art 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

AH  101  Introduction  to  Art  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  significance  of  art  as  related  to 
contemporary  living  and  our  historical  heritage,     j 

AH  205  Ancient  to  Medieval  Art  3c-0l-3sh 

Study  of  art  from  prehistoric  times  to  the  Middle  Ages.  Man's  artistic 
development  is  seen  in  relation  to  political,  social,  economic,  and  religious 
events.  Course  was  offered  as  AH  1 15  prior  to  Summer.  1990. 

AH  206  Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art  3c-OI-3sh 

Study  of  art  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  Baroque  in  light  of  the  historical 
events  which  affect  man's  artistic  impulses  and  development.  Course  was 
offered  as  AH  1 16  prior  to  Summer,  1990. 

AH  211  Modern  Art  3c-OI-3sh 

A  survey  of  the  revolutionary  movements  which  began  about  1850;  concludes 

with  trends  in  contemporary  arts. 

AH  222  Art  in  America  3c-01-3sh 

Surveys  American  art  and  its  relation  to  the  development  of  American  ideas 
and  ideals. 

AH  407  Medieval  Art  3c-OI-3sh 

Art  and  architecture  of  Europe  during  the  Middle  Ages,  beginning  with  early 
Christian  and  Byzantine  and  concluding  with  the  Gothic  period.  Dual  listed  fd 
graduate  credit  as  AH507. 

AH  408  Italian  Renaissance  Art  3c  01-3sh 

Italian  art  from  1400s  through  1650  and  Mannerist  movement.  Special 
attention  paid  to  great  masters  of  the  period.  Dual  listed  for  graduate  credit  as 
AH508. 

AH  409  Baroque  and  Rococo  Art  3c-OI-3sh 

A  general  survey  of  art  from  1575-1775.  will  include  architecture,  sculpture, 

painting,  and  other  arts.  Dual  listed  for  graduate  credit  as  AH509. 

AH  412  Classical  Art  3c-0l-3sh 

Historical  survey  of  the  architecture,  painting,  sculpture,  and  minor  arts  of  th 
classical  period  of  Greece  and  Rome,  including  the  Minoan,  Mycenaean,  anc 
Etruscan  cultures. 

AH  413  Senior  Seminar  3c-OI-3sh 

Intended  to  help  students  develop  adequate  vocabularies  and  methods  to  be 
used  in  discussion  and  criticism  of  works  of  art. 

AH  416  Northern  Renaissance  Art  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  phenomena  ol  art  north  of  the  Alps  from  1400  to  1600.  especially  i 
it  appears  in  the  Lowlands,  as  well  as  side  explorations  into  art  of  France, 
Germany,  Austria,  and  the  court  at  Prague. 

AH  419  Muscology  var- 1  to  6sh 

The  student  will  work  in  the  University  Museum  under  the  supervision  of  tli 


Course  Desciiplians-1 1 1 


director.  Museum  techniques  and  practices  in  an  "on-the-job"  training 
situation  will  be  stressed.  Dual  listed  for  craduate  credit  as  AH.>  19. 


AM:  Applied  Music 
Department  of  Music 
College  of  Fine  Arts 


Music  majors  and  others  who  may  quality  take  pri\ate  instruction  in  their 
respective  major  areas  of  performance  in  instrument  or  voice  for  up  to  eight 
semesters.  Half-hour  lessons  are  given  each  week  (2  sh)  for  students  enrolled 
in  the  B.S.  and  B..A.  degree  programs.  ."^  one-hour  lesson  (4  sh)  is  scheduled 
by  students  enrolled  in  the  B.F.A.  degree  program  only. 

AM  101.  15l.2OI.2.'il..^01.?5!.4()1.4.S|  Piano  l-VIII 

.AM  102.  1.^2.  202.  232.  .W2.  .^.'^2.  402.  4.32  Organ  I  \  HI 

AM  103.  153.  203.  253.  .^03.  353.  403.  453  Harpsichord  1-\'1I1 

AM  104.  154.  204.  254.  .^04.  354.  404.  454  Harp  l-VIII 

AM  105.  155.  205.  255.  305.  355.  405.  455  Voice  1  Vlll 

AM  106.  156.  206.  256.  306.  356.  406.  456  Violin  I-\II1 

.AM  107.  157.  207.  257.  307.  357.  407.  457  Viola  l-VIII 

AM  108.  158.208.258.308.358.408.458  Cello  I-VIII 

AM  109.  159.  209.  259.  309.  359.  409.  459  String  Bass  I- VIII 

AM  1 10.  160.  210.  260.  310.  .W).  410.  460  Flute  1-VIlI 

AM  111.  161.  21  I.  261.  311.. ^61.  41  1.461  Clarinet  l-VIII 

AM  112.  162.212.262.312.362.412.462  Oboe  1-VlII 

AM  113.  163.  213.  263.  313.  363.  413.  463  Bas.soon  l-VIII 

AM  1 14.  164.  214.  264.  314.  .^64.  414.  464  Saxophone  1-VlII 

AM  115.  165.215.265.315.365.415.465  Trumpet  I-VIII 

AM  1 16.  166.  216.  266.  316.  366.  416.  466  French  Horn  1-Vlll 

AM  117.  167.217.267.317.367.417.467  Trombone  1-Vlll 

AM  1 1 8.  1 68.  2 1 8.  268.  3 1 8.  368. 4 1 8. 468  Baritone  Horn   I  \  1 1 1 

AM  1 19.  169.  219.  269.  319.  .169.  419.  469  Tuba  l-VIII 

AM  120.  170.  220.  270.  320.  370.  420.  470  Percussion  I-VIII 

AM  121.  171.221.271.321.371.421.471  (iuiiar  1-Vlll 

AN:  .Anthropology 

Department  of  Sociology/Anthropology 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

AN  1 10  (onlcmporart  Anlhropolocy  .3c-OI-3sh 

An  iniriHluclion  In  the  nature  (il  anthiopological  inquiry.  By  using  the 

pological  perspective,  current  relevant  topics  will  be  discussed.  Topics 
nclude  but  arc  not  limited  to  changing  myths  and  rituals,  legal 
iHilogy.  cross-cultural  aspects  of  aging,  gender  roles,  evolutionism  and 
iiism.  cultural  extinction,  and  world  hunger.  Prior  to  Spring.  19X9.  was 
,1*1^  as  AN  1 10:  IntrtKluclion  to  Anthropology. 

\^^-\\  Cultural  AnIhropoloKy  3c-01-3sh 

■s  the  nature  ol  culture  as  a  human  survival  technique.  Provides  a 
ork  for  appreciation  and  understanding  of  cultural  (liflcrenccs  and 
itlcs  m  human  soticlics.  past  and  present. 


AN  213  World  Archaeology  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  the  prehistory  of  Western  and  non- Western  cultures  with  emphasis 
on  the  development  of  technology  and  on  the  evolution  of  adaptive  strategies 
with  particular  attention  to  the  origins  of  agriculture.  This  course  exposes  the 
students  to  the  diversity  of  past  cultural  systems  and  to  the  methodological  and 
theoretical  questions  of  concern  to  archaeologists. 

AN  222  Biological  Anthropology  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  the  goals  and  techniques  of  biological  anthropology  with 
emphasis  on  primatology.  paleoanthropology,  genetics,  and  osteology. 
Provides  a  basis  for  evaluating  the  role  of  biology  in  human  behavior. 

AN  233  Language  and  Culture  3c-()l-3sh 

Focuses  on  social  and  cultural  functions  of  language.  Particular  emphasis 
given  to  probleins  in  anthropology  with  respect  to  non- Western  languages. 

AN  244  Basic  Archaeology  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  the  goals  and  methods  of  anthropological  archaeology  with 
particular  attention  to  the  analysis  of  cultural  chronology,  past  lifeways.  and 
cultural  process.  Provides  laboratory  experience  with  artifacts  and  other 
archaeological  data. 

AN  271  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa  3c-0l  -3sh 

This  course  will  explore  the  cultural  diversity  of  the  continent  of  Africa.  The 
first  unit  will  examine  the  historical  processes  which  shape  modem  society, 
including  the  formation  of  indigenous  African  empires,  the  evidence  for  trade 
routes,  slave  trading,  and  colonialism.  The  second  unit  will  examine  the  nature 
of  African  traditional  societies,  including  analyses  of  forager  and  agricultural 
groups.  The  last  unit  will  cover  issues  of  contemporary  development  in  Africa 
such  as  famine  and  agricultural  policy,  the  status  of  women  in  economic 
development,  and  apartheid.  Reading  will  include  ethnographic  and  historical 
accounts  of  African  society  as  well  as  selections  by  African  writers  on  the 
issues  of  contemporary  society. 

AN  272  Culture  Area  Studies:  China  3c-01  -3sh 

Designed  to  assist  the  student  in  developing  an  understanding  of  contemporary 
China.  While  the  course  will  begin  with  prehistoric  and  historic  aspects  of 
China,  the  focus  will  be  on  contemporary  issues  presented  in  the  context  of 
anthropological  theory.  Specific  Chinese  cultural  components  that  will  be 
investigated  include  values,  attitudes,  norms,  social  organization,  linguistics, 
and  folklore. 

AN  273  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Southeast  Asia  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  peoples  and  cultures  of  Southeast  (SE)  Asia.  Prehistory 
and  the  development  of  indigenous  states  in  SE  .Asia  and  analysis  of  impact  of 
world  religions,  such  as  Islam,  and  Western  colonialism.  Also  examines 
modern  hunter-gatherer  and  farming  societies  and  discusses  contemporary 
issues  In  social  and  economic  change,  including  the  "Green  Revolution." 
tropical  deforestation,  the  struggle  of  ethnic  minority  tribal  peoples,  and  the 
plight  of  Indochinese  refugees. 

AN  312  World  Ethnography  3c-01-3sh 

Detailed  study  of  specific  piclllciaic  ciihiires,  liniphasis  given  to  queslinn'.  of 
cultural  Integration. 

AN  314  Native  Americans  3c-(ll-3sh 

Survey  of  culture  history  and  culture  area  characteristics  of  the  Indians  of 
North  America.  Detailed  study  of  representative  groups  related  to  historical, 
functional,  and  ecological  concepts. 

AN  315  North  American  Archaeology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ANl  10  or  AN244  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Survey  of  North  American  prehistory  with  emphasis  on  cultural  ecology  and 
technology.  Attention  Is  given  to  all  geographic  areas  north  of  Mexico,  hut  the 
focus  is  on  the  Eastern  Woodlands. 

AN  316  Anthropology  of  Religion  3c-OI-3.sh 

Prerequisite:  ANl  lOor  AN211 

Explores  nature,  function,  and  universal  characteristics  of  religion  in  human 
society  by  ulili/lng  cross-cultural  approach.  Theories  concerning  religious 
phenomena  serve  a.s  topics  for  discussion. 

AN  317  Archaeology  Research  Design  and  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AN244  or  pcniussinii  (if  Ihe  Insliuctor 

Introduction  to  theory  ami  mk-iIukI  in  archaeological  reseaivli  Ihuniuh  Iccuirc. 


1 12-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


laboratory  exercises,  and  individual  projects.  Provides  students  with  actual 
experience  analyzing  and  interpreting  archaeological  data  sets. 

AN  320  Archaeological  Field  School  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  ANl  10.  AN244.  or  permission  of  instructor 
Introduction  to  archaeological  survey,  field  excavation,  and  laboratory 
processing.  Field  school  students  participate  in  one  or  more  of  the  on-going 
research  projects  of  the  lUP  Archaeology  Program. 

AN  340  Anthropology  of  Aging  3c-OI-3sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  various  experiences  faced  by  elderly  people  in 
nuinerous  world's  societies.  Explores  the  impact  of  such  factors  as  ethnicity, 
nationality,  race,  and  class  and  the  processes  of  cultural  change  on  the  lives  of 
people  growing  old.  Comparative,  cross-cultural  perspectives  will  be  stressed. 

AN  350  Anthropology  of  Women  3c-OI-3sh 

This  course  is  designed  for  any  student  with  an  interest  in  the  lives  of  women 
around  the  world,  regardless  of  whether  or  not  they  have  a  strong  background 
in  anthropology.  The  course  will  examine  the  social  roles,  rights,  and 
responsibilities  of  women  cross-culturally,  viewing  both  women's  productive 
(economic)  functions  as  well  as  reproductive  functions.  Reading  will  describe 
the  position  of  women  in  technologically  simple  societies  as  well  as  address 
the  comparative  position  of  women  in  the  industrialized  socialist  and  capitalist 
countries.  The  central  theme  of  the  course  will  be  an  examination  of  how  the 
position  of  women  has  changed  in  the  20th  century. 

AN  360  Applied  Anthropology  3c-01-3sh 

Applied  anthropology  focuses  on  the  anthropologist  as  an  agent  of  social 
change  and  bridges  the  gap  between  theories  of  cultural  behavior  and  the 
policies  which  affect  contemporary  cultures.  The  course  first  examines  the 
historical  role  of  anthropologists  in  early  public  administration  and  then 
examines  al  length  the  work  of  conteinporary  applied  anthropologists  in 
programs  of  international  economic  development  (health,  agriculture,  and 
education),  in  domestic  human  service  planning  and  delivery,  in  cultural 
resource  preservation,  and  in  their  role  as  advocates  for  unempowered 
minorities. 

AN  365  Native  North  American  Religions  3c-0l-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  indigenous  religions  of  North  America  and  to  the 
peoples  who  practice  these  rich  and  varied  approaches  to  the  sacred.  This 
course  not  only  examines  major  religious  themes  and  dimensions  (myth,  ritual, 
ethics,  etc.)  but  includes  an  historical  perspective  on  North  American  Indian 
lifeways.  This  perspective  involves  discussion  of  the  clash  with  Euro- 
American  values  and  contemporary  native  religious  responses  to  social  crisis 
and  change.  (Cross  listed  as  RS36.'>] 

AN  401  Social  and  Cultural  Change  3c  OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ANII0orSOI5l 

Exploration  of  current  theoretical  perspectives  on  social  and  cultural  change. 
Special  attention  given  to  "planned  change"  at  the  local  or  regional  level. 

AN  415  Cultural  Resource  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AN2-14  or  consent  of  the  mstruclor 

Provides  an  understanding  of  how  cultural  resources  are  being  preserved  and 
managed  undercurrent  .American  laws  and  regulations  with  particular 
emphasis  on  historic  properties,  such  as  historic  buildings  and  archaeological 
sites.  Case  studies  and  field  trips  are  incorporated  so  that  students  gain  a 
thorough  understanding  of  key  problems  and  issues  in  historic  preservation 
and  cultural  resource  management. 

AN  420  Cultural  Ecology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AN  1 1 0  or  AN2 1 1 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  field  of  ecological  anthropology  by  exploring  the 
concept  of  the  ecosystem  in  relationship  to  varying  human  adaptive  strategies. 
Illustrates  the  importance  of  understanding  man-environment  interactions  both 
in  studying  the  developing  world  and  in  investigating  the  past. 

AN  444  Medical  .Anthropology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  9  credits  in  anthropology  or  permission 

Focuses  on  the  study  of  human  confrontation  with  disease  and  illness  and  on 
the  adaptive  arrangements  made  by  various  human  groups  for  dealing  with 
these  dangers.  Health  and  disease  are  viewed  from  a  broad  array  of  micro  and 
macro  perspectives,  e.g.,  evolutionary,  ecological,  and  psychosocial.  Designed 
for  nursing  and  social  work  students  as  well  as  social  and  biological  sciences 
students. 


AN  456  Field  Research  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  9  credits  in  anthropology 

Examination  of  methods  and  practice  of  sociology  and  anthropology  in  the 
areas  of  qualitative  and  quantitative  methods.  Concentrates  upon  the 
development  of  field  notes,  interviewing  techniques,  participant  observation, 
etc.  Qualitative  methods  of  sampling  and  analysis  will  include  theoretical 
sampling  and  analytic  induction.  Brief  background  research  into  community, 
organizational,  and  group  structure  will  also  be  emphasized. 

AN  480  Anthropology  Seminar  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  9  credits  in  anthropology  or  permission 

A  seminar  approach  to  the  integration  of  the  fields  of  anthropology.  Designed 
to  assist  the  advanced  student  in  understanding  the  nature  of  anthropology,  the 
major  theoretical  issues,  and  the  history  of  intellectual  development. 

AN  481  Special  Topics  in  Anthropology  3c-0l-3sh 

Focuses  on  specialized  topics  in  anthropology  which  are  not  included  among 
regular  course  offerings. 

AN  482  Independent  Study  var-I-3sh 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic 
through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member.  Some  kind  of  semester  project  is 
ordinarily  expected. 

AN  483  Readings  in  Anthropology  var-l-3sh 

Directed  readings  on  special  topics  in  anthropology.  Instructor  guides 
selection  of  readings. 

AN  493  Internship  in  Anthropology  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

The  course  is  designed  to  offer  students  practical  experience  in  any  of  the 
specialized  fields  of  anthropology  (physical,  social-cultural,  archaeology,  or 
linguistics).  Each  student  develops  objectives  in  consultation  with  a  particular 
departmental  faculty  member  who  is  supervising  the  internship.  Detailed  field 
notes  and  a  major  paper  based  on  the  experience  are  required. 

AR:  Art  (Studio) 
Department  of  Art 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

AR  100  Arts  of  the  Twentieth  Century  lc-31-3sh 

Designed  to  expand  student  response  to  visual,  aural,  and  kinetic  art  forms  of 
this  century  with  special  emphasis  on  recent  decades.  The  course  includes 
lecture,  studio,  and  field  experiences. 

AR  111  Figure  Drawing  0c-6l-3sh 

A  foundation  course  in  drawing,  including  a  study  of  the  structure  of  drawing 

and  composition  with  a  variety  of  media  and  subject  matter. 

AR  1 12  Fundamentals  of  Drawing  0c-6l-3sh 

A  course  which  seeks  to  integrate  basic  principles  and  fundamentals  of 
drawing  and  design. 

AR  113  Three-Dimension  Design  0c-6l-3sh 

Basic  elements  and  principles  of  design  are  studied.  A  course  in  design  in 
three  dimensions. 

AR  114  Color  and  Two-dimensional  Design  0c-6l-3sh 

Focuses  on  the  consistent  properties  of  color  and  the  manner  in  which  two- 
dimensional  design  can  be  organized.  Specific  attention  is  given  to  the 
complex  interactions  of  color  within  two-dimensional  design. 

AR  120  Principles  of  Design  Oc-4l-2sh 

Principles  of  design  and  color  are  studied  and  applied  to  a  crafted  object. 
Major  emphasis  on  aesthetic  quality  inherent  in  designing  with  materials. 

AR  211  Painting  0c-6l-3sh 

An  introductory  course  in  painting  in  which  a  variety  of  materials,  technique 

and  approaches  are  explored. 

AR  213  Woodworking:  Function  and  Form  Oc-6l-3sh 

Involves  the  study  of  woodworking  and  furniture  design  as  it  relates  to  the 
individual  designer-artist.  Students  will  experience  a  formal  background  in 
both  woodworking  technique  and  the  application  of  design. 


Course  Descriptions-1 13 


AR  214  Ceramics  {)c-61-3sh 

A  general  introduction  to  the  techniques  and  aesthetics  of  clay.  The  student 
will  work  tnith  at  the  wheel  and  with  hand  building  methods. 

AR  215  Sculpture  Oc-6l-3sh 

lnlroduclor\  course  in  sculpture  « ith  emphasis  on  study  of  form  as  well  as 
visualizing  in  the  third  dimension. 

AR  216  Basic  Metals  Oc-61-3sh 

Introduction  to  metal  work  with  emphasis  upon  creation  of  functional  and 
nonfunctional  art  objects.  Approached  from  the  \  iewpoint  of  beginner  learning 
basic  processes  of  metal  fabrication. 

AR  217  Printmaliing  Oc-6l-3sh 

Introduction  to  basic  techniques  of  production  of  fine  prints  including  work  in 
relief,  intaglio,  lithograph,  and  serigraph  processes. 

AR  218  Graphic  Design  0c-6l-3sh 

Students  explore  various  techniques  and  their  application  to  such  commercial 
art  projects  as  package  design,  trademark,  and  other  design  problems. 
Lettering  is  stressed,  both  instant  type  and  hand  lettering. 

AR  219  Fibers  ()c-6l-3sh 

Provides  students  » ith  iniroductory  working  know  ledge  in  design  and 
execution  of  projects  in  non  4/hamess  loom  wearing  and  related  fabric  areas. 
Other  fiber  techniques,  including  handmade  paper,  available  for  students  to 
explore  as  desired. 

AR  321  Advanced  Drawing  ()c-6l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ARI I  I  and  1 12 

Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  student  who  has  some  background  in  the 
field.  Problems  of  composition,  two-  and  three-dimensional  relationships,  and 
surface  are  on  an  individual  basis. 

AR  451  Advanced  Woodworking:  Function  and  Form  Uc-6l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  AR2I3 

Offers  advanced  training  and  skills  involving  the  study  of  contemporary 
furniture  design  and  woodworking.  Emphasis  on  a  technical  and  aesthetic 
point  of  view. 

AR  452  Advanced  Ceramics  Oc-6l-3sh 

Prerequisite;  AR2I4 

Continued  exploration  of  the  field  of  ceramic  production,  along  with  kiln 
firing  and  glaze  formulation. 

AR  453  Advanced  Sculpture  Oc  fil  3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR2I5 

Gi\es  the  student  an  opportunity  to  pursue  independent  study  in  sculpture. 
Materials  and  prcKesses  will  be  individually  chosen  and  the  work  related  to 
broadening  concepts. 

AR  454  Advanced  Painting  Oc-6l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .AR21 1 

Individual  experimentation  and  exploration  by  the  painter  and  investigation  of 

the  various  technical  approaches. 

AR  455  Advanced  (iraphic  Design  Oc-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR2 IX 

Stresses  advanced  techniques  in  layout  and  illustration.  The  student  explores 
ideas,  such  as  creation  of  trademarks  and  how  products  are  designed.  Layouts 
are  analyzed  as  to  their  quality.  Package  design  is  studied. 

AR  457  .Advanced  Printmaking  Oc-6l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR2I7 

Student  elects  to  study  one  of  the  printmaking  processes  in  greater  depth  and 
wiirks  toward  development  of  own  techniques,  working  processes,  and  ideas. 

AK  459  Advanced  Fibers  ()c-6l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR2I9 

Provides  student  with  a  working  knowledge  in  design  and  execution  of 
protects  in  weaving  and  related  areas.  Other  fiber  techniques,  including 
handmade  paper,  will  he  available  for  the  students  to  explore  as  desired. 

AR  460  Advanced  Metals  Oc-6l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR2I6 

Design  and  processes  associated  with  an  of  metal  are  given  greater 


concentration.  The  developing  artist  is  encouraged  to  investigate,  in  depth,  one 
or  more  of  the  metal  arts  as  an  extension  of  the  basic  course. 

AR  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

May  pro\  ide  an  in-depth  study  of  a  narrowly  defined  area  of  the  discipline. 
Subject  matter  may  change  with  repeated  offering  of  the  course.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

AR  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  - 1 2sh 

■An  opportunity  to  pursue  special  interests  beyond  the  scope  of  regular  class 
offerings.  Pemiission  of  the  instructor  and  approval  of  the  department 
chairperson  arc  required. 

AR  493  Internship  var-3- 1 2sh 

Designed  for  art  majors  who  wish  to  receive  practical  experience  working 
within  professional  situations  which  relate  to  the  student's  artistic  and 
occupational  goals. 

BC:  Biochemistry 

Biochemistry  Program 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

BC  301  Biochemistry  I  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:   Bl  10."^  and  CH232 

Introduction  to  biochemistry  emphasizing  the  structure  and  function 
relationships  of  proteins,  enzy  mes.  and  vitamins,  bioenergetics.  and  the 
metabolism  of  carbohydrates  and  lipids, 

BC  302  Biochemistry  II  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:   BC^dl 

Continuation  of  BC3()I  concerning  the  metabolism  of  nitrogen,  amino  acids, 
nucleotides,  and  nucleic  acids  and  the  function  of  cell  membranes,  hormones, 
and  specialized  tissues. 

BC  31 1  Biochemistry  Laboratory  I  (lc-41- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:   BIKb  and  CH2.^2 

A  companion  to  BC30I  including  experiments  in  photometry,  enzyme  kinetics 
and  purification,  lipid  isolation  and  characterization,  electron  transport  in 
respiration  and  photosynthesis,  and  use  of  radioisotopes, 

BC  312  Biochemistry  Laboratory  II  Oc-41-lsh 

Prerequisite:   BC.^1  I 

A  companion  to  BC3()2  including  experiments  in  membrane  characterization, 
properties  of  amino  acids,  isolation  and  function  of  nucleic  acids,  and 
synthesis  of  proteins  and  nucleic  acids. 

BC  480  Biochemistry  .Seminar  I  Ic-OI- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:   BC.^02  and  .^  1 2 

Discussion  of  recent  trends  in  biochemical  thought.  Oral  and  written  reports 
on  assigned  readings,  library  or  laboratory  research.  Guest  lecturers.  The 
combination  BC4S0  :iiid  BC4')()  counts  as  one  w  riting-intensive  course. 

BC  481  Special  Topics  in  Biochemistry  3c-ni-.^sh 

Prerequisites:   BC.^(I2  ami  312 

A  lecture-discussion  course  of  recent  biochemical  topics  or  those  of  unique 
interest.  Topic  and  instructor  to  change  annually, 

BC  482  Independent  Research  in  Biochemistry  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:   BC.?02and312 

.Student  conducts  a  research  project  in  an\  field  of  biiicheniisiiy.  Work 
supervised  by  faculty.   Does  not  invoKc  regular  class  or  lab  hours. 
Enrollment  by  permission  only. 

B(  490  Biochemistry  Seminar  II  kill  Kh 

Prerequisites:   BC3()2!  3 1 2,  and  4X0 

Discussion  of  recent  trends  in  biochemical  thought.  Oral  and  w  i  iucii  reports 
on  assigned  readings,  library  or  laboratory  research.  Guest  lecturers.  The 
combination  BC'4X(I  and  B('4')()  counts  as  one  writing-intensive  course. 


/  14-liuHana  Uiiivcisin  of  Pennsylvania 


BE:  Business  Education 

Department  of  Office  Systems  and  Business 

Education 

College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  affilia- 
tion, must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given 
course. 

BE  101  Microbased  Computer  Literacy  3c-01-3sh 

An  introductory  course  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  fundamental 
understanding  of  computers.  The  course  familiarizes  students  with  the 
interaction  of  computer  hardware  and  software.   Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
application  of  microcomputers,  the  use  of  productivity  software  (word 
processing,  spreadsheet  management,  file  and  data  base  management),  and  the 
social  and  ethical  aspects  of  the  impact  of  computers  on  society. 
Note:  This  course  is  co-listed  as  COlOl  and  IMIOI.  Any  of  these  courses 
may  be  substituted  for  each  other  and  may  be  used  interchangeably  for  D  or  F 
repeats  but  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate  credit, 

BE  111  Foundations  of  Business  Mathematics  3c-01-3sh 

Develops  an  understanding  ol  numbers  and  knowledge  of  fundamental 
concepts  in  arithmetic  and  algebra  in  the  solution  of  common  and  advanced 
problems  encountered  in  business  by  the  husinessperson  and  consumer. 
Topics  illustrating  and  emphasizing  the  application  of  business  mathematics 
include  methods  used  to  compute  interest  discount,  partial  payments, 
discounting  of  notes  and  drafts,  depreciation,  amortization,  sinking  fund 
redemptions,  effective  rale  of  interest,  and  preparation  of  statistical  data, 

BE  131  Keyboarding  and  Document  Formatting  3c-01-2sh 

Emphasis  on  development  of  con'ect  techniques  in  typewriting,  introduction  to 
basic  styles  of  business  letters,  simple  tabulations,  and  simple  manuscripts; 
specific  standards  of  speed  and  accuracy  are  required.  (Title  prior  to  1489  was 
BE131   Principles  of  Typewriting.) 

BE  132  Advanced  Keyboarding  and  Document  3c-OI-3sh 

Formatting 

Prerequisite:  2.0  GPA  in  BE131  or  credit  by  examination 
Emphasis  on  further  development  of  speed,  accuracy,  and  production  ability: 
includes  business  letters  w  ith  special  features,  business  reports,  business 
forms,  rough  drafts,  manuscripts.  (Title  prior  to  1989  was  BE  132 
Interinediate  Typewriting.) 

BE  134  Keyboarding  lc-01-lsh 

Exception:  This  course  is  open  to  students  in  all  colleges  without  restriction. 
A  class  designed  to  provide  students  with  the  fundamental  skills  to  keyboard 
information  quickly  and  accurately  in  fourteen  one-hour  sessions.   It  is 
intended  for  the  student  who  does  not  require  the  additional  skills  included  in 
keyboarding  and  document  fomiatting,  such  as  letter  fonnats,  manuscript 
typing,  and  tabulation.  Recommended  for  students  in  computer  science, 
journalism,  management  information  systems,  criminology,  etc. 

BE  250  Electronic  Office  Procedures  3c-UI-3sh 

Prerequisite:   BE13I  or  equivalent 

A  study  of  the  theor\  and  practice  of  the  ssstenis  in  an  electronic  office: 
records  management,  office  environment,  communication  transmittal  systems, 
reprographics,  and  office  procedures.  (Branch  campus  course  only.   May  not 
be  used  as  a  substitute  for  BE264) 

BE  260  Alphabetic  Shorthand  Theory  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  principles  of  alphabetic  shorthand  with  emphasis  on  mastery  of 
shorthand  theor\ ,  punctuation,  grammar,  and  spelling.  "New  matter"  dictation 
will  be  introduced  during  the  last  few  weeks  of  class.  The  alphabetic  system 
taught  will  vary. 

BE  261  Shorthand  Theory  3c-01-3sh 

.An  introductory  course  in  the  basic  principles  of  Gregg  Shorthand,  Centennial 

Edition. 

BE  262  Shorthand  Dictation  and  Transcription  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:   BE13I,  BE261 

Major  objectives  are  to  review  and  strengthen  the  student's  knowledge  of 
principles  of  Gregg  Shorthand,  Centennial  Edition,  to  build  shorthand-writing 
speed  and  to  build  transcription  skills.  (Title  prior  to  1989  was  BE262: 
Shorthand  Dictation.) 


BE  264  Office  Procedures  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:   BE131  or  equivalent 

Advanced  study  of  theory  and  practice  in  activities  common  to  office  records 
management:  handling  of  mail:  telephone  and  telegraph  services:  receiving 
callers:  writing  reports:  dictation  and  transcription  equipment:  bank,  financial, 
and  legal  transactions:  shipping  and  receiving  services:  reference  books:  etc. 

BE  273  Word  Processing  Applications  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:   BE13I  or  equivalent 

In  this  course  students  will  develop  a  high  degree  of  proficiency  in  the  use  of 

word  processors.  Emphasis  is  on  machine  operations  and  production  skills  in 

fomiatting.  text  editing,  and  understanding  word  processing  concepts. 

(Branch  campus  course  only.  May  not  be  used  as  a  substitute  for 

BE/CO/IMIOI) 

BE  311  Methods  and  Evaluation  in  Business  and  3c-OI-3sh 

Marketing  Education  I 

Prerequisites:  General  Psychology,  Educational  Psychology,  and  completion 
of  the  freshman  and  sophomore  courses  in  the  student's  major  areas 
Includes  general  methods  of  teaching  and  evaluation  plus  methods  and 
evaluation  in  basic  business  courses.  Unit  plans,  lesson  plans,  and  unit  tests 
are  emphasized.  Techniques  and  procedures  of  teaching  and  classroom 
management  are  studied.  Includes  units  in  vocational  education  such  as 
advisory  committees,  adult  education,  and  federal  legislation  for  funding. 

BE  312  Methods  and  Evaluation  in  Business  var-l  to  3sh 

Education  II 

Prerequisite:   BE31  lor  DE4I0 

Covers  three  sections  of  special  methods  and  evaluation  in  office  technologies: 
secretarial,  accounting,  and  data  processing.  Objectives,  planning,  evaluating, 
and  skill  building  are  studied.  Media  and  facilities  for  instruction  are 
examined.  Students  elect  sections  needed  for  certification. 

BE  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chaiiperson  and  dean.  College  of 

Business 

Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a 

concentrated  area  of  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member, 

BI:  Biology 

Department  of  Biology 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

BI  103  (Jeneral  Biology  I  3c-2l  4sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

A  basic  introduction  to  ecology,  biochemistry,  and  cell  biology,  genetics,  and 

evolution. 

BI  104  Ceneral  Biology  II  3c-2l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  BI  103  General  Biology  1.  Non-Biology  majors  only 
A  basic  introduction  to  plant  and  animal  physiology,  neurobiology,  animal 
behavior,  and  plant  and  animal  reproduction  and  development. 

BI  105  Cell  Biology  3c-21  4sh 

Introductory  course  to  increase  depth  of  beginning  student's  understanding  of 
structural  and  functional  development  plus  evolutionary  aspects  of  cell 
concept. 

BI  110  Plant  Biology  3c-4l-5sh 

Prerequisite:  81105  or  special  pemiission 

Plant  structure,  function,  development,  recognition  and  grouping, 
environmental  relationships,  and  economic  importance  of  plants  considered. 

BI  114  Environmental  Science  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

An  introduction  to  environmental  science  with  an  emphasis  on  human 
impacts.  The  course  uses  an  interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  consideration  of 
population  growth,  pollution,  preservation  of  species,  and  establishment  of 
public  policy.  Students  will  learn  basic  principles  in  ecology  as  the  basis  for 
understanding  problems  of  the  environment. 

BI  120  Animal  Biology  3c-41  .Ssh 

Prerequisite:  BIIO,'^  or  special  permission 

Morphology,  physiology,  embryology,  ecology,  taxonomy,  social,  and 
economic  importance  of  animals;  consideration  of  principles  applicable  to  a 
correlation  of  classical  with  present-day  zoology. 


Course  Dcsciipiions-1 15 


BI  150  Human  Anatom>  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

Study  of  the  functional  systematic  anatomy  of  the  human.  Lah  siutiies  center 

on  nonhuman  mammals  uhose  anatomy  is  then  iclated  to  the  human 

condition. 

BI  151  Human  Physiology  .ic-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  B1105.  Non-Biology  majors  only 

Course  deals  with  acquiring,  through  lecture  presentations  and  laboratory 
experiments,  an  understanding  of  the  basic  functions  and  control  of  the  major 
organ  systems  of  the  human  body.  Organ  systems  examined  include  the 
following:  muscular  system,  cardiovascular  system,  respiratory  system. 
endocrine  system,  renal  system,  digestive  system,  reproductive  system,  and 
nervous  system. 

BI  155  Human  Physiology  and  .\natomy  3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biologv  majors  only  (Food  and  Nutrition.  Home  Economics 
Education,  Physical  Education,  and  Safety  Sciences  majors) 
Study  of  structure  and  function  of  the  human  body.  Emphasis  is  on  normal 
function,  with  particular  attention  to  functional  anatomy,  control  mechanisms. 
and  interrelationships  among  systems.  Laboratory  studies  will  include 
experimentation  and  dissection.  For  students  w  ith  little  or  no  science 
background. 

BI  160  Biology  of  Aging  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  biological  changes  that  occur  during  the  aging  process 
in  humans,  includmg  discussion  of  recent  theories  on  the  causes  of  aging. 
Note:  This  course  does  not  fulfill  Biology  major  reqtiirements. 

BI  232  Fundamentals  of  Microbiology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CHIOI  or  equi\alent.  Non-Biology  majors  only  (food  and 
nutrition  and  home  economics  education  majors) 

Study  of  microorganisms  and  the  role  they  play  in  water,  food  disease,  and 
infection.  Food  spoilage,  poisoning,  and  disease  are  emphasized.  General 
methods  and  techniques  are  emphasi/.ed  in  the  laboratory. 

BI  241  General  Microbiology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only  (nursing  and  respiratory  therapy 
majors),  BI105,  CHIOI.  or  equivalent 

Study  of  microorganisms  and  the  role  they  play  in  water,  soil,  food,  and 
infection.  Microbes  and  disease  will  be  emphasi/ed.  Standard  methods  and 
techniques  are  emphasi/ed  in  laboratory , 

BI  252  Field  Zoology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI120 

Field  natural  history  of  vertebrates:  identification,  collection,  and  preservation 

techniques. 

BI  261  Ornithology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI105  or  Bll()3  and  104 

A  study  of  birds  of  the  region.  Indoor  laboratory  as  well  as  early  morning  and 
possibly  weekend  field  trips  required. 

BI  262  (ieneral  F-ntomology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  B1I20 

Morphology,  anatomy,  ecology,  taxonomy,  and  economic  and  public  health 
impmance  of  insect  orders,  particularly  those  of  Western  Pennsylvania: 
student  collection  and  Field  trips  required. 

BI  263  Genetics  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Bll  lOor  120  and  CH23I 

Deals  with  the  distribution  and  function  of  the  hereditary  material;  special 
emphasis  on  microbial,  viral,  and  molecular  genetics. 

BI  265  Human  (unetics  3c-()I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

Behavior  of  genes  in  man,  as  individuals  and  as  populations,  will  be 
considered  through  pedigree  studies,  linkage  analysis,  chemical  structure  of 
proteins,  and  cytogenetic  correlations.  Emphasis  on  facts  and  principles  which 
relate  lo  man's  growing  social,  ethical,  and  political  probleins. 

BI  269  Bioelhics  and  Coevniulinn  3c-OI-3sh 

Discussion  and  exploration  of  the  c(K"voluIion  of  man  and  nature.  Areas 
covered  include  the  concepts  of  cocvolution.  bioelhics.  resource  utilization. 
and  possible  future  lifestyles.  Designed  for  majors  and  nonmajors. 


BI  271  Evolution  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  Biology 

Historical  development  of  evolutionary  thought;  evidence  and  operational 

mechanisms  involved;  origin  and  phvlogenelic  relationships  of  biological 

groups. 

BI  272  Conservation  of  Plant  and  Animal  Resources  2c-3!-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI  lO.'i  or  BI  103  and  104 

A  study  of  accepted  practices  in  soil,  water,  forest,  and  wildlife  conservation. 
Saturday  field  trips. 

BI  273  Introduction  to  Rocky  Mountain  Ecology  var-4sh 

An  introductory  course  intended  primarily  for  those  not  familiar  with  the 
Rocky  Mountains.  Flora  and  fauna  of  each  of  the  life  zones  will  be  described, 
collected,  and  identified.  Interactions  among  the  various  elements  of  these 
ecosystems  will  be  considered.  This  course  will  be  given  in  a  wilderness  area. 
Primitive  accommodations  allow  the  student  the  opportunity  to  enjoy  the 
wilderness  area  as  much  as  possible.  Study  takes  place  in  Wyoming.  Tents, 
food,  horses,  etc.,  are  provided  by  a  professional  outfitter.  Offered  only  in  the 
summer.  No  prerequisites. 

BI  310  Applied  Entomology  and  Zoonoses  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Bll 20  or  peniiission 

Study  of  the  measures  for  abatement  or  control  of  arthropods,  rodents,  birds, 
and  other  disease  vectors  of  public  importance:  selection,  chemistry, 
formulation,  and  safe  application  of  insecticides,  rodenticides,  and  fumigants; 
pesticiding  equipment;  application  of  biological  and  other  measures  of  control. 

BI311  Environmental  Biology  3c-3l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  Restricted  to  Elementary  Education  and  Earth  Science 

Education  majors  only 

Laboratory  and  field  course  providing  basic  knowledge  in  biology  and  its 

practical  implications.  Physical  and  biological  aspects  of  the  environment  are 

studied. 

BI  321  Environmental  Protection  I  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIIO.'S.  CHI  12.  and  permission  of  instructor.  Environmental 
Health  majors  only 

Considers  the  impact  of  important  components  of  the  physical  environment  on 
health  and  deals  w  ith  principles  and  methods  for  identification,  evaluation,  and 
control  of  such  health  hazards.  Major  attention  to  principles  and  methods  of 
epidemiological  investigation.  M;ijor  credit  only  for  environmental  health 
majors. 

BI  322  Environmental  Protection  II  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  B1321.  Environmental  Health  majors  only 

Subjects  receiving  attention  include  water  and  food  supplies,  domestic  and 

industrial  sewage  and  wastes,  housing,  accidents,  community  air  pollution, 

domestic  and  industrial  poisons,  ionizing  radiations,  occupational  health 

hazards, 

BI  331  Animal  Developmental  Biology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Bll 20 

Comparative  and  molecular  development  of  vertebrate  animals  are  the  inajor 
considerations.  General  principles  of  development  arc  illustrated  using 
vertebrate,  invertebralc.  and  plan!  malcrials. 

BI  350  Cellular  Physiology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH23I 

Topics  include  cell  membrane  systems,  bioenergetics,  and  information 
processing  systems  as  well  as  growth  and  differentiation  of  cells  and  their 
organelles.  Complements  plant  and  anini:il  physiology  and  biochemistry. 

BI  352  ComparatiNc  Animal  Physiology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Bll  20,  CI  123  I 

Comparative  stiuly  of  homcostatic  mechanisms  and  systems  in  anim:ils  and 
their  relation  to  fundamental  chemical  and  physical  events  in  cells. 

Id  .160  Medical  Mycology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BllO.'i 

A  study  of  the  mycology  of  pathogenic  fungi.  Consideration  will  include 
sources  of  infection,  distribution,  symptomatology,  diagnosis,  progiiosis. 
immunology,  and  treatment.  Pathogens  are  useil  in  the  course,  and  emphasis  is 
phiced  upon  actual  laboraloiy  techiiic|ue  and  procetlures. 


/  16-lihliana  Univcrsily  of  Pennsylvoiiiu 


BI  361  Microbiology  2c-31-3sh 

Pierequisiies:  BIin5."cH231 

Introduction  to  morphology,  physiology,  and  ecology  of  procaryotic 
organisms.  Importance  of  microorganisms  in  basic  and  applied  research, 
economics,  infection,  and  immunology  are  discussed. 

BI  362  Ecology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BlllO.  120 

Study  of  interrelations  and  adaptations  of  organisms;  includes  consideration  of 
physical  and  biolic  environmental  factors.  Field  trips. 

BI  364  Immunology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  B1361.  CH232.  or  hy  permission 

Physical  and  chemical  properties  of  antigens  and  antibodies;  nature  of  antigen- 
antibody  interactions;  mechanism  of  antibody  formation;  and  immune  reaction 
and  disease.  Lab  employs  serological  techniques. 

BI  401  Laboratory  Methods  in  Biology  and  2c-41-3sh 

Biotechnology 

Prerequisite;  CH3?1 

Theory  and  practice  in  a  number  of  major  anal>tical  and  preparative  tech- 
niques currently  in  use  in  physiology,  molecular  biology,  and  biotechnology. 

BI  420  Biology  of  Higher  Invertebrates  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI120 

A  phylogenetic  overview  of  the  higher  invertebrates.  Annelida  through  lower 
Chordata.  A  systematic  approach  on  functional  morphology  and 
niicrostructure.  behavior  and  physiology,  under  an  evolutionary  umbrella. 
Laboratory  sessions  offer  additional  research  opportunities. 

BI  425  Herpetology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  B1I20 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  classes  Amphibia  and  Reptilia.  including  their 
classification,  structure,  origin,  evolution,  phylogenetic  relationships, 
distribution,  and  natural  history.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
herpelofauna  of  PennsyK  ania. 

BI  432  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  81 120 

Discussion  of  anatomy  of  representative  vertebrates  from  a  comparative  point 
of  view.  Stresses  major  organi/alional  changes  observed  in  vertebrate  history. 

BI  446  Dendrology  2c  31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  81 1 10  or  by  pemiission 

Study  of  woody  plants  as  to  their  identification,  distribution,  ecology,  culture, 
anatomy,  physiology,  mensuration,  and  ulili/alion. 

BI  45 1  Taxonomy  of  Plants  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  811 10 

Considers  the  collection,  preservation,  and  identification  and  taxonomy  of 
plants  of  this  region. 

BI  453  Plant  Physiology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIllO.  CH23! 

Studies  physiological  proces.ses  occurring  in  plants  considered  ui  relation  lo 
growth,  development,  and  ecology  of  plants. 

BI  463  Limnology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI362 

An  investigation  into  the  physical,  chemical,  and  biological  aspects  of  inland 
waters  and  their  interrelationships.  In  the  laboratory  the  student  will  gain 
experience  in  the  techniques  involved  in  aquatic  sampling  and  the  analysis  of 
data.  (Saturday  or  Sunday  labs  may  be  required.) 

BI  475  Mammalogy  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  81 120 

A  general  discussion  of  mammals  emphasi/mg  systematics.  distribution,  and 
structural  and  functional  modifications  related  to  evolution  of  this  group.  Lab 
work  samples  numerous  techniques  that  can  be  applied  to  mammalian  biology. 

BI  476  Parasitology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI12() 

Structure,  physiology,  ecology,  life  cycles,  pathology,  and  treatment  of 
parasitic  protozoa  and  llalvsorm  and  roundworm  species  of  man.  Dissection  of 
hosts  for  parasites. 


BI  478  Mycology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  811 10 

Involves  a  study  of  the  systemics.  morphology,  and  physiology  of  the 
kingdom  Myceteae  with  emphasis  on  economically  important  and 
experimentally  useful  organisms. 

BI  480  Biology  Seminar  lc-01- 1  sh 

Discussion  of  recent  trends  in  biological  thought  and  research.  Students  report 
on  assigned  readings  and/or  personal  research. 

BI  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

This  course  varies  from  semester  to  semester  covering  diverse  topics  in 
specific  areas  of  biology. 

BI  482  Independent  Study  vat  - 1  -3sh 

Student  investigates  independently  any  field  of  biology  in  which  interested. 
Work  is  supervised  by  a  faculty  member  hut  does  not  involve  regular  class  or 
laboratory  hours.  Enrollment  by  permission  only;  2.5  GPA  overall  and  in 
major  courses  required. 

BI  493  Biology  Internship  var-6- 1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  Biology  major  with  at  least  57  semester  hours,  2.5  overall  QPA. 
and  pemiission  of  the  director  of  internships  and  the  chairperson 
Selected  students  have  opportunity,  under  department  supervision,  to  gain  off- 
campus  practical  experience  in  area  of  interest.  Only  six  credits  may  be 
applied  toward  major;  total  number  of  credits  will  be  decided  in  consultation 
between  student,  his/lier  adviser,  and  director  of  inleinships. 

BL:  Business  Law 

Department  of  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 

College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a 
aivcn  course. 


BL  235  Introduction  to  Business  Law 

Introduction  to  legal  systems,  torts,  contracts,  and  sales  law. 


3c-0l-3sh 


3c-OI-3sh 


BL  336  Law  of  Business  Organizations 

Prerequisite:  BL235 

A  study  of  the  law  dealing  with  commercial  paper,  agency,  partnerships, 

corporations,  and  bankruptcy. 

BL  337  Consumer  Law  3c-OI-3sh 

Nature  of  law  as  it  pertains  to  the  consumer.  Attention  to  consumer  protection 
relationships;  real  and  personal  properly;  credit:  environmental  law;  law 
pertaining  to  employment:  landlord-tenant  relationships;  product  liability; 
insurance:  and  family  law. 

CE:  Counselor  Education 
Department  of  Counselor  Education 
College  of  Education 

CE  250  Developing  Interpersonal  Relationship  Skills  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Teaches  interpersonal  relationship  skills:  listening,  communicating,  group 
dynamics,  decision  making,  leadership,  asscrtiveness.  time  use  management, 
problem  solving,  and  conllict  resolution.  Open  to  all  undergraduates. 

CE  253  Counseling  in  School  .Settings  3c-01-3sh 

An  elective  course  designed  to  provide  in-service  teachers  and  school 
personnel,  other  than  counselors,  with  a  basic  understanding  of  the  knowledge 
information,  and  skills  appropriate  to  counseling  with  individuals  and  groups. 


Course  Descriptions-1 17 


CH:  Chemistry 

Department  of  Chemistry 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

tH  101  College  Chemistry  I  3c-21-4sli 

The  basic  I'undanienlal  principles  and  concepts  of  inorganic  chemistPi'  are 
developed  from  the  standpoint  ot  atomic  and  molecular  structure  w ith 
illustrative  examples  from  descriptive  chemistry.  The  laboratory  portion  of  the 
course  illustrates  physical  and  chemical  properties  in  a  qualitative  and 
quantitative  manner.  The  course  is  designed  lor  selected  majors  within  the 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences. 

CH  102  College  Chemistry  II  3c-2l-4sh 

Pre'-equisiie:  CHIOI 

The  basic  fundamental  principles  and  concepts  ol  orsianic  and  biochemistry 
are  developed.  Deals  primarily  uith  structural  features  of  organic  compounds. 
the  chemistry  of  functional  groups,  and  practical  examples  and  uses  of  organic 
compounds.  The  laboratorv  portion  illustrates  properties  and  reactions  of 
representative  organic  compounds.  The  course  is  designed  for  selected  majors 
within  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences. 

CH  1 1 1  General  Chemistry  I  3c-.?l-4sh 

Lecture-discussion  of  principles  of  chemistry,  including  theory  and 
applications.  The  lab  illustrates  principles  discussed.  Topics  discussed  include 
scientific  measurements,  simple  definitions  and  concepts,  the  mole. 
sioichiometry.  gas  laws,  electronic  structure  of  the  atom,  bonding. 
thermochemistry,  and  descriptive  chemistrv  of  the  elements. 

CH  112  General  Chemistry  II  .V  31  4sh 

Prerequisite:  CHIN 

Continuation  of  General  Chemistry  1.  Topics  discussed  include  the  solid  and 

liquid  state,  solutions,  kinetics,  equilibria,  acids  and  bases,  solubility 

equilibria,  thermodynamics,  electrochemistry,  and  descriptive  chemistry  of  the 

elements. 

CH  113  Concepts  in  Chemistry  3c-31-4sh 

Introductory  course  for  chemistry  majors.  Topics  covered  include  atomic 
theory .  an  introduction  to  chemical  reactions,  stoichiomelry.  thermochemistry. 
chemical  bonding,  molecular  geometry,  kinetic-molecular  theory  of  gases,  the 
liquid  and  the  solid  stales,  and  solution  theory. 

CH  1 14  Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry  .3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CH  1 1 3 

Topics  include  chemical  kinetics,  equilibrium  and  thennodynamics.  acids  and 
bases,  electrochemistry,  coordination  chemistry,  and  descriptive  chemistry  of 
selected  elements. 

CH  116  Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry  3c-31-2sh 

Prerequisite;  CH  I  1 1  and  C  H 112 

Required  for  chemistry  majors  who  have  taken  CH  1 1 1  and  CH  1 1 2.  A 
systematic  study  of  the  chemistry  of  the  elements  will  be  presented  in  both  the 
lecture  and  the  laboratory.  Also  included  will  be  the  chemistry  of  coordination 
compounds.  This  course  starts  at  the  beginning  of  the  second  half  of  the  spring 
semester  and  is  taught  concurrently  with  CH  1  14. 

CH  231  Organic  Chemistry  I  3c-4l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CHI  12  or  114 

A  study  of  compounds  of  carbon,  with  special  emphasis  on  structure-reactivity 
relationships.  Laboratory  work  emphasizes  methods  of  separation  and 
purification  of  organic  compounds. 

CH  232  Organic  Chemistry  11  3c-41-4sh 

Prcrequisiie;  CH23I 

A  continuation  of  Organic  Chemistry  I  with  an  introduction  to  spectroscopic 

techniques.  Laboratory  work  emphasizes  the  synthesis  of  representative 

compounds. 

'  CH  255  BiiK'hemistry  and  Nutrition  .3c-()l-3sh 

i  Prerequisite;  CH102 
Course  (or  Home  Economics  majors;  studies  chemistry  and  biological 
function  of  biologically  active  compounds  with  respect  to  nutritional 
requirements. 

CH  .MM  (  himislry  Seminar  Ic Ol  Ish 

Discussion  ol  current  technical  literature  and  current  research  problems  of 


staff.  Lectures  by  outside  chemists  and  student  presentations.  Open  to  junior 
or  senior  chemistry  majors  and  to  others  by  permission  of  the  instructor. 

CH  303  Glassblowing  Techniques  Oc-21-lsh 

Introduces  science  student  to  techniques  necessary  for  construction  and 
modification  of  scientific  glass  apparatus.  Limited  to  junior  and  senior  science 
majors  and  others  by  permission  of  instructor. 

CH  321  Quantitative  Anal.vsis  3c-4l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CHll2orCHl"l4 

Theory  and  practice  of  quantitative  analysis,  including  gravimetric  and 

volumetric  analysis;  special  emphasis  on  perfecting  student's  laboratory 

techniques  and  application  of  general  chemical  knowledge  through  problem 

solving. 

CH  322  Instrumental  Analysis  3c-4l-4sh 

Prerequisite;  CH34I 

Modern  instrumental  methods  of  chemical  analysis.  Student  learns  theory 
behind  the  instrumcnl.  principles  of  operation,  interpretation  of  data  obtained, 
and  limitations  of  methods. 

CH  323  Analytical  Methods  3c-4l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  CHI  12  and  non-Chemistry  major 

Principles  of  precipitation,  acid-base,  oxidation-reduction,  and  equilibria  are 
applied  to  problem  solving  and  to  laboratory  determinations;  instrumental 
methods  of  analysis,  such  as  colorimetry.  atomic  absorption  and  flame 
emission,  gas  chromatography,  etc. 

CH  324  Forensic  Analysis  3c-41-4sh 

Prerequisites:  CHI  1 1.  ri2.  231.  232 

Theory  and  practice  of  modern  quantitative  and  instrumental  analysis, 
especially  as  applied  to  forensic  samples  in  the  crime  lab.  Principles  of 
instrument  operation  and  data  interpretation  will  be  stressed. 

CH  331  Organic  Molecular  Structure  Determination        4c-var-3sh 
Prerequisites:  CH23I-232  (CH232  may  be  taken  concurrently) 
Gives  the  student  experience  in  systematic  identification  of  various  classes  of 
organic  compounds  by  both  chemical  and  physical  methods. 

CH  335  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites;  CH232  and  CH34 1 

Selected  topics  of  current  interest  covered.  Possible  topics  include  reaction 
mechanisms,  molecular  spectroscopy,  stereochemistry,  natural  products, 
heterocyclics,  polymer  chemistry,  and  organic  synthesis. 

CH  340  Physical  Chemistry  for  the  Biological  Sciences      3c-(ll-3sh 
Prerequisites:  MA  1 22.  1 24.  1 2S.  and  PY 1 1 2  or  1 32;  CH232 
One  semester  course  for  Biochemistry  and  Biology  majors.  Chemical 
thermodynamics,  equilibria,  kinetics;  quantum  mechanics:  and  spectroscopy 
especially  as  applied  to  hioniechanical  systems. 

CH  341  Physical  Chemistry  1  4c Ol  4sh 

Prerequisites;  MA  1 22.  124.  or  12S  and  PYI  12  or  132;  CHI  12  or  I  14 
Chemical  thermodynamics  with  applications  lo  solutions,  phase,  and  clieniical 
equilibria-kinetic  theory. 

CH  342  Physical  Chemistry  II  3c-(ll-3sh 

Prerequisite:  rH34 1 

Study  of  solids,  liquids,  surfaces,  chemical  kinetics,  clecliochemisiry,  aloniic 
and  molecular  structure. 

CH  343  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (Ic  3Msli 

Prerequisites:  CI  132 1.. Ml 

Experiments  illustrating  application  ol  lundamcnlal  laws  to  aclual  systems. 
Carries  writing-intensive  credit. 

CH  MA  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  Oc  31-lsh 

Prerequisites:  VWMl.  343 

Kxlension  of  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  1;  experiments  related  lo 

chemical  kinetics,  molecular  spectroscopy,  and  other  topics  of  physical 

chemistry. 

CH.V51  Uiochomislry  4c-lll-4sh 

I'leieiiuisite:  (11231 

Study  of  chemistry  aiui  biological  liiiiclioiis  of  c;iiholiydiiiU's.  lipids,  proieiiis. 
minerals,  vitamins,  and  hormones. 


1 18-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CH  376  Radiochemistr.v  4c-var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH322 

Study  of  basic  aspects  of  nuclear  structure,  phenomena  of  radioactive  isotopes, 
and  chemical  effects  of  such  isotopes.  Concurrent  lab  work  utilizing 
instruments  for  detection  and  measurement  of  radioactive  nuclides  used  in 
chemical  experimentation. 

CH  410  .\dvanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory  Oc-31-lsh 

Prerequisite:  CH.^22  Instrumental  .Analysis 

A  laboratory  course  in  which  the  techniques  used  in  the  synthesis  and 
characterization  of  inorganic  compounds  w  ill  be  explored.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  preparation  of  a  « ide  \  ariely  of  inorganic  compounds  and  the 
methods  by  which  they  are  identified  and  characterized. 

CH  411  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH341 

Gives  understanding  of  advanced  theories  of  atomic  structure,  chemical 
bonding,  acids  and  bases,  coordination  compounds,  and  selected  topics. 

CH  412  .Advanced  Structural  and  Synthetic  2c-21-3sh 

Methods  in  Inorganic  Chemistry 

Prerequisites:  CH4 11  and  either  CH410  or  CH322 

.Ad\  anced  techniques  used  in  the  synthesis  and  characterization  of  inorganic 
compounds  will  be  explored.  In  lecture,  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  theory 
and  application  of  structural  and  spectroscopic  methods  of  characterization.  In 
lab.  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  advanced  methods  of  synthesis  and  structural 
characterization  using  representative  examples  of  important  classes  of 
inorganic  compounds. 

CH  421  Advanced  Instrumental  .Analysis  4c-var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH322 

Study  of  modem  chemical  analysis,  using  advanced  instrumental  techniques: 
emphasis  on  theory,  principles  of  operation,  capabilities,  and  limitations  of 
advanced  analytical  instruments  used. 

CH  441  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  CH342 

Study  of  fundamental  ideas  of  quantum  and  statistical  mechanics,  molecular 
structure,  and  other  topics  of  current  interest. 

CH  493  Internship  in  Chemistry  var-4  to  9sh 

Prerequisites:  CHI  13.  1 14.  231.  232.  321.  341.  and  departmental 

approval 

Full-time  involvement  in  an  actual  "on-the-job"  situation  in  an  industrial 

laboratory  under  the  tutelage  of  a  selected  preceptor.  A  department  faculty 

member  w  ill  work  closely  w  ith  the  student  and  preceptor  and  will  assume 

responsibility  of  making  the  final  evaluation  and  assigning  a  grade. 

CH  498  Problems  in  Chemistry  var- 1  to  2sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  chairperson 

Course  of  independent  study  on  selected  problems,  including  lab  work,  library 
reading,  and  conferences  with  staff  member.  A  minimum  of  four  hours  per 
week  required  per  credit. 

CL:  Critical  Languages 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

CL  491  Critical  Languages  I  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  vocabulary  and  pronunciation  in  the  target  language.  Oral/aural  skills 
are  stressed.  See  program  description  under  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences  for  languages  offered. 

CL  492  Critical  Languages  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  491  or  acceptable  equivalent 

A  continuation  of  the  first-semester  course.  Depending  on  the  language  being 
studied,  reading  and  writing  may  be  introduced  at  this  level. 

CL  493  Critical  Languages  III  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  492  or  acceptable  equivalent 

At  this  first  intermediate  level,  students  will  begin  to  develop  a  degree  of  oral 

proficiency  that  will  vary  with  the  language  studied.  Reading  and  writing  will 
be  studied  in  all  lanauaaes  bv  this  level. 


CL  494  Critical  Languages  IV 

Prerequisite:  493  or  acceptable  equivalent 


.3c-OI-3sh 


By  the  end  of  this  course  the  student  should  be  able  to  communicate  in  simple 
terms  with  an  educated  native  speaker  on  a  topic  with  which  the  student  is 
familiar.  Ability  in  reading  and  writing  will  vary  with  language. 

CM:  Communications  Media 
Department  of  Communications  Media 
College  of  Education 

CM  101  Survey  of  Communications  Media  3c-01-3sh 

Required  of  Communications  Media  majors 

Introduction  to  the  evolution,  status,  and  future  of  communications  media. 
Students  explore  intrapersonal  communication  through  self-assessment,  values 
clarification,  and  feedback:  interpersonal  communication  through  interviews, 
observations,  case  studies,  and  gaming:  and  mass  communications  through  the 
examination  of  the  processes  and  the  technology  utilized  to  disseminate  and 
manage  information.  Career  paths,  field  applications,  professional 
associations,  and  the  primary  literature  are  investigated. 

CM  102  Basic  Technology  Ic-Ol-lsh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101 

Provides  Communications  Media  majors  w  ith  the  ability  to  identify,  operate, 
and  maintain  a  variety  of  audiovisual  hardware  commonly  found  in  education, 
business,  industry .  and  allied  health  professions. 

CM  103  Basic  Communications  Research  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101 

An  introduction  to  research  as  it  specifically  applies  to  the  field  of 
communications.  Major  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  a  review  of  the  resource 
materials  pertaining  to  the  area  of  communications.  Also  to  be  included  will 
be  a  basic  understanding  of  research  methodology  as  it  relates  to  the  design 
and  validation  of  communication  devices. 

CM  200  Images  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101 

The  course  examines  the  basic  visual  and  aural  elements,  the  strategies  and 
options  of  techniques,  the  psychological  and  physiological  implications  of 
creative  composition,  and  the  range  of  media  and  formats. 

CM  271  Beginning  Photography  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101  or  permission 

Working  w  ith  black-and-white  materials,  the  student  learns  to  operate  a 
camera,  develop  film,  make  contact  prints  and  enlargements,  and  mount  prints 
for  display.  .Ancillary  topics  are  introduced  such  as  filtration,  print  spotting, 
fiash.  and  the  use  of  accessory  lenses.  Student  is  required  to  have  a  35mm 
camera,  preferably  a  single-lens  retlex.  w  ith  fully  manual  focusing  and 
exposure  capability. 

CM  301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EP302  or  permission 

Preservicc  teachers  gain  competencies  in  selection,  evaluation,  and  utilization 
of  various  instructional  technologies.  .Application  of  new  technologies  to 
teaching  and  learning  vv  ill  be  emphasized,  along  with  pertbrmance-based 
activities  in  instructional  design.  A  major  portion  of  the  course  is  devoted  lo 
the  integration  of  computer-based  instructional  activities  in  the  school 
curriculum.  Does  not  count  towards  credits  needed  for  Communications 
Media  major. 

CM  303  Scriptwriting  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101 

Required  of  Communications  Media  majors 

Introduction  to  the  design  of  media  materials  and  script  writing.  Style  and 

techniques  of  writing  will  be  analyzed.  Classroom  emphasis  is  on  writing. 

critiques,  and  revision  of  designs  and  scripts.  Scripts  for  audio,  still  projection 

and  motion  picture  and  television  productions  will  be  written. 

CM  330  Communications  Media  in  Training  3c-OI-3sh 

and  Education 

Prerequisites:  CM  1(1 1.  303 

The  course  reviews  the  historical  growth  and  philosophies  of  the  design  and 
development  of  training  and  education  products  and  processes.  The  student 
examines  the  prmcipal  roles  and  functions  of  human  and  material  resource 
professionals  for  training  (performance  improvement),  education  (competenc 
improvement),  and  development  (personal  and  organizational  growth). 


CM  335  Consulting  Practices  in  Communications 

Prerequisite:  CM  101 


3c-01-3sh 


CtHirsc  DcsLiiplioiis-l h' 


The  course  presents  the  theoretical  views  and  chnical  applications  of 
consuhing  skills  and  practices  associated  with  and  needed  by  communication 
professionals.  Presented  will  be  the  functions  and  role  of  the  consultant,  the 
client's  perspective  of  consulting,  hiring  a  consultant,  ethics  in  consulting, 
personal  assessment  tests,  and  related  literature  and  models. 

CM  390  Praclicutn  in  Communications  var- 1  -.^sh 

Prerequisite:  CMlOl,  written  permission 

An  opportunit\  w  ith  credit  for  students  to  make  contributions  to  department 
and  campus  media-related  facilities  and  offices  including  WIUP-TV,  WIUP- 
FM,  Peiin.  Oak.  Public  Relations.  Media  Resources,  Repeatable  for  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

CM  395  Career  Planning  in  Communications  .Media  Ic-OI-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Minimum  20  CM  credits 

The  course  ser\es  as  a  prinian.  skill-building  and  strategy-seeking  experience 

for  the  internship  program  and  later  career  entry  and  grow  ih.  E\tensi\  e 

writing,  research,  and  individual  counseling  are  involved.  Travel  may  be 

necessary. 

CM  403  Writing  for  Broadcasting  3c-01-,ish 

Prerequisites:  CM  101.  permission  of  instructor 

The  course  acquaints  students  w  ith  the  \  arious  techniques  used  in  writing 
scripts  for  radio  and  television  and  makes  them  aware  of  the  visual  impact  of 
television  and  the  audio  impact  of  radio.  Students  are  made  aware  of  the 
limitations  of  television  and  radio  as  well  as  their  unique  features. 

CM  404  Foundations  of  Broadcasting  .^c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  101,  permission 

Examination  of  the  historical,  legal,  and  economic  aspects  of  broadcasting. 
Impact  of  broadcasting  on  society  w  ill  be  explained  as  well  as  the  impact  of 
the  new  technology  on  our  existing  broadcasting  systems, 

CM  405  Radio  Production  3c-01  3sh 

Prerequisites:  CMIOI,  2(X),  403,  4(U.  permission 

An  introduction  to  production  techniques  as  they  pertain  to  radio.  The  student 
will  be  exposed  to  programming,  scripting,  producing  programs,  intros.  outros, 
commercials,  public  ser\  ice  announcements,  station  identifications,  and  promo- 
tional announcements.  The  course  will  also  deal  with  the  interaction  of  a  radio 
station  with  national  networks  and  with  the  real-life  concerns  of  deadlines. 


CM  445  Applications  and  Techniques  of  Motion  Pictures  3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  CM444.  pemiission 

.A  survey  of  the  role  that  motion  picture  film  production  plays  in  society. 
Major  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  variety  of  applications  with  special 
consideration  given  to  motion  pictures  as  a  tool  to  support  research. 

CM  449  Basic  .\udio  Recording  Techniques  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CMIOI.  403.  pemiission 

Theory  and  practice  of  recording  sound,  developing  an  understanding  of  the 
language  of  sound  recording  as  well  as  the  ability  to  make  sound  recordings. 
Exposure  to  recording  for  various  media  Including  radio,  music,  motion 
pictures,  television,  multi-image,  and  slide  and  tape  production.  Material  also 
appropriate  lor  teachers  v\  ho  wish  to  make  use  of  tape  recorder  in  the 
classroom.  Students  will  gain  hands-on  experience  through  labs  and  projects 
to  be  completed  outside  of  class.  Students  will  be  expected  to  provide  an  audio 
tape  recorder. 

CM  450  .Advanced  Audio  Recording  Techniques  ?c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM444.  permission 

Sound  recording  utili/'ing  advanced  techniques  and  concentrating  on  specific 
applications.  Student  participates  in  an  intensixe  lab  experience  utilizing  the 
most  advanced  equipment  available.  Emphasis  on  application,  editing,  signal 
processing,  and  multi-track  recording.  Student  is  expected  to  produce  a  sound 
recording  for  a  specific  use  of  professional  quality . 

CM  451  Television  Production  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CMIOI,  permission 

Develops  basic  skills  in  tele\  ision  production  and  direction.  Consideration  of 
operating  problems  of  a  television  studio,  as  well  as  functions,  limitations,  and 
capabilities  of  television  equipment  and  facilities. 

CM  452  Electronic  Field  Production  3c Ol  3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM4.sl,  permission 

Provides  in-depth  field  experience  with  portable  video  equipment  and  lighting. 

Students  edit  programs  to  broadcast  quality. 

CM  453  Broadcast  News  Process  3c-01  -3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM405,  4.sl,  pemiission 

Reporting  and  presenting  radio  and  TV  news  programs.  .Analysis  of  news  and 
public  affairs  broadcasting. 


CM  430  .Analysis  of  Communication  Products  and  Processes  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM33(),  permission 

The  course  will  pro\  ide  both  a  framework  for  action  and  tools  to  measure  the 
effectiveness  of  training  and  education  in  human  and  material  resource 
development  programs.  The  course  contains  practical  theory  and  problem- 
focused  discussion  w  ith  students  regarding  application.  Topics  include 
instrument  choice  or  construction,  data  collection  and  analysis,  interpretation. 
and  alternative  presentation  strategies  of  the  findings. 


CM  454  Broadcast  Regulation  3c  OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM404.  permission 

This  course  del\cs  into  the  areas  of  law  aflecting  broadcasters.  Topics  covered 
are  laws  pertaining  to  cable  television,  station  licensing  and  renewal,  political 
broadcasting,  libel,  copyright,  the  right  of  reply,  and  privacy.  The  historical 
development  of  the  FCC  and  its  jurisdictions  will  also  be  examined.  Case 
studies  will  be  discussed  along  w  ith  the  relevancy  of  some  laws  as  they  pertain 
to  today's  society. 


CM  435  Organl/alional  Development  in  3c-0l-3sh 

Communications  Media 

Prerequisites:  CM330,  pemiission 

The  course  presents  the  basic  methods  and  approaches  for  organization. 
management,  and  development  of  human  and  material  resource  departments. 
The  topics  include  the  primary  activities  and  roles  of  an  HMRD  director, 
problem-solving  functions  in  reporting  to  management,  characteristics 
associated  w  ith  career  systems,  and  special  topics. 

CM  440  Communications  (iraphics  .^c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  C.VIIOl.  permission 

Provides  nasic  experiences  in  planning  and  producing  a  commonly  used 
television  studio,  industrial  display,  and  classr(M)m  graphics  which  are 
applicable  in  educational,  industrial,  and  medical  training  programs. 
Experiences  Include  technical  layout  and  lettering:  color:  mounting  and 
laminating:  copying  and  reproduction  techniques  ulili/ing  photography  and 
xerography:  photo  silk  screening  and  photo  sketching, 

CM  441  Ad\anccd  Communication  (iraphics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM440,  pemiission 

Provides  in-depth  experience  in  planning  and  preparing  graphic  materials 
commonly  used  in  the  communications  profession;  graphic  materials  include 
design,  phoioskelching,  lettering,  slide  tilling  and  duplication,  preparation  of 
camera-ready  art,  lithographic  film  and  master  layout  sheets,  professional  slide 
flat  prixluciion  and  photocopy,  large  formal  transparency  production,  color 
kc\ .  and  color  systems. 


CM  455  Television  Performance  3c-(ll-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM4.'i|.  pemiission 

Provides  theory  and  practice  lor  performing  on  television.  Detailed  aiial\sis  of 
a  performer's  role  in  a  variety  of  settings. 

CM  456  Broadcast  Management  3c-01-3sli 

Prerequisites:  CM4(I4.  permission 

Detailed  examination  of  the  nianagcniciit  decision-making  process  in  radio 
and  television:  particular  reference  to  program  policies,  personnel 
administration,  and  community  relations 

CM  460  Alternalne  Systems  of  Ciimnuinlcalion  k-OI-'sh 

Prerequisites:  CM404.  permission 

The  implications  and  capabilities  of  cable  systems,  the  private  and  iiulusiruil 
utilization  of  nonbroadcasl  services,  the  emergence  of  satellite  CATV 
networking,  and  the  application  of  two-way  cable  response  systems. 

CM  472  Photography  II:  Ihe  Print  k  (llMi 

Picrequisitcs:  CM271.  pennission 

Students  will  develop  camera  and  pniil-makmg  skills  lo  ilic  dcgiee  thai  llicy 
can  produce  salon-qualily  phologiaphic  prints.  Students  will  undcrslaiul  the 
photographic  processes  utilizeil  iii  producing  a  high-quality  negative  aiul  print 
lo  the  extent  that  they  can  manipulate  those  processes  lo  communicate  an 
intended  message  with  their  photographs.  I'jn|)hasis  on  camera  and  print 
control  as  well  us  composiiion  and  negative  and  |iiiiil  iiiaiii|Hilalioii. 


1 20-lncliana  Uiiircrsin  of  Pennsylvania 


CM  473  Creative  Darkroom  Techniques  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM472.  permission 

Students  pursue  photographic  competencies  to  a  high  level  of  proficiency. 
Specific  topics  may  vary  as  photographic  technology  changes,  but  typical 
assignments  include  high-contrast  photographv  through  the  use  of  graphic  arts 
materials,  multiple  exposures  in  the  camera  and  in  projection  printing,  making 
and  using  paper  negatives,  and  hand  coloring  of  photos. 

CM  474  Documentary  Photography  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271.  472.  permission 

Prepares  the  student  to  deal  with  the  actions  of  subjects  in  both  descriptive  and 
interpretive  styles.  The  student  is  assigned  to  photograph  a  \  arietv  of  local 
events  in  a  manner  that  makes  the  nature  of  the  event  evident  to  the  viewer  of 
the  photograph.  The  student  also  learns  differences  between  printing  for 
reproduction  and  for  exhibit.  The  student  is  required  to  ha\  e  a  35mni  camera 
(preferably  a  manual  exposure  single-lens  reflex)  and  a  Hash  unit. 

CM  475  Color  Photography  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271.  472.  permission 

.^n  introduction  to  major  techniques  and  problems  of  color  photography 

including  color  temperature  of  light  and  color  response  of  films,  filtration. 

negative  and  reversal  film  processing,  and  making  color  prints  from  negatives 

and  slides.  Includes  an  introduction  to  color  theory  as  it  applies  to 

photography. 

CM  476  Commercial  Photography  .3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  C1V1271.  471.  major  status,  permission 

.^n  introduction  to  professional  studio  and  location  work,  including  making 
pictures  for  advertising,  catalogs,  publicity,  and  other  commercial  purposes. 
Deals  with  lighting,  backgrounds,  and  camera  use  for  photographing  ponraits. 
products,  and  architecture.  In  addition  to  use  of  the  student's  own  3.'imm 
camera  equipment,  the  course  provides  experience  with  the  4x.'i-inch  \  iew 
camera.  .Ability  to  solve  basic  algebra  problems  is  required. 

CM  477  Slide/Sound  Production  3c-0 1  3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271.  303.  440.  449.  and  permission 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  advanced  .students  with  the  theoretical  and 
practical  experiences  necessary  to  be  able  to  plan,  design,  produce,  and  present 
effective  slide/tape  presenlalions  for  use  in  education,  industry,  and  the  allied 
health  professions. 

CM  478  Multi-image  Production  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271.  303.  440.  -f49.  permission 

An  advanced  production  course  employing  instructional  developEiieni 

techniques  to  emphasize  the  unique  features  of  multiple  image  messages 

primarily  through  2x2-inch  slides.  Scripting,  storyboarding,  computer 

programming,  and  audiovisual  production  techniques  are  used  in  the  course 

project. 

CM  480  Independent  Study  var-l  to  3sh 

Prerequisites:  Communications  Media  tiiajoronly,  permission 
Students  may.  with  the  sponsorship  of  a  department  faculty  member  and 
consensus  of  the  department,  elect  an  advanced  course  of  study  which  refiects 
the  academic  goals  of  the  department.  Exemplary  project  is  intended  to  extend 
or  combine  field  know  ledge  not  readil>  a\  ailable  through  other  course 
offerings.  Students  may  take  one  or  more  semester  hours  (40  hours  or  more  of 
commitments  1  s,h,)  and  multiple  projects  are  possible;  a  maximum  of  3  s.h. 
are  permitted  towards  a  degree  program. 

CM  493  Internship  var-6  to  1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  Communications  Media  majors  only,  junior  or 
senior  status,  permission 

Supervised  professional  work  experience  in  communications  media.  Sites 
reflect  the  academic  goals  of  the  department  and  are  approved  and 
administered  by  a  department  coordinator.  Location,  duties,  length  of 
internship,  and  hours  are  individually  tailored  to  student  career  goals.  Sites 
represent  wide  application  of  process  and  technology  of  communications  in 
business,  education,  allied  health,  or  other  agencies.  Students  may  take  3  or 
more  s.h.  per  semester  (40  hours  or  more  of  commitinent=  1  s.h. )  and  multiple 
experiences  are  possible:  a  maximum  of  3  s.h.  of  internship  and/or  field 
experiences  are  permitted  towards  a  degree  program. 

CM  495  Seminar  in  Training  and  Development  .3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  Foundation  electi\es.  permission 

Student  research  in  advanced  or  specialized  topics  in  Human  and  Materials 
Development,  Current  issues,  problems,  unique  curriculums.  or  new  processes 


and  technology  are  examined  as  they  impact  upon  programs,  products,  and 
indi\  idual  career  directions. 

CO:  Computer  Science 

Department  of  Computer  Science 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

CO  101  Microbased  Computer  Literacy  3c-OI-3sh 
An  introductorx  course  designed  to  provide  students  w  ith  a  fundamental 
understanding  of  computers.  The  course  familiarizes  students  with  the 
interaction  of  computer  hardvvare  and  software.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
application  of  microcoinputers.  the  use  of  productivitv  software  (word 
processing,  spreadsheet  management,  file  and  data  base  management),  and  the 
social  and  ethical  aspects  of  the  impact  of  computers  on  society.  (Does  not 
count  toward  Computer  Science  major.  Replaced  CO2()0  in  1989-90, 
Equivalent  courses  are  BEIOl  and  IMIOI:  only  one  of  the  three  may  be 
taken.) 

CO  105  Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science  3c-01-3sh 

This  is  the  first  course  for  computer  science  majors.  It  is  required  of  all 
computer  science  students  and  is  appropriate  for  other  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics  students.  Topics  include  the  fundamental  concepts  of  computer 
architecture,  algorithm  development  and  analysis,  programming  languages, 
software  engineering,  data  organization  and  representation,  and  systems 
software.  Hands-on  introduction  to  computer  usage  w ilh  an  emphasis  on 
terminology  and  the  underlying  connections  within  tjie  discipline. 

CO  110  Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming     3c-OI-3sh 
(For  science,  mathematics,  and  computer  science  majors,  and  for  others  who 
have  a  sufficientlv  quantitative  orientation) 

Basic  structure  of  modem  digital  computers:  batch  processing  vs,  interactive 
time-shared  on-line  computing:  problem  analysis  and  computer  solution  using 
flowcharting  and  the  FORTRAN  language.  Exemption  or  credit  by 
examination  possible. 

CO  205  Programming  Languages  for  Secondary  Education  3c-OI-3sh 
Prerequisite:  Education  major 

Provides  an  introduction  to  the  three  high-lev  el  piogramming  languages  most 
commonly  used  in  secondary  education:  Pascal.  LOGO,  and  BASIC,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  Pascal.  .Also  includes  a  comparative  study  of  the 
control  structures  and  data  structures  present  in  these  three  languages.  This 
course  is  intended  to  establish  a  solid  foundation  to  prepare  prospective 
teachers  of  computing  courses  K-12,  |Note:  Previous  experience  w  ith 
microcomputers  is  strongh  recommended.  Does  not  count  toward  a  computer 
science  inajor.  Credit  toward  graduation  will  not  be  given  if  this  course  is 
taken  after  completing  6  or  more  credits  of  computer  science  courses,] 

CO  220  Applied  Computer  Programming  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COI 10  or  equivalent 

Structured  programming  principles  and  techniques,  as  implemented  through 
the  ANS  COBOL  language:  progiam  design  using  top-down  techniques: 
group  programming  projects:  program  and  project  documentation; 
introduction  to  tape  and  disk  files, 

CO  250  Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COI  10.  MA  102.  MA  1 22  or  MA  123  or  MA  1 27 
Algorithmic  methods  for  function  evaluation,  roots  of  equations,  solutions  to 
systems  of  equations  operations,  matrix  operations,  curve  fitting.  Interpolation 
numerical  integration  and  differentiation;  errors  in  computation, 

CO  300  Assembly  Language  Programming  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COI  10  or  equivalent 

Examination  of  structure  and  languages  of  machines:  representation  of  data, 
addressing  techniques,  symbolic  coding,  assemblers,  macros,  etc.;  problem 
solution  using  assembly  language. 

CO  310  Data  Structures  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COI  10  or  CO220 

Basic  concepts  of  data:  storage  s)  stems  and  structures:  lists,  arrays,  strings. 

hashing  techniques;  searching  and  sorting  techniques:  data  structures  in 

programming  languages:  string  processing.  Programming  in  a  block-structura 

language. 


I 


Course  Desciiplions-121 


CO  315  Large  File  Organization  and  Access  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO220 

The  organization  of  large  computer  files  for  business  systems,  information 
s\  stems,  and  other  applications.  Use  of  COBOL  for  efficient  file  access. 
Evaluation  of  file  access  methods.  Advanced  topics  in  COBOL. 

CO  319  Sofhvare  Engineering  Concepts  .3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  C03 1 5  or  permission  of  instructor 

Includes  the  collection  of  tools,  procedures,  methodologies,  and  accumulated 

knowledge  about  the  development  of  the  soflv^are  lifecycle;  current 

methodologies,  tools,  and  techniques  being  applied  to  each  phase  will  be 

discussed  in  depth  \^  iih  localized  exercises  given  to  reinforce  learning  of 

concepts. 

CO  320  Software  Engineering  Practice  lc-2d-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C0319  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Planning,  design,  and  implementation  of  large  softw  are  systems  using 
software  engineering  techniques.  Students  v\ork  in  project  teams  on  real  or 
realistic  software  development  projects.  Credit  for  either  CO  320  or  CO  493 
may  count  toward  computer  science  major  requirements  for  graduation,  but 
not  both:  the  other  course  credits  are  free  electiv  es. 

CO  345  Data  Communications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COl  10.  CO220.  and  .V1A214.  216.  217.  or  equivalents 
Communication  of  digital  data  betv\een  computers  and  to  and  from  terminals 
and  other  peripherals:  computer  netw  orks;  design  project  or  tenn  paper. 

CO  355  Computer  Graphics  2c- 1  l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C03 10  and  junior  status 

The  use  of  computer  graphics  hardware  and  softw  are.  An  overv  iev\  of  current 
applications  and  experience  with  representative  software  will  introduce  current 
practice.  Foundations  in  primitives,  geometry,  and  algorithms  of  passive 
computer  graphics  are  the  principal  locus  of  the  course.  A  brief  introduction  to 
interactive  computer  graphics  vv  ill  be  included. 

CO  360  IBM  Job  Control  Language  1  c-01  1  sh 

Prerequisite:  CO220  or  pennission  of  the  instructor 
Detailed  study  of  the  job  control  language  (JCL)  of  the  IBM  O.S  operating 
system:  comparison  of  OS  with  the  locally  available  DEC  operating  system. 
V.AX  VMS. 

CO  362  LMX  and  C  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO  3 10  or  permission  of  instructor 

Provides  a  general  introduction  to  UNIX  and  C  including  historical  roots, 
current  practice,  prospects  for  the  future,  and  hands-on  skills.  Students  will 
develop  understanding  of  the  features,  syntax,  and  "culture"  of  UNIX  and  C 
through  lectures,  reading,  and  projects.  UNIX  and  C  will  be  studied  both 
separately  and  in  synergistic  combination.  Upon  completion  of  the  course. 
students  will  have  immediately  practical  awareness  and  some  skills  and  will 
be  provided  with  a  foundation  for  further  course  work  in  operating  systems, 
compiler  construction,  and/or  graduate  study.  UNIX  is  a  trademark  of  Bell 
Laboratories. 

CO  380  Seminar  on  the  Computer  Profession  Oc-ld-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Permission  (See  text  below ) 

Reading,  review,  and  discussion  of  the  current  literature  of  computer  science 
and  industry  trade  journals:  effective  oral  presentations;  employment 
prospects.  Should  be  taken  the  semester  before  an  internship  or  the  first 
jemesier  of  the  senior  year.  Should  not  be  taken  at  the  same  time  as  CO480. 

CO  405  Artificial  Intelligence  .3c-OI-3sh 

PrercquiMic:  CO310 

An  introduction  to  the  field  of  artificial  intelligence,  i.e..  the  study  of  ideas  thai 
enable  computers  to  process  data  in  a  more  inlelligeni  way  than  conventional 
practice  allows.  The  course  covers  many  information  representation  and 
inlDrmation  processing  techniques.  Students  will  explore  the  underlying 
theory  including  matching,  goal  reduction,  constraint  exploration,  search, 
control,  problem  solving,  and  logic. 

CO  410  Proces.sor  Architecture  and  .Microprogramming   3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  C03(X)  and  C03 10 

The  logical  description  of  computer  processor  structure  (architecture),  with 

emphasis  on  the  microprogramming  approach.  Project  assignments  using 

miiimimputcr. 


CO  419  Software  Development  with  Ada  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C03 10 

Introduction  to  the  Ada  programming  language  as  a  tool  of  the  software 
engineer.  Projects  w  ill  use  the  advanced  programming  constructs  resident  in 
Ada.  including  packages,  multi-tasking,  generic  units,  exception  handlers,  and 
concurrent  programming. 

CO  420  .Modern  Programming  Languages  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO220  and  CO310 

Comparative  study  of  the  properties  and  applications  of  a  range  of  modem 
higher-level  programming  languages,  including  Ada.  APL.  C.  LISP.  LOGO. 
Pascal.  PROLOG,  and  SNOBOL.  Comparison  w  ith  older  languages  such  as 
ALGOL.  BASIC.  COBOL,  FORTRAN,  and  PL/1. 

CO  424  Compiler  Construction  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO.30()  and  CO310 

Relates  the  formal  concepts  of  automata  and  language  theory  to  the 
practicality  of  constmcting  a  high-level  language  translator.  The  structures  and 
techniques  used  in  lexical  analysis,  parsing,  syntax  directed  translation. 
intermediate  and  object  code  generation,  and  optimization  are  emphasized. 

CO  430  Introduction  to  Systems  Programming  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO3()0  and  CO310 

Concepts  and  techniques  of  systems  programming  u  ith  an  emphasis  on 
assembly  and  compilation  t)f  user  programs.  Representation  of  source 
language  so  as  to  facilitate  the  needed  translation  process.  Exercises  using 
various  computer  systems. 

CO  432  Introduction  to  Operating  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO3()0.  CO.^  10  or  equivalents 

Introduction  to  the  principles  of  operating  system  design  and  implementation. 
Topics  include  interrupt  service,  process  states  and  transitions,  spooling, 
management  of  memorv  and  disk  space,  virtual  storage,  scheduling  processes 
and  devices,  and  file  systems. 

CO  441  Data  Base  Management  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C0315 

Review  of  data  base  concepts.  Detailed  study  of  data  base  management 
approaches.  Comparalixe  study  of  commercially  available  data  base 
management  systems.  Project  on  the  locally  available  data  base  systems. 

CO  450  Applied  Numerical  .Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO2.s0.  MA171.  and  MA241,  or  equivalents 
Polynomial  approximations  using  finite  differences,  with  applications  in 
numerical  integration  and  dilTerenliation.  Numerical  solution  of  initial  value 
ordinary  differential  equations.  The  APL  language  will  be  introduced  and 
used,  along  with  FORTR.AN.  in  programming  selected  algorithms. 

CO  460  Theorv  of  Computation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  C03 10  or  consent  of  instructor 

Formal  methods  lor  describing  and  analyzing  programming  languages  and 

algorithms.  Backus-Naur  fomis;  productions:  regular  expressions;  introduction 

to  automata  theory:  Turing  machines;  recent  concepts  in  algorithm  theory 

compulabiliiy. 

CO  480  .Seminar  on  Technical  Topics  Oc- 1 1- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  Sec  text  below 

Reading,  review,  and  discussion  of  the  current  literature  of  computer  science 
and  industry  professional  and  technical  journals;  oral  presentations.  Should  he 
taken  the  last  semester  of  the  senior  year.  Should  not  be  taken  at  the  same  time 
as  CO380, 

CO  481  Special  lopics  in  Computer  Science  3c-(ll-3sh 

Prerequisite:  1 2  scnicsicr  hours  in  Computer  Science  or  consent  of  instructor 
Seminar  in  advanced  lopics  of  Computer  Science;  content  will  vary  depending 
on  interests  of  instructor  and  students.  May  be  repeated  for  additional  credit. 

CO  485  Independent  Study  var- 1  -4sh 

Prerequisiie:  IVrniission  of  a  Conipuler  Science  faculty  member  who  agrees  in 
supervise  the  student's  project.  .Arrangements  tor  scleclion  of  a  specific  topic 
must  be  made. 

CO  493  Internship  in  (  iimpuler  .Science  var- 1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  (■()2.'iO.  (■(J300.  CO3I0,  C03l.'i.  CO3S0.  other  courses 
depending  on  type  of  internship  position  desired,  completion  of  ap|ilu.il»in. 
and  selection  by  committee 


122-lnJiana  Universily  of  Pennsylvania 


Positions  with  participating  companies  provide  students  with  experience  in 
computer  science  under  the  super\ision  of  the  companies  and  faculty. 
Requirements  include  three  on-site  consultations,  two  university  consultations, 
completion  of  progress  reports,  oral  presentation,  and  a  final  cumulative  paper. 
Offered  onl\  to  students  during  the  second  semester  and  summer  of  the  junior 
year  or  the  summer  and  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year.  No  more  than 
four  semester  hours  of  C0493  may  be  applied  toward  the  30-semester-hour 
requirement  for  a  major  in  Computer  Science. 

CR:  Criminology 

Department  of  Criminology 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

CR  101  Crime  and  Justice  Systems  3c-(ll-3sh 

This  course  introduces  the  field  of  criminology  through  the  examination  of 
historical  data,  statistical  information,  theories  of  criminal  causation,  social 
control  of  behavior,  development  of  laws,  evaluation  of  criminal  justice 
system  policies,  procedure,  and  trends.  Students  will  leam  the  lemiinology  of 
the  field,  gain  an  awareness  of  the  methods  of  inquiry  utilized  in  the  field,  and 
have  the  opportunity  to  examine  personal  attitudes  and  values  regarding  crime 
and  responses  to  crime. 

CR  102  Survey  of  Criminology  3c-OI-3sh 

The  purpose  of  this  course  Is  to  provide  an  understanding  of  the  discipline  of 
criminology  through  an  examination  of  its  theories,  basic  assumptions,  and 
definitions.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR102:  Criminology. 

CR  210  Criminal  Law  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  the  history  and  sources  of  criminal  law  coupled  w  ith  an  analysis  of 
the  substantive  elements  of  specific  crimes.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR301 : 
Criminal  Law  I. 

CR  260  Criminal  Procedure  and  Admissibility  3c-OI-3sh 

of  Evidence 

Law  of  arrest,  search,  and  seizure,  w  iih  discussion  of  important  case  law . 
.Analysis  of  safeguards  established  for  protection  of  individual  liberties.  Not 
for  credit  after  prior  CR302:  Criminal  Law  II. 

CR  270  Juvenile  Justice  .System  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  the  agencies  and  processes  dealing  with  ju\enile  justice  in  the 
United  States. 

CR  283  Police  Patrol  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  the  role  and  characteristics  of  the  police  patrol  function.  Special 
emphasis  is  given  to  understanding  how  patrol  relates  to  other  police  functions 
and  its  effect  on  crime. 

CR  291  Theory  and  Techniques  of  Interviewing  3c-OI-3sh 

Consideration  of  the  theory,  nature,  method^.  and  principles 

of  interviewing.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR3.^t):  Techniques  of  Interv  iew  ing. 

CR  295  Criminal  Investigation  3c-OI-3sh 

The  study  of  logical  and  scientific  principles  necessary  for  the  detection  and 
investigation  analysis  of  criminal  activities.  Theories  of  information, 
interrogation,  observation  and  interrogation,  and  observ  ation  and  ethics  are 
among  the  topics  to  be  discussed.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  credit  CR3 10: 
Criminal  Investigation. 

CR  300  Theory  of  Complex  Criminal  Justice  Organizations  3c-()l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  CR102  or  permission  of  instructor 

Studv  of  the  evolution  and  theories  of  organizational  alternatives  and  their 
application  to  the  administration  of  justice. 

CR  306  Criminological  Research  Methods  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CR102  or  permission  of  instructor 

.An  introduction  to  the  basic  criminological  research  methods  designed  to 

prepare  the  student  to  understand  and  participate  in  quantitative  and  qualitative 

research. 

CR  355  Crime  in  the  Workplace  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  theoretical  and  legal  basis  of  crime  in  the  workplace. 


CR  357  Law,  Social  Control,  and  Society  3c-OI-3sh 

The  evolution  and  development  of  the  modem  legal  system.  Topics  include 
civil,  criminal,  and  administration  law.  the  legal  profession,  legal  systems  in 
American  societ\ .  and  the  law  as  one  of  many  instruments  of  social  control 
and  social  change. 

CR  361  Juvenile  Law  3c-OI-3sh 

.An  analysis  of  pertinent  juvenile  law  and  procedure  involving  case  study 
methods. 

CR  362  Correctional  Law  3c-01-3sh 

Study  and  theory  of  principles  of  law  relating  to  rights  of  the  convicted, 
postcorrection  procedures,  and  correctional  management. 

CR  370  Correctional  Institutions  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  organization  and  function  of  correctional  institutions. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  various  social  processes  and  problems  associated  v\  ith 
incarceration.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  credit  CR440:  Institutional  Treatment 
of  Offenders. 

CR  371  Community-Based  Corrections  3c-OI-3sh 

A  survey  of  noninstitutional  programs,  focusing  on  alternatives  to 
incarceration  in  community  settings.  Programs  reviewed  include  prerelease, 
probation,  parole,  halfway  houses,  and  restitution-based  programs.  Not  for 
credit  after  prior  CR445:  Noninstitutional  Treatment  of  the  Offender. 

CR  383  Police  Administration  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  police  management,  structure,  and  operations  and  their  roles  in  the 
quality  of  ser\  ices  delivered.  The  relationship  between  police  administration 
and  its  social  environment  w  ill  be  examined.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR2()1 : 
Police  .Administration. 

CR  386  Correctional  .4dministration  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  correctional  management,  structures,  and  operations  and  their  roles 
in  the  qualitv  of  services  delivered.  The  relationship  between  correctional 
administration  and  its  social  environment.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR492: 
Correctional  .Administration. 

CR  388  Court  Administration  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  court  responsibility  w  ithin  the  criminal  and  civil  justice  systems; 
jurisdictions,  policies,  and  management  procedures  in  court  administration. 

CR  390  Women  and  Crime  3c  OI-3sh 

A  study  of  the  nature  and  extent  of  women's  crime,  theories  of  female 
criminalilN .  processing  of  women  offenders  through  the  criminal  justice 
system,  the  response  of  police  and  court  officials  to  women  as  victims  of 
crime,  and  opportunities  for  women  as  employees  in  criminal  justice  agencies. 

CR  391  Substance  Use  and  Abuse  in  Criminal  Justice        3c-OI-3sh 
Study  of  substance  use  and  abuse  confronting  American  society.  .Alcohol  and  i 
drug  use  and  abuse  education,  philosophy,  physiological  effects,  and  social 
aspects  will  be  examined  in  teniis  of  control  measures  and  public  safety. 

CR  397  Instrumental  Detection  of  Deception  .k-OI-3sh 

An  exploration  of  nislrumcntal  detection  of  deception,  devices  lor  measuring 
emotional  responses  to  verbal  stimuli,  psychological  aspects  of  deception, 
analysis  of  detection  techniques  applicable  to  the  criminal  justice  system,  and 
personnel  selection  and  retention.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR325: 
Instrumental  Detection  of  Deception. 

CR  400  Theoretical  Criminology  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CR102.  300.  or  pemiission  of  instructor 
A  review  and  critical  analysis  of  the  major  criminological  theories  beginning 
with  the  Classical  School;  psychological,  sociological,  economic,  biological, 
and  political  theories  of  crime  and  its  causes  will  be  included. 

CR  401  Contemporary  Issues  in  Criminology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Seniors  only  or  permission  of  instructor 
Examination  of  the  nature  and  extent  of  crime  in  modem  Western  society. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  issues  selected  from,  but  not  limited  to,  emerging 
patterns  of  violence,  organized  crime,  w  hite  collar  crime,  victimless  crime, 
corruption,  and  those  crime  control  strategies  deemed  appropriate  in  a 
democracy.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR440:  Crime  in  Modem  Society . 


CR  416  Criminal  Justice  Personnel  and  Supervision 

Prerequisites:  CR102.  300.  or  permission  of  instructor 


3c-01-3sh 


Course  Dc'scriplitms-1 23 


Slud\  of  public  personnel  systems  with  specific  application  to  criminal  justice 
agencies.  The  role  and  function  of  supers  ision  as  a  concept  of  a 
comprehensi\e  personnel  system  as  well  as  the  relationship  between  agency 
personnel  and  the  impact  on  crime  v\  ill  he  examined. 

CR  451  Eliolog.v  of  Delinquent  Behavior  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites;  CR102.  300.  or  permission  of  instructor 
An  analy  sis  of  the  pre\  alenl  theories  of  delinquenc\  causation  w  ith  a  view 
toward  de\eloping  pre\enlion,  control,  and  treatment  approaches.  Not  for 
credit  after  prior  CR43 1 :  Etiologs  of  Delinquent  Behavior. 

CR  456  Supervised  Research  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CR306 

Directed  intensive  individual  research  focusing  on  a  particular  issue  in 
criminologv  or  an  applied  problem  in  the  administration  of  justice.  The 
research  project  must  be  approved  by  the  instructor. 

CR  470  Comparative  Study  of  Justice  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CRI02.  300.  or  permission  of  instructor 
Comparison  of  American  systems  of  administration  of  justice  w  ith  those  of 
other  nations.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR430:  Comparative  Study  of  Justice. 

CR  480  Seminar  in  Criminology — The  Admini.stralion  3c-01-3sh 
of  Justice 

A  study  of  selected  topics  in  criminology — the  administration  of  justice.  May 
be  taken  more  than  once  for  a  maximum  of  6  semester  hours.  Not  for  credit 
after  prior  CR480:  Seminar  in  the  Administration  of  Justice. 

CR  481  Special  Topics  in  Criminology  var-1  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Department  consent 

A  seminar  providing  study  of  selected  topics  not  emphasized  in  other  courses. 
Mav  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  6  semester  hours. 


CS  213  Residential  Appliances  and  2c-21-3sh 

Consumer  Electronics 

Consumer  education  in  the  selection,  use.  and  care  of  home  equipment 
appliances  and  consumer  electronics:  the  relationship  of  energy  sources  and 
utilities  to  major  appliances,  portable  and  personal  care  appliances,  and 
consumer  electronics. 

CS  214  Environmental  Textiles  2c-21-3sh 

Investigation  of  components  and  characteristics  of  textiles  for  mans  near 
environment  with  emphasis  on  soft  goods  for  public  and  private  interiors, 
including  production,  marketing,  and  legislation  affecting  acquisition,  use.  and 
care.  A  student  may  not  count  both  CS2I4  and  314  toward  graduation 
requirements. 

CS  216  Clothing  and  Culture  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

Survey  of  aesthetic,  cultural,  sociopsychological.  economic,  and  physical 

factors  related  to  the  meaning  and  use  of  clothing  for  the  individual  and 

society. 

CS  217  Interior  Design  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .AR120  or  equivalent 

Emphasis  upon  development  of  knowledgeable  consumers  in  the  selection 
and  design  of  a  home,  its  furnishing,  and  its  total  environment. 

CS  299  Cooperative  Education  I  Osh 

Prerequisite:  .Approval  of  Co-op  Coordinator 

Designed  to  combine  theory  with  practical  application  through  job-related 
experiences.  Consumer  serv  ices  majors  are  activelv  employed  in  business, 
industry,  and  a  variety  of  organizations  and  agencies  « ith  a  work  focus  w  hich 
relates  to  their  academic  training  and  career  objectives.  First  of  two  alternating 
work  experiences  required. 


CR  482  Independent  Study  in  Criminology  var-1 -3sh 

An  opportunity  for  a  student  with  advanced  standing  to  explore  special  inter- 
ests. May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  6  semester  hours  with  the 
approval  of  instructor.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CR482:  Independent  Study. 

CR  491  Individual  and  (iroup  Treatment  Modalities  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CR  102.  300.  or  peniiission  of  instructor 

A  study  of  the  therapeutic  techniques,  process,  and  application  used  in  various 
criminal  justice  en\  ironments. 

CR  493  Internship  var-3-12sh 

A  structured  field  placement  designed  to  broaden  the  student's  educational 
experience  through  observation  and  participation  in  work  assignments  in 
govemment  or  private  sectors.  Six  semester  hours  of  credit  can  be  applied  to 
the  major  requirements. 

CS:  Consumer  Services 

Department  of  Consumer  Services 

College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

CS  101  Personal  and  Family  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Management  as  a  system  and  its  relationship  to  individuals  and  families. 
Formulation  of  goals,  values,  and  standards;  use  of  decision-making  process; 
utilization  of  resources. 

CS  1 12  Fundamentals  of  Clothing  Construction  lc-3l-3sh 

Principles  and  techniques  involved  in  fundamental  clothing  construction  and 
Tilting  arc  analyzed.  Directed  laboratory  experiences  provide  an  opportunity  to 
(olve  individual  problems  in  garment  structure  through  the  application  of 
principles 

CS  121  Introduction  to  Consumer  .Services  Ic-OI-lsh 

Career  possibilities  for  Consumer  Serv  ices  majors  are  explored.  Students  will 
be  guided  in  clarifying  their  professional  objectives  and  understanding  the 
necessary  preparation  to  pursue  individual  vocational  goals. 

CS  212  Advanced  Clothing  Construiiion  lc-3l-.1sh 

Prerequisite:  CSI 12  or  placcincnl  (by  exam) 

Principles  of  advanced  ruling  and  clothing  construction  arc  applied  and 

analyzed.  Offered  even  years,  fall  semester. 


CS  303  Visual  Merchandising  k-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .ARHO  or  equivalent 

Designing  and  arranging  of  display  and  selling  areas  in  relationship  to 

merchandising  trends  and  consumer  demands.  Emphasis  on  promotion 

techniques  and  merchandise  sales  through  effective  use  of  space,  design,  and 

color, 

CS  312  Housing  and  Culture  3c-OI-3sh 

Managerial,  sociological,  economic,  and  aesthetic  aspects  of  housing  and  man 
are  in\  esiigated  as  well  as  a  consideration  of  the  environment  of  the  home  as 
part  of  the  community. 

CS  314  Textiles  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CHI 02 

Analyses  of  textile  components  of  fiber,  yam,  fabrication,  finishes,  and  color 
w  ith  emphasis  upon  consumer  acquisition,  use.  and  satisfaction. 

CS  315  Consumer  Economics  and  Kainilv  Finance  3c-OI-3sh 

Economic,  sociological,  and  psjcholugical  principles  are  applied  to  family 
money  management  problems.  Infomialion  needed  to  manage  finances 
effectively  and  to  become  a  rational  consumer  is  presented. 

CS  318  Fashion  Merchandising  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CS2I6  and  up[wr  level  standing 

Study  of  the  origins,  movement,  dissemination,  and  prediction  of  fashion:  an 
investigation  of  the  methods  of  operation,  merchandising  activities,  and 
current  fashion  industry  trends;  an  analysis  of  the  planning  and  control 
procedures  used  in  retail  merchandising  of  fashion  goods. 

CS  350  Apparel  Industry  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CS2 1  (i.  completion  of  .^7  semester  hours 
Introduces  the  student  to  the  design,  production,  and  distribution  of  apparel, 
including  primary  textile  markets,  women's,  men's,  and  children's  wear, 
accessories,  fashion  centers,  retailers  of  fashion,  apparel  wholesale  selling 
process,  fashion  store  image,  and  future  trends. 

CS  354  Independent  Study  var- 1  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission 

Particular  consumer  considerations  are  independently  investigated  in  the  area 
of  housing,  home  equipment,  interior  design,  clothing,  and  textiles,  or  in  the 
management  ol  resources.  Course  may  be  repealed  for  a  total  of  3  semester 
hours.  Students  meet  with  a  faculty  member  at  least  .S  hours  per  semester  hour. 


124-liidiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


CS  357  Interior  Design  Studio  lc-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS217 

Creative  solutions  to  problems  in  interior  environments  emphasized. 
Professional  interior  design  practices;  design  opportunities. 

CS  399  Cooperative  Education  Osh 

Prerequisites:  Approval  of  co-op  coordinator 

A  program  designed  to  combine  theory  with  practical  application  through 
job-related  experiences.  Consumer  services  majors  are  actively  employed  in 
business,  industry,  and  a  variety  of  organizations  and  agencies  with  a  work 
focus  which  relates  to  their  academic  training  and  career  objectives.  The 
student  is  required  to  serve  a  miniinuin  of  two  alternating  work  experiences. 

CS  413  Problems  in  Consumer  Economics  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS3 1 5  or  Economics 

Problems  of  consumer-seller  relationships  studied  with  emphasis  given  to 
effects  of  current  economic  and  social  forces.  Governmental  and  private 
protection  agencies  which  aid  the  consumer  are  reviewed.  Individual 
investigations  required.  Fall  semester  only. 

CS  416  Problems  in  Family  Finance  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS315 

In-depth  theories  and  principles  in  personal  and  family  finance  and  the  rights 
and  responsibilities  of  consumers  are  emphasized.  Opportunities  are  provided 
for  students  to  explore  specific  areas  of  interest.  Spring  semester  only. 

CS  421  Senior  Seminar  2c-OI-2sh 

Prerequisite:  CS121:  completion  of  90  semester  hours 
Knowledge  gained  in  major  and  outside  concentration  courses  is  applied  to 
individual  career  goals.  Students  have  the  opportunity  to  pursue  related  areas 
not  directly  covered  in  previous  coursework,  with  emphasis  upon  independent 
research,  analytical  thinking,  and  communications  skills. 

CS  433  Study  Tour  var- 1  to  6sh 

Prerequisite:  Upper-level  standing 

Opportunity  is  provided  to  visit  business  establishments  and  cultural  centers 
concerned  v^ith  household  equipment,  furnishings,  textiles,  clothing,  and 
housing  in  America  as  well  as  abroad.  Museums,  factories,  designers' 
showrooms,  distribution  centers,  stores,  cultural  events,  and  seminars  are 
included.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  6  semester  hours. 

CS  434  Quality  Control  in  Textiles  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS314 

Physical  properties  explored  through  microscopic  examination  and  use  of 
textile  testing  equipment  for  fabric  analysis.  Offered  intermittently. 

CS  450  Apparel  Industry  II  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO3.'i0  and  Liberal  Studies  math  requirements 
Introduces  the  student  to  the  merchandising  and  promotion  of  apparel, 
including  organization,  buying  responsibilities,  techniques,  and  resources: 
various  retail  institutions,  resident  buying  offices,  apparel  dollar  planning  and 
control,  apparel  merchandise  assortment  planning,  apparel  buying  practices, 
application  of  apparel  planning  and  buying,  and  apparel  advertising  and 
promotion. 

CS  453  Flat  Pattern  Design  lc-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CSI 12  or  CS212 

Garment  design  achieved  by  use  of  flat  pattern  techniques.  An  understanding 
is  developed  of  the  interrelationship  of  garment  design,  figure  analysis,  fabric, 
fit.  and  construction  processes.  Offered  even  years,  spring  semester. 

CS  454  Tailoring  1  c-3 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  CSI  12  or  CS212 

Various  tailoring  methods  are  studied  and  applied  in  the  selection,  fitting,  and 
construction  of  a  tailored  garment.  Consumer  problems  in  the  selection  of 
read>  -to-wear  apparel  are  investigated.  Offered  odd  years,  fall  semester. 

CS  455  Draping  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CSI  12  or  CS212 

Apparel  design  principles  are  applied  by  draping  fabric  to  conform  to  the 

human  figure.  Students  will  pad  a  form  to  individual  measurements  and  create 

garments  that  are  both  individual  and  original.  Offered  odd  years,  spring 

.semester. 


CS  456  Historic  Costume  3c-01-3,sh 

Chronological  study  of  historic  costume  from  ancient  times  to  the  present  day 
with  emphasis  on  the  effect  of  aesthetic,  economic,  geographic,  political, 
religious,  and  social  factors  upon  the  design  of  clothing  worn. 

CS  461  Microwave  Cooking  Technology  2c-21-3sh 

Study  of  the  electronic  technology,  selection,  care,  and  use  of  the  microwave 
oven.  Basic  physical  and  chemical  concepts  related  to  microwave  cooking  are 
included.  Individual  investigative  research  problems  are  required. 

CS  462  Historic  Interiors  3c-OI-3sh 

Chronological  study  from  ancient  times  to  the  mid- 19th  century  of  the 
dominant  influences  and  characteristics  of  historical  interiors,  furniture,  and 
ornamental  design.  Emphasis  placed  upon  style  detail  and  its  relationship  to 
social,  economic,  political,  religious,  and  aesthetic  influence  and  to  the 
contemporary  scene.  Paper  required. 

CS  463  Modern  Interiors  3c-01-3sh 

Chronological  study  from  mid-l9th  century  to  the  present  of  the  dominant 
influences  and  characteristics  of  the  20th-century  interior,  furniture,  and 
ornamental  design.  Emphasis  placed  upon  style  detail  and  its  relationship  to 
social,  economic,  political,  religious,  and  aesthetic  intluences  and  to 
contemporary  usage.  Paper  required. 

CS  464  Interior  Planning  and  Drawing  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS217 

Analysis  and  design  contract  interior  spaces.  Presentation,  appropriate  media, 
equipment,  and  techniques  will  be  stressed.  Freehan'd  and  mechanical  methods 
employed  to  depict  tloor  plans,  elevation,  and  construction  details  with 
emphasis  on  function. 

CS  465  Interior  Lighting  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS2 1 7  or  equivalent 

Lighting  fundamentals  applicable  to  the  environmental  design  of  residential 
and  commercial  spaces.  Includes  calculation  methods,  terminology,  theory  of 
color  visibility,  light  source  alternatives,  fixture  function  and  selection, 
lighting  trends,  and  related  professional  organizations 

CS  493  Internship  var-I  to  I2sh 

Prerequisites:  Approval  of  instructor  and  department  chairperson; 
upper-level  standing 

Practical  experience  related  to  the  student's  major  area  of  study  with 
objectives,  supervised  experience,  and  evaluation.  Course  may  be  repeated  for 
a  total  of  1 2  semester  hours. 

DE:  Distributive  Education 

Department  of  Offices  Systems  and  Business 

Education 

College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  .students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a 
given  course. 

DE  331  Modern  Merchandising  3c-OI-3sh 

Techniques  for  planning  and  controlling  inventory,  analyzing  sales,  working 
with  modem  .systems  for  handling  cash,  and  using  color,  line,  and  design. 
Practice  in  preparing  merchandise  display  units. 

DE  332  Retail  Management  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  DE331  or  DE333 

Study  of  structure  and  changing  environment  of  retailing:  special  emphasis  on 

merchandise  management,  organization,  sales  promotions,  services,  and 

control. 

DE  333  Principles  of  Selling  3c-OI-3sh 

Covers  field  of  selling,  preparing  to  sell,  the  selling  process,  and  an 
introduction  to  sales  management.  Sales  demonstrations  incorporating 
audiovisual  aids  are  a  part  of  the  course. 


CoKise  Descriptioiis-125 


DF.  413  Methods  and  Evaluation  in  Distributive  Education  II  3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  DE4I0  or  BEl  1 1.  MK320.  DE333.  and  EP3()2 
Includes  luo  sections  of  special  methods  and  evaluation  in  this  Held. 
Objectives  are  to  acquaint  students  \\  ilh  the  basic  principles  of  group  and 
individual  instruction  in  various  subject  matter  areas,  as  well  as  methods  of 
presentation.  Unit  plans,  lesson  plans,  demonstrations,  and  evaluations  will  be 
prepared.  Students  select  sections  needed  for  certification. 

EC:  Economics 

Department  of  Economics 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

EC  101  Basic  Economics  .^c-()l-3sh 

Scarcity,  role  of  prices  in  determining  production  and  the  allocation  of 
resources,  business  cycle  analysis.  polic\  options  for  reducing  unemployment 
and  intlation.  economic  role  of  go\ emment,  the  farm  problem,  poverty,  and 
international  trade  are  studied.  For  those  who  do  not  plan  to  take  more  than  3 
semester  hours  of  economics.  Note;  May  not  be  taken  after  successful 
completion  of  or  concurrent  registration  in  any  other  Economics  course. 

EC  121  Principles  of  Economics  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Nature  and  meihodolog\  of  economics:  mi.xed  capitalism  and  market 
economy:  national  income;  employment  theory,  including  economics  of  fiscal 
policy:  money,  banking,  and  Federal  Reserve  Sysiem;  inlenialional  trade  and 
finance. 

EC  122  Principles  of  Economics  11  3c-OI-3sh 

Economics  of  the  firm;  theory  of  consumer  demand:  determination  of  price 
and  output  in  different  market  structures:  distribution  of  income;  economic 
growth. 

EC  241  Contemporary  Economic  Issues  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites;  ECU) I  or  EC  1 22 

A  rigorous  but  nontechnical  analysis  of  a  variety  of  economic  problems  and  a 
formulation  and  evaluation  of  possible  corrective  policies. 

EC  283  Environmental  Economics  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites;  EClOl  or  EC  1 22 

Examination  of  economic  costs  and  benefits  of  environmental  control  and 

mtKlification.  Techniques  of  economic  analysis  are  used  to  understand 

economic  aspects  of  environmental  problems  and  contribute  toward  their 

solution. 

EC  325  Monetary  Economics  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  1 2 1.  EC  1 22 

Organization,  operation,  and  economic  significance  of  U.S.  monetary 
institutions:  commercial  banks  and  Federal  Reserve  System:  survey  of 
monetary  theory  and  policy;  mechanism  of  mlcrnational  payments. 

EC  326  Monetary  Economics  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC32.'i  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Detailed  study  of  monetary  theory:  tasks  of  central  banking;  principal 
objectives  of  monetary  policy:  intensive  study  of  recent  monetary  experience: 
complementary  and  competing  aims  of  monetary  and  fiscal  policy. 

EC  330  Labor  Economics  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  1 21.  EC  122 

History .  structure,  and  operation  of  trade  unions  and  employer  organizations: 
major  federal  labor  legislation:  collective  bargaining  theory:  wage 
determination:  current  labor  problems 

EC  331  Economic  Organization  of  Industry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  1 22  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Social  effectiveness  of  industries  analyzed  through  measures  of  market 
(Iruclurc.  market  conduct,  and  market  performance. 

E<  332  (iovernment  and  Business  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  1 22  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

An  analysis  of  the  antitrust  laws  fcKusing  on  the  maintenance  of  competition, 
Ihc  prohibition  of  unfair  business  conduct,  and  the  achievement  of  desirable 
economic  performance. 

E(  3.13  Reyulalion  of  Industry  3c-OI-3sh 

Pf  ■' ■ijuisiies;  EC  1 2 1 .  EC  1 22  or  permission  of  the  instructor 


Examines  the  theory  and  practice  of  regulation,  emphasizing  effects  of 
regulation  on  economic  perfonnance  and  efficiency  in  the  U.S. 

EC  334  Economics  of  Corporate  Decisions  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC121.  EC  1 22.  MA  121  or  equivalent 
Applications  of  economic  theory  using  algebra,  elementary  statistics,  and 
calculus  to  solve  business  optimization  problems  including  problems  of 
forecasting  and  risk. 

EC  335  Public  Finance  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC  121.  EC  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Taxation  and  expenditure  theory  at  the  federal  level:  federal  budget  and  debt 
considerations;  public  sector  impact  upon  economy. 

EC  336  state  and  Local  Finance  3c-lll-3sh 

Prerequisite;  EC  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Analysis  of  character  and  impact  of  slate  and  local  government  revenue 
sources,  expenditures,  and  fiscal  systems;  intergovernmental  fiscal  relations. 

EC  339  F>ononilc  Development  I  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite;  EC  1 21.  EC  122 

Theory  of  growth:  theory  of  economic  development  of  underdeveloped 

countries. 

EC  340  Economic  Development  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite;  EC  1 2 1.EC339 

Application  of  the  theory  of  growth  and  analysis  of  economic  development  of 
selected  economies:  empirical  and  econometric  studies  of  underdeveloped 
countries  and  their  economic  institutions. 

EC  343  History  of  the  Economic  Development  3c-(ll-3sh 

of  the  llnited  States 

Prerequisites:  ECKII  orEC121  orEC122 

Applications  of  economic  theory  and  models  of  economic  development  to  the 
main  patterns  of  U.S.  poslrcvolulionary  growth;  emphasizes  economic 
development  as  a  laboralory  for  economic  analysis. 

EC  345  International  Economics  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite;  EC121  and  EC  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Theory  of  international  trade;  analysis  of  balance  of  payments;  international 

economic  equilibrium;  mechanism  of  international  economic  and  monetary 

adjustments. 

EC  346  International  Economics  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC34.'i  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Application  of  theory  of  international  trade  to  empirical  data  and  problems: 
historical  survey  and  examination  of  current  problems  of  inlernalional  trade; 
the  institutional  setting  of  inlernalional  trade. 

EC  350  Comparative  Economic  Systems  3c-OI-3sh 

Prcrcquisiles:  EC  101  orEC121  or  EC  122 

Evaluation  of  premises,  practices,  institutions,  and  performance  of  capitalist, 
.socialisi,  and  mixed  economies  using  economic  theory  and  measurement. 

EC  351  Russian  Economic  Development  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites;  EClOl  orF.CI21  or  EC  1 22 

Study  of  the  theory,  institutions,  and  perfonnance  of  the  Russian  economy 
including  comparison  of  present  and  pasi  patlerns  of  economic  development. 

EC  355  Statistics  for  Economists  3c-l)l-3sh 

Introduction  to  economic  sialislics.  Maleri;il  covered  regarding  empirical 
frequency  distributions,  probability,  distributions  of  random  variables, 
functions  of  random  variables,  and  tests  of  economic  hypotheses. 

EC  356  Introduction  to  FA'onomclrics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisiles:  EC3.'i.'i  or  its  malhemalical  ci|Liivalciil  or  permission  of  the 

instructor 

Inlroduclion  to  economelrics.  Inlcresi  centers  upon  linear  normal  regression 

models  of  two  or  more  random  variables,  special  economelric  problems,  ami 

solutions  ol  simullaiicous  cqiialions. 

EC  371  Kconomics  of  l.ahor  Le)>islalion  3c-01-3sh 

Prcret)uisile:  I'X'3.UI  or  permission  ol  the  mslriictor 
Economic  background  and  effects  of  governmenlal  regulation  of  labor 
relations,  with  emphasis  on  a  detailed  examination  of  National  Labor 
Relalions  Act  as  amended. 


■  126-IndiaiM  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EC  372  Economics  of  Wages  and  Employment  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC330  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Analysis  of  wages  and  employment  under  \  arious  market  structures.  Also. 

analysis  of  the  impact  of  labor  market  forces  on  wages,  prices,  and  distributive 

shares. 

EC  373  Economics  of  Human  Resources  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  10 1  or  EC  1 22 

Inquiry  into  economic  demographics  and  related  factors  affecting  growth. 

structure,  and  distribution  of  an  economy's  labor  force  into  different 

occupations. 

EC  382  Urban  Economics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Three  semester  hours  in  Economics  or  permission  of  the 

instnictor 

Structure  of  urban  economy,  goals,  processes,  problems,  and  policy  in  urban 

economic  development. 

EC  383  Regional  Economics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ECI2I  and  EC  1 22 

Process  of  regional  economic  growth,  location  theory,  basic  techniques  of 

regional  analysis,  public  and  private  area  development  programs,  and  urban 

problems. 

EC  421  Macroeconomic  Analysis  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC121.  EC122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Emphasizes  aggregate  income  levels  and  problems  of  unemployment, 
inflation,  and  growth.  Covers  consumption  and  investment  theories  and  the 
role  of  fiscal  and  monetary  policy. 

EC  422  Microeconomic  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ECI21.  EC  122.  M.'\121  or  equivalent 

Consumer  behavior,  theory  of  the  firm,  theory  of  exchange,  market  structures, 
distribution,  general  equilibrium  theory,  welfare  economics. 


EC  480  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 
Seminar  in  selected  economic  issues  or  problems. 

EC  481  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 


3c-01-3sh 


3c-()l-3sh 


EC  482  independent  Study  var-l  to  (ish 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  department  and  the  instructor 

EC  493  Internship  in  Economics  var-2  to  12sh 

Prerequisite:  A  student  must  be  an  economics  major  who  has  completed  al 
least  12  semester  hours  in  economics  and  who  has  at  least  a  2.5  grade-point 
average  in  the  major  and  in  all  coursework. 

The  course  provides  on-the-job  experience  in  economics  positions  with  private 
and  governmental  emplovers.  The  student  is  also  required  to  complete  related 
academic  w  ork  in  the  fonn  of  papers  and  selected  readings.  Number  of  credits 
earned  will  depend  upon  the  nature  of  the  job  and  amount  of  time  involved  in 
internship.  A  maximum  of  6  of  the  credits  earned  in  this  course  ma\  be 
counted  toward  the  30  semester  hours  in  economics  requirement  for 
economics  majors. 

ED:  Education 
College  of  Education 

ED  150  Educational  Planning  I  c-OI- 1  sh 

Introduces  students  to  the  system  of  higher  education  and  to  skills  that 
promote  effective  educational  planning  and  decision-making.  Includes  the 
topics  of  history  and  purposes  of  higher  education  and  its  changing 
curriculums:  models  tor.  and  variables  to  consider  in.  decision-making,  goal- 
setting,  and  educational  planning.  Note:  Certain  sections  of  this  course  will  be 
restricted  to  specific  enrollment  groups. 

ED  160  Learning  Strategies  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Assists  students  lo  deselop  and  use  effective  and  efficient  study  strategies  on  a 
consistent  basis.  Students  will  examine  their  academic  goals  and  implement 
study  strategies  to  help  achieve  those  goals.  Includes  the  topics  of  goal-setting 
and  selt-moniloring.  learning  styles,  test  preparation  and  test-taking.  lecture 
and  textbook  notetaking.  time  management  and  concentration,  and  general 
strategies  for  learning.  Students  will  be  required  to  give  evidence  of 


application  of  the  study  strategies  to  other  courses  in  which  the\  are  currently 
enrolled.  .Active  participation  in  class  meetings  is  expected.  Note:  Certain 
sections  of  this  course  will  be  restricted  to  specific  enrollment  groups. 

ED  170  Career  Exploration  Ic-OI-lsh 

Introduces  students  to  the  theoretical  and  practical  framework  w ith  which  to 
explore  careers  compatible  with  overall  academic  skills,  aptitudes,  and  life 
goals.  Students  will  examine  the  world  of  w  ork.  assess  their  interests  and 
abilities,  and  make  realistic  decision  on  academic  majors  and  careers.  Note: 
Certain  sections  of  this  course  will  be  restricted  to  specific  enrollment  group^. 

ED  242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  1  var-Ish 

Observation/participation  in  a  basic  education  classroom  beginning  not  later 
than  the  sophomore  s  ear. 

ED  321  Student  Teaching  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  .-Xdmission  to  teacher  certification 

Experience  in  teaching  al  the  elementar\  level:  coordination  and  visitation  by 

a  university  faculty  member  w  ith  daih  superv  ision  by  a  cooperating  classroom 

teacher. 

ED  342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II  var-lsh 

Prerequisite:  ED242  and  .Admission  lo  teacher  certification 
Students  w  ork  toward  the  development  of  specific  competencies  that  relate  to 
individual  major  fields  of  teaching. 

ED  408  Reading  in  the  Content  Areas  ^  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EL222 

Problems  related  to  leaching  students  reading  and  study  skills  specifically 
needed  in  each  of  the  subject  areas  at  the  elementary  level.  Content  teachers 
learn  how  to  develop  students'  competence  in  these  skills  as  part  of  their 
regular  classroom  instruction. 

ED  415  Computers  in  the  School  Curriculum  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COIOI.  BE  1 01.  IMKll.  or  pennission  of  the  instructor 
Students  will  use  a  variety  of  computer  software  including  word  processing, 
record  managemeni  programs,  and  simulation  programs.  Emphasis  w  ill  be  on 
the  application  of  computer  programs  within  the  K-12  school  curriculum. 

ED  421  Student  Teaching  var-6sh 

Experience  in  teaching  at  the  elementar\  level:  coordination  and  visitation  by 
a  university  facultv  member  w  iih  daily  superv  ision  by  a  cooperating  classroom 
teacher. 

ED  423  Professional  Practicum,  Including  School  Law  var-3sh 

Series  of  conferences  and  related  activities  to  prepare  students  for  actual 
leaching  experiences.  Parallels  student  leaching  experience  in  junior  and 
senior  years.  (Elementary  education  majors  only) 

ED  431  Teaching  in  Home  Economics  var-6sh 

Experience  in  leaching  home  economics  al  the  secondary  level. 

ED  441  Student  Teaching  var  6  to  I2sh 

Experience  in  teaching  at  the  elementary  or  secondan,-  level:  coordination  and 
visitation  by  a  university  faculty  member  with  daily  superv  ision  by  a 
cooperating  classroom  teacher. 

ED  442  .School  Law  1  c-OI- Ish 

Required  of  all  teacher  certification  students.  Includes  overview  of  legal 
principles  that  appl\  lo  special  areas  of  education.  Must  be  taken  prior  to 
student  leaching. 

ED  451  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  2c-2l-3sh 

Background  to  help  science  majors  meet  the  problems  of  teaching  science. 
Various  inquiry  approaches  useful  in  meeting  objectives  of  a  contemporary 
science  class  are  taught  and  exemplified. 

ED  452  Teaching  of  English  and  Communication  in  the     3c-OI-3sh 
Secondary  School 

Prerequisite:  EN  314.  323.  and  380 

This  course  is  a  prerequisite  to  student  leaching  in  English.  Inlroduces  the 
student  to  current  professional  practices  in  the  leaching  of  English  and 
communications  in  hiah  school. 


ED  453  Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  in  the 
Elementarv/Secondarv  Schools 


3c-OI-3sh 


Course  Dc'scripiions-l  2  7 


Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  321-322  and  351-352  in  the  student's 
major  language:  passage  of  a  language  proficiency  examination  or  permission 
of  the  instructor 

The  student  « ill  stud\  current  theories  of  language  acquisition  and  methods  of 
language  teaching  for  the  elenientan.  and  secondar\  school.  Through  hands-on 
practice  and  peer  teaching  demonstrations,  the  student  « ill  develop  techniques 
for  teaching  functional  language,  planning  lessons,  setting  curricular 
objectives,  testing  language  skills,  and  selecting/adapting  materials  for  both 
elementar)  and  secondary  school  classrooms.  (Course  taught  fall  semester 
only ) 

ED  455  Teaching  of  Social  Science  in  Secondary  Schools    3c-OI-3sh 
Studv  of  modem  methods  and  techniques  for  leaching  social  science  and  of 
current  curriculums  in  social  science. 

ED  456  Teaching  Math  in  the  Secondary  Schools  3c-OI-3sh 

Study  of  modem  methods  and  techniques  for  teaching  mathematics  and 
current  curriculums. 

ED  462  Issues  and  Innovations  in  Education  3c-ni-3sh 

Study  of  issues  and  innovations  which  influenced  education  will  be  included 
in  this  course.  Educational  innovations  and  issues  which  deal  w  ith  curriculum. 
school  organization,  and  materials  of  instruction  will  be  examined. 


young  children.  Art.  music,  and  movement  will  be  analyzed  as  aesthetic 
elements  in  a  comprehensive  early  childhood  curriculum.  Development  of 
creative  potential  in  both  teachers  and  children  will  be  promoted  as  a  means  of 
enhancing  the  artist's  experiences.  Students  will  expand  their  use  of  the  arts  to 
enhance  the  self-esteem  and  self-worth  of  the  students  as  they  apply  their 
specialized  knowledge  and  skills  in  directed  teaching  activities  with  small 
groups  of  children. 

EE  315  Play  as  Cognitive  and  .Affective  Development         3c-OI-3sh 
Provides  early  childhood  educators  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  to 
promote  and  guide  children's  pla\  behavior  as  the  child's  basic  learning 
mechanism.  Emphasis  on  definitions,  theories,  and  stages  of  pla\  w  ithin  the 
context  of  social,  emotional,  physical,  and  intellectual  growth  for  children 
aged  0-8  years.  Students  will  observe  children  at  play,  design  specific  learning 
activities  that  utilize  a  play/games  format,  and  direct  educational  experiences 
during  the  supervised  field  component. 

EE  451  Teaching  Primary  Reading  3c-OI-3sh 

This  is  a  methods  course  designed  to  assist  students  in  developing  the  reading 
abilities  of  young  children.  It  deals  with  instmctional  issues  related  to  teaching 
reading.  It  introduces  the  students  to  varying  reading  and  pre-reading 
processes  which  are  effective  with  young  children.  It  also  emphasizes 
diagnostic  and  assessment  strategies  for  teaching  reading. 


ED  481  Special  Topics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  B\  permission  only 

Provides  an  opportunitv  for  students  to  investigate  in  depth  an  area  of 
education  under  professional  superv  ision. 

ED  495  International  Study  Tour  in  Education  var-3sh 

Study  of  various  peoples  through  their  cultural  settings  and  educational 
systems;  on-site  visitation  to  selected  schools  and  other  social  agencies  and 
institutions;  seminars  with  school  officials  and  directed  readings. 


ED  496  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Approval  of  instructor  and  department 
Advanced  work  in  an  area  of  the  departmental  curriculum. 


var-3sh 


ED  499  Multicultural/Multiethnic  Education  2c-OI-2sh 

Prerequisite:  One  methods  course  must  be  taken  prior  to.  or  concurrently  with. 
ED  499 

Provides  students  with  an  understanding  and  appreciation  of  cultural  diversity 
in  the  United  States.  Students  will  gain  the  ability  to  locate  and  develop 
curricular  materials  appropriate  to  this  country's  diversity. 

EE:  Early  Childhood  Education 
Professional  Studies  in  Education 
College  of  Education 

EE  220  Language  and  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Pro\  ides  students  w  ith  background  on  developmental  chronology  of 
communication  skills  in  the  young  child  and  presents  curricular  approaches  to 
facilitating  linguistic  competence.  Theories  of  language  acquisition. 
relationship  between  speech  and  cognition,  techniques  tor  assessing  samples 
of  children's  speech,  and  literature  appropriate  lor  the  preschool/primary  child 
will  be  examined.  Integrated  approach  to  language  arts  that  correlates 
listening,  speaking,  writing,  and  reading  will  be  stressed.  Students  will  apply 
these  concepts  during  a  supervised  praclicum  experience.  This  course  is 
offered  as  a  writing-intensive  course. 

EE  310  Integrated  Curriculum  I  3c-01-3sh 

Examines  the  sequence  of  cognitive  development  in  children  and  the 
implications  for  instructional  programs.  Stages  of  cognitive  understanding  will 
be  applied  to  the  basic  components  of  numerical  concepts  and  science 
concepts.  C'lassriKim  management  strategies  that  can  be  ulili/ed  in  varied 
environments  will  be  stressed. 

EE3II  Integrated  Curriculum  II  3c-OI-3sh 

'  ■   '^^.•^  students  to  realize  the  importance  and  relevance  of  content  area 

IS  as  related  to  the  early  childh(«xl  years.  Planning  lor  leaching  w  ith 
'  ic  emphasis  on  methods  and  materials  lor  social  and  environmental 

is  inlrixluced.  Integration  of  music  and  art  areas  is  emphasized.  Values 
>YM'  III*  and  self-esteem  are  integral  to  social  living. 

^•'^  M 2  Aesthetic  Experiences  for  Young  Children  .3c-OI-3sh 

rdiscipliiiary  approach  loditlcrent  forms  of  creative  expression  in 


EH:  Education  of  the  Hearing  Impaired 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services 

College  of  Education 

EH  114  Introduction  to  Hearing  Impaired  3c-n!-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Adviser  permission.  EH  majors  only 

Deals  with  the  different  approaches  used  in  teaching  the  hearing  impaired — 
manual  language,  oral  language,  and  total  communication.  The  historical 
background  of  each  approach  is  presented  with  its  strengths  and  weaknesses. 
Criteria  for  the  use  of  each  approach  established  in  consideration  of  degree  of 
loss  exhibited  by  the  pupil,  the  age  of  onset,  and  the  social  and  psychological 
implications. 

EH  115  Introduction  to  Sign  Language  Ic-OI-lsh 

Development  of  manual  dexterity  and  fluency  using  fingerspelling. 
Acquisition  of  basic  sign  language  vocabulary.  Practice  in  acquiring  general 
infomiation  from  a  signed  message  and  conversing  informally  on  commonly 
used  topics. 

EH  244  Intermediate  Sign  Language  I  c-OI- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  EHI  I.S 

Emphasis  on  comprehension  of  signed  infomiation  and  on  developing  fluency 
in  conveying  a  message  in  both  signed  English  and  American  Sign  Language. 
Modification  of  signs  and  individualization  of  Icchniques  for  instruction/ 
communication  with  learning-impaired  or  mullihandicappcd  deaf  learners. 

EH  307  Speech  for  the  Hearing  Impaired  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EHI14.  S11242 

Techniques  for  developing,  diagnosing,  analyzing,  and  correcting  the  speech 
and  voice  problems  of  hearing-impaired  individuals.  Lecture,  demonstration, 
and  special  projects. 

EH  308  Language  for  the  Hearing  Impaired  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EHII4.  S112-34 

Developnienl  and  remediation  of  language  of  the  hearing  impaired.  Language 
sampling  and  diagnostics,  sentence  patterning,  and  analytic  vs.  natural 
teaching  methods.  Structuring  a  communicative  environment. 

EH  330  Hearing  Praclicum  var-2sh 

Prerequisite:  EH36(I.  EH  I  \^.  EH244 

Provides  students  with  actual  contact  with  hcaring-impaiivil  individuals. 
Practica  will  be  set  up  in  appropriate  school  programs  and/or  clinics  for  the 
hearing  impaired,  or  hearing  iliiicrani  programs,  or  in  clinical  sellings  where 
hearing-impaired  individuals  are  receiving  therapy  or  are  being  Icsicd. 
Techniques  of  observing  and  evalualing  behavior  arc  presented  iiiilially  lo 
prepare  the  sludcnl  lo  prolil  maximally  Irom  the  obscrvalion  experiences. 
Written  reports  of  ihe  practica  arc  suhinilled  and  discussed,  and  each  sludcnl  is 
encouraged  to  gain  experience  in  as  many  dilferent  settings  as  available. 


l2S-liuliana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


EH  331  Advanced  Sign  Language  I  c-OI- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  EHl  15.  EH244 

Studies  the  evolution  of  signs;  dialectical  sign  systems.  Analysis  and 
comparison  of  the  linguistic  similarities/differences  of  various  sign  languages. 
Direct  translation  of  \\  ritten  or  spoken  information  on  specific  topics  using 
American  Sign  Language  or  Signed  English.  Practice  using  conversation  on 
both  a  social  and  academic  le\'el. 

EH  360  General  Methodology  for  Education  of  3c-OI-3sh 

Hearing  Impaired 

Prerequisites:  EHl  14.  EH3(17.  EH308 

Provides  a  systematic  co\  erage  of  the  basic  procedures  for  teaching 
cuniculum  subjects.  Included  are  adaptive  methods  of  instruction  for  teaching 
mathematics;  science  as  it  relates  to  the  child  and  the  curriculum;  content, 
objectives,  and  resource  materials  for  social  studies;  creative  experiences  in 
the  field  of  language  arts,  rhythmics,  and  ph\  sical  education  and  health. 

EH  365  Parent  Preschool  Programs  for  the  Hearing  Impaired  3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  EHII4.  EX220.  SH2.^4.  EH.^OS.  EH.iO? 

Developing  home/clinic  programs  for  parents  and  hearing-impaired  infants  (0- 
3  years).  Teaching  speech,  language,  speechreading.  use  of  residual  hearing, 
and  developing  readiness  skills  at  preschool  level. 

EL:  Elementary  Education 
Professional  Studies  in  Education 
College  of  Education 

EL  211  Music  for  the  Elementary  Grades  2c-OI-2sh 

Geared  for  elementary  education  stuaents.  Includes  basic  ideas  for 
understanding,  development,  and  confidence  for  future  classroom  teachers  and 
their  pupils  in  areas  of  music  education. 

EL  213  Art  for  the  Elementary  Grades  2c-OI-2sh 

The  creative  use  of  art  materials  and  an  understanding  of  development  of 
capacities  of  children  through  art. 

EL  215  Child  Development  ,V-OI-3sh 

Survev  of  human  development,  from  conception  to  adolescence,  in  terms  of 
basic  scientitlc  data.  Development,  growth,  and  behavior  are  studied  and  their 
implications  for  home,  school,  and  community  are  considered. 

EL  221  Children's  Literature  -V-OI-3sh 

Acquisition  of  a  wide  acquaintance  with  children's  literature,  old  and  new. 
Poetry  selections,  annotated  stories,  and  bibliographies  will  be  assembled. 
Ways  and  means  to  develop,  stimulate,  and  guide  children's  reading  of 
literature  presented.  Principles  and  techniques  of  successful  storytelling  are 
studied  and  practiced, 

EL  222  Teaching  of  Reading  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Systematic  coverage  of  the  teaching  of  reading,  including  methods, 
techniques,  and  materials.  First  of  a  two-course  sequence. 

EL  312  Teaching  of  Elementary  Science  .'ic-OI-.^sh 

Emphasis  placed  upon  science  as  it  relates  to  child  and  curriculum,  planning 
for  teaching  science,  and  recent  innovations  in  science  leaching.  Course 
offered  on  the  block  only. 

EL  313  Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School  3c-OI-3sh 
Prerequisites:  MA  1 50.  1.51.  152  (revision  in  progress;  consult  adviser) 
Recent  developments  in  curriculum  and  methods  of  instruction  of 
contemporary  elementary  school  mathematics  programs.  Students  will  become 
acquainted  w  ith  books,  materials,  and  other  resources  helpful  to  prospective 
teachers.  Includes  observations  of  master  teachers. 

EL  314  Teaching  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  2c-01-2sh 

Games,  stunts,  rhythms,  relays,  tumbling,  dances,  and  skills  suitable  for  the 
elementarv  school  child.  Teaching  of  health  in  elementarv  school  is 
emphasized,  including  methods,  materials,  and  lesson  planning. 

EL  351  Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary  School  3c-()l-3sh 

Provides  students  with  a  wide  range  of  creative  experiences  in  fields  of  art, 
crafts,  music,  rhythmics,  dramatics,  and  games  in  elementary  school.  Stress  is 
placed  upon  need  to  help  children  in  developing  their  capacities  for  creative 
expression  in  these  areas. 


EL  353  Preschool  Education  3c-OI-3sh 

Principles  and  practices  of  guiding  the  learning  experiences  of  kindergarten 
students.  Special  attention  is  given  to  observations,  kindergarten  program  and 
its  curriculum,  and  material  and  methods  of  instruction. 

EL  356  Pedagogy  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  Status 

Competencies  specific  to  the  science  of  teaching  will  be  introduced  in  this 
course.  Students  w  ill  become  familiar  w  ith  the  fundamentals  of  leaching 
across  all  content  area  subject  matter  at  the  elementary  level.  .Areas  that  will 
be  explored  include  models  of  teaching,  including  lesson  and  unit  planning, 
and  creating  a  classroom  environment  that  is  conducive  to  learning. 

EL  357  Pedagogy  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  Status 

This  course  is  designed  to  follow  Pedagogy  1.  Selected  topics  that  were 
introduced  in  Pedagogy  I  will  be  extended.  .Additional  topics  will  be 
presented.  Principles  based  on  classroom  experience  w  ill  be  incorporated  into 
the  course.  Instruction  will  include:  classroom  management  skills,  integration 
of  computers  in  the  elementarv  curriculum,  contemporary  issues  in  education. 
the  role  of  research  in  elementary  classroom  teaching,  and  teacher 
professionalism  during  and  after  field  experiences. 

EL  411  Teaching  of  Social  Studies  3c-0l-3sh 

Overview  of  social  studies  in  elementarv  school.  Includes  study  of  objectives, 
trends,  areas  of  content,  patterns  and  principles  of  organization,  and  technique 
of  teaching.  Variety  of  learning  experiences  and  materials  used  and  evaluated. 

EL  422  Diagnostic  and  Remedial  Reading  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EL222 

Causes  of  reading  disability;  methods  of  diagnosis;  procedures  and  materials 
for  remedial  work,  group  and  individual. 

EL  425  Language  .\rts  Across  the  Curriculum  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EL222 

This  course  will  place  emphasis  on  the  view  that  the  art  of  communication  is 
an  interrelated  process  and  the  task  of  classroom  teachers  is  not  onlv 
integrating  the  language  arts  among  themselves,  but  also  integrating  them 
throughout  the  entire  curriculum.  Techniques  for  teaching  oral  and  written 
communication,  spelling,  handwriting,  vocabulary  development,  listening,  anc 
linguistics  will  be  presented.  Special  emphasis  w  ill  be  given  to  recent  trends 
and  research.  (Replaces  EL  413:  Teaching  Language  Arts  effective  Summer. 
1992)  This  course  is  offered  as  a  writing-intensive  course. 

EL  4S1  Independent  Study 

EN:  English 

Department  of  English 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

EN  100  Basic  Writing  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  develop  the  basic  English  skills  necessary  for  clear  and  effective 
communication.  Reserved  for  selected  students.  This  course  does  not  meet 
General  Education  English  or  Liberal  Studies  writing  requirements.  (Title 
prior  to  1989  was  EN  lOo:  Basic  English.) 

EN  101  College  Writing  3c-var-4sh 

Prerequisite:  EN  100.  where  required  by  placement  testing 
Normally  to  be  taken  the  first  semester  at  lUP.  Courses  use  readings  in  the 
nature  and  history  of  language,  semantic  and  linguistic  analysis,  and  problem 
in  rhetoric  and  other  approaches  to  composition.  Seven  theme-length 
expository  papers  (or  the  equivalent)  are  written,  in  addition  to  shorter 
exercises  and  a  written  final  examination.  (Title  prior  to  19S9  was  ENIOI: 
English  I.) 

EN  121  Humanities  Literature  .ic-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENIOI 

Introduces  students  to  literature  of  various  genres  through  a  careful  analysis! 

poetry,  fiction,  and  drama.  Includes  literature  of  various  time  periods. 

nationalities,  and  minorities.  (Replaced  EN20I;  English  III  effective  Summes 

1990) 

EN  150  English  for  Foreign  Students  3c-OI-3sh 

Provides  international  students  with  an  opportunitv  to  improve  their  ability  t( 
speak  and  write  English  before  they  take  EN  100  and  ENIOI.  The  emphasis i 


Course  Descriptions-! 29 


on  individualized  exercises  and  assignments.  This  course  carries  graduation 
credit  but  does  not  meet  General  Education  or  Liberal  Studies  English 
requirements. 

EN  202  Research  Writing  .^c-01  3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN  10 1,  sophomore  standing 

Teaches  students  to  read.  anal>ze.  and  evaluate  nonfiction  sources  and  to 

present  the  results  of  their  analysis  in  clear,  organized,  carefully  documented 

research  papers.  The  focus  of  reading  and  research  in  each  section  « ill  be 

determined  bv  the  instructor.  (Replaced  EN  102:  English  II  effecli\e  Suinmer. 

19901 


EN  220  Advanced  Composition  1  -V-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  10 1.202 

Primarily  seeks  to  improve  writing  style,  particularly  in  the  more  utilitarian 
tonus,  such  as  magazine  article  and  personal  essay. 

EN  221  Creative  Writing  3c-OI  3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  1 01.  202 

This  is  a  seminar  course  in  which  students  are  expected  to  produce  a 
substantial  body  of  w  ritten  «ork  in  one  or  more  of  the  creative  genres,  the 
particular  kind  of  writing  chosen  « ith  regard  to  the  special  interests  and 
abilities  of  each  student. 


EN  208  The  .Art  of  the  Film  3c-OI-3sh 

Concentrates  on  the  film  as  an  artistic  medium.  Eight  to  twelve  motion 
pictures  are  show  n  during  semester  and  are  analyzed  in  class  discussions. 

EN  210  Introduction  to  Literary  .Analysis  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101 

.Acquaints  students  with  the  literary  genres  (especially  fiction,  poetry,  and 
drama)  by  means  of  examples  of  each  and  provides  them  with  some  of  the 
various  critical  approaches  to  the  interpretation  of  literature  so  that  they  may 
gain  the  ability  to  apply  them.  At  the  conclusion  of  the  course,  students  are 
expected  to  be  able  to  read  literature  perceptively  and  to  write  critical  papers 
about  it. 

EN  211  English  Literature  to  the  Restoration  .3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  E.N  101.  210.  or  permission 

Suneys  English  literature  from  its  beginnings  to  the  Restoration,  acquainting 
students  with  the  experience  of  reading  many  of  the  primary  materials  (whole 
works  whenever  possible  or  full,  free-standing  pans)  and  provides  them  with 
background  information  concerning  the  development  and  flowering  of  the 
various  genres,  the  dominant  ideas  of  each  period,  and  the  social  and  cultural 
context  of  the  separate  works. 

EN  212  English  Literature  from  the  Restoration  to  1900    3c-OI-3sh 
Prerequisites:  EN  101.  210.  or  permission 

Surveys  English  literature  from  the  Restoration  to  the  beginning  of  the  20th 
century .  acquainting  students  w  ith  the  experience  of  reading  many  of  the 
primary  materials  (whole  works  whenever  possible  or  full,  free-standing  parts) 
and  providing  them  with  background  infomiation  concerning  the  de\elopment 
and  flowering  of  the  various  genres,  the  dominant  ideas  of  each  period,  and 
the  social  and  cultural  context  of  the  separate  work. 

EN  213  .American  Literature:  Beginnings  to  the  Present     3c-OI-3.sh 
Prerequisites:  EN  101.21 0.  or  permission 

Provides  an  understanding  of  .American  literature  from  its  beginning  to 
roughly  the  middle  of  the  present  century .  The  course  will  concentrate 
primarily  upon  a  relatively  small  number  of  major  works,  each  of  which  will 
help  to  illustrate  the  "spirit  of  the  age"  it  represents. 

EN  214  The  Novel  .3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  10 1.  210.  or  permission 

This  course  surveys  the  development  of  the  novel  from  Cervantes'  Don 
QitiMiie  to  the  present  with  emphasis  on  major  writers  and  forms  in  English. 
Includes  consideration  of  teaching  the  novel. 

EN  215  Poetry  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101.  210.  or  permission 

A  study  in  appreciation  of  poetry.  » ith  special  attention  to  the  technique  of  the 
poet  and  structure  of  poetry .  Includes  consideration  of  teaching  poetry. 

EN  216  Short  Fiction  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENTOI.  210.  or  permission 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the  short  story  from  the  middle  of  the  I  yth 
century  to  the  present  with  attention  to  form,  structure,  and  types  of  the  story. 
Includes  consideration  of  teaching  short  flction. 

EN  217  Drama  .V-OI-.3sh 

Prerequisites:  E.N  11(1.  210.  or  permission 

A  study  of  selected  plays  from  various  pcritxis  in  an  attempt  to  understand  the 
function  of  drama.  Includes  consideration  of  teaching  drama. 

EN  2I)(  Literature  for  Adolescents  .3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  LMOI.  210.  or  permission.  English  Education  major 
Surveys  poetry,  drama,  and  fiction  with  which  the  adolescent  is  familiar 
through  school  work  and  personal  reading. 


EN  310  Public  Speaking  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOl 

Fundamental  principles  of  public  speaking,  audience  analysis,  interest  and 
allentlon.  and  selection  and  organization  of  speech  material. 

EN  311  Oral  Interpretation  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOl.  310 

Emphasizes  understanding  and  appreciation  of  literature  through  developing 
skill  in  reading  aloud. 

EN  312  Speech — Persuasion  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOl.  202.  310 

.Advanced  study  of  problems  involved  in  innuencing  an  audience. 

EN  313  The  Rhetorical  Tradition  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOl.  310 

Surs'cy  of  rhetorical  theory  from  Greek  and  Roman  through  modem  times. 

EN  314  Speech  and  Communication  in  the  Secondary        3c-()l-3sh 
English  Classroom 

Prerequisites:  ENIOl.  202.  210 

This  course  otters  students  practical  and  theoretical  approaches  to 
relationships  between  oral  and  written  communication.  The  course  is 
perfonnance-based  (involving  a  variety  of  comnuinicalion  activities)  and 
knowledge-based  (involving  study  of  research  on  language  arts  relationships). 
Emphasis  is  given  to  integration  of  the  four  language  arts  for  improving 
teachers'  own  communication  skills  as  well  as  those  of  their  students. 

EN  320  Advanced  Composition  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOl.  202,  220 

Workshop  and  tutorial  atmosphere  for  students  w ho  Intend  to  write  or  teach 

writing. 

EN  321  Creative  Writing  II  3c-OI  3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENIOl.  202.  221 

.A  workshop  for  students  who  wish  to  write  fiction  or  poetry  under  guidance  of 

instructor. 

EN  322  Technical  W  riting  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOl.  202 

This  course  focuses  on  helping  the  student  to  acquire  and  to  apply 
communication  skills  essential  to  the  technical  and  professional  writer. 

EN  323  Teaching  Literature  and  Reading  in  the  3c-OI-3sh 

Secondary  School 

Prerequisucs:  ENIOl.  202.  210 

This  course  will  introduce  students  to  the  theory  and  research  on  teaching 
literature  and  reading  in  the  secondary  school.  It  will  review  reader-response 
literary  theory  and  classroom-based  research  on  leaching  literature.  It  will  also 
review  socio-psycholinguistic  reading  theory  and  classroom-based  research  on 
teaching  reading. 

EN  324  Teaching  and  KNuluating  Writing  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  [{N  Id  I.  202.  210.  English  1-Alucalion  major  or  pcmiission 
A  study  of  modern  approaches  to  the  leaching  of  w  riling,  including  current 
theories  on  the  composing  process,  as  well  as  instruction  in  evaluating, 
including  holistic  scoring.  Course  includes  practice  in  w  riling. 

EN  329  The  History  of  the  English  Language  1 1.  -01- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOl.  202 

Siudics  historical  dcvclopmeni  of  the  English  language,  as  a  basis  for  a  belter 
understanding  of  modern  American  English. 


130-lndiaihi  Unircrsiry  (>f  Pennsylvania 


EN  330  The  Structure  of  English  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  10 1.202 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of  language  study  with  equal  emphasis  on 
the  sound,  word,  sentence,  meaning,  and  discourse  patterns  of  English. 
Educationally  rele\  ant  topics,  such  as  applications  of  linguistics  to  the 
teaching  of  English  language  and  literature,  varieties  of  grammar,  and 
linguistic  descriptions  of  styles  and  registers  are  an  integral  part  of  the  course. 
Course  is  a  prerequisite  for  ED  452.  Teaching  of  English  and  Speech  in  the 
Secondary  School. 

EN  333  Psycholinguistics  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN101,202 

Psycholinguistics  concerns  the  interrelation  between  language  system  and 
behavior  and  various  factors  of  human  psychology.  The  course  sur\'eys 
developments  since  the  1940s,  including  relationships  between  language  and 
perception,  biology,  memory,  meaning,  and  cognition,  as  well  as  oral  and 
written  behavior.  Students  of  language  and  literature  may  improve  their 
assumptions  about  how  human  beings  use  language. 

EN  334  ESL  Methods  and  Materials  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing  or  pemiission  of  the  instructor 

An  introduction  to  English  as  a  Second  Language  theory  and  practice.  Aims: 

( 1 )  general  understanding  of  current  theory  and  methods  of  teaching  ESL:  and 

(2)  ability  to  select  appropriate,  and  adapt  existing,  materials  for  elementary 
and  high  school  ESL  students.  Recommended  for  all  Engish  teachers  who 
expect  to  have  ESL  students  in  their  classes. 

EN  336  Language,  Gender,  and  Society  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  EN102.  Junior  standing 

Investigates  the  various  ways  that  language  and  gender  interact  and  intersect  in 
society.  The  class  will  examine  such  questions  as:  Does  society  use  language 
to  favor  one  sex  over  the  other?  Why  is  language  a  crucial  component  in 
formulating  constructs  of  masculinity  and  femininity?  What  stereotypes  of 
gender-based  language  are  being  promoted  in  our  society?  How  can  we 
analyze  language  to  reveal  disparate  \  lews  and  treatment  of  the  sexes? 

EN  340  Chaucer  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  202,  210 

Corequisites:  EN21 1.  212.  213.  or  permission 

Studies  Chaucer,  his  life,  his  language,  the  development  of  his  literary  style. 

and  his  art,  w  ith  and  through  his  major  poetical  works. 

EN  341  Shakespeare  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  202.  210 

Corequisites:  EN21 1,  212.  213.  or  permission 

Studies  Shakespeare's  development  as  a  poetic  dramatist  against  background 

of  Elizabethan  stage:  examines  audience,  textual  problems,  language  imagery. 

and  philosophy. 

EN  342  Milton  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  202.  210 

Corequisites:  EN21 1.  212.  213.  or  pemiission 

Consists  of  a  close  reading  of  the  major  English  poems  and  prose  of  John 

Milton,  w  ith  particular  attention  to  Ptinkli.se  Ln.si  and  Sniiisiin  Ationisics. 

EN  343  Major  American  .Author  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENIOI.  202.  210 

Corequisites:  EN2 1 1 .  2 1 2.  2 1 3.  or  permission 

Studies  in  the  literary  output  of  a  major  American  author  or  authors  against  the 

background  of  the  social  and  literary  milieus  in  which  the  works  were  created. 

Specific  subject  or  subjects  to  be  announced  by  the  instructor. 

EN  345  Classical  Literature  in  Translation  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  102 

Masterpieces  studied  range  from  those  of  ancient  Greece  to  Middle  Ages. 
English  literature  and  American  literature  excluded. 

EN  346  Contemporary  American  and  British  Poetry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  202 

Study  of  British  and  American  poetry  since  World  War  II. 

EN  347  Modern  American  Fiction  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  202 

Major  American  writers  of  fiction  since  194?  are  considered. 


EN  348  African-American  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  202 

Analyzes  significant  African-American  literature  of  a  variety  of  types — 
autobiography,  essay,  fiction,  poetry. 

EN  349  English  Bible  as  Literature  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  202 

Considers  literary  aspects  of  the  English  Bible  by  relating  earlier  translations 
to  the  Authorized  Version  of  161 1  and  by  tracing  some  of  the  major  influences 
of  the  King  James  Bible  upon  w Titers  and  speakers  of  modem  English. 

EN  350  The  Metaphoric  Perspective  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  202.  210 
Corequisites:  EN21 1.  212.  213.  or  permission 

Acquaints  students  with  the  means  by  w  hich  metaphor  expands  our  awareness, 
providing  us  in  its  more  extreme  examples  with  what  has  been  called  "the 
strategy  of  the  dream."  Specifically  the  course  explores  metaphor  as  a 
"perspective  by  incongruity."  w  hich  may  be  embedded  in  poetic  structures  or 
may  be  itself  the  controlling  structure  for  longer  works  of  fiction  and 
nonfiction. 

EN  351  The  Literature  of  Discursive  Reason  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  202.  210 

Corequisites:  EN2 1 1 .  2 1 2.  2 1 3 

Examines  literature  that  displays  the  mind's  analytic  process.  Readings 

include  essays  and  other  nonfiction  as  well  as  poetry,  drama,  and  fiction. 

EN  352  Symbol  and  Allegory  '  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  202.  210 

Corequisites:  EN2 1 1 .  2 1 2.  2 1 3.  or  permission 

Examines  symbol  and  allegory  as  means  of  comprehending  and  expressing 

profound  aspects  of  existence.  Explores  the  distinction  between  symbolic  and 

allegorical  modes  of  thought. 

EN  353  The  Oral  Dimension  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  202,  210 
Corequisites:  EN2I 1,  212.  213.  or  pemiission 

.Acquaints  students  with  the  nature  of  oral  composition,  the  habits  of  thought 
that  orality  fosters,  and  the  particular  mode  of  awareness  the  oral  dimension  of 
literature  demands  of  an  audience  land  awakens  in  a  reader).  At  the  conclusion 
of  the  course  students  should  have  an  understanding  of  the  formulaic  nature  of 
such  purely  oral  fomis  as  the  ballad  and  the  epic  and  an  awareness  of  the 
manner  in  which  orality  pattems  thought  differently  from  writing,  and  they 
should  be  able  to  detect  oral  features  and  patterns  in  works  of  literature  from 
cultures  not  primarily  oral  but  containing  a  high  "oral  residue." 

EN  360  Romanticism  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI,  202 

Corequisites:  EN21 1,212.  213.  or  pemiission 

Focuses  on  literature  in  its  milieu  and  emphasizes  an  understanding  of 

Romantic  literature  from  its  development  in  Gennans  and  France  to  its 

flowering  in  England  and  .America. 

EN  361  The  Renaissance  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  202.  210 
Corequisites:  EN2 1 1 ,  2 1 2,  2 1 3,  or  permission 

Studies  the  revolutionary  changes  in  artistic,  ethical,  and  political  thinking 
brought  about  by  the  European  and  English  Renaissance  as  these  changes  are 
manifested  in  the  literature  of  that  age  and  succeeding  ones.  In  particular,  the 
course  focuses  upon  the  origin  and  later  development  of  such  notions  as  self- 
development,  individuality,  and  the  acquisition  and  maintenance  of  power. 

EN  362  Chivalry  and  Courtly  Love  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI,  202.  210 
Corequisites:  EN21 1.  212.  213.  or  permission 

A  major  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  give  students  a  broad  awareness  of  the 
cultural  milieu  of  the  High  Middle  Ages  through  a  study  of  chivalry  and 
courtly  love  as  well  as  an  understanding  of  how  this  literary  genre  was  bom, 
evolved  over  time  and  across  cultures,  and  continues  to  structure  elements  in 
our  own  culture.  Examines  theories  which  seek  to  explain  the  development  of 
the  codes  of  courtly  love  and  chivalry  and  the  literature  which  gives  evidence, 
of  their  existence  and  development. 


I 


Course  Descriplions-I.-I I 


EN  363  The  Puritan  Mind  in  England  and  America  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EMOl.  202.  210 

Corequisiies:  EN2 1 1 .  2 1 2.  2 1 3.  or  permission 

Examines  what  is  distinctive  in  the  inlelleclual  outlooks  of  Puritanism  as  it  is 

directly  embodied  in  the  literature  of  England  and  America  in  the  1  bill.  1 7lh. 

and  18th  centuries  and  indirectly  in  the  literature  of  later  ages  down  to  the 

present. 


EN  384  Introduction  to  Literature  by  Women  3c-()l-3sh 

This  is  an  introductory  course  in  literature  by  women.  The  plan  of  the  course 
is  to  read  women's  fiction,  nonficlion  prose,  poetry,  and  drama,  with  emphasis 
on  the  work  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries  in  England  and  .America. 
Both  works  of  well-known  writers  traditionally  included  in  ihe  English 
curriculum  and  the  w Tilings  of  iheir  less  well-known  contemporaries  will  he 
included. 


EN  370  .Myth  and  Literature  3c-01--3sh 

Prerequisites:  EMOl.  202.  210 

Corequisiies:  EN2I  I,  212.  213.  or  permission 

Introduces  students  to  the  nature  and  function  of  the  mylhic  experience  and 

makes  them  aware  of  the  integral  relation  myth  has  with  literature  of  all  limes 

and  cultures,  including  our  own.  Illustrates  how  myth  creates  meaning,  orders 

experience,  and  enters  into  literary  techniques. 

EN  371  Hero  and  Antihero  3c-(ll-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  1 01.  202.  210 

Corequisites:  EN2 1 1 .  2 1 2.  2 1 3.  or  permission 

Examines  the  range  of  heroic  and  aniiheroic  prolagonisls  and  actions  in 

literature  of  various  iimes  and  countries  w  iih  an  additional  locus  upon  the 

specific  world  views  that  make  heroic  and  antiheroic  behavior  effective  or 

even  possible. 

EN  372  Alienation  in  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EMOl.  202.  210 

Corequisiies:  EN2 1 1 .  2 1 2.  2 1 3.  or  permission 

Explores  literature  from  v  arious  times  and  places  for  w  hat  it  show  s  us  of  the 

separation  of  self  from  the  external  w  orld — the  estrangement  of  human  beings 

from  others  as  well  as  from  themselves — its  origin,  nature,  and  various  tonus. 

EN  373  Concepts  of  Character  in  Drama  and  Novel  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EMOl.  202.  210 

Corequisites:  EN21 1.  212.  213.  or  permission 

Traces  the  techniques  literary  artists  employ  to  portray  aspects  of  personality 

and  examines  the  influence  upon  character  portrayal  of  such  diverse  factors  as 

the  chosen  genre,  contemporary  notions  of  character  depiction,  and  prevailing 

psychological  theories  contemporary  w ith  the  works. 

EN  380  Country  Life — City  Life  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  202.  210 
Corequisites:  EN2 1 1 .  2 1 2.  2 1 3.  or  permission 

Investigates  the  relationship  between  literature  and  two  relatively  distinct 
social  environments — the  town  and  the  country .  Tlic  course  examines  literary 
genres,  modes,  and  preoccupations  peculiar  to  the  separate  social  climates  as 
well  as  the  body  of  literature  reflecting  the  painful  collision  between  the  two 
and  its  effects  upon  such  human  concerns  as  families,  the  celebration  of  love 
and  death,  or  the  perception  of  the  substance  of  nature  itself. 

EN  381  Poverty  and  Class  in  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EMOl.  202.  210 
Corequisiies:  EN2 1 1 .  2 1 2.  2 1 3.  or  permission 

Examines  major  literary  works  that  document  the  conditions  created  by  class 
and  caste  division  and  the  poverty  that  is  visited  upon  a  portion  of  the  people 
as  well  as  the  social  values  that  seek  to  justify  or  condemn  class  divisions.  The 
course  examines  an  extensive  body  of  images  of  the  poor,  concepts  aboul  class 
and  caste,  and  ihe  consequence  of  class  division. 

EN  382  War  in  Literature  3c-OI-3sh 

Prercquisiies:  ENIOI.  202.  210 

Corequisites:  EN2 1 1 .  2 1 2.  2 1 3.  or  permission 

War  is  a  subject  depicted,  in  varying  ways,  in  the  literature  of  many  times  and 

places.  Beginning  with  the  lltiitl.  some  of  Ihe  major  literary  Irealmcnis  of  war 

and  the  allendani  effects  on  the  society  and/or  Individuals  placed  in  lliis 

context  are  explored. 

EN  383  Man  in  the  Natural  World  .3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  hMOl.  202.  210 
Corequisites:  EN2I  I.  212.  213.  or  permission 

This  course  attempts  lo  understand  Ihe  literature  which  concerns  ilself  with  Ihe 
relationship  between  nature  and  man  by  viewing  that  inleraclion.  al  least 
initially,  as  either  anlagonisiic  or  sympathetic:  in  the  first  case  man  dominales 
Of  exploiis.  while  in  Ihe  second  he  participates.  The  first  atlilude  can  be  most 
easily  seen  in  Ihe  Iradilional  Hebraic-Chrislian  view,  while  ihe  second  appears 
•.«  romanticism,  or  more  currently,  as  ecological  awareness. 


EN  390  Literary  Tour:  Britain  var-3sh 

Offered  selected  summers,  for  five  weeks  during  the  first  or  second  summer 
session.  Visits  London.  .Stratford,  and  Cambridge  or  Oxford,  as  well  as  other 
places  importani  in  English  literature. 

EN  480  Seminar:  .Studies  in  English  and  var-3sh 

American  Literature 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI,  202.  210 

Corequisiies:  EN2I 1.  212.  213.  or  permission 

A  seminar  experience  designed  for  advanced  students.  Students  considering 

graduate  work  in  English  might  well  wish  lo  enroll,  but  students  wilh  a  variety 

of  career  goals — business,  industry,  law.  govemnienl  service — can  lake 

advantage  of  Ihis  opponunity  to  plan  a  schedule  of  independent  study  with  the 

help  of  a  facults  mentor. 

EN  481  Special  Topics  var-1  to  3sh 

These  courses  vary  from  semester  to  semester,  covering  such  diverse  topics  as 
autobiography,  science  fiction,  folklore,  the  political  novel,  black  theater,  etc. 

EN  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  to  6sh 

Opportunilies  for  independent  study  that  go  beyond  the  usual  classroom 
activities.  Approval  of  department  chairperson  required. 

EN  493  Internship  var-3  to  12sh 

On-lhe-job  Iraining  opportunities  in  related  areas.  Application  and  acceptance 
lo  internship  program  required. 

EP:  Educational  Psychology 
Department  of  Educational  Psychology 
College  of  Education 

EP  202  Educational  Psychology  3cOI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCIOI .  admission  to  sophomore  standing  in  teacher  cerlificalion 
or  pemiission 

Designed  lo  piomole  a  better  underslanding  of  the  principles  of  psychology 
governing  human  behavior,  w  ilh  particular  emphasis  on  their  relation  to 
learner,  learning  process,  and  learning  situation  in  an  educational  environment, 
I  Offered  as  EP302  prior  to  1992-93) 

EP  303  The  Psychology  of  Effective  Professional  3c-()l-3sh 

Presentations 

Designed  10  give  sludenls  awareness  and  skills  in  Ihc  areas  of  prolession;il 
prcsenlalions.  Concerned  wilh  dress,  diction,  and  decorum.  Emphasis  on 
effective  speaking  and  professional  dress,  wilh  particular  atlenllon  lo  llic 
inlerview. 

EP  304  Career  Planning  and  Development  Ic-OI-  Ish 

Designed  lo  explore  and  ilciine  personal  professional  goals.  Resume  writing, 
letters  of  applicalion.  nelworking.  credenlials  file,  and  inlerview  techniques 
are  stressed.  Background  experiences,  projected  lifestyle,  and  academic 
preparation  are  inlegraled  as  foundalions  of  job  search. 

EP  371  Psychology  of  leaching  Sex  Education  3c-OI-3sh 

Explores  ihe  mellUKis  of  leaching  sex  cducallon  lo  clcnicnlary.  Inlermedlate. 
and  seconilary  levels:  ihe  sexual  developnienl  of  ihe  child  through  adolescence 
and  adullhood. 

EP  373  Psychology  of  Adolescent  Educaliun  3c-OI-3sli 

I'lciequisile:  EP302 

Sluily  of  significanl  characlerislics.  behavior,  and  educalioiial  and  social 
problems  of  adolescents. 

EP  37A  Behavior  Problems  3c-OI  3sh 

Prerequisite:  |-.l'302 

Exaininalion  of  emolioiial  and  social  aspects  of  behavior  problems 
encounlered  In  classroom  siiualions  and  polentlal  remedial  lechnlques. 


132-lndiaihi  University  ofPeiinsylrania 


I 


EP  377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101.  admission  to  junior  standing  in  teacher  certification  or 

permission 

Designed  to  acquaint  students  with  major  methods  and  techniques  of 

evaluation  used  to  assess  and  report  growth.  de\elopment.  and  academic 

achieveinent  of  individuals  in  an  educational  environment.  Includes 

interpretation  of  standardized  test  information. 

EP  378  Learning  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite;  EP302 

Explores  learning  theories  and  educational  application  in  the  classroom. 

EP  383  Education  of  the  Disadvantaged  Student  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP302 

Acquisition  of  necessary  understandings  of  physiological,  psychological,  and 

social  implications  rele\ ant  to  working  with  and  leaching  the  disadvantaged 

student. 

EP  384  Field  Experience  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP302 

Pro\  ides  student  w  ith  tutorial  experience  in  the  public  schools  and  social 
service  organizations  with  professional  supervision. 

EP  388  Interpersonal  Effectiveness  and  3c-01-3sh 

Communication  Skills 

This  is  a  course  dev  oted  to  increasing  professional  effectiveness  and 
improving  communication  skills  w  ithin  educational,  business,  and  industrial 
settings.  Course  content  includes  analysis  of  nonverbal  behaviors,  active 
listening,  rational  self-analysis,  and  assertion  .skills. 

EP  481  Special  Topics  in  Educational  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Department  chairperson  permission 
Prov  ides  opportunity  for  students  to  investigate  in  depth  an  area  of 
Educational  Psychology  under  professional  superv  ision. 


EP  499  Independent  Study 


var-l-3sh 


EX:  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services 

College  of  Education 

EX  120  Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  For  department  majors  and  official  incoming  transfers  only 
Surveys  characteristics,  needs,  problems,  and  behavior  patterns  of  any  person 
who  deviates  sufficiently  from  "normal"  to  be  considered  exceptional. 
Consideration  to  those  who  fall  intellectually  both  above  and  below  average 
and  to  those  who  are  handicapped  visually,  acoustically,  behaviorally. 
orthopedically.  neurologically.  or  in  respect  to  speech  patterns. 

EX  220  Typical  and  .-Vtypical  Growth  and  Development     3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EX  1 20.  PCIOI 

Presents  foundations  of  human  grov\  th  from  conception,  including  basic 

embryogenesis.  up  to  but  not  including  adolescence.  Considers  the  biological. 

cultural,  educational,  and  parenting  influences  that  shape  the  child,  as  well  as 

selective  examples  of  normal  and  de\  iant  ph\  sical  and  intellectual 

development. 

EX  240  Teaching  Math  for  the  Mentally  and/or  3c  01-3sh 

Physically  Handicapped 

Prerequisites:  M.A151.  EX  120 

Emphasizes  recent  developments  in  elementary  curriculum  and  instructional 
techniques  for  developing  concepts:  implications  of  recent  resource 
developments  and  materials  helpful  to  the  prospective  special  education 
teacher.  Emphasis  is  also  placed  on  methods  of  helping  children  learn 
mathematical  concepts  through  physical  activity  and  on  ways  to  adapt  regular 
classroom  materials  to  meet  needs  and  abilities  of  slow  and  disabled  learners. 

EX  251  Methods  of  Teaching  Reading  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  status  or  above 

Presents  basic  concepts  of  developmental  reading  instruction  and  systematic 
coverage  of  the  methods  of  teaching  reading  from  readiness  stages  through  8th 
grade.  Diagnostic-prescriptive  techniques  are  included. 


Prerequisite:  For  non-Special  Education  majors  only 
Survey  s  traits,  needs,  problems,  and  behavior  patterns  of  the  exceptional 
person  and  indicates  methods  and  considerations  for  the  regular  classroom 
teacher  encountering  the  exceptional  person  in  his/her  classroom.  Legal  rights 
of  the  exceptional  are  stressed  and  contributions  of  the  disabled  to  society  are 
presented.  Implications  regarding  parenting  of  exceptional  children  and  youth 
are  included. 

EX  341  The  Socially  and  Emotionally  Maladjusted  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Provides  for  an  understanding  of  the  characteristics  and  educational 

programming  for  the  socially  and/or  emotionally  maladjusted.  Considers  the 

relationship  between  socially  and  emotionally  maladjusted  and  other  areas  of 

exceptionality. 

EX  343  Content  .\rea  Subjects  for  the  Mentally  and/or      3c-01-3sh 
Physically  Handicapped 

Prerequisite:  EX  120 

Presents  methods  for  teaching  science  and  social  studies  to  the  mentally  and/or 
physically  handicapped.  Scope  and  sequence  of  content,  as  well  as  evaluative 
techniques  for  each  content  area,  are  studied.  Integration  of  other  content  areas 
and  skill  areas  is  stressed.  .Also  stresses  teaching  in  both  resource  room  and 
less  restrictive  environments. 

EX  353  Reading  and  Other  Language  .Arts  for  the  3c-01-3sh 

Mentally  and/or  Physically  Handicapped 

Prerequisites:  EX  120.  EX2.^1.  and  SH2.^4 

Review  of  typical  and  atypical  characteristics  of  the  handicapped  in 
relationship  to  the  language  arts.  Deals  with  preparation  and  execution  of  units 
of  instruction  in  language  arts  for  mentally  and/or  physically  handicapped 
persons.  Diagnostic  and  prescriptive  approaches  are  included;  integration  of 
language  arts  with  a  highlight  on  reading  is  stressed, 

EX  362  Psychology  of  Reading  in  Language  Processing      3c-0l-3sh 
Examines  the  language  structure  of  reading  by  considering  the  psychology  of 
understanding,  speaking,  reading,  and  writing  as  a  sequence  for 
communication.  Encourages  enrollees  to  apply  pertinent  matters  related  to  the 
reading  profession  to  the  field  of  speech  pathology  and  audiology. 

EX  370  .Assessment  of  the  Mentally  and/or  Physically         3c-OI-3sh 
Handicapped 

Prerequisites:  EX  120.  EP377 

Emphasis  on  appropriate  use  of  assessments.  Procedures  for  employing 
standardized  tests  and  informal  evaluative  procedures  within  the  realm  of 
competency  of  the  special  educator.  .Applications  based  on  results  of  all  types 
of  assessment  complying  with  current  legislation.  .Applications  to  the 
Individual  Education  Program  (lEP)  are  taught. 

EX  410  Seminar  in  Special  Education  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Enrollment  by  invitation  only 

For  students  w  ho  have  demonstrated  outstanding  potential  for  contributing  to 
the  field,  opportunities  are  permitted  to  explore  specific  areas  in  greater  depth. 

EX  430  Physical  Disabilities  and  Psychological  3c-01-3sh 

Handicaps 

Prerequisites:  EX  1 20,  EX220 

Prov  ides  for  in-depth  study  of  the  most  prev  alent  physical  disabilities. 
indicates  coping  mechanisms  used  by  some  of  the  afflicted,  and  shows  how 
the  physically  disabled  w  ho  do  not  develop  coping  strategies  become 
psychologically  handicapped,  .Adaptation  of  teaching  materials,  equipment, 
and  facilities  is  discussed.  Rationale  for  placements  in  the  various  educational 
en\  ironments  is  included. 

EX  450  Methods  and  Curricular  Planning  for  Mildly         3c-0l-3sh 
and  Moderately  Handicapped 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Provides  for  in-depth  examination  of  methods,  strategies,  and  cumculums 
with  which  special  educators  are  faced.  Special  projects  of  a  practical  nature 
are  included  to  provide  enrollees  experiences  w  ith  planning,  application, 
analysis,  synthesis,  and  evaluation.  To  be  scheduled  the  semester  immediately 
preceding  student  teaching, 

EX  454  The  Brain  Injured  and  the  Learning  Disabled        3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Provides  guidelines  and  methods  of  leaching  the  brain  injured  and  learning 


EX  300  Education  of  the  Exceptional  in  the  Regular  Classroom  .V-OI-3sh 


Course  Descripiions-l. -13 


disabled.  Emphasizes  methods  of  providing  basic  skill  developmem  in  areas  of 
moior.  percepiual.  cognitive,  language,  and  social  skills. 

EX  457  Severe  and  Profound  Retardation  and  Multiple     3c-01-3sh 
Disabilities 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  pemiission 

Provides  guidelines  and  methods  for  working  with  the  extremely  disabled  in 
educational  settings.  Emphasizes  methixls  of  providing  stimulation  of  basic 
skill  development  in  areas  of  motor,  perceptual,  cognitive,  language,  and 
social  skills. 

EX  464  Preschool  Education  of  the  Handicapped  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Departmenlal  permission 

Pro\  ides  the  student  w  ith  basic  concepts  for  educating  all  preschool 
handicapped  \ounasiers  and  serves  as  a  course  for  exceptional  education 
majors  specifically  interested  in  earlv  childhood  education  and  intervention 
programs.  Required  for  elemenlarv  majors  in  the  earlv  childhood  program. 
course  is  an  elective  for  other  interested  students. 

EX  480  Selected  Problems  var- 1  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Depanniental  permission 

Interested  students  ma\  use  this  course  for  the  pursuit  of  know  ledge  regarding 
specific  concerns  of  the  exceptional  w  hich  are  not  ordinarily  considered  in 
such  detail  during  regular  classroom  instruction.  Students  w  ishing  to  enroll  are 
expected  to  submit  a  w  ritten  proposal  regarding  their  desire  lor  study  at  the 
lime  permission  for  enrollment  is  sought.  With  pemiission.  the  course  may  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

EX  490  Ethical  and  Professional  Behavior  Ic-Ol-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  pe^mi^sion 

Emphasis  on  ethical  and  professional  behavior  for  student  teachers  and 
professional  employees.  Possibilities  for  and  methods  of  initialing  and 
profiting  from  postbaccalaureaie  study  are  indicated.  Student  teachers  are 
required  to  complete  and  present  a  curriculum  book  regarding  each  student 
teaching  experience. 

FA:  Fine  Arts 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

FA  493  Inlernship  var-3  to  I2sh 

This  Internship  covers  the  areas  of  the  visual  and  pertbrming  arts. 

FE:  Foundations  of  Education 
Department  of  Foundations  of  Education 
College  of  Education 

FE  202  .American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Students  must  have  sophomore  status  and  be  enrolled  in  a  teacher 
cenificatifin  program 

Provides  an  intrcxiuction  to  some  of  the  major  traditional  and  conleniporars 
philosophic  concepts  which  have  played  a  role  in  the  fomialion  of  educational 
policies  and  practices.  Emphasis  on  the  relationship  between  educational 
theory  and  practice  in  such  areas  as  the  role  of  the  sch(K)l  in  society,  curricula! 
content,  teaching  and  learning  methodology,  educational  goals,  and 
professionalism. 

FK  414  Comparative  Foundalions  of  FIducalion  (Dual  Level)  3c-OI-3sh 
Analysis,  evaluation,  and  especially  comparison  of  educational  purposes, 
curriculum,  and  melhcxis  in  some  western  European  nations,  some  developing 
nations  in  Afnca.  Asia,  and  Latin  America,  and  some  communis!  nations 
including  L'.S.S.R.  and  P.R.C.  The  educational  theories  and  practices  in  the 
United  Slates  will  be  compared  with  ihose  in  other  lands.  Designed  lo  develop 
insight  into  new  ideas  and  practices  in  American  sch(H)ls. 

FE  415  Curriculum  Development  (Dual  Level)  .3c-OI-3sh 

Analysis  of  philosophical,  sociological,  and  psychological  basis  for  creation  of 
curricula!  pailems.  K- 1 2.  Includes  utilizalion  of  technological  devices,  critical 
examinalion  of  basic  concepts  underlying  determination  of  objectives,  and 
Kicclion  and  organi/alion  of  subject  matter  and  of  learning  experiences  in 
general.  Current  curriculum  research  will  be  analyzed,  as  will  existing 
instructional  materials  and  programs. 

FE  440  Orienlalion  to  Teaching  in  I  rban  Cenlers  3c-OI-3sh 

Prosides  vludcnis  with  an  understanding  ol  learners  and  their  unique  learning 


needs  and  conditions.  Emphasis  on  understanding  the  origin  of  attitudes  and 
values  and  hou  these  affect  the  relationships  which  exist  between  students  and 
teachers.  Special  attention  lo  practical  application  of  theorelical  inlonnalion  lo 
problems  of  urban  education.  Field  trips  and  guesi  speaakers  will  be 
emphasized. 

FE  441  Field  Experiences  in  Urban  Centers  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  FE44(1 

Provides  specialized  experience  for  students  desiring  to  leach  in  inner-city 
schools.  .Aspects  lo  be  emphasized  include  physical  characleristics  of 
community,  background  and  aspirations  of  children  and  south,  and  specialized 
teacher  competencies,  classroom  management,  planning,  instructional 
materials,  leaching  strategies,  and  evaluations.  Records  of  comprehensive 
experiences  in  urban  areas  w  ill  be  considered  in  making  field  experience 
assignments.  Schools  selected  for  student  experience  will  be  located  in 
Pittsburgh. 

FE  442  Interpreting  Urban/Field  Experiences  var-3sh 

PrereL|uisiles:  FE44(1.  FE441 

Evaluation  of  learning  and  behavior  problems  encountered  during  field 
experience  in  urban  schools.  Flexible  approach  stressed  to  encourage  wide 
range  of  investigation  and  exploration  of  psychological  and  sociological 
problems  as  they  affect  education.  Supervision  and  guidance  for  inxestigating 
specific  problems  provided  by  specialists  from  psychology,  sociology,  and 
education  who  will  function  as  resource  personnel  providing  direction 
enabling  students  to  combine  experiences  gained  by  teaching  in  urban  schools 
with  recent  and  pertinent  theorelical  information. 

FE  454  Public  School  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  development  of  public  school  administration;  current 
organizational  patterns  for  public  education  at  the  local,  county,  slate,  and 
national  levels:  and  ihc  impact  of  adminislralion  upon  Ihe  total  educational 
program. 

FE  456  Issues  and  Trends  in  Education  (Dual  Level)  3c-01-3sh 

Critical  analysis  of  issues  and  trends  in  education  with  emphasis  on 
philosophical  and  social  dimensions  of  topics  covered.  Attention  to  work  of 
some  major  contemporars  critics  of  education. 

FI:  Finance 

Department  of  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 

College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  3(10  and  40(1  level  are  open  only  to  siudenls  w  ith 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  musi  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a 
given  course. 

FI  220  Essentials  of  Finance  3c-()l-3sh 

Provides  siudenls  wiih  a  surve\  of  three  lundanienlal  areas  of  finance: 
1 1  Corporate  Finance.  2)  Basic  Inxcslmenl.  and  3 1  Financial  Inlonnedialion 
and  the  Monclary  System.  Students  will  be  introduced  to  financial  analysis, 
planning,  and  control;  lo  Ihe  managenieni  (Ihe  acquisition  and  allocation)  of 
funds:  and  lo  the  I'undanienlals  of  the  lime  value  of  money  and  capital 
budgeting.  Students  will  be  familiarized  with  the  basic  investment  markets, 
fundamental  and  technical  analysis,  and  portfolio  analysis.  Students  will  also 
consider  the  infiuence  of  government  and  financial  institutions  on  interest 
rates,  sources  of  finance,  investment  of  funds,  and  finance  in  general.  (Offered 
for  Associate  Degree  Program  at  branch  campuses  only;  iiia\  not  be  useil  as  a 
substitute  for  FI3I()) 

FI  310  Finance  1  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ACi2(l2.  MA2I4  for  business  majors; 

AG2()2.  MA214  or  MA217  for  non-business  majors  (MA214  recommended) 
Study  of  ihe  methods  of  securing  and  managing  funds  on  short,  intermediate, 
and  long-tenn  bases.  The  financial  analysis,  planning,  and  control  of  a 
corporation.  Also  covered  is  working  c;ipit,il  inanageinent, 

FI  .320  Finance  II  3c  l)l-3sh 

Prerei|uisitc:  113 10.  uppei  ilivisioii  only 

Continuation  of  FI3 10  and  covers  topics  on  long-term  external  financing  ol 
the  firm,  capital  budgeting,  valuation  of  the  firm,  mergers,  inlernational 
business  finance,  and  business  failures. 


134-lndiana  Uiiircrsily  of  Pciinsylvania 


Fl  322  Life  Insurance  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FI310 

Comprehensive  study  of  that  insurance  which  provides  protection  against  the 
economic  loss  caused  by  temiination  of  earning  capacity.  Analysis  benefits, 
underwriting,  rate  mal<ina.  and  legal  doctrines. 


FL  391  Selected  Works  from  the  Medieval  Period  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  102 

Comparative  study  of  selected  works  of  major  importance  per  se  and  as 
representative  of  major  themes  of  medieval  European  literature.  This  course  is 
also  listed  as  EN3yi. 


Fl  324  Principles  of  Investments  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FI310 

Analysis  of  various  types  of  securities  and  other  forms  of  investment 
possibilities  and  a  study  of  sound  investment  policies  from  a  corporate 
viewpoint.  Factors  intluencing  the  general  movement  of  security  prices  and 
the  return  from  investments  are  considered. 


FL  392  Renaissance/Baroque/Classical  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  102 

Literary  works  representing  various  genres  from  both  periods  are  studied  and 
compared  for  their  themes,  motifs,  and  stylistic  features,  applying  principles 
set  forth  in  H.  Wolffin's  Rcnaissamc  and Baniqiic.  This  course  is  also  listed 
as  EN392. 


FI  382  Real  Estate  Fundamentals  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  language,  principles,  and  laws  that 
govern  the  business  of  real  estate.  Emphasis  on  the  underlying  concepts  of 
land,  property,  rights  in  realty,  and  the  means,  methods,  and  laws  that  govern 
the  conveyance  of  these  rights.  Required  course  for  taking  the  Pennsylvania 
Real  Estate  Salesman's  Exam. 

FI  385  Securities  and  Commodities  Markets  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FI320.  FL^24 

Study  of  the  structure  of  security  and  commodity  markets;  the  nature  of 
speculative  transaction  and  methods  of  trading:  analysis  of  pricing;  and  the 
objectives  of  security  and  commodity  market  regulation. 

FI  410  Financial  Institutions  and  Markets  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FI324 

Review  of  the  entire  structure  of  financial  institutions,  money,  and  capital 
markets,  of  which  the  business  enterprise  is  both  a  supply  and  demand  factor, 
and  structure  and  dynamics  of  interest-rate  movements. 

FI  420  Investment  Analysis  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FI320.  FI324 

Integrates  the  work  of  the  various  courses  in  the  finance  areas  and  familiarizes 

the  student  with  the  tools  and  techniques  of  research  in  the  different  areas  of 

investments. 

FI  422  Seminar  in  Finance  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  F1320.  F1324.  seniors  only 

Primarily  for  the  senior  Finance  major,  covers  topics  in  all  areas  of  finance  by 

using  recent  articles,  cases,  discussions,  speakers,  and  a  financial  simulation 

game. 

FI  481  Special  Topics  In  Finance  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College 
of  Business 

FI  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  department  chairperson  and  dean 
Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a 
concentrated  area  of  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

FI  493  Finance  Internship  var-3-to- 1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  FI320.  F1324.  consent  of  chairperson  and  dean 
Practical  experience  in  the  finance  field. 

Note:  Internship  FI493  can  be  taken,  if  the  student  qualifies,  as  a  general 
elective.  It  does  not  fulfill  the  major-area  elective  requirement. 

FL:  Study  Abroad  and  Comparative  Literature 

(Foreign  Language) 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

FL  100  Study  Abroad  var  1  - 1 2sh 

Registration  mechanism  and  limited  credit  arrangement  as  provided  in 
preapproval  process  for  Study  Abroad  programs  coordinated  through  the 
Center  for  International  Studies. 

FL  121  Introduction  to  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  works,  authors,  and  genres  of  general  literary 
significance  in  the  Western  tradition.  Not  organized  historically  but  trains  the 
student  in  the  critical  reading  and  appreciation  of  literature  from  the  present 
and  other  periods.  Authors,  works,  and  themes  are  studied  w  ith  respect  to 
cultural  context,  aesthetic  form,  and  thematic  significance.  Taught  in  English, 
Substitutes  for  EN121:  Humanities-Literature. 


FL  393  Romanticism  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  102 

Study  of  the  principal  authors  and  works  of  late  1 8th-century  and  early  lyth- 
century  Europe  and  the  unique  national  characteristics  of  the  Romantic 
moveinent  in  lyric,  drama,  and  prose.  This  course  is  also  listed  as  EN393. 

FL  394  Nineteenth-Century  European  Novel  in  Translation3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  102 

A  survey  of  major  19th-century  European  novels  in  translation  (excluding 
English),  emphasizing  the  rise  of  realism  and  naturalism  and  the  cultural, 
historical,  social,  and  artistic  relationships  between  the  various  national 
literatures.  This  course  is  also  listed  as  EN394. 

FL  395  Selected  Writers  from  20th-century  Europe  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI,  102 

Comparative  study  of  selected  works  of  major  importance  per  se  or  as 
representatives  of  major  trends  in  20th-century  literature.  This  course  is  also 
listed  as  EN395. 

FL  396  The  Literature  of  Emerging  Nations  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENIOI.  102 

A  comparative  study  of  a  selection  of  literature  written  in  major  European 
languages  but  originating  in  the  nations  of  the  developing  world.  Works  will 
be  mainly  prose  fiction  (although  essay,  theater,  and  poetry  may  be  included) 
and  reflect  a  diversity  of  geographical,  cultural,  and  prior  colonial 
circumstances.  This  course  is  also  listed  as  EN3%. 

FL  421  Language  and  Society  3c-01-3sh 

The  student  considers  salient  facts  of  language  and  its  role  in  society  and 
culture.  Language  families,  linguistic  change,  and  reciprocal  intluences  of 
culture  and  language  are  presented. 

FL  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  to  3sh 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-dcpth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with 
an  aspect  of  foreign  languages  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member. 
Permission  required. 

FN:  Food  and  Nutrition 

Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition 

College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

FN  110  Courses  in  Food  and  Nutrition  lc-01-lsh 

Career  possibilities  for  nutrition  majors  aie  explored.  Students  will  be  guided 
in  clarifying  their  professional  goals.  They  will  become  acquainted  with  the 
educational  and  experiential  requirements  necessary  to  attain  these  goals. 

FN  140  Nutrition  and  Wellness,  Part  A  2c-2 1  - 1  ..'^sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  contemporary  nutrition  issues  as  they  relate  to 
personal  choices  and  physical  fitness  as  a  component  of  wellness.  (Combined 
withFN14l  as  FN  143  effective  1992.  Discontinued  after  Spring.  1992.FN140 
may  be  combined  with  HP141  during  1992-1993  to  complete  requirement.) 

FN  141  Nutrition  and  Wellness,  Part  B  2c-2l- 1  ..Ssh 

Introduces  the  student  to  physical  fitness,  stress  management,  and  substance 
abuse  as  components  of  wellness.  (Combined  with  FN  140  as  FN  143  effective  1 
1992.  Discontinued  after  Spring.  1992.  FN14I  may  be  combined  with  HP140 
during  1992-1993  to  complete  requirement.) 

FN  143  Nutrition  and  Wellne.ss  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  major  components  of  wellness:  contemporary 
nutrition  issues  as  they  relate  to  personal  food  choices,  physical  fitness,  stress 
management,  sexually  tiansmiiicd  diseases.  AIDS,  and  substance  abuse. 


Course  DcsciipiiDns-IJ^ 


Completion  ol  FM43  lulllll 
requiremenl. 


Ihc  Liberal  Studies  Health  and  Wellness 


FN  145  Introduction  to  Nutrition  3c-OI-3sh 

Provides  students  « itii  an  understanding  of  essential  nutrients  and  their  roles 
in  the  body,  as  well  as  the  ehanging  nutritional  needs  of  an  individual 
throughout  the  lifespan,  includes  the  impact  of  exercise  and  food  choices  on 
metabolism,  body  composition,  and  weight  control;  nutrition  misinformation; 
consumer  issues;  commercially  prepared  foods;  and  major  diseases  that  are 
affected  by  eating  behav  iors. 

FN  ISO  Foods  Lecture  3c()l-3sh 

Prerequisite  (or  concurrently);  CHI02 

Basic  principles  of  food,  to  include  composition,  sanitation,  preparation,  and 

preservation. 


FN  151  Foods  Lab 

Prerequisite  (or  concurrently!:  F.N  150 

Application  of  basic  food  principles  of  food  preparation. 


()c-3l-lsh 


.V-OI-3sh 


FN  212  Nutriti<m 

Prerequisite:  CH 1 02  or  CH 1 1 2 

Sources  and  functions  of  nutrients,  interdependence  of  dietary  essentials,  and 

nutritive  value  of  an  optimum  diet  are  studied.  Attention  given  to  varied 

conditions  in  human  life. 

FN  213  Life  Cycle  Nutrition  .3c-OI  ■3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN2I2  Nutrition 

A  detailed  study  of  nutrition  which  applies  information  from  FN212  Nutrition 
to  all  stages  of  the  life  cycle:  current  issues  and  research  as  they  impact  on 
these  developmental  stages. 

FN  245  Sports  Nutrition  Ic-OI-lsh 

Prerequisites:  FN  143.  or  FN14.i.  or  FN2I2 

Students'  nutrition  knowledge  will  be  advanced  with  special  application  to  the 
optimal  nutrient  needs  and  nutrition  practices  of  athletes  to  maximize 
performance.  The  fallacies  of  ergogenic  aids  will  also  be  discussed. 

FN  321  Professional  F.mployment  Practicum  var-Osh 

Prerequisites:  FN  313  plus  60  semcsier  hours 

Sophomore  or  junior  summer  is  used  for  an  employment  experience  in  an 
approved  food  service  facility.  Students  seek  their  own  position.  Assistance 
and  guidance  given  by  department  chairperson. 

FN  355  Nutrition  in  Disease  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BII.5.S.  CIII02.  FN2I2 

Basic  tools  for  diet  mixlificalion:  food  exchange  systems;  interviewing 
techniques;  nutrition  assessment;  professional  practice;  dietary  treatment  of 
injury,  surgery,  recovery,  obesity,  and  diabetes.  Nutrition  support.  Food 
sampling  experiences.  Fall  semester. 

FN  357  Special  Problems  in  Foods  Oc-41-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FNUSO 

Individual  problems  in  foods  investigated  with  emphasis  on  identified 
weaknesses  in  the  student's  knowledge  of  food. 

FN  362  Kxperimental  Foods  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN  l.iO.  212.  CH  102,  or  CHI  12 

The  experimental  study  of  foods,  relating  chemical  and  physical  properties  to 
reactions  and  prtKesses  (Kcurring  in  fixxl  systems. 

FN  364  Methods  of  Teaching  .3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  F\3 1 3  and  3.Sft  or  concurrently 

Current  leaching  techniques  and  resource  materials  in  nutrition  education 

emphasi/cd.  Both  classroom  teaching  and  on-the-job  training  programs  are 

included. 

FN  402  Communil)  Nutriliim  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN2I2 

Nutritional  implications  of  both  good  and  poor  nutrition  for  all  age  groups  in 
home  and  community  situations  are  studied.  Corrective  and  preventive 
measures  emphasized   Spring  semester. 


FN  410  l-iM>d,  Nulritiiin,  and  Agint; 
Prerequisite:  Junior  status 


3c-OI-Kh 


Relationship  of  food  to  health  maintenance  and  special  dietary  prohlcnis 
during  the  middle  and  later  years. 

FN  430  Professional  Topics  in  Food  and  Nutrition  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN3.'^.S.  FN364.  HR3.^6.  and  PCIOI 

Topics  include  promoting  food  and  nutrition  services  and  programs,  career 
planning  and  development,  ethical  challenges  to  dietitians,  quality  assurance 
standards,  and  impact  on  the  legislative  process. 

FN  444  Food  Composition  and  Biochemistry  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH33,5 

Basic  chemistry  and  biochemistry  of  essential  components  of  food  originating 
from  plant  and  animal  sources. 

FN  447  Nutritional  Aspects  of  Food  Technology  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN2l2and  BI232:  junior  status 
Study  of  current  known  effects  of  food  processing  techniques  on  the 
nutritional  value  and  safely  of  foods. 

FN  455  Nutrition  in  Disease  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN33.'i 

Dietary  treatment  of  disorders  of  the  gastrointestinal,  renal,  cardiovascular, 
and  hepatic  systems;  inhom  enors  of  metabolism:  allergies:  cancer. 
Therapeutic  quackery.  Food  sampling  experiences.  Spring  semester  only. 

FN  458  .Advanced  Human  Nutrition  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH3.'SI  or  3.^!i  or.  concurrently.  FN212.  HI  1 53 
In-depth  study  of  the  nutrients  and  their  functions  within  the  cell. 
Incorporation  of  the  principles  of  physiology  and  biochemistry  in  the  study  of 
nutrition.  Emphasis  on  current  research  and  evaluation  of  research 
methodology. 

FN  461  Microwave  Cooking  Technology  2c-2l-3sh 

Study  of  the  electronic  technology,  selection,  care,  and  use  of  the  microwave 
oven.  Basic  physical  and  chemical  concepts  related  to  microwave  cooking  are 
included.  Individual  investigative  research  problems  are  required. 

FN  462  .Advanced  Kxperimental  Foods  lc-4l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN3h2.  CH23I 

An  experimental  approach  to  the  many  factors  influencing  the  chemical  and 
physical  propeilies  of  food.  Use  of  the  scientific  method  in  developing  an 
individual  project  combining  an  evaluation  of  current  liteialure  and 
appropriate  sensory  and  analytical  methodology. 

FN  463  Nutrition  Counseling  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN3.55.  PCIOI.  FN4.5.'S  or  concurrently 
Use  of  intervention  strategies  in  prevention  and  treatment  of  disease  through 
diet.  Supervised  practicum  (3  hours  per  week)  counseling  clientele  in  normal 
and  therapeutic  nutrition. 

FN  464  Food  and  Nutrition  Research  Methods  3c-(ll-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN3()2.  4.5.S,  CH3.'SI,  and  MA2I7 

Introduction  to  research  inethodology  in  foods  and  nutrition.  Includes  theory 
and  techniques  of  physical,  chemical,  and  instrumental  analysis.  Applications 
of  these  methods  to  food  and  animal  models  with  statistical  analysis  of  data. 

FN  470  Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  One  social  science  course  and  junior  standing 
Exploration  of  human  food  consumption  behaviors  from  food  production  to 
individual  and  societal  consumption  patterns.  Influencing  lactois  which  will 
be  discussed  include  agronomic,  economic,  geographic,  sociologic,  nutritional, 
political,  and  psychological  factors.  The  ethics  and  morality  o I  food 
distribution  will  be  discussed.  Students  may  not  enroll  in  this  course  if  they 
have  taken  the  section  LS4W  that  corresponds  to  this  course. 

FN  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -6sh 

Prerequisite:  Must  have  earned  (lO  semester  hours 

Opportunity  to  pursue  special  interests  beyond  the  scope  ol  regular  class 
ollerings.  Permission  of  instructor  and  approval  of  department  chairperson 
required.  (Undergraduate  maximum  is  12  semester  hours.)  Must  apply  for 
Independent  Study  a  semester  in  advance. 

FN  484  Senior  Seminar  Ic  (II  Isli 

Pieicquisiies:  Senior  status,  IN4,'>X,  |-N4()4  or  concurrently 
Ijiiphasis  on  individual  review  of  food  and  nutrition  literature  w  illi  Imiiial 
presentation  and  discussion  ol  current  research. 


136-lndiana  Uiii\ci.sil\  of  Pcnnsylviiiiiii 


FN  493  Internship  var-6- 1 2sh 

Prerequisite:  Must  have  earned  57  semester  hours 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  work  away  from  the  university  in  supervised 
job  situations  at  health  care  facihties.  restaurants,  or  other  institutional  food 
service  or  lodging  establishments.  Objective  is  to  provide  students  with  job- 
related  experiences.  Must  meet  university  internship  requireinenls. 

Note:  White  uniforms  including  white  shoes  are  required  for  all  lab  courses 
where  food  is  prepared.  Students  must  meet  the  professional  dress 
requirements  of  the  department. 

FR:  French 

Department  of  French 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

FR  101  Basic  French  4c-0I-4sh 

For  the  student  beginning  the  study  of  French  or  who  needs  remedial  study 
before  beginning  the  intermediate  sequence.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  the 
mastery  of  French  pronunciation  and  oral  communication.  Students  will  learn 
to  converse  in  simple  present  time,  become  acquainted  with  location  of 
Francophone  populations  and  elements  of  their  daily  lives.  Attendance  and 
Foreign  Language  Learning  Center  practice  is  required.  (Replaces  FR  1  .S I  and 
1.52)^ 

FR  151  French  I  3c-ni  3sh 

For  beginning  students.  Vocabulary  development,  pronunciation,  simple 
phrases  written  and  oral,  most  common  verb  structures,  and  grammatical 
principles  explained.  Introduction  to  French  daily  life  and  customs.  Placement 
by  exam  during  the  first  week  of  course;  attendance  is  required.  (Last  offering 
19132-9-^) 

FR  152  French  II  .^c-OI  3sh 

Second  part  of  first-year  language  sequence.  Reflexive  verbs,  direct  and 
indirect  object  pronouns,  use  of  the  subjunctive,  and  use  of  the  imparfait  are 
among  the  grammar  points  covered.  Placeinent  by  exam  during  first  week  of 
course;  attendance  required.  (Last  offering  1992-93) 

FR  201  College  French  I  3c-(ll-3sh 

The  initiation  of  college-level  mastery  of  basic  language  skills  and  exposure  to 
cultural  materials.  Supplements  beginners'  oral  competency  with  more 
advanced  reading  and  writing.  Emphasis  on  narration  in  the  past.  Efforts  are 
made  to  practice  skills  and  comprehend  texts  in  authentic  cultural  contexts. 
Liberal  Studies  humanities  credit  is  given  for  this  course.  (Replaces  FR2.'i  I ) 

FR  202  College  French  II  3c-ni-.^sh 

Prerequisite;  FR20I  or  equivalent 

This  course  continues  the  college-level  mastery  of  language  skills.  The  ability 
to  narrate  present  and  past  is  intended  to  express  opinion  and  hypothesis. 
Emphasis  is  on  acquiring  greater  skill  in  reading  literary  and  cultural  texts. 
Liberal  Studies  humanities  credit  is  given  for  this  course.  (Replaces  FR2.'i2) 

FR  203  Accelerated  College  French  6c  (1 1  -6sh 

College  French  Accelerated  develops  listening  and  speaking  skills  through  an 
immersion  method.  Students  use  present,  past,  and  future  to  indicative  tenses 
in  intensive  aural/oral  interaction  and  are  expected  to  make  use  of  the  audio 
and  video  capabilities  of  the  Foreign  Language  Learning  Center  on  a  weekly 
basis.  Liberal  Studies  humanities  credit  is  given  for  this  course.  (Replaces 
FR2.M-2.';2) 

FR  221  Conversation  111  2c-ni-2sh 

This  course  gives  the  students  the  opportunity  of  practicing  the  grammatical 
knowledge  they  acquire  in  a  corresponding  class  and  develops  their  oral  skill. 
The  course  stresses  phonetics,  pronunciation,  and  vocabulary. 

FR  222  Conversation  IV  2c-01-2sh 

This  course  continues  the  study  of  phonetics  to  improve  the  students' 
pronunciation.  Readings  of  relatively  short  texts  followed  by  questions  and 
answers.  Some  informal  conversation  to  increase  the  vocabulary,  to  be  able  to 
react  spontaneously  to  a  given  situation,  and  to  carry  the  oral  skill  to  a  higher 
level. 

FR  251  French  III  3c()l-3sh 

This  course  is  oriented  toward  both  review  and  development  of  (he  four 
language  skills.  Students  cover  the  elements  for  basic  communication  and 
progress  to  more  difficult  grammar  concepts;  verb  tenses,  pronouns. 


subjunctive.  Each  student  practices  the  use  of  these  grammar  concepts  in 
creative  communication.  (Last  offering  1992-93) 

FR  252  French  IV  3c-OI-3sh 

This  course  continues  the  training  in  the  language  skills  by  reviewing  basic 
elements  and  adding  more  complex  factors  such  as  the  usage  of  compound 
tenses  and  structures  in  the  coiTect  relationship,  such  as  time,  cause,  and 
consequence.  A  relatively  short  literary  work  will  be  studied  in  its  entirety  and 
in  the  original  version.  (Last  offering  1992-93) 

FR  253  Intermediate  Composition  and  Conversation         3c-OI-3sh 
Intermediate  course  in  grammar,  reading,  coinposition.  and  some  oral  work. 
Can  substitute  for  or  be  in  addition  to  FR2.'i2  for  majors  or  serious  students. 

FR  254  Civilization  of  Modern  France  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite;  FR252  or  equivalent 

Study  of  modern  French  culture  and  civilization — social  institutions, 
government,  industry,  economics,  and  geography.  Development  of  all 
language  skills  for  use  in  business  situation  in  French-speaking  environment. 
Emphasis  on  acquisition  of  an  active  knowledge  of  the  business  world. 

FR  255  The  Art  of  Translation  (version)  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite;  FR2.'i2  or  equivalent 

Practice  in  the  skills  needed  to  translate  from  the  foreign  language  into 
English.  Students  will  analyze  problems  of  translation  as  they  occur  in 
scientific,  business,  journalistic,  and  literary  texts. 

FR  301  Portraits  of  Women  in  the  French  Novel  3c-OI-3sh 

Explores  the  polarity  of  the  treatment  of  female  characters  in  the  French  novel. 
Explores  differences  of  treatment  by  male  and  female  writers  through 
inclusion  of  women  novelists.  Provides  a  chronological  survey  of  the 
development  of  the  novel  in  France  from  the  1 7th  to  the  20th  centuries. 

FR  321-322  Advanced  Conversation  I  and  II  each  Ic-OI-lsh 

Designed  to  increase  speaking  ability .  The  variety  of  content  permits 
repetition  of  these  relatively  informal  courses. 

FR  351-352  Advanced  French  I  and  11  each  3c-OI-3sh 

Reviews  grammar  in  depth;  analyzes  the  structure  of  the  language;  frequent 
themes  required. 

FR  354  Business  French  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite;  FR  2.54  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  principles  and  practices  of  business  communication  in  French 

secretarial  and  administrative  procedures  with  an  emphasis  on  the  planning 

and  writing  of  business  letters,  reports,  and  abstracts  of  articles  in  business  and 

economics. 

FR  361  Development  of  French  Culture  and  3c-()  I  -3sh 

Literature  I 

This  course  pnwides  a  general  background  in  French  cultural  history  includingl 
art.  architecture,  and  music  and  in  social  and  political  ideas  and  a  general 
survey  of  literature.  The  course  spans  the  period  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the 
French  Revolution. 

FR  362  Development  of  French  Culture  and  Literature  11  3c-01-3sh 
This  course  provides  a  general  background  in  French  cultural  history  including 
art.  architecture,  and  music  and  in  social  and  political  ideas  and  a  general 
survey  of  literature.  The  course  spans  the  period  from  Pre-Romanticism  to  the 
present. 

FR  363  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Literature  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  the  major  literary  works  of  the  period,  beginning  with  the  Chanson 
de  gestes  and  emphasizing  the  evolution  of  ideas  and  the  various  literary 
genres, 

FR  365  Seventeenth-Century  French  Literature  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  the  major  Baroque  and  neoclassical  works  in  poetry,  theater,  and 
prose  with  special  attention  to  the  evolution  of  ideas  and  the  French  inorali.st 
tradition. 


FR  366  Eighteenth-Century  French  Literature  3c-OI-3sh 

■A  study  of  the  Age  of  Enlightenment  in  its  principal  authors  and  works, 
including  the  popularization  of  ideas  for  and  by  secondary  authors;  a  survey 
the  century's  intellectual  and  literary  crosscurrents  in  French  literature  and 
wider  scope  of  foreign  intluences. 


1 


Course  Descriptions-! 37 


FR  367  Nineteenth-Century  French  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  lilerature  of  19th-century  France  with  particular  attention  to  the 
development  of  the  no\el  while  also  treating  the  genres  of  poeir\  and  theater. 
Attention  is  given  foreign  influences  and  correlations. 

FR  368  Twentieth-Century  French  Literature  3c-OI-3sh 

A  sur\e\  of  the  poetic,  theatrical,  and  narrative  genres  of  the  French  20th 
century  with  emphasis  on  the  interaction  between  philosophical  development 
and  literary  expression. 

FR  371  The  French  Novel  3c-01-3sh 

Elective  survey  of  the  origin  and  development  of  the  French  novel.  A  selected 
list  of  works  representativ  e  of  major  genres  are  read  in  their  entirety. 

FR  372  Studies  in  Contemporary  French  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Content  of  this  course  will  vary  in  accordance  with  needs  and  interests  of 
those  w  ho  elect  it. 


FR  481  Special  Topics 

Designed  to  meet  special  needs  of  a  student  group. 


var-1  to  3sh 


FR  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  to  3sh 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with 
the  French  language  and  culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member. 
Permission  required. 

FR  493  Internship  var-3  to  12sh 

Prerequisite:  One  semester  of  study  in  France 

A  superv  ised  field  experience  in  France  w  ith  approved  public  agencies  and 
institutions  or  priv  ate  timis:  no  longer  than  one  semester  and  no  less  than  one 
month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as  closely  as  possible  with  the  intern's 
personal  interests  and  professional  goals.  For  more  information,  contact  the 
director  of  the  Internship  Abroad  Program. 

GE:  Geography 

Department  of  Geography  and  Regional 

Planning 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

GF.  101  Introduction  to  Geography:  Human  3c-01-3sh 

Environment 

Throughout  history,  human  life  and  society  have  been  shaped  by  the  physical 
environment.  Tcxlay  human  activity  threatens  that  environment.  The 
relationship  between  humans  and  environment  is  examined  in  the  context  of 
the  surface  processes  of  weather,  climate,  plate  tectonics,  population 
distribution,  and  soil  formation.  Topics  include  agriculture,  acid  rain,  global 
warming,  deforestation,  desertification,  erosion,  volcanism.  and  pollution. 

GF:  102  (ieography  of  I  nited  States  and  Canada  3c-01-3sh 

The  cultural  landscape  of  North  .America  is  studied.  The  relationship  between 
man  and  environment  is  examined  and  spatial  patterns  of  environment. 
economy,  socictv.  and  politics  are  considered. 

(■K  103  Introduction  to  Human  (ieography  3c-OI-3sh 

Human  society  and  human  behavior  are  shaped  by  space,  hi  this  sense. 
geography  is  destiny .  Some  of  the  ways  space  affects  our  lives  are  examined. 
Migration,  diffusion,  settlement,  distance  decay,  spatial  behavior,  politics,  and 
population  are  treated  from  a  geographic  perspective. 

GF:  104  (ieography  of  the  Non-Western  World  .3c-()l-3sh 

Relates  theories  of  the  discipline  of  geography  to  problems  in  the  developing 
world.  Emphasizes  geographic  components  of  dependency  theorv.  indigenous 
versus  industrial  strategies  of  resource  management;  world  systems  theory, 
ipatial  legacies  of  colonialism:  and  development  economics,  theories  of 
migration  and  urban  structure,  to  explore  causes,  characteristics,  and 
consequences  of  underdevelopment. 

GE  213  Cartography  I  .3c-OI  -3sh 

This  course  introduces  students  to  principles  of  thematic  map  construction. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  techniques  of  choropleth  mapping  and  the  production  of 
Kicniific  graphs  and  charts. 


GE  230  Cultural  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

May  be  taken  in  place  of  GEIOI.  Introduction  to  cultural  geography,  including 
population,  settlement,  historical,  urban,  and  political  geography,  human 
relationships  with  the  natural  environment,  and  the  literature  and  methods  of 
cultural  geography. 

GE  231  Economic  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  geographic  concepts,  methods,  and  skills  related  to  spatial 
patterns  of  production,  consumption,  and  exchange  over  the  earth's  surface. 

GE  241  Physical  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  physical  geography  including  the  study  of  weather,  climate, 
soils,  vegetation,  landfomis.  energy  cycles,  and  the  hydrologic  cycle. 

GE  251  Geography  of  Pennsylvania  3c-01-3sh 

Regions  of  Pennsylvania  are  examined  in  detail  to  identify  man-environment 
relationships.  Soils,  topography,  climate,  vegetation,  population,  and 
economic  patterns  are  studied. 

GE  252  Geography  of  Latin  America  3c-01-3sh 

I.iipact  of  rapid  population  growth  and  economic  development  on  the 
environment  and  spatial  organization  of  Latin  America  are  considered.  The 
resource  base  and  cultural  heritage  of  the  region  are  studied. 

GE  253  Geography  of  F^urope  3c-()l-3sh 

Investigates  relationships  underlying  land  use.  dominant  international 
problems,  boundary  disputes,  and  regional  complexes  of  the  European 
continent. 

GE  254  Geography  of  USSR  3c-01-3sh 

P.egions  of  the  Soviet  Union,  natural  resources,  cultural  panerns.  population, 
strategic  areas,  and  related  geopolitical  problems  are  studied, 

GE  255  Geography  of  Africa  3c-01-3sh 

Systematic  survey  of  the  physical,  economic,  political-historical,  and  cultural 
geography  of  the  continent  is  followed  by  regional  studies  of  countries  and 
peoples  in  Africa,  south  of  the  Sahara, 

GE  256  Geography  of  East  Asia  3c-01-3sh 

Studies  China,  Japan,  Korea,  Outer  Mongolia,  Taiwan.  Geographic 
background  for  development  and  wise  use  and  restoration  of  natural  resources 
are  dealt  with. 

GE  257  Geography  of  .South  and  Southeast  Asia  3c-01-3sh 

India.  Pakistan.  Bangladesh.  Sri  Lanka.  Burma.  Thailand,  Laos,  Cambodia. 
Vietnam.  Malaysia,  and  Indonesia  are  studied  with  special  attention  lo 
regional  similarities  and  differences,  particularly  as  they  pertain  to  human 
adjustment. 

GE  312  Research  in  (ieography  and  Planning  3c-()l-3sh 

Introduction  to  the  basic  elements  of  research  in  the  context  of  orderly 
scientific  investigation.  Emphasizes  the  application  of  research  methodology 
to  specific  geographic  and  planning  problems. 

GE  313  Cartography  II  .V-lll-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GE  2 1 3 

Gives  an  understanding  of  the  compilation  and  use  of  maps  and  quantitative 
data.  The  course  develops  skills  essential  to  the  construction  of  various  types 
of  maps. 

(iF:  314  Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation  3c-(ll-3sh 

Maps  and  air  phulogiaphs.  along  with  remote  sensing  malerials,  permit 
inventory  and  analysis  of  geologic,  land  use,  urban  development,  and  other 
landscape  phenomena.  The  understanding  of  these  materials  and  associated 
tools  for  their  use  is  presented. 

<;E.13I  Population  (ieography  3c()l-3sh 

Spatial  variations  in  numbers,  chaiactcnslics.  and  dynamics  of  human 
population,  models,  and  theoretical  constructs  relevant  to  demographic 
structures  and  processes  arc  studied,  as  well  as  major  world  and  regional 
problems. 

(iE  }M  Urban  (ieography  3c  (II  3sli 

Basic  principles  of  urban  geography  iiichuling  site,  situation,  function,  urban 
land  use.  urban  structure,  and  urban  hierarchy  are  introduced,  Kclalionships 
between  urban  geography  and  urbiin  phinning  are  explored. 


138-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


GE  333  Trade  and  Transportation  3c-01-3sh 

Deals  with  the  spatial  aspects  of  transportation  systems  and  their  use. 
Circulation,  accessibility,  time  and  distance  concepts,  and  trade  patterns  are 
discussed. 

GE  334  Political  Geography  3c-OI-3sh 

Geographic  factors  and  conditions  are  analyzed  as  they  relate  to  the  character 
and  function  of  states.  Political  institutions  are  evaluated  in  light  of  geographic 
conditions. 

GE  335  Geography  of  Energy  3c-OI-3sh 

Energy  production  and  consumption  in  human  societies  through  time  are 
considered  to  provide  the  background  necessary  for  understanding 
contemporary  problems.  Emphasis  is  on  locational  and  environmental  aspects 
of  energy  in  the  United  States. 

GE  336  Social  Geography  3c-OI-3sh 

Spatial  dimensions  of  the  American  society  are  the  focus  of  this  course.  The 
distribution  of  various  social  groups  and  their  impact  on  the  landscape  are 
considered. 

GE  337  Historical  Geography  3c-OI-3sh 

Studies  of  past  geographies,  geographical  change  through  time,  and  historical 
perspectives  on  the  cultural  landscape  are  included.  Historical  geography  of 
the  United  States  is  emphasized. 

GE  340  Geography  of  Fresh  Water  Resources  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  contributes  to  the  students'  understanding  of  fresh  uater  as  a 
resource.  Fresh  water  is  identified  b\  its  physical  characteristics,  by  an  inven- 
tory based  on  the  types  of  storage  w  ithin  the  h\  drologic  c\  cle.  and  also  by  the 
values  assigned  to  this  resource  by  different  cultures.  Included  in  the  course  are 
problems  relating  to  the  consumptive  and  withdrawal  uses  of  water,  the  role  of 
water  supply  and  water  law.  flooding  and  floodplain  management,  the  sources 
of  water  contamination  and  pollution,  and  case  studies  of  selected  river  basins. 

GE  341  Climatology  I  3c-OI-3sh 

The  elements  of  weather  and  climate  and  the  climatic  regions  of  the  earth  are 
studied  in  relation  to  other  aspects  of  the  physical  and  biological  environment. 

GE  342  Physiography  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  landforms  and  w  ater  features  is  the  focus  of  this  course.  Types, 
distribution,  and  processes  of  formation  are  considered  in  relationship  to  the 
human  landscape. 

GE  360  Introduction  to  Planning  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  field  of  planning  on  city,  metropolitan,  regional,  and  county 
levels.  Included  are  intergovernmental  context  and  legislative  basis  for 
planning;  the  comprehensive  plan;  plan  implementation  and  the  planning 
agency. 

GE  361  Planning:  Basic  Studies  and  Analysis  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GE360 

Research,  analytical  design,  and  plan-making  techniques  in  urban  and  regional 
planning.  Examines  basic  items  necessary  to  prepare  urban  and  regional 
comprehensive  plans. 

GE  371  .Aerospace  Workshop  3c-01-3sh 

Develops  an  appreciation  and  provides  information  related  to  aerospace 
activities  and  contributions;  offers  background  for  teaching  aerospace  courses; 
discusses  aviation/space  careers;  and  presents  the  basic  principles  of  flying 
(usually  including  some  flight  instruction).  Offered  summer  only. 

GE  411  Geography:  Thought  and  Philosophy  3c-OI-3sh 

Seminar  limited  to  junior  and  senior  majors  w  ith  at  least  1 2  semester  hours  in 
geography.  Deals  w  ith  history  of  the  discipline,  great  ideas,  leading  problems, 
and  unresolved  issues. 

GE  415  Remote  Sensing  3c-OI-3sh 

Deals  w  ith  air  photographs,  satellite  imagery .  thermal  sensing,  and  radar 
imagery  and  their  application  to  deriving  information  about  the  Earth's 
physical  and  cultural  landscapes. 

GE  416  Computer-Assisted  Cartography  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  GE3I3.  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor 
This  course  introduces  autoinated  cartographic  production  techniques.  Topics 
include  the  use  of  cartographic  hardware  and  software,  the  distinction  between 


vector  and  raster  representations,  data  bases,  the  cartographer-machine 
interface,  and  designing  computer-generated  maps. 

GE  431  Geography  of  .American  Indians  3c-01-3sh 

The  historical/cultural  geography  of  Native  .Americans  is  the  focus. 
Population,  resources,  land  use.  development,  settlement  patterns,  and  other 
selected  topics  are  covered. 

GE  432  Geography  of  Crime  3c-OI-3sh 

The  geographical  context  of  crime  is  examined  from  historical  and 
contemporary  viewpoints.  Relevant  concepts  and  analytical  approaches 
are  introduced. 

GE  440  Conservation:  Environmental  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Problems  of  exploitation  and  utilization  ot  regional  resources  such  as  soils. 
minerals,  forests,  and  w  ildlife  are  considered  in  relation  to  population  growth 
and  regional  planning  and  development. 

GE  462  Planning:  Developmental  Principles  and  Theory    3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisite:  GE360 

Examines  the  process  of  city  planning  during  ancient,  medieval.  Renaissance, 
and  modem  periods.  .A  review  of  early  planning  in  .America,  as  well  as  present 
city  planning  is  included. 

GE  463  Planning:  Design  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GE360 

Presents  concepts  of  city,  subdiv  ision.  and  transportation  design  in  relation  to 
topography,  natural  resources,  and  other  physical  elements. 

GE  464  Land  Use  Policy  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  concepts  of  land  use  policy  at  the  national,  regional,  county,  and  local 
levels  are  treated.  Analysis  is  made  of  various  land  use  policies. 


GE  481  Special  Topics 

Topical  courses  offered  on  an  experimental  basis 
for  these  offerings. 


var-3sh 
Check  department  schedule 


GE  493  Internship  var-3  to  12sh 

Professional  learning  experience  with  emphasis  on  application  of  academic 
background.  Open  to  majors  and  minors  in  geography  and  regional  planning 
with  7?  semester  hours  and  15  semester  hours  in  the  department,  respectively. 
See  internship  superv  isor  for  additional  infomialion. 

GE  499  Independent  Study  var-3  to  6sh 

Independent  research  and  study  under  faculty  direction.  Interested  students 
should  approach  department  chairperson  for  information. 

GK:  Greek 

Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

GK  151  Greek  I  3c-OI-3sh 

For  beginning  students;  pronunciation,  reading,  oral,  and  written 
communication  are  the  objectives.  In  grammar  the  case  system  of  the  Greek 
noun  is  begun.  All  classical  Greek  courses  are  offered  occasionally  through 
Independent  Study;  Modem  Greek  may  be  available  through  the  Critical 
Languages  program. 

GK  152  Greek  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Continuation  of  Greek  I.  In  grammar  the  case  system  of  the  Greek  noun  is 
completed. 

GK  251  Greek  III  3c-0I-3sh 

Continued  training  in  basic  skills,  with  the  possible  addition  of  the  study  of 
specific  topics;  consult  the  department  for  topics  of  interest.  In  grammar  most 
tenses  of  the  Greek  verb  are  studied. 

GK  252  Greek  I\  3c-01-3sh 

Continuation  of  Greek  111.  In  grammar  more  tenses  of  the  verb  are  studied. 
The  readings  become  short  selections  from  Greek  literature. 

GK  351  .Advanced  Greek  Language  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Reviews  grammar  in  depth;  analyzes  the  stracture  of  the  language.  While 
themes  are  not  required,  selections  from  Greek  prose  are  read  both  for 


Course  Descriptions- 1 39 


knowledge  of  iheir  conient  and  lor  developing  know  ledge  of  ihe  structure  of 
the  language. 

GK  352  Advanced  Greek  Language  II  3c-01-3sh 

Continuation  of  GK35 1 .  Selections  are  from  poetry  this  semester. 

GK  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

An  opponunit)  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topics 
dealing  with  the  Greek  language  and  culture  through  consultation  with  a 
faculty  member.  Permission  required. 

GM:  German 

Department  of  German 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

<;M  101  Intensive  Elementary  German  var-6sh 

Student  completes  sequence  in  one  semester  (6sh  I.  Using  Dartmouth  Intensive 
Language  Model  (DILMl.  sections  emphasize  mastery  of  spoken  language  as 
well  as  basic  language  skills.  Classes  are  4?  minutes  each;  drill  sessions  are  40 
minutes  each  and  meet  Monda\  through  Friday. 

GM  121  Conversation  I  2c-01-2sh 

Two-hours-weekly  con\ersalional  practice  in  small  groups  to  improve 
pronunciation  and  oral  proficiency .  .Must  take  concurrenil\  or  have  had 
previously  GMI51  or  its  equivalent  to  enroll  in  the  course. 

GM  122  Conversation  II  2c-01-2sh 

Two-hours-weckK  conversational  practice  in  small  groups  to  improve  fluency 
and  ability  to  speak  in  small-group  settings.  May  enroll  w  ilhoul  having  had 
GM121  but  must  be  taking  concurrently  or  have  had  GMl.Sl  or  its  equivalent. 

GM  151  German  I  .3c-01-3sh 

For  beginners,  the  objectives  include  grammar,  pronunciation,  reading. 
speaking,  and  writing. 

(;\I  152  German  II  3c-01-3sh 

For  students  who  have  had  German  1  or  its  equivalent,  the  objectives  are  to 
enhance  and  develop  the  four  skills  of  listening,  speaking,  reading,  and 
writing. 

GM  151-2  .Accelerated  German  I  and  II  each  3c-OI-3sh 

B\  attending  class  six  hours  each  week,  the  student  completes  the  elementary 
sequence  (6  credits!  in  one  semester.  The  intensive  sections  present  the  same 
basic  language  skills  that  are  taught  in  the  regular  GM  I. '>  1-152  classes  with 
slightly  greater  emphasis  on  the  mastery  of  the  spoken  language.  Majors  take 
05 1  and  052  concurrently. 

GM  201  Intensive  Intermediate  (ierman  var-6sh 

Student  completes  sequence  in  one  semester  (6sh).  I  smg  Dartmouth  Intensive 
Language  Model  (DILMl.  students  develop  language  skills  «ith  emphasis  on 
oral  competency.  Classes  are  45  minutes  each:  drill  sessions  are  40  minutes 
each  and  meet  Monday  through  Friday. 

GM  221  Conversation  III  2c-01-2sh 

Two-hours-weckly  conversation  practice  in  small  groups  emphasizing  the  use 
of  greetings,  idiomatic  expressions,  and  communication  skills  to  improve 
vocabulary  and  pronunciation. 

GM  222  Conversation  IV  2c-0l-2sh 

Two  hours  of  weekly  conversation  designed  as  a  continuation  of  the  practice 
in  small  groups,  focusing  on  speaking  and  listening  skills  and  on  participation 
in  discussions  and  dialogues.  May  enroll  w  ithout  having  taken  GM22 1 . 

GM  251  (ierman  III  3c-01-3sh 

Continued  training  in  basic  skills,  with  the  possible  addition  of  the  study  of 
•pccific  topics;  consult  the  department  for  topics  of  interest. 

GM  252  (krman  IV  3c-01-3sh 

Continuation  of  (ierman  III  with  some  emphasis  on  literary  works. 

GM  251-2  Accelerated  German  III  and  IV  each  3c-0l-3sh 

By  attending  class  six  hours  each  week,  the  student  completes  the  intermediate 
tequcnce  (6  credits)  in  one  semester.  The  intensive  sections  continue  to 
develop  basic  language  skills  with  a  slightly  greater  emphasis  upon  the 


mastery  of  the  spoken  language.  Majors  take  221-222  (or  121-122) 
concurrently. 

GM  253  Intermediate  Composition  and  Conversation        3c-OI-3sh 
Can  be  taken  instead  of  or  in  addition  to  252.  Designed  for  majors  or  serious 
students.  Offered  in  spring  onl\ . 

GM  254  Business  German  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GM25 1  or  equivalent 

.■\  one-semester  course  w  hich  can  be  taken  instead  of.  or  in  addition  to. 

GM252  b\  students  interested  in  business  or  as  part  of  the  General  Education 

requirement  (equivalent  to  German  IVl.  Business  practices  and  specialized 

business  vocabulary,  letter  writing,  and  problems  of  translation  are 

emphasized. 

GM  256  Scientific  (ierman  .V-OI-3sh 

Designed  to  substitute  for  GM252.  this  course  will  be  offered  in  the  second 
semester.  Primarily  lor  science  majors,  it  may  be  taken  as  an  elective  by 
German  majors. 

GM  321-322  Advanced  Conversation  I  and  II  each  2c-OI-lsh 

Designed  to  increase  speaking  ability.  The  variety  of  content  permits 
repetitions  of  these  relatively  informal  courses. 

(J!M  351  -Advanced  German  Language  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  aim  of  this  course  is  to  review  and  expand  the  student's  grammatical 
skills  and  to  apply  these  skills  to  extensive  cultural  and  short  literary  readings 
and  to  write  frequent  themes  on  these  readings. 

GM  352  .\dvanced  (ierman  Language  II  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  will  continue  to  expand  (he  student's  grammatical  skills  and  to 
apply  them  by  writing  longer  themes  based  on  cultural  and  literary  readings. 

GM  361  Development  of  German  Culture  3c-OI-3sh 

and  Literature  1 

Designed  to  provide  a  background  in  German  literature,  music,  art. 
architecture,  and  history.  Surveys  the  period  from  the  migrations  of  the 
Germanic  tribes  to  the  rise  of  Prussia  as  a  European  power. 

GM  362  Development  of  (ierman  Culture  3c-01-3sh 

and  Literature  II 

.^  continuation  of  GM361.  Covers  the  period  from  the  French  Revolution  and 
its  effects  on  Germany  up  to  the  present,  with  an  emphasis  on  German 
literature,  history,  and  music. 

(i.M  363  Introduction  to  (ierman  Literature  I  3c-()l-3sh 

Selected  readings  in  German  poetry  to  acquaint  the  student  w  ith  fomial  and 
thematic  aspects  of  Gennan  verse  from  Ihe  Middle  .Ages  to  the  present. 

GM  364  Introduction  to  (ierman  Literature  II  3c-()l-3sh 

Selected  readings  in  Gennan  fiction  and  drama  to  acquaint  Ihe  student  with 
representative  works  and  techniques  of  interpretation. 

GM  367  Nineteenth-Century  (ierman  Literature  3c-OI-3sh 

.\  survey  of  the  major  works  ot  German  poetry  and  prose  with  an  emphasis  on 

the  literary  movements  of  Romanlicism.  Realism,  and  Naturalism. 

(iM  368  Twentieth-Century  (ierman  Literature  3c-()l-3sh 

A  study  of  representative  works  of  German  poetry  and  prose  from 
Expressionism  through  World  War  11. 

GM  369  Contemporary  (ierman  Literature  .3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  the  literary  achievement  of  postwar  Gemiany  up  to  the  present. 

GM  370  The  Age  of  (ioeihe  I  .V-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  representative  works  from  the  Enlightenment  and  Storm  and  Stress 

periods. 

(iM  371  The  Age  of  (ioeihe  II  .3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  selected  works  ol  (ierman  Classicism  with  an  emphasis  on  the 
prose  and  poetry  of  Ihe  first  decades  of  the  I9lh  century. 

(iVl  410  History  of  the  (ierman  Language  .3c-01-3sh 

History  and  development  ol  ( iennan  language,  with  special  emphasis  on 
relationships  with  English.  Analysis  of  annals  in  Gothic.  Old  High  Gennan. 


I40-I)hi'uina  Unircrsitv  of  PcimsxlYiinia 


and  Middle  High  German  using  methods  of  historical  and  contemporary 
linguistics. 


GM  481  Special  Topic 

Designed  to  meet  the  special  needs  of  a  student  group. 


var-1  to  3sh 


GM  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  to  3sh 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with 
the  German  language  and  culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member. 
Permission  required. 

GM  493  Internship  In  Germany  var-3  to  12sh 

Prerequisite:  1 2  credits  in  300-  or  400-level  courses  and  a  minimum  of  one 
semester  study  in  Germany.  A  supervised  field  experience  in  Germany  with 
approved  public  agencies  and  institutions  or  private  fimis;  no  longer  than  one 
semester  and  no  less  than  one  month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as  closely  as 
possible  with  the  intern's  personal  interests  and  degree  of  proficiency  in  the 
German  language.  Academic  work  at  the  Gesamthochschule  in  Duisburg  must 
precede  the  internship.  Open  to  students  in  other  disciplines,  such  as  Political 
Science.  International  Relations.  Business,  etc..  with  adviser  approval. 

GN:  Gerontology 

Allied  Health  Professions  Programs 

College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

GN  481  Special  Topics  var- 1  to  3sh 

Focuses  on  special  topics  in  gerontology  which  arc  not  included  in  regular 
course  offerings. 

(iN  493  Internship  3.sh 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing,  all  required  courses 

Supervised  experience  in  public  or  private  agency  that  serves  aging  clients. 

GS:  Geoscience 

Department  of  Geoscience 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

GS  101  Earth  Science:  Geology  and  Oceanography  3c-OI-3sh 

A  nonmalhematical  treatment  of  introductory  oceanography  and  geology 
designed  specifically  for  nonscience  majors. 

GS  102  Earth  Science:  Geology  and  Oceanography  Lab     Oc-21-lsh 
Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  GSlOl 

Lab  experiences  in  various  aspects  of  oceanography  and  geology.  Includes 
field  trip(s). 

GS  103  Earth  Science:  Meteorology  and  Astronomy  3c-OI-3sh 

No  prerequisite 

The  earth's  upper  environment  is  studied  by  focusing  on  the  effects  of  the 
atmosphere  and  the  earth's  place  in  the  universe  on  the  daily  lives  of  man. 

(iS  104  Earth  Science:  Meteorology  and  .\stronomy  Lab   Oc-21-lsh 
Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  GS103 

LIse  of  the  weather  station  and  the  planetarium  highlight  the  .series  of  exercises 
designed  to  aid  students  in  developing  meaningful  concepts  about  their  ability 
to  understand  and.  in  the  future,  control  their  place  in  the  universe. 

(jS  110  General  Astronomy  3c-OI-3sh 

Specifically  designed  to  introduce  students  to  discipline  of  astronomy; 
emphasis  placed  on  study  of  time  and  the  seasons,  planets,  moon,  sun,  space 
night,  and  constellations.  Two  night  observations  will  be  scheduled,  weather 
permitting. 

GS  121  Physical  Geology  3c-OI-3sh 

Introduction  to  science  of  the  earth:  physical  properties  and  processes  of  the 
earth's  interior  and  crust  and  their  interaction  with  surface  processes  which 
shape  and  modify  the  physical  environment. 

GS  122  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  Oc-21-lsh 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  GS121 

Identification  of  common  rocks  and  minerals,  introduction  to  geologic 


landforms  and  structures,  analysis  of  the  effects  of  geologic  processes  on  the 
environment.  Includes  field  trips. 

GS  123  Intensive  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  Oc-31-lsh 

Should  be  taken  concuiTently  with  GS121  by  all  Geology/Geoscience 

majors/minors 

Selected  problems  in  rock  and  mineral  identification,  topographic  and 

geologic  mapping  techniques,  and  geomorphology.  Designed  to  prepare 

students  for  upper-level  geology  classes.  Includes  field  trips. 

GS  131  Historical  Geology  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS121  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Introduction  to  the  history  of  the  earth  and  the  record  of  physical  and  biologic 

evolution. 

GS  132  Historical  Geology  Laboratory  Oc-31- 1  sh 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  GSI31 

Use  of  geologic  map  interpretation,  fossil  identification,  and  stratigraphic  rock 
sequences  to  solve  problems  in  earth  history.  Includes  field  trips. 

GS  133  Intensive  Historical  Geology  Laboratory  Oc-31-Ish 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  GS131  by  all  Geology/Geoscience 

majors/minors 

Selected  problems  in  stratigraphic  analysis,  paleontology,  and  structural 

geology:  designed  to  prepare  students  for  upper-level  geology  classes. 

Includes  field  trips. 

GS  141  Introduction  to  Ocean  Science  '  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  physical,  chemical,  biological,  and  geological  processes  in 
oceanography  and  the  interactions  among  them.  Impact  of  exploitation  of  the 
oceans,  coastal  areas,  marine,  physical,  and  living  resources  on  the 
environment  and  on  humankind.  Includes  field  trips  which  ma\  involve  a  fee 
and  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  ISO  Geology  of  National  Parks  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  geological  processes  and  earth  history  as  documented  by  the 
classical  geological  features  of  U.S.  and  Canadian  national  parks.  Includes 
Badlands,  Glacier,  Grand  Canyon,  Great  Smokies.  Gros  Monie,  Mammoth 
Cave,  Yellowstone,  Yosemite,  and  others.  Not  open  to  Geoscience  majors  or 
minors. 

GS  151  The  Age  of  Dinosaurs  3c-OI-3sh 

A  thorough  introduction  to  dinosaurs  and  the  world  they  inhabited.  Topics 
include  the  most  current  theories  regarding  dinosaurian  biology  (behavior, 
metabolism,  evolution),  ecology  (greenhouse  climate,  associated  plants  and 
animals),  and  extinction  (asteroid  impact,  volcanism,  clitiiatc  change).  Not 
open  to  Geoscience  majors  and  minors. 

GS  221  Physical  Resources  of  the  Earth  3c()l  3sh 

Introduction  to  mineral,  energy,  and  water  resources  of  the  Earth,  genesis  of 
ore  depositions,  exploration,  exploitation,  and  utilization  of  resources;  impact 
of  exploitation  of  resources  on  the  environment  and  on  mankind.  Includes 
field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  310  Environmental  Geology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  8sh  in  geology  or  permission 
The  application  of  geologic  infomiation  to  the  accommodation  and  reduction 
of  natural  hazards,  to  land-use  planning,  and  to  the  utilization  of  earth 
materials.  Includes  field  trips  which  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  321  Mineralogy  2c-3l  3sh 

Prerequisite:  05121  or  CHI  II 

Concerned  with  properties  of  minerals;  introduction  to  crystallography  and 
chemistry  of  crystals,  followed  by  a  determination  of  minerals  and  their 
probable  genesis.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  322  Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS321 

Concerned  with  a  description  of  igneous  and  metanioiphic  rock  character 
based  upon  mineral  components  and  physical  relationship  between  mineral 
components  of  a  rock.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  325  Structural  Field  Geology  I  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  GS131  and  GS  132/ 133  or  permission  of  instructor 
Study  of  primary  structure.  cont;icts.  folds,  joints,  faults,  foliation,  and 
lineation.  Mechanical  principles.  Includes  work  w  ith  geologic  maps,  slructur* 


Course  Descripfions-NI 


sections.  Brunton  compass,  and  stereographic  projections.  Includes  field  trips 
which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  326  Structural  Field  Geolog}  II  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS325 

Techniques  of  geologic  field  work  with  equipment  such  as  Brunton  compass, 
allimeler.  Jacob  staff,  aerial  photographs,  and  rock  color  charts.  Includes  a 
field  project  involving  compilation  of  measured  and  described  siratigraphic 
section!  s).  joint  data,  geologic  map.  structure  sections,  and  field  report. 
Includes  field  trips  w  hich  may  occur  on  w  eekends. 

GS  330  Paleontology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS  1 3 1  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  the  morphology,  evolution,  geologic  significance,  and  paleoecology 
of  fossil  organisms.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS331  Hydrogeology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  M.A  1 2 1  - 1 22.  GS  1 2 1  - 1 22/1 23.  or  permission 
.An  ovcr\  iew  of  groundwater  geology,  including  How  equations,  graphical 
solutions  to  tlow  problems,  and  computer  modeling  of  How  systems,  as  well 
as  the  geotechnical  and  social  implications  of  groundwater  utilization. 
Includes  field  trips  which  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  332  Geochemistry  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH 1 II  - 1 1 2.  GS  1 2 1  - 1 22/ 1 23.  or  permission 
Introduction  to  low-iemperature  chemistry  of  the  earth's  surlace  and  near- 
surface:  includes  discussions  of  chemical  activity,  solution  chemistry,  organic 
ge<xhemistry .  trace  elements,  isotopes,  and  the  chemistry  of  natural  waters. 

GS  336  Geology  of  the  Northern  Rockies  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

A  field  study  of  the  major  geologic  features  and  relationships  involved  in  the 
development  of  the  nonhem  Rocky  Mountains.  National  Park  and  Monument 
areas  of  South  Dakota.  Wyoming,  and  Montana  are  included  among  the  areas 
investigated.  (3  weeks,  summer  only) 

GS  338  (ieology  of  the  .American  Southwest  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Pemiission  of  instructor 

A  field  study  of  the  major  geologic  features  and  relationships  exposed  in  the 
American  Southwest,  including  the  Colorado  Plateau,  the  Rio  Grande  Rift. 
Death  Valley,  and  parts  of  the  Southern  Rocky  Mountains.  (3  weeks,  summer 
only  I 

GS  341  Solar  System  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  VIA  121  and  PYl  1 1 

Fundamentals  of  astronomy,  with  emphasis  on  observational  methods. 
mechanics,  and  origin  of  the  solar  system  and  spatial  relationship  of  the  solar 
system  to  the  other  members  of  the  universe. 

GS  342  Stellar  Astronomy  2c-31  3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA12I  and  PYl  1 1 

Fundamentals  of  a.stronomy.  with  emphasis  on  sun.  stars,  galaxies,  the  sidereal 

universe,  and  use  of  spectroscopy  for  gathering  astronomical  data. 

GS  350  Operation  of  the  Planetarium  var- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  GSI  M).  GS341.  GS342.  or  permission  of  instructor 
Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  methods  of  operation  and  repair  of  a 
Spit/  A-3-P  planetarium.  Content  includes  topics  suitable  for  lectures  to 
various  age  groups.  Student  w  ill  write  and  present  a  demonstration  program. 
Meets  once  a  week  v,  iih  occasional  evening  observations. 

GS36I  PhysicalOceanography  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY 1 1 1  and  MA  121  or  pennission  of  instructor 
Introduction  lo  physical,  chemical,  geological,  and  biological  nature  ol  ocean: 
topography,  submarine  geology,  and  bottom  deposits.  Includes  field  irip(s) 
which  may  iKcur  on  weekendlsi. 

GS  362  Plate  I  ectonics  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY  1 1 1  - 1 1 2  and  a  minimum  of  2(Kh  of  geology 
Iniroduclion  lo  formal  theory  of  plale  tectonics.  Topics  include  magnetic 
anomalies,  first  motion  studies,  thcnnal  structures  of  the  plates,  kinematics. 
cnislal  generation,  sea  n<x)r  spreading,  collision,  and  subduction  deformation. 
Prior  lo  I9KK  was  tilled  Marine  Geology  and  Plate  Tectonics. 


GS  371  Meteorolog)  I 

Prerequisite:  f  Jne  year  of  Physical  .Science  or  Physics 


2c-3l-3sh 


Introduction  to  meteorological  sciences;  composition  and  structure  of  the 
atmosphere:  radiation  principles;  elementary  thermodynamics  and  heat 
balance. 

GS  411  Sedimentary  Petrology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS321  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  sediments  and  sedimentar\  rocks  with  emphasis  on  interpreting 
ancient  environments  of  deposition  utilizing  sieve  analysis,  hand  lens,  and 
petrographic  microscope.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  412  Stratigraphy  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS41 1  or  pennission  of  instructor 

Principles  and  processes  involved  in  development  and  description  of  stratified 
rock  sequences,  principles  and  problems  of  correlation,  and  selected 
stratigraphic  problems.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  432  Coal  (ieology  var  l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Ssh  in  geology  or  pemiission  of  instructor 
An  introduction  to  the  geology  of  coal,  its  occurrence,  origin,  organic  and 
inorganic  constituents,  environments  of  deposition,  coal  mining,  and  a  detailed 
description  of  coal  stratigraphy  in  the  eastern  and  central  United  States. 
Includes  field  trips  w  hich  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  440  Subsurface  Geology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Minimum  20  credit  hours  of  Geology 

An  introduction  to  the  geology  of  petroleum,  its  origin,  migration,  entrapment, 
and  production.  Lab  is  designed  to  provide  practical  experience  in  subsurface 
mapping  techniques  and  the  use  and  evaluation  of  geophysical  logging 
devices.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS  480  Geoscience  Seminar  var- 1  sh 

For  seniors  majoring  in  some  aspect  of  geoscience.  The  seminar  ( 1 )  provides 
the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  prepare,  formally  present,  and  defend  a 
scientific  paper  based  either  on  his/lier  own  research  or  on  a  topic  chosen  with 
the  approval  of  instructor  and  (2)  provides  opportunity  to  discuss  topics 
presented  by  other  students,  faculty,  or  guests. 

GS  481  Special  Topics  var- 1  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Pennission  of  instructor 

It  is  the  department's  intention  to  use  this  course  lo  schedule  extended  field 
trips  and  for  teaching  special  courses  which  will  utilize  the  specialties  of  the 
geoscience  faculty. 

GS  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  to  3sh 

Independent  study  provides  Ihe  student  with  an  opportunity  to  use  library, 
laboratory,  or  field  research  in  an  area  which  is  of  interest  under  the 
supervision  of  a  designated  faculty  member. 

GS  493  Internship  var-1  to  3sh 

Summer  work  experiences  w  iih  cooperating  firms  or  agencies.  May  he 
scheduled  only  after  consultation  with  advLser  and  chairperson.  Restricted  to 
junior  and  senior  depanmeni  majors. 

HE:  Home  Economics  Education 
Department  of  Home  Fk'onomics  Education 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

HE  218  Child  Development  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PClOl 

Focuses  on  Ihe  normal  development  and  behavior  of  children.  Survey  made  of 

physical,  emotional,  social,  and  inlelleclual  dcvclopnienl  of  children  from 

conception  through  early  adolescence.  Perlineni  child  development  research 

analyzed. 

HE  220  Teaching  in  Child  Development  Centers  c-4l-4sh 

Prerequisiie:  HF2IS  or  equivalent 

Techniques  in  phinning  lor  and  teaching  preschool  children.  Panicipalion  as 
teacher-assistant  provides  experience  in  applying  principles  of  child  guidance 
and  development  needed  by  teachers  in  preschool  ceiilers  or  secondary  school 
child  development  laboratories. 

HE  224  Marriage  and  Family  Relations  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  1(11 

Focuses  on  principles  of  luini;iii  nhilmns  hasn  lo  iiiaril:il  ilecisiims  tintl 


142-lnJiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


adjustment.  Influence  of  community  and  famih  experiences  on  personal 
development  and  adjustment  explored. 

HE  250  Introduction  to  Teaching  Vocational  Home  3c-01-3sh 

Economics  Education 

Overview  of  philosophy  and  organization  of  hoine  economics  profession  and 
the  role  of  home  economics  teachers.  Opportunities  for  planned  observations 
and  varied  teaching  experiences  using  a  variety  of  resource  materials  are 
provided.  Self-evaluation  relative  to  desirable  teacher  competencies  is 
stressed. 

HE  317  Infant  Development  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE218 

Study  of  characteristic  developmental  changes  of  human  infants  from  birth  to 
approximately  two  and  a  half  years.  Participation  as  teacher  assistant  in 
infant/toddler  child  care  center  provides  experience  in  developmentally 
appropriate  guidance  and  planning  for  very  young  children. 

HE  321  Preschool  Education  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE220  or  concurrently 

Examination  of  the  child  development  philosophy  as  the  basis  for 
developmentally  appropriate  decisions  and  methods  in  preschool  education 
programming.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  play  as  a  developmental  process  and  as 
the  major  aspect  of  the  preschool  curriculum.  May  not  be  interchanged  with 
EL353:  Preschool  Education. 

HE  324  Family  Dynamics  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE224  or  equivalent 

Emphasis  on  processes  and  models  of  family  development  topics.  Focus  on 
approaches  and  dynamics  of  principles  related  to  familial  and  marital 
adjustment  and  coping. 

HE  350  Teaching  Family  Life  Education  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HE250.  Eb242 
Corequisite:  EP302 

Emphasis  on  teaching  family  life  education  in  home  economics  classrooms 
and  through  community  organizations  and  agencies.  Lessons  are  planned  and 
implemented  using  a  variety  of  instructional  methods  incorporating 
adaptations  and  modifications  for  special  needs  learners,  basic  skills,  global 
concerns,  and  use  of  a  problem-solvlng/decision-making  approach.  Planning 
of  content,  learning  activities,  instructional  materials,  and  evaluation  based  on 
clearly  stated  objectives  is  emphasized.  A  microcomputer  spreadsheet  is 
utilized  to  manage  a  department  budget  and  a  gradebook.  Participation  in 
professional  organization  activities  is  expected. 

HE  418  Advanced  Child  Development  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE2IS 

Study  of  trends  and  research  in  the  field  of  child  development  based  on  a 
review  of  major  theorists  and  current  literature. 

HE  420  Practicum  in  Child  Development  I  c- 1  ()l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  and  HE22(I  and  HE32I 
The  intensive  practicum  provides  in-depth  practical  advanced  laboratory 
experiences  designed  to  refine  and  further  develop  the  techniques  and  skills 
needed  by  professionals  to  work  w  ith  young  children  and  families. 

HE  422  Early  Childhood  Education  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE220  or  concurrently 

Current  educational  theories  and  research  reviewed  in  terms  of  implication  for 
preschool  and  their  effect  on  material,  equipment,  and  activity  selection. 

HE  424  Family  Issues  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE224 

Concentrated  study  of  selected  areas  of  family  life,  w  ith  emphasis  on  current 

personal  and  social  issues  affecting  the  family. 

HE  426  Techniques  of  Parent  Education  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE220  or  equivalent 

Examination  of  nature,  extent,  and  significance  of  parent  education. 
Interrelationships  of  home,  school,  and  community  agencies  are  examined  in 
light  of  various  programs,  methods,  and  techniques  of  parenting  education. 

HE  427  Administration  of  Child  Development  Centers       3c-OI-3sh 
Prerequisite:  HE220  or  equivalent,  juniors  or  seniors  only 
Development  of  special  know  ledge  and  competencies  needed  by  successful 
administrators  of  child  care  programs  including  proposal  writing,  budgeting. 


management,  staff  selection  and  training,  appropriate  curriculum  materials, 
philosophy,  parent  involvement,  child  advocacy,  and  program  evaluation. 

HE  430  Student  Teaching  Practicum  Ic-OI- 1  sh 

Taken  concurrently  w  ith  ED43 1  and  ED44 1 .  Assists  student  teachers  in 
analyzing  problems  and  experiences  encountered  during  student  teaching. 
Emphasizes  the  variety  and  types  of  home  economics  programs  and  focuses 
on  developing  effective  teaching  strategies  (four  sessions  of  three  and  a  half 
hours  during  the  semester). 

HE  450  Teaching  Vocational  Home  Economics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HE350 

Emphasis  is  on  teaching  vocational  home  economics  in  consumer/ 
homemaking  and  occupational  home  economics  programs.  Federal  legislation 
impacting  on  home  economics  is  analyzed  for  use  in  program  decisions. 
Emphasis  is  given  to  program  development  using  CBVE  model,  development 
of  individual  learning  packets,  vocational  youth  organizations,  advisory 
committees,  home  economics  and  vocational  educational  priorities, 
professional  organizations,  proposal  development  for  funding,  impacting  on 
public  policy,  marketing  home  economics,  and  development  of  a  personal 
philosophy  of  homes  economics  education. 

HE  455  Home  Economics  Programs  for  Individuals  with   3c-()l-3sh 
Special  Needs 

Prerequisite:  E.X3l)0 

.Application  of  vocational  regulations  and  public  laws  in  relation  to  individuah 
with  special  needs.  Developing  home  economics  programs  (planning, 
methods,  strategies,  and  resources)  for  individuals  with  special  needs 
applicable  to  school  and  nonschool  settings. 

HE  457  Microcomputers  in  Human  Ecology  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior-level  standing  in  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health 
Sciences 

Use  of  the  microcomputer  in  human  ecology.  Commercial  software  is  utilized 
for  word  processing,  spreadsheet,  and  data  base  applications.  Software  for 
specific  applications  is  explored.  Copyright  laws,  care  of  a  microcomputer 
sy.stem.  telecommunications,  and  the  impact  of  computers  in  the  home  and 
industry  are  studied. 

HE  463  Family  and  the  Community  3c-01-3sh 

Stud\  of  community  agencies  and  problems  that  affect  families  and  their 
contributions  to  community.  Investigation  of  ways  group  dynamics, 
communication  media,  and  other  resources  aid  understanding  of  human 
behaviors.  Field  experience  is  an  integral  pan  of  the  course. 

HE  482  Independent  Study  var-1  to  3sh 

Upper-level  students  w  Ith  high  scholastic  achievement  pursue  their  particular 
interests  outside  the  realm  of  the  organized  home  economics  education 
curriculum.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  3  semester  hours. 
.Approval  of  department  required. 

HE  493  Internship  var-6  to  12sh 

Prerequisites:  Pemiission  of  department,  college  dean,  and  university 
internship  coordinator;  upper-le\  el  standing. 

Practical  experience  related  to  the  student's  major  area  of  study.  Objectives 
are  developed  individually  in  consultation  with  university  faculty  member       i 
who  supervises  the  internship.  Log  and  major  paper  required.  May  be  repeatec] 
up  to  a  total  of  12  semester  hours:  however,  these  semester  hours  are  not 
applicable  toward  the  1 24  semester  hours  required  for  graduation  if  student     I 
receives  12  semester  hours  in  student  teachina.  I 

I 

HI:  History 

Department  of  History 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

HI  195  The  Modern  Era  3c  0I-3sh 

Interprets  the  development  of  two  centers  of  civilization.  Europe  and  .Americi 
within  a  global  context,  and  extends  from  at  least  the  Age  of  Enlightenment 
through  the  present. 

HI  200  Introduction  to  History  3c-01-3sh 

For  history  majors  and  concentrates.  Topics  include  philosophy  of  history, 
important  schools  of  history  and  historians,  and  methods  of  historical  researc 
Student  is  encouraged  to  become  a  better  historian  and  to  identify  with 
historical  profession. 


Course  Dexcriplioiis- 143 


HI  201  Western  Civilization  Before  1600  3c-01-3sh 

Sune\  cour>e  presenting  in  \ arious  tonus  the  origin  and  de\elopmenl  ot 
major  political,  social,  religious,  and  intellectual  institutions  in  Western 
Civilization  to  approxinialeh  1600.  For  Histor)  majors  or  by  instructor's 
permission. 

HI  202  Western  Civilization  Since  1600  3c-01-3sh 

Development  of  Western  Ci\  ilization  from  the  expansion  ol  Europe  to  the 
present,  including  political,  diplomatic,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  areas. 
Introduces  issues  and  interpretations  encountered  in  upper-level  courses.  For 
Hislorv  majors  or  by  instructor's  permission. 

HI  203  I  nited  States  History  for  Historians  .^c-OI  3sh 

Intnxtuces  aspiring  historians  to  L  niled  Stales  history  since  1763.  Emphasizes 
the  issues,  methods,  and  problems  that  currently  concern  professional 
hisiorians.  For  History  majors  or  b\  instructor's  peniiission. 

HI  210  .\ncienl  Civilization:  The  Middle  East  and  the        3c-OI-3sh 
Eastern  Mediterranean 

.An  examination  of  the  development  and  the  spread  of  ancient  civlhzation  in 
ancient  Middle  East  and  the  Eastern  Mediterranean.  Topics  of  study  will 
include  the  characteristics  of  civilization  and  the  development  of  political, 
social,  economic,  and  cultural  institutions  in  the  river  valley  centers  and  the 
diffusion  to  the  fringe  areas. 

HI  212  AncienI  and  Medieval  Europe  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  development  of  civilization  in  Europe  during  the 
ancient  and  medieval  periods.  The  course  will  focus  on  the  Ancient  Greek  and 
Roman  civilizations  and  the  mediev  al  European  civilization.  The 
characteristics  and  institutions  of  civilization  will  be  stressed  as  well  as  the 
political  history. 

HI  214  1  hemes  in  .American  History  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisnc;  Hll^.'i 

Open  only  to  non-history  majors.  Designed  lo  give  students  an  appreciation  of 
the  basic  themes  and  issues  in  the  making  of  American  society.  Sludents  will 
examine  themes  such  as  the  fruition  of  democracy,  the  .American  dream, 
slavery  and  freedom,  the  tensions  between  liberty  and  order,  and  the  role  of 
the  United  States  in  a  world  setting. 

HI  301  History  of  AncienI  Greece  .3c-01-3sh 

Will  analyze  major  political,  social,  and  economic  developments  in  ancient 
Greek  civilization  from  Bronze  Age  lo  death  of  Alexander. 

HI  302  History  of  AncienI  Rome  3c-01-3sh 

Will  irace  Roman  history  from  early  Republic  dovwi  lo  fall  of  Empire.  Roman 

political  theory  will  be  particularly  emphasized. 

HI  303  Medieval  Europe  I,  400-1000  3c  01  3sh 

Hisiory  of  carl)  Medieval  Europe,  trom  decline  of  Rome  lo  beginnings  of 
High  .Middle  Ages;  emphasis  on  political,  social,  economic,  religious,  and 
intellectual  developments. 

HI  .MM  Medieval  Europe  II,  1000-1300  3c-01  3sh 

History  of  late  Medieval  Europe,  from  High  Middle  Ages  to  Renaissance 
period:  emphasis  on  political,  social,  economic,  religious,  and  inlelleclual 
developments. 

HI  .MI5  Renaissance  and  Reformation  3c-OI-3sh 

History  of  Europe  from  c.  12.'iO;  rise  of  commercial  city,  kings,  and  pressures 
on  Christian  Church  lo  1600.  Some  consideration  of  technology  and  voyages. 

HI  306  Early  Modern  Europe  3c-01-3sh 

Greatness  of  France  under  Louis  XIV:  Sweden;  Thirty  Years'  War. 
Emergence  of  modem  society:  French  Revolution. 

HI  307  History  of  Europe:  I8I5-I9I4  .3c-OI-3sh 

Study  ol  Europe  in  l'>lh  century,  wiih  emphasis  on  the  emergence  of  major 
thought  patterns.  Romanticism.  Nationalism.  Socialism,  and  Positivism. 

HI  .W«  Tv»cnlieth-Century  Europe  3c-OI-3sh 

Poliiicul.  economic,  and  diplomatic  trends  in  Europe  since  I9(X),  with  major 
einpha.sis  on  causes  and  results  of  war  and  search  for  security. 


HI  311  Rise  and  Fall  of  Hitler's  Empire  -\-01-3sh 

In-depth  study  of  Hitler  and  the  Nazi  Order;  offers  an  analysis  of  lyih-cenlury 
origins  of  Nazi  ideology  and  intensively  analyzes  domestic  and  foreign 
totalitarian  policy  (1920-1945)  including  Holocaust.  Resistance,  and  the 
postwar  Nuremberg  Trials. 

HI  320  History  of  England  to  1688  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Survev  of  the  grow  th  of  the  English  nation.  « ith  emphasis  on  political,  social, 
and  economic  developments  leading  to  17th-century  contlict  between  Crown 
and  Parliament. 

HI  321  History  of  England  1688  to  Present  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  the  growth  of  England  as  a  democratic  constitutional  monarchy. 
Attention  directed  to  induslrial  revolution  and  to  imperial  expansion  and 
England's  role  in  20lh-century  world.  Attention  given  to  social  and  cultural 
history. 

HI  322  French  Revolution  and  Napoleon  3c-01-3sh 

Brief  sketch  of  Old  Regime,  concentration  on  Revolution  and  Empire,  w  ith 
emphasis  on  politics,  social  structure,  diplomacy,  and  economics. 

HI  324  History  of  Germany  lo  1848  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  development  of  Gemiany  politically  and  culturally  from  ancient 
times,  emphasizing  medieval  and  early  modem  periods  to  1849. 

HI  325  History  of  Germany:  1849  to  the  Present  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  political  and  cultural  development  of  modern  Gemiany  from  the 
Revolution  of  184S.  including  imperial,  republican,  and  totalitarian  phases,  lo 
post-World  War  II  Easl  and  West  Germany. 

HI  326  History  of  Russia  3c-01-3sh 

General  survey  of  Russian  hisiory.  culture,  and  institutions.  Special 
consideration  given  to  study  of  historical  forces  formative  of  Revolution  of 
1917. 

HI  327  History  of  Soviet  Russia  3c-()l-3sh 

General  survey  of  contemporary  Soviet  history,  culture,  and  institutions. 
Special  consideration  is  given  to  the  study  of  communist  theory  and  its  place 
in  cuiTcnt  Russian  historiography. 

HI  330  History  of  the  Islamic  Civilization  3c-01-3sh 

An  approach  to  learning  about  a  non-Western  culture:  Muhammad,  Arabs,  and 
Muslims  as  crealors  of  a  great  civilization  from  rise  of  Islam  to  1 SOO; 
emphasis  on  cultural  institutions  of  Islam  and  their  interrelationships  wiihin 
Middle  East. 

HI  331  Modern  Middle  F:asl  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  changes  ihal  have  taken  place  in  Middle  East  and  in  Islam  since 
18lh  century  and  of  conlcniporaiv  problems  in  that  region. 

HI  340  Colonial  America  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  original  thirlcen  stales  from  Iheir  inceplion  as  colonies  wiihin  the 
British  empire  to  1763.  the  eve  of  Independence.  Allcntion  is  given  lo  Iheir 
political  development;  economic  position  w  ithin  ihe  empire;  relations  with 
Indians;  and  evolution  of  social,  ediicalional.  and  religious  life. 

HI  341  American  Revolution  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  ol  Whig- Tory  parlicipaiils  of  American  Revolution.  Examines 
events  from  1763  lo  17X3.  Changing  inlcrpicl;ilions  of  ihe  causes  and  effecis 
of  the  revolution  will  be  discussed. 

HI  342  The  Early  Republic  3c-(ll  3sh 

Survey  of  United  Stales  hisiory  from  1783  to  1850.  with  special  allenlion  on 
consiiuilional.  polilical.  economic,  and  social  ircnds. 

HI  .U3  (  ivil  War  and  Reconslruclion  .V-01  3sh 

Study  of  Ihc  failure  of  American  democracy  lo  cope  wilh  issues  of  mid-  19ih 
century,  followed  by  polilical.  economic,  mililary,  and  social  developmcnls 
during  war  and  rcconcilialion  ol  Norlh  and  Soulli. 

HI  .145  Ihe  Aue  of  Rautime:  American  Hisiory.  1900-1929  3c-OI-3sh 
Using  ihe  nalion's  culliiial  developiueiil  ,is  ils  lliemalK  lniiiul.ilion,  this  course 
analyzes  ihe  iransiiioiial  characlei  ol  ilic  I'rogressive  Era,  Woilil  War  I.  and 
the  1920s. 


i 


144-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HI  346  Recent  United  Slates  History  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  political,  economic,  and  cultural  changes  in  American  life  since 
1929;  examines  roots  of  social  problems  facing  us  today.  Some  recent  foreign 
policy  trends  also  studied. 

HI  350  History  of  Latin  .America  Colonial  Period.  1450-1820  3c-01-3sh 
Study  of  life  of  people.  Indian  cultures,  conquest  by  Spaniards  and  Portuguese. 
government  during  Colonial  Period,  and  Wars  of  Independence. 

HI  351  History  of  Latin  .America:  National  Period,  3c-OI-3sli 

1820-Present 

Study  of  the  history  of  nations  which  ha\  e  emerged  since  independence; 
emphasis  on  economic,  political,  cultural,  and  social  developments  of  these 
nations,  as  well  as  relationships  of  these  nations  to  otJiers  in  the  hemisphere. 

HI  360  History  of  Pennsylvania  3c-OI-3sh 

Emphasizes  the  cultural,  economic,  political,  and  social  development  of  our 
state  in  its  various  periods  from  colonial  to  today .  Special  attention  given  to 
diversity  of  Pennsylvania's  people,  their  institutions  and  problems. 

HI  361  History  of  .American  Diplomacy.  1775-1900  3c-0I-3sh 

Traces  foreign  relations  of  the  United  States  from  Independence  to  emergence 
as  a  w  orld  power.  Topics  concentrate  on  themes  of  commercial  relations, 
political  isolation,  expansion,  and  debate  over  imperialism. 

HI  362  History  of  American  Diplomacy.  1900-present        3c-01-3sh 
Treats  primarily  our  20th-century  in\  olvement  in  world  affairs  and  domestic 
debate  over  that  involvement.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  role  of 
interest  groups  and  increasing  power  of  Executive  Department  over  foreign 
affairs. 

HI  363  Thought  and  Culture  in  Early  .America  3c-OI-3sh 

Selected  topics  in  early  .American  intellectual  and  cultural  growth,  with 
emphasis  on  Puritanism.  Enlightenment,  cultural  nationalism,  and  Romantic 
movement. 

HI  364  Thought  and  Culture  in  Modern  .America  3c-OI-3sh 

Selected  treatment  of  historical  de\  elopment  of  modem  American  movements 
in  social  and  political  thought,  religion,  philosophy,  tme  arts,  and  literature. 

HI  365  History  of  Black  .America  Since  Emancipation        3c-OI-3sh 
Description  and  analy  sis  of  the  role  of  blacks  in  the  hisiors  of  the  United 
States  since  the  Civil  War;  emphasis  on  key  leaders,  major  organizations, 
leading  movements,  and  crucial  ideologies  of  blacks  in  modem  .America. 

HI  366  African  .American  Women  3c-OI-3sh 

Major  economic,  social,  and  political  issues  which  have  affected  black  women 
since  their  introduction  into  North  America  to  the  present. 

HI  369  V\'omen  in  America  3c-OI-3sh 

A  stud\  of  the  activ  ities  of  women  from  the  colonial  era  to  the  modem  era — 
evaluating  cultural,  societal,  religious,  economic,  and  political  frameworks.  It 
w ill  review  women's  involvement  in  movements  for  feminism,  social  reform, 
unionism,  and  the  abolition  of  slavery . 

HI  370  Religion  in  .America  3c-0I-3sh 

A  history  of  religious  belief  and  practice  in  the  United  States  from  the  colonial 

period  to  the  present.  « ith  an  emphasis  on  the  last  one  hundred  years. 

HI  372  History  of  the  Early  .American  Working  Class        3c-OI-3sh 
Description  and  analysis  of  the  nature  and  significance  of  the  working  class  of 
the  United  Stales  in  the  18th  and  19th  centuries.  The  work  settings  and 
communities  of  workers  will  be  examined  as  well  as  unions  such  as  the 
National  Labor  Union  and  the  Knights  of  Labor. 

HI  373  History  of  the  Modern  .American  Working  Class    3c-OI-3sh 
Description  and  anah  sis  of  the  nature  and  significance  of  the  working  class  of 
the  United  Slates  in  the  20th  century.  Work  settings  and  strikes  will  be 
examined  and  anah  zed  as  well  as  unions  such  as  the  United  Mine  Workers 
and  the  United  .Auto  Workers  and  labor  leaders  including  Samuel  Gompers. 
John  L.  Lew  is.  and  George  Mean) . 

HI  374  History  of  Organized  Crime  3c-OI-3sh 

This  course  studies  the  relationship  tietween  urban,  entrepreneurial  crime,  and 

the  e\  olution  of  industrial  .America. 


HI  390  History  of  «  omen— W  orld  Cultures  3c-OI-3sh 

Explores  religious,  legal,  political,  economic,  and  mylhic  dimensions  of 
women  in  society  from  ancient  to  modem  times,  including  Western  and  non- 
Western  experiences. 

HI  391  Film  as  History  3c-OI-3sh 

Particularly  concerned  w iih  probing  the  relationship  between  cinema  and 
society.  History  of  film  is  explored  and  student  is  gi\  en  some  background  in 
film  interpretation  and  cinematograph) .  the  w  estem.  science  fiction,  police 
films,  and  great  foreign  and  .American  detecti\  e  films. 

HI  392  Crimes  and  Punishments  in  History  3c-OI-3sh 

Explores  how  historical  methodology  is  applied  to  crimes;  how  the  historical 
settings  have  influenced  the  commission  of  crimes;  the  nature  and  extent  of 
punishment  for  crimes  on  individual,  societal,  and  govemmental  lev  els. 

HI  480  Senior  Seminar  3c-01-3sh 

.A  regimen  of  research  resulting  in  a  written  paper.  Students  work  on  a 
program  selected  bv  the  instructor.  For  Historv  majors  or  bv  instructors 
permission. 

HI  481  Special  Studies  in  History  var-l  to  3sh 

Each  semester,  courses  are  offered  in  interest  areas  that  are  not  pan  of  the 
regular  program.  Some  examples  of  courses  of  this  type  are  the  Victorian  .Age, 
the  History  of  Lov  e.  World  War  II,  the  Great  Depression,  the  .Adams 
Chronicles,  and  the  Historv  of  New  \ork  City.  Students  may  schedule  as 
many  of  these  courses  as  desired,  but  two  per  semester  is  the  usual  limit. 

HI  482  Independent  Study  var-3  to  6sh 

Prerequisites:  I2sh  in  history;  a  3.0  history  average;  permission  of  a  faculty 
member.  Involv  es  directed  reading  or  research  for  qualified  students.  We 
encourage  experimental  projects  and  personalized  learning.  Honors  sections 
are  prov  ided  for  qualified  students. 

HI  483  Independent  Study  3c-OI-3sh 

.An  honor?,  program  w  ithin  the  independent  study  fomiat.  Minimum 
qualifications  are  a  3.0  QP.A.  I5sh  of  historv,  and  a  3.2  average  in  history 
classes.  Satisfactory  honors  work  is  rewarded  bv  formal  recognition  at 
graduation. 

HI  493  Internship  var-3  to  12sh 

With  depanmental  approval,  students  are  attached  to  local  or  national 
government  or  priv  ale  agencies  doing  directiv  e.  bibliographical,  archival,  or 
museum  work.  .Adv  ising  professor  meets  with  intem  regularly  and  determines 
what  papers  or  repons  w  ill  be  required. 

HP:  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education 
College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

HP  101  Personal  Health  and  Wellness  2c-0l-2sh 

Understanding  scientific  approach  to  personal  health  and  wellness:  this  course 
emphasizes  the  positive  aspects  of  health,  benefits  of  good  health  behaviors, 
and  the  use  of  health  resources.  The  focus  is  on  the  components  of  healthy 
lifestyles.  This  course  is  open  only  to  students  completing  General  Education 
requirements.  Its  offering  w  ill  not  be  guaranteed  after  Spring.  1991 . 

HP  110  Beginning  Svtimming  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  swimming,  fitness,  and  aquatic  safety. 
Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  adult  nonswimmer. 


HP  113  Archery-Intermediate  Swimming 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  archerv  and  swimming. 


Oc-21-lsh 


HP  1 16  Badminton-\  olleyball  Oc-2 1  -Ish 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  badminton  and  volleyball. 

HP  117  Fitness-Swimming  Oc-2I-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  swimming  and  fitness. 

HP  119  Golf-Bowling  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  golf  and  bowling. 


Course  Descripiions-J45 


HP  122  Contemporan  I.Modernl  Dance  I  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamenlals  and  tcchnlque^  ot  coniemporan  modem  dance. 

HP  123  Folk  and  Square  Dance  I  Uc-2 1  -Ish 

Fundamenials  and  techniques  of  folk  and  square  dancint:. 

HP  124  Fitness  Through  Dance  Oc-21-lsh 

A  physical  fitness  de\eiopnienl  course  for  men  and  women  thai  employs  a 
combination  of  exercises  and  dance  techniques  pertbrmed  lo  music.  The 
purpose  of  the  course  is  to  develop  a  sequential  exercise  program  that  allows 
the  student  to  develop  and  maintain  aerobic  fitness,  understand  body 
alignment  and  the  principles  of  exercise,  develop  correct  dance  techniques, 
and  plan  and  develop  an  individualized  and  independent  continuance  program. 

HP  125  Basic  Tap  and  Ballroom  Dance  Oc-21  Ish 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  basic  lap  and  ballroom  dance. 

HP  126  Resistive  Exercises  Oc-2 1  -Ish 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  progressive  resistive  exercises. 


HP  127  Fencing 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  fencing. 

HP  128  Golf 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  golf. 


Oc-21 -Ish 


Oc-21 -Ish 


HP  129  Badminton-Tennis  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamenials  and  techniques  of  badminton  and  tennis. 

HP  133  Folk  and  Square  Dance  II  Oc-2 1  -Ish 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  folk  and  square  dance. 


HP  134  Bowling 

Fundamenials  and  techniques  of  bowling. 

HP  137  Gymnastics 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  gymnastics. 

HP  138  Racquetball 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  racquetball. 


Oc-2 1 -Ish 


Oc-21 -Ish 


Oc-2 1  -Ish 


HP  140  Health  and  Wellness.  Part  .A  Oc-21-l..^sh 

HP  141  Health  and  Wellness.  Part  B  Oc-21-l.5sh 

Completing  both  HPUOand  HP  141  (either  order)  fulfills  Liberal  Studies 
Health  and  Wellness  requirement.  Together,  the  two  provide  an  overv  icw  of 
personal  health  and  wellness  emphasizing  the  major  components  of  a  healthy 
lifestyle.  Topical  areas  include,  but  are  not  limited  to.  exercise  and  lltness. 
nutrition,  smoking,  alcohol  and  substance  abuse,  and  stress  and  emotional 
wellness.  Students  arc  guided  in  individualized  wellness  planning.  (Combined 
as  HP  1 43  effective  1992.  Offering  HP140  and  141  will  be  guaranteed  only 
through  1992-1993.) 

HP  142  Foundations  of  Health.  Physical  Education.  3c-Oi-3sh 

and  Sport 

Historical,  philosophical,  and  psychosocial  foundations  of  health  and  physical 
education  are  introduced.  Specific  emphasis  is  given  to  scientific  theories  and 
principles  in  such  areas  as  health  promotion  and  behavioral  change,  exercise 
ph>  siologv .  motor  development,  kinesiology,  and  motor  learning. 

HP  143  Health  and  Wellness  .Ic-OI  -3sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  major  components  of  wellness:  contemporary 
nutrition  issues  as  they  relate  to  personal  food  choices,  physical  fitness,  stress 
management,  sexually  transmitted  diseases.  AIDS,  and  substance  abuse.  Com- 
pletion of  HPI4.^  fulfills  the  Liberal  Studies  Health  and  Wellness  requirement. 


HP  145  Tennis 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  tennis. 


Oc-2 1 -Ish 


HP  146  Contemporary  Dance  II  Oc-21  Ish 

Fumliiincnlals  and  techniques  of  contemporary  dance. 


HI'  147  Tennis-Fencing 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  tennis  and  fencing. 


()c-21-lsh 


HP  150-151  Adapted  Physical  Education  I-ll  Oc-varl-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Special  pcnnission  must  be  obtained  from  the  department 
chair  to  register 

Physical  activity  classes  designed  to  accommodate  students  with  special 
needs.  Such  activity  programs  are  intended  to  permit  specitic  individuals  with 
medical  restrictions  to  participate  in  acti\  ities  which  have  a  strong  fitness 
component  as  well  as  a  recreational  and  therapeutic  component.  All  activity  is 
subject  to  approv,il  of  the  student's  personal  physician. 

HP  160  Downhill  Skiing  Ish 

The  cognitives  and  skills  necessary  for  beginning  downhill  skiing. 


HP  161  Basic  Rock  Climbing 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  rock  climbing. 


Oc-21 -Ish 


HP  162  Scuba  Diving  Oc-2 1  -Ish 

Designed  to  teach  necessary  skills  and  proper  use  of  equipment  for  underwater 
sw  imniing.  Tanks,  regulators,  weights,  and  special  equipment  furnished. 
Student  must  purchase  a  mask.  fins,  and  snorkel  (approximately  S15).  Includes 
theory  as  well  as  practical  work. 


HP  163  Backpacking 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  backpacking. 


Oc-21-l.sh 


!l-lsh 


HP  165  Lifeguarding  Oc- 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  consent  and  Advanced  Sw  immer 
Designed  for  professional  lifeguards.  Includes  lifeguarding  techniques  for 
pools  and  fresh  and  saltwater  beaches.  Red  Cross  certification  (Pittsburgh 
Division)  granted  upon  satisfactory  completion  of  course  requirements. 

HP  166  Basic  Smallcralt  Oc-2 1  -Ish 

Prerequisite:  Intermediate  Sw  imming  ability 

Designed  lo  introduce  the  use  of  the  canoe,  paddle  board,  and  sailboat. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  boating  skills,  .safety  rescue,  and 
survival  procedures.  Red  Cross  smallcraft  certification  is  granted  upon 
successful  completion  of  the  course. 

HP  167  Basic  Synchronized  Swimming  Oc-2 1 -Ish 

Prerequisite:  Inlermediate  Swimming  ability 

Activity  course  designed  to  assist  students  in  the  development  of  beginning 
synchronized  swimming  skills.  YMCA  certification  is  granted  upon  successful 
completion  of  course  requirements, 

HP  200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Acti>ity  lc-21-lsh 

A  foundation  course  designed  for  the  purpose  of  training  in  the  analysis  and 
performance  of  the  fundamental  skills  for  subsequent  motor  behavior  as  they 
relate  to  games,  sports,  and  dance.  The  opporlunilv  to  retine  powers  of 
observation  through  principles  of  efficient  and  effective  movement 
fundamentals  is  provided.  Individual  data  profile  charts  of  performance  will  be 
completed  for  future  relerence. 

HP  201  Archery-Badminlon-Kowling  var-lsh 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses,  in  combination  with  an  opportunilv  to 
progress  individually  in  skill  competency  in  each  activiiv .  Methods  and 
materials  emphasized.  (Last  offering  in  1992-1993) 

HP  202  Baseball  var-.Ssh 

Basic  skills,  position  play,  and  team  participation  in  baseball.  Baseball  theory 
and  strategy.  (Last  offering  in  1992-1993) 

HP  203  Basketball  var-5sh 

Team  tactics,  drill  patterns,  conditioning  programs,  and  teaching/coaching 
methods.  (Last  offering  in  1992-1993) 

HP  204  Field  Hockey  var-.-^sh 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses,  in  combination  with  an  opportunity  to 
progress  individually  in  skill  competency.  Methods  and  materials  emphasized. 
(Last  offering  in  1992-1993) 

HP  205  Rhythms  and  MoM'menl  var-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Hl'20() 

IX'velopmeni  of  basic  movement  techniques  through  rhythmic  experiences, 
knowledge  of  music  notation  and  terminology,  and  methods  in  creative 
presentation.  (Last  offering  in  1992-1993) 


I 


146-lndiana  Unirersily  of  Pennsylvania 


HP  206  Softball  var  .5sh 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses,  in  combination  with  an  opportunity  to 
progress  individually  in  skill  competency.  Methods  and  materials  emphasized. 
(Last  offering  in  1992-1993) 


Two  two-hour  sessions  per  week  for  seven  weeks.  Using  physical  fitness  as 
one  aspect,  the  course  is  designed  for  those  who  want  instruction  in  safe  and 
efficient  operation  of  motorcycles  from  a  practical  and  recreational  viewpoint. 
Summer  onlv. 


HP  207  Tennis  var-.Ssh 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses,  in  combination  with  an  opportunity  to 
progress  individually  in  skill  competency.  Methods  and  materials  emphasized. 
(Last  offering  in  1992-1993) 


HP  208  Soccer 

Team  tactics,  drill  patterns 
offering  in  1992-19931 


var-.5sh 
and  teaching  and  coaching  techniques.  (Last 


2c-OI-2sh 


HP  210  Motor  Development 

Co-requisite:  HP  200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  .Activ  ity 
A  study  of  the  processes  of  grow  ih  and  development  and  their  effects  upon 
human  motor  behavior  across  the  lifespan.  Includes  changes  during  physical 
growth,  maturation  and  aging,  and  subsequent  effects  upon  cognitive, 
perceptual,  and  physiological  performance,  both  indi\  idually  and  within  a 
sociocullural  context. 

HP  211  Dance.  Rhythmic  .Activities,  and  Gymnastics         4c-2l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  HP  200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 
Designed  to  provide  an  aesthetic  and  kinesthetic  movement  experience  which 
will  prepare  the  student  as  a  teacher  of  basic  movement  in  a  variety  of 
situations.  The  dance  section  will  include  creative  movement,  rhythms,  and 
square,  folk,  and  contemporary  dance.  Gymnastics  will  include  basic 
tumbling,  stunts,  and  apparatus  skills. 

HP  212  Team  Sports  4c-2 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP  200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 
Introduces  students  to  the  history,  current  status,  and  teaching  similarities 
among  team  sports.  Also  includes  materials  and  methods  unique  to  each  sport. 

HP  213  Individual  and  Dual  Sports  and  4c-21-3sh 

Adventure  Activities 

Prerequisite:  HP  200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 
Provides  historical  and  current  status  of  individual  and  dual  sports,  as  well  as 
adventure  activities.  Includes  skill  development,  analysis  of  skilled  perform- 
ance, and  strategies  for  planning  and  implementing  instructional  programs. 

HP  215  Techniques  of  Jazz  Dance  Oc-21-lsh 

A  course  in  jazz  techniques  applied  to  jazz  music  and  various  jazz  dance 
styles.  Movement  coordination,  style,  and  rhythm  w  ill  be  emphasized. 

HP  218  Ballet  1  lc-2l-2sh 

An  introductory  course  in  classical  ballet  technique  and  terminology.  The 
course  will  focus  on  how  to  properlv  execute  basic  barre  and  center  technique: 
placement  or  "epaulement" — the  classical  line  of  the  head,  torso,  arms,  and 
legs:  the  kinetic  coordination  necessary  for  classical  ballet:  musicalily  and 
phrasing  of  movements:  and  general  orientation  to  the  historical  development 
of  ballet  and  its  temiinology. 

HP  221  Human  Structure  and  Function  3c-0l-3sh 

Anatomical  organization  of  the  human  body,  surveyed  in  sufficient  depth  to 
prepare  students  for  ph\  siology.  biomechanics,  and  adaptive  physical 
education. 

HP  230  Aerobic  Fitness  lc-2 1  -2sh 

An  opportunity  to  participate  in  a  variety  of  aerobic  activities;  will  aid  fitness 
leaders  in  developing  and  implementing  several  types  of  aerobic  programs: 
will  offer  current  information  on  aerobics  as  preventive  medicine. 

HP  242  Emergency  Health  Care  lc-2 1  -Ish 

American  Red  Cross  Standard.  Advanced,  and  Instructor's  certification  and 
Multimedia  Instructor's  certification  awarded  upon  successful  completion  of 
this  course. 

HP  246  Biomechanics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP22I 

Study  of  the  relationship  betw  een  mechanical  and  physical  principles  and 

human  movement. 

HP  250  Motorcycling:  Recreation  and  Safety  Ic-OI  -Ish 

Prerequisites:  .Ability  to  ride  a  bicycle,  valid  driver's  license,  motorcycle 
permit 


HP  251  Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergency  3c-OI-3sh 

Health  Care 

Focuses  on  accident  prevention,  injury  control,  and  first  responder's  skills. 
Emphasizes  identificaton  of  causes  of  accidents,  recommended 
countermeasures.  and  mitigation.  American  Red  Cross  Cenifications  are 
issued  in  ( I )  standard  first  aid.  (2)  community  CPR.  (3)  instructor  of  standard 
first  aid.  and  (4)  instructor  of  communiiv  CPR. 

HP  252  Introduction  to  the  Driving  Task  2c-21-3sh 

Provides  an  in-depth  treatment  of  operating  a  motor  vehicle  competently  in  all 
major  variations  and  under  most  conditions  encountered  in  traffic.  A 
competent  operator  is  one  who  pertbrms  the  total  driv ing  task  knowledgeablv 
and  skillfully  and  demonstrates  full  understanding  and  application  of 
identification,  prediction,  decision,  and  execution  process. 

HP  261  Water  Safety  Instructor  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  consent  and  lifesaving  certification  Emphasizes 
the  teaching  aspect  of  skills,  techniques,  and  attitudes  necessary  in  all  areas  of 
swimming.  Students  successfully  completing  course  are  qualified  to  hold  such 
positions  as  waterfront  directors,  aquatic  directors,  and  other  similar  positions. 

HP  263  Aquatics  0c-2I-lsh 

Basic  performance  techniques  in  sw  imming  strokes  presented  with  special 
emphasis  on  teaching  methodologv .  aquatic  sports  and  games,  water  safety, 
skin  diving,  springboard  diving,  and  other  aquatic  activities. 

HP  264  Advanced  Aquatics  Oc-2 1  -Ish 

Sw  imming  and  rescue  skills  necessary'  to  complete  American  Red  Cross 
Senior  Lifesaving  Course.  Emphasis  placed  upon  a  broad  range  of  other 
aquatic  experiences  and  teaching  strategies. 

HP  268  Water  Skiing  Oc-2 1  -Ish 

Prerequisite:  Intermediate  Sw  imming  ability 

Water  skiing  for  beginners.  Includes  use  of  equipment,  ski  techniques,  and 
safety.  Novice  1  and  Novice  U  levels  of  certification  of  the  American  Water 
Ski  Association  program  are  available  upon  successful  completion  of  course 
requirements.  Summer  only. 

HP  269  Power  Boating  Oc-2 1  -Ish 

Prerequisite:  Intermediate  Swimming  ability 

Introduction  to  the  safe  use  of  small  power  craft  and  related  equipment  for 
recreational  boating  activities  such  as  water  skiing,  fishing,  and  scuba  diving. 
Includes  maintenance,  repair,  rescue,  and  sunival.  Summer  only. 

HP  270  Instructor  of  Handicapped  Swimming  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HP26I 

Concerned  w  ith  the  learning  of  skills  used  to  teach  sw  imming  to  exceptional 
children.  All  handicaps  are  considered.  This  course  is  important  not  only  in 
physical  education  but  also  for  the  mentally  retarded,  rehabilitation  education, 
agency  personnel,  postgraduate  swimming  education.  ^'.MC.A  Boys  Clubs, 
community  programs,  priv  ate  clubs,  and  industrial  programs.  The  Red  Cross 
certification  Instructor  of  Sw  imming  for  the  Handicapped  is  granted  upon 
successful  completion  of  the  course.  Summer  only. 

HP  271  Instructor  of  Scuba  Diving  Oc-2 1  -Ish 

Prerequisite:  HP262 

Prepares  instructors  to  leach  skin  and  scuba  div  ing.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
teaching  methods,  use  and  mechanics  of  equipment,  safety,  diving  physics  anc 
ph>  siology.  and  ad\  anced  diving  skills.  Instructor  of  Scuba  Div  ing  certificate 
granted  by  the  Professional  Association  of  Diving  Instructors  upon  successful 
completion  of  the  course.  Summer  only. 

HP  272  Instructor  of  Canoeing  Oc-2 1  -Ish 

Prerequisite:  HP266 

Concerned  with  the  learning  of  skills  pertinent  to  teaching  canoeing  to 
beginners.  .All  aspects  of  canoeing  including  paddling,  repair  of  equipment, 
white  water  canoeing,  safety,  surv  i\  al.  and  teaching  techniques  are  presented.: 
The  Red  Cross  certification  Canoeing  Instructor  is  granted  upon  successful 
completion  of  the  course.  Summer  only. 


Course  Descriptions-147 


HP  273  Instructor  of  Sailing  Oc-21-lsli 

Prerequisile:  HP266 

Concerned  with  learning  of  skills  pertinent  to  leaching  beginning  sailing.  All 
aspects  of  sailing  are  considered  including  the  elements  of  sailing,  repair  of 
equipment,  racing,  safety,  and  techniques  of  teaching.  Summer  onl\ 

HP  274  Instructor  of  Infants  and  Preschoolers  Oc-2 1  -i>h 

in  Swimming 

Prerequisites:  HP26I.  instructor's  consent 

Methods  course  for  preparation  of  s«  imniing  instructors  in  the  know  ledge  and 
skills  of  teaching  young  children  to  sw  im.  YMC.A  certification  Instructor  of 
the  Very  Young  granted  upon  successful  completion  of  course  requirements. 
Summer  only. 

HP  276  Coaching  of  Swimming  Oc-2 1  -Kb 

Prerequisite:  HP26I 

A  lecture-discussion  methods  course  designed  to  prepare  Physical  Education 
majors  for  coaching  of  sw  imming.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  training  methods. 
officiating,  nutrition,  scientific  principles,  and  meet  strategy.  Summer  only. 

HP  277  Coaching  of  Synchronized  Swimming  lc-21-2sh 

Designed  to  go  be\ond  the  activity  nature  of  Basic  Synchronized  Swimming 
(HP267I.  Students  are  involved  in  set  design,  costumes,  selection  of  music, 
making  props,  selecting  themes,  and  organizing  a  program.  Summer  only. 

HP  279  Swimming  Pool  Maintenance  and  Chemistry  21-Olh 

Prerequisite;  HP264 

A  lecture-discussion  course  designed  to  leach  fundamental  water  chemistry. 
filtration,  treatment  of  water  problems,  w  Interizalion  of  outdoor  pools,  and 
pool  management.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  water  testing  and  analysis  of 
chemicals  and  bacteria.  Summer  only. 

HP  280  Aquatic  Facilities  Management  21-01-2sh 

Prerequisite;  HP264 

An  organizational  and  administrative  course  designed  to  prepare  the  aquatic  pro- 
fessional for  management  of  indoor  and  outdoor  facilities,  hicludes  facility  design. 
safety  procedures  activity,  and  sport  and  recreational  aspects.  Summer  only. 

HP  300  Folk  and  Square  Dance  var-.5sh 

Prerequisite;  HP20.'i 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses,  in  combination  with  an  opportunity  to  progress 
individually  in  skill  competency  in  each  activity.  The  role  of  folk  and  square 
dance  in  the  ph\  sical  education  programs  of  all  levels  is  considered.  Emphasis 
on  methods  and  materials.  (Last  offering  in  1W2-1')93) 

HP  301  Modern  Dance  var-.5sh 

Prerequisite;  HP205 

Basic  course  in  dance,  introducing  the  student  to  experiences  in  the 
development  of  dance  as  a  creative  art  and  an  educational  medium.  (Last 
offering  in  1992-1993) 

HP  302  (iymnastics  var-lsh 

Prerequisite;  HP205 

Fundamental  skill  progressions  and  analyses  in  lumbling  and  all  apparatus 
areas.  Emphasis  on  individual  conditioning  and  basic  skill  competency,  safety 
procedures,  and  teaching  techniques.  (Last  offering  in  1992-1993) 

HP303Fuolball  var-.^sh 

Fundamentals  of  position  pla\ .  patterns  of  offense  and  defense,  individual 
skills,  and  team  organization  In  fiHUhall.  (Last  offering  in  1992-1993) 

HP.«(4(.olf  var-.-Ssh 

Skill  progressions  and  analyses  in  combination  with  an  opportunity  t(»  progress 
individually  in  skill  competency.  Methods  and  materials  emphasized.  (Last 
offering  in  1992-1993) 

HP  305  Track  and  Field  var-.Ssh 

Basic  movenieni  patterns  of  running,  jumping,  and  throwing:  various  training 
programs  ol  track  and  field:  rules  and  regulations.  The  students'  abilities  and 
skills  arc  developed  In  order  that  they  may  tv  better  able  to  teach  and/or  coach 
track  and  field.  (La.st  offering  In  1992-1993) 

HP.V)6Viille.vball  var-.Ssh 

S>  ill  progressions  and  analyses,  in  combination  with  an  opportunity  to 

ress  Individually  in  skill  competency.  Methods  and  materials  emphasl/.ed. 

loflermg  in  1992-1993) 


HP  314  Advanced  Modern  Dance  lc-21-2sh 

Prerequisite;  Previous  dance  course  or  department  acceptance  of  experience 
.Advanced  techniques  of  perlomiance  and  choreography.  Theory  and 
composition  fomi  are  Integral  parts  of  course  content. 

HP  317  Basketball  Officiating  lc-21-lsh 

Officiating  techniques  and  responsibilities  in  basketball.  Opportunities  for 
officiating  experience  and  qualification  for  professional  ratings. 

HP  318  Preprofessional  Experience  I  3c-01  -Ish 

Recommended  Prerequisite;  HP321 

Prerequisite;  Physical  Education  Majors  only  Students  leach  as  assistants  to  a 

faculty  member  in  two  different  activities,  one  in  physical  education  (general 

education)  and  one  in  elementary  physical  education  at  the  University  School. 

Emphasis  on  unit  development,  class  management,  leadership  skills,  and 

evaluation. 

HP  319  Preprofessional  Experience  II  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Advanced  standing,  departmental  approval 
Students  may  request  an  assisling/teaching/leadership  assignment  in  certain 
university-related  areas  that  may  be  either  instructional  or  noninstructional  in 
nature.  Examples  of  such  professional  areas  are  adaptiv  es.  recreation,  dance, 
coaching,  aquatics,  intramurals.  administration,  elementary,  service  or  major 
classes,  club  activities,  and  assisting  in  laboratory  or  the  training  room. 

HP  321  Methods  in  Elementary  Health  3c-01-3sh 

and  Physical  Education 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Guides  the  professional  student  in  the  development  of  competencies  essential  to 
teaching  health  and  physical  education  at  the  elementary  school  level.  Includes 
theories  of  instruction  in  health  science,  necessity  of  a  safe  and  healthful  school 
environment,  and  judicious  utilization  of  school  and  community  health 
resources  and  sei"vice.  as  well  as  study  of  theories  of  and  movement  relevant  to 
elementary  school  children.  Observation,  materials,  methods  of  teaching,  and 
opportunities  for  intern  teaching  provided. 

HP  322  Dance  Production  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP122  or  HP.^dl 

Advanced  course  in  contemporary  dance  technique  and  composition;  studio 

productions  with  staging,  lighting,  costuming,  and  make-up  as  student 

responsibilities. 

HP  325  School  and  Community  Health  3c-01  -3sh 

Prerequisite;  .lunior  standing 

Introduces  students  to  (he  role  of  school  and  community  in  protecting  and 
promoting  the  health  of  its  members.  Topics  include  historical  development  of 
the  concepts  of  health  and  health  education,  identification  of  national  and 
community  goals  to  reduce  risk  of  disease  and  enhance  health  status,  and  the 
responsibilities  of  both  school  and  community  toward  achieving  these  goals, 

HP  330  Ballet  II  Ic Ol  .ish 

Prerequisites:  Previous  classical  training  and  the  abilll\  lo  execute  basic  ballet 
techniques  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

.\n  intermediate  course  in  classical  ballet  technique  and  (erminology.  The 
course  will  focus  on  increasing  technical  control  and  coordination:  developing 
line  and  placement;  extending  the  classical  ballet  vocabulary;  and  under- 
standing the  historical  developmeni  of  ballet  and  its  effective  terminology. 

HP  333  Psychology  of  Coaching  2c-()  I  -2sh 

The  goals  of  athledcs  in  schools  and  coiiimuniliesi  principles  and 
responsibilities  of  the  coach:  currcni  problems. 

HP  .1.15  Coaching  and  Managing  of  Athletic  Programs      3c-OI  ^sh 
Lecture  course  designed  to  prepare  siudents  for  coaching  or  adminislering  an 
athletic  program.  I'juphasi/es  the  professional  preparation  and  responsibilities 
of  a  coach,  (he  support  and  auxiliary  personnel  working  under  and  with  the 
coach,  and  the  coach's  responsibility  lo  ihc  alhlclcs.  plus  ihe  adiiiinisiralive 
responsibilities  of  coaching. 

MP  iih  Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation    2c-()l-2sh 
History,  theory,  and  philosophy  of  recreation:  importance  of  play  In  modern 
world,  trends  in  recreallon,  problems  encountered  in  organizing  communily 
school  progiaiiis.  and  priucifiles  of  leatlersliip. 


148-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


HP  341  Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  3c-01 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Evaluation  theory,  instructional  objectives,  and  cognitive  lest  construction: 
technical  and  practical  considerations  in  testing  and  interpretation  of  test 
results  in  both  health  and  physical  education. 

HP  343  Physiology  of  Exercise  3c-OI  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP221 

Physiological  effects  of  exercise  in  humans.  Major  factors  of  diet,  condition- 
ing, physical  fitness,  maximum  performance  level,  and  fatigue  are  considered. 

HP  344  Adapted  Physical  Education  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP246 

Recognition  of  structural  deviations,  corrective  exercises,  and  physical 
education  programs  for  a  wide  range  of  handicaps, 

HP  345  Athletic  Training  I  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP22I.  Human  Structure  and  Function 

Specifically  designed  to  introduce  students  to  the  discipline  of  athletic  training 
with  emphasis  in  prevention,  evaluation,  management,  and  rehabilitation  in 
sports  medicine. 

HP  346  Athletic  Training  Lab  2c-()l-lsh 

Should  be  taken  concurrently  with  HP345 

Provides  sufficient  opportunity  for  each  student  to  develop  proficient  skills 
and  techniques  in  the  areas  of  evaluation,  assessment,  taping,  and 
rehabilitation  procedures. 

HP  349  Dance  Repertoire  I  lc-2 1  -Ish 

Prerequisite:  Department  consent 

Designed  to  permit  students  to  be  exposed  to  w  ide  range  of  dance  repertoire, 
original  choreography,  and  technique. 

HP  350  Dance  Repertoire  H  lc-2 1  -ish 

Prerequisite:  HP.U9 

Designed  to  pennit  students  to  explore  dance  repertoire,  choreograph) .  and 
technique  beyond  HP34'). 

HP  353  Driver  Education  Program  Management  3c-OI-3sh 

Emphasizes  the  development,  organization,  and  management  of  high  school 
driver  education  from  the  standpoint  of  its  historical  development  to  its  present 
programs  designed  to  meet  the  demands  of  the  highway  transportation  system. 
Special  emphasis  on  the  role  of  the  teacher  in  conducting  a  high  quality  pro- 
gram that  will  meet  with  student,  parent,  school,  and  community  approval. 

HP  354  Application  of  Driver  Education  2c-2 1  -3sh 

Instructional  Modes 

Prerequisites:  HP251.  HP2.S2.  HP353 

Prepares  prospective  driver  education  teachers  to  plan,  teach,  and  evaluate  the 
four  modes  of  driver  education  (classroom,  on-road.  simulation,  and  multiple 
vehicle  range).  Teaching  high  school  students  in  supervised  laboratory 
sessions  is  provided. 

HP  372  Health  and  Physical  Education  for  2c-OI-2sh 

Special  Populations 

Prerequisite:  EX220  /  Junior  level  or  above 

Methods  and  techniques  of  leaching  health  and  physical  education  to  special 
populations  will  be  explored.  Designed  primarily  for  students  majoring  in 
special  education,  course  will  focus  on  handicapping  conditions,  limitations 
imposed  by  such  conditions,  and  the  responsibility  of  the  special  education 
teacher  working  in  the  physical  education  setting. 

HP  375  Physiological  Basis  of  Strength  Training  3c-0 1  -3sh 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  the  anatomical  and  physiological 
basis  of  muscle  function.  Students  should  also  gain  an  understanding  of 
changes  that  can  be  made  through  weight  training  and  knowledge  of  programs 
that  will  bring  about  these  changes.  Opportunities  for  svorking  with  various 
types  of  equipment  will  be  available. 

HP  408  (juided  Research  Problem  var-2sh 

Prerequisite:  Pennission  of  department  chairperson 

Selection  and  research  of  a  problem  pertinent  to  student  interests  and  those  of 
the  professions  of  health,  physical  education,  and  recreation.  Classes  held  on  a 
seminar  basis. 


HP  410  Exercise  Prescription  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP343 

Designed  to  teach  individuals  to  write  exercise  prescriptions  based  upon  a 
subject's  tolerance  for  physical  activity.  Special  emphasis  on  ri.sk  factors, 
techniques  of  evaluation,  drugs,  injuries,  environmental  factors,  and 
motivation  and  their  role  in  physical  activity  assessment. 

HP  411  Physical  Fitness  Appraisal  3c-OI-3sh 

This  course  involves  the  selection,  administration,  and  interpretation  of 
various  tests  for  appraising  the  physical  fitness  levels  of  individuals. 
Information  will  be  given  concerning  the  various  fitness  components,  and 
discussions  will  be  held  so  that  each  student  gains  an  understanding  of  the 
variables  that  will  be  tested. 

HP  412  Physical  Activity  and  Stress  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Acquisition  of  necessary  understanding  of  anxiety  and  stress!  their  nature, 
place  in  society,  and  intervention  strategies  zs  they  relate  to  physical  activity. 

HP  413  Physical  Activity  and  Aging  3c-01-3sh 

Presents  major  aspects  of  physical  activity,  its  importance  to  the  older  adult, 
and  the  organization  of  an  activity  program.  Attention  to  physiology  of 
physical  activity,  effects  of  activity  on  growth  and  aging,  exercise 
prescription.  Oexibility.  overweight  and  obesity,  and  motivational  strategies. 

HP  426  Health  Science  Instruction  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Health  curriculum — K-12.  Methods  and  Media  of  Instruction  in  Health 
Science. 

HP  430  The  American  Woman  and  Sport  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Comprehensive,  multidisciplinary  analysis  of  the  problems,  patterns,  and 
processes  associated  with  the  sport  involvement  of  girls  and  women  in  our 
culture.  An  historical  perspective  will  be  presented  with  an  emphasis  on 
physiological,  psychological,  and  sociocultural  influences. 

HP  434  Advanced  Soccer  Workshop  lc-2 1  -Ish 

Prerequisite:  HP208  or  department  acceptance  of  experience 
Principles  of  attack  and  defense  and  their  application  in  group  and  team  play. 
The  study  of  team  play  will  be  carried  out.  in  the  main,  using  small-sided 
games.  Those  participating  will  be  able  to  ob.serve.  teach,  evaluate,  and  be 
evaluated.  Summer  only. 

HP  441  Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health  and  3c-01-3sh 

Physical  Education 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 

A  study  of  psychological  and  sociological  influences,  both  theoretical  and 

empirical,  and  their  effects  upon  health  and  physical  performance. 

HP  442  .Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education,  3c-01-3sh 

and  Recreation  I 

Theory  and  philosophy  of  health,  physical  education,  and  recreation,  current 
issues  and  problems;  innovative  and  creative  programs. 

HP  447  Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation  Ic- 1 1  -Ish 

(CPR  (Instructor 

Prerequisite:  Basic  CPR  certification 

Study  of  methods  and  skills  necessary  to  certify  instructors  of 
cardiopulmonary  resuscitation  and  multimedia  first  aid.  Successful  completior 
of  requirements  leads  to  certification  by  the  American  Health  Association  and 
the  American  Red  Cross.  Summer  only. 

HP  450  Curriculum  and  Programming  in  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Sexuality  Education 

Topics  include  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  human  reproductive  tracts, 
development,  birth  defects,  contraception,  venereal  disease,  and  abortion.  Not 
for  credit  toward  degrees  in  Biology. 


HP  481  Special  Topics 
HP  482  Independent  Study 


var- 1  to  3sh 
var-3sh 


HP  493  Internship  var-3  to  12sh 

Educational  opportunity  which  integrates  classroom  experience  with  practical 
experience  in  community  service  agencies  or  industrial,  business,  or 
governmental  organizations.  Junior  standing  required. 


Course  Dcscriptioiis-149 


HR:  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 

Management 

Department  of  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and 

Institutional  Management 

College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

HR  101  Introduction  to  Hospitality  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Focuses  on  the  development  of  the  hospitalil>  industry  and  career  oppor- 
tunities within  hotel  and  restaurant  chains  and  independents.  Guest  speiikers 
address  various  hospitahty  management  topics.  (Replaced  FMOI  in  IWO) 

HR  115  Introduction  to  Tourism  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites;  HRIOl.  .Majors  only 

Analyzes  the  economic  and  social  impact  of  tourism,  its  promotion  and 
implementation.  Acquaints  student  uith  services  needed  by  tourists,  the  role  of 
the  travel  agent,  and  tourism  organizations.  (Replaced  FN  1  l.'S  in  1  W(1) 

HR  259  Hospitality  Purchasing  3c  01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN  1  >0  or  equivalent 

Includes  sources,  standards,  grades,  methods  of  purchase,  and  storage  ot 
various  foods,  beverages,  and  fixtures.  Emphasis  on  the  development  of 
purchasing  policies  and  specifications,  (Replaced  FN2.^y  in  lyyO) 

HR  299  Cooperative  Education  I  (First  Experience)  Osli 

Prerequisites:  Completed  30  credits.  2.0  QPA 

A  semester-long  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  theory  with  practical 

application  through  job-related  e\periences.  The  student  is  required  to 

complete  two  alternating  experiences:  onl\  one  may  be  a  summer.  (Replaced 

FN299inl990) 

HR  306  Food  and  Beverage  Management  .3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FM.'^()  or  equivalent 

Examines  principles,  processes,  beverage  laws,  and  food  and  beverage  service, 
sales,  promotions,  and  menu  design  as  functions  of  the  food  and  beverage 
department.  (Replaced  FN.3()6  in  1990) 

HR  313  Food  Systems  I  2c-var-4sh 

Prerequisites:  FN  1.^0,  HR2,'^9,  permission;  professional  chef's  unifomi 
required 

A  basic  course  in  quantity  Ibod  production  with  experience  in  planning, 
purchasing,  preparing,  and  serv  ing  nutritionally  adequate  meals.  Requirements 
of  the  National  School  Lunch  program  emphasized  in  satellite  and  on- 
premises  fcradservice.  Requires  some  preparation  and  service  outside  regularly 
scheduled  class  time.  (Replaced  FN313  in  19901 

HR  356  Human  Resources  in  the  Hospitality  Industry        .3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC1()1.HR313 

Organization  and  administration  of  hospitality  business,  including  human 
resource  theories  and  policies,  work  simplification,  training,  communication, 
and  safety,  (Replaced  FN3.S6  in  1990) 

HR  357  Problems  in  Foods  and  Cuisines  Oc-41-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN  I. SO 

Individual  problems  in  foods  investigated  w  dh  emphasis  on  identified 
weaknesses  in  the  student's  knowledge  of  food  plus  an  in-depth  examination 
of  specific  international  cuisines,  (Parallel  to  FN3.S7  effective  1990) 

HR  358  FtMid  Service  Equipment  and  Facilities  Design       3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HR3I3 

Examines  types  and  uses  of  food  service  production  and  service  equipment 
with  emphasis  on  incorporation  into  an  effective  facilities  design.  Field  trips 
permit  investigation  of  a  variety  of  unit  designs.  (Replaced  FN3.'iX  in  1990) 

HR  360  Hotel  ,Systems  Management  3c  ()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HR.3,S6,  IM241,  ACi20l 

Development  and  application  of  management  skills  as  applied  to  the  rooms 
division  of  a  hotel.  F.mphasis  on  basic  Iront  desk  procedures,  rooms  division 
departmental  functions  and  relationships,  and  hotel  facilities  development. 
Students  use  MICROS  451  system  in  class.  (Replaced  FN36()  in  1990) 

HR  .W»5  Holil  Design  and  Maintenance  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites.  IIK3.'i(i 

Analyzes  functions  of  housekeeping  and  maintenance  departments  within  a 


hotel.  Identification  of  various  hotel  design  concepts  and  design  characteristics 
are  explored,  as  well  as  guest  room  layout  and  furnishing.  (Replaced  FN36.'i  in 
1990) 

HR  399  Cooperative  Education  II  (Second  Experience)  Osh 

Prerequisites:  HR299 

.A  semester-long  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  theory  with  practical 
application  through  job-related  experiences.  The  student  is  required  to  serve  a 
minimum  of  two  allernating  work  experiences;  only  one  may  be  a  summer 
experience.  (Replaced  FN399  in  1990) 

HR  401  Cost  Management  3c-01  3sh 

Prerequisite:  HR3.Sfi,  313 

Food,  beverage,  and  labor  controls  lor  hospitalil)  or  health  care  operations, 
including  relationships  between  budgetary  inlomiation  and  managerial 
decision  making  to  meet  financial  needs.  (Replaced  FN401  in  1990) 

HR  406  Catering  and  Banquet  Management  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HR313,  majors  only;  chef's  uniform  and  wait-staff  attire 

required 

Profitable  organization,  preparation,  and  service  of  catered  events  in  both  on- 

and  off-premises  locations  are  the  main  emphases  of  the  course.  Requires 

meeting  times  other  than  listed  in  order  to  meet  course  objectives.  (Replaced 

FN406^n  1990) 

HR  408  Institutions  Management  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HR313.  3.^6.  AG201.  senior  standing 
.\  compendium  of  the  concepts  of  managing  human  resources,  capital, 
materials,  equipment,  and  markets  as  related  to  various  hospitality  property 
systems.  Focus  on  concept  development  and  managerial  decision  making, 
(Replaced  FN408  in  1990) 

HR  411  Seminar  in  Hospitality  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HR36(),  HR36.S 

Analysis  of  the  current  trends  and  practices  within  hospitality  industry  as 
related  by  industry  professionals.  Course  includes  researching  topics  and 
writing  at  least  three  research  papers,  (Replaced  FN41 1  in  1990)  Carries 
writing-intensive  credit. 

HR  413  Food  Systems  II  lc-61-4sh 

Prerequisites:  HR313,  HR3.'S6,  HR4()1,  and  permission;  professional  chef 
uniform  required 

Food  systems  course  with  emphasis  on  restaurant  and  dining  room  operation. 
Experiences  to  include  selection  of  classic  cuisines,  meal  promotion  methods, 
budget  development,  personnel  training,  production,  and  service.  (Replaced 
FN413in  1990) 

HR  420  Hotel  Sales  and  Services  3c-OI  3sh 

Prerequisites:  BL23.^  and  flR30(i 

Examines  the  types  of  hotels,  facilities,  and  organi/alions  llial  hold 

conventions  or  meetings  from  the  sales  perspective.  Examination  of 

procedures  necessary  to  service  the  group  once  in-hou.se.  (Replaced  FN420  in 

1990) 

HR  AM  Educational  Study  Tour  var-2  to  6sh 

Comprehensive  program  ol  directed  activities  permits  first-hand  experiences 
in  the  historical  and  cultural  aspects  of  the  hospitalily  indusirv  worldwide. 
Visits  to  renowned  operations  will  be  included  in  the  lour.  (Replaced  FN433 
in  1990) 

HR  4SI  Special  Topics  vai-3sh 

Topical  courses  ollcrcd  on  an  cxpcrinicnlal  basis.  Check  department  schedule 
for  these  offerings, 

MR  4H2  Independent  Study  in  Hospitality  Management     var-l-dsh 
l'ivicc|iiisiie:  (lO  earned  credits 

(Jp|)orlunily  to  pursue  special  interests  beyond  the  scope  of  regular  course 
ollcnngs.  Permission  of  instructor  and  chair  required.  Must  apply  a  semester 
in  advance. 

MR  493  Inlernship  in  Hospitality  Managemenl  var-fvl2sh 

l'a-ivi|iiisiie:  ^7  e;imed  cicdils.  2.(1  ( \Vi\.  and  compldion  of  an  approved  440- 
hour  Work  l-\periencc  I 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  work  in  a  supci  vised  espcriciKc  directly  related 
U)  the  IIKIM  inaior.  Must  meet  university  and  ilcparlnienlal  internship 
requirements.  Minimum  ol  440  hours  requireil  during  the  internship. 


150-lndiciiuj  Uiiirersiry  of  Pennsylvania 


Note:  White  uniforms  including  while  shoes  are  required  for  all  lab  courses 
where  food  is  prepared.  Students  must  meet  the  professional  dress 
requirements  of  the  department. 

IM:  Information  Management 
Department  of  Management  Information 
Systems  and  Decision  Sciences 
College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  ai  the  300  and  400  le\el  are  open  onl\  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  .All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  lo  enroll  for  a 
given  course. 

IM  101  Microbased  Computer  Literacy  3c-01-3sh 

\n  iniroductor\  course  designed  to  pro\  ide  students  w  ith  a  fundamental 
understanding  of  computers.  This  course  familiarizes  students  with  the 
interaction  of  computer  hardware  and  softuare.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
application  of  microcomputers,  the  use  of  produclivit\  software  (word 
processing,  spreadsheet  management,  file  and  data  base  management),  and  the 
social  and  ethical  aspect  of  the  impact  of  computers  on  society. 
Note:  This  course  is  co-lisled  as  BElOl  and  COIOI.  .Any  of  these  courses  may 
be  substituted  for  each  other  and  may  be  used  interchangeably  for  D  or  F 
repeats  but  may  not  he  counted  for  duplicate  credit. 

IM  241  Introduction  to  .Management  3c-01-3sh 

Information  Systems 

Study  of  management  information  s\  stems  and  their  design  and 
implementation.  General  systems  theory,  computer  hardware,  and 
programming  are  emphasized  then  integrated  to  demonstrate  how  an  MIS  is 
developed.  (Offered  at  branch  campuses  only  after  1991-92) 

IM  245  Introduction  to  .Microcomputers  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  demonstrates  hou  to  utilize  the  microcomputer  in  business. 
Topics  will  include  hardware,  operating  systems,  word  processing, 
spreadsheets,  data  base,  and  B.ASIC.  Offered  for  Associale  Degree  Program  ai 
branch  campuses  only. 

IM  251  Business  Systems  .Analysis  and  Design  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  1M241  or  IM300 

This  course  in\  oh  es  teaching  the  tools  and  techniques  required  for  the 
analysis  and  the  design  of  business  systems.  The  major  steps  in  the  system's 
developmeni  life  cycle  are  presented  along  with  practical  applications  from  the 
major  subsystems  of  typical  business  organizations.  Issues  related  to 
personnel,  hardw  are.  softw  are.  and  procedures  are  explored  as  students  »  ork 
individually  and  in  project  teams  to  solve  typical  business  application 
problems. 

IM  255  Business  Applications  in  COBOL  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites: AG201  and  IM24I  or  1M300 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  COBOL  programming  as  it  applies  lo 
business  organizations  and  their  applications.  Structured  COBOL  concepts 
and  methods  are  taught  as  the  student  leams  how  to  solve  business  problems 
using  computers.  The  sludenl  will  be  involved  using  files,  reports,  and  tables 
to  produce  a  variety  of  outputs  utilized  in  operating  and  managing  business 
activities. 

IM  260  Business  Computer  .Application  Project  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  1M255 

Provides  each  student  an  opporiuniiy  lo  utilize  skills  and  concepts  presented  in 
previous  courses  in  the  planning,  design,  and  implemenlalion  of  a 
comprehensive  case  study  involving  computerized  business  applications. 
Students  w  ill  work  in  teams  and  individually  in  performing  tasks  that  are 
necessary  lo  solve  each  problem  assigned.  These  tasks  will  include  systems 
analysis,  systems  design,  programming,  lesting.  and  implemeniing.  and 
documenting  simulated  business  problems. 

IM  300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO/BE/IM  101.  AG  202 

Includes  basic  MIS  concepts,  fundamentals,  and  practices.  Broad  areas  of 
coverage  are  principles,  the  computer  as  a  problem-solving  tool.  Compuier- 
Based  Information  Systems  (CBIS).  organizational  information  systems,  and 
Information  Systems  management.  (Replaced  IM  241  in  College  of  Business 
core,  effective  fall.  1992) 


IM  350  Business  Systems  Technology  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO220  or  I-\1255 

Student  is  taught  fundamental  and  advanced  concepts  of  computer  hardware 

and  a  procedute  for  evaluation  and  acquisition  of  computer  hardware. 

IM  370  Advanced  COBOL  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO220 
Corequisite;  INL350 

.Adv  anced  COBOL  is  a  continuation  of  introductory  COBOL  with  an 
emphasis  on  structured  methodology  of  program  design,  development,  testing, 
implementation,  and  documentation  of  common  business-oriented 
applications.  It  includes  a  hea\  y  emphasis  on  the  techniques  and  concepts  of 
the  table  processing,  tile  organization,  and  processing  alternatives,  internal  and 
external  sorting,  subroutines,  and  application  development  for  both  the  batch 
and  on-line  systems. 

IM  372  Microcomputer  .Applications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  1M3.^0.  CO220.  AG20I.  or  by  permission 
This  course  demonstrates  how  to  use  the  microcomputer  in  business  and  how 
10  provide  technical  assistance  to  users  of  the  microcomputer.  Emphasis  vv  ill 
be  placed  on  integrating  software  and  interfacing  with  mainframe  computers 
or  with  minicomputers.  Topics  covered  include  microcomputer  hardware, 
microcomputer  operating  systems,  local  area  networks,  and  microcomputer 
software  tools. 

IM  382  Auditing  for  EDP  Systems  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  .AG201.  CO220.  or  IM255 

Emphasizes  the  responsibility  of  the  systems  analyst  lo  include  in  systems 
design  the  proper  management  and  financial  controls  and  audit  trails  in 
business  information  systems.  The  design  of  control  for  application  programs 
and  systems  is  covered.  .Audit  software  packages  are  examined. 

IM  450  Data  Base  Theory  and  Application  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IM370.  upper-division  students  only 

After  learning  data  structures,  the  student  will  then  apply  them  to CODASYL 

compatible  data  base  management  systems.  TOTAL,  and  IBM's  data  base 

management  sy  stem.  Student  must  dev  elop  and  use  a  data  ba.se  as  part  of 

requirement. 

IM  451  Systems  .Analysis  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisi'ies:  IM3.^0  and  IM2.^?  or  CO220 

Dev  elops  an  understanding  of  concepts  and  techniques  involving  conventional 
and  structured  approaches  to  analyzing  problems  of  business  information 
systems  and  systems  definition  feasibility .  as  well  as  quantitative  and 
evaluative  techniques  of  business  information  systems  analysis. 

I M  470  Sy  stems  Design  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  1M4?1 

Students  learn  tools  and  techniques  for  design  of  a  business  system.  .Along 
with  classroom  discussions  of  principles  and  techniques  for  analyzing, 
designing,  and  constructing  the  system,  students  will  formulate  system  teams 
to  analv  ze  the  problems  of  an  existing  business  information  system,  to  design 
an  improved  system,  and  to  control  implemenlalion  of  a  new  system. 

IM  480  Distributed  Business  Information  Systems  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisile:  I-\1350 

Study  of  the  techniques  involved  in  planning,  design,  and  implementation  of 
distributed  processing  systems.  Distributed  marketing,  flnancial.  and  corporate 
accounting  systems  are  included. 

IM  481  Special  Topics  var-1  to  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of 
Business 

IM  482  Independent  Study  var  I  to  3sh 

Prerequisile:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of 

Business 

Indiv  idual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a 

concentrated  area  of  siudy  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

IM  493  Internship  in  MIS  var-3  to  12sh 

Prerequisites:  IM370.  consent  of  department  chairperson  and  dean 
Positions  w  iih  participating  business,  industry .  or  governmental  organizations 
provide  the  student  with  experience  in  systems  analysis. 


Course  Descriptions-is  I 


Note:  Internship  IM493  can  be  taken,  if  the  student  qualifies,  as  a  general 
electi\e.  Ii  does  not  fulfill  the  major-area  electi\e  requirement. 

IS:  International  Studies 

Department  of  Political  Science 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

IS  281  Special  Topics  in  Non- Western  Studies  3c-OI-?sh 

This  course  fiKuses  on  politics,  society,  and  culture  of  a  particular  non- 
Western  countr)  or  area.  Course  content  is  variable,  depending  on  the 
semester.  Will  be  taught  b\  \  isiting  exchange  professors  from  non-Western 
counlries.  This  Special  Topics  course  mav  be  offered  on  a  continuing  basis. 

JN:  Journalism 

Department  of  Journalism 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

JN  105  Journalism  and  the  Mass  .Media  3c-(^l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENlOl 

A  critical  examination  of  roles-goals  of  newspapers,  magazines,  radio,  and 

television  as  they  affect  ,American  society  socially,  politically,  and 

economically. 

JN  106  Basic  Journalistic  Skills  3c  OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN  Mil 

Required  for  journalism  majors  but  open  to  all  students.  Emphasis  on  grammar, 
punctuation,  spelling,  .\P  Stylehimk.  copyediting.  headlines.  ;ind  accuracy. 

JN  120  Journalistic  Writing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENIOI.JN  106 

Emphasis  on  intelligent  use  of  v\riting  ability  in  a  journalistic  style  and 
understanding  of  the  why  of  journalism  and  mass  media.  This  course  practices 
and  improves  writing  skills  for  all  news  media,  print  and  broadcast. 

JN  321  Feature  Writing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN1()6,  JN120 

Designed  for  the  student  who  might  work  in  journalism  or  who  might  w  ish  to 
write  on  a  part-lime  or  free-lance  basis, 

JN  323  Management  in  Mass  Communications  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN493  or  field  experience 

Attention  given  to  the  prcKess  of  advancement  to  management  positions  in  the 
advertising,  journalism,  and  public  relations  industries, 

JN  326  Public  Relations  1  .3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN  1 06.  JN  1 20 

Intnxluces  students  to  the  principles,  practices,  programs,  and  possibilities  in 
the  various  areas  of  public  relations. 

JN  327  Layout  Design  and  Production  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JNIO.S 

Provides  basic  techniques  and  theories  of  layout  design  and  production, 
including  typography,  copyfitling,  photo/art  cropping  and  scaling,  and  steps  in 
design  priKCss.  Includes  traditional  paste-up  and  desktop  publishing  in  the 
design  of  ads.  newspapers,  newslellers.  brochures,  and  magazines, 

JN  32JI  News  Reporting  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites;  JNTO.*).  JN  106.  JN  1 20.  junior/senior  standing 
Includes  instruction  in  writing  the  news  story,  preparing  copy,  interviewing, 
covering  special  events,  and  similar  reporting  activities. 

JN  337  Editing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JNI06.  JNI20 

Stresses  basic  practices  such  as  copyediting  and  headline  writing  while  also 
focusing  on  guidelines  for  improving  accuracy,  clarity,  transition,  spelling, 
and  punctuation  of  copy.  Students  use  wire  service  stylcbook  cxicnsivcly, 

JN  338  News  Analysis  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN  UK'S,  junior/senior  standing 

A  current  events  course,  this  is  a  critical  study  of  news  and  its  relationship  to 
the  mass  media  and  the  public.  .Seminar  and  discussion  format. 


JN  343  History  of  the  .American  Press  .ic-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN106.  JN120 

Traces  the  development  of  the  American  press  from  its  colonial  roots. 
Emphasis  on  the  role  of  the  press  in  political  and  social  development. 

JN  344  Issues  and  Problems  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN106.  JNI20 

Students  examine  critical  case  histories  of  ethical  and  professional  situations 
and  circumstances  in  the  mass  communication  industry  in  a  lecture  and 
discussion  format. 

JN  345  Sports  Journalism  .3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN120 

Emphasizes  skills  for  covering,  writing,  and  editing  of  sports  and  intrixiuces  stu- 
dents to  specific  practices  in  newspaper.  radio-TV.  and  sports  information  work. 

JN  346  .Advanced  Reporting  .3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN.^2S 

Designed  for  the  student  seeking  a  career  as  a  working  journalist,  this  course 

refines  basic  reporting  and  deals  with  more  sophisticated  techniques  and 

coverage. 

JN  347  Journalism  Law  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN.i2S.  junior/senior  standing 

Open  to  nonmajors  by  permission  of  the  instructor.  Survey  of  the  major 
Supreme  Court  and  stale  court  rulings  governing  the  mass  media,  especially 
the  new  s  media.  .Areas  include  libel,  antitrust,  free  press/fair  trial,  privacy. 
Approach  is  nontechnical. 

JN  348  The  Editorial  Page  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior/senior  standing 

Emphasis  on  the  w  riting  of  vigorous  but  thoughtful  and  fair  editorials.  Study 
of  contemporary  practice  and  policy  on  letters  to  the  editor,  columnists, 
cartoons,  the  op-ed  page. 

JN  349  Public  Affairs  Reporting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN106.  JN120.  JN32S 

This  seminar  course  covers  the  specialized  field  of  reporting  government  and 
public  sen  ice  beats.  Techniques  and  sources  are  covered  in  lecture  and 
demonstration  and  through  guest  speakers. 

JN  350  Advertising  Writing  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Instructor  permission 

This  is  a  basic  course  in  the  preparation  of  advertising  copy  and  continuity  for 
all  media.  It  is  a  combination  of  lecture  and  laboratory  course.  Enrollment  is 
limited  to  fifteen  upperclass  majors  per  semester. 

JN  390  Public  Relations  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN326 

.A  public  relations  writing  class  that  includes  assignments  such  as  releases, 
features,  newslellers.  reports,  biographies,  rewrites,  hometown  stories, 
copyediting.  interviewing,  research,  and  special  projects. 

JN  391  Presentation  Making  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior/senior  standing 

Gives  the  student  practice  in  w  riling  and  making  oral  presentations  based  on 
public  relations  cases  and  problems.  I-amiliari/es  the  student  with  problem 
solving  and  small  group  communication  skills  necessary  fur  iliovc  working  in 
the  area  of  public  affairs. 

JN  392  Problem  Solv  ing  in  PR  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior/senior  standing 

Introduces  students  to  techniques  for  analyzing  and  tracking  information  How 
in  organizations.  Introduces  students  to  creative  problem-solving  techniques 
which  are  standard  practice  in  corporate  rescaich  groups, 

,IN  .193  Document  Design  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Hrerequisiic:  Junior/senior  siaiiding 

Teaches  students  advanced  principles  of  document  design  and  gives  Ihum  the 
opportunity  to  apply  techniques  of  rhetorical/stylistic  analysis,  general 
problem  solving,  and  holistic  information  display  to  a  wide  variety  of  writing 
formats  used  in  business,  industry,  and  government. 

JN  .W4  Document  Design  II  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior/senior  standing 

Gives  students  advanced  work  in  preparation  of  substantial  corporate  and 


1 52-lndiana  Univcrsiry  ofPennsyhania 


J 


government  documents  such  as  annual  reports,  lengthy  project  reports,  and 
research  reports,  etc.  Emphasizes  skills  in  research  of  public  and  government 
documents,  data  analysis  and  problem  solving,  holistic  information  display, 
writing,  and  editing. 

JN  481  Special  Topics  var- 1  to  3sh 

These  courses  vary  from  semester  to  semester,  covering  a  number  of 
journalism  specialties.  From  time  to  time  they  are  converted  to  permanent 
course  numbers. 

JN  482  Independent  Study  var-1  to  6sh 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  approval 

Opportunities  for  independent  study  that  goes  beyond  the  usual  classroom 
activities.  Approval  of  department  chairperson  required. 

JN  493  Internship  var-6  to  12sh 

Prerequisites:  JN105.  JN106.  JN120.  JN32S.  junior/senior  standing, 
department  approval 

On-the-job  training  opportunities  in  journalism  and  related  areas.  Maximum  of 
6sh  may  be  applied  to  .30sh  minimum  of  major. 

LA:  Latin 

Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

L.4  101  Elementary  Latin  I  4c-01-4sh 

For  beginning  students.  Emphasis  is  on  oral  and  reading  skills.  Students  will 
learn  most  of  the  Latin  noun  system:  they  will  also  learn  how  to  answer  simple 
and  moderately  difficult  Latin  questions.  There  are  also  short  readings  in  easy 
Latin.  Students  learn  significant  differences  between  Latin  and  English. 
Attendance  is  required.  (Replaced  LAI51] 

LA  102  Elementary  Latin  4c-0l-4sh 

A  continuation  of  Latin  101.  In  grammar  students  finish  the  noun  system  and 
learn  several  Latin  lenses,  including  the  perfect  tense.  Latin  questions,  oral  and 
w  ritlen.  remain  an  important  part  of  the  course,  as  do  the  readings.  There  are 
class  discussions  and  a  paper  on  readings  in  English  from  Sophocles.  Tacitus, 
and  Cicero.  Attendance  is  required.  [Replaced  LA152| 

LA  151  Latin  I  ?c-01-.3sh 

For  beginning  students:  pronunciation,  reading,  oral,  and  written 
communication  are  the  objectives.  In  grammar  the  case  system  of  the  Latin 
noun  is  begun.  |Not  offered  after  Summer.  1 991 1 

LA  152  Latin  11  .3c-01-.3sh 

Continuation  of  Latin  1.  with  the  same  objectives.  In  grammar  the  case  system 
of  the  noun  is  completed.  [Not  offered  after  Fall.  1991] 

LA  201  Intermediate  Latin  4c-01-4sh 

Intermediate  Latin.  More  of  the  verb  system  is  learned:  while  grammatical 
studies  continue  more  emphasis  is  placed  on  learning  how  to  read  short, 
intermediate-level  selections  from  Latin  literature.  Oral  and  written  questions 
continue.  Ovid's  Melummjihoscs  is  the  topic  for  class  discussion  and  a  paper. 
Liberal  Studies  credit  is  given.  [Replaced  LA25 1/252] 

LA  251  Latin  III  .V-01-3sh 

Continued  training  in  basic  skills,  with  the  possible  addition  of  the  study  of 
specific  topics:  consult  the  department  lor  topics.  In  grammar  most  tenses  of 
the  Latin  verb  are  studied.  [Not  offered  after  Fall.  1991 1 

LA  252  Latin  I\'  3c-OI-3sh 

Continuation  of  Latin  III.  In  grammar  more  tenses  of  the  verb  are  studied.  The 
readings  become  short  selections  from  Latin  literature. 
[Not  offered  after  Fall.  1991] 

LA  351  Advanced  Latin  I  3c-ni-3sh 

Reviews  grammar  in  depth:  analyzes  the  structure  of  the  language.  Written 
themes  are  not  required.  Selections  from  Latin  prose  are  read  for  know  ledge  of 
their  content  and  for  developing  know  ledge  of  the  structure  of  the  language. 

LA  352  Advanced  Latin  II  3c-()l-3sh 

Continuation  of  Latin  3.'i  1 .  Selections  are  from  poetry  this  semester. 

LA  361  Development  of  Roman  Culture  and  Literature  3c-ni-3sh 
Latin  poetry  and  history  will  be  read  to  show  the  influence  of  political  and 


social  ideas  on  literature:  emphasis  will  be  on  the  contrast  between  the 
Republican  and  Imperial  periods.  Some  reading  will  be  in  Latin:  most  will  be 
in  English. 

LA  362  Latin  Conversation  and  Composition  3c-OI-3sh 

Aims  at  the  ability  to  speak  Latin  on  a  conversational  level  and  to  write 
grammatically  correct  Latin  prose. 

LA  371  Survey  of  Latin  Literature  I  3c-01-3sh 

Comprehensive  view  of  Latin  literature  from  Ennius  through  the  Augustan 
Age. 

LA  482  Independent  Study  var-1  to  3sh 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with 
the  Latin  language  and  culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member. 
Permission  is  required. 

LB:  Library 

The  University  Libraries 

Academic  Affairs  Division 

LB  151  Introduction  to  Library  Resources  var-lsh 

A  lecture/laboratory  course  (fourteen  one-hour  classes)  which  provides  an 
introduction  to  the  resources  of  a  university  library,  how  those  resources  are 
organized,  and  how  to  effectively  use  those  resources. 

LC:  Learning  Center 
The  Learning  Center 
Student  Affairs  Division 

LC  070  Reading  Skills  for  College  Study  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  designed  to  assist  students  in  the  development  of  college-level 
reading  skills  w  ith  emphasis  on  textbook  reading.  Includes  literal  and  critical 
comprehension  skills,  vocabulary  development,  and  reading  efficiency.  This 
course  carries  institutional,  nondegree  credit,  and  attendance  is  required. 

LC  090  Introduction  to  College  Math  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  A  student  may  not  register  for  this  course  after  successfully 
completing  any  course  offered  b\  the  mathematics  department  without  the 
w  ritten  approval  of  the  Learning  Center  director. 

Review  s  basic  computational  skills  and  their  applications.  Includes  operations 
w ith  whole  numbers,  decimals,  and  fractions:  the  concepts  of  ratios,  propor- 
tions, and  percents;  basic  geometric  principles;  and  an  introduction  to  algebra. 
This  course  carries  institutional,  nondegree  credit,  and  attendance  is  required. 

LC  095  Introduction  to  College  Math  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .-X  student  may  not  register  for  this  course  after  successfulh' 
completing  any  course  offered  by  the  mathematics  department,  without  written 
approval  of  the  Learning  Center  director.  Introduces  beginning  algebraic 
concepts,  including  signed  numbers:  rules  and  properties  of  equations: 
exponents:  polynomials:  factoring;  algebraic  fractions:  graphs  and  linear 
equations,  inequalities,  and  radical  expressions.  This  course  carries 
institutional,  nondegree  credit,  and  attendance  is  required. 

LR:  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Department  of  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

LR  426  Case  Studies  in  Labor-Management  Relations        3c-OI-3sh 
In-depth  study  of  daily  labor-management  relationships  in  a  variety  of 
organizational  settings  through  utilization  of  case  study  technique.  Focuses  on 
a  problem-solving  approach  to  the  legal  and  contract  administration 
components  of  the  labor-management  relationship. 

LR  480  Principles  and  Practices  of  Collective  Bargaining  3c-01-3sh 
An  examination  of  the  historical,  legal,  and  functional  parameters  of  collectivt 
bargaining.  Topics  covered  include  the  organizing  process,  negotiations, 
contract  administration,  dispute  resolution,  and  public  sector  labor  relations. 

LR  481  Special  Topics  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  .^c-OI-3sh 
Advanced,  innovative,  or  exploratory  topics  in  industrial  and  labor  relations. 


Course  Desciiplions-ISi 


LR  499  Independent  Study  var-1  to  3sh 

Independent  reading  and  research  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  member. 

LS:  Liberal  Studies 
Liberal  Studies  Program 
Academic  Affairs  Division 

LS  499  Senior  Synthesis  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  7?  or  more  semester  hours  earned 

This  course  helps  students  understand  and  handle  complex  intellectual  and 
social  issues  from  multiple  perspectives.  .A  selection  of  topics  is  available  each 
semester  and  summer  session,  as  announced  in  the  undergraduate  course 
schedule.  Students  should  schedule  the  course  during  the  senior  year,  or  at 
least  no  earlier  than  the  last  half  of  the  junior  year. 

MA:  Mathematics 

Department  of  Mathematics 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

MA  100  Basic  .Algebra  3c-OI  3sh 

Note:  A  student  may  not  take  MAIOC)  Basic  Algebra  after  successfully 
completing  MA  1 10  or  a  calculus  course  without  the  written  approv  al  of  the 
mathematics  depanment  chairperson. 

A  basic  course  in  algebra  including  factoring,  exponents  and  radicals,  systems 
of  linear  equations,  complex  fractions,  and  inequalities.  Designed  for  those 
students  who  lack  the  basic  algebraic  skills  required  in  MAI  10  Elementary 
Functions.  This  course  will  not  meet  General  Education  or  Liberal  Studies 
math  requirements. 

MA  101  Foundations  of  Mathematics  3c-OI-3sh 

Introduces  logic  and  mathematical  way  of  analyzing  problems:  develops  an 
appreciation  for  nature,  breadth,  and  power  of  mathematics  and  its  role  in  a 
technological  society,  and  introduces  useful  mathematics  or  mathematics 
related  to  student  interest.  Possible  topics  include  logic,  problem  solving, 
number  theory .  linear  programming,  probability,  statistics,  intuitive  calculus, 
introduction  to  computers,  mathematics  of  finance,  game  theory. 

MA  102  Finite  Mathematics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Four  years  of  high  school  mathematics  or  a  college  mathematics 
course.  Credit  for  MAI()2  toward  graduation  will  not  be  given  to  anyone  with 
credit  in  any  mathematics  course  beyond  calculus. 

An  informal  approach  to  practical  applications  of  mathematics.  Fundamental 
concepts  of  enumeration,  matrices,  linear  systems,  predicate  calculus. 
probability,  and  series  will  be  introduced  and  used  in  considering 
mathematical  models.  Calculators  or  computer  packages  may  be  used  in 
solving  mathematical  problems. 

MA  110  Flemenlary  Functions  3c-01-3sh 

Note:  A  student  may  not  lake  MAI  10  Elementary  Functions  after  successfully 
completing  a  calculus  course  « ilhoul  the  written  approval  of  the  mathematics 
department  chairperson. 

For  students  not  prepared  to  begin  the  study  of  calculus:  topics  include 
polynomial,  exponential,  logarithmic,  and  trigonometric  functions. 

MA  117  Principles  of  .Mathematics  3c-01  -3sh 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  nature  of  mathematics,  designed 
specifically  as  a  first  course  for  mathematics  education  majors  to  experience 
several  facets  of  mathematics  including  deduction,  induction,  problem  solving. 
discrete  mathematics,  and  theory  of  equations.  Enrollment  open  to  secondary 
mathematics  education  majors  only. 

MA  121  (  alculus  I  for  Business,  Natural,  and  4c  01  4sh 

Sjicial  Sciences 

Note:  A  student  may  not  lake  MA  1 21  Calculus  I  tor  Business.  Natural,  and 
Social  .Sciences  after  successfully  completing  another  calculus  course  without 
the  written  permission  of  the  mathematics  department  chairperson. 
Prerequisite:  MAI  10  or  equivalent  high  school  preparation 
IniriKluces  non-Math  major  to  analytic  geometry,  elementary  lunclions 
(including  logarithmic  and  exponential  functions),  central  ideas  of  the  calculus 
(limit,  derivative,  and  integral),  applications  of  derivatives  to  business,  social. 
and  natural  sciences. 


M.A  122  Calculus  II  lor  Business,  Natural,  4c-01-4sh 

and  Social  Sciences 

Applications  of  integrals  to  business,  natural,  and  social  sciences,  functions  of 
several  variables,  trigonometric  functions,  sequences  and  series,  numerical 
methods,  differential  equations. 

MA  123  Calculus  1  for  Physics  and  Chemistry  4c-0l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  High  school  algebra,  geometry,  and  trigonometry 
Functions,  limits,  continuity,  derivatives,  application  of  the  derivative, 
integral,  and  applications  of  the  integral.  (Trigonometric  and  inverse 
trigonometric  functions  are  included  throughout  the  course.) 

MA  124  Calculus  II  for  Physics  and  Chemistry  4c-01-4sh 

Logarithmic  and  exponential  functions,  techniques  of  integration,  sequences 
and  series,  differential  calculus  of  functions  of  several  variables,  multiple 
integrals,  line  integrals,  surface  integrals,  differential  equations  with 
application  to  physical  problems. 

MA  127  Calculus  1  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Pennission  of  the  mathematics  department 
The  first  in  a  three-cour.sc  .series  of  courses  which  stresses  the  theory  of  the 
calculus  as  well  as  the  application  in  problem  solving.  Topics  to  be  included 
are  real  numbers,  an  introduction  to  analytic  geometry,  functions,  limits  and 
continuity,  derivatives  and  applications,  the  differential  and  antidifferenlialion. 

MA  128  Calculus  II  4c-0l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Pennission  of  the  mathematics  department 

The  second  in  a  three-cour.se  series  of  courses  stresses  the  theory  of  calculus  as 
well  as  the  application  in  problem  solving.  Topics  to  be  included  are  definite 
integrals  and  applications,  logarithmic  and  exponential  functions,  trigo- 
nometric and  inverse  trigonometric  functions,  polar  coordinates,  hyperbolic 
functions,  indetemiinate  tonus,  improper  integrals,  and  Taylor's  fomiula. 

MA  151  Elements  of  Mathematics  I  3c-01-3sh 

Topics  included  are  sets,  concepts  of  logic,  mathematical  systems,  systems  of 
numeration,  developing  the  set  of  integers,  rational  numbers,  and  real  numbers. 

MA  152  Elements  of  Mathematics  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MAl.'il 

Topics  included  are  sentences  in  one  variable,  sentences  in  two  variables, 
nonmetric  geometry,  metric  geometry,  coordinate  geometry,  introduction  to 
statistics  and  probability,  computers,  and  calculators. 

M.A  171  Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  vector  spaces,  linear  transformations,  determinants,  and  matrix 
algebra.  Topics  arc  presented  in  a  direct  and  intuitive  approach. 

MA  214  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Business  Majors      3c-01-3sh 
Designed  to  introduce  the  study  of  probability  theory,  discrete  random 
variables  and  probability  distributions,  empirical  frequency  distributions, 
theoretical  frequency  distributions,  slalislical  investigations  and  sampling,  and 
sampling  distributions. 

MA  216  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences      4c-0l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  MAI 2 1 

Frequency  distributions,  measures  of  central  lendency  and  variation, 

probability,  probability  distributions,  sampling  distributions.  Hypothesis 

testing  for  means,  variances,  proportions.  Correlation  and  prediction. 

regression,  analysis  of  variance,  and  nonparametric  statistics.  Emphasis  on 

applications. 

MA  217  Probability  and  Statistics  3c-OI  3sh 

(For  non-Math  majors)  Frequency  distributions,  measures  of  cenlial  lendency. 
variation,  elemcnlary  probabilily.  sampling,  estimation,  testing  hypotheses. 
coiTclation.  and  regression;  emphasis  on  applications  as  opposed  to  iheoielical 
development  of  topics. 

MA  219  Discrete  Mathematics  3c  (II  3sh 

Prerequisites:  COl  10.  and  MA  123.  1 27,  or  122 

Topics  include  sel  algebra,  mappings,  relations,  semigroups,  groups,  diiecled 
and  undirected  graphs.  Boolean  algebra,  and  propositional  logic,  with  examples 
and  applications  of  these  to  various  areas  of  computer  science,  limphasis  placed 
on  developing  an  inluilive  understanding  of  basic  siruclures  rather  than  foniial 
llieories  and  inlluence  of  these  topics  on  theory  and  practice  of  computing. 


l54-/iidiaiui  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MA  227  Calculus  III  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Peniiission  of  the  matlnematics  department 
The  third  in  a  three-course  series  of  courses  which  stresses  the  theory  of 
calculus  as  well  as  the  application  in  problem  solving.  Topics  to  be  included 
are  vectors  in  the  plane,  parametric  equations,  vectors  in  three-dimensional 
space,  solid  analytic  geometry,  differential  calculus  of  functions  of  several 
variables,  directional  derivatives,  gradients,  applications  of  partial  derivatives, 
and  infinite  series. 

MA  241  Differential  Equations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MAI 22,  MA  124,  or  MA227 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  techniques  of  solution  and  elementary  physical 
applications.  A  thorough  study  is  made  of  differential  equations  classified  as 
order  one-degree  one,  linear,  and  nonhomogeneous.  Solution  techniques 
involving  reduction  of  order  techniques,  the  differential  operator,  and  infinite 
series  are  introduced. 

MA  271  Introduction  to  Algebraic  Structures  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA171 

Gives  student  basic  ideas  of  contemporary  mathematics.  Includes 
mathematical  logic,  algebra  of  sets,  equivalence  relations  and  partitions  of 
sets,  functions,  and  fundamentals  of  group  theory.  Methods  of  proof  in  area  of 
abstract  mathematics. 

MA  317  Introduction  to  Probability  and  Statistics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MAl.'i2.  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Introduces  students  to  elementary  concepts  of  probability  and  statistics  which 
will  enable  them  to  analyze  data,  make  predictions,  and  determine  which 
concepts  may  be  used  with  children. 

MA  342  Advanced  Mathematics  for  Applications  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  MA241 

This  course  deals  with  the  application  of  mathematics  to  problems  of  .science. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  three  phases  of  such  an  application  and  on  the 
development  of  skills  necessary  to  carry  out  each  step:  (a)  translation  of  the 
given  physical  information  to  a  mathematical  model;  (bl  treatment  of  the 
model  by  mathematical  methods:  (c)  interpretation  of  the  mathematical  result 
in  physical  terms.  Topics  included  are  vector  calculus,  integral  theorems, 
Fourier  series,  partial  differential  equations,  and  the  Laplace  transfonnation. 

MA  350  History  of  Mathematics  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  Completion  of  a  calculus  sequence  or  permission  of  the  in.structor 
The  history  of  mathematics  is  concerned  with  the  origins,  philosophy,  and 
development  of  the  mathematical  sciences. 

MA  353  Theory  of  Numbers  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  M  A27 1  with  a  C  or  better  grade 

Divisibility,  congruences,  primitive  roots,  number  theoretic  functions, 
diophantine  equations,  continued  fractions,  quadratic  residues. 

MA  355  Foundations  of  Geometry  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  171.  MA271  with  a  C  or  better  grade 
Studies  various  groups  of  transformations  and  geometries  associated  with 
these  groups  in  the  Euclidean  plane.  The  Euclidean  Similarity  and  affine  and 
projective  groups  of  transformations  are  studied. 

MA  363  Mathematical  Statistics  I  3c-(ll-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA  1 22,  MA  1 24,  or  MA227 

Probability  theory  necessary  for  an  understanding  of  mathematical  statistics  is 
developed.  Applications  of  set  theory  to  models,  combinations  and 
permutations,  binomial.  Poisson  and  nonnal  distributions,  expected  values, 
and  moment  generating  functions. 

MA  364  Mathematical  Statistics  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA363 

Multivariate  distributions,  change  of  variable  technique,  chi-square  distribu- 
tion, estimation,  confidence  intervals,  hypothesis  testing,  contingency  tables, 
goodness  of  fit.  Practical  applications  are  used  to  aid  in  the  development. 

MA  366  Preparation  for  Actuarial  Examinations  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  171  and  calculus  sequence 

This  course  provides  an  introduction  to  the  actuarial  profession  and  helps  the 
student  prepare  for  the  first  actuarial  examinations.  The  examination 
preparation  consists  of  studying  sample  actuarial  examinations  and  related 
material.  The  student  is  required  to  take  the  actuarial  examination.  The  student 
should  be  aware  that  for  most  students,  considerable  study  beyond  the 


requirements  of  this  one-credit  course  will  be  required  in  order  to  pass  the 
actuarial  examinations. 

MA  371  Linear  Algebra  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA171,  MA271  with  a  C  or  better  grade 
Vector  spaces  and  linear  transformations  are  studied  in  a  theoretical  setting. 
Also,  canonical  forms  and  multilinear  algebra  are  studied. 

MA  417  Statistical  Applications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA2I4,  MA216,  or  .MA217  (For  non-Math  majors) 
Using  computer  programs,  a  wide  aiTay  of  statistical  procedures  for 
educational  research  workers  will  be  explored.  Basic  concepts  of  statistical 
inference  and  prediction  will  be  reviewed,  including  regression  analysis  and 
prediction,  hypothesis  testing,  analysis  of  variance  and  covariance,  and  partial 
and  multiple  conelation.  Emphasis  is  on  u.se  of  the  computer  and 
interpretation  of  computer  printouts,  along  with  understanding  techniques 
employed.  No  computer  knowledge  is  necessary. 

MA  418  Sampling  Survey  Theory  and  its  Application         3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  (For  non-Math  majors)  MA214.  216.  or  217 
Directed  to  the  student  who  is  or  will  be  doing  quantitative  research, 
commissioning  large-scale  surveys,  and  evaluating  the  results.  Sampling 
techniques  and  statistical  principles  underlying  their  use  will  be  introduced. 
Consideration  to  the  practical  probleins  associated  w  ith  implementation. 

MA  420  Pre-Calculus  Mathematics  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA  152:  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Examines  the  function  concept  as  applied  to  elemerftary  real  number  functions 
and  graphing  techniques  for  these  functions.  Topics  include  real  number 
functions  such  as  absolute  value,  step,  linear,  quadratic,  and  other  polynomial 
functions,  trigonometric  and  other  periodic  functions,  exponential  logarithmic 
functions,  and  all  other  inverse  functions.  Students  will  examine  curricular 
materials  that  develop  function  concepts  in  Grades  K-8. 

MA  421  Advanced  Calculus  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  1 24  or  MA227.  MA27 1  with  a  C  or  better  grade 
Study  of  set  theory,  real  number  system,  functions  topology  of  Cartesian 
space,  sequences,  convergence  and  uniform  convergence,  continuity,  and 
uniform  continuity. 

MA  422  Advanced  Calculus  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA421 

Includes  the  study  of  convergence  sequences  in  Rn,  global  properties  of 
continuity,  uniform  continuity,  differentiation  of  Rn.  Riemann  integrals,  and 
infinite  series. 

MA  423-424  Complex  Variable  I  and  II  each  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA  124  or  MA227 

Introduction  to  the  theory  of  functions  of  a  complex  variable:  topics  included 
are  elementary  functions,  analytic  functions,  conformal  mapping,  integration, 
series,  and  application. 

MA  425  Applied  Mathematical  Analysis  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Calculus  sequence,  introductory  linear  algebra,  or  permission  of 
instructor 

This  course  provides  the  necessary  background  for  an  understanding  of 
mathematical  programming,  proofs  of  convergence  of  algorithms,  convexity, 
and  factorable  functions.  It  also  develops  necessary  concepts  in  matrix  theory 
which  are  required  to  develop  efficient  algorithms  to  solve  linear  and 
nonlinear  programming  models. 

MA  427  Introduction  to  Topology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA27 1  with  a  C  or  better  grade 

Study  of  sets,  functions,  continuity,  compactness,  the  separation  axioms,  and 
metric  spaces;  application  of  topology  to  analysis  is  demonstrated. 

MA  445  Programming  Models  in  Operations  Research      3c-OI-3sh 
Prerequisite:  Two-semester  sequence  of  calculus 

Development  of  deterministic  mathematical  models  for  managerial  and  social 
sciences  with  relevant  computational  techniques. 

MA  446  Probabilistic  Models  in  Operations  Research         3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  Two-semester  sequence  of  calculus.  MA363 
Development  of  probabilistic  mathematical  models  for  managerial  and  social ' 
sciences  with  relevant  coinputational  techniques. 


Course  Dexcripiinns-l  55 


MA  447  Simulation  Models  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  the  calculus  sequence:  background  in  statistics 
and  probabilil\.  and  familiarily  with  concepts  of  programming  (knowledge  of 
a  particular  programming  language  not  required) 

This  course  considers  the  l\  pes  of  models  that  are  basic  to  any  simulation  and 
methods  for  building  and  using  such  models.  It  includes  discrete  and 
continuous  system  simulations,  their  applications,  and  an  introdtiction  to 
SL.AM  II  (Simulation  Language  for  .•\ltemative  Modelingl. 

MA  450  .Mathematics  for  Early  Childhood  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  M.A  1.^1.  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Study  of  child-centered.  acti\  il\  -oriented  mathematics  program  for  early 
childhood  education.  Students  gather  and  construct  manipulative  materials  and 
become  familiar  w  ith  commercially  produced  materials.  Prenumber  activities. 
number  activities,  numeration,  operations  on  w  hole  numbers,  fractional 
numbers,  geometry,  measurement,  problem  solving. 

M.X  452  .Seminar  in  Teaching  .Algebra  var-1  to  4sh 

MA  453  .Seminar  in  Teaching  Geometry  var-1  to  4sh 

M.\  454  Seminar  in  Teaching  General  Mathematics       var-1  to  4sh 
Seminars  are  designed  for  pre-studen(  teacher.  Students  in  each  class  will  gain 
insights  into  the  problems  in  leaching  each  topic  and  become  aware  of  the 
materials  available  and  methods  of  instruction  geared  to  the  special  type  of 
student.  Education  majors  only . 

M.A  456  Principles  of  Geometry  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA1?2.  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Students  become  acquainted  v\  ith  an  informal,  intuitive  approach  to  geometry. 
Activities  and  materials  for  teaching  geometrical  concepts  to  children  are  an 
integral  pan  of  the  course. 

MA  457  Introduction  to  Number  Theory  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  1  .^2.  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Intrtxluction  to  topics  of  elementary  number  theory  including  divisibility. 
prime  numbers,  factorization,  modular  arithmetic,  problem  solving,  and  place 
of  number  theory  in  the  elementary  school  curriculum.  Students  will  examine 
many  number  theory  activities  which  can  help  to  strengthen  skills  with  basic 
facts  in  an  interesting,  nonrouline  setting. 

M.\  458  Introduction  to  Logic  and  Logical  (iames  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MAI. "12.  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Introduction  to  some  of  the  basic  ideas,  tcmiinology,  and  notation  of 
mathematical  logic  and  Boolean  algebra  as  well  as  games  of  strategy  that 
involve  logic.  In  addition,  an  investigation  of  how  logic  is  taught  and  used  in 
various  programs  for  the  elementary  school. 

MA  45y  <  ompuler-related  Topics  in  the  Elementary  3c-01-3sh 

and  Middle  .School 

Prerequisites:  MAI.'i2.  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Provides  teachers  with  concepts  and  techniques  necessary  to  leach  computer- 
related  topics  to  children.  Participants  will  work  with  elementary  school 
children  throughout  the  semester. 

Ma  460  Computers  and  Calculators  in  .Secondary  3c-01-3sh 

School  Vtalhemalics  Instruction 

Prerequisile:  C02(t.'i 

Students  u  ill  explore  how  computers  and  calculators  can  be  used  as  tools  to 

enhance  the  instruction  in  secondary  school  mathematics. 

MA  465  Topics  in  Statistics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA364 

Correlation  and  regression  from  applied  and  theoretical  points  of  view, 
bivanale  and  multivariate  normal  distribution,  analysis  of  variance, 
nonparamctric  methods.  Practical  problems  involving  statistical  techniques 
and  use  of  computer  statistical  packages.  Knowledge  of  computer 
programming  is  not  required. 

MA  471  Basic  Concepts  of  Algebra  .3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  1 52.  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Concepts  of  basic  algebraic  structures  such  as  group,  ring,  integral  domain. 
Held,  and  vector  space  arc  studied  within  the  conle.xl  of  Ihe  malhenuitical 
malurily  of  ihe  student.  Other  lopics  include  relations  and  fuiiclions.  poly- 
nomials and  polynomial  equations,  systems  of  equations,  and  inequalities. 
Consideration  given  lo  development  of  these  concepts  in  ihe  malhemalics 
curriculum. 


MA  476  Abstract  Algebra  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA171.  MA27I  with  a  C  or  better  grade 

Development  of  theory  of  integral  domains,  fields,  rings,  and  groups;  designed 
to  develop  student's  power  lo  think  for  himself  or  herself  and  to  improve 
ability  lo  construct  formal  proofs. 

MA  477  Abstract  Algebra  II  3c-01-3.sh 

Prerequisile:  MA476 

Designed  to  have  student  continue  study  of  algebra  by  use  of  axiomatic 
method:  Euclidean  domains:  polynomial  domains  and  extension  fields 
included:  interrelationships  between  these  structures  and  simpler  structures, 
particularly  groups  and  rings,  are  developed  as  in  study  of  Galois  group  of  a 
polynomial  and  in  an  introduction  to  Galois  theory. 


MA  481  Topics  in  Mathematics 

(Credit  toward  Math  major) 

MA  490  Independent  Study 


var- 1  10  3sh 


var- 1  to  3sh 


MA  493  Internship  in  Mathematics  var-3  to  1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  core  curriculum,  completion  of  application 
Positions  with  participating  companies  or  agencies  provide  students  with 
experience  in  mathematics-related  work  under  the  supervision  of  the  agencies 
and  faculty.  Requiremenls  include  one  to  three  on-site  consultations,  two 
university  consultations,  completion  of  progress  reports,  and  presentation  of 
final  cumulative  paper.  Internship  credit  may  not  be  used  in  fulfilling  math 
major  course  requirements. 

MG:  Management 
Department  of  Management 
College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  3(10  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  .senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a 
given  course. 

MG  275  Introduction  to  Entrepreneurship  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG201.  EC121.  sophomore  status 

Entrepreneurship  is  defined,  common  myths  are  discussed,  and  characteristics 
of  entrepreneurs  are  identified.  Basic  characteristics  of  entrepreneurs  are 
reviewed.  This  course  includes  topics  such  as  the  psychology  of 
entrepreneurship;  economic  and  social  aspects  of  entrepreneurship:  history; 
techniques  of  purchasing  a  company;  new  venture  initiation;  and  risk  taking. 

MG  300  Human  Resource  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PClOl 

Designed  to  recogni/e  and  evalualc  (he  application  of  behavioral  science 
approaches  in  the  study  of  human  resource  managemenl.  Topics  include 
recruiting  and  selection,  training,  managemenl  developmcnl.  performance 
evaluation,  communicalions.  wage  and  hcncli(  programs,  and  management- 
labor  relations. 

MG  310  Principles  of  Management  3c-()l-3sh 

The  purpose  of  (his  survey  course  of  instruction  is  lo  provide  the  sludenl  with 
an  in-dcpth  identification  and  undersianding  of  the  relevant  theories,  concepts, 
and  principles  underlying  Ihc  managemenl  fund  ion. 

M(i  311  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisile:  PCIOI 

Human  problems  of  managemenl.  Basic  ideas  and  iheories  from  ihe 
behavioral  sciences  as  lliey  apply  lo  human  behavior  in  organi/alions  arc 
presenled.  Managemenl  solulions  lo  problems  resulling  from  individual- 
organi/alion  inleiaclion  are  emphasized. 

MG  325  Small  Business  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MG27.'i.  MK32I).  H310.  MG3I0 

A  survey  course  emphasizing  Ihose  aspects  of  small  business  managemenl  noi 
covered  elsewhere  in  the  suideni's  program.  Key  lopics  include  Real  Eslale. 
Sile  Seleclion,  and  Facilities  Managemenl;  Purchasing  Managemenl.  Vendor 
Rclalions.  and  Invenlory  Syslems;  I'lanl  Securily.  Loss  Conlrol.  Risk  and 
Insurance  Managemenl:  Human  Resources  Managemenl.  Employee  Bcnefils. 
Molivalion.  and  Leadership;  Small  Business  Markel  Research.  Cuslomer 
Services  Managemenl.  and  Pricing.  A  review  of  olher  elemenls  of  Ihe  small 
firm's  milieu  is  included  as  a  necessary  conlexlual  elemenl  (e.g..  planning, 
accounling.  financing,  law). 


156-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MG  330  Production  and  Operations  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  121.  MA2 14,  junior  status.  College  of  Business  or  approved 

major 

Study  ot  the  process  of  convening  an  organization's  inputs  into  outputs 

whether  in  goods-producing  or  service  industries.  Provides  an  overview  of 

concepts,  tools,  and  techniques  used  in  management  of  production  and 

operations  function  in  organizations. 

MG  400  Wage  and  Salary  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MG300 

Studies  the  policies  and  programs  that  help  managers  design  and  administer 
compensation  systems  for  private  and  public  sector  enterprises.  Includes 
motivation  theories  and  practice  designing  of  compensation  systems. 

MG  401  Management  Development  and  Training  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MG300.  MG310 

Principles,  problems,  and  procedures  in  planning,  organizing,  directing,  and 

controlling  all  aspects  of  training  and  development  programs  in  a  business 

enterprise.  Methods  of  improving  and  development  of  managerial  skills  are 

emphasized. 

MG  402  Seminar  in  Human  Resource  Management  3e-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MG300.  graduating  senior 

An  integrative  course  in  Human  Resource  Management.  Considers  current 
issues  in  human  literature  in  the  field  and  contemporary  issues  in  human 
resource  management  using  case  studies. 

MG  403  Small  Business  Planning  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MG325.  AG30n.  IMIOI  orBElOl  orCOIOl 
This  course  will  integrate  the  content  of  much  of  the  business  core  and  relate  it 
to  the  business  planning  for  small  businesses  and  entrepreneurial  efforts.  The 
student  will  be  introduced  to  the  concepts  which  w  ill  support  the  de\ clopnienl 
of  an  effective  business  plan. 

MG  428  Seminar  in  Management  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites;  MG310 

.An  integrative  course  in  Management,  Considers  current  literature  in  the  field 
and  contemporary  issues  in  management  using  case  studies. 

MG  481  Special  Topics  in  Management  var-l-3sh 

Covers  advanced,  innovative,  or  exploratory  topics  and  disciplines  within 
management.  Specific  content  items  developed  by  instructor.  Credits  may  be 
applied  to  either  required  (by  permission  of  department  chairperson)  or  free 
electives  in  a  student's  program. 

MG  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson 

Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a 
concentrated  area  of  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

MG  492  Small  Business/Entrepreneurship  var  3-12sh 

Internship 

Prerequisites:  MG403.  permission  of  department  chairperson.  2.75  overall 

QPA.  all  other  requirements  of  the  College  of  Business 

This  course  involves  practical  entrepreneurial  experience  of  on-site  consulting 

with  small  business  finns.  Students  will  generally  v\ork  for  a  semester  on 

functionally  related  topics  in  accounting,  finance,  marketing,  and  MIS  or  on 

general  topics  such  as  business  planning,  forecasting,  policy,  and  general 

management. 

MG  493  Management  Internship  var-3  to  12sh 

Practical  experience  to  develop  knowledge  and  skills  in  the  application  of 
theory  to  actual  problems  in  a  nonclassroom  setting.  A  maximum  of  3sh  of 
mtemship  in  the  student's  major  may  be  applied  toward  the  management  and 
human  resource  management  major  area  electi\  e  requirements.  .Additional 
internship  credit  must  be  used  as  free  electives  only.  Admission  only  by 
permission  of  the  department  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of  Business. 

MG  495  Business  Policy  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  all  Business  Core  requirements  or  permission, 
graduating  seniors 

A  capstone  case  analysis  course  designed  to  give  the  student  practice  in 
applying  business  theories  to  the  solution  of  management  problems.  An 
analysis  of  how  top  management  determines  strategy  and  policy  and 
influences  the  philosophy  and  character  of  the  company.  To  develop  in  the 
student  a  general  management  viewpoint  thai  integrates  the  various  functions 
of  the  oreanization. 


MH:  Music  History 
Department  of  Music 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

MH  101  Introduction  to  Music  3c-01-3sh 

Course  presumes  no  technical  background  but  does  utilize  the  varied  musical 
experiences  of  each  individual  to  help  extend  interest  as  far  as  possible. 
Attendance  at  various  concerts  of  uni\  ersity  organizations,  cultural  life  events, 
and  visiting  artist  concerts  is  required  to  augment  listening  experiences  of 
students.  Offered  as  MUlOl  prior  to  Summer.  I9S9. 

MH  103  Perspectives  in  Jazz  3c-OI-3sh 

Designed  to  give  an  overview  of  the  development  and  contributions  of  jazz  in 
the  American  culture  and  provide  a  background  for  a  more  intensive  and 
detailed  study  of  jazz  for  the  Jazz  Studies  major.  Offered  as  MU103  prior  to 
Fall.  1989. 

MH  301  Music  History  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Hll9.i,  ENIOI,  EN202,  HI305 

Intensive  study  of  the  history  and  style  of  Medieval,  Renaissance,  and 
Baroque  music.  Considerable  analytical  listening  required. 

MH  302  Music  History  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MH301  or  permission 

Intensive  study  of  the  history  and  styles  of  Classical.  Romantic,  and  20th- 
century  music  to  1950.  Considerable  analytical  listening  required. 

MH  322  Medievaland  Renaissance  Music  3c-01-3sh 

Intensive  study  of  the  plainchant  foundations  in  the  early  Middle  .Ages;  the 
origins  of  polyphony;  sacred  and  secular  music  of  the  13th  to  the  16th 
centuries;  special  emphasis  on  Dufay.  Josquin.  Palestrina  and  their 
contemporaries.  [Offered  as  MU322  prior  to  Fall.  19S9.  Title  prior  to  Fall. 
1992,  was  Renaissance  Music.) 

MH  323  The  Baroque  Era  .3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MH30I.302 

Extends  from  Monteverdi  through  Bach  and  Handel  and  considers  vocal  and 
instrumental  forms,  styles,  and  practices  of  era.  Offered  as  MU323  prior  to 
Fall,  19X9. 

MH  324  The  Classical  Era  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MH.WI,.W2 

A  survey  of  music  from  about  1 725  to  about  1 827,  with  special  attention  to  thf 
music  of  Motzart  and  Haydn.  Consideration  is  given  also  to  the  works  of  D. 
Scariaiti  and  C.P.E.  Bach.  jOffered  as  ML'324  prior  to  Fall.  1989.  Tilled  as 
Eighteenth  Century  Music  prior  to  Fall.  1992.) 

MH  325  The  Romantic  Era  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  music  from  about  1800  to  1910.  with  attention  directed  to  the 
earlier  romantic  composers  such  as  Beethoven.  Schubert.  Mendelssohn  and 
Berlioz  through  the  later  romantic  composers  such  as  Wagner.  Tschaikowsky. 
Mahler  and  Dvorak  as  well  as  others.  [Offered  as  MU325  prior  to  Fall.  1989, 
Titled  as  The  Early  Romantic  Period  prior  to  Fall,  1992.) 

MH  420  The  2flth  Century  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MH301..^02 

A  survey  of  the  stylistic  trends  of  music  from  1900  to  the  present,  beginning 
with  Debussy.  Ravel,  and  other  impressionists  through  the  music  of  Schonberg, 
Stravinsky.  Webem.  Honegger  and  .Milhaud.  Offered  infrequently.  [Offered  as 
MU420  prior  to  Fall.  1989.  Titled  as  Contemporan  Music  prior  to  Fall.  1992.) 

MH  421  American  Music  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MH30I.  302 
A  studv  of  hislorx  and  literature  of  music  in  America  from  1600  to  the  presen 
day.  Offered  as  MU421  prior  to  Fall,  1989. 

MI:  Marine  Science 

Marine  Science  Consortium/Biology  Department 

College  of  Natural  Science  and  Mathematics 

MI  110  Introduction  to  Oceanography  var-3sh 

Introduction  to  physical,  chemical,  biological,  and  geological  aspects  of 
oceans  and  methods  and  techniques  of  oceanography.  Lab  emphasis  placed  o; 
at-sea  assignments. 


Course  Descriptions-157 


MI  211  Field  Methods  in  Oceanography  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Mill  U  or  consent  of  instructor 

Familiarization  with  dynamic  marine  environment  involving  use  and 
application  of  oceanographic  instruments  and  sampling  devices. 

MI  212  Navigation  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Four  years  high  school  math  or  equivalent  or  consent  of  the 

instructor 

Covers  navigation,  i.e..  the  art  and  science  of  safely  bringing  a  vessel  from  one 

position  to  another  in  a  body  of  w  ater.  Course  di\  ided  into  ( I )  brief  historical 

background:  (2l  navigation  within  sight  of  land.  i.e..  piloting:  (3)  navigation  in 

the  open  sea.  including  electronic  navigation  methods. 

,MI  221  Marine  Invertebrate  Zoology  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Study  of  marine  invertebrates  with  emphasis  on  development,  reproduction. 
structure,  function,  and  classification  of  selected  marine  organisms. 

MI  241  .Marine  Biology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Botany  and  zoology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Study  of  plant  and  animal  life  in  marine  environment  with  emphasis  placed 
upon  physical  and  chemical  factors  affecting  biota. 

MI  250  Management  of  Wetland  Wildlife  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  None 

The  ecology  and  management  of  wetland  wildlife,  particularly  of  freshwater 
marshes  and  saltwater  marshes.  Special  emphasis  on  ecosystem  approach. 


MI  260  Marine  Ecology 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 
A  course  in  ecology  of  marine  organisms. 


var-3sh 


Ml  270  Scuba  Diving  var  3sh 

Prerequisites:  Swimming  ability  and  good  health.  (A  standard  diving  physical 
form  will  be  mailed  to  students  electing  the  course.) 
Students  who  complete  course  will  receive  a  National  Association  of 
Underwater  Instructors  Diver  Certificate. 

.MI  280  Marine  Field  Biology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  None 

An  introduction  to  basic  principles  of  ecology  and  natural  history  of  selected 
plants  and  animals  in  terrestrial,  freshwater,  and  marine  environments. 
Suitable  for  non-Science  majors. 

Ml  331  Chemical  Oceanography  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  .Ml  1  lU  and  one  year  of  chemistry 
Treatment  of  oceanic  chemical  phenomena  by  sampling  and  laboratory 
analysis  techniques. 

.Ml  342  Marine  Botany  var-3sh 

In-the-field  studies  and  laboratory  analysis  by  instrumentation  of  marine  and 
marine  fringe  plants  in  the  Middle  Atlantic  Coast  as  exemplified  by  those 
found  in  the  Cape  Henlopcn.  Delaware,  and  Wallops  Island.  Virginia,  areas. 

Ml  343  Marine  Ichthyology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  General  Biology  and/or  consent  of  the  instructor 
A  study  of  fishes.  Specimens  collected  along  Eastern  .Seaboard  by  students 
will  be  used  to  illustrate  anatomy,  physiology,  and  systcmalics  of  this  major 
vertebrate  group.  Field  collections  will  give  student  opportunity  to  observe 
relationships  of  these  animals  to  the  biotic  and  physical  environment. 

MI  344  Anatomy  of  Marine  Chordatcs  s  ar-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Six  hours  of  biology  including  General  Z<M)logy 

Designed  to  familiarize  students  with  various  aspects  of  marine  chordatcs. 

Ml  345  Marine  Ornithology  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology  or  consent  of  the  instructor 
Intniduccs  student  to  avian  fauna  of  seacoast  and  enables  comparison  with 
inland  species.  In  addition  to  field  work  providing  visual  and  vocal 
idcntificatKin.  lecture  material  will  include  information  on  distribution, 
behavior,  physiology,  and  anatomy  of  birds. 

Ml  .V>2  Marine  (ieology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Ml  I  Id  and  physical  geology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Studies  of  structural  and  sedimentary  environments  of  continental  shelf, 


slopes,  and  ocean  basins  and  crustal  structure  of  the  earth  and  its  relation  to 
sedimentary  record  and  geologic  history  of  oceans. 

MI  364  Physical  Oceanography  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Ml  1 10.  one  year  of  physics,  one  semester  of  calculus,  and 
permission  of  the  instructor 

Course  includes  consideration  of  physical  properties,  mass  and  energy 
budgets,  theory  of  distribution  of  variables:  cause,  nature,  measurement, 
analysis,  and  prediction  of  tides,  currents,  and  waves:  and  basic 
instrumentation  in  the  field. 

MI  420  Marine  Micropaleontology  var  3sh 

Prerequisites:  One  \  ear  of  geology  and  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Deals  with  modem,  living  representatives  of  microorganisms  important  in 
fossil  record  with  particular  emphasis  placed  on  taxonomy,  morphology, 
evolution,  and  ecologic  affinities  of  representative  groups. 

MI  431  Ecology  of  Marine  Plankton  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology 

Study  of  phytoplankton  and  zooplankton  in  marine  and  brackish 
environments.  Qualitative  and  quantitative  comparisons  made  between  the 
planktonic  populations  of  \  arious  t\  pes  of  habitats  in  relation  to  primary  and 
secondary  productivity. 

Ml  459  Coastal  Gcomorphology  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  \  ear  of  geology 

.\  study  of  coastal  geomorphology  with  emphasis  on  Late  Cenozoic  and 
Pleistocene  sea-level  changes  in  response  to  worldwide  continental  glaciation. 
The  student  will  participate  in  field  studies  of  Pleistocene  deposits  and  the 
weathering  of  these  deposits. 


MI  481  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  Instructor  consent 
Topics  vary  from  session  to  session. 


var-3sh 


MI  500  Problems  in  Marine  Science  var-3sh 

Graduate  students  or  undergraduate  students  w  ilh  advanced  standing 
registering  for  this  course  may  elect  either  of  the  following  options. 

Option  A:  Take  a  200.  300.  or  400  level  Ml  course  and  complete,  in  addition 

to  regular  course  requirements,  a  project  in  the  area  under  direction  of 

instructor. 

Option  B:  Complete  an  independent  research  project.  .A  research  proposal 

must  be  appro\  ed  by  the  Academic  Committee  of  M.S.C.  in  advance  of  the 

time  research  is  to  be  undertaken. 


MK:  Marketing 
Department  of  Marketing 
College  of  Business 


Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  arc  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  rcquircmenis  in  order  to  enroll  for  a 
given  course. 

MK  320  Principles  of  Marketing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  122 

Study  of  those  activities  necessary  to  the  design,  pricing,  promotion,  and 

distribution  of  goods  and  scnices  for  use  by  organizations  and  ultimate 

consumers. 

MK  321  Consumer  Behavior  .3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MK320and  PCIOI 

Survey  of  noteworthy  contributions  of  behavioral  science  and  research  on 
consumer  purchasing  and  decision-making  process,  with  pariicular  attention  to 
formal  and  informal  innuenee  patterns. 

MK  420  Marketing  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MK320and  \W.M\ 

Analysis  of  marketing  and  operational  problems  and  policies  involved  in 
planning,  organizing,  coordinating,  and  controlling  a  total  marketing  program. 

MK  421  Marketing  Research  .3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MK3:o  ami  (;H2IS 

Nature,  methods,  analysis,  and  application  of  present-day  marketing  research 
techniques  utilized  in  the  solution  of  practical  marketing  problems. 


158-lndiana  U  iiiversiTy  of  Pennsylvania 


MK  422  Seminar  in  Marketing  3c-OI-3sli 

Prerequisites:  1VIK420  and  MK42 1 ,  graduating  senior 
A  terminal  course  designed  for  majors  in  marketing:  considers  current 
literature  in  the  field,  case  problems  pertaining  to  the  total  marketing  effort, 
and  current  problems  of  actual  companies. 

MK  430  International  Marketing  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MK320 

International  marketing  and  markets  are  analyzed.  Special  consideration  is 
given  10  the  significance  of  government  regulations:  organization  structures  of 
export  and  import  enterprises;  and  credit  policies. 

MK  431  Industrial  Marketing  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MK420 

Concerned  with  the  major  activities  involved  in  the  marketing  of 
industrial  goods  and  services,  including  the  industrial  marketing  system, 
marketing  information  needs  of  the  industrial  firm,  industrial  marketing 
implementation  and  control,  and  channel,  pricing,  product,  and  promotional 
strategies  for  industrial  goods. 

MK  432  Business  and  Society  3c-01-3sh 

Overview  of  the  interactions  between  business  and  the  larger  social  system  in 
which  it  operates.  Considers  the  problems,  solutions,  and  future  directions  of 
societal  issues  and  their  relationships  to  the  business  environment.  Topics 
discussed  include  consumerism,  the  morality  of  advertising,  self-regulalion. 
pollution  and  ecology,  overpopulation,  government  regulation,  and  the  social 
and  ethical  responsibilities  of  business  and  industry. 

MK  433  Advertising  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MK320 

Introduction  to  the  principles,  practices,  and  creations  of  advertising.  Use  of 
various  media  and  legal,  economic,  social,  and  ethical  aspects  of  advertising 
are  also  considered. 

MK  481  Special  Topics  in  Marketing  3c-01-3sh 

Covers  advanced,  innovative,  or  exploratory  topics  and  disciplines 
within  marketing.  Specific  content  items  developed  by  instructor. 
Credits  may  be  applied  to  either  required  (by  permission  of  departmental 
chairperson)  or  free  electives  in  a  student's  program. 

MK  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean.  College  of 

Business 

Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a 

concentrated  area  of  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

MK  493  Marketing  Intern.ship  var-3  to  12sh 

Practical  experience  in  the  marketing  field  to  develop  knowledge  and 
experience  in  the  practical  application  of  theory  to  actual  problems  in  a 
nonclassroom  situation.  A  maximum  of  3sh  of  internship  in  the  student's 
major  may  be  applied  toward  the  marketing  major-area  elective  requirements. 
Additional  internship  credit  must  be  used  as  free  electives  only.  Admission 
only  by  permission  of  the  department  chairperson  and  the  dean.  College  of 
Business. 

MS:  Military  Science 
Department  of  Military  Science 

MS  101  American  Military  History  (1650-1920)  2c-ll-2sh 

A  study  of  the  relationship  and  impact  of  warfare  and  military  forces  on  the 
development  of  America.  This  includes  the  interaction  of  American  military 
forces  in  war  and  peace  on  the  social,  economic,  and  technological 
development  of  the  United  States  as  well  as  a  study  of  strategy,  tactics,  and 
personalities  involved  in  major  wars.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  102  American  Military  History  ( 1920-Present)  2c  1 1  :sh 

A  study  of  the  modern  evolution  of  American  military  institutions  and  policies 
and  their  relationship  to  society.  Included  will  be  studies  of  major  wars,  their 
strategy,  and  impact  as  well  as  the  personalities  involved.  Also,  see  Leadership 
Laboratory. 

MS  203  Fundamentals  of  Tactical  Operations,  2c- 1  l-2sh 

Techniques  of  Leadership,  and  Weapons  Characteristics 

Organization,  techniques,  resources,  and  capabilities  involved  in  conducting 
small-unit  tactical  operations.  Emphasis  is  on  leadership,  organization,  and 


management  techniques  needed  to  cause  a  group  of  people  to  accomplish 
specific  objectives.  Characteristics  of  military  weapons  systems  are  taught. 
Students  serve  as  leaders  in  Leadership  Labs. 

MS  204  National  Security  and  Fundamentals  of  2c- 1  l-2sh 

Military  Topography 

Study  of  national  security  concepts,  policies,  and  the  national  decision-making 
process  with  emphasis  on  national  resources,  national  will,  and  economic 
factors.  Included  will  be  a  study  of  nuclear  and  conventional  response  options. 
Fundamentals  of  military  topography  including  the  use  of  military  maps  to 
determine  topographic  features,  to  conduct  land  navigation,  and  to  perform 
terrain  analysis  will  be  covered.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  305  Fundamentals  of  Leadership  and  Modern  3c- 1  l-3sh 

Learning/Teaching  Relationship 

Study  in  practical  application  of  principles  of  leadership/management  as 
applied  in  classroom  and  field  to  include  case  studies  in  psychological, 
physiological,  and  sociological  factors  which  affect  human  behavior; 
individual  and  group  solution  of  leadership  problems  common  to  small  units. 
Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  306  Study  of  Advance  Leader  Planning  and  3c-ll-3sh 

Execution  of  Modern  Combat  Operations 

Analysis  of  leader's  role  in  directing  and  coordinating  efforts  of  individuals 
and  small  units  in  execution  of  offensive  and  defensive  tactical  missions,  to 
include  command  and  control  systems,  the  military  team,  and  communications 
techniques.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  407  Management  of  the  Military  Complex  to  3c- 1  l-3sh 

Include  Fundamentals  of  Military  and  International  Law- 
Study  of  the  various  managerial  elements  needed  to  effectively  control  a 
military  organization  and  the  techniques  used  to  accomplish  these  functions. 
Studies  in  tnilitary  law  and  international  law  prepare  the  students  for  their 
legal  responsibilities.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS  408  Seminar  in  Military  Analysis  and  Management    3c-l  l-3sh 
Contemporary  analysis  of  use  of  military  in  world  affairs  to  include 
importance  of  strategic  mobility  and  neutralization  of  insurgent  movements. 
Selected  management  problems  and  situations  will  be  presented  as  they  relate 
to  military  justice,  administration,  and  obligation  and  responsibilities  of  an 
officer.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

Leadership  Laboratory  (one  afternoon  per  week)  var-Osh 

A  practical  experience  designed  for  the  attainment  and  application  of 
leadership  principles.  Concurrently  scheduled  in  conjunction  with  all  Military 
Science  courses,  it  provides  for  practical  challenges  in  personal 
accomplishment,  both  physical  and  mental,  and  for  development  of  team  w  ork 
and  leadership. 

Summer  Camp  var-Osh 

Students  attend  a  si.x-week  summer  camp  upon  completion  of  the  first  year  of 
the  Advanced  Course.  Time  at  camp  is  devoted  to  practical  application  of 
principles  and  theories  taught  during  the  preceding  school  year.  While  at 
camp,  each  student  receives  lodging,  subsistence,  uniforms,  medical  care, 
reimbursement  for  travel,  and  pay  in  amount  of  one-half  pay  of  second 
lieutenant  per  month. 

MT:  Medical  Technology 

Allied  Health  Professions  Programs 

College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

MT  494  Clinical  Microbiology  var  6- 1  Osh 

Identification  and  clinical  pathology  of  bacteria,  fungi,  viruses,  and  parasites. 
Techniques  to  isolate,  stain,  culture,  and  determine  antimicrobial 
susceptibility.  Instrumentation;  quality  control. 

MT  495  Clinical  Chemistry  var  7- 1  Osh 

Enzymology.  endocrinology,  biochemistry  of  lipids,  carbohydrates  and 
proteins,  metabolism  of  nitrogenous  end  products,  physiology  and  metabolisr 
of  fluids  and  electrolytes,  and  to.xicology  as  related  to  the  body  and  diseases. 
The  technical  procedures  include  colorimelry.  spectrophometry. 
electrophoresis,  chromatography,  automation,  and  quality  control. 

MT  496  Clinical  Hematology/Coagulation  var  4-7sh 

The  composition  and  function  of  blood;  diseases  related  to  blood  disorders: 


Course  Descriptions- 1 59 


the  role  of  platelets  and  coagulation.  Manual  anJ  automated  techniques  ot 
diagnostic  tests  for  abnormalities. 

MT  497  Clinical  Immunohematology  var  3-6sh 

Blood  antigens,  antibodies,  crossmatching,  hemolytic  diseases,  and  related 
diagnostic  tests.  An  in-depth  study  of  blood  donor  service  and  its  many  facets 
such  as  transfusions,  medico-legal  aspects,  etc. 

MT  498  Clinical  Immunology  Serology  var  2-4sh 

Immune  response,  immunoglobulins,  autoimmunity,  and  complement  and 
related  tests  and  diseases.  Survey  and  demonstration  of  serological  diagnostic 
tests. 

MT  499  Clinical  Seminar  var  0-6sh 

Other  courses  «hich  are  not  included  in  the  above  (such  as  orientation. 
Iaborator\  management,  education,  clinical  microscopy)  and/or  are  unique  to 
the  individual  hospital  program. 

Ml :  Music 
Department  of  Music 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

Ml  1 1 1  Theory  Skills  I  Oc-31-2sh 

Develops  aural  skills  through  dictation  and  interpretation  of  written  music  by 
sight-singing.  Taken  in  conjunction  u  ilh  Theory  1. 

Ml  112  Theory  Skills  II  Oc-.31-2sh 

Prerequisite:  ML  1 1 1 

Continuing  development  of  aural  skills  and  introduction  of  keyboard  skills. 
Taken  in  conjunction  with  Theory  II. 

Ml  115  Theory  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  the  harmonic,  melodic,  and  formal  devices  of  the  common 
practice  period,  from  simple  diatonic  chords  through  secondary  dominants. 

ML  1 16  Theory  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MbT  15 

The  stud\  of  the  harmonic,  melodic,  and  formal  devices  of  the  common 
practice  period,  from  simple  diatonic  chords  through  secondary  dominants. 
Theorv  II  introduces  basic  music  forms. 


Ml  120  Brass  Ensemble 

Ml'  121  Chamber  Singers 

ML  122  I'niversily  Chorale 

ML  123  Symphony  Band 

ML  125  Marching  Band 

ML  126  Music  Thealer 
I  ML  127  Percussion  Knsemble 
I  ML  129  I'niversity  Symphony  Orchestra 
I  ML  130  String  Knsemble 

ML  131  I'niversity  Wind  Knsemble 

ML  133  W<KKl»ind  Knsemble 

ML  134  I  ni\ersily  Chorus 

ML  135  Advanced  .]a/.7.  Knsemble 

Ml  136  Advanced  .laz/  Knsemble 


Oc-21-O/lsh 
Oc-31-n/lsh 
Oc-31-O/lsh 
Oc-.^l-O/lsh 
Oc-(il-()/lsh 
0c-61-(l/lsh 
Oc-41-fl/lsh 
Oc-.SI-O/lsh 
()c-2l-(l/lsh 
Oc-31-O/lsh 
Oc-21-O/lsh 
Oc-31-O/lsh 
Oc-3I-0/lsh 
Oc-31-()/lsh 


MU  152  Class  Voice  II  Ic-ll-lsh 

Continuation  of  Class  Voice  I.  Resumes  development  of  correct  vocal 
production  techniques  through  performance. 

MU  153  Class  Piano  I  1  c- II- 1  sh 

Designed  for  students  \\  Ilh  no  significant  background  in  piano  who  need  to 
develop  functional  keyboard  skills.  Emphasis  placed  on  harmonizing  melodies 
and  playing  simple  accompaniments. 


MU  154  Class  Piano  II 

Continuation  of  Class  Piano  1. 


Ic-ll-lsh 


.Ml   151  Class  Voice  1  Ic-ll-lsh 

'  ""■  '-ived  lor  non- Voice  majors,  IX-velopmenl  of  correct  vocal  production 
iqucs  through  individual  and  group  performance  in  class.  Use  of  the 
W..C  as  a  lrM)l  lor  theory  skills  and  for  eventual  use  in  the  music  classroom. 


MU  155  Class  Strings  1  Ic-ll-lsh 

For  Music  Education  majors  who  will  develop  rudimentary  playing  techniques 
sufficient  to  initiate  instruction  for  beginning  students.  Emphasis  placed  on 
correct  playing  positions  and  tone  production  for  violin,  viola,  cello,  and 
double  bass. 

MU  157  Class  Percussion  I  Ic- 1 1- 1  sh 

A  practical  introduction  to  the  various  instruments  of  the  percussion  family. 
Students  will  demonstrate  correct  playing  techniques  and  develop  a  resource 
file  containing  infonnation  on  percussion  instruments  and  instructional 
materials  as  needed  by  the  school  music  teacher. 

MU  159  Class  Brass  I  Ic-ll-lsh 

For  Music  Education  majors  who  will  demonstrate  rudimentary  playing 
techniques  and  tone  production  skills  to  initiate  beginning  instruction. 
Students  will  develop  playing  on  trumpet  or  French  horn  and  trombone, 
euphonium,  or  tuba. 

MU  161  Class  Woodwinds  I  Ic-ll-lsh 

For  Music  Education  majors  w  ho  will  acquire  correct  tone  production  and 
playing  techniques  sufficient  to  initiate  beginning  instruction.  Students  will 
demonstrate  skills  with  flute,  clarinet,  saxophone,  and  oboe  or  bassoon. 

MU  163  Class  Guitar  I  Ic-ll-lsh 

Designed  for  students  with  no  significant  background  in  guitar  who  wish  to 
develop  functional  playing  skills.  Emphasis  placed  on  using  the  guitar  as  an 
accompanying  instrument. 

MU  211  Theory  Skills  III  Oc-3l-2sh 

Prerequisites:  MU!  II.  112 

Further  development  of  aural  and  keyboard  skills.  Taken  in  conjunction  w  ith 
Theory  III. 

MU  212  Theory  Skills  IV  Oc-31-2sh 

Prerequisites:  MU  1 1 1.  1 12.  21 1 

Culmination  of  development  in  aural  and  keyboard  skills.  Taken  in 
conjunction  with  Theory  IV. 

MU  213  Jazz  Theory  Skills  I  ()c-31-2sh 

Training  in  aural,  vocal,  and  keyboard  skills  as  Ihey  relate  to  the  clemenis  of 
jazz  and  improvisation.  A  high  degree  of  emphasis  is  placed  on  car  training 
and  its  use  in  the  Iranscriplion  of  live  and  recorded  musical  examples  and  on 
keyboard  skills  and  Ihclr  ulili/allon  in  Ihc  dc\  clupmcnl  of  an  harmonic 
vocabulary. 

MU  214  Jazz  Theory  Skills  II  ()c-31-2sh 

A  continuation  of  work  begun  in  Jazz  Theory  Skills  I  w  ith  emphasis  on  more 
advanced  aural,  vocal,  and  keyboard  skills  as  they  relate  to  jazz  and 
irriprovisation. 

MU  215  Theory  HI  .3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  viuil.'S.  Ilfi 

Extension  of  the  techniques  of  the  I  Sih  and  l^lli  centuries  to  include 

modulation,  altered  chords,  more  ailvanced  musical  forms,  and  contrapuntal 

procedures. 

MU216'l'heory  IV  .1c-()l-3sh 

Prcrequlsiies:  Ml)  I  1.5.  1  1^.21.5 

Extension  of  Ihc  techniques  ol  the  ISlh  and  19th  centuries  to  include 
modulation,  altered  chords,  more  advanced  musical  forms,  and  conlrapunlal 
procedures.  Theory  IV  concenliales  largely  on  niiisii.  and  malcrials  ol  the 
present  century. 


^  160-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


MU  217  Keyboard  Harmony  I  1  c- 1 1- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  Nominal  facility  at  keyboard 

Designed  to  develop  keyboard  skills  so  the  student  may  realize  and  produce  in 

sound  basic  harmonic  progressions. 

MU  218  Keyboard  Harmony  II  k  - 1 1- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  MU2I7 

Continuation  of  Keyboard  Harmony  I.  involving  chromatic  harmony  and  more 

complex  progressions. 

MU  222  Jazz  Theory  I  3c-OI-3sh 

The  study  of  the  elements  of  music,  melody,  hamiony.  rhythm,  and  form,  as 
they  are  found  in  jazz  improvisation.  Includes  an  introduction  to  the 
fundamentals  of  jazz  improvisation  through  aural  and  written  analysis, 
composition,  and  performance. 

MU  223  Jazz  Theory  II  3c-01-3sh 

A  continuation  of  the  work  begun  in  Jazz  Theory  1  with  einphasis  on 
extending  the  harmonic,  melodic,  and  rhythmic  vocabulary.  Includes  analysis 
of  differing  trends  in  jazz,  imitation  of  a  variety  of  styles,  and  the  cultivation 
of  an  individualized  approach  to  jazz  analysis,  composition,  and 
improvisation. 

MU  224  Jazz  Improvisation  Techniques  I  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  the  basic  materials  and  practices  for  improvising  or 
extemporaneous  playing. 

MU  225  Jazz  Improvisation  Techniques  II  3c-01-3sh 

A  continuation  of  the  basic  materials  and  practices  for  improvising  or 
extemporaneous  playing.  Makes  use  of  more  complicated  and  involved 
harmonic  progressions  utilizing  extended  choral  harmonies. 


MU  331  Elementary  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Includes  analytical  study  of  texts,  recordings,  equipment,  instruments,  and 
other  materials  suitable  to  musical  development  of  elementary  pupils:  proper 
treatment  of  child  voice:  selection,  use.  and  teaching  of  rote  songs;  rhythmic 
activities  and  development:  music  reading;  part  singing:  planning  and 
organization:  guided  observ  ations:  and  evaluation  techniques. 

MU  333  Secondary  Methods  3c-OI-3sh 

Includes  General  Music  Class,  choral  organizations,  changing  voice, 
techniques  of  instruction,  including  team  teaching  and  programmed  learning, 
high  school  theory  courses,  high  school  music  literature  courses,  scheduling, 
administrative  problems,  curriculum  development,  evaluation  of  materials  anc 
equipment,  evaluative  techniques,  and  guided  observation.  Extra  laboratory 
sessions  are  required. 

MU  335  Music  for  the  Exceptional  Student  2c-2I-2sh 

Develops  music  education  skills,  techniques,  and  materials  for  the 
emotionally,  mentally,  physically,  or  neurologically  handicapped  student  and 
the  gifted.  Designed  for  students  in  music  education,  special  education,  and 
elementary  education. 

MU  351  Italian  Diction  and  Literature  2c-01-2sh 

For  first-semester  voice  majors,  this  class  meets  for  two  hours  per  week. 
Emphasis  is  on  pronunciation  for  the  stage  and  readings  of  Italian  song  texts. 
Italian  madrigals,  solo  song  literature,  and  operatic  repertoire  are  also  studied. 

MU  353  French  Diction  and  Literature  2c-01-2sh 

For  third-  or  fourth-semester  \'oice  majors,  this  claSs  meets  for  two  hours  per 
week.  Emphasis  is  on  pronunciation  for  the  stage  and  the  International 
Phonetic  Alphabet.  French  solo  song  literature  and  operatic  repertoire  are  also 
studied. 


MU  304  Form  and  Analysis  I 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

Thorough  study  of  smaller  fomis  of  music. 


2c-()l-2sh 


2c-01-2sh 


MU  306  Counterpoint  I 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

After  study  and  analysis  of  the  style  of  16th-century  contrapuntal  writing, 
student  will  do  original  writing  using  techniques  and  devices  of  period.  As 
time  permits,  same  approach  will  be  made  to  explore  style  of  17th-  and  18th- 
century  composers. 


MU  354  German  Diction  and  Literature  2c-01-2sh 

For  second-semester  voice  majors,  this  class  meets  for  two  hours  per  week. 
Emphasis  is  on  pronunciation  for  the  stage.  German  solo  song  literature  as 
well  as  Bach  chorales  are  studied. 

MU  405  Piano  Pedagogy  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing  in  Piano  and  a  piano  major  or  minor 
Survey  of  current  and  significant  pas!  developments  in  teaching  of  piano,  bolf 
privately  and  in  small  and  large  classes.  The  various  piano  methods  are 
analyzed,  compared,  criticized,  and  adapted  to  each  individual's  use. 


MU  309  Orchestration  I  2c-OI-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU2I6 

All  instruments  of  orchestra  are  studied  from  the  viewpoint  of  their 
contribution  to  the  total  sound  of  ensemble.  Ranges  and  timbres  are 
considered,  as  well  as  actual  arranging  of  selected  music. 

MU  311  Fundamentals  of  Conducting  3c-01-2sh 

Emphasis  placed  on  fundamental  physical  skills  of  conducting  process; 
various  beat  patterns  are  mastered  and  elementary  score  reading  and 
interpretation  are  considered. 


MU  406  Voice  Pedagogy  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  A  voice  major  or  minor  and  permission  of  the  instructor  Survey 
of  current  and  past  development  in  teaching  of  voice,  both  privately  and  in 
small  and  large  classes.  The  various  vocal  methods  are  analyzed,  compared, 
criticized,  and  adapted  to  each  individual's  use. 

MU  408  Marching  Band  Techniques  2c-()l-2sh 

Considers  building  a  band  show:  alignment  of  ranks  and  files:  development  o) 
a  standard  pace  of  5  to  .'i  and  8  to  5;  selection  of  music;  instrumentation; 
techniques  of  developing  morale;  and  fundamentals  of  uniform  design. 


MU  312  Choral  Conducting  3c-OI-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU31 1 

Provides  an  opportunity  for  the  student  to  apply  basic  conducting  techniques 
to  choral  music.  Each  student  conducts  the  class  in  standard  choral  works. 
Includes  survey  of  suitable  literature,  organizational  problems,  voice  testing, 
rehearsal  techniques,  program  building,  interpretation,  and  diction. 

MU  313  Instrumental  Conducting  3c-OI-2sh 

Prerequisite;  MU31 1 

Provides  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  apply  basic  conducting  skills  to 
various  instrumental  ensembles.  Includes  survey  of  suitable  literature, 
organizational  problems,  audition  procedures,  rehearsal  techniques,  program 
building,  and  interpretation. 


MU  411  Composition  1  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU2I6 
Instruction  is  individualized.  Compositional  devices  studied  through  analysis 
of  works  b>  major  composers.  Students  will  write  several  original 
compositions  utilizing  smaller  forms. 


MU  412  Composition  11 

Prerequisite;  MU4I  I 
Continuation  of  Composition  I. 


2c-OI-2sh 


c-01-2sh 


MU  413  Composition  III 

Prerequisite:  MU412 

Students  will  write  several  original  compositions  utilizing  larger  forms. 


MU  315  Theory  V  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

Many  of  harmonic  idioms  of  past  half  century  are  considered,  such  as 
comparative  analysis  of  dissonance:  polytonality.  polyrhythms;  atonalism  and 
12-tone  system;  and  microtonalism.  Original  writing  in  these  styles  required. 


MU  414  Composition  IV  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU4I3 

Continuation  of  Composition  III.  Outstanding  works  will  be  programmed  b\ 
university  performing  ensembles. 

MU  475  Music  Lab  var-Osh 

All  music  majors  must  attend  eight  recitals  per  semester  and  all  departmental 

recitals,  as  well  as  all  recitals  for  their  respective  performance  areas. 


Course  Descriprions-J  6 1 


ML"  481  Special  Topics  in  Music  3c-OI-3sh 

May  prov  ide  an  in-deplh  study  of  a  narrow  ly  defined  area  of  the  discipline. 
Subject  matter  will  change  with  repeated  offering  of  the  course.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

Ml'  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  to  6sh 

Opponunil\  to  pursue  special  interests  beyond  the  scope  of  regular  class 
offerings.  Permission  of  instructor  and  approval  of  department  chairperson  are 
required. 

ML  493  Internship  in  Music  var-1  to  6sh 

Designed  for  music  majors  who  wish  lo  receive  practical  experience  working 
with  people  in  music  or  in  areas  related  to  music. 

NU:  Nursing 

Department  of  Nursing 

College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

Nl  280  Introduction  to  Nursing  3c-Ul  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Nursing  majors  only 

Introduces  the  major  concepts  of  concern  to  nursing:  persons  in  their 
environments,  health,  and  the  profession  of  nursing.  Topics  include  the  nurse's 
role  as  provider  of  care  and  member  of  a  profession;  the  nursing  process  as  the 
mode  of  practice:  the  value  of  research  as  a  basis  for  nursing  practice; 
biophy  sical  and  psychosocial  components  of  wellness. 

NL  285  Introduction  to  Clinical  Oc-9l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Nursing  majors  onl\ 

A  clinical  and  college  laboratory  course  which  provides  the  opportunity  to 
practice  the  use  of  the  nursing  process.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  assessment  and 
basic  inienemion  skills. 

NL  300  Nursing  Seminar  I  I  c-OI- 1  sh 

Prerequisite: 

A  seminar  which  provides  a  forum  for  the  exploration  and  discussion  of 

historical,  ethical,  legal,  social,  and  political  issues  which  affect  nursing  and 

health  care.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  professional  values. 

critical  thinking,  decision  making,  and  communication  skills. 

NL  302  Core  II  2c-OI-2sh 

Prerequisite:  NU  280 

Emphasizes  the  involvement  of  nurses  and  nursing  in  selected  aspects  of 
wellness  promotion  and  maintenance.  The  theory  base  for  the  use  of  the 
nursing  process  to  support  Individuals  and  families  through  maturalional 
change  and  the  childbearing  cycle  is  presented. 

NL  303  Clinical  Laboratory  I  Oc-  I4l-5sh 

Prerequisites:  NL'  2S0.  28.S 

A  clinical  laboratory  course  which  enables  the  student  to  care  for  individuals 
and  families  across  the  life  span.  Guided  experiences  are  provided  in  hospital 
and  community-based  facilities.  The  nursing  process  is  utilized  to  promote  and 
maintain  wellness  in  individuals  w  lihin  families. 

NL  304  Core  III  2c-l)l  2sh 

Prerequisite:  NU  302 

Emphasizes  the  involvement  of  nurses  and  nursing  in  selected  aspects  of 
wellness,  promotion,  maintenance,  and  restoration.  The  theory  base  for  the  use 
of  the  nursing  process  is  expanded  to  include  family,  community  health,  and 
iransculiural  nursing  concepts. 

NL  305  Clinical  Laboratory  II  Oc-  l4l-.Ssh 

Prerequisite:  NU  303 

A  clinical  laboratory  course  which  enables  the  student  to  provide  care  to 
individuals  and  families  with  acute  and  chronic  health  problems  across  the  life 
jpan.  Guided  experiences  arc  provided  in  hospital  and  community-based 
facilities  and  individuals'  homes.  The  nursing  priKess  is  utilized  lo  promote, 
maintain,  and  restore  optimal  wellness  in  individuals  w  ithin  families 

NL3I0  Nursing  Seminar  II  Ic-Ollsh 

Prerequisite:  NU  .3(K) 

A  seminar  which  provides  a  forum  for  the  exploration  and  discussion  of 
historical,  ethical,  legal,  social,  and  political  issues  which  alfccl  nursing  and 
health  care.  Emphasis  Is  placed  on  Ihc  dcvelopmeni  of  professional  values. 
critical  thinking,  decision  making,  and  communication  skills. 


NL  322  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  NU  2X0.  NU  285 

Introduces  pathophysiologic  change  in  individuals  across  the  life  span  and 
associated  nursing  management.  Topics  include  caring  for  the  individual  who 
requires  surgery  or  whose  alteration  in  health  is  related  to  problems  in 
oxygenation,  nutrition.  ;ind  fluid  and  electrolyte  balance. 

NL  323  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  NU  322 

Physiologic  and  psychologic  pathology  in  individuals  across  the  life  span  and 
associated  nursing  management.  Topics  include  caring  for  the  individual 
whose  alteration  in  health  is  related  to  problems  with  reproductive,  cognitive- 
perceptual,  motor,  metabolic,  and  elimination  function. 


Ic- 


-Ish 


NL  400  Nursing  Seminar  III 

Prerequisite:  NU  310 

A  seminar  which  provides  a  forum  for  the  exploration  and  discussion  of 
historical,  ethical,  legal,  social,  and  political  issues  which  affect  nursing  and 
health  care.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  professional  values, 
critical  thinking,  decision  making,  and  communication  skills. 

NU  402  Core  IV  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  NU  304 

Emphasizes  the  nurse's  roles  as  accountable  provider  and  coordinator  of  care 
and  member  of  a  profession.  The  specific  issues  that  are  addressed  are  quality 
assurance  in  provision  of  patient  care;  rights  and  responsibilities  of  the 
individual,  the  nurse  as  an  employee,  and  the  employer;  current  environmental 
health  concepts. 

NU  403  Clinical  Laboratory  III  Oc-141-.Ssh 

Prerequisite:  NLI  305 

A  clinical  laboratory  course  which  affords  the  opportunity  to  apply  the  nursing 
process  as  provider  and  coordinator  of  care  with  individuals  and  families 
experiencing  complex  health  care  needs  in  a  variety  of  health  care  facilities. 

NL  404  Core  V  2c-()l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  NU  402 

Emphasizes  the  nurse's  roles  as  provider  and  coordinator  of  care  in  health  care 
facilities  and  in  emergency  and  disaster  situations.  Concepts  and  principles 
related  to  the  management  of  the  health  care  team,  community  health,  and 
rehabilitation  are  addressed. 

NL  405  Clinical  Laboratory  IV  Oc-  I41-5sh 

Prerequisite:  NU  403 

A  clinical  laboratory  course  which  affords  the  opportunity  for  the  application 
of  critical  thinking,  health  leaching,  and  management  skills.  Emphasizes 
development  of  the  caregiver  role  in  selected  areas  of  clinical  practice; 
development  of  the  care  provider  and  coordinator  roles  in  inpatient  and 
community  settings  with  individuals  and  families  experiencing  complex  health 
care  needs;  integration  of  the  roles  of  provider  and  coordinator  of  care  and 
member  of  a  profession. 

NL  410  Nursing  Seminar  IV  Ic-OI-lsh 

Prerequisite:  NU  400 

A  seminar  course  which  provides  a  forum  for  the  exploration  and  discussion 
of  historical,  ethical,  legal,  social,  and  political  issues  which  affect  nursing  and 
health  care.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  professional  values, 
critical  thinking,  decision  making,  and  communication  skills. 

NL  422  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  III         3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  NU  323 

Emphasizes  pathophysiology  and  psychopalhology  for  understanding  the 
complex  process  of  the  individual's  adaptation  to  crisis.  The  theory  base  for 
the  application  of  the  nursing  process  in  the  care  of  individuals  requiring 
hospitalization,  life-sustaining  treatment,  intensive  monitoring,  and  crisis 
intervention  is  discussed. 

Nl  423  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  IV         3c-(ll  3sh 
Prerequisite:  NU  422 

Emphasizes  strategies  used  in  assisting  intlnuluals  aiul  then  f;imilK's  in  ilie 
promotion,  maintenance,  and  resloralion  of  optimal  wellness.  The  theory  base 
lor  the  application  of  the  nursing  process  when  illness  is  being  managed  in 
acute,  long-term  care.  ;uul  comiiumily  settings  is  discussed. 


NL  430  Nursing  Research 
Prerequisite:  MA  217 


.3c-01-3sh 


162-linliaiia  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Focus  on  evaluting  research  through  a  study  of  research  design, 
methodologies,  samphng,  data  analysis,  and  significance  of  findings. 
Consideration  is  given  to  issues  in  conducting  research  and  the  impact  on 
problems  investigated,  the  nurse  researcher,  and  the  consumer  of  research. 

OS:  Office  Systems 

Department  of  Office  Systems  and  Business 

Education 

College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a 
given  course. 

OS  301  Advanced  Microcomputer  Applications  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE/CO/IM  101,  or  pennission  of  instructor 
Advanced  applications  of  microcomputing  software  from  the  user  perspective 
to  enhance  productivity  of  office  employees,  executive  and  managerial, 
professional,  and  support  personnel.  Comparative  and  evaluative  techniques 
for  appropriate  selection  and  implementation  of  software.  Word  processing, 
spreadsheet,  database,  desktop  publishing,  utility,  and  operating  system 
software  will  be  emphasized.  (Formerly  BE  274  Information  Processing 
Applications) 

OS  312  Administrative  Office  Services  3c-OI-3sh 

Presentation  of  fundamental  principles  and  practices  u.sed  in  the  development 
of  an  office.  Specialized  areas  such  as  systems  analysis,  work  simplification, 
forms  design,  information  processing,  office  machines  and  equipment,  records 
management,  office  design  and  layout,  office  location  and  physical 
environment,  office  supervision,  office  manuals,  and  development  of  office 
personnel  will  be  discussed.  (Offered  as  AD4I2  prior  to  iy92) 

OS  313  Office  Systems  Technologies  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Emphasis  on  systems  hardware,  especially  the  microcomputer.  Concepts  and 
design  principles  common  to  all  microprocessors  are  studied.  Au,\iliary  hard- 
ware, such  as  reprographics,  printers,  modems,  scanners,  and  la.ser  technology 
will  be  included.  (Formerly  OS  413  Information  Processing  Technology) 

OS  315  Records  Administration  3c-OI-3sh 

Development  of  the  principles  of  records  administration  including  creation. 
use.  maintenance,  and  destruction.  Storage  facilities,  records  classification, 
forms  analysis,  and  control  of  records,  as  well  as  microimage  systems  will  be 
discussed.  [Offered  as  AD4I5  prior  to  Summer.  I  Wl.  and  as  OS  4L'i  during 
1991-92] 

OS  400  Telecommunications  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Knowledge  and  concepts  of  teleconmiumcations  technology,  applications,  and 
management  as  they  apply  to  office  systems. 

OS  430  Office  Systems  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IIVI241,  OS312.  OS4I3 

Emphasis  on  the  solving  of  office  management  problems.  Provides  an 
opportunity  to  integrate  and  apply  the  skills  and  knowledge  previously  gained 
in  the  Office  Systems  major.  (Offered  as  AD430  prior  to  Summer,  1991) 

OS  493  Internship  in  Office  .Systems  var-6sh 

Prerequisites:  Approval  of  internship  coordinator,  chairperson,  and  dean  and 
2.75  overall  GPA  and  3.0  GPA  in  Business 

A  supervised  office  experience  prograin  with  an  approved  agency  (business, 
industry,  and  government);  includes  three  two-hour,  on-campus  seminars. 

PC:  Psychology 

Department  of  Psychology 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

PC  101  General  Psychology  3c-()l-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  scientific  study  of  behavior  and  mental  processes. 

PC  280  Psychological  Inquiry  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PCIOl.  Psychology  minors 

This  course  is  intended  to  introduce  students  minoring  in  Psychology  to  issues 


central  to  carrying  out  and  interpreting  empirical  research  in  the  field.  Students 
will  become  more  sophisticated  consumers  of  empirical  research  findings. 
Students  who  have  successfully  completed  PC290  are  not  permitted  to  take 
this  course  for  credit. 

PC  290  Research  Design  and  Analysis  I  3c-2l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PCIOI.  MA2I7 

A  laboratory  course  devoted  to  designing,  conducting,  and  evaluating  results 
of  psychological  experiments. 


PC  291  Research  Design  and  Analysis  II 

Prerequisites:  PCIOl.  "C"  or  better  in  PC290 

A  continuation  of  Research  Design  and  Analysis  I. 


3c-2l-4sh 


3c-OI-3sh 


PC  310  Developmental  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  PCIOl 

Comprehensive  study  of  all  factors  that  contribute  to  human  development 
from  conception  to  death,  particularly  as  they  relate  to  psychological 
development  of  individual.  A  survey  course  directed  at  students  not  planning 
to  take  PC3I  I.  312,  or  373.  Credit  toward  a  major  or  minor  in  psychology  will 
not  be  given  for  both  PC3 1 0  and  PC3 1 1 . 

PC  31 1  Child  Psychology  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCIOl 

Study  of  factors  that  influence  total  development  and  behavior  of  child. 
Current  theories  and  research  are  considered,  with  focus  upon  optimum 
development  of  individual.  Credit  toward  a  major  or  minor  in  psychology  will 
not  be  given  for  both  PC3 1 0  and  311.  ' 

PC  312  Adult  Development  and  Aging  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCIOl 

A  survey  of  physiological,  cognitive,  emotional,  and  social  issues  affecting  the 
young  adult,  the  middle-aged,  and  the  elderly.  Includes  an  examination  of 
significant  adult  life  crises. 

PC  320  Personality  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCIOl 

Provides  comparative  analysis  of  major  representative  traditional  and 
contemporary  theories  of  personality. 

PC  321  Abnormal  Psychology  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCIOI 

The  description,  causes,  and  treatment  of  behaviors  labeled  abnormal  in  our 
society  are  studied  from  experimental  and  clinical  points  of  view. 

PC  322  Introduction  to  Psychological  Measurement  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PCIOI.  MA2i7 

Survey  of  psychological  measurement  techniques,  with  emphasis  on 
theoretical  assumptions  underlying  these  techniques  and  discussion  of 
interpretation  and  limitations  of  measuring  instruments. 

PC  330  Social  Psychology  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCIOI 

The  study  of  the  effects  of  the  social  environment  on  human  behavior.  Topics 

include  perception  of  person,  attitude  formation  and  change,  and  small  group 

interaction. 

PC  331  Environmental  P.sychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCIOI 

The  study  of  the  relationship  between  human  behavior  and  its  environmental 
context.  Emphasis  on  the  physical  environment,  both  natural  and  built. 

PC  340  Human  Cognition:  Perception  3c-2l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  1 01,  290 

Study  of  perceptual  process.  Sensory  mechanisms  for  processing  information 
are  examined,  as  well  as  responses  to  complex  stimuli. 

PC  341  Conditioning  and  Learning  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PCIOI.  290 

Examination  of  the  basic  principles  of  learning  and  related  phenomena; 
discussion  of  classical  conditioning,  discrimination  learning,  and  aversive 
control  of  behavior. 

PC  342  Human  Cognition:  Memory  and  Thinking  3c-2l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PCIOI.  290 

Study  of  methods  and  findings  in  areas  of  human  memory  and  human 
information  processing. 


Course  Descnpiions-163 


PC  350  Ph.v!>iological  Psychology  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisiies;  PC101,:96 

Study  of  the  relationship  between  behavior  and  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of 
the  nenous  system. 

PC  352  Ethology  and  Comparative  Psychology  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PCIOl.  290 

Comparative  survey  of  animal  behavior  and  its  control  mechanisms  including 
sensory  and  phy  siological  systems,  reproduction  and  parenting,  social 
behavior,  and  the  role  of  learning  in  various  animal  species.  Emphasis  is  on 
the  relationship  of  the  animal  to  its  environment. 

PC  370  Consciousness  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  1 0 1 .  junior  standing 

This  course  will  examine  psychological  research  on  awareness,  attention,  brain 
neurotransmitters,  brain  laterality,  sleep,  dreams,  and  hypnosis. 


PC  420  Psychology  of  Organizations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PClOl,  MA217 

The  study  of  psychological  principles  in  an  organizational  setting;  application 

of  psychological  principles  to  individual  behavior  and  experience  in 

organizations. 

PC  421  Psychology  of  Work  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC29i 

The  analysis,  measurement,  prediction,  and  development  of  human  aptitude, 
ability,  and  perfomiance  in  work  and  einployment  situations. 

PC  424  Planned  Organizational  Change  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC420 

Provides  instruction  and  experience  in  the  theories  and  techniques  involved  in 
changing  organizational  activities  and  practices.  Discussions  of  theories  will 
be  combined  with  a  variety  of  group  exercises. 


PC  371  Human  Motivation  3c  01  3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCI 01 

Systematic  study  of  how  behav  ior  is  initiated,  sustained,  directed,  and 
terminated.  Current  theories  in  this  area  are  critically  reviewed. 


PC  450  Introduction  to  Clinical  Ps.vchology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PCIOI.  320.  321.  and  permission  of  instructor 
Overview  of  clinical  psychology,  with  emphasis  upon  clinician's  use  of 
methods  of  evaluation,  and  treatment  and  modification  of  behavior. 


PC  372  Drugs  and  Behavior  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PCIOI  and  junior  standing  or  permission 
Survey  of  the  current  knowledge  concerning  the  actions  of  drugs.  Topics  will 
include  legal  and  social  issues  surrounding  drug  use.  hazard  potential  of  com- 
monly used  drugs,  rev  iew  of  current  theories  and  issues  regarding  the  use  of 
drugs  in  psychotherapy,  and  consideration  of  treatment  approaches  for  addiction. 

PC  373  Adolescent  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCIOI 

Study  of  the  adolescent  and  the  adolescent's  world,  especially  the  physical 

aspects  of  adolescence,  psychological  growth  patterns,  social  pressures,  and 

adaptation. 

PC  374  Stress  and  Coping  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCIOI 

Fundamental  concepts  and  findings  in  stress  and  stress-related  disorders.  Rela- 
tionships of  stress  to  disea.se  and  methods  for  coping  with  stress  are  presented. 

PC  376  Psychology  of  Health  Behavior  3c-01  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

An  examination  of  the  role  of  behavior  factors  in  health  status  with  a  strong 
focus  on  preventive  health  behaviors  and  the  role  of  the  psychologist  in 
promotion  of  health-related  behavioral  changes. 

PC  378  Psychology  of  Death  and  Dying  3c-01  3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCIOI 

Theories  and  research  which  delineate  the  psychological  factors  affecting  the 
dying  person  as  well  as  those  persons  close  to  one  who  is  dying  are  discussed. 

PC  379  Psychology  of  Human  .Sexuality  3c-OI  3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCIOI 

This  course  provides  an  overview  of  the  psychological  issues  and  research 
relevant  to  sexuality  with  an  emphasis  on  gender  roles.  Social,  psychological. 
and  gender  perspectives  arc  used  to  examine  a  number  of  topics,  including 
contemporary  sexual  altitudes,  sexual  response,  sexual  relationships,  sexual 
dysfunctiim.  sexual  variations,  sexual  preference,  and  sexual  violence. 
Research  pertaining  lo  each  topic  is  presented.  Students  arc  encouraged  to 
critically  evaluate  research  and  theory  and  to  make  connections  between  the 
material  and  their  personal  experience. 

P(  410  Historical  Trends  in  Psychology  .3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  1 01.  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission 
Comprehensive  overv  lew  of  historical  antecedents  of  contemporary  psychol- 
ogy with  emphasis  on  their  implications  for  future  developments  in  the  field. 

PC  41 1  Psychology  of  Women  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PCIOI.  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
A  critical  examination  of  the  assumptions  about  women  which  arc  held  by  the 
discipline  of  psychology,  considering  both  current  research  and  individual 
experience.  The  psychological  effects  of  socialization  on  sex  role  identity, 
achievement,  interpersonal  power,  mental  health,  and  critical  incidents  in 
female  dcvelopmeni  are  discussed  in  the  context  of  relevant  concepts  from 
developmental  and  \oc\a\  psychology. 


PC  480  Honors  .Seminar  in  Psychology  3c-OI-3sh 

A  seminar  in  the  graduate  tradition  with  a  specialized  topic.  May  be  taken 
more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  6sh. 

PC  481  Special  Topics  in  Psychology  var-1  to  3sh 

Prerequisites:  PCIOI  and  department  consent 

A  seminar  providing  study  of  selected  topics  not  emphasized  in  other  courses. 
May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  6sh. 

PC  482  Independent  Study  in  Psychology  var- 1  to  3sh 

Prerequisites:  PCIOI  and  department  consent 
Individual  students  pursue  their  particular  interests  in  psychology  in 
consultation  with  a  member  of  the  staff.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a 
maximum  of  6sh. 

PC  493  Psychological  Practicum  var-1  to  12sh 

Prerequisites:  PCIOI  and  department  consent 

Under  supervision  of  psychology  department,  selected  students  receive 
experience  in  application  of  psychological  techniques.  May  be  taken  more 
than  once  to  a  maximum  of  12sh. 

PH:  Philosophy 

Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

PH  101  General  Logic:  Methods  of  Critical  Thinking         3c-01-3sh 
Designed  to  develop  students'  ability  to  critically  analyze  deductive  and 
inductive  argumentation,  rhetoric,  and  persuasion,  by  examples  drawn  from 
media,  textbooks,  advertising,  scholarly  works,  personal  contacts,  etc. 

PH  120  Introduction  to  Philosophy  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  beginning  student  with  philosophical  problems  and 
methods  in  such  areas  as  metaphysics,  epistemology.  logic,  and  value  theory, 

PH  221  Symbolic  Logic  I  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  lundamental  concepts  in  deductive  logic  with  an  emphasis 
on  teaching  students  the  basis  of  clear  logical  thought.  Some  of  the  historical 
origins  of  logical  theory  are  explored.  Students  learn  lo  symbolize  arguments 
in  the  truth-functional  logic  and  the  predicate  logic.  Ways  of  testing  arguments 
for  validity  as  well  as  proofs  arc  covered,  with  a  stressing  of  application  lo 
actual  arguments  drawn  from  numerous  sources  in  the  media,  philosophical 
issues,  and  moral  problems, 

PH  222  Ethics  3c-OI-3sh 

An  invcsligalion  of  efforts  to  ralionally  justify  moral  judgment.  Deals  with 
lundamcnlal  issues  such  as:  What  is  moialily?  Are  moral  notions  cultural, 
rational,  divine,  or  innate  in  origin'.'  Are  Ihey  relative  or  absolute'.'  Are  Ihey 
freely  chosen  or  delcrniined  by  genetics  and/or  environment'.'  Covers  a  variety 
of  ethical  theories  significant  both  historically  and  contemporarily  and  applies 
those  theories  to  current  issues  which  involve  moral  dilemmas. 


164-huliaiui  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PH  223  Philosophy  of  Art  3c-01-3sh 

The  course  investigates  some  of  the  major  problems  in  the  philosophy  of  art. 
e.g..  the  nature  of  beauty  and  the  aesthetic  experience,  the  ethics  and  pohtics 
of  art.  creativity,  the  nature  of  the  work  of  art  and  aesthetic  objects,  the 
concept  of  fine  art.  and  the  evaluation  of  works  of  art  and  aesthetic  objects. 

PH  232  Philosophical  Perspectives  on  Love,  Marriage,       3c-01-3sh 
and  Divorce 

Examines  the  philosophical  foundations  of  contemporary  Western  institutions 
and  ideologies  of  romantic  love.  Considers  major  positions  in  both  the  history 
of  philosophy  and  contemporary  philosophy.  Investigates  the  concepts, 
problems,  and  philosophical  theories  central  to  understanding  romantic  love, 
marriage,  and  divorce. 

PH  321  Symbolic  Logic  H  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PH22I  or  permission  of  instructor 

A  continuation  of  Symbolic  Logic  1  designed  to  enable  students  to  evaluate 
consistency  of  statements,  validity  of  arguments,  soundness  and  completeness 
of  formal  systems.  Focus  on  quantificational  calculus  and  inductive  logic. 

PH  323  Political  Philosophy  3c-01-3sh 

An  inquiry  into  the  philosophical  concepts  underlying  the  major  political 
theories  from  ancient  Greece  lo  the  modem  era.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
major  authors  and  texts  to  demonstrate  a  continuum  of  ideas  and  their 
modifications,  replacement,  and  revival,  as  well  as  novel  political  ideas. 
Possible  topics:  commonality;  peace;  internationalism;  sovereignly;  nature  of 
the  state;  law;  the  ruler;  cosmopolitanism;  nationalism;  social  contract;  liberty; 
obligation;  property;  racism;  sexism;  slavery. 

PH  324  History  of  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval       3c-OI-3sh 
Western  philosophy  of  pre-Socratic,  classical  Greek,  Roman,  and  medieval 
periods.  Special  attention  given  to  Plato.  Aristotle.  Augustine,  and  Aquinas,  as 
well  as  the  philosophic  schools. 

PH  325  History  of  Philosophy  H:  Renaissance  3c-OI-3sh 

and  Modern 

Continuation  of  PH324,  beginning  with  15th-century  Renaissance  thought  and 

ending  with  the  19th-century  precursors  of  contemporary  philosophies. 

PH  326  Phenomenology  and  Existentialism  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  the  phenomenological  method  as  developed  by  Edmund  Husserl 
and  of  the  subsequent  phenomenological  movement  as  exemplified  in  the 
works  of  such  representative  figures  as  Heidegger.  Merleau-Ponly.  and  Paul 
Ricoeour  and  of  existentialism  both  as  an  independent  movement  of  thought 
and  as  inlTuenced  by  phenomenology  and  as  exemplified  in  the  works  of  such 
representative  figures  as  Kierkegaard.  Jaspers.  Marcel.  Buber.  and  Sartre. 

PH  329  Philosophy  of  Religion  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  a  philosophical  critical  examination  of  religion  to  include;  the 
nature  of  religion;  religious  argumentation;  existence  and  nature  of  God; 
meaning  and  relation  of  faith  and  knowledge;  theories  of  origin  of  religion. 

PH  330  Philosophy  of  Science  3c-OI-3sh 

An  investigation  into  the  nature  of  formal  and  empirical  sciences:  structure  of 
scientific  thought  and  its  dependence  upon  or  independence  of  theory;  the 
logical  and  metaphysical  status  of  scientific  "laws"  and  theoretical  concepts; 
reductionism  in  science;  the  concept  of  causality;  the  logic  of  explanation; 
problems  in  confirmation  theory:  .science  and  value.  No  special  background 
required.  Recommended  for  math  and  science  majors. 

PH  400  Ethics  and  Public  Policy  3c-OI-3sh 

An  analysis  of  the  ethical  dimension  of  public  policies.  Provides  a  general 
understanding  of  ethical  theories,  then  focuses  on  their  application  to  specific 
policy  issues.  Topics  will  vary  from  semester  to  semester.  See  current 
schedule  of  classes. 

PH  405  Justice  and  Human  Rights  3c-OI-3sh 

An  introduction  to  theories  of  justice  and  an  analysis  of  the  concept  of  human 
rights  which  is  central  to  a  just  society  and  lo  inuch  moral,  political,  and  legal 
dispute.  This  course  will  explore  relevant  major  positions  in  the  history  of 
philosophy,  but  its  major  focus  is  contemporary  and  raises  issues  such  as 
women's  rights,  black  rights,  animal  and  environmental  rights,  welfare  rights, 
and  rights  to  life  (or  death). 

PH  410  Contemporary  Philosophy  3c-OI-3sh 

Survey  in  depth  of  20th-century  Western  positions  such  as  pragmatism,  logical 
positivism,  logical  and  linguistic  analysis,  existentialism,  and  phenomenology. 


PH  420  Metaphysics  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  the  nature  of  reality  in  general  and  of  the  main  categories  through 
which  it  is  understood.  The  main  topic  areas  of  metaphysics  concern:  the  one 
and  the  many;  the  relation  of  thought  and  being:  the  problem  of  universals; 
nominalism;  realism:  idealism:  the  nature  of  being,  substance,  essence,  space, 
time,  eternity,  matter,  mind:  determinism  and  indeterminism. 

PH  421  Theory  of  Knowledge  3c-OI-3sh 

Investigation  into  problems  involved  in  knowledge  and  justification  and  a 
consideration  of  methods  suggested  for  their  resolution.  Particular  attention  is 
paid  to  issues  such  as  knowledge,  justification,  certainty,  objectivity, 
perception,  and  truth. 

PH  450  Philosophy  of  Law  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  nature  of  law  and  its  relationship  to  such  questions  as 
morality,  obligation,  judicial  review,  justice,  rights,  punishment,  liberty.  The 
course  combines  philosophical  theory  with  consideration  of  selected  coun 
cases  to  develop  a  philosophical  and  legal  understanding  of  law  and  its  place 
in  society. 

PH  460  Philosophy  of  Language  3c-01-3sh 

An  investigation  of  issues  in  the  philosophy  of  language  and  related  issues  in 
linguistics  (including  anthropological  linguistics,  sociolinguistics,  and 
psycholinguistics).  Topics  include,  for  example,  the  infiuence  of  language  on 
perception,  rationalist/empiricist  perspectives  on  language  acquisition, 
language  and  political  control,  reference,  meaning,  and  truth. 

PH  481  Special  Topics  3c-OI-3sh 

Topical  courses  which  will  vary  from  semester  to  semester.  See  current 
schedule  of  classes. 

PH  482  Independent  Study  var-1  to  6sh 

Individual  students  wishing  to  pursue  philo.sophical  interests  not  covered  in 
the  department's  regular  offering  may  do  so  by  seeking  approval  for 
independent  study.  Make  inquiry  of  the  chaiiperson.  Upon  approval,  students 
are  guaranteed  at  least  five  hours  of  faculty  time  per  credit.  All  programs  of 
study  must  be  accepted  by  the  department  as  a  whole.  May  be  taken  more  than 
once  to  a  maximum  of  6sh.  (This  option  is  available  to  both  philosophy  majors 
and  nonmajors.) 

PH  482  Independent  Study:  Honors  Project  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  3.0(1  QPA.  I5sh  in  Philosophy,  and  3.20  average  in 
departmental  courses 

Majors  in  Philosophy  are  invited  to  take  3sh  of  independent  study  designated 
"Honors  Project."  Upon  satisfactory  completion,  graduation  with  departmental 
honors  is  possible. 

PH  493  Internship  in  Philosophy  var  3-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Pemiission  of  the  Department.  Junior  or  Senior  PH  Major  or 
Double  Major,  2.5  QPA 

A  supervised  experience  of  no  longer  than  one  semester  and  no  less  than  5 
weeks.  This  would  take  place  in  either  a  public  or  private  organization  in  ares 
that  either  extend  and  develop,  or  complement  course  work  in  Philosophy. 
Log  and/or  tnajor  paper  required.  Internships  are  to  be  done  with  a  clear 
analysis,  argumentation,  examination  of  governing  principles. 

PS:  Political  Science 

Department  of  Political  Science 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

PS  101  World  Politics  3c-()l-3sh 

Analysis  of  contemporary  (posl-I'M.S)  state  system  and  forces  shaping  the 
world  in  which  we  live.  Student  is  given  a  framework  within  which  to  analyzt 
contemporary  international  politics. 

PS  111  American  Politics  3c-OI-3sh 

Introduction  to  American  national  government  and  politics,  emphasizing  Const 
tution.  party  system.  Congress.  Presidency,  courts,  and  problems  in  national- 
slate  relations,  civil  rights,  foreign  policy,  and  social  and  economic  policies, 

PS  250  Public  Policy  3c-OI-3sh 

Emphasizes  dynamics  of  government  as  they  are  evidenced  in  public  opiniom 
pressure  groups,  political  parlies,  and  our  governmental  inslilutions;  attention 
also  directed  toward  the  political-economical  nexus  within  American  society.. 


Course  Descriptions-165 


PS  251  State  and  Local  Political  Systems  3c-OI-?sh 

Institutions  and  processes  of  stale  and  local  governments,  with  special 
attention  to  Penns\  K  ania;  emphasis  on  the  nature  ot  federalism,  state 
constitutions,  and  role  of  state  and  local  aovemment  in  an  urban  society. 


PS  355  Intergovernmental  Relations  3c-()l-.^sh 

Explores  characteristics  of  federal  systems  of  government,  with  emphasis  on 
theories,  origins,  institutions,  problems  in  intergovernmental  relations  in  the 
United  States,  federal  systems  in  other  nations,  and  trends. 


PS  280  Comparative  Government  I:  Western  3c-OI-3sh 

Political  Systems 

.Analyzes  Western  political  systems  y\ith  emphasis  upon  major  contemporary 
democratic  governments  of  Europe.  Analyzes  and  compares  their  political 
cultures,  political  institutions,  and  political  processes. 

PS  282  International  Relations  3c-OI-3sh 

Provides  a  conceptual  franievyork  for  understanding  sovereignly,  nationalism, 
power,  security,  dispute  settlement,  and  diplomatic,  legal,  economic,  and 
military  relations  of  nation-states.  (Offered  as  PS28I  prior  to  June.  1991 1 

PS  283  .American  Foreign  Policy  3c-OI-3sh 

Examines  formulation  and  execution  of  .-Xmerican  foreign  policy .  with 
attention  to  governmental  institutions,  mass  media,  interest  groups,  and  public 
opinion;  emphasizes  contemporary  problems. 

PS  285  Comparative  Government  II:  Non-Western  3c-01-3sh 

Political  Systems 

Analyzes  major  non-Western  political  systems  with  emphasis  upon 
aulhontarian  and  totalitarian  systems.  .Analyzes  and  compares  in  a  systematic 
manner  their  political  cultures,  political  institutions,  and  political  processes. 

PS  300  Research  Methods  in  Political  Science  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSIOI  orPSlll 

An  examination  of  the  application  of  the  scientific  approach  to  the 
investigation  of  sixial  and  political  phenomena.  Concentrates  on  approaches, 
methods,  and  computer  tools.  .All  political  science  majors  and  minors  are 
strongly  urged  to  enroll. 

PS  320  International  Law  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PS  101.  PS28I.  or  permission  of  instructor 
Study  of  the  development,  nature,  and  function  of  international  law .  including 
recent  trends. 

PS  321  International  Organizations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PSIOI.  PS2SI.  or  permission  of  instructor 

Inquiry  into  purposes,  structures,  and  actions  of  contemporary  international 

political  organizations,  such  as  United  Nations,  regional,  and  functional 

organiz^ations. 

PS  >46  Political  Sociology  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PSl  1 1.  SOI 5 1 

Examines  (a)  who  controls  the  stale  and  state  policy,  (b)  the  role  the  state 
plays  in  stabilizing  capitalism  and  protecting  the  power  of  the  upper  class.  Ic) 
the  political  activities  of  the  middle  and  upper  class,  (d)  labor,  civil  rights,  and 
welfare  rights,  and  social  movements  in  America.  Cross-listed  in  Sociology  as 
S0458:  Political  Sociology. 

PS  350  The  Presidency  3c-01-3sh 

Examination  of  the  Office  of  President,  w  ith  attention  to  constitutional 
foundations,  evolution,  structure,  powers,  and  functions;  some  comparisons 
between  presidential  and  parliamentary  systems  and  between  offices  of 
President  and  Governor. 

PS  351  I^slative  Process  3c-()l-3sh 

Functional  study  of  legislative  bodies  and  process  of  legislation,  covering 
organization  of  legislative  assemblies,  operation  of  committee  system, 
procedures,  bill  drafting,  aides,  and  controls  over  legislation. 

PS  353  American  Political  Parties  3c-OI-3sh 

The  role  nl  people,  parties,  and  pressure  groups  in  politics  of  American 
democracy:  attention  tr>  sectional  and  historical  roots  of  national  politics, 
voting  behavior,  pressure  group  analysis,  and  campaign  activities. 

PS  354  Metropolitan  Problems  3c-{)l-3sh 

Analyzes  multipliciiy  of  prr)hlcms  facing  our  metropolitan  areas. 
Contemporary  developments  such  as  urban  renewal,  shnnliing  tax  base, 
federal  aid  to  cities,  subsidized  mass  transit,  municipal  authorities,  and 
political  conv)lidation  arc  examined. 


PS  356  Ma.ss  Media  in  .American  Politics  3c-01-3sh 

Variant  theories  of  the  symbolic  relationship  between  American  politics  and 
the  press  are  examined  in  the  light  of  the  American  colonial-national 
experience.  The  special  constitutional  rights  given  to  the  media  are  explored, 
w  ith  particular  attention  to  radio-TV. 

PS  358  .Indicia!  Process  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSl  11 

Explores  nature  and  limits  of  judicial  power,  courts  as  policy  making  bodies, 
selection  of  judges,  decision  process,  external  forces  impinging  on  the  courts, 
and  role  of  Supreme  Court  in  its  relationship  with  Congress,  the  Presidency, 
and  federalism. 

PS  359  Constitutional  Law  and  Civil  Liberties  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PS  1 1 1 

Study  of  civil  liberties  and  civil  rights  issues  through  leading  Supreme  Court 
decisions:  topics  treated  include  First  Amendment  rights,  procedural  due 
process  and  the  Bill  of  Rights,  and  Equal  Protection  problems  in  civil  rights. 

PS  360  Classical  Political  Thought  3c-01-3sh 

Restriction:  Not  for  credit  after  PH323 

The  origins  and  dey  elopnienl  of  Western  thought  from  Plato  and  Aristotle 
through  Cicero  and  Saint  Aquinas.  The  focus  is  especially  on  political 
participation  as  a  way  of  life,  the  unity  of  political  and  moral  conceptions  in 
premodem  political  thought,  and  the  relationship  between  order  and  justice. 

PS  361  Modern  Political  Thought  3c-()l-3sh 

Covers  the  major  represenlalives  of  modem  political  thought  since  the 
Renaissance.  Follows  the  development  of  the  specifically  modem  notion  of 
the  slate  and  political  action  through  the  works  of  Machiavclli,  Hobhes. 
Locke.  Rousseau,  Marx,  and  Lenin.  Emphasis  on  the  "instrumentalist"  stale 
and  the  idea  of  a  political  science. 

PS  362  American  Political  Thought  3c-01-3sh 

Covers  a  variety  of  .American  political  ideas  from  the  Puritans  through  recent 
radical  and  conservative  critiques  of  American  liber;il  democracy.  Focus  on  the 
continuing  development  of  the  idea  of  individual  rights,  the  political  theory  of 
the  Constitution,  and  the  tension  between  classical  liberalism  and  popular  rule. 

PS  370  Inlniduclion  to  Public  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

Theories  of  organization  and  structural  organization,  personnel  processes, 
executive  functions,  financial  adminisiralion.  the  politics  of  administration, 
public  relations,  and  problems  of  democratic  control  of  bureaucracy. 

PS  371  Issues  in  Public  .Administration  3c-01-3sh 

Intensive  study  of  the  role  of  federal  ;igcncies  and  their  administrators  in 
determining  and  developing  public  policy.  Public  administration  in  practice  is 
emphasized  by  utilizing  case  studies. 

PS  377  Political  Behav  ior  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PClOl.PSlll 

An  interdisciplinary  course  which  investigates  the  psychological  bases  of 
political  behavior.  Cross-listed  in  Psychology  as  PC  377:  Political  Behavior. 

PS  380  Soviet  Politics  3c-01-3sh 

Essential  features  of  Communist  party  and  government  of  U.S.S.R.,  including 
geographical  and  historical  background  and  ideological  and  theoretical  founda- 
tions. PS280,  Comparative  Government,  should  be  taken  prior  to  this  course. 

PS  382-.W7  Political  Systems  3c Ol  3sh 

Intensive,  comparative  study  of  the  government  and  politics  of  a  selected 
region.  Suggested  prercquis'iies:  PS280  and/or  2V.y  PS382  -  Africa;  PS383  - 
Asia;  PS3S4  -  Middle  East;  l'S38.'i  -  Central  and  Eastern  Europe;  PS387  - 
Latin  America 

PS  ,388  Polilical-Mililary  SIrakgy  3c  1)1  3sh 

Prerequisites:  l'S:81  or  l'S:83  or  MSIOl  ■  102 

Deals  with  national  security  problems  including  decision  making  anil 
budgeting,  levels  of  strategy,  the  utility  of  force,  and  the  impact  of  the  military 
on  American  society. 


166-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PS  389  Developing  Nations  3c-01-3sh 

Suggested  prerequisites:  PS280  and/or  285 

Political  characteristics  of  emerging  nations;  impact  of  economic  and  social 
change  upon  political  structure;  evolving  patterns  of  political  development; 
and  techniques  of  nation-building. 

PS  480  Political  Science  Seminar  3c-01-3sh 

Readings  and  written  assignments  on  a  specific  topic  determined  by  the 
instructor  in  charge. 

PS  481  Special  Topics  varl-3sh 

Course  focusing  on  a  specific  topic  determined  by  the  instructor  in  charge.  See 
department  office  for  current  listings. 

PS  482  Independent  Studies  var-3sh 

Readings  and  written  assignments  on  a  specific  topic  determined  by  the 
instructor  and  student.  Permission  required. 

PS  493  Political  Science  Internship  var-2  to  12sh 

Prerequisites:  9  sh  in  Political  Science  with  2.0  0?.^:  PSl  1 1:  approval  of 
internship  director  and  chairperson 

Practical  experience  in  government  and  politics.  "Log"  and  research  project 
required.  Course  grade  determined  by  the  instructor.  Maximum  of  6  sh  applied 
to  minimum  in  inajor;  maximum  of  3sh  applied  to  minimum  in  minor. 

PY:  Physics 

Department  of  Physics 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

PY  101  Energy  and  Our  Environment  3c-OI-3sh 

An  overview  of  the  areas  of  energy,  transportation,  and  pollution.  These  topics 
are  approached  via  the  relevant  concepts  of  physical  science  and  physics.  A 
nonlaboralory  course  for  Liberal  Studies  requirements. 


PY  111  Physics  I  Lecture 

Prerequisites:  Elementary  algebra  and  trigonometry 
General  college  physics;  mechanics,  wave  motion,  and 


3c-01-3sh 


.ound. 


3c-01-3sh 


PY  112  Physics  II  Lecture 

Prerequisite:  PYI 1 1 

Electricity  and  magnetism,  heat,  light,  atomic  and  nuclear  physics,  and  an 

elementary  introduction  to  relativity  and  quantum  theory. 

PY  121  Physics  I  Lab  Oc-31- 1  sh 

Corequisite:  PYI  1 1 

Physics  laboratory  at  level  of  Physics  I:  exercises  in  mechanics,  wave  motion. 
and  sound.  Lab  previously  listed  as  PYI  1 1-2. 

PY  122  Physics  II  Lab  Oc-31- Ish 

Corequisite:  PYI  12 

Physics  laboratory  at  level  of  Physics  II;  exercises  in  optics,  electricity  and 
magnetism,  and  radioactivity.  Lab  previously  listed  as  PYI  12-2. 

PY  131  Physics  I-C  Lecture  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  M.A12I.  123.  or  127.  at  least  concurrently. 
A  calculus-based  course  in  general  college  physics;  topics  covered  are  similar 
to  those  covered  in  Phy  sics  1 1 1  but  are  treated  in  more  depth  through  the  use 
of  calculus. 

PY  132  Physics  II-C  Lecture  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  122.  124,  or  128,  at  least  concurrently. 
Continuation  of  Physics  I-C;  topics  covered  are  similar  to  those  covered  in 
Ph\  sics  II  but  are  treated  in  more  depth  through  the  use  of  the  calculus. 

PY  141  Physics  I-C  Lab  Oc-31-lsh 

Corequisite;  PY131 

Physics  laboratory  at  same  level  as  Physics  I-C;  exercises  in  mechanics,  wave 

motion,  and  sound.  Lab  previously  listed  as  PY131-2. 

PY  142  Physics  O-C  Lab  Oc  31- 1  sh 

Corequisite:  PYI 32 

Physics  laboratory  at  same  level  as  Physics  II-C;  exercises  in  optics,  electricity 

and  magnetism,  and  radioactivity.  Lab  previously  listed  as  PYI 32-2. 


PY  150  Computer  Application  to  Physics  Laboratories      2c-21-3sh 
Covers  applications  of  microcomputers  to  laboratory  data  acquisition,  as  well 
as  interfacing  design  and  construction. 

PY  151  Medical  Physics  Lecture  3c-01-3sh 

Development  of  concepts  and  principles  of  physics  with  a  strong  emphasis  as 
to  their  use  and  application  in  medical  and  other  biophysical  areas. 

PY  161  Medical  Physics  Lab  Oc-31- Ish 

Corequisite;  PYI 51 

Experiments  dealing  with  applications  of  physical  principles  to  the  field  of 
medicine.  Practical  experience  with  use  of  electronic  equipment,  chart 
recorders,  etc..  of  ty  pe  found  in  modem-day  medicine  w  ill  be  introduced.  Lab 
previously  listed  as  PY151-2. 

PY  222  Mechanics  I  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisites:  PY  1 1 1  or  1 3 1 ;  MA  1 22,  1 24.  or  1 28 
Dynamics  of  a  particle  in  one,  two.  and  three  dimensions,  central  forces 
including  planetary  and  satellite  motion,  energy  in  particle  dynamics,  statics, 
and  systems  of  panicles. 

PY  223  Mechanics  II  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisites;  PY222.  MA24I 

Mechanics  of  a  rigid  body,  constraints,  oscillations,  wave  motion,  introduction 
to  Lagrangian  and  Hamiltonian  formulation  and  relativistic  mechanics. 

PY  231  Electronics  3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisites;  PY  1 1 2  or  1 32;  MA  1 22.  1 24,  or  1 28 

Circuit  theory ,  transients,  transistor  circuits,  frequency  response,  input  and 
output  impedance,  feedback  and  electronic  noise.  Operational  amplifiers  and 
digital  electronics. 

PY  242  Optics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites;  PYI  12  or  132;  MA  1 22.  124,  or  128 

Geometrical  optics  and  ph\  sical  optics;  including  interference,  diffraction,  and 

polarization.  Quantum  Optics  is  introduced. 

PY  299  Cooperative  Education  I  var-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY  1 32:  completion  of  30  credits  w  ith  a  minimum  of  2.0  GPA 
and  appro\  al  of  the  cooperati\  e  education  coordinator 
This  program  blends  classroom  theory  w  ith  practical  application  through  job 
related  experience.  Students  will  work  in  positions  offered  by  the  participating 
industrial  or  federal/state  work-study  program  employers  under  joint 
superv  ision  of  the  Physics  faculty  and  the  on-site  superv  isor.  A  co-op  student 
must  be  a  full-time  university  student  in  good  academic  standing  and  be 
planning  to  return  to  campus  for  completion  of  his/her  degree  program. 
Evakuition  requirements  may  include  on-site  visitations  by  the  faculty/ 
coordinator,  consultation  w  ith  the  on-site  superv  isor,  and  a  major  progress 
repon  by  the  student  or  the  presentation  of  a  detailed  oral  report  before  the 
departmental  cooperative  education  committee. 

PY  322  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  PY222 

Electrostatic  potential  theory,  dielectrics,  dipole  theory,  magnetostatics. 
Maxwell  equations  for  static  fields,  and  Legendres  polynomials  and  other 
approximation  methods. 

PY  323  Electricity  and  Magnetism  II  2c-OI-2sh 

Prerequisite:  P'^'322 

Time-dependent  form  of  Maxwell  equations,  electromagnetic  induction. 

vector  potential,  magnetism,  radiation  fields,  and  Poynling  vector. 

PY  331  Modern  Physics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites;  PYI  12  or  132;  MA  122,  124,  or  128 

Introduction  to  particle  and  w  a\  e  properties  of  matter,  atomic  structure, 

relativity,  solid  stale  and  nuclear  physics. 

PY  342  Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequlsite^:  P'i'  1 1 2  or  1 32:  MA  1 22.  1 24.  or  1 2S 

Thermometry,  laws  of  thermodynamics,  low -temperature  physics,  entropy, 

properties  of  ideal  gas,  and  an  introduction  to  statistical  mechanics. 

PY  350  Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  I  0c-6l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY242  and  33 1 

Required  fundamental  experiments  in  areas  of  mechanics,  optics,  modem 

phy  sics,  and  heat. 


Course  Descriptioiis-167 


PV  351  Intermediate  Experimental  Phvsics  II  Oc-fil-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY350 

Increasingly  sophisticated  experiments  in  essential  areas  of  physics.  Digital 

computers  and  the  Van  de  Graaff  are  a\ailable. 

FY  352  Applied  Physics  Laboratory  Oc-6l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  P\  231,  P\  150.  or  permission  of  instructor 
in  this  lalxiraton.  the  student  is  introduced  to  much  of  the  fundamental 
equipment  used  in  industry .  The  student  is  trained  in  the  operation  and  proper 
use  of  this  equipment  through  a  series  of  experiments  that  leach  him/her  signal 
detection  and  analysis  including  data  acquisition  by  computer.  The  student 
will  recei\e  instruction  on  the  proper  methods  to  be  used  for  \ arious  oral  and 
written  presentations. 

P\  353  Solid  State  Electronics  Laboratory  Oc-6l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  P^'332  or  permission  of  instructor 

In  this  laboratory  the  student  u  ill  encounter  a  number  of  areas  of  current 
interest  in  semiconductor  technology.  The  student  will  perform  experiments 
and  learn  skills  in  such  areas  as  device  process  simulation,  device  simulation. 
measurements  of  semiconductor  materials,  and  measurement  of  device 
parameters.  The  student  « ill  also  be  instructed  in  the  proper  presentation  of 
written  and  oral  reports. 

PY  399  Cooperative  Education  II  var-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PV  2W;  PV  3.50:  completion  of  80  credits  with  a  minimum  of 
2.5  GP.A  and  approv  al  of  the  cooperative  education  coordinator 
A  second  course  in  cooperati\  e  education.  This  course  includes  in.struction 
that  builds  upon  learning  experiences  in  college  by  combining  and  correlating 
them  with  learning  experiences  at  the  training  station  to  meet  the  students 
career  goals.  Evaluation  requirements  ma\  include  on-site  visitations  by  the 
faculty/ciKirdinator.  consultation  w  ith  the  on-site  supervisor,  and  a  major 
progress  report  by  the  student  or  the  presentation  of  a  detailed  oral  report 
before  the  departmental  cooperative  education  committee.  No  more  than  three 
semester  hours  of  PY  299,  PY  399  and/or  PY  493  may  be  used  in  fulfilling 
physics  major  course  requirements. 

PY  432  Advanced  Electronics  2c  3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY23 1 

Digital  measurement,  sw  itching  circuits,  logic  circuits,  counting,  coding,  input 
and  output.  .AD  and  DA  converters,  computer  organization. 

PY  472  Nuclear  Physics  .3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY33 1 

Survey  of  nuclear  physics,  nuclear  size,  nuclear  mass,  reaction  theory,  types  of 
radioactive  decay,  nuclear  models,  nuclear  forces,  and  elementary  panicles. 

PY  473  Quantum  Mechanics  I  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PV222  and  33 1 

Quantum  mechanics  following  methods  of  Schrodinger  and  Heisenberg;  the 
theory  is  applied  to  properties  of  harmonic  oscillator,  hydrogen  atom,  electron 
in  a  magnetic  field,  and  radioactive  decay  of  alpha  particles. 

PY  475  Physics  of  Semiconductor  Devices  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY  231.  \'\  242.  PY  342.  or  permission  of  instructor 
This  course  develops  the  basic  foundation  for  a  study  of  the  theory  of 
semiconductors.  Elementary  quantum  concepts,  the  band  theory  of  solids, 
electrical  properties  of  solids,  growth  of  semiconductor  materials,  and 
principles  of  semiconductor  devices  are  discussed. 

PY  476  Physics  of  Semicondudor  Devices  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY  475  or  permission  of  instructor 
This  course  discusses  the  physics  and  operation  of  a  number  of  discrete 
devices.  These  include  bipolar  transistors,  MOSFETS.  JFETS.  CCDs,  various 
diode  technologies,  photovoltaic  and  photoconductive  devices,  solid  stale 
la.sers.  and  light-emitting  diodes. 

PY  480  Seminar  var- 1  sh 

Speakers  Iroin  within  and  outside  the  university  conduct  a  seminar  on  a 
weekly  or  biweekly  basis  on  different  topics  of  interest  in  the  physics 
communily. 

PY  481  Special  lopics  in  Physics  var- 1  to  3sh 

Varies  from  semester  to  semester  and  covers  diverse  topics  in  specific  areas  ol 
physics.  This  course  number  is  also  used  to  offer  courses  under  developmenl. 


PY  482  Independent  Study  in  Physics  var- 1  to  6sh 

With  departmental  pemiission.  an  advanced  student  may  investigate  one  or 
more  areas  of  physics  in  the  student's  interest.  Work  is  supervised  by  a 
physics  faculty  member  but  docs  not  necessarih  in\ol\e  regular  lecture  or 
laboratory  hours. 

PV  490  Solid  State  Physics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY223  and  331 

Reciprocal  lattice,  crystal  structure,  the  quantization  of  fields  to  produce  quasi- 
particles  such  as  phonons,  magnons,  excitons.  Fermi  gas  of  electrons,  energy 
bands,  semiconductor  crystals,  and  photoconductivity. 

PY  493  Internship  in  Physics  var-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY  350:  completion  of  90  credits  with  a  minimum  of  2.5  GPA 
and  approval  of  the  internship  education  coordinator 

Supervised  professional  work-experience  in  physics  and  applied  physics.  Loca- 
tion, duties,  internship,  and  hours  are  individually  tailored  to  the  student's 
career  goals,  A  maximum  of  3sli  of  intemship  in  the  student's  major  may  be 
applied  toward  the  physics  major  area  elective  requirements.  Additional  intern- 
ship credit  must  be  used  as  free  electives.  Evaluation  requirements  include  on- 
site  visitations  by  the  faculty/coordinator,  consultation  with  the  on-site  super- 
visor, and  a  major  progress  report  by  the  student  or  the  presentation  of  a 
detailed  oral  report  before  the  departmental  intemship  education  committee. 

QB:  Quantitative/Business 
Department  of  Management  Information 
Systems  and  Decision  Sciences 
College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  3011  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with 
junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program 
affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a 
given  course. 

QB  215  Business  Statistics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA121.  MA214 

Expands  upon  the  probabilistic  concepts  developed  in  MA  214  to  orient  the 
student  toward  managerial  decision  making  using  quantitative  methodologies. 
Topics  covered  include  classical  regression  analysis,  forecasting,  Bayesian 
decision  theory,  linear  programming,  and  simulation, 

QB  380  Introduction  to  Management  Science  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  QB215 

Discussion  and  application  of  mathematical  models  used  in  managerial 
decision  making.  Linear  programming.  Markov  processes,  queuing  theory, 
EOQ  models,  and  simulation  techniques  are  among  the  topics  covered. 

QB  401  Forecasting  Methods  for  Business  3c-01  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  QB  215 

This  course  is  designed  to  train  the  students  to  undcisiand  the  nature  of 
forecasting  problems  and  the  techniques  of  forecasting  methods  and  their 
business  applications.  Computer  statistical  packages  are  incorporated  into  the 
course  so  that  forecasting  methods  and  models  can  be  applied  to  real-world 
problems,  and  the  relationships  that  exist  between  variables  can  be  examined. 

RH:  Rehabilitation 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services 

College  of  Education 

KH  2110  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  3c-()l-3sh 

,\  loundalicn  lor  suhscqucnl  courses  in  ihc  rchahiliialioii  sci|uence.  It  is  also 
:ivailahlc  as  a  prerequisite  or  basic  course  for  students  interested  in  Ihc 
rehabililalion  of  individuals  in  our  society.  C'onlent  includes  the  philosophy, 
history,  major  concepts,  and  curioiit  probloiiis  antl  issues. 

RH  21 1  Medical  Aspects  of  Kehabililatiiin  3c  ()l-3sh 

Provides  an  overview  of  ilic  eliology  and  pathology  of  a  range  of  medical 
disorders  which  often  require  ichahllitalive  services.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon 
llic  psychosocial  and  lunclional  effects  of  these  disorders,  vocational 
implications,  and  rehabilitative  needs. 


RH  220  Neurological  Basis  nrDisahilily 

I'rcicquisiles:  I:.\I20.  KII200.  HI  155  or  ill'221 


.3c-OI-3sh 


l6S-lndianu  University  of  Pennsylviiniu 


Study  of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord  with  emphasis  on  cortical  and  subcortical 
mechanisms  instrumental  in  normal  motion,  coordination,  and  bodily  sensa- 
tion, exclusive  of  vision  and  hearing.  Discussion  and  demonstration  of  condi- 
tions of  cerebral  palsy,  poliomyelitis,  traumatic  paraplegics,  cerebrovascular 
accident.  Parkinson's  disease,  multiple  sclerosis,  and  rehabilitative  procedures. 

RH  312  Psychological  Basis  of  Disability  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  emotional  and  social  responses  which  govern  behavior  and 
relationships  of  handicapped  individuals  and  rehabilitation  workers  alike,  with 
emphasis  on  the  role  of  disability  in  formation  of  the  concept  of  human  worth. 

RH  321  Principles  and  Methods  of  Rehabilitation  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  RH220.  RH312.  and  permission  of  instructor 
Delineates  the  roles  of  members  of  professional  disciplines  of  medicine, 
psychology,  prosthetics,  orthodontics,  audiology.  speech  pathology,  physical 
and  occupational  therapy  in  restoration  of  the  handicapped;  use  of  diagnostic 
information:  significance  and  interpretation  of  medical  examination:  role  of 
rehabilitation  counselor  in  the  agency. 

RH  322  Rehabilitation  Case  Study  and  Interpretation        3c-OI-3sh 
Prerequisites:  RH220.  RH312,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Purpose  and  techniques  of  case  history  taking:  meaning  and  evaluation  of 
diagnostic  information;  psychological  evaluation  in  terms  of  mental  ability, 
personality,  attitudes,  and  dexterity  skills:  role  of  disabled  individual's  famih 
in  planning  of  services:  referrals  and  report  writing. 

RH  360  Rehabilitation  Counseling:  Strategies  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission.  Rehabilitation  majors  only 
Designed  to  help  students  develop  competencies  in  using  various  counseling 
techniques  with  handicapped  persons.  Various  theories  of  counseling  will  be 
explored  relative  to  the  rehabilitation  setting,  h  will  provide  basic  counseling 
skills  to  upperclass  Rehabilitation  majors  prior  to  field  training. 

RH  410  Vocational  Assessment  in  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

Counseling 

Prerequisites:  EX  1 20.  RH220.  or  faculty  permission 

Provides  students  with  an  overview  of  vocational  assessment  techniques  and 
instruments  for  use  with  rehabilitation  clients  who  are  blind,  deaf,  mentally 
retarded,  or  severely  physically  handicapped.  Includes  discussion  of 
rehabilitation  evaluation. 

RH  412  Occupational  .Aspects  of  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  RH220.  RH3 1 1 .  or  permission  of  Instructor 
The  realism  of  the  world  of  work  and  relationship  of  gainful  eniploymem  to 
hum;»n  autonomy  and  decision  making.  Types  of  jobs,  levels  of  required  skills. 
potential  capabilities  of  the  disabled  relative  to  specific  job  responsibilities, 
methods  of  assessing  potential  job  success,  and  sheltered  workshops. 

RH  422  Current  Topics  In  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

Taken  concurrently  with  RH488  and  RH493 

Discussion  of  current  topics  of  interest  in  the  field,  such  as  state  and  federal 
legislation,  new  prosthetic  advances,  proposals  of  the  National  Rehabilitation 
■Association,  or  recent  techniques  in  working  with  specific  disabilities. 

RH  460  Advanced  Rehabilitation  Counseling  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RH360 

Selected  counseling  techniques  studied  and  practiced  under  supervision. 
Application  will  be  utilized  in  roles  that  will  approximate  the  kind  of  clients 
encountered  in  field  training. 

RH  484  Directed  Rehabilitation  Activities  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Pennission.  Rehabilitation  majors  only 
Pre-field  training  experience  working  with  handicapped  clients  in  local 
facilities.  Concrete  experience  will  help  the  students  integrate  classroom 
instruction  w  ith  field  experiences. 

RH  488  Field  Training  In  Rehabilitation  1  var-6sh 

Prerequisites:  All  major  courses  in  program 

Emphasizes  development  of  the  student  rehabilitation  coordinator  by  working 
v\  Ith  disabled  clients  in  a  public  or  private  agency.  Writing  and  analysis  of 
case  reports,  counseling  of  clients,  understanding  of  agency  responsibilities 
and  limitations,  referral,  follow-up.  and  final  evaluation  of  the  client's  ability 
to  function  with  various  degrees  of  autononi).  Taken  concurrently  with 
RH493  and  RH422. 


RH  493  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  II  var-6sh 

Prerequisites:  All  major  courses  in  program 

Provides  a  second  field  experience.  Taken  concurrently  with  RH488  and 

RH422. 

RS:  Religious  Studies 

Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

RS  100  Introduction  to  Religion  3c-OI-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  academic  study  of  religion  through  an  examination  of 
various  dimensions  of  religious  expression  and  traditions.  The  course  will 
cover  such  areas  as  problems  about  definition  of  religion;  approaches  to  the 
study  of  religion;  the  goals,  language,  and  rituals  of  religion;  cases  of  religious 
experience;  faith,  disbelief,  and  alternatives  to  religion;  religion  and  the 
sociocultural  context. 

RS  110  World  Religions  3c-OI-3sh 

A  comparative  study  of  the  history,  teaching,  and  rituals  of  the  major  religions 
of  the  w  orld  and  their  infiuence  on  contemporary  society.  A  nonsectarian 
approach  to  religions  such  as  Native  American  religion.  Afro-American 
religion.  Judaism.  Christianity,  and  Islam  in  relationship  to  Hinduism. 
Buddhism.  Confucianism,  Taoism,  and  Shinto. 

RS  200  Religion  and  Culture:  Their  Interaction  3c-OI-3sh 

,\  systematic  study  of  the  interaction  of  religions  and  various  components  of 
culture,  as  a  w  ay  of  understanding  the  phenomenon  of  religion.  The  approach 
is  functional  and  descriptive:  it  uses  case  studies  which  are  chronologically 
and  culturally  diverse,  covering  such  areas  as  religion  and  politics,  economics, 
arts,  science,  and  literature. 

RS  210  World  Scriptures  3c-OI-3sh 

Major  sacred  writings  of  Hindu.  Buddhist.  Zoroastrian.  Moslem.  Confucian, 
Taoist.  and  Judeo-Christian  traditions  will  be  studied  from  point  of  view  of 
their  religious  significance. 

RS  250  Understanding  the  Bible  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  scholarly  methods  and  major  themes  necessary  to 
understand  the  Hebrew  Scriptures  and  the  New  Testaments  of  the  Judeo- 
Christian  tradition. 

RS  260  American  Religious  Development  3c-OI-3sh 

A  survey  and  analysis  of  topics  which  depict  the  role  of  religion  in  the  U.S., 
e.g„  American  Indian  religion:  religion  and  the  discovery/colonization/- 
immigration  trends  of  the  U.S.;  religion  and  the  Constitution;  indigenous 
religious  movements;  black  religion;  ecumenism;  atheism;  cults;  mass  media 
and  religion;  religion  in  Indiana  County. 

RS  290  Christianity  3c-01-3sh 

.A  study  of  the  beliefs,  practices,  significant  persons,  history,  and  cultural 
impact  of  Christianity. 

RS  3H  Eastern  Philosophy  .3c-01-3sh 

■An  examination  and  critique  of  the  philosophies  which  have  shaped  Eastern 
world  views  and  ways  of  life  as  found  in  a  representative  sampling  of  Chinese, 
Japanese,  and  Indian  thought. 

RS  312  Archaeology  and  the  Bible  3c-01-3sh 

An  investigation  of  religious-historical  traditions  of  the  Bible  in  light  of 
archaeological  research.  Will  include  study  of  archaeological  method  and 
interpretation,  discoveries  in  Egypt.  Mesopotamia,  and  Syro-Palestine  as 
background  for  understanding  the  traditions  and  religious  practices  and  beliefs 
of  Israel,  and  special  questions  surrounding  the  Patriarchal  narratives,  the 
Exodus  and  Conquest.  Israel  under  David  and  Solomon,  the  Dead  Sea  Scrolls, 
and  New  Testament  times. 

RS  360  African  Religions  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  nature  of  .African  traditional  religion  and  how 
traditional  religion.  Islam,  and  Christianity  coexist  and  influence  each  other. 

RS  365  Native  North  .American  Religions  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  indigenous  religions  of  North  America  and  to  the 
peoples  who  practice  these  rich  and  varied  approaches  to  the  sacred.  This 
course  not  only  examines  major  religious  themes  and  dimensions  (myth,  riluai 
ethics,  etc.)  hut  includes  an  historical  perspective  on  North  American  Indian 


Course  Descriplioii.s-1 69 


lifeways.  This  perspective  involves  discussion  of  the  clash  with  Euro- 
American  values  and  contemporan  nati%e  religious  responses  to  social  crisis 
and  change. 

RS  370  Religions  of  China  and  Japan  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  Confucianism.  Taoism.  Buddhism.  Shinto,  and  popular  religion  in 
China  and  Japan,  including  historical  and  theological  foundations,  development 
of  thought,  conlemporar.'  expressions,  and  encounters  u  Ith  the  modem  world. 

RS  375  Religions  of  India  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  Hinduism.  Indian  Buddhism.  Jainism.  and  Sikhism.  including 
historical  and  theological  foundations,  development  of  thought,  contemporary 
expressions,  and  encounters  with  the  modem  world. 

RS  380  Islam  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  Islam  including  historical  and  theological  foundations, 
developments  of  thought,  contemporary  expressions,  and  encounters  w  ith  the 
modem  world. 

RS  410  History  of  Christian  Thought  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  development  of  Christian  thought  approached  through  an  in-depth  study 
of  selected  writings  from  the  early  Church  Fathers  to  the  Protestant  Reformers. 

RS  440  History  of  Christian  Thought  II  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  Christian  thought,  approached  through  in-depth  study  of 
selected  writings  from  major  theologians  of  the  19th  and  20th  centuries. 

RS  481  Special  Topics  3c-OI-3sh 

Topical  courses  w hich  will  vary  from  semester  to  semester.  See  current 
schedule  of  classes. 

RS  482  Independent  Study  var-l-6sh 

Individual  students  wishing  to  pursue  religious  studies  interests  not  covered  in 
the  department's  regular  offering  may  do  so  by  seeking  approval  for 
independent  study.  Make  inquiry  of  the  chairperson.  Upon  approval  students 
are  guaranteed  at  least  five  hours  of  faculty  time  per  credit.  .All  programs  of 
study  must  be  accepted  b\  the  department  as  a  w  hole.  May  be  taken  more  than 
once  to  maximum  of  6sh.  (This  option  Is  available  to  both  Religious  Studies 
majors  and  nonmajors. ) 

RS  482  Independent  Study :  Honors  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  3.(KJ  QPA.  I5sh  m  Religious  Studies  and  3.20  average  in 
departmental  courses 

Majors  in  Religious  Studies  are  invited  to  take  3sh  of  independent  study 
designated  "Honors  Project,"  Upon  satisfactory  completion,  graduation  with 
departmental  honors  is  possible. 

RS  493  Internship  in  Religious  Studies  6- 1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  or  Senior:  Religious  Studies  major  or  double  major;  2.5 
QP.A  in  major:  department  approval 

Supervised  experience  in  a  public  or  private  organization  which  extends  and 
complements  coursework  in  Religious  Studies, 

RT:  Respiratory  Care 

Allied  Health  Professions  Programs 

College  of  Human  P>cology  and  Health  Sciences 

R  r  326  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  I  var  3sh 

First  exposure  lo  patient  care.  Introduction  and  practice  of  basic  respiratory 
care  treatment  modalities  receive  emphasis, 

R  I  327  Pharmacology  3c-OI-3sh 

Inlroduciion  lo  pharmacology  and  iherapculics.  Emphasis  placed  on  the  drugs 
used  in  respiratory  care.  Drug  classiricalion.  action,  usage,  dosage,  and 
availability  will  be  discussed. 

RT  328  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Care  4c-0l-4sh 

Topics  include  medical  lerminology  and  an  overview  of  cellular  structure  and 
function.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  neurophysiology,  respiratory  anatomy,  and 
physiology. 

RT  M9  Respiratory  Care  Instrumentation  4c-OI-4sh 

Inlroduciion  to  basic  respiratory  care  equipment  and  related  procedures. 
Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  the  rationale  and  techniques  of  oxygen 
administration. 


RT  330  Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation  2c-OI-2sh 

Comprehensive  analysis  of  the  principles  and  practices  of  numerous  methods 
of  resuscitation, 

RT  331  Introduction  lo  \  entilator  Management  1  c-OI- 1  sh 

This  course  is  designed  to  establish  competence  In  changing  ventilator  tubing 
circuitry  In  the  laboratory  situation.  Introductory  principles,  techniques,  and 
theory  of  ventilator  application  w  ill  also  be  explored. 

RT  333  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  II  var  4sh 

Treatment  procedures  Introduced  In  Clinical  I  are  continued  with  greater 
emphasis  on  Independence,  Specialty  rotations  are  added  to  broaden  exposure 
to  respiratory  care  and  critical  care, 

RT  334  Respiratory  Care  Instrumentation  and  Application4c-01-4sh 

Provides  students  with  a  comprelienslve  knowledge  of  mechanical  ventilation. 
The  care  of  critically  ill  and  physiologic  consequences  of  mechanical 
ventilation  will  be  discussed, 

RT  335  Nursing  Arts  3c-OI-3sh 

An  overview  of  the  history  of  respiratory  care  and  nursing.  Topics  include  med- 
ical records,  infection  control,  sterilization,  and  psychosocial  aspects  of  Illness. 

RT  336  Cardiopulmonary  Evaluation  and  4c-0l-4sh 

Clinical  Correlation 

Disease  stales  of  the  pulmonary  and  related  systems  are  Investigated  in 
progression  from  etiology  through  treatment  and  prognosis. 

RT  337  Introduction  lo  Pulmonary  Function  Studies  Ic-OI-lsh 

The  student  is  introduced  to  the  basic  principles  of  lung  volumes,  capacities, 
and  their  measurement.  Blood  gas  sampling  and  electrodes  are  also  explored. 

RT  426  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  III  var  5sh 

Respiratory  Care  treatment  procedures  are  continued  with  emphasis  on  Improv- 
ing proficiency  and  refining  skills.  Students  will  make  rounds  with  physicians. 

RT  427  Applied  Pulmonary  Physiology  4c-0l-4sh 

Various  aspects  of  pulmonary  physiology  will  be  discussed  and  applied  lo 
acid-base  and  blood  gas  analysis  and  interpretation, 

RT  428  Essentials  of  Electrocardiography  2c-01-2sh 

This  course  is  designed  lo  acquaint  ihe  student  with  basic  principles  in  cardiac 
electro-diagnostics.  Topics  include  the  technique  of  ECG  testing  and 
fundamentals  of  ECG  arrhythmia  recognition, 

RT  429  Design  and  Function  of  a  Respiratory  2c-OI-2sh 

Care  Program 

Basic  management  principles  as  ihey  apply  to  the  hospital  selling:  in 
particular,  respiratory  care  departments  and  schools  will  be  discussed, 

RT  430  Pulmonary  Function  Studies  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  RT3.'*7 

Principles,  techniques,  and  equipment  employed  In  pulmonary  diagnostics  are 
explored.  Diagnostic  studies  Include  basic  spirometry.  How-volume  loops, 
diffusion  studies,  exercise  testing,  bronchoprovocation  studies,  and  small 
airways  diagnostics. 

RT431  Pediatric  Respiratory  Care  Ic-lll-lsh 

Prerequisites:  RT334  and  RT336 

The  application  of  respiratory  care  lo  children  ages  six  months  to  fifteen  years 
is  explored.  Cardiopulmonary  palhophy  slology  and  treatment  lor  Ihe 
following  disorders  are  discussed:  Croup.  Epiglottitis,  Asthma.  Cystic 
Fibrosis.  Congenital  Heart  Defecls.  Abdominal  and  Chest  Wall  Defects. 

RT  A^^  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  IV  var  .Ssh 

Kolations  on  trealmcnl  and  inlensive  respiratory  care  are  continued.  Advanced 
rotations  are  included, 

RT  4.14  Neonatal  Respiratory  (are  .V-OI-3sh 

Basic  terminology,  anatomy,  and  pathophysiology  of  obstetric,  fetal,  neonalal, 
and  pediatric  patients  will  be  presented. 


RT  436  Respiratory  Care  Teaching 

An  inlioiluclKin  in  respiralory  education. 


2c-01-2sh 


R  I  437  Methods  in  Critical  Care  2c-01-2sh 

Critical  Care  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  modalities  pciiliicnl  lo  respiralory  care 


170-Indiana  Vniversity  of  Pennsylvania 


will  be  discussed.  Topics  include  invasive  and  noninvasive  cardiac 
monitoring,  pulmonary  monitoring,  neurological  assessment,  ventilator 
commitment,  and  discontinuance. 

RT  438  Cardiopulmonary  Rehabilitation  Ic-OI-lsh 

Techniques  and  principles  associated  with  cardiopulmonary  rehabilitation 
programs  are  surveyed.  Topics  also  include  the  management  of  chronic 
pulmonary  disease  in  the  home  and  the  application  of  respiratory  equipment 
and  mechanical  ventilators  in  this  setting. 

RT  481  Special  Topics  in  Respiratory  Care  var  l-3sh 

This  course  varies  from  semester  to  semester  covering  diverse  topics  in 
specific  areas  of  Respiratory  Care  not  covered  in  regular  coursework. 

SA:  Safety  Sciences 

Department  of  Safety  Sciences 

College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

SA  101  Introduction  to  Occupational  Safety  .^c-OI-3sh 

and  Health 

Covers  theory  and  history  of  industrial  hazard  control,  effects  of  hazards  and 
failures  on  organizational  control  and  productivity,  safety  and  health 
legislation,  accident  causation,  organization  and  administration  of  safety  and 
health  programs,  aspects  of  recognizing,  evaluating,  and  understanding  control 
of  safety  and  health  hazards,  acquiring  hazard  data,  hazard  analytical  tools, 
communication  techniques  in  safety  and  health  management,  and  the  role  of 
interfacing  management  systems  in  hazard  control. 

SA  102  Introduction  to  Mine  Safety  and  Health  .1c-OI-3sh 

Designed  to  provide  the  student  with  an  in-deplh  background  of  the  problems 
involving  mine  safety.  An  historical  approach  to  coal  and  mineral  mining  is 
reviewed;  legislative  influences  such  as  the  Federal  Coal  Mine  Health  and 
Safety  ,Act.  the  Metal  and  Nonmetal  Mine  Health  and  Safet\  Act.  and  the 
Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Act  are  discussed  in  depth:  mining  techniques, 
methods,  and  systems  are  discussed.  Management  of  mine  health  and  safety 
programs  is  presented.  Federally  inandated  training  of  employees  is  covered. 

SA  111  Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  I  3c-OI-.^sh 

Prerequisite:  S.-V  101  or  SA  102 

Stresses  understanding  the  complexity  of  industrial  hazard  control  problem  by 
thoroughly  examining  elements  of  safety  and  health  enumerated  in  OSHA 
promulgated  standards.  Emphasis  given  to  plant  layout  and  design,  materials 
handling,  machine  guarding,  walking  and  working  surfaces,  hazardous 
materials  and  combustible  liquids,  boilers  and  unfired  pressure  vessels. 

SA  211  Principles  of  Industrial  .Safety  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SAlOl  orSAI02 

Stresses  understanding  the  complexity  of  the  industrial  hazard  control  problem 
by  thoroughly  examining  elements  of  safet>  and  health  enumerated  in  the 
OSH.A  promulgated  standards.  Emphasis  on  welding  and  cutting  operations, 
electrical  safety,  chemical  safety,  personal  protective  equipment,  industrial 
sanitation,  and  construction  safety. 

SA  231  Principles  of  Mine  Safety  I  3c  01  3sh 

Prerequisite:  SAI02 

Focuses  on  the  various  aspects  of  mining  operations  such  as  slope  and  shaft 
development:  mine  design:  ground  control:  hoisting:  man-trips;  haulage; 
mining  equipment;  mine  emergency  planning  and  procedures:  mine 
communications  and  maintenance. 

SA  232  Principles  of  Mine  Safety  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S.A102 

Covers  surface  mining  operations  such  as  slope  stability,  equipment,  ground 
water,  and  control.  Mine-related  processing  operations  are  discussed.  Provides 
an  in-depth  study  of  the  various  controls  of  electrical  hazards  and  ignition 
sources  such  as  permissible  equipment  and  electrical  distribution  systems.  The 
uses  of  explosives  and  blasting  practices,  handling,  storing,  and  transponation 
with  emphasis  on  causes  of  explosion  involving  dust  and  gases  are  discussed. 

SA  245  Product  Safety  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA2I7 

Traces  flow  of  applicable  legislation  dealing  with  consumerism  and  product 
safety.  Corporate  liability  for  product  safety  emphasized  through  case  studies. 
Student  familiarized  with  evolving  role  of  Consumer  Product  Safety 


Commission.  Corporate  management  of  product  development  and  safety 
detailed  with  emphasis  on  systems  safety  analysis,  standards,  and  product 
testing.  (Numbered  SA445  prior  to  1989) 

SA  299  Cooperative  Education  I  Oc-01-Osh 

Prerequisites:  .Approval  of  academic  adviser,  co-op  coordinator,  and 
department  chairperson 

The  initial  experience  in  a  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  theory 
with  practical  application  through  job-related  experiences.  The  course  is  open 
to  SA  majors  and  minors  usually  in  their  sophomore  year.  Students  are 
employed  by  organizations  outside  western  Pennsylvania  where  there  is  an 
ongoing  hazard  control  program  under  the  direction  of  an  experienced 
professional.  The  student  is  required  to  be  in  good  academic  standing  and  to 
serve  a  minimum  of  two  alternating  w  ork  experiences. 

SA  301  Health  Hazard  Identification  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CHI02.  PYl  1 1.  MAI22.  BI155 

Provides  an  understanding  of  the  primary  health  hazards  found  in  industry  and 
their  effects  on  the  human  body.  Students  learn  to  recognize  hazards  involved 
with  air  contaminants,  noise,  heat,  radiation,  chemicals  on  the  skin,  and  other 
stressors.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  study  of  occupational  disease,  industrial 
toxicology,  and  use  of  threshold  limit  values. 

SA  303  Control  of  Health  Hazards  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301.  PYl  12.  MA2I7 

Study  of  engineering,  administrative,  and  personal  protective  equipment  as 
methods  of  reducing  or  eliminating  hazards  to  the  health  of  industrial  workers. 
Topics  covered  include  industrial  ventilation,  noise  Control,  heat  control,  radia- 
tion control,  personal  protective  equipment,  and  industrial  health  program. 

SA  311  Industrial  Fire  Protection  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CHI 02.  PYl  12.  SA21 1 

Introduces  fundamental  concepts  in  protection  of  industrial  workers  and 
property  from  fire  and  explosion.  Fire  chemistr\'.  control  of  ignition  sources  in 
industry,  and  properties  of  combustible  materials  are  discussed.  Fire  detection 
and  extinguishment  are  covered  along  w  ith  building  construction  for  fire 
prevention,  life  safety,  fire  codes,  and  related  topics. 

SA  345  Systems  Safety  Analysis  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SAl  1 1.SA2I  I." MA2I7 

Focuses  on  the  evaluation  of  system  designs  using  detailed  system  analysis 
techniques.  Topics  covered  include  system  definition,  economics  of  systems 
safety,  systems  safety  methodology,  ergonomic  approaches,  mathematics  of 
system  analysis,  including  statistical  methods.  Boolean  algebra,  and  reliability. 
Preliminary  hazard  analysis,  task  analysis,  failure  mode  and  effect  analysis, 
fault  tree  analysis,  and  exercises  in  the  application  of  fault  tree  analysis  to 
hardware  and  man/machine  systems.  Practical  analysis  work  is  accomplished 
in  laboratory  sessions. 

SA  347  Ergonomics  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA30I.BII55 

An  exploration  of  the  principles  which  control  human  performance  and  its 
effect  upon  the  safety  and  reliability  of  systems.  Engineering  anthropometry, 
biomechanics  of  motion  and  work  posture,  work  physiology,  and  performance 
measurement  are  covered  in  the  context  of  their  application  in  workplace 
design.  Students  will  be  instructed  in  methodologies  for  analysis  tasks  and 
human  performance  requirements.  Important  human  limitations  are  studied  in 
laboratory  sessions. 

SA  370  Fleet  Safety  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  S  A 1 0 1 .  junior  standing 

Includes  topics  involved  with  the  development  and  operation  of  motor  fleet 
safety  programs:  driver  selection  and  training,  accident  investigation  and 
record  keeping,  equipment  safety  features,  preventive  maintenance,  and  driver 
incentive  programs. 

SA  380  Institutional  Safety  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Historical  aspects  of  safety  for  both  private  and  public  institutions:  intro- 
duction to  trends  in  liability  and  institutional  safety  regulations.  Distinctions 
will  be  made  between  employee,  visitor,  and  patient  hazards  and  their  control. 

SA  399  Cooperative  Education  II  Oc-01-Osh 

Prerequisite:  SA  299 

A  second  experience  in  a  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  theory  with 
practical  application  through  job-related  experiences.  The  course  is  open  to  SA 
majors  and  minors  usuall>  in  their  junior  or  senior  year.  Students  are  employed- 
by  organizations  outside  western  Pennsylvania  where  there  is  an  ongoing  haz- 


Course  Descriptions-1 7t 


ard  control  program  under  the  direction  of  an  experienced  safety  professional. 
The  student  is  required  to  be  in  good  academic  standing  and  to  serve  a  mini- 
muin  of  t«o  alternating  work  experiences. 

SA  401  Mine  \'entilation  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PYl  12.  S.A102.  M.A122  or  consent 

Slud\  of  mine  ventilation  principles  and  practices  which  provide  a  basic 
knowledge  in  design  and  operation  of  mine  ventilation  systems.  The  topics  of 
airtlov^  phvsics.  ventilation  standards,  fan  fundamentals,  pressure  losses. 
required  air  flow  s.  and  overall  design  are  discussed.  Specific  problems  in  mine 
ventilation  will  be  solved. 

SA  402  Health  Hazard  Evaluation  2c-31-3sh 

'Prerequisites:  SA.301.  PVI 12.  M.A2I7 

A  lecture/laboratory  course  which  provides  a  basic  understanding  of 
techniques  used  in  measuring  and  evaluating  the  magnitude  of  health  hazards 
in  industry .  Laboratorv  sessions  provide  experience  in  air  sampling,  noise 
measurement,  heat  measurement,  particle  size  analysis,  chemical  analysis,  and 
evaluation  of  industrial  ventilation  systems. 

S.\  412  Evaluation  of  Safety  Program  Effectiveness  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  M.A  217.  junior  standing 

Teaches  reasons  and  importance  of  evaluating  the  effect  of  safety  and  health  in- 
novations on  organization  performance.  de\  ising  measuring  systems  capable  of 
exmicting  accurate,  meaningful  data,  methods  of  collecting,  codifying,  and 
processing  accident-injury  infomaation.  and  utilization  of  data  retrieval  systems. 


3c 


-3sh 


S.A  441  .Accident  Investigation 

Prerequisite:  S.A  101.  junior  standing  or  consent 

Focuses  on  various  aspects  of  accident  investigation  such  as  recent  theories 
associated  w  ith  accident  causes,  investigative  techniques,  data  acquisition, 
structure  of  investigative  reports,  management  responsibilities,  and  remedial 
actions.  Particular  emphasis  on  determining  sequence  of  events  to  develop 
management  actions  which  will  prevent  recurrence  of  accidents. 

SA  461  Air  Pollution  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA30I  or  consent 

Focuses  on  various  major  aspects  of  the  air  pollution  problem.  Includes 
sources  of  pollution,  evaluation  and  engineering  of  pollutants,  government 
regulations,  atmospheric  chemistrv  and  dispersion,  and  human  and  nonhuman 
effects.  Particular  emphasis  on  information  that  Is  practical  lor  the  safety 
management,  industrial  health,  or  environmental  health  professional. 

SA  462  Radiological  Health  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301  or  consent 

Study  of  problems  associated  w  iih  ionizing  radiation  in  human  environment. 
Empha.sis  given  to  biological  effects,  radiation  measurement,  dose 
computational  techniques,  exposure  control,  and  local  and  federal  regulations. 
Study  and  use  of  various  radiological  instruments  included. 

S.A  472  Proces.s  Safety  in  the  Chemical  Industry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites;  SA301,  SA31 1.  SA345  and  senior  standing,  or  permission  of 
instructor 

This  course  is  designed  to  cover  all  important  aspects  of  loss  prevention  as  it  is 
practiced  in  the  chemical  process  industries.  Its  objective  is  to  prepare  the 
safely  professional  so  that  he/she  may  be  able  to  work  more  effectively  with 
chemists  and  chemical  engineers  in  joint  hazard  identification,  evaluation,  and 
control  projects.  (Numbered  as  SA  4H2  prior  to  1989) 


SA  481  Special  Topics  in  Safety  Sciences 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

An  elective  offering  in  which  the  specific  topic  may  vary. 


3c-OI-3sh 


SA  482  Independent  Study  varl-.3c 

This  course  is  a  siudcnl-inilialed  program  supervised  by  one  faculty  member. 
It  is  open  lo  Safety  Sciences  and  related  majors  in  the  junior  and  senior  years. 
Students  will  study  in  depth  a  special  topic  of  importance  lo  occupational 
lafcly  and  health.  Requirements  of  this  course  include  extensive  reading, 
evaluation  of  problems,  and  one  or  more  research  papers. 

SA  49.1  Internship  var-6sh 

Prerequisiie:  .Senior  standing,  all  required  courses  in  major 
All  Safety  Sciences  majors  are  expected  lo  lake  this  course,  ll  is  conducted 
j  away  from  the  university  at  various  Industrial  enterprises.  Students  are  required 
I  10  provide  their  own  transportation.  Intended  to  allow  the  student  to  apply  haz- 


ard assessment  and  safety  management  practices  to  actual  industrial  situations 
while  at  same  time  being  exposed  to  complexities  of  industrial  environment. 

SA  493  Internship  I2sh 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing,  all  required  courses  in  major,  minimum  of  2..^ 
overall  and  2.8  GPA  in  major,  and  consent 

This  course  is  a  practicum  conducted  at  an  approved  occupational  setting  up  to 
500  miles  away  from  lUP.  Students  are  required  to  conduct  four  major 
projects  over  the  course  of  Ihe  summer.  One  project  will  be  from  each  of  the 
following  areas:  Safely  Management.  Industrial  Safety.  Industrial  Hygiene, 
and  Fire  Protection.  Students  are  accountable  to  an  on-site  superv  isor  and  are 
required  to  remain  in  close  conlaci  w  ith  a  Safely  Sciences  facull\  coordinator. 
Offered  in  summer  only. 

SC:  Science 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

SC  101  Fundamentals  of  Physics  2c-21-2..Ssh 

Prerequisite:  Elementary  Education  major  or  instructor  pemiission 
A  conceptual  course  in  physics  for  Elementarv  Education  majors.  High  school 
physics  is  not  a  prerequisiie.  Class  and  lab  presentations  concentrate  upon 
dispelling  naive  concepts  and  developing  a  better  understanding  and 
appreciation  of  the  physical  world.  The  topics  of  motion,  heal,  light,  sound, 
electricity,  magnetism,  and  the  nucleus  are  presented  in  context  with  our 
everyday  experiences.  This  course  does  not  fultlll  the  Liberal  Studies 
requirement  except  for  Elementary  Education  majors. 

SC  102  Fundamentals  of  Chemistry  2c-2 1  -2.5sh 

Prerequisite:  Elementary  Education  major  or  instructor  permission 
A  survey  of  chemical  principles  and  concepts.  The  nature  of  chemical 
reactions  as  applied  to  technology  and  its  applications  to  society.  The  world  of 
consumer  chemistry  will  be  explored.  The  goal  is  to  develop  a  chemical 
literacy  for  the  student.  A  series  of  laboratory  exercises  develop  concept 
understanding  and  process  skills.  Some  individual  and  group  projects  will  be 
included.  This  course  does  not  fulfill  the  Liberal  Studies  requirement  except 
for  Elementary  Education  majors. 

SC  103  Fundamentals  of  Earth  and  Space  Science  2c-2 1  -2..'ish 

Prerequisites:  SC  IOI..SC  102 

Introduction  to  geology,  astronomy,  oceanography,  and  meteorology  for 
Elementary  Education  majors.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  Ihe  understanding  of 
large-scale  processes  anil  how  ihe  Earth.  Solar  System,  and  L'niverse  work. 
Lab  experiences  include  hands-on  work  w  ith  earth  materials  and  w  ith 
instruments  from  all  of  our  subjects,  map.  and  field  trips  which  may  occur 
during  class  times,  nights,  and  weekends.  This  class  does  not  fulfill  the  Liberal 
Studies  requirement  except  for  Elementary  Education  majors. 

SC  104  Fundamentals  of  Environmental  Biology  2c-2l-2..'ish 

Prerequisites:  SC  101.  SC  102 

.A  basic  inlroduction  to  Ihc  major  concepts  and  principles  of  ecology  and  their 
application  to  modern  living  for  Elemenlary  Education  majors. 

SC  105  Physical  Science  I  .3c-21-4sh 

A  descriptive  and  conceptual  course  in  physics  for  the  non-Science  major. 
High  school  physics  is  nol  a  prerequisite.  Course  conleni  is  designed  lo 
develop  an  underslanding  and  appreciation  of  the  physical  world  around  us.  lo 
produce  changes  in  allilude  and  background  essential  for  our  modem  society. 
and  to  clarify  Ihe  following  topics:  motion,  heal,  sound,  light,  electricity, 
magnetism,  and  the  structure  of  matter. 

SC  106  Physical  Science  II  .3c-21-4sh 

A  basic  course  in  environmental  and  consumer  chemistry  for  Ihe  non-Science 
major.  High  school  chemistry  is  nol  a  prerequisiie.  Major  topics  include  man's 
use  and  abuse  of  soil,  water,  air  and  energy  resources,  global  food  production 
and  hunger.  Ihc  nuclear  indiisiry.  and  Ihe  threat  of  nuclear  war.  Consumer 
topics  Include  vitamins  and  nulrilion,  food  additives,  pesticides,  and  drugs. 


J72-Indianu  University  of  Pi'iiiisyhaiiia 


SH:  Speech  and  Hearing  (Speech  Pathology  and 

Audiology) 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services 

College  of  Education 

SH  111  Fundamentals  of  Speech  and  Hearing  3c-OI-3sh 

(Prerequisite  for  all  otlier  required  courses  in  the  division  except  Phonetics) 
Introduction  to  the  study  of  physiological,  acoustical,  and  scientific  processes 
involved  in  production  and  reception  of  speech.  The  genetic  development  of 
speech  sounds  and  factors  that  hinder  or  facilitate  speech  and  language 
acquisition. 

SH  122  Phonetics  3c-OI-3sh 

Detailed  study  of  phonemes  of  American-English  speech  from  a  physical  and 
acoustical  point  of  view.  Development  of  proficiency  in  use  of  International 
Phonetic  Alphabet  for  transcription  and  translation  of  speech  sounds. 

SH  222  Introduction  to  Audiology  3c-OI-3sh 

The  study  of  auditory  function,  anatomy  of  auditory  mechanism, 
psychophysics  of  sound,  types  and  causes  of  hearing  loss,  measurement  of 
hearing,  and  educational  considerations  for  hearing-handicapped  child. 

SH  234  Language  Development  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  development  of  an  interpersonal  communication  system: 
language  as  a  system  of  symbols  for  communication;  the  structure  of  the 
English  language,  including  phonology,  syntax,  and  semantics  with  emphasis 
on  the  generative  evolvement  of  sentences.  Highlighting  the  neurological, 
social,  and  psychological  bases  of  language  development. 

SH  242  Introduction  to  Speech  Science  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  communication  process  with  emphasis  on  physical  characteristics 
of  sound  production,  transmission  and  perception  of  the  sound,  and  the 
evolvement  and  use  of  symbols  for  meaningful  communication.  The  scientific 
principles  of  normal  oral  communication  are  stressed,  and  language  learning  is 
recognized  as  a  basis  for  oral  communication. 

SH  251  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Speech  and  3c-OI-3sh 

Hearing  Mechanism 

Consideration  of  genetic  development,  structure,  and  function  of  the  organs  of 
speech  and  hearing.  Anatomical  systems  involved  in  respiration,  phonation. 
articulation,  and  hearing  and  relationships  between  systems  in  production  and 
reception  of  speech. 

SH  254  Classroom  Management  of  Language  Disorders     3c-OI-3sh 
Study  of  aspects  of  speech,  language,  and  hearing  problems  pertaining  to 
classroom  situation.  Types  of  speech  and  hearing  disorders,  conducting  speech 
and  language  improvement  lessons,  classroom  aids  for  teaching  the  child  with 
language,  speech,  and  hearing  impairment,  and  school  and  community 
resources  for  these  children.  (Required  for  majors  in  Education  of  the 
Exceptional  and  suggested  for  majors  in  Elementary  Education) 

SH  306  Articulation  and  Language  Disorders  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SH  1 1 1 ,  242,  25 1 ,  234 

Exploration  of  the  processes  related  to  developmental  articulation  and  lan- 
guage disorders  from  birth  through  adolescence.  Instruction  in  the  principles 
underlying  modification  of  these  disorders.  Preparation  of  management 
programs  and  observation  in  the  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  required. 

SH  308  Stuttering  and  Voice  Disorders  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SH  1 1 1 .  242,  25 1 .  234 

Introduction  to  the  developmental,  psychogenic,  and  organic  bases  for 
stuttering  and  voice  disorders.  Instruction  in  principles  underlying  treatment  of 
these  disorders  with  emphasis  on  anatomical  deviations  and  laryngeal 
dysfunction.  Preparation  of  management  plans  and  observation  in  Speech  and 
Hearing  Clinic  required. 

SH  311  Aural  Rehabilitation  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SH222 

Consideration  of  the  effects  of  varied  degrees  of  hearing  loss  sustained  by 
individuals  at  different  stages  of  development  and  study  of  total  education  and 
rehabilitative  procedures  for  the  hard-of-hearing  child  or  adult. 


SH  312  Organization  and  Administration  of  Speech  3c-01-3sh 

and  Hearing  Programs 

Prerequisite:  SHI  1 1  (meets  requirement  for  Professional  Education  course) 
Establishment  and  maintenance  of  speech  and  hearing  programs  within 
various  administrative  organizations,  particularly  in  the  public  schools.  Tech- 
niques of  client  identification,  scheduling,  record  keeping,  appropriate  referral, 
material  and  equipment  selection,  teacher  and  parental  counseling,  and  the 
development  of  coordinated  professional  and  interdisciplinary  procedures.  To 
be  scheduled  the  semester  immediately  preceding  student  teaching. 

SH  314  Assessment  of  Speech  and  Language  Disorders      3c-OI-3 
Prerequisites:  SHI  1 1,  242,  251,  234 

Introduction  to  formal  and  informal  procedures  for  evaluating  speech  and 
language  disorders:  selection  of  tests  and  techniques;  reliability  and  validity  of 
procedures;  interviewing  techniques  appropriate  to  case  history.  Preparation  of 
evaluation  and  case  history  reports;  preparation  of  management  programs. 

SH  320  Speech  Clinic  var  l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  All  major  courses  except  SH3I2 

Experience  in  working  with  individuals  or  groups  of  persons  who  exhibit 
speech  or  hearing  problems.  Lesson  planning,  writing  of  reports,  and  case 
histories  of  a  detailed  nature. 

SO:  Sociology 

Department  of  Sociology /Anthropology 

College  of  Humanities  and  Sociaj  Sciences 

so  151  Principles  of  Sociology  3c-01-3sh 

Scientific  study  of  structure  and  functioning  of  human  societies,  with  special 
attention  to  factors  responsible  for  organization  and  transfomiation  of  socio- 
cultural  systems.  Specific  course  content  varies  from  one  instructor  to  another. 

SO  231  Contemporary  Social  Problems  3c-01-3sh 

Exploration  of  some  pressing  problems  currently  endemic  to  Western  society. 
Problems  are  defined  and  solutions  explored  in  light  of  historical,  political, 
economic,  social,  and  anthropological  data. 

SO  233  Cultural  Symbolism:  Language  in  Culture  3c-OI-3sh 

and  Society 

Focuses  on  social  and  cultural  functions  of  language.  Particular  emphasis  on 
analysis  of  non-Western  languages. 

St)  237  World  Societies  and  World  Systems  3c-0I-3sh 

Detailed  analysis  of  the  evolution  of  human  societies  with  emphasis  on  the 
evolution  of  the  modern  world  network  of  societies  that  began  to  emerge  in 
the  16th  century  and  that  is  continuing  at  a  rapid  pace  today.  Of  special 
concern  are  I )  the  economic  and  political  relationships  that  integrate  the 
diverse  societies  of  the  world  into  a  vast  economic  annd  political  world- 
system;  2)  the  reasons  for  pronounced  differences  in  economic  status  and 
political  power  among  the  world's  societies:  and  3)  the  shifting  economic  and 
political  fortunes  of  individual  societies  w  ithin  the  modern  world-system. 

SO  251  Sociology  of  Human  Sexuality  3c-01-3sh 

Depth  analysis  of  a  formerly  taboo  topic,  human  sexuality.  Current 
information  from  biological,  psychological,  and  sociological  research  on 
human  relationships  is  presented  to  provide  a  foundation  for  self- 
understanding  and  societal  values. 

SO  271  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  will  explore  the  cultural  diversity  of  the  continent  of  Africa.  The 
first  unit  will  exainine  the  historical  processes  which  shape  modern  society, 
including  the  formation  of  indigenous  African  empires,  the  evidence  for  trade 
routes,  slave  trading,  and  colonialisin.  The  second  unit  will  examine  the  nature 
of  African  traditional  societies,  including  analyses  of  forager  and  agricultural 
groups.  The  last  unit  will  cover  issues  of  contemporary  development  in  Africa 
such  as  famine  and  agricultural  policy,  the  status  of  women  in  economic 
development,  and  apartheid.  Reading  will  include  ethnographic  and  historical 
accounts  of  African  society  as  well  as  selections  by  African  writers  on  the 
issues  of  contemporary  society. 

SO  272  Culture  Area  Studies:  China  .V-OI-3sh 

Designed  to  assist  the  student  in  developing  an  understanding  of  contemporarj' 
China.  While  the  course  will  begin  w  ith  prehistoric  and  historic  aspects  of 
China,  the  focus  will  be  on  contemporary  issues  presented  in  the  context  of 
sociological  theory.  Specific  Chinese  cultural  components  that  w  ill  be 


Course  Description.s-1 73 


investigated  include  values,  altitudes,  nomis.  social  organization,  linguistics. 
and  folklore. 

SO  273  Cultural  .Area  Studies:  Southeast  .Asia  .ic-OI-.ish 

An  introduction  to  the  peoples  and  cultures  of  Southeast  .Asia.  Prehistory  and 
the  development  of  indigenous  states  in  Southeast  Asia  and  analysis  of  impact 
of  v^orld  religions,  such  as  Islam,  and  Western  colonialism.  .Also  examines 
modem  hunter-gatherer  and  farming  societies  and  discusses  contemporary 
issues  in  social  and  economic  change,  including  the  "Green  Revolution." 
tropical  deforestation,  the  struggle  of  ethnic  minority  tribal  peoples,  and  the 
plight  of  Indochinese  refugees. 

SO  301  Clinical  Sociological  Theory  3c-01-3sh 

.Prerequisite:  SOI.'il 

Develops  an  understanding  of  how  to  use  micro  and  macro  sociological  theory 
to  analyze,  assess,  and  diagnose  human  problems.  Employing  case  studies,  it 
prepares  students  to  do  case  work  and  help  solve  interpersonal,  group,  and 
organizational  problems.  Also  seeks  to  acquaint  students  w  ith  the  broader 
professional  activity  of  human  services. 

SO  302  Clinical  Sociological  Practice  3c-ni  3sh 

Prerequisite:  SO.WI 

Prepares  the  students  to  affect  constructive  change  within  individuals,  groups. 
families,  and  communities.  Draws  its  analysis,  diagnosis,  and  methods  trom 
Ihe  foundations  of  sociological  theory  at  the  level  of  intervention  with  clients. 

SO  303  Social  and  Cultural  Change  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI5I 

Exploration  of  current  theoretical  perspectives  on  social  and  cultural  change. 
Special  attention  given  to  planned  change  at  the  local  or  regional  level. 

SO  314  Ethnology  of  North  .American  Indians  3c-()l-3sh 

Survey  of  culture  history  and  culture  area  characteristics  of  Indians  of  North 
America.  Detailed  study  of  representative  groups  related  to  historical. 
functional,  and  ecological  concepts. 

SO  322  Culture  and  Personality  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PCI 01  andSOISl  orANIIO 

Examination  of  personality  characteristics  produced  in  a  given  cultural  milieu 
or  subgroup.  Cross-cultural  comparisons  and  analyses  made  w  ith  respect  to 
child-rearing,  male-female  role  differentiation,  bodily  movements. 
suppression,  mental  disturbance,  and  religious  expression. 

SO  332  Racial  and  Ethnic  Minorities  3c  01-3sh 

This  course  will  comparatively  focus  on  the  historical  and  conlcmporarv 
experience  of  a  variety  of  racial  and  ethnic  groups  in  the  L  nited  States.  Brazil. 
and  South  Africa.  Will  examine  theories  and  concepts  in  racial  and  ethnic 
relations  to  explain  ethnic  stratification,  inequality,  and  different  rales  of 
assimiOlation  and  group  success  in  the  U.S.  Several  public  policy  issues  such 
as  affirmative  action,  bilingual  education,  apartheid,  and  federalism  will  also 
be  discussed. 

SO  333  Delinquency  and  Youth  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI  SI 

Study  of  social  and  cultural  factors  involved  in  various  youth  lifestyles. 
including  delinquency.  Cross-cultural  and  historical  approach  used  in  a  review 
of  social  norms,  social  control,  and  socialization  institutions  and  community- 
based  programs  for  rehabilitation. 

SO  335  Alcohol  and  Drug  Abuse  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOLS  I 

Examines  the  social  issues  and  problems  of  alcohol  and  drug  misuse  in 
American  society.  Legal  and  illegal  substances  will  be  considered,  and 
the  causes  of  substance  abuse  as  well  as  alternatives  will  be  examined. 

SO  336  Sociolrigy  of  the  Family  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI. SI 

Sociological  study  of  the  family  from  various  theoretical  viewpoints. 
Emphasis  on  the  relation  between  structure  and  function  of  the  family  and  the 
existing  and  emerging  social  environment. 

SO  338  Lrban  Sociology  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .SO I. SI 

A  critical  survey  of  various  models  and  conceptual  frameworks  used  by  urban 
•oclologisis.  The  course  examines  siKiiKullural  adaptations  to  urban  settings 
in  various  times  and  places,  although  the  emphasis  will  be  upon  large-scale 


industrial  and  postindustrial  .societies.  The  focus  is  on  the  social  unit  of 
adaptation:  often  the  urban  neighborhood,  the  community,  or  other  small-scale 
segments  of  the  city. 

SO  339  The  Community  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI. si 

Analysis  of  the  social  structure  of  communities  on  the  local  level  in  relation  to 

the  national  community  structure.  Examination  of  current  problems  and  future 

trends. 

SO  340  Sociology  of  Industry  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SO  151 

Examination  of  industrial  organizations  and  their  environments.  Production 
systems  analyzed  in  terms  of  different  fonns  of  organization,  e.g.. 
bureaucratic,  power-equilibrium,  and  worker-participation.  Special  attention 
paid  to  who  defines  production,  how  such  definitions  are  legitimized,  and  how 
constraints  are  placed  on  such  definitions  by  union  and  other  political 
organizations. 

SO  341  Sociology  of  Education  .\-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI.^I 

Examines  the  place  of  education  in  society.  Special  attention  to  the 
development  of  education  in  America  and  its  relation  to  political  and 
economic  phenomena.  Some  attention  given  to  education  in  other  industrial 
and  agrarian  societies. 

SO  342  Social  and  Cultural  Aspects  of  Health  3c-OI-3sh 

and  Medicine 

Prerequisite:  6sh  in  Sociology  or  Anthropology 

Review  of  the  fields  of  medical  sociology  and  anthropology.  Focus  on  such 
topics  as  health  and  illness  in  cross-cultural  context,  aging,  social  and  psycho- 
logical aspects  of  pain,  and  social  organization  of  health  facilities  and  services. 
Definitions  of  limits  of  "life"  and  "death"  in  context  of  holistic  health. 

SO  345  Interpersonal  Dynamics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOI51 

Study  of  the  interaction  between  and  among  individuals  and  groups  in  various 
social  settings.  Emphasis  on  self  understanding,  small  groups,  socialization, 
social  infiuence  and  compliance,  person  perception,  collective  behavior,  and 
mass  communication. 

SO  348  Sociology  of  Work  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SO  IS  I 

Focuses  upon  the  sociological  examination  of  the  various  fonns  of  labor, 
employment,  and  unemployment  present  in  Industrial  societies.  Examines  the 
nature  of  work  and  unemplin  nieni  in  the  modem  era  and  how  these  fomis  are 
being  transfomicd  in  the  present  period. 

SO  352  Sociology  of  Religion  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOISI 

Nature  of  religion  as  a  universal  social  institution.  Universal  and  variable 
features  of  human  religious  activity  examined,  with  special  allenlion  to  causes 
and  consequences  of  religious  belief  and  action.  Specific  topics  discussed 
include  theories  of  the  origin  and  persistence  of  religion;  evolution  of  variant 
forms  of  religion:  relationship  between  religion  and  other  social  institutions, 
especially  economy,  polity,  and  science;  types  of  religious  organization  in 
complex  societies;  revitalization  and  messianic  movements;  and  the  process  ot 
secularization. 

SO  354  Sexual  Inequality  in  Human  Societies  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .SOI SI 

Explores  current  perspectives  on  the  situations  faced  by  men  and  women  in 

Ihe  United  Stales  and  olher  societies.  Major  topics  examined  include  sex  role 

socialization,  sexual  incqualily  in  everyday  life,  the  maintenance  of  sexual 

inequality,  and  the  sexes  in  iclalioii  lo  economy  and  lainily  in  various 

societies. 

SO  357  Sociology  of  Aging  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOISI 

Inlroduction  to  various  problcnis  laced  in  the  process  of  growing  older. 
Attitudes  of  society  low  aid  elderly  and  social  and  ciillural  impaci  of  an  aging 
U.S.  population  examined. 

SO  421  .Sociology  of  Mass  Media  .3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOISI 

Examines  the  development  ol  mass  media  as  domlnaiil  cultural  lornis  wiihin 


1 74-fndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


advanced  industrial  societies  within  the  20th  century.  Emphasizes  critical 
understanding  of  the  sociohistorical  de\  elopment.  the  underlying  assumptions, 
and  the  social  implications  of  the  advance  of  mass  media. 

SO  427  Spouse  .\buse  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Considers  the  range  of  theoretical  explanations  for  the  pervasive  violence 
between  husband  and  u ife.  Particularly  examines  the  research  on  v\ife 
battering  and  the  implications  of  this  research  for  programs  and  policies 
assisting  both  the  victim  and  the  abuser. 

SO  428  Child  Abuse  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examines  the  prevalence,  causes,  and  social  implications  of  physical,  sexual, 
emotional,  and  neglect  forms  of  child  abuse  in  society.  Child  abuse  will  be 
studied  from  the  individual,  family,  and  societal  level  perspectives.  Potential 
intervention  strategies  will  also  be  considered. 

SO  435  Social  Stratification  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examines  "Who  gets  w  hat  and  why?"  Detailed  analy  sis  of  bases  of  power  for 
and  cohesion  of  super-rich,  middle  class,  and  poor.  Also  examines  mobility 
and  how  policies  affect  inequality  in  America. 

SO  443  Development  of  Social  Theory  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  9sh  in  sociology  and  junior  standing 
Examination  of  the  historical  development  of  social  theory  w  ith  special 
attention  to  the  classical  theorists  and  theoretical  ideas  which  have  contributed 
most  significantly  to  modem  sociology. 

SO  447  Modern  Sociological  Theory  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  9sh  in  sociology  and  junior  standing 
Detailed  examination  of  major  theoretical  issues,  perspectives,  and 
controversies  occupying  center  stage  in  contemporary  sociological  analysis. 
Major  attention  to  nature  and  logic  of  social  theorizing,  primary  macro-level 
theoretical  perspectives  which  compete  for  attention  in  contemporary 
sociology,  and  the  nature  of  new  directions  currently  being  taken  within 
sociological  theory. 

SO  455  Social  Research  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  9sh  in  sociology  and  junior  standing 

Examines  diverse  research  designs  used  in  the  social  sciences,  i.e..  survey, 
field  study,  experiment,  documentary,  and  existing  statistical  data.  Focuses 
both  on  logic  and  practice  of  social  research. 

SO  456  Field  Research  Methods  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S04.^3  or  permission 

Examination  ol  methods  and  practice  of  sociology  and  anthropology  in  the 
areas  of  qualitative  and  field  methods.  Concentrates  upon  the  development  of 
field  notes,  interviewing  techniques,  participant  observation,  etc.  Qualitative 
methods  of  sampling  and  analysis  w  ill  include  theoretical  sampling  and 
analytic  induction.  Brief  background  research  into  community,  organizational, 
and  group  structure  will  also  be  emphasized. 

SO  457  Computer  Use  in  Sociology  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

Introduces  student  to  use  of  microcomputer  in  social  science  research  and 
practice.  Uses  a  variety  of  software  for  clinical  sociological  applications  as 
well  as  quantitativ  e  analysis  of  social  scientific  data.  These  include  client 
information  systems,  field  notes  and  downloading  such  notes,  exchanging 
information  between  agencies,  and  statistical  analyses  for  program  evaluation 
and  forecasting. 

SO  458  Political  Sociology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examination  of  the  social  context  of  power  and  politics,  with  special  reference 
to  such  topics  as  who  controls  the  state  and  state  policy:  the  role  of  the  state  in 
stabilizing  capitalism  and  protecting  the  pow  er  of  the  upper  class;  political 
activities  of  the  middle  and  upper  classes;  and  labor,  civil  rights,  and  welfare 
rights  social  movements  in  .America.  Especially  considers  the  problems  of 
conducting  and  implementing  social  policy  research  for  social  change.  Cross- 
listed  in  Political  Science  as  PS346:  Political  Sociology. 


SO  459  Dev  elopment  of  Social  Services  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

Examination  of  ideological  and  institutional  conditions  w  hich  shape  health, 
unemployment,  social  security,  and  welfare  ser^'ices. 

SO  480  Sociology  Seminar  var  l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S013I 

Seminar  for  advanced  students  devoted  to  an  intensive  analysis  of  specialized 
issues  within  the  discipline. 

SO  481  Special  Topics  in  Sociology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SO  151 

Focuses  on  special  topics  in  sociology  which  are  not  included  in  regular 
course  offerings. 

SO  482  Independent  Study  var  l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic 

through  consultation  w  ith  a  faculty  member.  A  semester  project  ordinarily 

expected. 


SO  483  Readings  in  Sociology 

Prerequisite:  SO  151 

Directed  readings  on  special  topics  in  sociology. 


var  l-3sh 


var3-12sh 


SO  493  Internship  in  Sociology 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

Superv  ised  experience  in  public  or  private  organizations  that  extends  and 

complements  coursework  at  the  university. 

SP:  Spanish 

Department  of  Spanish 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

SP  101  Elementary  Spanish  I  4c- 1  l-4sh 

For  beginning  students.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  aural/oral  skills.  Students  will 
learn  to  converse  and  ask  questions  in  simple  present  time  and  become 
acquainted  w  ith  location  of  Hispanic  populations  and  elements  of  their  daily 
lives.  Attendance  is  required.  [Replaced  SPI.51 1 

SP  102  Elementary  Spanish  II  4c-ll-4sh 

A  continuation  of  SPIOl.  Students  will  learn  to  express  past  and  future  time. 
They  w  ill  continue  to  learn  about  Hispanic  countries  and  their  cultures. 
Attendance  is  required.  (Replaced  SP152/251] 

SP  1 1 1  Intensive  Elementary  Spanish  var-6sh 

Student  completes  sequence  in  one  semester  (6sh).  Using  Dartmouth  Intensive 
Language  Model  (DILMl.  sections  emphasize  mastery  of  spoken  language  as 
well  as  basic  language  skills.  Classes  are  45  minutes  each;  drill  sessions  are  40 
minutes  each  and  meet  Monday  through  Friday.  (Numbered  SPIOI  prior  to 
Summer,  19911 

SP201  Intermediate  Spanish  4c-ll-4sh 

Prerequisite;  SP102  or  equi\alent 

A  continuation  of  pre\ious  work  on  listening,  speaking,  reading,  and  writing 
skills.  Students  will  learn  to  function  in  everyday  situations,  expressing 
opinions  and  doubts,  and  narrating  and  describing  in  present,  past,  and  future 
lime.  Exposure  to  cultural  concepts  through  literary  readings.  Liberal  Studies 
credit  is  given.  [Replaced  SP251/252| 

SP  211  Intensive  Intermediate  Spanish  var-6sh 

Student  completes  sequence  in  one  semester(6  shi.  Using  Dartmouth  Intensivei 
Language  Modeli  DILM ).  students  develop  language  skills  w  ith  emphasis  on 
oral  competency.  Classes  are  45  minutes  each;  drill  sessions  are  40  minutes     | 
each  and  meet  Monday  through  Fridav.  (Numbered  SP20I  prior  to  Summer. 
1991] 

SP  221  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP201  or  equivalent 

Intensive  w  ork  on  oral  cominunication  skills  w  ith  emphasis  on  vocabulary 
building,  pronunciation,  and  discourse  strategies.  Required  for  all  majors  and 
minors.'"[Replaced  SP221/222] 


SP  222  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation-Business 

Prerequisite:  SP201  or  equivalent 


3c-01-3sh 


Course  Descripiions-1 75 


Same  as  SP22I  but  with  a  special  emphasis  on  the  vocabular>'  and  structures 
used  in  the  business  world.  Substitutes  for  SP22 1 . 

SP  223  Intermediate  Spanish  3c-OI-3sh 

Conversation-Criminology 

Prerequisite:  SP201  or  equivalent 

Same  as  SP221  but  with  a  special  emphasis  on  the  vocabularv  and  structures 

used  in  law  enforcement  and  criminal  justice.  Substitutes  for  SP22 1 . 

SP  230  Intermediate  Spanish  Composition  .^c-Ol-.'ish 

Prerequisite:  SP2()1  or  equivalent 

Intensive  practice  in  written  expression  in  Spanish.  Both  communicative  and 
structural  skills  are  stressed.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  all  majors  and 
minors.  This  course  is  approved  to  meet  the  Liberal  Studies  requirement  for  a 
writing-intensive  course  for  majors.  [Replaced  SP351 1 

SP  260  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP201  or  equivalent 

This  course  is  a  prerequisite  for  anv  300  or  400  level  course  in  Hispanic 
literatures.  Designed  to  pro\  ide  students  w  ith  the  tools  necessarv  for 
developing  literar>  competence,  the  course  combines  a  sludv  of  literarv  genres 
and  analysis  w  iih  an  introduction  to  the  literatures  of  Spain  and  Spanish 
America.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  all  majors  and  minors. 

SP  290  Intensive  Spanish  for  Elementary  Teaching  6c-01-6sh 

Prerequisite:  SP251/2?2  or  nes\  SP201  orequi\alenl  oral  proficiency  rating. 
Permission  of  coordinator  of  Foreign  Languages  and  International  Studies  for 
Elementar>  Teaching  (FLISET)  Program.  For  students  enrolled  in  the  FLISET 
program  only. 

The  student  will  develop  language  skills  by  means  of  an  intensive  five-week 
summer  immersion  experience.  Strong  emphasis  is  placed  on  strengthening 
oral  language  skills  and  reading.  In  addition  to  classroom  instruction,  the 
student  «ill  benellt  from  a  full  immersion  atmosphere  including  extensive 
opportunities  for  using  Spanish  in  informal  settings  and  con\  ersing  with  native 
Spanish  speakers.  The  language  is  presented  by  means  of  functional  language 
tasks  and  vocabularj  which  reflects  the  content  area  of  the  elementary 
curriculum.  (Student  must  take  this  course  during  the  summer  follow  ing  the 
sophomore  year. ) 

SP  321  Advanced  Spanish  Conversation  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP22I  or  equivalent 

Extensive  practice  in  oral  communication  skills.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
developing  fluency  in  speaking  over  a  wide  range  of  topic  areas.  Required  for 
all  majors  and  minors.  (Replaced  SP32I/322| 

SP  340  Hispanic  Civili/.ation  Through  the  19th  Century     3c-01-3sh 
An  introduction  to  the  significant  aspects  of  the  culture  of  both  Spain  and 
Spanish  America.  Elements  for  explanation  and  discussion  are  drawn  from 
artistic,  literary,  religious,  geographic,  swial.  and  political  manifestations  of 
Hispanic  culture  as  these  have  revealed  themselves  through  the  19th  century. 
Taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  all  majors  and  minors.  [Not  for  credit  after 
priorSP36l  orSP.1631 

SP  342  Tv»entieth-Century  Spanish  Civilization  3c-01  -3sh 

and  Culture 

An  analv  sis  of  the  major  cultural  trends  in  20th-cenlury  Spain  as  they  relate  to 
its  current  problems,  aspirations,  and  values.  Elements  for  explanation  and 
discussion  are  drawn  from  artistic,  literary,  religious,  geographic,  social,  and 
political  manifestations.  Taught  in  Spanish:  offered  allcmale  years.  (Not  for 
credit  after  prior  SP362] 

SP344  Twentieth-Century  Spanish-American  3c-OI-3sh 

Civili/.alion  and  Culture 

An  analysis  ol  the  major  cultural  trends  in  20th-ccnlury  Spanish  America  as 
i  they  relate  to  its  position  in  the  world.  Elements  for  explanation  and 
discussion  are  drawn  from  artistic,  literary,  religious,  geographic,  social,  and 
political  manifestations  including  indigenous  cultural  inllucnces.  Taught  in 
I  Spanish;  offered  alternate  years,  (Not  for  credit  after  prior  SP364| 

I  SP  353  Spanish  Phonetics  and  Phonemics  .3c-OI-3sh 

I  An  introduction  to  the  phonological  study  of  the  sounds  and  training  in 
I  pronunciation  The  student  will  learn  the  theoretical  basis  lor  understanding 
I  the  Spanish  sound  system  and  will  perfect  pronunciation  through  classroom 
I  praclicc  and  tapings.  The  course  is  taught  in  Spanish.  Required  lor  Spanish 
Education  majors:  highly  suggested  for  Spanish  majors. 


SP  354  Commercial  Spanish  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP230  or  equivalent 

Designed  especially  for  majors  in  Spanish  for  International  Trade,  this  course 
has  three  focuses:  it  teaches  students  how  to  do  business  communications  in 
Spanish;  it  teaches  the  vocabulary  necessary  for  dealing  with  all  aspects  of 
trade  and  commerce;  and  it  introduces  students  to  the  special  concerns  and 
practices  of  business  in  the  Spanish-speaking  world.  Taught  in  Spanish.  [Not 
for  credit  after  prior  SP2.'i4) 

SP  362  Survey  of  Peninsular  Literature  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  pemiission 

A  course  designed  to  introduce  students  to  a  careful  and  critical  reading  of 
literary  texts  from  Spain  read  either  in  their  entirety  or  in  select  passages. 
Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  alternate  years. 

SP  364  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite;  SP260  or  pemiission 

A  course  designed  to  introduce  students  to  a  careful  and  critical  reading  of 

Spanish-.American  literary  texts  read  either  in  their  entirety  or  in  select 

passages.  Taught  in  Spanish:  offered  alternate  years  (Not  for  credit  after 

SP376) 

SP  382  -  389  Pennsylvania- Valladolid  Program  18sh 

Contact  chairperson.  Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages.  Courses 
taken  in  Valladolid  include  the  following  and  SP482.  Independent  Study  (3sh). 
Descriptions  below. 

SP  382  Contemporary  Spain  3sh 

This  course  gives  the  student  a  general  view  of  Spain  todav  in  the  areas  of  its 
society,  economy,  and  political  institutions. 

SP  383  Geography  and  History  of  Spain  3sh 

Students  will  be  introduced  to  a  panorama  of  the  Spanish  physical,  social,  and 
economic  geography  including  the  recent  autonomic  division  of  the  country 
and  the  communication  among  the  autonomies.  Students  will  also  review  the 
history  of  Spain  from  the  15th  century  to  the  present  with  special  emphasis  on 
today's  Spanish  institutions. 

SP  384  History  of  Spanish  Art  3sh 

Students  will  be  exposed  to  the  richness  of  art  in  the  Iberian  Peninsula  and  in 
particular  in  the  area  of  Madrid  and  Castilla-Leon.  They  w  ill  study  the 
evolution  of  Spanish  art  in  history,  giving  more  emphasis  to  contemporary 
tendencies. 

SP385Surve.v  of  Spanish  Literature  3sh 

Students  will  be  introduced  to  a  general  stud)  of  Spanish  Literature  from  its 
origin  to  the  present  lime.  Students  will  learn  to  appreciate  and  analyze  the 
different  literary  genres.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  20th-century  literature. 

SP  389  Theory  and  Practice  of  Spanish  Language  3sh 

Students  will  be  introduced  to  Spanish  syntax,  morphology,  and  the  Spanish 
language  lexicon.  They  will  be  introduced  to  familiar  and  fomial  conversation 
and  to  idiomatic  expressions  used  in  everyday  situations. 

SP  390  Teaching  of  F.lementary  Content  through  3c-OI-3sh 

the  Spanish  Language 

Prerequisites:  Successful  completion  of  SP2yO:  passage  of  a  language 
proficiency  examination  and  permission  of  the  instructor 
The  student  will  study  current  theories  of  language  acquisition  processes  in 
children  and  will  develop  foreign  language  instructional  objectives  and 
activities  which  integrate  language  and  cultural  learning  with  the  content  areas 
of  the  elementary  school  curriculum.  Through  hands-on  practice,  the  student 
will  develop  techniques  for  leaching  lunctuinal  language,  planning  lessons, 
testing  language  skills,  setting  curricular  objectives,  and  selecting/designing 
materials  appropriate  to  the  needs  and  interests  of  elementary  school  loreign 
language  learners.  (Prior  to  I'JS')  was  tilled  Spanish  in  the  Elementary  School( 

SP  400  History  of  the  Spanish  Language  3c-OI-3sh 

Traces  phonological,  morphological,  lexical,  and  syntactical  evolution  of 
Castilian  dialect  from  its  origins  in  vulgar  Latin  through  its  development, 
perfection,  and  ultimate  recognition  as  the  official  language  of  Spain  and 
Spanish  America.  Places  Castilian  linguistically  with  relation  to  oilier 
Romance  languages  and  considers  features  peculiar  to  Spanish  of  Latin 
America.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  alternate  years. 


176-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


SP  402  Translation  and  Interpretation  3c-01-3sh 

Fundamental  translation  skills  for  use  in  business  and  industry  as  well  as  in 
academic  and  popular  fields.  Offered  alternate  years. 

SP  403  Applied  Linguistics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP230 

An  introduction  to  Spanish  linguistics  for  students  who  have  had  no  previous 
experience  in  linguistics.  Students  will  studs  the  application  of  areas  such  as 
phonology,  morphology,  synta.x.  and  semantics  and  will  explore  issues  in 
psycholinguistics  and  sociolinguistics.  The  course  is  taught  in  Spanish. 

SP  404  Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SP22I  or  equivalent  and  SP230  and  senior  standing  or 
departmental  permission 

An  in-depth  study  of  Spanish  ssntax  and  morphology.  Taught  in  Spanish. 
Required  for  all  majors. 

SP  410  Medieval  Literature  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Reading  and  discussion  of  various  medieval  genres:  brief  prose  narrative,  epic, 
lyric  and  didactic  poetry,  prose,  and  medieval  drama.  Taught  in  Spanish; 
offered  in  four-year  rotation. 

SP  41 1  Golden  Age  Literature  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Analysis  of  themes,  motifs,  and  stylistic  devices  of  Spanish  poetry,  novel,  and 
theater  of  the  Renaissance  and  Baroque.  Taught  in  Spanish:  offered  in  four- 
year  rotation. 

SP  412  The  Spanish  Novel  of  the  19th  and  3c-OI-3sh 

20th  Centuries 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Analysis  of  selected  novels  from  three  major  periods:  the  19th  century,  the 
Generation  of  1 898.  and  the  post  Civil  War.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in 
four-year  rotation.  [Not  for  credit  after  prior  SP37 1 1 

SP413  Spanish  Poetry  of  the  19th  and  3c-OI-3sh 

20th  Centuries 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Study  and  analysis  of  lyric  poetry  in  Spain  from  nineteenth  century  poetry 
through  modernism  and  its  evolution  to  the  present.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered 
in  four-year  rotation. 

SP  420  Modern  Hispanic  Theater  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  pemiission 

Study  and  analysis  of  modem  dramatic  works  from  Spain  and  Spanish 
America.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  given  to  the  representational  aspect  of 
the  works.  Taught  in  Spanish:  offered  in  four-year  rotation. 

SP  421  Modern  Hispanic  Short  Story  3c-UI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

The  critical  analysis  of  short  stories  by  Spanish  and  Spanish-American 
authors.  Taught  in  Spanish:  offered  in  four-year  rotation. 

SP  430  Twentieth-Century  Spanish-.American  Prose  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  pennission 

Traces  literary  expressions  from  the  turn  of  the  century  to  the  present  in  the 
major  prose  expressions  of  the  essay,  the  short  story,  and  the  novel.  Taught  in 
Spanish:  offered  in  four-year  rotation. 

SP  431  Spanish-.American  Poetry  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

A  study  of  Spanish  American  poetry  from  its  early  manifestations  through 
modernism,  post-modernism,  and  avant-garde.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in 
four-year  rotation. 


SP  481  Special  Topics 

Designed  to  meet  special  needs  of  a  student  group. 


.3c-01-3sh 


SP  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  to  6sh 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  w  ith 
the  Spanish  language  and  culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member. 
Permission  required. 

SP  493  Internship  var3-l2sh 

Prerequisite:  One  semester  of  study  in  a  Spanish-speaking  country 


A  superxised  field  experience  in  any  Spanish-speaking  area  of  the  world  w  ith 
approved  public  agencies  and  institutions  or  private  firms,  no  longer  than  one 
semester  and  no  less  than  one  month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as  closely  as 
possible  with  the  intern's  personal  interests  and  professional  goals.  For  more 
inforination  contact  the  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  Department. 
Maximum  of  6  credits  can  apply  toward  a  major. 

SS:  Social  Sciences 

Department  of  History 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

SS  101  Contemporary  Social  Science  3c-OI-3sh 

An  interdisciplinary  study  of  a  current  social  topic  that  uses  a  team  teaching 
approach.  Topics  may  vary  from  semester  to  semester. 

SS  398  Social  Science  Foreign  Study  var  2-6sh 

Directed  foreign  study,  emphasizing  historical,  political,  economic,  social,  and 
geographical  aspects  of  the  area.  Background  reading,  lectures,  and  briefings. 
diary,  or  evaluative  paper.  Course  credit  may  be  applied  as  General  Education 
or  elective  credit.  (For  details  see  Center  for  International  Studies.) 

SW:  Social  Work 

Department  of  Sociology/Anthropology 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

S\V  238  Introduction  to  Social  Work  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SO  1.^1  or  AN  110 

Introduction  to  the  dynamics  of  helping  relationships. 

TH:  Theater 
Department  of  Theater 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

TH  101  Introduction  to  Theater  3c-OI-3sh 

An  exploration  of  the  theater  arts,  examining  major  periods  of  theater  history, 
selected  works  of  dramatic  literature,  and  the  primary  theater  arts  of  acting, 
directing,  design,  and  technical  theater.  Class  experience  includes  the  analysis 
of  at  least  two  major  works  of  drama,  attending  two  live  productions,  and 
viewing  of  selected  televised  plays  and  musicals. 

TH  1 10  Script  Analysis  3c-OI-3sh 

Course  examines  major  as  well  as  alternative  systems  by  which  dramatic  texts 
may  be  analyzed,  including  classical  plot  construction,  scene  structure,  tension 
and  release,  dramatic  rhythms,  and  several  contemporary  and  less 
conventional  methods  of  dramatic  orchestration. 

TH  115  Principles  of  Theater  Design  and  Architecture      3c-OI-3sh 
Surveys  principal  architectural  forms,  style,  and  periods,  providing  a  visual 
history  of  theatrical  architecture  and  scenic  design.  Basic  design  principles 
will  also  be  incorporated. 

TH  120  Stagecraft  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Exploration  of  the  material,  methods,  and  procedures  utilized  in  creating  a 
scenic  environment.  Through  instruction  and  practical  application,  students 
learn  the  basis  of  scenic  instruction  and  develop  competency  with  the  basic 
materials  and  equipment  used  in  a  theatrical  scene  shop. 

TH  122  Costume  Workshop  3c-OI-3sh 

Instruction  and  practical  experience  in  the  process  of  building  costumes  for  thi: 
stage.  Activities  include  fitting,  cutting,  sewing,  dyeing,  and  painting.  There  is 
also  instruction  in  the  maintenance  of  wardrobe,  costume  stock,  materials,  and 
properties. 

TH  130  Stage  Voice  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Instruction  in  basic  development  of  the  vocal  instrument  of  the  actor  in 
performance.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  resonance,  quality,  pilch,  and 
projection  of  the  voice  while  perfecting  the  student's  ability  to  articulate. 

TH  131  Stage  Movement  1  3c-OI-3sh 

Instruction  in  basic  stage  movement  and  the  physicalization  of  character. 
Includes  w  ork  in  character  development  through  variety  in  movement,  basic 
commedia  technique,  and  the  assessment,  awareness,  and  correction  of 
individual  movement  problems. 


Course  Descripilons-1 77 


TH  201  Theater  History  I  3c-OI-3sh 

A  comprehensKe  sur\ey  ot  the  history,  trends,  and  developments  of  theatre 
and  drama  from  their  beginnings  through  the  Enghsh  Renaissance. 

TH  202  Theater  History  H  3c-01-3sh 

Comprehensive  sur\e\  of  the  history .  trends,  and  developments  of  theatre  and 
drama  from  the  Enghsh  Restoration  to  the  present. 

TH  220  Stagecraft  U  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH120  or  permission 

Advanced  exploration  of  materials,  methods,  and  procedures  involved  in 
creating  scenic  en\  ironment.  Students  also  receive  intensive  practical  experi- 
ence in  shop  planning  and  superv  ision  to  include  problem-solving  techniques. 

TH  221  Basic  Stage  Lighting  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  THI2U 

Inlrixiuction  lo  lighting  instruments,  color  media,  control  boards,  physical 
laws  of  electricity  and  optics,  graphics,  and  conventional  techniques  used  in 
lighting  theatrical  productions. 

TH  223  Make-up  for  the  Stage  3c-01-3sh 

Deals  vK  ith  practical  application  of  straight  and  character  make-up 
and  ma\  include  instruction  in  creating  beards,  wigs,  prosthetics, 
and  masks. 

TH  240  Acting  I  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  the  primary  elements  of  the  Stanislavski  system  of  character 
development.  Includes  text  analysis  and  the  development  of  physical  action 
through  a  character's  subtext,  as  well  as  motivational  and  improvisational 
techniques. 

TH  301  Tragic  Mask  3c-OI-3sh 

This  course  is  an  historical  survey  of  theatrical  conventions,  traditions,  and 
production  practices  specifically  associated  with  tragedy  and  its  ensuing 
forms,  drama,  and  melodrama.  It  focuses  on  landmark  dramatic  texts. 
examining  the  changing  faces  of  tragic  masks  and  their  implications  for 
theatrical  practice  from  ancient  Greece  to  the  20th  century. 

TH  302  Comic  Mask  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  an  historical  survey  of  theatrical  conventions,  traditions,  and 
production  practices  specifically  associated  with  comedy  and  its  related  forms. 
farce,  burlesque,  etc.  It  focuses  on  landmark  dramatic  lexis,  examining  the 
changing  faces  of  comic  masks  and  their  conventions  and  their  implications 
for  theatrical  practice  from  ancient  Greece  to  the  20th  century. 

TH  310  Theater  Criticism  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  theory  and  criticism  and  of  the  discrete  functions  of  critic  and 
reviewer.  Students  see  live  pertbrmances  and  practice  writing  both  reviews 
and  criticism. 

TH  320  Scene  Design  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH120 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  scenic  composition,  analysis,  concept 
development,  and  graphic  communication  methods  used  by  the  scenographer. 

TH  32!  Stage  Lighting  Design  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH22 1 

Covers  the  design  and  execution  of  stage  lighting  w  ith  emphasis  on  script 
analysis,  the  collaborative  role  of  the  lighting  designer,  lighting  theory,  and 
modem  stage  lighting  practices.  Practical  applications  include  the 
conceptuali/aiion  and  designing  of  prtKJuction  lighting  for  Proscenium, 
Thrust,  and  Arena  stages  through  class  exercises. 

I  H  322  Costume  Design  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH  1 22 

Covers  design  and  execution  of  stage  costumes  with  emphasis  on  showing 
how  mood  and  Illusion  can  be  created  through  the  proper  selection  of  style, 
color,  and  lexlure.  supplemented  by  an  overview  of  stage  cosluming. 

'  TH  330  Stage  Voice  H  3c-OI-3sh 

I  Prerequisite:  TH  1.30 

Advanced  voice  training  for  the  actor  with  particular  emphasis  on  stage 

dialects  and  verse  drama. 


Instruction  in  advanced  physicalization  of  character  and  specialized  stage 
movement.  Included  w  ill  be  advanced  work  in  character  development  through 
movement,  group  mo\ ement.  stage  combat,  physical  comedy,  and 
introductory  mime  and/or  mask  training. 

TH  340  .\cting  H  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH24().  1,^1.  130 

Study  and  practice  of  acting  skills  u  ith  special  emphasis  on  style  and  period. 

TH  350  Directing  .3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH  1 10.  TH240.  permission 

Introduction  to  basic  directing  skills:  casting,  floor  plans,  blocking,  rehearsal 
procedures,  and  the  applications  of  scene  and  character  analysis.  Students  will 
prepare  short  scenes  for  class  presentation. 


TH  481  Special  Topics 


var  l-6sh 


var  l-6sh 


TH  482  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Permission 

Independent  study  in  theater  ma\  be  either  purely  academic  or  may  be  a 
practical  production  project,  supported  by  a  written  document  giving  evidence 
of  significant  scholarly  investigation  or  original,  creative  effort.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

TH  483  Acting  Studio  3c-2l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH240.  permission 

Studio  course  offering  scene  practice  with  facultv  direction,  coaching,  and 
criticism.  Specific  type  of  scene  work  varies  from  semester  to  semester.  May 
be  repeated. 

TH  484  Directing  Studio  3c-21-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH3.'iO.  permission 

Opportunity  for  students  lo  direct  scene  work,  one-act  plays,  or  larger  projects. 

according  to  individual  levels  of  experience,  preparation,  and  readiness. 

Practical  application  of  principles  of  directing  to  specific  problems  in 

directing.  Student  projects  performed  in  public,  open-class  recitals.  May  be 

repeated. 

TH  486  Practicum  in  Production  var  ..^-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Pennission 

An  opportunity  with  academic  credit  for  students  to  make  significant 
contributions  to  campus  productions  augmenting  theater  coursework  in  the 
areas  of  assistant  directing  or  directing,  stage  management,  technical  direction, 
sound  design,  lighting,  costuming,  scene  design,  properties  and  set  decoration, 
scene  building  and  painting,  and  make-up  design.  May  be  repeated.  (Revision 
pending  on  credit  starting  at  .5sh  and  requirement  of  eight  semesters) 

TH  489  Technical  Theater  Problems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

Open  to  all  students  desiring  instruction  in  a  variety  of  technical  theater  areas 
not  presently  covered  in  other  courses.  Topics  to  include  sound  design,  stage 
management,  set  props,  media  make-up.  technical  drawing/mixed  media,  and 
scene  painting.  May  be  repeated. 

TH  493  Internship  var3  I2sh 

UN:  Universitywide  Courses 
Academic  Affairs  Division 

UN  480  T.H.I.S.  .Seminar  3c-01-3sh 

Academic  seminar  taken  at  the  SSHE  L'nivcrslty  Center  In  Harrlsburg  In 
conjunction  with  the  T.H.I.S.  Internship.  Consists  of  public  policy 
information,  decision-making,  and  budgeting  and  addresses  questlon-and- 
answer  sessions  w  lib  leading  slate  government  policymakers.  .See  descriptions 
under  Academic  Affairs  Areas.  Restricted  lo  the  T.H.I.S.  internship 
participant.  See  UN493. 

UN  493  r.H.I.S.  internship  var  1 2sh 

Pracllcal  experience  at  the  policymaking  level  of  Ihc  state  government  thai 
also  requires  a  research  project.  Suulcnl  must  have  a  3.0  (il'A  and  submit  a 
sample  of  writing  skills  w  lib  the  application  to  Ihe  lixperlenllal  liducation 
Office.  Open  to  any  lUP  major.  See  description  under  Academic  Affairs 
Areas.  Concurrent  seminar  course  lequlied.  See  UN4K(). 


TH.V3I  Stage  Movement  11 

Prerequisite:  11)131 


.3c-OI-3sh 


178-Iiidiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


VO:  Vocational  Education 

Center  for  V^ocational-Technical  Personnel 

Preparation 

College  of  Education 

VO  010  Industrial  Electrical  Technology  var- 1  - 1 8sh 

Prerequisite:  Cenier/departmeni  permission 

Emphasis  on  comprehensive  industrial  electrical  technology  through  training 
in  specialty  concentrations  applied  to  design,  development,  and  testing  of 
electrical  circuits,  devices,  and  systems  for  generating  electricity  and  the 
distribution  and  utilization  of  electrical  pov\er.  Carries  institutional  credit  only. 

VO  100  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I    var-l  to  15sh 
Personalized,  self-paced  vocational  teacher  preparation.  The  vocational 
student/intern  develops,  demonstrates,  and  documents  competence  in  selected 
pedagogical  competencies.  Individualized  instruction  is  supplemented  with 
monthly  seminars.  Self-evaluation  is  encouraged  in  the  program,  utilizing 
videotape  equipment  and  the  feedback  from  a  team  of  professional  teacher 
educators. 

\'0  395  Vocational  Education  Writing  Experience  var-Osh 

This  course  number  documents  that  within  VO100A'O400.  a  student  has 
completed  modules  that  include  writing  equivalent  to  one  wriling-intesive 
course. 

VO  400  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  var-l  to  15sh 

Professional  II 

Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  VOIOO 

Personalized,  self-paced  vocational  teacher  preparation.  The  vocational 
student/inlem  develops,  demonstrates,  and  documents  competence  in  selected 
teaching  skills  in  the  areas  of  program  planning,  program  development, 
program  evaluation,  and  managing  and  evaluating  instruction  in  a  vocational 
school  setting.  Self-evaluation  is  encouraged  in  the  program  utilizing 
videotape  equipment  and  the  feedback  from  a  team  of  professional  teacher 
ediic;itnrs 


\'0  401  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Technical  var-l  to  12sh 

Preparation 

Prerequisite:  Center  permission 

Provides  opportunities  for  vocational  students/interns  to  develop  additional 

technical  skills  in  areas  related  to  their  occupational  competence  under 

professional  supervision.  Topics  are  determined  through  indiv  idual 

counseling,  through  priority  needs  identified  bv  advisory  committees,  and 

through  evaluation  of  technical  competence  b\  center  teaching  staff. 

\'0  402  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Pedagogical         var-l  to  15  sh 
Preparation 

Prerequisite:  Center  permission 

Provides  opponunities  for  vocational  students/interns  to  dev  elop  additional 

teaching  skills  under  professional  superv  ision.  Topics  are  determined  through 

identification  of  priority  areas  in  vocational  education  using  national  and  state 

surveys. 

VO  450  Technical  Preparation  of  the  \  ocational  Professional  24sh 
Competency  assessment  of  occupational  experience  through  national 
standardized  w  ritten  and  performance  e.\aminations. 

WS:  Women's  Studies 
Women's  Studies  Program 
Academic  Affairs  Division 

WS  200  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies  3c-01-3sh 

The  course  focuses  on  w  omen  as  they  are  and  as  they  hav  e  been — as 
represented  b\  the  work  of  v\ riters  and  as  presented  in  the  theory  and  research 
of  various  disciplines.  Historical  and  contemporary  images  of  women  are 
examined  in  terms  of  their  impact  on  our  lives.  The  relationships  of  women  to 
social  institutions  such  as  education,  religion,  and  health  care  are  explored. 
Alternative  theories  explaining  the  roles  and  status  of  women  are  compared. 
The  course  attempts  to  help  us  understand  the  choices  and  experiences  women 
face  in  their  everyday  personal,  work,  and  public  lives. 


Direitory-179 


Directory 

Board  of  Governors  of  the  State  System  of 
Higher  Education 

Kimberlv  M.  Allen.  Shippensburg 
Julia  B.  Ansill.  \  ice  Chair.  California 
Dr.  Muriel  M.  Berman,  .\llentovs-n 
Donald  Carroll.  Jr..  Hamsburg 
JefTrej  \\ .  Coj .  Harrisbura 
G.  Edward  DeSe* e.  Harrisburg 
F.  Eugene  Di\on.  Jr..  Chair.  Lafayette  Hill 
Monica  .\.  Douglas.  Clarion 
Patrick  J.  Geho.  Slipper.  Rock 
Rebecca  F.  Gross.  Lock  Haven 
James  .\.  Hughes.  Philadelphia 
James  L.  Larson.  \  ice  Chair.  Devon 
F.  Joseph  Loeper.  Jr..  Harrisburg 
Flovd  M.  Mains.  Shippensburg 
Joseph  NL  Nespoli.  Berwick 
Robert  J.  O'Hara.  Jr..  Macungie 
Phillip  D.  Ro«e.  Jr..  Wyomissing 
Jere  \\ .  Schuler.  Harrisburg 
Patrick  J.  .Staplelon.  Hamsburg 
Julius  L'ehlein.  Harrisburg 

IVP  Council  of  Trustees 

Patrick  J.  Staplelon.  Chair.  Indiana 
Frank  Gorell.  Secretary.  Indiana 
Da\id  L.  Johnson.  Treasurer.  Havertown 
Miriam  K.  Bradley.  Pittsburgh 
Susan  S.  Delaney.  Indiana 
Roy  R.  Fairman.  DuBois 
Kim  E.  Lyttle.  Pittsburgh 
Jennifer  L.  O'Connor.  Indiana 
Thomas  J.  O'Donnell.  Scranton 
\Mlliam  R.  Shane.  Indiana 
Gealy  \\.  Wallwork.  Kiiianning 

Dr.  James  H.  McCormick  (ex  officio).  Chancellor,  State  System  of  Higher 
Education 

Armstrong  County  Educational  Trust 

James  \l.  Wyant.  President 

John  B.  \lcCue.  Vice  President 

Robert  H.  Doerr.  Secretary 

\^illiam  R.Barrett 

Tuila  Black 

Ralph  ().  Knepshield 

Ronald  H.  Lester 

I).  Wesley  Minteer 

A.J.Myers 

Ronald  (i.  Shafer 

Sandra  Snyder 

Punxsutawney  Area  College  Trust  Advisory 
Board 

Da\id  I..  ^  oung.  President 

Linda  Heydrich.  Vice  President 

Elaine  Light.  Second  Vice  President 

Al  \nlhony 

Thomas  L.  Barletta 

William  (  iMiper 

Thomas  (  urry 

(iary  l)ii>erspikr 

Ro\  K  airman 

(flenn  Henery 

John  |ve\ 

Nicholas  l.oren/o.  Jr. 

Ralph  f .  Roberts 

Jennv  B.  .Schwartz 


Frank  Shaw 
Ann  Smith 
Harry  Stein 
Michael  Stello 
Mary  Jane  Tultle 
Sidnev  Willar 


Board  of  Directors  of  the  Foundation  for 
lUP 

John  D.  Connell 
Charles  A.  Davis 
.Marsha  Delaney 
Nancy  T.  Doverspike 
Robert  D.  Dugan 
Roy  Fairman 
Dr.  John  E.  Frank 
Robert  \L  Hovanec 
G.  Bruce  Jenkins 
William  G.  Kegel 
Christopher  Knovvlton 
Joseph  Kovalchick 
Fred  Kunkle 
Anthony  R.  Kuzneski 
Patricia  L.  Lommock 
John  B.  McCue 
Catherine  Miller 
James  C.  Miller 
Stephen  R.  Patchin 
Raymond  P.  Phillips 
Wallace  E.  Putt 
George  Ray 
Ronald  W.Ruble 
Dr.  Dale  Shafer 
William  H.  Spadafora 
Connie  Sutton 
Dr.  W  arner  E.  Tobin 
Christine  J.  Toretti 
Dr.  Pothen  \  arughese 

Administration 

Lawrence  K.  Pettit,  Ph.D.,  university  of  Wisconsin 

President 
To  be  appointed 

Assistant  to  the  President 
Alphonse  N.  Novels,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director.  Office  of  Minority  Affairs:  Assistant  Provost 

Division  of  Academic  Affairs 

Hilda  Richards,  Ed.O,.  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University 
Provost  and  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs 

Charles  D.  Cashdollar.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director.  Liberal  Studies 

Larry  A.  Kroah.  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 

Director  of  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 

Russell  L.  Peterson,  Ph.D.,  Hov^ard  University 
Director,  Benjamin  E.  Mays  Academy 

Mary  L.  Zanich,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Director,  Teaching  Excellence  Center 

Mark  J.  Staszkiewicz,  Ed.D..  University  of  Cincinnati 
Associate  Provost 

Diane  I..  Dunlley.  Ed.D.,  Slate  University  of  New  York  al  Buffalo 

Direcinr.  Academic  Information  Systems 
To  be  appointed 

Transfer  Evaluator.  Academic  Information  Systems 


ISO-Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Nancy  Newkerk.  M.A..  Syracuse  University 

Inlerim  Director  of  Admissions 
Robert  McGowan.  Ph.D..  University  of  Piitsburgli 

Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 
Noble  L.  Williams.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 
Diane  Raybuck.  M..A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 

Robert  H.  Docrr,  M.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Director.  .Armstrong  County  Campus 
Richard  A.  DiStanislao.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  to  Director,  Armstrong  County  Campus 

Norman  Storm.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Pun.xsutawney  Campus 
Joel  L.  Anderson.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director.  Punxsutawney  Campus 

C.  Donald  Seagren.  D.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Registrar 
Frederick  A.  Sehring.  M.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Registrar 

Kay  K.  Wijekumar.  M.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Institutional  Research  Associate 

Sharon  BrOWn-McGowan.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Assistant  Provost 

Karen  Chickos.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Interim  Director.  Office  of  International  Ser\'ices 

Timothy  P.  Gilbert,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Professor  of  Military  Science 

Maureen  C.  McHugh.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Director,  Women's  Studies 

Thomas  W.  O'Brien,  M.A.,  Trenton  State  College 
Director,  Vocational  Personnel  Center 

To  be  appointed 

Director,  lUP  Culinary  School  at  Punxsutawney 

Alphonse  N.  Novels,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Assistant  Provost:  Director.  Office  of  Minority  Affairs 

To  be  appointed 

Director,  Experiential  Education 

David  M.  Lynch,  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Dean.  The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
Virginia  Brown.  Ph.D..  University  of  Nebraska-Lincoln 

.Associate  Dean  for  Research.  The  Graduate  School 
Evelyn  S.  Mutchnick,  D.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Dean  for  .Administration.  The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
Valarie  Mancuso.  M..^..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Graduate  Academic  and  Administrative  Services 
Michelle  Sanchez,  B..A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Proposal  Development  Specialist,  Office  of  Grants  and  Sponsored 

Research.  The  Graduate  School 
Evelyn  Landon.  B.S.,  Frostburg  State  University 

Assistant  Director.  Institute  for  Research  and  Community  Service 

Robert  C.  Camp,  Ph.D..  University  of  Mississippi 

Dean.  College  of  Business 
V.  K.  Unni,  DBA.,  Louisiana  Tech  University 

Associate  Dean,  College  of  Business 

John  W.  ButZOW.  Ed.D,,  University  of  Rochester 

Dean.  College  of  Education 
Arturo  U.  Iriarte.  Ph.D.  University  of  Iowa 

Associate  Dean.  Colleae  of  Education 


Alberta  Dorsey.  Ed.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Interim  Director.  Student  Teaching  and  Certification  Programs 
Marilyn  Howe.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director.  University  School 

John  Hajdu  Heyer,  Ph.D..  University  of  Colorado 

Dean.  College  of  Fine  Arts 
Marjorie  E.  Arnett.  M.F.A..  Western  Michigan  University 

Assistant  Dean,  College  of  Fine  Ans 
Ned  Wert,  M.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Director,  University  Museum 
Hank  Knerr,  M.F.A..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Director.  Public  Events 

Harold  E.  Wingard.  Ph.D..  Southern  Illinois  University 
Dean.  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

Carleen  C.  Zoni.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Dean.  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 

Brenda  L.  Carter,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Interim  Dean  and  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Humanities  and 
Social  Sciences 

William  G.  Cale,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Dean.  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
John  N.  Fox.  Ph.D..  Wesleyan  University 

Dean's  Associate,  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
Aleksandra  Kaniasty,  Master  of  Philology,  .Adam  Mickiewicz  University 

of  Poznan 

Assistant  to  the  Dean,  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

Nicholas  E.  Kolb,  Ed.D..  George  Washington  University 

Dean,  School  of  Continuing  Education 
Edward  W.  Nardi,  M.S.,  Indiana  Slate  University 

Assistant  Dean  for  Credit  Programs 
To  be  appointed 

Director.  Division  of  Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs 
Richard  J.  Hornfeck,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Director.  Highway  Safety  Center 
Gary  M.  Welsh,  M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director,  Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 

Division  of  Administration 

C.  Edward  ReCeski.  M.Ed..  Indiana  university  of  Pennsylvania 
Vice  President  for  Administration 

Robert  L.  Marx,  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director.  Campus  Physical  Planning 

William  Montgomery 

Director.  Campus  Police  and  Safely 

Cynthia  A.  Cronk,  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Director.  Human  Resources 
Helen  Soltis.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director.  Human  Resources 
Patricia  Moretti.  Retirement  and  Benefits  Coordinator.  Human  Resources 
Judy  Gallo.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Data  Coordinator.  Human  Resources 
Virginia  Rinkus,  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Employment  Coordinator.  Human  Resources 

Richard  Smith,  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Physical  Plant 
Pam  Froelicher.  Director.  Purchasing  and  Central  Stores 

To  be  appointed.  Institutional  Maintenance  Superintendent — Trades 
Leonard  Kasubick.  Institutional  Maintenance  Superintendent — Utilities 
Mary  Webb.  Custodial  Services  Manager 

Mark  A,  Geletka,  P.E.,  B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  Slate  University 
Director.  Energv  Production  and  Conservation 


Directory-ISl 


Division  of  Finance 


Edward  J.  Norberg.  B.S.  Gannon  College 

Nice  Presidem  lor  Finance 
Garrett  A.  Bozvlinsky.  M.A..  George  Washington  University 

Associate  Vice  President  for  Computing 

Maurice  J.  Fox.  Director  of  Operations.  Information  Systems  and 

Communication  Center 
Barbara  Eisen.  .A.B..  Case  Western  Reser\e  University 

Director.  .Administrative  Computing  Ser\  ices.  ISCC 
R.  Mark  Strawcutter.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Systems  and  Communications.  ISCC 
William  J.  Creighton.  B.S..  Indiana  L  niversity  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  .Academic  Computing  Services.  ISCC 

Randall  VV.  LeBlanC.  B.S..  Oral  Roberts  University;  C.P.A. 

Comptroller 
Richard  P.  White.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania;  C.P.A. 

Director.  .Accounting  Ser%'ices 
Susanna  C.  Sink.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Grant  and  Special  Fund  Accounting 

Cynthia  L.  Strittmatter.  MB. a..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Budget  Director 

Barbara  J.  Moore.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Internal  Auditor 

John  C.  BIyStOne.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Treasurer 
Ph>llis  A.  (iroomes.  Director.  .Accounts  Receivable 
Mary  S.  (;aul.  Director.  Payroll 
Robert  T.  Scholfield.  Cashier 

Division  of  Student  Affairs 

David  A.  DeCoSter,  Ed.O..  university  of  Florida 
Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Steven  C.  Ender.  Ed.D..  University  of  Georgia 
Assistant  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Linda  M.  Hall.  M.A..  Michigan  State  University 
.Assistant  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Catherine  Uugan.  ma..  University  of  Iowa 
Director.  Advising  and  Testing  Center 

Ruth  Riesenman.  Ed.  D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director.  Career  Senices 
Mark  Anthony.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director.  Career  Services,  and  Director.  University  Testing 

Services 
To  he  appointed 

Counselor,  Career  Services 

Russell  D.  Miars,  Ph.D..  University  of  lowa 

Director.  Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 
John  A.  Mills.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Assistant  Director  of  Counseling  Services  and  Counseling  Psychologist 
Rita  Drapkin.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

rriunscling  Psychologist 
Elizabeth  Kincaid.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  Slate  University 

f  nunselmg  Psychologist 

Sherrill  Kuckuck,  M.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Director.  Student  Development  Programs 

H.  Zane  Kirk.  M.D..  Baylor  College  of  Medicine 

Vkdital  Director.  Pcchan  Health  Center 
Anatoly  Primak.  M.D..  Moscow  Medical  .School 

Physician.  Pechan  Health  Center 
Slacev  Robertson.  DO.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine 

Physician.  Pechan  Health  Center 


Nancy  Evans.  R.N..  Indiana  Hospital  School  of  Nursing 

Coordinator.  Nursing  Services.  Pechan  Health  Center 
Malinda  M.  Cowles.  M..^..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Coordinator.  Health  Education.  Pechan  Health  Center 
Rhonda  Luckey.  M.S.P.H..  University  of  Missouri 

.Administrative  Services  Director.  Pechan  Health  Center 
.Ann  Sesti.  M..A..  Slippery  Rock  University 

Chemical  Health  Coordinator 

Carolyn  Wilkie.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Learning  Center/Act  101  Program 
Carmy  Carranza.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director.  Academic  Coordinator.  Learning  Center 
Sally  Lipsky.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Reading/Study  Skills  Coordinator.  Learning  Center 
Lea  Masiello.  Ph.D..  University  of  Cincinnati 

Co-director.  Writing  Center;  Writing  Specialist.  Learning  Center 
Cassandra  Green.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Educational  Counselor.  Learning  Center 
Kathryn  Stratton.  Ph.D..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Educational  Counselor,  Learning  Center 
Kenneth  \  ictor.  M.A..  University  of  Missouri 

Educational  Counselor.  Learning  Center 
Stacey  VVinstead,  M.A..  Slippery  Rock  University 

Educational  Counselor.  Learning  Center 

Frederick  A.  Jo.seph.  M.Ed..  Kent  State  University 

Director.  Financial  Aid 
Sally  C.  Abrams,  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director.  Financial  Aid 
Aileen  Bov»man.  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director.  Financial  Aid 
Alisa  DeStefano.  B.S..  West  Liberty  State  College 

Assistant  Director.  Financial  Aid 
Mary  Miller.  B.S.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director.  Financial  .Aid 
William  M.  Srsic.  M.Ed..  Edinboro  State  College 

Associate  Director.  Financial  Aid 
Christine  Zuzack.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director,  Financial  Aid 

Betsy  Joseph,  M.S.Ed..  Southern  Illinois  University 

Director.  Housing  and  Residence  Life 
Donna  .M.  Nixon.  M.A..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook 

Associate  Director  of  Residence  Life 
Richard  Baginski.  M.S..  Shippensburg  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director  for  Operations 
James  R.  Froelicher.  B.S..  Duquesne  University 

As,sociate  Director  for  Administration 
John  (j.  Makara.  M.Ed..  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Director  ftir  Operations 
Melanie  Wardrop.  B.S.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director  for  Administration 
Kathleen  R.  Linder.  M.S..  Miami  University 

Assistant  Director  for  Residence  Life.  Judicial/Recruitment 
Kathleen  Boyle,  M.S..  Mankato  State  University 

Assistant  Director  of  Residence  Life 
Julie  Elkins.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director.  Residence  Life  for  Staff  Supervision 
Monique  C.  Wiggins.  M.S..  Virginia  Commonwealth  University 

Assistant  Director.  Residence  Life  for  Staff  Supervision 
Mark  Shoaf.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Residence  Director 
Thomas  I.  Wortman.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Residence  Director 
Julene  .1.  Pinto.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Resilience  Director 
Christopher  J.  Rusinussen.  B.S..  Mankato  State  University 

Residence  Director 
('urtis  (i.  Erwin.  M.S.Ed..  Indiana  University 

Residence  Director 
Cynthia  Simcho-llill.  M.Ed..  University  of  Maryland 

Residence  Director 
To  be  appointed 

Residence  Director 


I   182-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Terry  Appolonia,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Interim  Director.  Student  Activities  and  Organizations 

Frank  V.  DeStefano,  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Interim  Associate  Director.  Student  Activities  and  Organizations 

Carolyn  Princes.  M.Ed.,  University  of  Illinois 
Director,  Black  Cultural  Center 

Frank  Cignetti.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Intercollegiate  Athletics 
Herman  Sledzik.  M.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Director.  Intercollegiate  Athletics 
Vivian  L.  Fuller,  Ph.D..  Iowa  State  University  of  Science  and  Technology 

.Associate  Director.  Intercollegiate  Athletics 
Frank  Condino.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Director.  Intercollegiate  Athletics 
Larry  Judge.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Sports  Information 
Al  King,  M.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Sports  Information  Writer 

Dennis  HulingS,  M.A..  Brigham  Young  University 

Executive  Director.  Student  Cooperative  Association 
Sam  Barker.  B..A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Program  Services 
Pete  Alexander,  B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Co-op  Store 
Charles  K.  Conrad.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Campus  Recreation 
Charles  Potthast.  M.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Business  Services 
William  Yagle.  Director.  Maintenance/Safety 

Division  of  Institutional  Advancement 

Peter  N.  SmitS,  Ph.D..  state  university  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
Vice  President  for  Institutional  Advancement 

To  be  appointed 

Associate  Vice  President;  Executive  Director.  Foundation  for  lUP 
Betsy  DeGory.  M.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director,  Major  Gifts 
Barbara  Ender.  M.S..  University  of  Akron 

Director.  Corporate  and  Foundation  Relations 
Andrea  Mack.  B..A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Development  Services 
Shari  A.  Trinkley.  B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Annual  Giving 
Mary  Moore.  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director.  .Annual  Giving 
Lois  Drayer.  Director.  Development  Research 

Mary  Jo  Banks.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  .Alumni  Affairs 
To  be  appointed 

Assistant  Director.  .Alumni  .Affairs 

Frank  E.  Shaffer,  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Publications  and  Printing 
Karen  P.  Gresh.  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director  and  Editor.  Publications 
Regan  P.  Houser.  B..A..  Duquesne  University 

Assistant  Director  and  Associate  Editor 
Fred  Owens.  B.A..  St.  Francis  College 

Printing  Supervisor 

R.  William  Swauger,  B  A..  Geneva  College 

Director.  Public  Relations 
To  be  appointed 

.Assistant  Director.  Public  Relations 
James  Wakefield.  University  Photographer 

Connie  Howard.  B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Video  Services 
David  Lind.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Associate  Director,  Video  Services 


Department  Chairpersons 


College  of  Business 

Dean  Eiteman 
Terry  T.  Ray 
Manmohan  D.  Chaubey 
Carl  C.  Chen 

Krish  S.  Krishnan 
Sharon  Steigmann 


College  of  Education 

Kurt  P.  Dudt 
Gary  Dean 
William  Barker 
David  E.  Rotigel 
Edwina  \  old 
Clarice  Reber 

Marilyn  Howe,  Head 

College  of  Fine  .4rts 


Accounting 

Finance  and  Legal  Studies 

Management 

Management  Information  Systems  •< 

Decision  Sciences 
Marketing  J 

Office  Systems  and  Business         I 

Education 


Communications  Media 
Counselor  Education 
Educational  Psychology 
Foundations  of  Education 
Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services 
University  School 


Anthonv  G.  DeFurio 

Art 

Calvin  E.  Weber 

Music 

Donald  Eisen 

Theater 

College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences 


Donna  L.  Streifthau 
Joanne  B.  Steiner 
James  G.  Mill,  Jr. 
Linda  S.  Nelson 
Thomas  \  an  Dyke 


Consumer  Services 
Food  and  Nutrition 
Health  and  Physical  Education 
Home  Economics  Education 
Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 
Management 
Jodell  Kuzneski  Nursing/Allied  Health 

Helen  C.  Cunningham.  Coordinator  Allied  Health  Professions 
Robert  Soule  Safetv  Sciences 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 


Allan  Andrew- 
Neil  J.  Asting 
Gary  Buterbaugh 
Frank  V\ .  Hall.  H 
Gerald  Buriok 
John  N.  Fox 
Carl  Schneider 


Biology 

Chemistry 

Computer  Science 

Geoscience 

Mathematics 

Physics 

Psvcholoev 


College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 


Imogene  .Mover 
Donald  A.  W  alker 
James  (Jray 
Robert  L.  Whitmer 
Robert  B.  Begg 
Jacob  \  oeiker 
Neil  Lehman 
James  F.  Byers 
Patricia  Heilman 
Joel  MIecko 
John  Sitton 
Thomas  Noyvak 
Peter  Broad 


Criminology 

Economics 

English 

French 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

German 

History 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

Journalism 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

Political  Science 

Sociology /Anthropology 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 


Dircclc»y-183 


Departmental  Units 

Russell  Miars 
Carolyn  Wilkie 
Walter  Laude 
Sandra  Durbin 

Catherine  Dugan 


Counseling  Center 
Learning  Center 
Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Vocational-Technical  Personnel 

Program 
Advising  and  Testing  Center 


School  of  Continuing  Education 
Division  of  Credit  Programs 


Edward  NardI 
Rehccca  Sterley 
Patricia  Scott 


Assistant  Dean  for  Credit  Programs 
Director,  Adult  Advisement  Services 
Director.  Otf-cainpus  Studies 


Division  of  Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs 


To  be  appointed 
Lou  Adonizlo 

Joyce  Hanley 

Jane  Lord 
Donna  (JrlfTilh 
\  irginia  Chauby 
Kathleen  F.vanko 

Highway  Safety  Center 

Richard  Hornfeck 
A.  ().  Brad>haw 
Jill  Farich 

(;ar\  Fulton 


James  Sadler 


Sandra  Tomlinson 
Be>erl>  Kromer 


Division  Director 

Director.  Business.  Industry,  and 

Labor 
Director.  Community/L'niversily 

Studies 
Director.  Special  Programs 
Director.  Conferences 
Program  Facilitator 
Proeram  Facilitator 


Director 

Coordinator.  Training  and  Research 

Director.  Emergency  Medical 

Services 
Director.  Emergency  Services 

Training  and  Coordinator. 

State  Rescue  Training 
Assistant  Director.  Emergency 

Services  Training  and  Assistant 

Coordinator.  State  Rescue 

Training 
Coordinator.  Regional  Highway  Safety 
Assistant  Coordinator.  Regional 

Highway  Safety 


Pennsylvania  Motorcycle  Safety  Program 


.Allen  Robinson 
Roberta  (arlsiin 
\Mlliam  Stauffer 
Raj  Murthy 


Director 

Regional  Coordinator 
Regional  Coordinator 
Computer  Programmer 


Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 


(iary  V\elsh 
Christine  Rruno-l)a\is 

Directors  of  Special  Clinics 


Ksther  M.  Shane 
Robert  H.  Hwllein 

Emeriti 

Ed«ard  I.,  \ndirscin 
Ida  /,.  \rms 
Marie  Hahn 
Barbara  .1.  Balsiger 
Lee  K,  BeaiimonI 
Marijarit  I,,  Beck 
Uilliam  K,  Becker 
Lois  (  ,  Blair 
Carl  Bordas 
Jessie  Brithl 
Litrrie  J,  Bright 


Director 
Assistant  Director 


Director,  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 
Director.  Child  Study  Center 


English 
Mathematics 
Special  Education 
An 

Business 
English 
Music 

Professional  Laboratory  Experiences 
Chemistry 
English 
English 


R.  Morrison  Brown 
Gary  I^.  Buckwalter 
Edward  Chaszar 
John  Chellman 
Don-Chean  Chu 
Charles  L.  Cooper 
Ste>  en  B.  Cord 
Patricia  Patterson  Cordera 
Harold  V..  Craig 
Willa  Ruth  Cramer 
Robert  J.  Cronauer 
Charles  .A.  Davis 
Clarabel  T.  Davis 
John  A.  Davis 
Leonard  DeFabo 
Daniel  DiCicco 
Thomas  J.  Dongilla 
John  Dropcho 
Robert  W.  Ensley 
Ronald  T.  Ferguson 
Fernand  F'isel 
Lida  T.  Fleming 
John  Freund 
Samuel  F.  Furgiuele 
Eleanor  (jallati 
Walter  V\ .  Gallati 
Bernard  J.  Ganley 
Thomas  (>.  (iault 
Clyde  C.  Gelbach 
Raymond  D.  (iibson 
Ralph  M.  Glott 
William  F.  (irayburn 
S.  Trevor  Hadley 
Mary  M.  Hart 
Richard  Hazley 
Richard  Heiges 
Robert  M.  Hermann 
E.  Samuel  Hoenstine 
Donald  F;.  Hoffmaster 
Helen  B.  Hovis 
John  P.  Hoyt 
Raymona  E.  Hull 
James  Innes 
.Arthur  Kannwisher 
Alma  L.  Kazmer 
Orval  Kipp 
Merle  Klingensmith 
Helen  M.  Kresak 
(iopal  S.  Kulkarni 
William  F;.  LaFranchi 

Betty  Lanham 
James  W.  Laughlin 
Raymond  L.  Lee 
Francis  W.  Liegey 
Dorothy  I.  Lingenfeltcr 
Stanle>  W.  Lore 
F.D.  l.otl 
Dorth>  Lucker 
Donald  VI.  Vlacisaac 
Margaret  Mahler 
V\.  Delight  Malitsky 
Ronald  L.  Marks 
Lillian  B.  Martin 
Joseph  Masiro 
Doyle  McBride 
Francis  (i.  MctJovern 
Patrick  J.  McNaniara 
Lawrence  F.  MeVitly 
Bruce  A.  Meadowcrol't 
.lane  S.  Mervine 
l.aurabel  II.  Miller 
Margaret  L,  Minniek 
Edgar  W,  Moore 
Robert  \,  Moore 
Wallaee  F .  Morrell 


English 

Physics 

Political  Science 

Dean  of  Health  Services 

Foundations  of  Education 

.Accounting 

History 

Business 

English 

Consumer  Services 

Art 

Music 

University  School/Music 

English 

Educational  Psychology 

Music 

Art 

Art 

English-Theater 

History 

French 

University  School 

English 

English-Journalism 

Home  Economics  Education 

Biology 

Vice  President.  Administration 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

History 

Mathematics 

Elementary  Education 

English 

Vice  President  of  Student  Affairs 

Nursing  and  Allied  Health 

English 

Political  Science 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

Career  Services 

Biology 

Home  Economics  Education 

Mathematics 

English 

Art 

Philosophy 

Home  Economics  Education 

An 

Communications  Media 

Nursing  and  .Allied  Health 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

Director.  Library  and  Media 

Resources 
Sociology/Anthropology 
Student  Personnel 
Political  Science 
Biology 

Education.  Universiiy  School 
Elementary  Education 
Elementary  Education 
English 

Communications  Media 
Counselor  Education 
Music 
Chemistry 

Education.  University  School 
History 
Mathematics 

Manageiiicnt  and  Marketing 
Physics 

An 

Educational  Psychology 

History 

English 

Food  and  Nutrition 

History 

Biology 

Mathematics 


IH4-lndiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Morton  M.  Morris 
Roy  Moss 
Edward  R.  Mott 
JoAnne  Mueller 
J.  Robert  Murray 
Marian  Murray 
Esko  Newhill 
Carl  P.  Oakes 
James  E.  Payne 
Laurence  J.  Perkins 
Everett  J.  Pesci 
Ruth  Podbielski 
Paul  A.  Prince 
James  B.  Reilly 
Opal  T.  Rhodes 
Maurice  L.  Rider 
Joseph  Rizzo 
Phyllis  G.  Roumm 
Norman  Sargent 
Robert  H.  Saylor 
Eugene  F.  Scanlon 
George  K.  Seacrist 
Robert  C.  Seelhorst 
Frederick  W.  Seinfelt 
Mildred  Shank 
Elwood  B.  Sheeder 
Bert  A.  Smith 
Edwin  M.  R.  Smith 
Helena  Smith 
William  R.  Smith 
Leslie  S.  Spencer 

George  Spinelli 
Martin  Stapleton 
Charles  Stevenson 
Merle  E.  Stilwell 
Lawrence  C.  Stitt 
James  K.  Stoner 

George  A.  W.  Stouffer 
L  Leonard  Stright 
Stanford  Tackett 
Beatrice  Thomas 
Warner  E.  Tobin 
Howard  E.  Tompkins 
Robert  Vislosky 
Euphemia  Nesbitt  Waddell 
Paul  M.  Waddell 
Albert  J.  Wahl 
Joann  Walthour 
Robert  O.  Warren 
Jane  B.  Washburn 
John  G.  Watta 
Charles  Weber 
Ned  Wert 

Kathleen  Jones  White 
Herbert  Wildeboor 
Halley  O.  Willison 
James  C.  Wilson 
Robert  L.  Woodard 
Betty  Wood 
Allen  Woods 


Dale  W.  Woomer 


Paul  R.  Wunz 
Joan  Yanuzzi 
David  L.  Young 

The  Faculty 


Special  Education 

Career  Services 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Mathematics 

Communications  Media 

Nursing 

Sociology-Anthropology 

Mathematics 

Geography 

Music 

Counselor  Education 

Associate  Athletic  Director 

Geoscience 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Chairperson.  Home  Economics 

English 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

English 

Communications  Media 

Counselor  Education 

Special  Education/Clinical  Services 

English 

Art 

English 

Educational  Psychology 

Dean.  School  of  Business 

Political  Science 

Mathematics 

English 

Mathematics 

Finance  and  Management 

Information  Systems 
Counselor  Education 
Biology 

Management  and  Marketing 
Mathematics 
Music 
Chairperson.  Business  and 

Distributive  Education 
Dean.  School  of  Education 
Dean.  The  Graduate  School 
Chemistry 
Business 

University  School 
Computer  Science 
Art 

Library 
Physics 
History 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Associate  Provost 
Counselor  Education 
English 
Geography 
Art 

Dean.  College  of  Human  Ecology 
Music 

Mathematics 
Counselor  Education 
Director.  Institutional  Research 
Consumer  Sei'vices 
Food  and  Nutrition/ 

Hotel.  Restaurant,  and 

Institutional  Management 
Administrative  Services  and  Business 

Education 
Chemistry 

Educational  Psychology 
Coirimunicalions  Media 


Robert  J.  Ackerman.  Ph.D.,  Western  Michigan  University 

Professor.  Sociology/Anthropology 
Carl  F.  Adams.  D.M.A..  Catholic  University  of  America 

Professor.  Music 


Ibrahim  J.  Affaneh.  Ph.D..  University  of  Utah 

Associate  Professor.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Ali-Asghar  Aghbar.  Ph.D..  Georgetown  University 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Barbara  A.  Alerstock.  Ed.D..  Temple  University 

Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Mohamed  H.  Albohali.  Ph.D..  Kansas  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Management  Information  Systems 

and  Decision  Sciences 
Abbas  All.  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Management 
Ronald  D.  All.  M.F.A..  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor.  Art 
Robert  K.  Alico.  Ph.D..  St.  Bonaventure  University 

Professor.  Biology 
Norine  A.  Allen.  M.S..  University  of  Buffalo 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Lynne  Alvine.  Ed.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 

University 

Associate  Professor.  English 
William  D.  Ames.  L.L.M. (Taxation).  University  of  S<an  Diego 

Associate  Professor.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Caroline  L  Anderson.  D.A..  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
Fred  P.  Anderson.  M.B.A..  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor.  Management 
James  A.  Anderson.  Ph.D..  Cornell  University 

Professor.  Psychology;  Director.  BenjainCn  E.  Mays  Academy 
Kim  L.  Anderson.  M.B.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Accounting 
Allan  T.  Andrew.  Ph.D..  Utah  State  University 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Biology 
Joseph  S.  Angelo.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Mathematics 
Yaw  A.  Asamoah.  Ph.D..  Washington  University 

Associate  Professor.  Economics 
Noreen  O.  Ash-Johnson.  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Associate  Professor.  Biology 
Neil  J.  Astlng.  Ph.D..  University  of  Rhode  Island 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Chemistry 
C.  Thomas  Aull.  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor.  Theater 
Dennis  Ausel.  Ed.D..  Indiana  University 

Associate  Professor.  Communications  Media 
W.  Timothy  Austin.  Ph.D..  University  of  Georgia 

Professor.  Criminology 
Gary  Bailey,  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor.  History 
Frank  T.  Baker.  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Biology 
John  C.  Baker.  M.A..  Siena  Heights  College 

Assistant  Professor.  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 

Management 
Donald  A.  Balenovich.  Ph.D..  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics 
Francis  L.  Ballas.  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Cheinistry 
William  F.  Barker.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Educational  Psychology 
Madan  M.  Balra.  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin-Madison 

Associate  Professor.  Marketing 
Charles  Battaglini.  M.F.A..  Temple  University 

Professor.  Art 
Charlene  Bebko,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Marketing 
Jacqueline  Beck.  M.N.  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Thomas  L.  Beck.  M.Ed..  Duquesne  University 

Associate  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Robert  B.  Begg.  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  Geography  and  Regional  Plannin; 
Sherrlll  J.  Begres.  Ph.D..  Wayne  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Raymond  W.  Bei.sel.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  Stale  University 

Assistant  Professor.  University  School 
Patricia  A.  Bell.  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor.  Home  Economics  Education 


Din'croiy-lH5 


Margaret  Bellak.  M.N..  University  ot  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Carole  Bencich.  Ed.D..  Lniversits  of  Georgia 

Assistant  Professor.  Englisli 
Joseph  Bencloski.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

.Assistant  Professor.  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Paul  Bcn-Z>i.  M.F..A..  University  of  Iowa 

.•\ssociate  Professor.  .Art 
Bruce  L.  Berg.  Ph.D..  Syracu.se  University 

-AssiKiate  Professor.  Criminology 
Jill  Berg.  M.S.N..  University  of  Florida 

.Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
(iail  I.  Berlin.  Ph.D..  Universitv  of  Pennsylvania 

.Associate  Professor.  English 
Pearl  S.  Berman.  Ph.D..  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Psychology 
Charles  H.  Bertness.  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Professor.  Mathematics 
Joseph  A.  Bianco.  Ed.D..  Nova  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
George  R.  Bieger.  Ph.D..  Cornell  University 

Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Gary  J.  Bird.  M..\1..  Nonh  Texas  State  University 

.Associate  Professor.  Music 
Christine  Black.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

.Assistant  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Patricia  L.  Black.  M.Ed..  Duquesne  University 

.Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Barbara  Blackledge.  M.F.A..  University  of  Nonh  Carolina  at  Greensboro 

.Associate  Professor.  Theater 
\\  illiam  A.  Blacksmith.  III.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Elaine  H.  Blair.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Jean  L.  Blair.  M.N.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Joseph  Bogan.  Jr..  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Criminology 
Robert  J.  Boldin.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Uaniel  N.  Boone.  Ph.D..  Claremonl  Graduate  School 

Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Nelson  H.  Bormann.  .M.A..  Western  Michigan  University 

.AssiK'iate  Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Da»ld  T.  Borst.  DMA..  Eastman  School  of  Music 

Professor.  Music 
Albert  E.  BoufTard.  Ph.D..  Duquesne  University 

Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Martha  fi.  Bower.  Ph.D..  University  of  New  Hampshire 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
Malcolm  K.  Bowes.  Ph.D..  Ohio  University 

.Associate  Professor.  Theater 
Faye  I..  Bradwick.  J.D..  Syracuse  University 

Associate  Professor.  Accounting 
Maryanne  Brandenburg.  Ed.D..  Oklahoma  State  University 

.AsscKiatc  Professor.  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
Roger  L.  Briscoe.  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor.  Eulucalional  Psychology 
Peter  (».  Broad.  Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Kenneth  VV.  Brode.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Prolcssor.  German 
John  Broughton.  III.  Ed.D..  Oklahoma  Stale  University 

Prolessor.  Mathematics 
Andrew  C.  Browe.  Ph.D..  Medical  College  of  Virginia 

Professor.  Biology 
Karen  I,.  Brown.  M.L.S..  North  Carolina  Central  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Ruthanna  W,  Browning.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Prolcssor.  Chairperson.  Home  Economics  Education 
Dimald  VV.  Buck  waiter.  Ph.D..  University  of  Tennessee 

Assistant  Prolcssor.  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Gerald  M.  Buriok.  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Prolcssor.  Chairperson.  Mathematics 
Louise  B.  Iturky.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Prolcssor.  Management  Inlonmalion  Systems  and 

Decision  Sciences 


Ronald  I.  Burner,  M.B.A..  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor.  .Accounting 
Sandra  L.  Burwcll.  M.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
John  F.  Bu.sovicki,  M.S..  University  of  Notre  Dame 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Gary  L.  Buterbaugh.  M.A..  Syracuse  University 

.Associate  Professor.  Chairperson,  Computer  Science 
William  B.  Butler.  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin 

Associate  Professor.  Biology 
James  F.  Byers,  Ph.D..  University  of  WIsconsln-Madlson 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
James  M.  Cahalan.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Carol  Caraway.  Ph.D..  University  of  Oklahoma 

.Associate  Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Patrick  A.  Carone.  Ph.D..  Duke  University 

Professor,  Political  Science,  International  Student  Adviser 
Carmy  Carranza,  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor.  Assistant  Director/Academic  Coordinator. 

Learning  Center 
Jose  M.  Carranza.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Mario  Carranza.  Ph.D..  University  of  Chicago 

Associate  Professor.  Political  Science 
Charles  E.  Casavant.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor.  Musk- 
Charles  D.  Cashdollar.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor.  History;  Director.  Liberal  Studies 
Donna  B.  Cauffiel.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor.  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 

Management 
Vince  Celtnieks.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Associate  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Karen  R.  Cercone,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Associate  Professor,  Geoscience;  Coordinator.  Natural  Sciences 
Mary  Ann  Cessna.  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor.  Food  and  Nutrition 
Miriam  S.  Chaiken.  Ph.D..  University  of  Callfomla 

Assistant  Professor.  Sociology/Anthropology 
David  D.  Chambers.  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois,  Urbana 

Assistant  Professor.  Political  Science 
Benjamin  C.  Chan,  Ph.D..  Temple  University 

Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
William  D.  Chapman.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Michael  R.  Charnego,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Biology 
Manmohan  I).  Chaubey.  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa 

Associate  Prolcssor.  Chairperson.  Management 
R.  Philip  Chekanski.  M.S..  Central  Missouri  Stale  Unlvcisliy 

Associate  Professor.  Safely  Sciences 
Carl  C.  Chen.  Ph.D..  Kent  Slate  University 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  Managenieiil  Infoniiatioii  Systems 

and  Decision  Sciences 
Sung-(iay  Chow.  Ph.D..  University  of  Alabama 

Assistant  Prolcssor.  English 
Richard  Christensen.  M.S..  LIniverslty  of  Noithcin  Illinois 

Associale  Prolessor,  Safely  Sciences 
Nicholas  I).  Christodouleas.  Ph.D..  Louisiana  State  University 

Professor.  Cheinlstiy 
Frank  J.  Cignetti.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor.  Director.  Intercollegiate  Alhletlcs 
(Jarry  J.  Ciskowski.  PhD..  University  of  Oklahoma  Health  Science  Center 

Associate  Prolessor.  Biology 
Joseph  C.  Clark.  Ph.D..  Slanfoid  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Geoscience 
Lois  A.  Clark.  M.Ed..  Slippery  Rock  Slate  College 

Associale  I'nilcssor,  Health  and  Physical  liilucallon 
Robin  Clark-Winright,  Ph.D..  Texas  Technological  University 

Asslslant  Prolessor.  An 
Vaughn  Clay.  Ed.D..  Unlversliy  of  I'liisbuigh 

Prolessor.  An 
Stanley  Cohen.  J.D..  Salmon  1'  Chase  College  of  Law 

Pinlessoi.  ( ■niiiinologs 
Bernadette  Cole-Slaughter,  PhD  .  Purdue  Unlversliy 

Associale  Professor,  Professional  Sludles  In  Education 


186-lndiana  University  of  Peivtsylvania 


Edward  G.  Coleman.  M.S..  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 

Associate  Professor.  Chemistry 
Patricia  Collins-Stockton.  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan 

Associate  Professor,  English 
W.  Thomas  Coneiiy,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Santa  Barbara 

Assistant  Professor.  Sociology/Anthropology 
Carol  E.  Connell.  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
David  M.  Cook.  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor,  English 
Frank  Corbett,  Ed.D..  Temple  University 

Associate  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Carmine  J.  Cortazzo  Jr.,  M.S..  University  of  Illinois 

Assistant  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Joseph  J.  Co.sta.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Chemistry 
Marvin  H.  Cox,  M.S.W..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Instructor.  Educational  Counselor,  Learning  Center 
,lohn  A.  Cross,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Computer  Science 
,lohn  W.  Cross.  M.A.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Associate  Professor.  Economics 
Thomas  E.  Crumm.  Ph.D..  University  of  Massachusetts 

Professor.  Chemistry 
William  H.  Culp.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Counselor  Education 
Helen  D.  Cunningham.  M.N.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing;  Coordinator,  Allied  Health  Professions 
Thomas  P.  Cunningham,  M.S..  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 

Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science 
Bob  J.  Curey,  Ph.D..  Wayne  State  University 

Professor.  English 
Susan  S.  Dahlheimer.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Food  and  Nutrition 
Karen  Dandurand.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Arlo  Dean  Davis.  Ph.D..  University  of  Colorado 

Professor.  Mathematics 
Carl  D.  Davis.  M.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Wayne  J.  Davis.  Ph.D..  Rutgers.  The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 

Professor.  Accounting 
Gary  J.  Dean.  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Counselor  Education 
James  C.  Dearing.  M.M.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Assistant  Professor.  Music 
Emily  K.  DeCicco.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Anthony  G.  DeFurio,  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Art 
James  M.  DeGeorge.  Ph.D..  Tulane  University 

Professor.  Journalism 
Dagem  Dejene.  Ph.D..  Ohio  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Political  Science 
Virginia  C.  Demand.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

Associate  Professor,  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
Alice  D.  Dickie.  M.S..  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Christian  Dickinson,  M.M.,  Florida  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
William  E.  Dietrich,  Jr..  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor.  Biology 
John  L.  Dietz.  D.M.A..  University  of  Michigan 

Professor.  Music 
Richard  DiStanislao.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor.  Assistant  to  Director.  Amislrong  County  Campus 
H.  Edward  Donley.  Ph.D..  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
Alberta  R.  Dorsey.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
David  B.  Downing.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Rita  G.  Drapkin.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Counseling  and  Student  Development 
Victor  S.  Drescher.  D.M.L..  Middlebury  College 

Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 


Rebecca  A.  Dubovsky,  M.A..  Clarion  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assisant  Professor.  Mathematics 
Kurt  P.  Dudt.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson,  Communications  Media 
Catherine  Dugan,  M.A..  University  of  Iowa 

Assistant  Professor.  Director.  Advising  and  Testing  Center 
Karen  Duhala.  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Donald  D.  Duncan.  Ed.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
Diane  L.  Duntley.  Ed.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor.  Director.  Acadeinic  Information  Systems 
James  A.  Dyal.  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Professor.  Economics 
Robert  E.  Early.  M.A..  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics 
Edward  J.  Edwards.  M.N..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Donald  G.  Eisen.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Chairperson,  Theater 
Dean  S.  Eiteman,  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Accounting 
Wendy  L.  Elcesser.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Vermont 

Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry 
Joan  B.  Elliott.  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Mary  Louise  Eltz,  M.Ed..  East  Stroudsburg  State  College 

Associate  Professor.  Health  and  Physical'Education 
Ronald  R.  Emerick.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  English 
John  M.  Engler.  M.P.H..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Safety  Sciences 
Martin  Fair.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Military  Science 
Thomas  Falcone,  D.B.A..  Kent  State  University 

Professor.  Management 
Frank  Fazio,  Jr..  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Chemistry 
Lawrence  M.  Feldman.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
Beatrice  S.  Fennimore.  D.Ed..  Columbia  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Scott  M.  Ferderber.  B.A..  Washington  and  Jefferson  College 

Associate  Professor.  Military  Science 
Vincent  J.  Ferrara.  Ph.D..  Fordham  University 

Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Gary  M.  Ferrence.  Ed.D..  Indiana  University 

Professor.  Biology 
Trenton  R.  Ferro.  Ed.D..  Northern  Illinois  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Counselor  Education 
Jerry  B.  Fiddler.  Ed.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
David  A.  Foltz.  Ph.D..  University  of  Arizona 

Assistant  Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Janet  Fontaine.  Ph.D..  University  of  Hawaii 

Assistant  Professor.  Counselor  Education 
Susan  E.  Forbes.  M.A..  Kent  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
William  R.  Forbes.  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Professor.  Biology 
John  C.  Ford.  Ph.D..  Northeastern  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry 
John  N.  Fox.  Ph.D.,  Wesleyan  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Physics 
Douglas  H.  Frank,  Ph.D..  University  of  Southern  California 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
W.  Larry  Freeman.  Ph.D..  CIcmson  University 

Associate  Professor,  Physics 
Ernest  B.  Fricke.  Ph.D..  New  York  University 

Professor.  History 
Donald  P.  Fritz,  Jr..  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
Edwin  J.  Fry.  MM..  DePaul  University 

Associate  Professor,  Music 
Vivian  C.  Fuller.  Ph.D..  Iowa  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Associate  Director.  Intercollegiate  Athletics 


Direclor\-l87 


Norman  W.  Gaggini.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

.■\ssociaie  Professor.  Physics 
Joseph  M.  (iailanar.  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Prolesor.  History 
\  ictor  Garcia.  \l..\..  University  of  California,  Santa  Barbara 

.Assistant  Professor,  Sociology /.Anthropology 
Rajendar  K.  Garg.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

.AsstK'lale  Professor,  Marketing 
C.  .-Xlexander  Garvin.  Ph.D..  University  of  Tennessee 

Professor,  Economics 
Conrad  J.  Gates,  J.D.,  University  of  Buffalo 

Professor.  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Susan  I.  Gatli,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Assistant  Professor.  English 
Robert  L.  Gajlor,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Associate  Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
.Jerry  G.  Gebhard,  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 

.Associate  Professor,  English;  American  Language  Institute 
Robert  P.  (iendron.  Ph.D..  Duke  University 

.Associate  Professor,  Biology 
Gail  J.  Gerlach.  Ed.D..  Temple  University 

Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
MIchele  Gerwick,  MS.,  Indiania  University  of  Pennsylvania 

.Assistant  Professor,  Nursing 
Mohamed  Ghobashy,  Ph.D.,  Hochschule  fuer  Wethandel,  C.P.A. 

Professor,  Accounting 
Timothy  P.  Gilbert,  M..A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  Chairperson,  .Military  Science 
John  J.  Gibbs,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

Professor,  Criminology 
Manton  C.  Gibbs,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Professor,  Management 
Eileen  J.  Glisan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Irving  Godt.  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Professor,  Music 
Janet  (ioebel,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska  at  Lincoln 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Edv»ard  W.  Gondulf,  Ed.D.,  Boston  University 

Professor,  Sociology/ Anthropology 
Thomas  D.  (joodrich,  Ph.D..  Columbia  University 

Professor,  History 
Beverly  J.  Goodwin.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 
Philip  B.  Gordon.  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Home  Economics  Education 
Jacqueline  L.  (iorman,  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Brooke  V.  (irant.  M..A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Ass(Kiale  Professor,  Sociology/Anthropology 
James  L.  Gray,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  English 
Cassandra  (ireen,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor,  Educational  Counselor,  Learning  Center 
William  (j.  (iressley,  M,S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Assistant  Professor,  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
Koyden  P.  Grove,  M.Ed..  Ohm  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
IJavid  K.  (irover,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

Professor,  Psychology 
Melissa  M.  (iroves,  Ph,D,.  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 

University 

Assistant  Professor,  Home  Economics  Education 
Daniel  S.  (irubb.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Professor.  English 
Richard  A.  Halapin,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Management  Information  Systems  and 

Decision  Sciences 
Harry  W.  Haldeman.  M.A,.  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Frank  W.  Hall,  H.  Ph.D..  University  of  Montana 

Prnlessor.  Chairperson.  Geosclence 
Riiliert  W.  Hamilton,  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associale  Professor.  Art 
Janis  VI.  Handler,  M.S.,  Indiana  University 

Insiruclor.  Communications  Media 


Kathleen  J,  Hanrahan,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers,  The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 

•Assistant  Professor.  Criminology 
Marsali  Hansen,  Ph.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers/Vaiicierbilt 

University 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 
Roy  W.  Harding,  Ph.D.,  California  Institute  of  Technology 

.Associate  Professor,  Chemistry 
Thomas  R.  Harley.  M.Arch..  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Consumer  Services 
Katherine  J.  Harris,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Associale  Professor,  History 
Richard  .A.  Hartline,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Jeanette  A.  Hartman,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Patrick  M.  Hartwell,  Ph.D..  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles 

Professor.  English 
Malcolm  R,  Hayward  HI,  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

Prolcssor,  English 
Judith  Hechtman.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  University  School 
Janice  L.  Heckroth,  Ed.D.,  University  of  South  Dakota 

Associale  Prolcssor,  Consumer  Services 
Donn  W.  Hedman,  M.F.A.,  Washington  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
Patricia  I.  Heilman,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Journalism 
Anita  C.  Henry,  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Professor,  French 
Jeannine  L.  Heny,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Herlinda  Hernandez,  M..A.,  University  of  the  Americas  (Mexico) 

Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Kenneth  E,  Hershnian,  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 

Associate  Prolcssor,  Physics 
Robert  H.  Hoellein,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  Slate  University 

Professor,  Educational  Psychology 
Harry  G.  Holt,  M.S.,  Bucknell  University 

Associate  Professor,  Economics 
Olive  M.  Holt,  M.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing 
Harvey  S.  Holtz.  Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York 

Professor,  Sociology/Anthropology 
James  D.  Hooks.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Prolcssor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Richard  J.  Hornf'eck,  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University 

Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education;  Director,  Highway  Safety 

Center 
Marilyn  S.  Howe.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Prolcssor.  Director.  University  School 
Barbara  H.  Hudson.  Ph.D..  Howard  University 

Professor.  English 
Suzanne  H.  Hudson.  Ph.D..  Marquette  University 

Professor,  English 
Marvin  Huff,  M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Economics 
.Arthur  C,  Hulse.  Ph. I),,  Arizona  Slate  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Jan  (i.  Humphreys,  Ph.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Insiiiiiic  and  Stale 

Liniversity 

Prolcssor.  Biology 
Herbert  M.  Hunter.  Ph.D..  Boston  Univcrsily 

Associate  Professor.  Sociology/Anthropology 
C.  Mark  Hiirlbert.  D.A..  State  Univcrsily  of  New  York  at  Albany 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Syed  N.  Hyder.  M.  lax..  Georgia  Slate  University.  C.P.A. .  CCA, 

Assistant  Professor,  Accounting 
Dominic  .1.  Inlili.  Ph.D..  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

Prolcssor.  Music 
I.eeann  lovannl.  Ph.D..  University  ol  Maryland 

Assistant  Professor.  Crinimology 
Mary  J.  Jalongo.  Phi)..  University  of  Toledo 

Prolcssor.  Professional  Studies  in  lulucation 
Sandra  I..  Janicki.  M.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Instructor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Rosa  Jen.  M.S..  florida  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 


188-lndiaiia  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Randy  Jesick.  M.S.J..  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Journalism 
George  B.  Johnson,  M.F.A..  Indiana  University 

Professor.  Art 
Hugh  B.  Johnson.  Jr.,  Mus.Ed.D.,  Indiana  University 

Professor,  Music 
John  R.  Johnson,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  University  School 
Ralph  L.  Johnson,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Rita  M.  Johnson.  M.S..  Purdue  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Food  and  Nutrition 
Robert  G.  Johnson.  Ph.D..  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Professor,  English 
Foster  T.  Jones,  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Professor,  French 
Frederick  Joseph.  M.Ed..  Kent  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Director.  Financial  Aid 
Larry  Judge.  B.S.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor.  Director,  Sports  Information 
Ronald  A.  Juliette,  Ed.D..  Indiana  University 

Professor.  Communications  Media 
John  F.  Kadlubowski.  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland 

Professor.  History 
Krzysztof  Kaniasty.  M.A..  Adam  Mickiewkz  University  (Poland). 

Assistant  Professor.  Psychology 
Charles  M.  Kanyarusoke.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Communications  Media 
Nicholas  Karatjas.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook 

Professor.  Economics 
Irvin  C.  Kauffman.  Assistant  Principal  Cello.  Pittsburgh  Symphony 
Orchestra 

.Associate  Professor.  Music 
David  Kaufman.  M.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
David  Shankland  Keene,  PhD,,  Princeton  University 

Professor,  Political  Science 
Christine  W.  Kesner,  Ph.D..  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor.  Consumer  Services 
Michael  H.  Kesner.  Ph.D..  University  of  Massachusetts 

Professor.  Biology 
Maurice  Kilwein-Guevara.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin  at  Milwaukee 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Elizabeth  Kincade,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  Center 
Robert  L.  King,  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Wilma  K.  King,  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Professor.  History 
Robert  J.  Kirby.  Jr..  M.S.L.S..  Catholic  University  of  America 

Assistant  Professor.  Library  and  Media  Resources 
Germain  Kline.  M.B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor.  Accounting 
Blaine  Knupp.  M.L.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Instructor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Todd  A.  Koetje.  Ph.D..  University  of  Tennessee 

Assistant  Professor.  Sociology/Anthropology 
Richard  W.  Kolaczkowski.  Ph.D..  Cornell  University 

Professor.  Chemistry 
Paul  I.  Kornfeld.  Ed.D..  Illinois  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Communications  Media 
Barbara  Kraszewski.  M.A..  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Krish  S.  Krishnan.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 
.Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  Marketing 
Laurence  D.  Kruckman.  Ph.D..  Southern  Illinois  University 

Associate  Professor,  Sociology/Anthropology 
Joseph  S.  Krupnik,  M.A..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Sherrill  Kuckuck.  M.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Director,  Student  Development  Programs 
John  W.  Kuehn.  D,M.A..  University  of  Colorado 

Professor.  Music 
Barbara  N.  Kupetz.  Ed.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Jodell  L.  Kuzneski.  M.N, Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  Nursing 


Thomas  J.  Lacey.  Ed.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Art 
Richard  J.  Lamberski.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

.Associate  Professor.  Communications  Media 
Dale  E.  Landon,  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Professor.  History 
John  Earner.  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor.  History 
Walter  R.  Laude.  M.A..  Scarritt  College 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Neil  B.  Lehman.  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University  J 

Professor.  Chairperson.  History  1 

Mary  Beth  Leidman-Golub.  Ed.D..  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

Vanderbilt  University 

Associate  Professor.  Communications  Media 
Edward  M.  Levinson.  Ed.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  Stale 

University 

Associate  Professor,  Educational  Psychology 
Tian-Min  Lin,  Ph.D..  Boston  University 

Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
C.T.  Lindh.  M.S..  Duquesne  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Accounting 
Alicia  V.  Linzey.  Ph.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  Stale 

University 

Professor.  Biology 
William  A.  Lipke,  Jr..  B.S.E..  University  of  Wisconsin- White  Water 

Assistant  Professor.  Military  Science 
Sally  Lipsky.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh     ' 

Associate  Professor.  Reading/Study  Skills  Coordinator.  Learning 

Center 
Renee  Liscinsky.  Doctorat  du  Illme  cycle.  Universite  de  Besancon, 

France 

Professor.  French 
Victor  Liscinsky.  M.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Robert  L  Lloyd,  D,M,A..  Catholic  University  of  America 

Professor.  Music 
Patricia  Lommock.  M.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
George  R.  Long.  Ph.D..  Utah  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry 
Thomas  R.  Lord.  Ed.D..  Rutgers  University 

Associate  Professor.  Biology 
Walter  Lord.  B.A.,  LaSalle  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Military  Science 
A.  Lynnc  Lucas,  M,L,S,.  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Joanne  Y.  Luchsinger,  M.M..  University  of  Illinois 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Carl  S.  Luciano,  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Associate  Professor.  Biology 
Ronald  Lunardini.  M.Ed..  Duquesne  University 

Associate  Professor:  Director.  Student  Activities  and 

Organizations 
Sandra  Joyce  Lynn,  M.S.,  Auburn  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Consumer  Services 
Charles  R.  Maderer.  MAT..  Brown  University 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
Richard  D.  Magee.  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Professor.  Psychology 
Donald  C.  Mahan.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
Marjorie  A.  Mambo.  D.Ed..  Teachers  College.  Columbia  University 

Assistant  Professor.  University  School 
Sarah  J.  Mantel.  DMA..  University  of  Illinois 

Associate  Professor.  Music 
James  H.  Maple.  M.A..  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Computer  Science 
Marilyn  F.  Maracle,,  Ph.D..  Washington  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Sociology/Anthropology 
Irwin  Murray  Marcus.  Ph.D..  Lehigh  University 

Professor.  History 
Grace  Marlin,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor,  University  School 
Barbara  W.  Marquette,  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Psychology 


Diieci()iv-/S9 


Laura  E.  Marshak.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Lincoln  H.  MarshaM.  Ph.D..  .American  Universily 

.Associate  Professor.  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
Arthur  H.  Martel.  Ph.D..  University  of  Massachusetts 

Professor.  Economics 
Randv  L.  Martin.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Nebraska-Lincoln 

.Associate  Professor.  Criminology 
Lea  Masiello.  Ph.D..  University  of  Cincinnati 

Professor.  Writing  Specialist.  Learning  Center;  Co-director. 

Writing  Center. 
Calvin  O.  Masilela.  Ph.D..  Virginia  Polytechnical  Institute  and  State 

University 

.Assistant  Professor.  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Frances  Ann  Massey.  Ph.D..  Universiiv  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
John  K.  Matolyak.  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Physics 
(Jeorge  M.  Matous.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Notre  Dame 

.Associate  Professor.  Physics 
Donald  .A.  Mc.Andrev*.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  al  Buffalo 

Professor.  English 
Ronald  L.  McBride.  Ph.D..  University  of  Oklahoma 

Professor.  Mathematics 
Michael  A.  .McCaffrey.  M.B.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
R.  Paul  -McCauley.  Ph.D..  Sam  Houston  Stale  University 

Professor.  Criminology 
Robert  E.  McClay,  Jr..  M.B.A..  .American  University 

Associate  Professor.  Safety  Sciences 
Gary  .McClosky.  M.S..  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor.  Safely  Sciences 
Uunald  S.  McClure.  Ph.D..  Vanderbilt  University 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Susan  H.  McClure.  Ph.D..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
Mark  R.  McCrary.  B.A..  Dickinson  College 

Assisiant  Professor.  .Military  Science 
Charles  McCreary.  Ph.D..  Northwestern  Universily 

Assistant  Professor.  French 
(i.  Patrick  McCreary.  M.F.A..  Mason  Gross  School  of  the  Ans 

.Assistant  Professor.  Theater 
Theresa  R.  McDevitl.  M.L.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Assistant  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Donald  C.  McFeely.  Ph.D..  University  of  .Maryland 

Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
J.  Richard  .McFerron.  MB. A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

.Associate  Professor.  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision 

Sciences 
.Maureen  C.  McHugh.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Piiisburgh 

.AsstKiate  Professor.  Psychology;  Director.  Women's  Studies 
Donald  R.  McKelvey.  Ph.D..  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Professor.  Chemistry 
Kalherine  K.  McKelvey.  Ph.D..  Carnegie  Mellon  Universily 

AssfK'iale  Professor.  Computer  Science 
John  J.  Mc.Manmon.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Chicago 

Professor.  English 
Mark  E.  McNabb.  M.A..  Adams  Stale  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Criminology 
Donald  ,S.  McPherson.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Piiisburgh 

Professor.  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Richard  P.  Mease.  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa 

Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Edward  R.  Melodini.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Criminology 
Cru/.  Mendi/4ibal.  DiKloren  Filosofia  y  Lclras,  Universidad  Javeriana 

Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Nevin  A.  Mercede.  .M.F.A..  Universily  of  Montana 

AssislanI  Professor.  Art 
John  E.  Merryman.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Prolessor.  Foundations  of  Education 
Russell  D.  Miars.  Ph  D..  University  of  Iowa 

Associate  Professor.  Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 
Mary  H.  Micco.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Piiisburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Computer  Science 
Vincent  P.  .Mikkel.sen.  Ph.D..  Florida  State  Universily 

Associate  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 


Cecilia  Y.  Rodriguez  Milanes.  D..A..  Universily  al  Albany.  State 

University  of  New  York 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
James  G.  Mill,  Jr..  Ph.D..  University  of  Piiisburgh 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Health  and  Ph\sical  Education 
Jeffrey  A.  Miller.  M.S..  The  Pennsylvania  Slate  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Insiitulional  Management 
Larry  Carl  Miller.  Ph.D..  Northwestern  University 

Prolessor.  History 
\  inceni  P.  Miller  Jr..  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  Universily 

Professor.  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
John  A.  Mills.  Ph.D..  State  Universily  of  New  "^'ork  al  Buffalo 

AssislanI  Professor.  Counseling  and  Studenl  Developnienl  Center 
Robert  E.  Millward.  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  Stale  Universily 

Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
George  R.  Miltz.  M.A..  Universily  of  Cincinnati 

Associate  Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
George  E.  Mitchell.  Ph.D..  University  of  Virginia 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Joel  D,  MIecko.  Ph.D..  Calholic  University  of  .America 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Sludies 
Kofie  Montgomery.  M.S..  The  Pennsylvania  Stale  Universily 

Inslruclor.  Heallh  and  Physical  Educalion 
Sharon  .Montgomery.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Pennsylvania 

Prolessor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Sludies 
Archie  F,  Moore,  M.S..  Springfield  College 

Professor.  Heahh  and  Physical  Educalion 
Wayne  A,  Moore.  M..A..  Rider  College 

AssislanI  Professc.  Office  Syslems  and  Business  Educalion 
Mia  Moore-Armitage.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Tennessee 

Associate  Professor.  Food  and  Nutrition 
Martin  J.  Morand.  B.S..  Cornell  University 

Professor.  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Bernard  A.  Moreau.  Ed.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Office  Systems  and  Business  Educalion 
Frederick  W,  Morgan.  Ph.D..  Southern  Methodist  University 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
Robert  L.  Morris,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Political  Science;  Dean.  International  Programs 
Imogene  L,  Moyer.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Missouri 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  Criminology 
Muriel  A.  Monro.  Ph.D..  Llniversily  of  Kansas 

Associate  Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Patrick  D,  Murphy.  Ph.D..  University  of  California 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Robert  J.  Mutchnick.  Ph.D..  Florida  Stale  Universily 

Associate  Professor.  Criminology 
James  R.  Myers.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  Universily 

AssislanI  Professor.  Malhemalics 
Ataollah  Nahouraii.  Ph.D..  University  of  Piiisburgh 

Associate  Prolessor.  Managenienl  Information  Sysienis  ;ini.l 

Decision  Sciences 
Anthony  J.  Nania.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  None  Dame 

Professor.  English 
Anthony  J.  Nastase.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Piiisburgh 

Prolessor.  Biologv 
William  A.  Neal.  M.A..  The  George  Washington  Universily 

Associate  Professor.  Heallh  and  Physical  Education 
Linda  Shearer  Nelson.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Pittsburgh 

Prolessor.  Home  Economics  Educalion 
James  P.  Nestor.  D.A..  Carnegie  Mellon  Universily 

Associate  Prolessor.  Art 
Phillip  D.  Neusius.  Ph.D..  University  of  Missouri 

AssislanI  Professor.  Sociology/Anthropology 
Sarah  W,  Neusius.  Ph.D..  Norlhweslern  Universily 

Associale  Professor.  .Sociology/Anlhropology 
(iini  (;.  Newell.  M.Iul..  Indiana  Universily  of  Pennsylvania 

Inslruclor.  Special  Educalion  and  Clinical  .Services 
Sandra  J,  Newell.  Ph.D..  The  Universily  of  Toledo 

Prolessor.  Biology 
Carolyn  Nickerson.  M.S..  Universily  of  Ulali 

AssislanI  Professor.  Nursing 
Thimias  Nowak.  Ph  D  .  Cornell  Universily 

Prolessor.  Chairperson.  Sociology/Anlhropology 
Mary  Beth  Noll.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Kansas 

AssislanI  Professor,  .Special  Educalion  and  Clinical  Services 


I90-/ihli(iiia  Universily  of  Pennsylvania 


Richard  Nowell.  Ed.D..  University  of  Rochester 

Associate  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Muhammad  Z.  Numan.  Ph.D..  College  of  William  and  Mary 

Assistant  Professor,  Physics 
William  W.  Obliley.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science 
Anja  H.  Olin-Fahle,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Professor,  Sociolog>/.Anthropology 
Gary  James  Olmstead.  D.M..A.,  Cleveland  Institute  of  Music/Case 

Western  Reserve  University 

Professor,  Music 
Ludo  op  de  Beeck,  Ph.D.,  Universily  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  French 
John  N.  Orife,  Ph.D.  Michigan  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Management 
Stephen  W.  Osborne,  M.B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Management 
Elizabeth  Overton-Parker.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Assistant  Professor,  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
Nicholas  N.  Pacalo,  M,S,,  University  of  Southern  California 

Associate  Professor,  Safely  Sciences 
Dorothy  Ann  Palmer,  M.A.,  Miami  University 

Associate  Professor,  Political  Science 
Frederick  R.  Park,  M.S,,  Universily  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Geoscience 
Robert  A.  Patsiga,  Ph.D..  State  University  College  of  Forestry, 

Syracuse  University 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Gary  W.  R.  Patton,  Ph.D.,  Tufts  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Raymond  P.  Pavloski.  Ph.D.,  McMaster  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Terry  L.  Peard,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Associate  Professor,  Biology 
Gerard  C.  Penta,  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University 

Professor.  Foundations  of  Education 
Daniel  Perlongo,  M.Mus..  University  of  Michigan 

Associate  Professor.  Music 
Russell  L.  Peterson,  Ph.D..  Howard  University 

Associate  Professor,  Biology 
Jerry  L.  Pickering,  Ph.D..  Rutgers,  The  Stale  University  of  New  Jersey 

Professor,  Biology 
David  H.  Pistole,  Ph.D..  Indiana  State  University 

Professor.  Biology 
Edward  E.  Piatt.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Professor,  Political  Science 
Mark  A.  Plivelic,  M.Liit.,  Universily  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Accounting 
Karen  Polansky.  M.S.,  California  State  University — Los  Angeles 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing 
Duane  M.  Ponko.  M.S.,  Duquesne  University.  C.P.A, 

Assistant  Professor,  Accounting 
Thomas  Pressly,  Ph.D.,  Kent  State 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Robert  S.  Prezant,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaw  are 

.Associate  Professor,  Biology 
John  P.  Quirk,  Ed.D..  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Educational  Psychology 
George  M.  Radakovic.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Associate  Professor.  Economics 
Willard  W.  Radell,  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Professor.  Economics 
Bennett  .\.  Rafoth.  Ed.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Mary  Ann  Rafoth.  Ph.D..  University  of  Georgia 

Associate  Professor.  Educational  Psychology 
Carl  Rahkonen.  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
David  L.  Ramsey.  B.A.,  Washington  and  Jefferson  College 

Instructor,  Physics 
Gurmal  Rattan,  Ph.D.,  Ball  Stale  University 

Professor,  Educational  Psychology 
Chancy  R.  Rawleigh,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

Professor,  Sociology/.Anthropology 
Phillip  P.  Ray,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  Unive'^rsity 

Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics 


Richard  E.  Ray.  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  College 

Professor,  English 
Terry  T.  Ray.  J.D..  Duquesne  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Robert  E.  Raze,  Ph.D..  Oklahoma  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Universily  School 
Karen  E.  Ready.  M,A„  Middlebury  College 

Assistant  Professor,  German 
Clarice  K.  Reber,  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  Chairperson,  Special  Education  and  Clinical 

Services 
James  C.  Reber,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Jack  C.  Reed.  M.S.,  University  of  ,Arizona 

Associate  Professor,  Safely  Sciences 
William  L.  Rettig,  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Virginia  E.  Reynolds.  M.A..  Columbia  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Sociology/Anthropology 
Alexander  R.  Rich.  Ph.D..  Kent  Stale  University 

Professor.  Psychology 
Darlene  S.  Richardson.  Ph.D..  Columbia  University 

Professor.  Geoscience 
J.  Merle  Rife.  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor,  History 
Robert  H.  Rittle.  Ph.D..  Kent  State  University 

Professor.  Psychology 
Donald  J.  Robbins.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor.  Accounting 
Lionel  E.  Roberts,  Jr.,  J.D.,  Cumberland  School  of  Law 

Associate  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Richard  D.  Roberts.  M.S..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Physics 
Donald  U.  Robertson.  Ph.D..  Bow  ling  Green  Slate  University 

Professor.  Psychology 
Allen  R.  Robinson.  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University 

Professor.  Highway  Safety  Center 
Bernard  Roffman.  M..A..  Fordhain  University 

.Associate  Professor.  English 
Rosaly  Roffman.  M.A..  Universily  of  Hawaii 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Beverly  Rossiter.  M.N..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
David  E.  Rotigel.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Foundations  of  Education 
Richard  D.  Rowell,  Ed.D..  University  of  Georgia 

Professor.  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
Cyrus  Rowshan.  Ph.D..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director,  American  Language  Institute 
Phillip  A.  Ruffner.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
Robert  Russell.  MAT..  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Journalism 
Grace  .A.  Ryan.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Management 
John  C.  Ryan.  M.S..  Florida  State  L'niversity 

.Associate  Professor.  Management 
Mary  E.  Sadler.  M.N..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Stephen  K.  Sanderson.  Ph.D..  University  of  Nebraska 

Professor.  Sociology/Anthropology 
Nicolo  A.  Sartori.  M.M..  University  of  Michigan 

.Assistant  Professor.  Music 
John  Scandrett.  MM..  University  of  Wisconsin 

Assistant  Professor.  Music 
R.  Thomas  Schaub,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Joan  Schmitt,  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Consumer  Services 
Carl  W.  Schneider,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Psychology 
Gould  F.  Schrock,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

Professor,  Biology 
Lisa  Sciulli,  M.B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Marketing 
John  H.  Scroxton,  M,S.,  Alfred  University 

Associate  Professor.  Chemistry 


Diiecton-191 


C.  Donald  Seagren.  D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor.  Registrar 
Robert  Sechrisl.  M..-\.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton 

.Associate  Professor.  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Thomas  Sedwick.  Ph.D..  Syracuse  University 

Professor.  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Frederick  Sehring.  M.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Associate  Professor.  .Associate  Registrar 
Constance  Settlemyer.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Nursing 
Dale  M.  Shafer.  Ph.D..  University  of  Oklahoma 

Professor.  .Mathematics 
Ronald  G.  Shafer.  Ph.D..  Duquesne  University 

Professor.  English 
Esther  M.  Shane.  M.S..  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Maher  Y.  Shawer.  Ph.D..  University  of  Oklahoma 

Professor.  Mathematics 
Jack  L.  Shepler.  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin 

Professor.  Mathematics 
Kenneth  Lee  Shildt.  M.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Management  Information  Systems  and 

Decision  Sciences 
Ruth  I.  Shirey.  Ph.D..  University  of  Tennessee 

Professor.  Geograph\  and  Regional  Planning 
Daniel  C.  Shively.  M.S. U.S..  Drexel  University 

.Associate  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Charles  J.  Shubra  Jr..  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor.  Computer  Science 
Thomas  VV.  Simmons.  Ph.D..  Saint  Johns  University 

.Assistant  Professor.  Biology 
Edward  K.  Simpson.  M.F.A..  University  of  North  Carolina 

Asslsiant  Professor.  Theater 
John  F.  Sitton.  Ph.D..  Boston  Liniversity 

.Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  Political  Science 
Thomas  J.  Slater.  Ph.D..  Oklahoma  State  University 

.Assistant  Professor.  English 
Herman  L.  Sledzik.  M.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education;  Associate  Director. 

Intercollegiate  Athletics 
Jean  J.  Slenker.  M.A..  Professional  Diploma.  Teachers  College.  Columbia 

University 

AsscKiate  Professor.  Art 
Robert  Eugene  Slenker.  M..A..  Professional  Diploma.  Teachers  College. 

Columbia  University 

Associate  Professor.  Art 
Edward  L.  Sloniger.  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Maxine  Smatlak.  M.N..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
R.  Roger  Smith,  Ph.D..  University  of  Kentucky 

Assistant  Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Theresa  S.  Smith.  Ph.D..  Boston  University 

.Assistant  Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
W.  Wayne  Smith.  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland 

Professor.  History 
Ronald  F.  Smils.  Ph.D..  Ball  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
C.  Sue  Snyder.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Kay  Snyder.  Ph.D..  Cornell  University 

Professor.  Sociology/Anthropology 
Robert  F.  Soergel.  MB. A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Marketing 
I  James  .Solak.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor.  Management  Information  Systems  and 

Decision  Sciences 
t  Harold  M.  Sommer.  Ed.D..  University  of  Georgia 

Professor.  German 
'  Ramesh  (i.  Soni.  Ph.D..  University  of  Texas  at  Arlington 

Associate  Professor.  Management 
*  Robert  D.  Soule.  M.S..  Purdue  University 

.Ass<Kialc  Professor.  Chairperson.  Safety  Sciences 
ElwfMid  R.  Speakman.  MAT..  Brown  University 
'  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 

Jostph  B.  Spieker.  Ph.D..  Catholic  University  of  America 

Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 


Consuelo  Lopez  Springfield.  Ph.D..  Indiana  Liniversity 

Associate  Professor.  English 
William  Srsic.  M.Ed..  Edinboro  State  College 

Associate  Professor.  .Associate  Director.  Financial  Aid 
John  E.  Stamp,  Jr..  D.M.A..  Michigan  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Music 
James  G.  Staples.  DM. A.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 

Professor.  Music 
Jay  Start.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Communications  Media 
John  H.  Steelman.  Ph.D..  University  of  Virginia 

.Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
Sharon  D,  Steigmann.  Ph.D..  .Arizona  Stale  University 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 
Joanne  B.  Sicincr.  Ph.D..  University  of  Rhode  Island 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Food  and  Nutrition 
Ronald  .A.  Steiner.  M.S.L.S..  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

Associate  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Margaret  M.  Stempien.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  Neu  York  at  Buffalo 

Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics 
Frances  C.  Stineman.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Business 
Lloyd  K.  Stires.  Ph.D..  Duke  University 

Professor.  Psychologs 
Robert  J.  Stonebraker.  Ph.D..  Princeton  University 

Professor.  Economics 
Kathryn  A.  Stratton.  Ph.D..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

.Associate  Professor.  Educational  Counselor.  Learning  Center 
Donna  L.  Streifthau.  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  Uni\ersit> 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Consumer  Services 
Robert  S.  Strock.  M.Ed..  Shippensburg  Stale  College 

Associate  Professor.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Rebecca  A.  Stoudt.  M.A..  Bucknell  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics 
Peter  Sullivan.  Ph.D..  The  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Associate  Professor.  German 
Mario  Sussman.  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Professor.  Psychology 
Connie  J.  Sutton.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor.  Geoscience 
Louis  R.  Sutton.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  Universils 

Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
John  J.  Sweeney,  Jr..  J.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Computer  Science 
Ford  Harris  Sw  igart,  Jr..  Ph.D..  University  of  Plilshurgh 

Professor.  English 
Mary  E.  Swlnker.  Ph.D..  Ohio  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Consumer  Services 
Augusta  Syty.  Ph.D..  University  of  Tennessee 

Professor.  Chemistry 
Virginia  S.  Szwarc.  M.S.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Vincent  P.  Taianl.  Ph.D..  Stale  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor.  Marketing 
Devki  N.  Talwar.  Ph.D..  Allahabad  University 

Associate  Professor.  Physics 
Dan  J.  Tannacitu.  Ph.D..  University  of  Oregon 

Professor.  English 
John  F.  Taylor.  Ph.D..  University  of  Missouri 

Professor.  Geoscience 
Leonard  P.  Ttppcr.  Ph.D..  L'niversity  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Carol  A.  Teli.  D.M.A..  University  of  Michigan 

Professor.  Music 
Eugene  F.  Thihadeau.  Ph.D..  New  York  University 

Professor,  iouiulalions  of  Education 
Joann  E.  Thistlethwaite.  M.N.E.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
John  C.  Thomas.  J.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Associate  Professor.  Oiminology 
Raymond  L.  Thomas.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  Stale  University 

Professor.  English 
Ronald  Thomas.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

I'rolessor.  Counselor  Education 
Carolyn  A.  Ihiimpson.  MS,.  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  I'rolessor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 


192-lncliuna  UniYersitj-  of  Pennsyl\ania 


Richard  E.  Thorell.  M.A..  Universily  of  Rochester 

Associate  Professor.  Music 
Gordon  F.  Thornton.  Pli.D..  The  Ohio  Slate  Universily 

Professor.  Psychology 
Sally  Thornton.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Santos  Torres-Rosado.  Ph.D..  University  of  California  at  Los  .Angeles 

Assistant  Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Oussej  nou  B.  Traore.  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Martha  A.  Troxell.  J.D..  Temple  University 

Professor.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
J.  David  Truby.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor.  Journalism 
Lawrence  J.  Turton.  Ph.D..  University  of  Kansas 

Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Marie  Twal.  M.S.N..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
Meghan  Twiest.  Ed.D..  University  of  Georgia 

.Assistant  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Leon  D.  VandeCreek.  Ph.D..  University  of  South  Dakota 

Professor.  Psychology 
Thomas  L.  VanDyke.  Ph.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic 

Associate  Professor,  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
Jane  Van  Steenkist.  M.Mus..  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor.  Music 
Pothen  \arughese.  Ph.D..  Kent  State  University 

Professor.  Chemistry 
Edgardo  .\.  Vega.  B.A..  Chapman  College 

Assistant  Professor.  Military  Science 
Michael  W.  Vella.  Ph.D..  University  of  California — Davis 

.Assistant  Professor.  English 
Kenneth  J.  Victor.  M.A..  University  of  Missouri 

Instructor.  Advising  and  Testing  Center 
Frank  .\.  Viggiano.  Jr..  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Consumer  Services 
Jacob  U.  Voelker.  M.A..  Universily  of  Notre  Dame 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  German 
Dorothy  C.  Vogel.  Ph.D..  New  York  University 

Professor.  History 
Edwina  B.  \  old.  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Wisconsin 

Professor.  Chairperson.  F^ofessional  Studies  in  Education 
Larry  \old.  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin 

Associate  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Eva  Vouklizas.  M.Mus..  Indiana  University 

Associate  Professor.  Music 
James  A.  VVaddell.  M.A..  University  of  North  Carolina 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Tirlochan  VValia.  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

.Associate  Professor.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Donald  A.  Walker.  Ph.D..  Harvard  University 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Economics 
Bernadette  L.  Walz.  M.S.N..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing 
George  B.  Walz.  Ph.D..  Lehigh  University 

Professor.  Psychology 
Stephen  B.  Ware.  B..A..  Ohio  Wesleyan  University 

.Associate  Professor.  Economics 
Marcia  R.  Watts.  M.S..  Villanova  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science 
Calvin  E.  Weber,  Ed.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Music 
W  illiam  F.  Wegener.  D.P..A.,  Nova  University 

Professor,  Criminology 
Ronald  M.  VVeiers,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Marketing 
Christopher  L.  Weiland.  M.F..A..  Rochester  Institute  of  Technology 

.Associate  Professor.  Art 
James  E.  Welker.  M.B.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Assistant  Professor.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
M.  Gayle  VVernsman.  M.S..  Colorado  State  Universily 

Assistant  Professor.  Consumer  Services 
Annie-Laurie  Wheat,  M.F.A..  University  of  Georgia 

Assistant  Professor.  Theater 
Susan  E.  Wheatley.  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan 
Assistant  Professor.  Music 


Robert  L.  Whitmer.  Ph.D..  Uni\  ersity  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Chairperson.  French 
Dennis  W.  VVhilson.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Phy  sics 
Vythilinga  Wijekumar.  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Physics 
George  T.  Wiley.  Ph.D..  Western  Reserve  Uni\ ersity 

Professor.  History 
Caroivn  J.  Wilkie.  M.Ed..  Indiana  Uni\  ersity  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor.  Director.  Learning  Center/ Act  101  Program 
Linda  L.  W  illiams.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Michael  M.  W  illiamson.  Ph.D..  Slate  Uni\  ersity  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor.  English 
Gwendolyn  Willis.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsbugh 
.Assistant  Professor.  Communications  Media 
Marilyn  E.  W  illis.  Ed.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 

University 

.Assistant  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
B.  Gail  W  ilson.  M.A.,  Morehead  State  University 

.Assistant  Professor.  Communications  Media 
Nancy  K.  W  ilson.  Ph.D..  University  of  Tennessee 

Associate  Professor.  Criminology 
T.  Kenneth  Wilson.  B..A..  University  of  Buffalo 

.Associate  Professor.  English 
Ray  L.  Winstead.  Ph.D..  North  Carolina  State  University 

Professor.  Biology 
Stacey  C.  Winstead.  M..A..  Slippery  Rock  UnKersity 

Instructor.  Educational  Counselor.  Learning  Center 
Robert  Witchel,  Ed.D..  University  of  Georgia 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Counselor  Education 
Ronald  W oan.  Ph.D..  Florida  State  University 

.Associate  Professor.  .Accounting 
James  L.  Wolfe.  MS.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Computer  Science 
John  T.  Wood,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Chemistry 
Melvin  R.  Woodard.  Ed.D..  Oklahoma  State  University 

Professor.  Mathematics 
Don  W.  Woodworth.  M.A..  Indiana  University 

Associate  Professor.  English 
John  C.  Woolcock.  Ph.D..  University  of  California — Riverside 

Associate  Professor.  Chemistry 
John  C.  Worzbyt.  Ed.D..  University  of  Rochester 

Professor.  Counselor  Education 
Myron  \l.  Yagel.  Ed.D..  University  of  Virginia 

Associate  Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Robert  Varup.  M.A..  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
Stanley  J.  Yerep.  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania.  C.P.A, 

.Assistant  Professor.  Accounting 
Kwasi  Yirenkyi.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Caroll  M.  Young.  M..A..  University  of  Missouri 

Assistant  Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Maurice  M.  Zacur,  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor.  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Geraldine  Zaiazar.  Ph.D..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
Geno  Zambotti.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

.Associate  Professor.  Chemistry 
Mary  L.  Zanich.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Psychology 
Sherwood  E.  Zimmerman.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albai 

.Associate  Professor.  Criminology 
Susan  T.  Zimny.  Ph.D..  University  of  Colorado 

Assistant  Professor.  Psychology 
Phillip  J.  Zorich.  M.A..  University  of  Oregon 

Assistant  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Nashat  Zuraikat.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Nursing 


Diiccton-193 


The  individuals  named  below  pro\  ide  programs  affiliated  with  lUP. 
Administrators  and  teaching  staffs  of  other  hospital  schools  are  awarded 
adjunct  professorships  in  years  when  lUP  students  are  in  attendance. 

Adjunct  Professors-Medical  Technology 

\  ivian  Anagnoste.  M.D. 

Medical  Director.  Clinical  Laboralor)  Science  Program. 

Rolling  Hills  Hospital.  Elkins  Park.  Pa. 
Ronald  Berardi.  M.D. 

M.D..  Loyola  University  of  Chicago 

Medical  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology. 

Lairohe  .Area  Hospital.  Latrobe.  Pa. 
Esther  M.  Brown.  M.T.lASCPl.  C.L.S.iNCAl 

M.S..  L  niversity  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Program  Director.  Benedum  School  of  .Medical  Technology, 

W  esiem  Pennsy  Ivania  Hospital.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Patricia  A.  Chappel.  B.S..  M.T. 

B.S..  Thomas  Jefferson  University 

Program  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology. 

Conemaugh  \alle\  Memorial  Hospital.  Johnstown.  Pa. 
Paul  J.  Cherney.  M.D. 

.M.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Medical  Director.  Medical  Technology  Program. 

.Abington  Memorial  Hospital.  .Abington.  Pa. 
Judith  K.  Clark.  M  N.Ed..  M.T  (ASCP) 

M.N'.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Program  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology. 

Harrisburg  Hospital.  Harrisburg.  Pa. 
\  irginia  Dell  Craig.  B.S..  B.A..  M.Tl  ASCP) 

B.S..  B.A..  Texas  Woman's  University 

Program  Director.  Benedum  School  of  Medical  Technology. 

\\  esiem  Pennsylvania  Hospital.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Nallnl  Doshi.  M.D. 

M.D..  University  of  Bombay.  India 

Medical  Director.  Benedum  School  of  Medical  Technology. 

\\  estem  Pennsylvania  Hospital.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Gerald  Fahs.  M.D. 

M.D..  Temple  University 

Medical  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology. 

Lancaster  General  Hospital.  Lancaster.  Pa. 
Janice  Fogleman.  .M.Ed..  .M.T.(ASCP) 

Program  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology 

Polyclinic  Medical  Center.  Harrisburg.  Pa. 
Nadine  E.  Cladfeller.  M.S. 

M.S..  Temple  University 

Program  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology. 

Lancaster  General  Hospital.  Lancaster.  Pa. 
Sidney  (ioldblatt.  M.D. 

Medical  Director. 

Conemaugh  Vallev  Hospital.  Johnstown.  Pa. 
Phyllis  Golkin.  Ph.D..  .M.T.iASCPl 

Program  Director.  Clinical  Laboratory  Science  Program, 

Rolling  Hills  Hospital.  Elkins  Park.  Pa. 
Joanne  Grole.  B.S..  M.A..  M.T.(ASCP) 

B.S..  St.  Francis  College 

Assistant  to  Program  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology, 

Latrobe  Area  Hospital.  Latrobe.  Pa. 
Norma  Hoenshel.  B.S..  M.T.(ASCP).  MA. 

B.S..  California  University  of  Pennsylvania:  M.A..  Central 

Michigan  University 

Program  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology. 

Latrobe  Area  Hospital,  Latrobe.  Pa. 
Kenneth  H.  Jurgens.  M.D. 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York;  M.D..  SUNY  at  Downstatc 

Medical  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology, 

St.  Vincent  Health  Center,  Eric,  Pa. 
Him  (;.  Kwee.  M  D. 

Airlangga  University  of  Medicine 

Medical  Adviser.  Harrisburg  Hospital  Schiml  of  Medical  Technology, 

Harrisburg.  Pa. 
Sue  V,.  Lawlon.  M.T.(ASCP),  M.A..  M.S. 

B.S,.  Purdue  University;  MA.  Central  Michigan  University 

Program  Director.  Sch<K>l  of  Medical  Technology. 

St.  Vincent  Health  Center.  Erie,  Pa. 


Joseph  R.  Noel.  B.S. 

B.S..  York  College 

Director,  Medical  Technology  Program. 

.•\ltoona  Hospital.  Altoona.  Pa. 
Julian  \\ .  Potok.  D.O. 

D.O..  Philadelphia  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine 

Co-director.  School  of  Medical  Technology . 

Polyclinic  Medical  Center.  Harrisburg.  Pa. 
Frank  Rudy.  M.D. 

Unix  ersity  of  Pittsburgh 

Co-director.  School  of  Medical  Technology. 

Polyclinic  Medical  Center.  Harrisburg.  Pa. 
Barbara  Scheelje.  B.S..  M.T.lASCPl 

B.S..  Colby  Saw  yer  College 

Program  Director.  .Medical  Technologv  Program. 

.Abington  Memorial  Hospital.  .Abington.  Pa. 
Eugene  Sneff.  M.D. 

M.D..  Hahnemann  Medical  College 

Director,  Department  of  Laboratory  Services. 

Altoona  Hospital.  .Altoona.  Pa. 

Adjunct  Professors-Respiratory  Therapy 

Jack  Albert.  M.Ed..  R.R.T..  C.P.F.T. 

M.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Instructor.  School  of  Respiratory  Care. 

W  estem  Pennsylvania  Hospital.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Sharon  Baer.  B.S..  R.R.T. 

B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Supers  isor.  Respiratory  Care  Department 

Uni\ersiiy  of  Pittsburgh  Medical  Center.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Eric  Bakow,  M.A..  R.R.T.  " 

M.A.  in  Education.  Lehigh  University 

B.A.  in  Biology.  Millersville  University 

A.S.  Respiratory  Therapy.  St.  Joseph  Hospital  School 

of  Respiratory  Care 

Manager.  Department  of  Respiratory  Care 

University  of  Pittsburgh  Medical  Center.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Karen  Blair.  M.S..  R.R.T.  ' 

B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

M.S..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Director.  Cardio-Rehabilitation  Department. 

W  estem  Pcnnsvlvania  Hospital.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Chuck  VV.  Boig.  B.S.'.  R.R.T. 

University  of  Connecticut 

Primarv  Clinical  Instructor.  Respiratory  Therapy. 

Children's  Hospital.  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
John  Burns.  R.R.T. 

Staff.  Respiratory  Therapy  Department 

Allegheny  General  Hospital.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Thomas  Carlisle,  C.R.T.T. 

Director.  Pulmonary  Services. 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Edgar  Delgado.  AS..  R.R.T. 

A.S..  Respirator)  Therapv .  West  Virginia  Northern  Community  College 

B.S.,  Biology.  Bethany  College  in  West  Virginia 

Educational  Coordinator.  Department  of  Respiratory  Care. 

University  of  Pittsburgh  Medical  Center.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Gail  W.  Druga!  C.P.F.T..  C^C.P.T. 

Instructor.  School  of  Respiratory  Care. 

Wesicm  Pcnnsvlvania  Hospital.  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Paul  Fiehler.  M.D..  F.C.C.P. 

M.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Medical  Director.  School  of  Respiratory  Care, 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Joe  (Jaruccio.  AS..  R.R.T..  C.P.F.T. 

A.S..  .Allegheny  Community  College 

Educational  Coordinator.  Respiratory  Care  Department 

•Alleglienv  General  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Cindy  (ieary.  B.S..  R.R  I .,  C.P.F.T. 

B.S.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh  Medical  Center, 

Instmclor.  Schtxil  of  Respiratory  Care, 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 


194-lnclicma  University  i>f  Pennsylvania 


Jefferv  Alan  Heck,  M.S.,  R.R.T. 

B.S.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

M.S.,  Univer.sity  of  Pittsburgh  Medical  Center 

Instructor,  School  of  Respiratory  Care. 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Larry  Huffman,  R.R.T. 

Director.  Puhnonary  Services 

Allegheny  General  Hospital.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Richard  J.  Laurent.  B.S..  R.R.T. 

B.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Lecturer.  Si.  Francis  School  of  Respiratory  Therapy. 

Pittsburgh.  Pa, 
William  J.  Mallcy,  M.S.,  R.R.T.,  C.P.F.T. 

M.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director,  School  of  Respiratory  Care, 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Catherine  L.  Myers,  B,S„  R.R.T. 

B.S..  Edinboro  University 

B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor.  School  of  Respiratory  Care. 

Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Gregg  Stiver.  B.S..  R.R.T. 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Staff,  Indiana  Hospital,  Indiana.  Pa. 
Jay  Trautman.  AS..  R.R.T..  C.P.F.T. 

.A.S..  Allegheny  Community  College 

Staff,  Respiratory  Care  Department 

Allegheny  General  Hospital.  Pittsburgh.  Pa. 
Kim  Wiles'  B.S..  R.R.T. 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Staff,  Respiratory  Care  Department, 

Armstrong  Hospital,  Kittanning,  Pa, 


liulex-195 


Index 

A 

Academic  Atlairs  Division 38 

Academic  Good  Standing 26 

Academic  Honors 27 

Academic  Integrily  Policy 29 

Academic  Policies 24 

Academic  Standards  Policy 26 

Academic  Violations  (See  Academic  Integrity  Policy) 29 

Accounting  Department 41 

Accreditation 4 

Act  101  Program 21 

Activities 23 

Adjunct  Professors 193 

Administrative  Officers 1 79 

Admission  and  Registration 7 

Admission  to  Teacher  Education  and  Certification 27 

Adult  Advisement  Services 107 

Advanced  Placement  Program 25 

Advising  and  Testing  Center 23 

Advisory  Program 27 

Allied  Health  Professions  67 

American  Language  Institute 9 

Anthropology  Department 85 

Anticipated  Class  Absence  Policy 26 

Application  Fee 7 

Application  for  Graduation 36 

Application  for  Housing 21 

Aquatics  School 64 

Armstrong  County  Educational  Trust 179 

Art  Depanmem 54 

Asian  Studies  Minor 71 

Athletics 23 

Audit  Fee 10 

Audit  Policy 25 

Automobiles 21 

B 

Bad  Check  Charge 10 

Billing  and  Payments 1 1 

Biochemistry  Program 94 

Biology  Department 92 

Board  of  Directors  of  the  Foundation  for  lUP 1 79 

Board  of  Governors.  State  System  of  Higher  Education 179 

Branch  Campuses 6 

Buildings  and  Grounds 4 

Business.  College  of 41 

Business  Associate  Degree  Program 46 

Business  Education 45 

C 

Calendar 3 

Cancellation 1 1 

Cancelled  -Semester  Policy 24 

Career  Services 22 

Center  for  Vocational  Personnel  Preparation 48 

Cenifitation  for  Teachers 48 

Certification  in  Drivcr-Educatlon-Safe  Living 64 

Chairpersons  of  Departments 1 82 

Changes  of  Curriculum 27 

Cheating  (See  Academic  Inlcgrily  Policy) 29 

Chemistry  Department 95 

Child  Development/Family  Relations  Program 65 

Class  Attendance 25 

Clubs  and  Organizations 22 

Classificalion  of  Sludenls 24 

Clinics 48 

CtKurricular  Activities 22 

College  Board  Examinations 7 

College  of  Business 41 

College  of  Education 47 

College  of  Fine  Arts 54 

College  of  Human  F-cology  and  Health  Sciences 60 

College  of  Humanities  and  ScKial  Sciences 70 

College  ol  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 9 1 

Communications  Media  Dcparlmcnt 49 


Comparative  Literature  Minor 71 

Completion  of  Degree  Requirements 36 

Computer  Center  (see  Infomiation  Systems  and  Communications 
Center) 

Computer  Science  Department 6 

Computer  Software  Policy 33 

Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs 107 

Consumer  Affairs 61 

Consumer  Services  Department 60 

Continuing  Education.  .School  of 106 

Division  of  Credit  Programs 106 

Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs 107 

General  Studies  Associate  Degree 106 

General  Studies  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 106 

Cooperative  Education 28 

Cooperative  Programs 92 

Engineering 92 

Family  Medicine 92 

Forestry 92 

Marine  Science  Consortium 92 

Optometry 92 

Podiatry 92 

Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 21 

Counselor  Education  Department 50 

Course  Description 109 

.V-counting(AG) 109 

Administrative  Services  (AD) 109 

Anthropology  (AN) 1 1 1 

Applied  Music  (AM) 1 1 1 

Art  Education  (AE) 109 

Art  History  (AH) 1 10 

Art  Studio  (AR) 112 

Biochemistry  (BC) 1 13 

Biology  (Bl) 1 14 

Business  Education  (BE) 1 14 

Business  Law  (BL) 1 16 

Chemistry  (CH) 1 17 

Consumer  Services  (CS) 123 

Communications  Media  (CM) 1 18 

Computer  Science  (CO) 120 

Counselor  Education  (CE) 1 16 

Criminology  (CR) 122 

Critical  Languages  (CL) 1 18 

Distributive  Education  (DE) 124 

Early  Childhood  Education  (EE) 127 

Economics  (EC) 125 

Education  (ED) 126 

Education  of  the  Exceptional  Person  (EX) 132 

Education  of  the  Hearing  Impaired  (EH) 127 

Educational  Psychology  (EP) 131 

Elementary  Education  (EL) 128 

English  (EN) 128 

Finance  (Fl) 133 

Fine  Arts  (FA) 1.33 

Food  and  Nutrition  (FN) 134 

Foreign  Languages  (FL) 134 

Foundations  of  Education  (FE) 133 

French  (FR) 1.36 

Geography  (GE) 137 

Gcoscicnce(GS) 140 

German  (GM) 1.39 

Gerontology  (GN) 140 

Greek  (GK) 138 

Health  and  Physical  Education  (HP) 144 

History  (HI) 142 

Home  Economics  Education  (HE) 141 

Hotel.  Reslauranl.and  Inslilutional  Management  (HR) 149 

Inlormalion  Management  (IM) 150 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relation  (LR) 152 

International  Studies  (IS) 151 

Journalism  (JN) 151 

Latin  (LA) 152 

Learning  Cemer(LC) 1.52 

Liberal  .Studies  (LS) 153 

Library  (LB) 152 

Managcinenl  (MG) 155 

Marine  Science  (MI) 156 


196-liuUana  University  of  Pennsyhania 


Marketing  (MK) 157 

Mathematics  (MA) 153 

Medical  Technology  (MT) 158 

Military  Science  (MS) 158 

Music  History  (MH) 156 

Music  (MU) 159 

Nursing  (NU) 161 

Office  Systems  (OS) 162 

Philosophy  (PH) 163 

Physics  (PY) 166 

Political  Science  (PS) 164 

Psychology  (PC) 162 

Quantitative  Business  (QB) 167 

Rehabilitation  (RH) 167 

Religious  Studies  (RS) 168 

Respiratory  Therapy  (RT) 169 

Safety  Sciences  (SA) 170 

Science  (SO 171 

Social  Sciences  (SS) 176 

Social  Work  (SW) 176 

Sociology  (SO) 172 

Spanish  (SP) 174 

Speech  and  Hearing  (SH) 172 

Theater  (TH) 176 

Universitywide  Courses  (UN) 177 

Vocational  Education  (VO) 178 

Women's  Studies  (WS) 178 

Course  Repeats 24 

Course  Withdrawal  Policy 25 

Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 108 

Criminology  Department  71 

Criminology  Associate  Degree  Program 72 

Criteria  Governing  Continuance  at  lUP 26 

Critical  Language  Program  70 

Culinary  School 40 

D 

Damage  Fees 1 1 

Dean's  List 27 

Degree  Fee 1  1 

Delinquent  Accounts 1 1 

Dietetic  Major 62 

Dining  Services 21 

Directors  of  Continuing  Education  Programs 183 

Directors  of  Special  Clinics 183 

Directory 179 

Disabled  Student  Services 22 

Driver  Education 64 

Drop/Add 25 

Duke  Cooperative  Program  in  Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies 92 

E 

Early  Admissions  Program 7 

Early  Childhood  Education 51 

Economics  Department 73 

Education,  College  of 47 

Education  of  Hearing  Impaired 53 

Education  of  Mentally/Physically  Handicapped 52 

Educational  Psychology  Department 50 

Educational  Services  Fee 10 

Elementary  Education  Department  (see  Professional  Studies 
in  Education) 

Eligibility  and  Application  for  Graduation 36 

Engineering 92 

English  as  a  Second  Language  (ESL)  Program 75 

English  Department 74 

English  Humanities 74 

Emeriti 183 

Employment 14 

Environmental  Geoscience 98 

Environmental  Health 94 

Exemption  Examinations 25 

F 

Faculty 184 

Family  Medicine 92 


Fashion  Merchandising 

Fees  

Finance  and  Legal  Studies  Department 

Finances  

Financial  Aid 

Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy 

Financial  Delinquency  Policy 

Fine  Arts.  College  of 

Food  and  Nutrition  Department 

Foreign  Study  Programs 

Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies  Cooperative  Program 

Foundation  for  lUP 

Foundations  of  Education  Department 

French  Department 

French  for  Elementary  Education  

Freshman  Applicants 

Freshman  Orientation 

Freshman  Year 

Full-time  Student 

G 

General  Fine  Arts  Major 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning 

Geology  Minor 

Geoscience  Department 

Geoscience  Minor  

German  Department 

Gerontology  Certification  Program /. 

Grade  Appeal  Policy 

Grade  Reports  

Grades  and  Quality  Points 

Graduate  Progiam  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

Graduation  Requirements 

Grants 

Guidelines  for  Student  Conduct 

H 

Harrisburg  Internship  Semester 

Health  and  Physical  Education  Department 

Health  Fee 

Health  Insurance  

Health  Services 

Highway  Safety  Center 

History  Department 

History  of  the  University 

Home  Economics  Education  Department 

Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 

Housing 

Housing  Fee 

How  to  Apply  for  Admission 

Human  Ecology  and  Health  Sciences.  College  of 

Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  College  of 

I 

Immunization  Requirements 

Individual  Course  Withdrawal 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  Department 

Information  Systems  and  Communication  Center 

Institute  for  Research  and  Community  Services 

Insurance 

Interior  Design 

International  Studies 

Internship  Program 

Intramurals 

lUP  Council  of  Trustees 1 79 

J 
Jefferson  Medical  College-IUP  Physician  Shortage  Area 

Prograin 92 

Journalism  Department 82 


K 


Late  Registration  Fee . 
Learning  Center 


lmlex-197 


Liberal  Studies ?•* 

Libran  and  Media  Services 5 

Loan  Forgiveness  Programs 1^* 

Loans 1-* 

M 

Management  Depanment J? 

Management  Inlomialion  Systems  and  Decision  Sciences  Department .  44 

Marketing  Department 44 

Mathematics  Department 100 

Media  Services 5 

Medical  Technology 67 

Medical  Technolog\  Fee 1 0 

Military  Science  Department 38 

Military  Science  Fee 10 

Miscellaneous  Fees 10 

Music  Department 56 

N 

Nancy  Program 76 

Natural  Sciences 101 

Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  College  of 91 

Natural  Sciences — Pre-Professional  Programs 91 

Night  Exams  Policy 32 

Nursing  Department 66 

Non-Native  Students'  English  Requirements 37 

Normal  Semester  Hour  Load 24 

O 

Off-Campus  Studies  Program 107 

Office  Administration 44 

Office  for  International  Services 39 

Office  Systems  and  Business  Education  Department 44 

Organizations  and  Activities 22 

Orientation 20 

Orientation  Fee 10 

Out-of-Stale  Tuition 10 

P 

Parent  Loans  for  Undergraduate  Students 4 

Pan-time  Study 8.  107 

Pass-Fail  Policy 24 

Pechan  Health  Center  Staff I X 1 

Personal  Belongings  Insurance 21 

Perkins  Loan  Program 14 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies  Department 83 

Ph>  sics  Depanment 103 

Placement  Services  22 

Policy  on  Sexual  Harassment 5 

Political  Science  Department 84 

Portfolio  Evaluation 29 

Post  Office 22 

Postbaccalaureatc  Study 8,  1(17 

Preapproval  for  Transfer  Coursework 36 

I  Prc-Law  Business ^^ 

Prelaw  Criminology 72 

Pre-Law  Economics 73 

Prc-Law  English 1^ 

Pre-Law  History 80 

Pre-Law  Philosophy 83 

Prc-Law  Political  Science 84 

Pri'ir  Learning  Assessment  Policy 29 

iiion 26 

-sionai  Studies  in  Education  Department 50 

,im  for  Visiting  High  School  Students 8 

ist's  Scholar 27 

lology  Department 104 

.ations 24 

1        sutawncy  Area  College  Trust  Advisory  Board 179 

1     ,"ise  of  the  University 4 

Q 

Quality  Points 24 

R 

Readmission  Policy 9 


Recreational  Park 22 

Refund  Policy 1 1 

Refrigerator  Rentals 21 

Rehabilitation 53 

Religious  Life 23 

Religious  Studies 83 

Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps 29 

Residence  Hall  Association 23 

Residence  Halls 20 

Residence  Life 20 

Residenc>  Rcquireitient 36 

Respiratory  Care 67 

S 

Safety  Sciences  Department 58 

Second  Baccalaureate  Degree  Requirements 8 

Scholarships  15 

Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 7 

Social  Science  Education — Anthropology  Track 88 

Social  Science  Education — Economics  Track 73 

Social  Science  Education — Geography  Track 78 

Social  Science  Education — History 81 

Social  Science  Education — Sociology 88 

Sociology- Anthropology  Department 85 

Sophomore  Screening 27 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  Department 89 

Spanish  for  Elemenlary  Education 89 

Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services  Department 51 

Special  Fees 1 1 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 22 

Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 52 

Stafford  Loan  14 

Student  Activity  Fee 10 

Student  Congiess 23 

Student  Cooperative  Association 22 

Student  Employment 14 

Student  Organizations 22 

Student  Publications 23 

Student  Study  Abroad  Fee 10 

Student  Teaching  48 

Student  Union 22 

Study  Abroad.  International  Student  Exchange,  and  Study  Tours 39 

Summer  Sessions 9 

Summer  Sessions  Fees 1 1 

Syllabus  Policy 32 

T 

Teacher  Certification  (Postbaccalaureatc) 8 

Teacher  Education  and  Certification.  Admission  to 27 

Telephones 21 

Testing  Fee 10 

Theater  Department  58 

Transcript  Fees 1 1 

Iranslcr  Students 8 

Tuition 10 

U 

Undergraduate  Calalog  Applicabiliis  ■I'imelranie 37 

University.  The 4 

University.  Clinics 48 

University  Libraries 38 

University  School 48 

University  Senate 5 

University  Sponsored  Loan  Program 14 

V 

Veterans 22 

Vocational  Rehabilitation  Assistance 19 

Vocational   Icchnical  Professional  Studies 48 

W 

Withdrawal  Policy 25 

Women's  Studies -39 

Work  Study  Program 14 

Wrilin)j  Center 75 


6560 


BoohbiRding